As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 18, 2010
Registration No. 333-________
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
Charter Financial Corporation
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
Federal
6712
58-2659667
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
(Primary Standard Industrial
(I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)
Classification Code Number)
Identification Number)
 
1233 O.G. Skinner Drive
West Point, Georgia 31833
(706) 645-1391
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
Mr. Robert L. Johnson
President and Chief Executive Officer
1233 O.G. Skinner Drive
West Point, Georgia 31833
(706) 645-1391
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Agent for Service)
 
Copies to:
Eric Luse, Esq.
Robert B. Pomerenk, Esq.
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780
Washington, D.C. 20015
(202) 274-2000
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   x
 
If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
     
Large accelerated filer   o   Accelerated filer   o
Non-accelerated filer    x   Smaller reporting company   o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
   
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
Title of each class of
securities to be registered
Amount to be
registered
Proposed maximum
offering price per share
Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price
Amount of
registration fee
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
5,961,573 Shares
$11.37
$67,783,085 (1)
$4,833
 
(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
 
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 
 

 
 
PROSPECTUS
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Up to 5,961,573 shares of common stock
 
Charter Financial Corporation is offering shares of its common stock for sale pursuant to a stock issuance plan.  We are the majority-owned subsidiary of First Charter, MHC which, as of March 31, 2010, owned 15,857,924 shares, or 84.9% of the 18,672,361 shares of our common stock outstanding.  We are offering between 4,281,060 and 5,961,573 shares of our common stock, which represent between 22.9% and 31.9% of our outstanding shares of common stock.  Shares subscribed for in the stock offering will be issued from our treasury stock or from authorized but unissued common stock.  At the conclusion of the stock offering, we will cancel a number of shares of our common stock held by First Charter, MHC equal to the number of shares that we sell in the stock offering.  Accordingly, the total number of outstanding shares of Charter Financial Corporation common stock will not change as a result of the stock offering, and the percentage of our outstanding common stock held by our current shareholders will not be diluted.  Following the stock offering, First Charter, MHC’s total ownership interest in Charter Financial Corporation common stock will decrease to between 53.0% and 62.0%, and the remaining 47.0% to 38.0% will be owned by the public.
 
We are offering shares of our common stock at an offering price range of $7.31 per share to $9.89 per share.  We may increase the offering price of shares sold in the stock offering by 15%, to $11.37 per share, due to demand for the common stock, changes in the market for the stock of financial institutions or regulatory considerations, without resoliciting persons who submitted orders.  The actual price per share at which the shares of common stock will be sold will be determined by us prior to the completion of the stock offering.  All shares sold in the offering will be sold at a uniform price.
 
Our shares of common stock are currently traded on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “CHFN.OB.”  Upon completion of the stock offering, we expect that our shares of common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “CHFN.”  On __________, 2010, the last reported sale price of our common stock was $_____ per share .
 
If you are or were a depositor of CharterBank, McIntosh Commercial Bank or Neighborhood Community Bank, or if you are a borrower of CharterBank, you may have priority rights to purchase shares of common stock.
 
If you are a resident of Alabama or Georgia, or if you are currently a shareholder of Charter Financial Corporation, you may be able to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering after priority orders are filled.
 
If you do not fit any of the categories above, but are interested in purchasing shares of our common stock, you may be able to purchase shares of common stock after orders in the preceding categories are filled.
 
The price per share at which we sell the shares of common stock and the number of shares we sell will result in gross stock offering proceeds of not less than $31.3 million nor more than $67.8 million.  We must raise gross proceeds of at least $31.3 million in order to complete the stock offering.  The minimum number of shares of common stock you may subscribe for in the offering is 25 shares, or $284.25 of common stock assuming a per share sales price of $11.37.  The offering is expected to terminate at 2:00 p.m. Georgia time, on [offering expiration date].  We may extend this termination date without notice to you until [offering expiration date - extended].  Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the stock offering is terminated or extended beyond [offering expiration date - extended].  If the stock offering is extended beyond [offering expiration date - extended] or there is a change in the offering price range, we will be required to resolicit subscribers and other persons who ordered shares of common stock, and they will have the opportunity to maintain, change or cancel their orders.  No extension will last longer than 90 days, and in no event will the stock offering extend beyond [offering expiration date - final extended].  Funds received prior to completion of the stock offering will be held in a segregated account at CharterBank and will earn interest at CharterBank’s passbook rate, which is currently ___%.
 
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will assist us in our selling efforts, but is not required to purchase any shares of the common stock that are being offered for sale.  Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons residing in the States of Georgia and Alabama, and then to Charter Financial Corporation public shareholders as of [SERD].  The community offering, if held, may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering as we may determine at any time.  We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or community offering through a syndicated community offering managed by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.  Purchasers will not pay a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering.
 
OFFERING SUMMARY
 
   
4,281,060 Shares
   
5,961,573 Shares
 
   
Minimum
   
Midpoint
   
Maximum
   
Maximum, as Adjusted
   
Minimum
   
Midpoint
   
Maximum
   
Maximum, as Adjusted
 
Price per share 
  $ 7.31     $ 8.60     $ 9.89     $ 11.37     $ 7.31     $ 8.60     $ 9.89     $ 11.37  
Gross offering proceeds 
  $ 31,294,549     $ 36,817,116     $ 42,339,683     $ 48,675,652     $ 43,579,099     $ 51,269,528     $ 58,959,957     $ 67,783,085  
Estimated offering expenses, excluding selling agent commissions and expenses
  $ 1,770,000     $ 1,770,000     $ 1,770,000     $ 1,770,000     $ 1,770,000     $ 1,770,000     $ 1,770,000     $ 1,770,000  
Estimated selling agent fees and expenses (1)(2)
  $ 1,713,255     $ 1,961,770     $ 2,210,286     $ 2,495,404     $ 2,266,059     $ 2,612,129     $ 2,958,198     $ 3,362,587  
Estimated net proceeds          
  $ 27,811,294     $ 33,085,346     $ 38,359,398     $ 44,410,248     $ 39,543,039     $ 46,887,399     $ 54,231,759     $ 62,650,498  
Estimated net proceeds per share
  $ 6.50     $ 7.73     $ 8.96     $ 10.37     $ 6.63     $ 7.86     $ 9.10     $ 10.51  
 
 
 

 
 

(1) Includes (i) selling commissions payable by us to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated in connection with the subscription and community offerings equal to the greater of $125,000 or 1.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings (less shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees and their immediate families and by our employee stock ownership plan), assuming that 25% of the shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings; (ii) fees and selling commissions payable by us to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and any other broker-dealers participating in the syndicated community offering equal to 6.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, assuming that 75% of the shares are sold in the syndicated community offering; and (iii) other expenses of the stock offering payable to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated estimated to be $180,000.  For additional information regarding selling agent fees and expenses, see “The Conversion and Offering—Marketing Arrangements.”
(2) If the maximum number of shares offered is sold, and all shares are sold in the syndicated community offering, the selling agent commissions and expenses would be approximately $2.61 million, $3.08 million $3.54 million and $4.07 million at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the offering price range, respectively.
 
These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
 
None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of principal.
 
Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page ___.
 
 
STIFEL NICOLAUS
 
 
The date of this prospectus is __________, 2010

 
 

 
 
[MAP OF BRANCH NETWORK APPEARS ON THIS PAGE]
 
 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1
   
16
   
29
   
32
   
33
   
35
   
35
   
37
   
38
   
39
   
45
   
87
   
95
   
102
   
104
   
130
   
131
   
148
   
149
   
149
   
149
   
150
   
F-1
   
G-1

 
 

 
 
 
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all of the information that is important to you. Therefore, you should also read the more detailed information set forth in this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements before making a decision to invest in our common stock. The words “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Charter Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, CharterBank, unless we indicate otherwise.
 
Charter Financial Corporation
 
Charter Financial Corporation, or “Charter Financial,” is a federally chartered corporation that owns all of the outstanding shares of common stock of CharterBank.  At March 31, 2010, Charter Financial had consolidated assets of $1.2 billion, deposits of $906.6 million and stockholders’ equity of $110.7 million.
 
CharterBank became the wholly owned subsidiary of Charter Financial in October 2001 when CharterBank reorganized from a federally chartered mutual savings and loan association into the two-tiered mutual holding company structure.  In connection with the reorganization, Charter Financial sold 3,964,481 shares of its common stock to the public, representing 20% of the outstanding shares at $10.00 per share, and received net proceeds of $37.2 million. An additional 15,857,924 shares, or 80% of the outstanding shares of Charter Financial, were issued to First Charter, MHC. As part of the reorganization and offering, we established an employee stock ownership plan that purchased 317,158 shares of Charter Financial common stock in the offering, financed by a loan from Charter Financial.
 
In January 2007, Charter Financial repurchased 508,842 shares of its common stock at $52.00 per share through a self-tender offer.  Following the stock repurchase, Charter Financial delisted its common stock from the Nasdaq Global Market and deregistered its common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Charter Financial’s common stock is currently quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “CHFN.OB.”  Since January 2007, Charter Financial has repurchased 678,016 additional shares of its common stock.  As of March 31, 2010, Charter Financial had 18,672,361 shares of common stock outstanding.  As of that date, First Charter, MHC owned 15,857,924 shares of Charter Financial common stock, representing 84.9% of the outstanding shares of common stock.  The remaining 2,814,437 shares of common stock, or 15.1% of the outstanding shares of common stock, were held by the public.
 
Charter Financial’s Internet address is www.charterbank.net.  Information on this website is not and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.  Charter Financial’s principal executive office is located at 1233 O.G. Skinner Drive, P.O. Box 472, West Point, Georgia 31833, and its telephone number at that address is (706) 645-1391.
 
CharterBank
 
CharterBank is a federally chartered stock savings bank headquartered in West Point, Georgia. CharterBank was originally founded in 1954 as a federally chartered mutual savings and loan association.  In 2001, CharterBank converted to a federally chartered stock bank and reorganized from the mutual to the two-tiered mutual holding company form of organization.
 
CharterBank’s principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public in the areas surrounding its administrative office in West Point, Georgia and its 16 branch offices located in west-central Georgia and east-central Alabama, and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in investment securities, commercial real estate loans, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, construction loans and, to a lesser extent, commercial business loans, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans.  In addition to its 16 branch offices in West Point, Bremen, Carrollton, LaGrange, Newnan and Peachtree City, Georgia and Auburn, Opelika and Valley, Alabama, CharterBank operates a loan origination office in Norcross, Georgia.
 
CharterBank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
 
 
 

 
 
CharterBank’s executive offices are located at 1233 O.G. Skinner Dr., West Point, Georgia 31833.  Its telephone number at that address is (706) 645-1391.
 
First Charter, MHC
 
First Charter, MHC is the federally chartered mutual holding company of Charter Financial.  First Charter, MHC’s principal business activity is the ownership of 15,857,924 shares of common stock of Charter Financial, or 84.9% of Charter Financial’s outstanding shares as of March 31, 2010.
 
First Charter, MHC’s executive offices are located at 1233 O.G. Skinner Dr., West Point, Georgia 31833.  Its telephone number at this address is (706) 645-1391.
 
FDIC-Assisted Acquisitions
 
Neighborhood Community Bank.   On June 26, 2009, CharterBank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) to acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of Neighborhood Community Bank, a full-service commercial bank headquartered in Newnan, Georgia (“NCB”).  CharterBank assumed $195.3 million of NCB’s liabilities, including $181.3 million of deposits, with no deposit premium paid. CharterBank also acquired $202.8 million of NCB assets, including $159.9 million of loans, net of unearned income, and $17.7 million of real estate owned, at a discount to book value of $26.9 million.  The acquisition agreement with the FDIC included loss-sharing agreements pursuant to which the FDIC will assume 80% of losses and share 80% of loss recoveries on the first $82 million of losses on acquired loans and real estate owned, and assume 95% of losses and share 95% of loss recoveries on losses exceeding $82 million.  Loans and other real estate owned that are covered under the loss-sharing agreements are referred to in this prospectus as “covered loans” and “covered other real estate,” respectively.  Collectively, these are referred to as “covered assets.”
 
It is expected that CharterBank will have sufficient non-accretable discounts and allowances for loan losses to cover its 20% share of any losses on the NCB covered loans and covered other real estate. Given the foregoing and as a result of the loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC on these assets, we do not expect to incur significant losses.  In addition, CharterBank expects to have accretable discounts to provide for market yields on the NCB covered non-impaired loans.
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank.   On March 26, 2010, CharterBank entered into an acquisition agreement with the FDIC to acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of McIntosh Commercial Bank, a full-service commercial bank headquartered in Carrollton, Georgia (“MCB”).  CharterBank assumed $306.2 million of MCB’s liabilities, including $295.3 million of deposits, with no deposit premium paid. CharterBank also acquired $322.6 million of MCB assets, including $207.6 million of loans, net of unearned income, and $55.3 million of real estate owned, at a discount to book value of $53.0 million.  The purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC included loss-sharing agreements pursuant to which the FDIC will assume 80% of losses and share 80% of loss recoveries on the first $106 million of losses on acquired loans and real estate owned, and assume 95% of losses and share 95% of loss recoveries on losses exceeding $106 million.
 
CharterBank recorded in noninterest income approximately $15.6 million in pre-tax acquisition gain, or negative goodwill, in connection with the MCB transaction, which represents the excess of the estimated fair value of the assets acquired over the fair value of the liabilities assumed.  In addition, it is expected that CharterBank will have sufficient credit risk related (non-accretable) discounts to cover its 20% share of any losses on the MCB covered loans and covered other real estate.  It is also expected that CharterBank will have accretable discounts to provide for market yields on the MCB covered non-impaired and impaired loans.
 
For more information regarding CharterBank’s FDIC-assisted acquisitions, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—FDIC-Assisted Acquisitions.”
 
 
2

 

Our Current Organizational Structure
 
The following diagram shows our organizational structure, which is commonly referred to as the “two-tier” mutual holding company structure:
 
GRAPHIC
 
         Under the terms of our stock issuance plan, the total number of outstanding shares of common stock of Charter Financial will not change.  Instead, First Charter, MHC’s ownership of Charter Financial common stock will be decreased by one share for each share that is sold in the stock offering.  At the completion of the stock offering, the number of shares of common stock owned by First Charter, MHC will decrease to between 9,896,351 shares and 11,576,864 shares, or approximately 53.0% and 62.0%, respectively, of the 18,672,361 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2010, from 15,857,924 shares, or approximately 84.9% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of such date.  In addition, shares of Charter Financial common stock held by public shareholders will increase to between 7,095,497 and 8,776,010 shares, or approximately 38.0% and 47.0%, respectively, of the shares of our outstanding common stock as of March 31, 2010.  For more information regarding the terms of the stock offering, see “The Stock Offering.”
 
Business Strategy
 
Our business strategy is to operate a well-capitalized and profitable community bank dedicated to providing exceptional personal service to our individual and business customers. We believe that we have a competitive advantage in the markets we serve, given our intimate knowledge of the local marketplace and our longstanding history of providing superior, relationship-based customer service.  This 56-year history of service to the community, combined with management’s extensive experience and adherence to conservative underwriting standards through various business cycles, has enabled us to maintain a strong capital position despite the recent economic recession.
 
We believe that the current economic and financial services environment presents a significant opportunity for us to grow our retail banking operations both organically, as many competing financial institutions have scaled back lending and other activities, and through FDIC-assisted acquisitions of troubled financial institutions, such as our acquisitions of NCB in June 2009 and MCB in March 2010.  We anticipate that the prevailing weakness in the banking sector and the potential weakness of any economic recovery will provide additional opportunities for us to participate in FDIC-assisted transactions.  We believe these transactions present attractive opportunities in part due to the loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC, which limit the acquiring institution’s downside risk on the assets acquired.
 
 
3

 
 
From January 1, 2009 through _____, 2010, _____ banking institutions failed in the United States, including ___ failures in the state of Georgia.  We believe that purchasing distressed banking assets from the FDIC provides us with a low-risk opportunity to enhance our banking franchise, and we intend to evaluate such opportunities as they may arise.  We believe that there are numerous banks within or adjacent to our target market areas that are subject to various enforcement actions and that exhibit increasing levels of non-performing assets and declining capital levels.  Our knowledge of the marketplace and our experienced management team, together with our experience in managing problem assets acquired from the FDIC in the NCB and MCB transactions, position us to take advantage of future opportunities to acquire troubled financial institutions in our market area.
 
Key aspects of our business strategy include the following:
 
Raising additional capital and leveraging our capital base and acquisition experience to pursue additional strategic growth opportunities, especially FDIC-assisted acquisitions, such as NCB and MCB.
 
Growing our retail banking presence throughout the markets within west-central Georgia and east-central Alabama, including our expanded retail footprint resulting from the NCB and MCB acquisitions, while continuing to reduce our emphasis on wholesale banking.
 
Continuing to emphasize convenience for our customers by offering extended hours at most of our offices, alternative bank delivery systems that allow customers to pay bills, transfer funds and monitor account balances at any time, as well as products and services designed to meet the changing needs of our customers, such as our Rewards checking program.
 
Reducing our nonperforming assets and classified assets through diligent monitoring and resolution efforts, including problem assets acquired in the NCB and MCB acquisitions.
 
Continuing to integrate the assets and liabilities we acquired from NCB in June 2009 and MCB in March 2010, achieving operational efficiencies through the consolidation or relocation of our branches and building on the NCB and MCB franchises by offering expanded products and services.
 
See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Business Strategy” for a more complete discussion of our business strategy.
 
The Stock Issuance Plan, Reasons for the Stock Offering and Potential “Second-Step Conversion”
 
Our Board of Directors adopted the stock issuance plan on April 20, 2010 and amended the plan on June 7, 2010.  In adopting the stock issuance plan, our Board of Directors determined that the stock offering is in the best interests of all of our shareholders, including First Charter, MHC.  In ratifying the stock issuance plan, First Charter, MHC’s Board of Directors determined that the stock offering is in the best interests of First Charter, MHC and its members.  The proceeds of the stock offering will add to our financial strength on a consolidated basis.  The stock offering will enhance our ability to serve as a source of strength to CharterBank, and the increase in our capital and the capital of our banking subsidiary will provide us with greater capital resources to effect future corporate transactions, including acquisitions, and will enable us to grow internally and offer expanded services to customers in the communities that we serve.  Specifically, the increased capital resources that will result from the sale of common stock in the stock offering will facilitate the implementation of our business strategy by:
 
supporting internal growth through increased lending in the communities we serve, including our new markets resulting from the NCB and MCB acquisitions;
 
providing capital to support acquisitions of financial institutions as opportunities arise, especially troubled financial institutions with FDIC assistance, although we do not currently have any agreements to acquire a financial institution or other entity;
 
improving our capital position during a period of significant economic, regulatory and political uncertainty, especially for the financial services industry;
 
enabling us to enhance existing products and services to meet the needs of our marketplace;
 
 
4

 
 
assisting us in managing interest rate risk; and
 
improving the liquidity of our shares of common stock and enhancing shareholder returns through more flexible capital management strategies.
 
We expect that the proceeds from the stock offering will provide us with the necessary capital to pursue additional acquisitions, including FDIC-assisted transactions.  However, we intend to continue to raise capital after this stock offering as necessary to take advantage of attractive acquisition opportunities.  Future capital raises could involve what is commonly referred to as a “second-step conversion” in which (i) a new holding company would be formed as the successor to Charter Financial, (ii) First Charter, MHC’s corporate existence would end, and (iii) certain members of First Charter, MHC would receive the right to subscribe for shares of common stock of the new holding company.
 
In addition, we may pursue a second-step conversion if changes to regulations governing mutual holding companies, and particularly changes in the treatment of dividends waived by mutual holding companies, result in a second-step conversion being in the best interests of our shareholders.
 
In a second-step conversion, each share of Charter Financial common stock held by public shareholders would be automatically converted into a number of shares of common stock of the new holding company determined pursuant to an exchange ratio intended to maintain the ownership interests of public shareholders in Charter Financial.  A second-step conversion would require the approval of Charter Financial’s public shareholders, as well as the members of First Charter, MHC.
 
Terms of the Stock Offering
 
We are offering between $31.3 million and $67.8 million in shares of common stock to eligible depositors of CharterBank, eligible depositors of the former Neighborhood Community Bank and McIntosh Commercial Bank, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, eligible borrowers of CharterBank, and to the extent shares remain available, residents of Alabama and Georgia, our shareholders other than First Charter, MHC and the general public.  The shares are being offered at a price range of between $7.31 to $9.89 per share.  We may increase the offering price of shares sold in the stock offering by 15% to $11.37   per share due to demand for the common stock, changes in the market for the stock of financial institutions, or regulatory considerations, without resoliciting subscribers.  The actual purchase price at which shares will be sold will be determined by us prior to the completion of the stock offering, and will not be determined by the number of shares sold in the stock offering.  All investors will pay the same price per share of common stock in the stock offering, without paying a commission.  Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, our financial and marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling our shares of common stock.  Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, however, is not obligated to purchase any shares in the stock offering.
 
Under the terms of the stock issuance plan, at the conclusion of the stock offering, we will cancel a number of shares of our common stock held by First Charter, MHC equal to the number of shares we sell in the stock offering.  Accordingly, the total number of outstanding shares of common stock of Charter Financial will not change as a result of the stock offering.  The number of shares of common stock owned by First Charter, MHC will decrease to between 9,896,351 shares and 11,576,864 shares, or 53.0% and 62.0%, respectively, of the 18,672,361 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2010, from 15,857,924 shares, or 84.9% of the shares of our common stock outstanding as of such date.
 
For more information regarding the terms of the stock offering, see “The Stock Offering.”
 
 
5

 

How We Determined the Price Range
 
The price range at which we are offering our common stock is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Charter Financial.  RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, has estimated that as of May 21, 2010, the market value of Charter Financial, on a fully converted basis, was $160.6 million.  Pursuant to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, the pro forma market value forms the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $136.5 million and a maximum of $184.7 million.  The term “fully converted” means that RP Financial assumed that 100% of our common stock had been sold to the public, rather than the 22.9% to 31.9% of our common stock that will be sold in the stock offering.  Based on this valuation, the per share purchase price of the common stock being offered for sale has a midpoint of $8.60 per share and a range with a minimum of $7.31 per share and a maximum of $9.89 per share.  We may increase the market value of Charter Financial by 15% above the maximum of the valuation range, to $212.3 million and the per share purchase price of the shares being offered to $11.37 per share, due to demand for the common stock, changes in the market for the stock of financial institutions, or regulatory considerations, without resoliciting subscribers and other persons ordering stock in the offering.
 
The appraisal is based in part on Charter Financial’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the stock offering, and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded financial institutions in the mutual holding company structure that RP Financial considered comparable to Charter Financial.
 
The estimated appraised value also took into consideration the trading price of Charter Financial common stock. The closing price of the common stock as quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board was $10.50 per share on April 20, 2010, the last trading day immediately preceding the announcement of the stock offering, and $9.85 per share on May 21, 2010, the effective date of the appraisal.  Regulatory appraisal guidelines require a fundamental analysis in the determination of pro forma market value.  Although it is an indicator of market value, the trading price of Charter Financial’s common stock is affected by a lack of liquidity, past and current dividend policies and the relatively small public float outstanding, which reduces the reliability of the current trading price as a determinate of market value for the stock offering.  Acccordingly, the trading value of Charter Financial’s common stock was considered one indicator of value, and not the primary valuation method.
 
Additional factors considered by RP Financial are discussed under “The Stock Offering—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares Issued.”
 
The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the ten peer group companies and Charter Financial (on a pro forma basis) on a fully-converted equivalent basis, based on annualized earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010 and stock price information for the peer group companies as of May 21, 2010 as reflected in the appraisal report.  Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering price range indicated a discount of 26.2% on a price-to-earnings basis, a premium of 41.6% on a core price-to-earnings basis, a discount of 4.8% on a price-to-book basis and a discount of 3.6% on a price-to-tangible book basis.
 
   
Selected Pricing Ratios on a Fully-Converted Basis
 
   
Price-to-earnings
multiple(1)
   
Core Price-to-
earnings
multiple (1)
   
Price-to-book
value ratio
   
Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 
Charter Financial (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the stock offering)
                       
Maximum, as adjusted
    19.42 x     120.35 x     77.08 %     78.63 %
Maximum
    17.37 x     126.57 x     72.83 %     74.42 %
Midpoint
    15.50 x     134.59 x     68.42 %     70.03 %
Minimum
    13.52 x     147.20 x     63.29 %     64.92 %
                                 
Valuation of peer group companies (on an historical basis)
                               
Averages
    23.59 x     24.55 x     75.89 %     77.17 %
Medians
    25.38 x     24.25 x     76.40 %     80.41 %
 
 
6

 
 

(1)
Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial in the independent appraisal are based on trailing twelve month earnings through March 31, 2010.  Core price-to-earnings are based on estimates by RP Financial of recurring earnings, which are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”
 
The following table presents a summary of the same selected pricing ratios as shown in the table above for the ten peer group companies and Charter Financial (on a pro forma basis), except that the pricing ratios have not been adjusted to the hypothetical case of being fully converted.
 
   
Price-to-earnings
multiple (1)
   
Price-to-book
value ratio
   
Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 
   
4,281,060
Shares Sold
   
5,961,573
Shares Sold
   
4,281,060
Shares Sold
   
5,961,573
Shares Sold
   
4,281,060
Shares Sold
   
5,961,573
Shares Sold
 
Charter Financial (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the stock offering)
                                   
Maximum, as adjusted
    23.67       29.94       140.89 %     125.64 %     146.14 %     129.79 %
Maximum
    20.70       20.14       122.12 %     114.60 %     132.04 %     118.59 %
Midpoint
    18.09       17.66       114.36 %     104.12 %     118.99 %     107.90 %
Minimum
    15.45       15.19       100.55 %     92.53 %     104.73 %     96.06 %
                                                 
Valuation of peer group companies (on an historical basis)
                                               
Averages
    25.69 x     25.69 x     128.16 %     128.16 %     132.40 %     132.40 %
Medians
    21.12 x     21.12 x     130.73 %     130.73 %     134.71 %     134.71 %
 

(1)
Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial in the independent appraisal are based on trailing twelve month reported earnings through March 31, 2010.  These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”  Price-to-earnings ratios calculated based on estimated core earnings are not meaningful and were omitted from this table.
(2)
The information for publicly traded mutual holding companies may not be meaningful for investors because it presents average and median information for mutual holding companies that issued a different percentage of their stock in their offerings than the 22.9% to 31.9% that we are issuing to the public if we sell the minimum and maximum number of shares we are offering.  In addition, the effect of stock repurchases also affects the ratios to a greater or lesser degree depending upon repurchase activity.
 
Our Board of Directors, in reviewing and approving the appraisal, considered the range of price-to-earnings multiples and the range of price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different prices of shares to be sold in the offering, and did not consider one of these valuation approaches to be more important than the others.  Instead, in approving the appraisal, the board concluded that these ranges represented the appropriate balance of the different approaches to establishing our valuation and the price of shares to be sold in comparison to the peer group institutions.  The estimated appraised value took into consideration the potential financial impact of the stock offering as well as the trading price of Charter Financial common stock. The closing price of the common stock as quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board was $10.50 per share on April 20, 2010, the last trading day immediately preceding the announcement of the stock offering, and $9.85 per share on May 21, 2010, the effective date of the appraisal.
 
The independent appraisal does not indicate market value.  Do not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the stock offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $7.31 to $9.89 per share purchase price range.  Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were utilized by RP Financial to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group.  The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.
 
The independent appraisal will be updated prior to the completion of the stock offering. If the appraised value of Charter Financial changes to either below $136.5 million or above $212.3 million, we will resolicit persons who submitted stock orders as described under “The Stock Offering—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued.”
 
 
7

 

How We Will Determine the Actual Purchase Price Per Share
 
All shares of common stock will be sold in the stock offering at the same price per share, which we refer to as the actual purchase price.  The actual purchase price will be determined by us after [offering expiration date], but prior to the completion of the stock offering, in conjunction with our financial advisor based on then-existing market and financial conditions.  The actual purchase price will not be determined by the number of shares sold in the stock offering.  Since the outcome of the stock offering relates in large measure to market conditions at the time of sale, it is not possible to determine the actual purchase price at this time.
 
Although no assurances can be given, the actual purchase price per share is expected to be within the offering price range.  If the actual purchase price is not within the offering price range, we may terminate the stock offering, or we may decide to continue the stock offering.  If we decide to continue the stock offering, we will establish a new purchase price range, extend the offering period and resolicit persons who submitted stock order forms as described under “The Stock Offering—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued.”  We may also take other actions as permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision in order to complete the offering.
 
How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Stock Offering
 
We estimate net proceeds from the offering will be between $27.8 million and $54.2 million, or $62.6 million if the price per share is increased by 15% to $11.37.  Charter Financial intends to retain between $11.7 million and $24.1 million of the net proceeds, or $27.9 million if the offering price per share is increased by 15%.  Approximately $13.9 million to $27.1 million of the net proceeds, or $31.3 million if the price per share is increased by 15%, will be invested in CharterBank.
 
A portion of the net proceeds retained by Charter Financial will be loaned to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of shares of common stock in the offering, which is expected to be 300,000 shares.
 
The remainder of the net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes, including paying cash dividends and repurchasing shares of our common stock.  Funds invested in CharterBank will be used to increase capital levels, reduce wholesale funding and support increased lending and new products and services.  The net proceeds retained by Charter Financial and CharterBank also may be used to expand our retail banking franchise by acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions, especially troubled financial institutions such as NCB and MCB, or other financial services companies as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any acquisition transaction and it is impossible to determine when, if ever, such opportunities may arise. Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities.
 
Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering” for more information on our proposed use of the proceeds from the offering.
 
Our Dividend Policy
 
Charter Financial has paid a quarterly cash dividend since September 2002.  Beginning with the dividend paid in May 2010, we reduced our quarterly dividend from $0.25 per share to $0.05 per share.  The reduction of the dividend to $0.05 per share reflects our decision to pursue strategic opportunities for deployment of capital in FDIC-assisted transactions such as the NCB and MCB acquisitions.  We currently intend to continue to pay a quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per share in the future.  This dividend represents a 2.7%, 2.3%, 2.0% and 1.8% annual yield assuming a share price of $7.31, $8.60, $9.89 and $11.37, respectively.  However, the dividend rate and the continued payment of dividends will primarily depend on our earnings, alternative uses for capital, such as FDIC-assisted transactions, and other acquisition opportunities, capital requirements, and our financial condition and results of operations, and, to a lesser extent, statutory and regulatory limitations, tax considerations and general economic conditions.  See “Our Dividend Policy” and “Market for Our Common Stock” for more information regarding our dividend policy and our historical dividend payments.
 
 
8

 

Purchases by Officers and Directors
 
We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for $300,000 of common stock in the stock offering.  The purchase price paid by them will be the same per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering.  Following the stock offering, our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, are expected to own ___________ shares of common stock, which would equal ____% of our total outstanding shares of common stock after the stock offering.
 
Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Shareholders Resulting from the Stock Offering
 
Employee Stock Ownership Plan.   Our employee stock ownership plan is permitted by regulation to purchase in the stock offering a number of shares equal to up to 4.9% of the shares of common stock outstanding following the stock offering, subject to downward adjustment as may be required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations or policy to reflect shares of common stock previously acquired by the employee stock ownership plan.  We intend for our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock in the stock offering, which, when combined with shares previously acquired by the employee stock ownership plan, will equal approximately 3.3% of the shares of common stock outstanding after the stock offering.  However, we reserve the right to have the employee stock ownership plan purchase more than 300,000 shares of common stock in the stock offering (up to the 4.9% regulatory limit, as adjusted) if necessary to complete the stock offering at the minimum of the offering range.
 
Our employee stock ownership plan reserves the right to purchase all or a portion of its shares in the open market following the stock offering, subject to regulatory approval, as applicable.
 
Assuming the employee stock ownership plan purchases 300,000 shares in the stock offering at the maximum of the offering price range, or $9.89 per share, we will recognize additional compensation expense of approximately $113,700 annually (or approximately $69,800 after tax) over a 30-year period, assuming the loan to the employee stock ownership plan has a 30-year term and an interest rate equal to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal , and that the shares of common stock have a fair market value of $9.89 per share for the full 30-year period.  If, in the future, the shares of common stock have a fair market value greater or less than $9.89 per share, the compensation expense will increase or decrease accordingly.
 
Stock-Based Incentive Plan. We also intend to implement a new stock-based incentive plan no earlier than six months after completion of the stock offering.  This plan must be approved by shareholders.  If implemented within twelve months following the completion of the stock offering, the stock-based incentive plan may reserve for awards of restricted stock to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, a number of shares equal to up to 1.96% of the shares of common stock outstanding after the stock offering (assuming that CharterBank’s tangible capital is at least ten percent at the time the plan is implemented), subject to downward adjustment as may be required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations or policy to reflect restricted stock awards previously made by Charter Financial or CharterBank.  Charter Financial currently intends to reserve 82,000 shares of common stock for issuance of awards of restricted stock under the new stock-based incentive plan.  If such shares are drawn from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, shareholders would experience dilution of up to approximately 0.44% in their ownership interest in Charter Financial.
 
In addition, if implemented within twelve months following the completion of the offering, the stock-based incentive plan may reserve a number of shares equal to up to 4.9% of the shares of common stock outstanding after the offering for issuance pursuant to grants of stock options to key employees and directors, subject to downward adjustment as may be required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations or policy to reflect stock options previously granted by Charter Financial and CharterBank.  Charter Financial currently intends to reserve 207,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to grants of stock options under the new stock-based incentive plan.  If such shares are drawn from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, shareholders would experience dilution of up to 1.10% in their ownership interest in Charter Financial.
 
 
9

 
 
Restricted stock awards and stock option grants made pursuant to a plan implemented within twelve months following the completion of the stock offering would be subject to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, including a requirement that stock awards and stock options vest over a period of not less than five years.  If the stock-based incentive plan is adopted more than one year after the completion of the stock offering, shares reserved for awards of restricted stock or grants of stock options under the plan may exceed the percentage limitations set forth above, provided shares used to fund the plans in excess of these limits come from repurchased shares.  For a description of our current stock-based incentive plans, see “Management—Benefit Plans.”
 
The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and the aggregate dollar value of grants that are expected under the new stock-based incentive plan as a result of the stock offering.  The table also shows the dilution to shareholders if all such shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market.  A portion of the stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees.
 
     
Shares to be Granted or Purchased (1)
        Dilution
Resulting
From Issuance
of Shares for
Stock-Based
Incentive
Plans (3)
         
     
Number of
Shares
    As a Percentage
of Common
Stock Sold in
the Offering (2)
      As a Percentage
of Common
Stock
Outstanding
After the
Offering
       
  Value of
Grants, in
thousands
(4)
 
Employee stock ownership plan
    300,000       5.03 %     1.61 %     N/A     $ 2,967  
Restricted stock awards
    82,000       1.38 %     0.44 %     0.44 %     811  
Stock options
    207,000       3.47 %     1.11 %     1.10 %     453  
Total
    589,000       9.88 %     3.15 %     1.52 %   $ 4,231  
 

(1)  
The table assumes that the stock-based incentive plan is implemented within twelve months after the completion of the stock offering, and that CharterBank’s tangible capital is at least ten percent at the time the plan is implemented.  If the stock-based incentive plan is implemented more than twelve months after the completion of the stock offering, grants of options and restricted stock may exceed these percentage limitations, provided shares used to fund the plan in excess of these limits come from repurchased shares.
(2)  
Assumes that the maximum number of shares offered, or 5,961,573 shares, are sold in the stock offering.
(3)  
No dilution is reflected for the employee stock ownership plan because such shares are assumed to be purchased in the stock offering.
(4)  
Assumes that shares are sold at the maximum per share offering price, or $9.89 per share.  The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made.  For purposes of this table, fair value for stock awards is assumed to be $9.89 per share, the maximum per share offering price.  The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $2.19 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $9.89, the maximum per share offering price; an expected option life of eight years; a dividend yield of 2.0% equal to the average dividend yield of publicly-traded thrifts; an interest rate of 3.16%; and a volatility rate of 25.0% based on an index of publicly traded institutions in the mutual holding company structure. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.
 
We may fund our stock-based incentive plan through open market purchases, as opposed to new issuances of stock; however, if any options previously granted under our existing 2001 Stock Option Plan are exercised during the first year following completion of the stock offering, they will be funded with newly issued shares because Office of Thrift Supervision regulations do not permit us to repurchase our shares during the first year following the completion of this stock offering except to fund the grants of restricted stock under our stock-based incentive plan or under extraordinary circumstances.
 
 
10

 

The following table presents information as of March 31, 2010 regarding our employee stock ownership plan, our 2001 Stock Option Plan, our 2001 Recognition and Retention Plan, and our proposed stock-based incentive plan.  The table also assumes that all shares are sold at the maximum per share price, or $9.89 per share.
 
Existing and New Stock Benefit Plans
 
Participants
 
Shares
   
Estimated Value of Shares
   
Percentage of Shares
Outstanding After
the Offering (1)
 
                       
Employee Stock Ownership Plan:
 
Employees
                 
Shares purchased in 2001 offering
        317,158 (2)   $ 3,136,693       1.70 %
Shares to be purchased in this offering
        300,000       2,967,000       1.61  
Total employee stock ownership plan shares
        617,158     $ 6,103,693       3.31 %
                             
Restricted Stock Awards:
 
Directors, Officers and Employees
                       
2001 Recognition and Retention Plan
        283,177 (3)   $ 2,800,621 (4)     1.52 %
New shares of restricted stock
        82,000       810,980 (4)     0.44  
Total shares of restricted stock
        365,177     $ 3,611,601       1.96 %
                             
Stock Options:
 
Directors, Officers and Employees
                       
2001 Stock Option Plan
        707,943 (5)   $ 1,547,344       3.79 %
New stock options
        207,000       452,438 (6)     1.11  
Total stock options
        914,943     $ 1,999,782       4.90 %
                             
Total of stock benefit plans
        1,897,278     $ 11,715,075       10.16 %
 

(1)
Percentages are based on 18,672,361 shares outstanding after the stock offering, which includes 154,699 shares held by the employee stock ownership plan that have not been allocated and 93,505 shares reserved for issuance as restricted stock awards under the 2001 Recognition and Retention Plan.
(2)
As of March 31, 2010, 162,459 of these shares have been allocated.
(3)
As of March 31, 2010, 222,788 of these shares have been awarded, and 189,672 shares have vested.
(4)
The value of restricted stock awards is determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made.  For purposes of this table, the fair value of awards under the new stock-based incentive plan is assumed to be $9.89, the maximum per share offering price for the stock offering.
(5)
As of March 31, 2010, options to purchase 412,425 of these shares have been awarded, and options to purchase 295,518 of these shares remain available for future grants.
(6)
The weighted-average fair value of stock options has been estimated at $2.19 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $9.89, the maximum per share offering price for the stock offering; an expected option life of eight years; a dividend yield of 2.0% equal to the average dividend yield of publicly-traded thrifts; an interest rate of 3.16%; and a volatility rate of 25.0% based on an index of publicly traded institutions in the mutual holding company structure.
 
Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering
 
We are offering the shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:
 
 
(i)  
First, to depositors with accounts at CharterBank, Neighborhood Community Bank or McIntosh Commercial Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on December 31, 2008.
 
 
(ii)  
Second, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including CharterBank’s employee stock ownership plan.
 
 
(iii)  
Third, to depositors with accounts at CharterBank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on [SERD].
 
 
(iv)  
Fourth, to borrowers of CharterBank as of October 16, 2001 whose borrowings remained outstanding at the close of business on [SERD].
 
 
11

 
 
Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a “community offering,” with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the States of Alabama and Georgia, and then to Charter Financial public shareholders as of [SERD].  The community offering, if held, may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering as we may determine at any time.  We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or community offering through a “syndicated community offering” managed by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.  We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated community offering.  Any determination to accept or reject orders in the community offering and the syndicated community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.
 
If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order.  Shares will be allocated first to categories in the subscription offering.  A detailed description of share allocation procedures can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled See “The Stock Offering—Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights”, and “—Community Offering.”
 
Limits on the Amount of Common Stock You May Purchase
 
The minimum number of shares of common stock for which any person may subscribe in the stock offering is 25 shares, or $284.25 of common stock assuming a per share sales price of $11.37.
 
If you are not currently a Charter Financial Corporation shareholder.   No individual may purchase more than $1.5 million of common stock.  If any of the following persons purchases shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 5% of the shares of common stock issued in the stock offering:
 
 
● 
your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house;
 
 
● 
most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee, have a substantial beneficial interest or hold a senior position; or
 
 
● 
other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.
 
Unless we determine otherwise, persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying accounts registered to the same address will be subject to the overall purchase limitation of 5% of the shares of common stock issued in the stock offering.
 
See the detailed description of “acting in concert” and “associate” in the section of this prospectus headed “The Stock Offering—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”
 
If you are currently a Charter Financial Corporation shareholder.   In addition to the above purchase limitations, there is an ownership limitation for shareholders other than our employee stock ownership plan.  Shares of common stock that you purchase in the offering individually and together with persons described above, plus any shares of Charter Financial common stock that you and they own as of [SERD], may not exceed 5% of the shares of common stock issued in the stock offering.
 
Subject to Office of Thrift Supervision approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase and ownership limitations at any time.
 
How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock
 
All subscribers and persons ordering stock in the community offering must order a total dollar amount of common stock.  The minimum number of shares of common stock that any person may order is 25 shares, or $284.25 of common stock assuming a per share sales price of $11.37.  An accepted order will receive the largest whole number of shares that the dollar amount will purchase calculated at the actual purchase price per share.  Fractional shares will not be issued; instead, we will refund, with interest at CharterBank’s passbook rate, the amount that is insufficient to purchase a whole share of common stock. The total number of shares of common stock that will be issued to a subscriber is subject to the applicable purchase limitations and allocation procedures in the stock offering in the event of an oversubscription.  See “The Stock Offering.”
 
 
12

 
 
In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:
 
 
(i)
personal check, bank check or money order made payable directly to Charter Financial Corporation; or
 
 
(ii)
authorizing us to withdraw funds from the types of CharterBank deposit accounts designated on the stock order form.
 
CharterBank is not permitted to lend funds to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering.  Additionally, you may not use a CharterBank line of credit check or third party check to pay for shares of common stock.  Please do not submit cash.  You may not designate a withdrawal from CharterBank accounts with check-writing privileges.  Please provide a check instead.  You may not designate a withdrawal from a CharterBank retirement account.  If you wish to use funds in such an account, please see “—Using IRA Funds,” below.
 
You can subscribe for shares of common stock in the offering by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment payable to Charter Financial Corporation or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your CharterBank deposit accounts, provided that we receive the stock order form before 2:00 p.m., Georgia Time, on [expiration date], which is the end of the offering period.  If you order stock by providing a check, the funds must be in your account when your stock order is received.  Checks and money orders will be deposited with CharterBank.  We will pay interest at CharterBank’s passbook savings rate from the date funds are processed until completion or termination of the offering, at which time subscribers will receive interest checks.
 
Withdrawals from certificates of deposit to purchase shares of common stock in the offering may be made without incurring an early withdrawal penalty.  If a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the current passbook rate subsequent to the withdrawal.
 
All funds authorized for withdrawal from deposit accounts at CharterBank must be in the accounts at the time the stock order is received. However, funds will not be withdrawn from the accounts until the completion of the offering and will earn interest within the account at the applicable deposit account rate until that time.  A hold will be placed on those funds when your stock order is received, making the designated funds unavailable to you.
 
By signing the stock order form, you are acknowledging both receipt of this prospectus and that the shares of common stock are not deposits or savings accounts that are federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by CharterBank, Charter Financial or the federal government.  After a stock order form is submitted, the order cannot be cancelled or changed without our approval, unless the stock offering is extended beyond [offering expiration date – extended].
 
Using IRA Funds to Purchase Stock
 
You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account (“IRA”), or other retirement account.  However, shares of common stock must be held in a self-directed retirement account, such as those offered by a brokerage firm. By regulation, CharterBank’s individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in our common stock. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your CharterBank IRA or other retirement account, the applicable funds must first be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent trustee, such as a brokerage firm. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing your stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee. Because individual circumstances differ and processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [expiration date] offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using your individual retirement account or other retirement account that you may have at CharterBank or elsewhere .  Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.
 
 
13

 
 
Delivery of Stock Certificates in the Subscription and Community Offerings
 
Certificates representing shares of common stock sold in the subscription offering and community offering will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the certificate registration address noted by them on the stock order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the stock offering.   It is possible that until certificates for the common stock are delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though trading of the new shares of common stock will already have started.   Your ability to sell shares of common stock before you receive stock certificates will depend upon the arrangements you may make with your brokerage firm.
 
You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights
 
Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights.  If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to acknowledge in writing that you are purchasing the common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights.  We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights.  We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights.  On the stock order form, you may not add the names of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do.  In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date.  Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation, if there is an oversubscription.
 
Deadline for Placing an Order
 
If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment for the shares of common stock, must be received (not postmarked) by no later than 2:00 p.m., Georgia time, on [expiration date], unless we extend this deadline.  You may submit your stock order form by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided, by overnight courier to the indicated address on the stock order form.  Our banking offices will not accept stock order forms.  Please do not mail stock order forms to CharterBank.  Once submitted, your order is irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or extended beyond [extension date].
 
Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 2:00 p.m., Georgia time, on [expiration date], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.
 
TO ENSURE THAT EACH PERSON RECEIVES A PROSPECTUS AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE OF [EXPIRATION DATE] IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW, NO PROSPECTUS WILL BE MAILED ANY LATER THAN FIVE DAYS PRIOR TO [EXPIRATION DATE] OR HAND-DELIVERED ANY LATER THAN TWO DAYS PRIOR TO [EXPIRATION DATE].
 
Steps We May Take if We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Gross Proceeds
 
If we do not receive orders for at least $31.3 million of common stock, we may take several steps in order to sell the minimum amount of common stock in the offering range.  Specifically, we may: (i) increase the purchase and ownership limitations; (ii) seek regulatory approval to extend the offering beyond the [extension date] expiration date, provided that any such extension will require us to resolicit subscriptions received in the offering; and/or (iii) increase the purchase of shares by the employee stock ownership plan.
 
 
14

 
 
Market for Common Stock
 
The publicly held shares of Charter Financial’s common stock are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “CHFN.OB.” Upon completion of the stock offering, we expect that Charter Financial’s common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “CHFN.” In order to list our stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock.  Charter Financial currently has more than three market makers, including Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.  Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so.
 
There can be no assurance that persons purchasing our shares of common stock will be able to sell their shares of common stock at or above the actual per share purchase price in the offering. Purchasers of our common stock should have a long-term investment intent and should recognize that there may be a limited trading market in the common stock.
 
How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center
 
Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering.  If you have any questions regarding the stock offering, please call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at 1-________.  The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Georgia time.  The Stock Information Center will be closed weekends and bank holidays.  Our banking offices will not have offering materials and will not accept stock order forms.
 
 
15

 
 
 
You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in the shares of common stock.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
The United States economy remains weak and unemployment levels are high.  A prolonged economic downturn, especially one affecting our geographic market area, will adversely affect our business and financial results.
 
The United States experienced a severe economic recession in 2008 and 2009.  While economic growth has resumed recently, the rate of growth has been slow and unemployment remains at very high levels and is not expected to improve in the near future.  Loan portfolio quality has deteriorated at many financial institutions reflecting, in part, the weak U.S. economy and high unemployment.  In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages have declined and may continue to decline.  The continuing real estate downturn also has resulted in reduced demand for the construction of new housing and increased delinquencies in construction, residential and commercial mortgage loans. Bank and bank holding company stock prices have declined substantially, and it is significantly more difficult for banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets.
 
The FDIC Quarterly Banking Profile has reported that nonperforming assets as a percentage of assets for FDIC-insured financial institutions rose to 3.43% as of March 31, 2010, compared to 0.95% as of December 31, 2007.  For the calendar year ended March 31, 2010, the FDIC Quarterly Banking Profile has reported that annualized return on average assets was 0.54% for FDIC-insured financial institutions compared to 0.81% for the year ended December 31, 2007.  The NASDAQ Bank Index declined 29.9% between December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2010. At March 31, 2010, our non-covered nonperforming assets as a percentage of non-covered assets was 2.38%, and our annualized return on average assets was 1.63% for the six months ended March 31, 2010.  A substantial portion of our return on average assets during this period was due to our pre-tax acquisition gain of $15.6 million related to the MCB acquisition.
 
Continued negative developments in the financial services industry and the domestic and international credit markets may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the market for and value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability.  Moreover, continued declines in the stock market in general, or stock values of financial institutions and their holding companies specifically, could adversely affect our stock performance.
 
Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our results of operations and financial condition are significantly affected by changes in interest rates.  Our results of operations depend substantially on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest expense we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.  Because our interest-bearing liabilities generally reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, a sustained increase in interest rates generally would tend to result in a decrease in net interest income.
 
Changes in interest rates may also affect the average life of loans and mortgage-related securities. Decreases in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance to reduce their borrowing costs.  Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that we are unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates on existing loans and securities. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans. Also, increases in interest rates may extend the life of fixed-rate assets, which would restrict our ability to reinvest in higher yielding alternatives, and may result in customers withdrawing certificates of deposit early so long as the early withdrawal penalty is less than the interest they could receive as a result of the higher interest rates.
 
 
16

 
 
Changes in interest rates also affect the current fair value of our interest-earning securities portfolio.  Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with changes in interest rates.  At March 31, 2010, the fair value of our portfolio of investment securities, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations totaled $205.5 million.  Net unrealized losses on these securities totaled $4.6 million at March 31, 2010.
 
At March 31, 2010, the Office of Thrift Supervision’s simulation model indicated that our net portfolio value would decrease by 5% if there was an instantaneous parallel 200 basis point increase in market interest rates.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management of Market Risk.”
 
Additionally, a majority of our single-family mortgage loan portfolio is comprised of adjustable-rate loans.  Any rise in market interest rates may result in increased payments for borrowers who have adjustable rate mortgage loans, increasing the possibility of default.
 
Our business may be adversely affected by credit risk associated with residential property.
 
As of March 31, 2010, non-covered residential mortgage loans totaled $114.4 million, or 24.0% of total non-covered loans.   This type of lending is generally sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that may significantly affect the ability of borrowers to meet their loan payment obligations, making loss levels difficult to predict. The decline in residential real estate values resulting from the downturn in the Georgia and Alabama housing markets has reduced the value of the real estate collateral securing the majority of our loans and has increased the risk that we would incur losses if borrowers default on their loans. Continued declines in both the volume of real estate sales and the sales prices, coupled with the current weak economic conditions and the associated increases in unemployment, may result in higher loan delinquencies or problem assets, a decline in demand for our products and services, or a decrease in our deposits. These potential negative events may cause us to incur losses, which would adversely affect our capital and liquidity and damage our financial condition and business operations. These declines may have a greater impact on our earnings and capital than on the earnings and capital of financial institutions that have more diversified loan portfolios. M any of our loans do not conform to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac underwriting guidelines as a result of characteristics of the borrower or property, the loan terms, loan size or exceptions from agency underwriting guidelines.  In exchange for the additional risk associated with these loans, they generally have a higher interest rate, and depending on the borrower’s credit history, a lower loan-to-value ratio than conforming loans.  For example, our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans had an average loan to value ratio of approximately 68% at March 31, 2010, based on appraisals at the time of the origination of the loans.  Our non-conforming one- to four-family residential mortgage loans include interest-only loans, and loans to borrowers with a FICO score below 660 (these loans are considered subprime by the Office of Thrift Supervision).
 
As of March 31, 2010, interest-only loans totaled $24.6 million, of which $2.6 million had FICO scores under 660.  This $2.6 million portion of our loan portfolio consists of loans with either mortgage insurance or loan to value ratios under 80%.  In the case of interest-only loans, a borrower’s monthly payment is subject to change when the loan converts to fully-amortizing status.  Since the borrower’s monthly payment may increase substantially even without an increase in prevailing market interest rates, there is no assurance that the borrower will be able to afford the increased monthly payment at the time the loan becomes fully-amortizing.
 
Non-conforming one- to four-family residential mortgage loans are considered to have a greater risk of delinquency, default or foreclosure than conforming loans.  Furthermore, non-conforming loans are not as readily saleable as loans that conform to agency guidelines, and often can be sold only after discounting the amortized value of the loan.
 
Our non-covered non-residential loans increase our exposure to credit risks.
 
Over the last several years, we have increased our non-residential lending in order to improve the yield and reduce the duration of our assets.  At March 31, 2010, our portfolio of non-covered commercial real estate, real estate construction, commercial business, and other non-covered non-residential loans totaled $361.8 million, or 76.0% of total non-covered loans, compared to $215.4 million, or 59.2% of total loans at September 30, 2005.  These loans may expose us to a greater risk of non-payment and loss than residential real estate loans because, in the case of commercial loans, repayment often depends on the successful operations and earnings of the borrowers and, in the case of consumer loans, the applicable collateral is subject to rapid depreciation.  Additionally, commercial loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to residential real estate loans.  If loans that are collateralized by real estate become troubled and the value of the real estate has been significantly impaired, then we may not be able to recover the full contractual amount of principal and interest that we anticipated at the time we originated the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
 
 
17

 
 
If the allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.
 
Our customers may not repay their loans according to the original terms, and the collateral, if any, securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance.  We may experience significant loan losses, which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results.  We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans.  If our assumptions are incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, which would require additions to the allowance.  Additions to the allowance would decrease our net income. At March 31, 2010, our allowance for loan losses was $11.4 million, or 2.40% of total non-covered loans and 70.4% of non-covered non-performing loans, compared to $9.3 million, or 1.98% of total non-covered loans and 70.1% of non-covered non-performing loans at September 30, 2009.
 
Our level of commercial real estate, real estate construction and commercial business loans is one of the more significant factors in evaluating the allowance for loan losses.  These loans may require increased provisions for loan losses in the future, which would decrease our earnings.
 
Bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase to the provision for loan losses or further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
 
We could record future losses on our securities portfolio.
 
For the six months ended March 31, 2010, we have recorded $2.5 million in other than temporary impairment charges on non-government agency collateralized mortgage obligations and an additional $1.0 million impairment charge on an equity investment.  At March 31, 2010, our securities portfolio totaled $205.5 million, which included $52.7 million of non-government agency collateralized mortgage obligations with net unrealized losses of $6.7 million.  A number of factors or combinations of factors could require us to conclude in one or more future reporting periods that an unrealized loss that exists with respect to these securities constitutes an impairment that is other than temporary, which would result in additional losses that could be material.  These factors include, but are not limited to, a continued failure by the issuer to make scheduled interest payments, an increase in the severity of the unrealized loss on a particular security, an increase in the continuous duration of the unrealized loss without an improvement in value or changes in market conditions and/or industry or issuer specific factors that would render us unable to forecast a full recovery in value.  In addition, the fair values of securities could decline if the overall economy and the financial condition of some of the underlying borrowers deteriorate and there remains limited liquidity for these securities and additional impairment charges may be required in future periods.
 
See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Balance Sheet Analysis—Securities” for a discussion of our securities portfolio and the unrealized losses related to the portfolio.
 
Higher FDIC insurance premiums and special assessments will adversely affect our earnings.
 
As part of a plan to restore the reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund, the FDIC imposed a special assessment equal to five basis points of assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, which was payable on September 30, 2009.  We recorded an expense of $448,000 during the quarter ended June 30, 2009, to reflect the special assessment.  The FDIC has also increased its maximum quarterly assessment rates and amended the method by which rates are calculated. Quarterly assessments paid by CharterBank for 2010 equaled $446,400, compared to $399,900 for 2009.  Any further special assessments or increases to quarterly assessment rates will adversely affect our earnings.
 
 
18

 
 
In addition, in November 2009 the FDIC adopted a rule requiring insured depository institutions to prepay, on December 30, 2009, their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012.   The assessment rate for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for 2010 was based on each institution’s total base assessment rate for the third quarter of 2009, modified to assume that the assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009 had been in effect for the entire third quarter, and the assessment rate for 2011 and 2012 was equal to the modified third quarter assessment rate plus an additional three basis points.  Each institution’s base assessment rate for each period was calculated using its third quarter assessment base, adjusted quarterly for an estimated 5% annual growth rate in the assessment base through the end of 2012.   On December 30, 2009, CharterBank prepaid approximately $3.1 million in estimated quarterly assessment fees for the fourth quarter of 2009 through the fourth quarter of 2012.   Since prepaying our estimated FDIC assessments through 2012, the amount of our deposits has increased significantly due to our acquisition of MCB.  As a result, our 3-year FDIC assessment prepayment will likely be amortized and replenished over a shorter time period.
 
Because the prepaid assessments represent the prepayment of future expense, they do not affect CharterBank’s capital or tax obligations.
 
Our business may continue to be adversely affected by downturns in our national and local economies.
 
Our operations are significantly affected by national and local economic conditions. Substantially all of our loans are to businesses and individuals in west-central Georgia and east-central Alabama . All of our branches and most of our deposit customers are also located in these two states. A continuing decline in the economies in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In particular, Georgia and Alabama have experienced home price declines, increased foreclosures and high unemployment rates.
 
A further deterioration in economic conditions in the market areas we serve could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:
 
 
demand for our products and services may decline;
 
 
loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;
 
 
collateral for our loans may decline further in value; and
 
 
the amount of our low-cost or non-interest bearing deposits may decrease.
 
Our market area has traditionally depended on the textile industry as a source of employment; however, textile manufacturing and jobs associated with it have almost completely disappeared from our market in recent years.  Our local economy has adapted to include other trade sectors, including a new Kia Motor Corporation automotive assembly and manufacturing facility in West Point, Georgia, and a military base re-alignment that will significantly increase employment in the Columbus, Georgia area near Fort Benning.  However, our local economy did not experience the same growth as other nearby regions prior to the current economic recession. While we anticipate addressing this economic risk by expanding our retail delivery systems into other nearby markets, we cannot guarantee that we will be successful or that a downturn in our local economy will not have a negative impact on our earnings.
 
If our non-performing assets increase, our earnings will decrease.
 
At March 31, 2010, our non-performing assets (which consist of non-accrual loans, loans 90 days or more delinquent, and foreclosed real estate assets) not covered by loss sharing agreements totaled $23.6 million, which is an increase of $5.5 million or 30.5% over non-performing assets not covered by loss sharing agreements at September 30, 2009.  Our non-performing assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on non-accrual loans or real estate owned.  Based on our estimate of the level of allowance for loan losses required, we record a provision for loan losses as a charge to earnings to maintain the allowance for loan losses at an appropriate level.  From time to time, we also write down the value of properties in our other real estate owned portfolio to reflect changing market values.  Additionally, there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets as well as carrying costs such as taxes, insurance and maintenance related to our other real estate owned. Further, the resolution of non-performing assets requires the active involvement of management, which could detract from the overall supervision of our operations.  Finally, if our estimate of the allowance for loan losses is inadequate, we will have to increase the allowance accordingly.
 
 
19

 
 
We may incur higher than expected loan charge-offs with respect to assets acquired in the Neighborhood Community Bank and McIntosh Commercial Bank acquisitions, all of which may not be supported by our loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC.
 
We acquired approximately $202.8 million and $322.6 million of assets in connection with the NCB and MCB acquisitions, respectively. We marked down these assets to fair value at the date of acquisition, but there is no assurance that these acquired assets will not suffer further deterioration in value, which would require additional charge-offs. We entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC that provide that 80% of losses related to the acquired loans and other real estate owned (“covered assets”), up to $82 million in losses with respect to the $177.6 million of NCB covered assets and up to $106 million in losses with respect to the $262.9 million of MCB covered assets, will be borne by the FDIC and thereafter the Federal Deposit Corporation will bear 95% of losses on NCB and MCB covered assets.  However, we are not protected from all losses resulting from charge-offs with respect to such covered assets. Further, the loss sharing agreements have limited terms ranging from five years for commercial loans to ten years for residential mortgage loans. Therefore, any charge-offs or related losses that we experience after the expiration of the loss sharing agreements will not be reimbursed by the FDIC and would reduce our net income. Finally, if we fail to comply with the terms of the loss sharing agreements, we could lose the right to receive payments on a covered asset from the FDIC under the agreements.  See “—Our ability to continue to receive benefits of our loss share arrangements with the FDIC is conditioned upon our compliance with certain requirements under the agreements,” below.
 
Our ability to continue to receive benefits of our loss share arrangements with the FDIC is conditioned upon our compliance with certain requirements under the agreements.
 
Our ability to recover a portion of our losses and retain the loss share protection is subject to our compliance with certain requirements imposed on us in the loss share agreements with the FDIC. The requirements of the agreements relate primarily to our administration of the assets covered by the agreements, as well as our obtaining the consent of the FDIC to engage in certain corporate transactions that may be deemed under the agreements to constitute a transfer of the loss share benefits. For example, any merger or consolidation of CharterBank with another financial institution would require the consent of the FDIC under the loss share agreements relating to both the NCB and MCB transactions.  In addition, certain public or private offerings of common stock by us that would increase our outstanding shares by more than 9% would require the consent of the FDIC under the MCB loss share agreements.
 
In such instances in which the consent of the FDIC is required under the loss share agreements, the FDIC may withhold its consent to such transactions or may condition its consent on terms that we do not find acceptable.   There can be no assurance that, in the future, the FDIC will grant its consent or condition its consent on terms that we find acceptable. If the FDIC does not grant its consent to a transaction we would like to pursue, or conditions its consent on terms that we do not find acceptable, this may cause us not to engage in a corporate transaction that might otherwise benefit our shareholders or we may elect to pursue such a transaction without obtaining the FDIC’s consent, which could result in termination of our loss share agreements with the FDIC.
 
 
20

 
 
We may fail to realize any benefits and may incur unanticipated losses related to the assets we acquired and liabilities we assumed from Neighborhood Community Bank and McIntosh Commercial Bank.
 
The success of the NCB and MCB acquisitions will depend, in part, on our ability to successfully combine the businesses and assets we acquired with our business, and our ability to successfully manage the significant loan portfolios that were acquired. It may take longer to successfully liquidate the nonperforming assets that were acquired in the NCB and MCB transactions.  As with any acquisition involving a financial institution, there may also be business and service changes and disruptions that result in the loss of customers or cause customers to close their accounts and move their business to competing financial institutions. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of ongoing business, or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with clients, customers, depositors and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the transactions. Successful integration may also be hampered by differences between our organization and the NCB and MCB organizations. The loss of key employees of NCB and/or MCB could adversely affect our ability to successfully conduct business in the markets in which NCB and MCB operated, which could adversely affect our financial results.  Integration efforts will also divert attention and resources from our management. In addition, general market and economic conditions or governmental actions affecting the financial industry generally may inhibit our ability to successfully integrate these operations.  If we experience difficulties with the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the transactions may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected. Finally, any cost savings that are realized may be offset by losses in revenues or other charges to earnings.
 
FDIC-assisted acquisition opportunities may not become available and increased competition may make it more difficult for us to successfully bid on failed bank transactions on terms we consider to be acceptable.
 
Our near-term business strategy includes the pursuit of potential acquisitions of failing banks that the FDIC plans to place in receivership. The FDIC may not place banks that meet our strategic objectives into receivership. Failed bank transactions are attractive opportunities in part because of loss-sharing arrangements with the FDIC that limit the acquirer’s downside risk on the purchased loan portfolio and, apart from our assumption of deposit liabilities, we have significant discretion as to the nondeposit liabilities that we assume. In addition, assets purchased from the FDIC are marked to their fair value and in many cases there is little or no addition to goodwill arising from a FDIC-assisted transaction. The bidding process for failing banks could become very competitive, and the increased competition may make it more difficult for us to bid on terms we consider to be acceptable.  We expect increased competition from private equity groups and foreign banks, among others.  Many of these competing bidders will have more capital and other resources than CharterBank.
 
The FDIC could condition our ability to acquire a failed depository institution on compliance by us with additional requirements.
 
We may seek to acquire one or more failed depository institutions from the FDIC. As the agency responsible for resolving failed depository institutions, the FDIC has the discretion to determine whether a party is qualified to bid on a failed institution. On August 26, 2009, the FDIC adopted a Statement of Policy on Qualifications for Failed Bank Acquisitions that sets forth a number of significant restrictions and requirements as a condition to the participation by certain “private investors” and institutions in the acquisition of failed depository institutions from the FDIC. Among the requirements would be that CharterBank maintain higher capital ratios for a three-year period of time following the acquisition of a failed depository institution from the FDIC, which would impair our ability to grow in the future without obtaining additional capital. Based on our understanding of current interpretations of the Statement of Policy, we do not believe the provisions of the Statement of Policy would apply to us. However, if the FDIC were to adopt similar provisions that do apply to us, and we were unwilling to comply with conditions imposed by the FDIC, then we may not be permitted to acquire failed institutions from the FDIC.
 
 
21

 
 
Acquisitions, including any additional FDIC-assisted acquisitions, could disrupt our business and adversely affect our operating results.
 
On June 26, 2009 we entered into an agreement with the FDIC to acquire assets with a fair value of approximately $196.7 million and assume liabilities with a fair value of approximately $196.7 million from Neighborhood Community Bank.  We also acquired four branches of NCB in the transaction, one of which has been closed.  On March 26, 2010, we entered into an agreement with the FDIC to acquire assets with a fair value of approximately $322.5 million and assume liabilities with a fair value of approximately $312.9 million from McIntosh Commercial Bank.  We also acquired four branches of MCB in the transaction, one of which has been closed.   We expect to continue to grow by acquiring other financial institutions, related businesses or branches of other financial institutions that we believe provide a strategic fit with our business. To the extent that we grow through acquisitions, we may not be able to adequately or profitably manage this growth.  In addition, such acquisitions may involve the issuance of securities, which may have a dilutive effect on earnings per share.   Acquiring banks, bank branches or businesses involves risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including:
 
 
Potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities we acquire;
 
 
Exposure to potential asset quality issues of the acquired financial institutions, businesses or branches;
 
 
Difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of financial institutions, businesses or branches we acquire;
 
 
Potential diversion of our management’s time and attention;
 
 
The possible loss of key employees and customers of financial institutions, businesses or branches we acquire;
 
 
Difficulty in estimating the value of the financial institutions, businesses or branches to be acquired; and
 
 
Potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the financial institutions or businesses to be acquired.
 
Our continued growth through acquisitions may require us to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed.
 
We are required by federal regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. We anticipate that our existing capital resources will satisfy our capital requirements for the foreseeable future. However, we may at some point need to raise additional capital to support continued growth, both internally and through acquisitions.
 
Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired.
 
Strong competition may limit growth and profitability.
 
Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense.  We compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere.  Many of these competitors (whether regional or national institutions) have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have and may offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide.  Our profitability depends upon our ability to successfully compete in our market areas.
 
Our ability to pay dividends and the extent of such dividends is subject to the ability of CharterBank to make capital distributions to us and the waiver of dividends by First Charter, MHC, our mutual holding company.
 
The long-term ability of Charter Financial to pay dividends to its shareholders and the extent of such dividends is based primarily upon the ability of CharterBank to make capital distributions to Charter Financial, and also on the availability of cash at the holding company level in the event earnings are not sufficient to pay dividends. Under Office of Thrift Supervision safe harbor regulations, CharterBank may distribute to Charter Financial capital not exceeding net income for the current calendar year and the prior two calendar years.  At March 31, 2010, CharterBank was in compliance with the safe harbor regulations.
 
 
22

 
 
Further, First Charter, MHC owns approximately 84.9% of Charter Financial’s outstanding stock.  First Charter, MHC currently waives its right to dividends on the shares that it owns, which means the amount of dividends paid to public shareholders is significantly higher than it would be if First Charter, MHC accepted dividends.  First Charter, MHC is not required to waive dividends, and First Charter, MHC is required to obtain the consent from the Office of Thrift Supervision allowing it to waive its right to dividends. The current waiver is effective through December 31, 2010.  It is expected that First Charter, MHC will continue to waive future dividends except to the extent dividends are needed to fund its continuing operations.  However, proposed regulatory reforms may affect First Charter, MHC’s ability to waive dividends in the future.  See “Proposed regulatory reform may have a material impact on the value of our stock” below.
 
Proposed regulatory reform may have a material adverse impact on the value of our common stock.
 
Legislative proposals have been made under which the Office of Thrift Supervision would be replaced as the regulator of First Charter, MHC, Charter Financial and CharterBank.  In addition, depending on which proposal is enacted, if any, CharterBank could be required to become a national bank and First Charter, MHC and Charter Financial would then likely become subject to regulatory capital requirements and other regulations and policies that do not currently apply to First Charter, MHC and Charter Financial.  For example, current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations permit mutual holding companies to waive the receipt of dividends, subject to filing a waiver request with the Office of Thrift Supervision and receiving its consent.  Moreover, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that the Office of Thrift Supervision will not take into account the amount of waived dividends in determining an appropriate exchange ratio for minority shares in the event of the conversion of a mutual holding company to stock form, a transaction commonly known as a “second-step conversion.”  A different regulator of mutual holding companies may have or could adopt different regulations and policies.  This could have an adverse impact on our ability to pay dividends and on the likelihood of a successful second-step conversion on terms favorable to our shareholders, and would likely adversely impact the value of our common stock.
 
We operate in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.
 
We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision and the FDIC. Such regulators govern the activities in which we may engage, primarily for the protection of depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund.  These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the ability to impose restrictions on a bank’s operations, reclassify assets, determine the adequacy of a bank’s allowance for loan losses and determine the level of deposit insurance premiums assessed.  Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, new regulations or legislation or additional deposit insurance premiums could have a material impact on our operations.  Because our business is highly regulated, the laws and applicable regulations are subject to frequent change.  Any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or prospects.
 
Changes in laws and regulations and the cost of regulatory compliance with new laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations and our income.
 
In response to the financial crisis of 2008 and early 2009, Congress has taken actions that are intended to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in financial institutions, and the FDIC has taken actions to increase insurance coverage on deposit accounts. In addition, there have been proposals made by members of Congress and others that would reduce the amount delinquent borrowers are otherwise contractually obligated to pay under their mortgage loans and limit an institution’s ability to foreclose on mortgage collateral.
 
The potential exists for additional federal or state laws and regulations, or changes in policy, affecting lending and funding practices and liquidity standards.  Moreover, bank regulatory agencies have been active in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, and have issued many formal enforcement orders requiring capital ratios in excess of regulatory requirements. Bank regulatory agencies, such as the Office of Thrift Supervision and the FDIC, govern the activities in which we may engage, primarily for the protection of depositors, and not for the protection or benefit of potential investors. In addition, new laws and regulations may increase our costs of regulatory compliance and of doing business, and otherwise affect our operations. New laws and regulations may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the markets for and value of our loans and investments, the fees we can charge, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. For example, recent legislative proposals would require changes to our overdraft protection programs that could decrease the amount of fees we receive for these services. For the year ended September 30, 2009, and the six months ended March 31, 2010, overdraft protection fees totaled $2.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively.  Further, legislative proposals limiting our rights as a creditor could result in credit losses or increased expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor.
 
 
23

 
 
We hold certain intangible assets that in the future could be classified as either partially or fully impaired, which would reduce our earnings and the book values of these assets.
 
Pursuant to applicable accounting requirements, we are required to periodically test our goodwill and core deposit intangible assets for impairment.  The impairment testing process considers a variety of factors, including the current market price of our common shares, the estimated net present value of our assets and liabilities and information concerning the terminal valuation of similarly situated insured depository institutions.  Future impairment testing may result in a partial or full impairment of the value of our goodwill or core deposit intangible assets, or both.  If an impairment determination is made in a future reporting period, our earnings and the book value of these intangible assets will be reduced by the amount of the impairment.  If an impairment loss is recorded, it will have little or no impact on the tangible book value of our shares of common stock, our liquidity or our regulatory capital levels.
 
If the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta continues to pay a reduced dividend, our earnings and stockholders’ equity could decrease.
 
We are required to own common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta to qualify for membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank System and to be eligible to borrow funds under the Federal Home Loan Bank’s advance program.  The aggregate cost of our Federal Home Loan Bank common stock as of March 31, 2010 was $15.2 million.  Federal Home Loan Bank common stock is not a marketable security and can only be redeemed by the Federal Home Loan Bank.  However, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta is currently not repurchasing excess stock outstanding.
 
The Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta did not pay a dividend on its common stock for the fourth quarter of 2008 or the first quarter of 2009, and the dividends paid since that time have been greatly reduced.  If the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta continues to pay a reduced dividend, our earnings will be adversely affected.
 
Our operations may be adversely affected if we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees.
 
Our performance is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of skilled individuals. Our continued ability to compete effectively in our businesses, to manage our business effectively and to expand into new businesses and geographic regions depends on our ability to attract new employees and to retain and motivate our existing employees. Competition for qualified employees is often intense. In addition, in 2008 the market price of our common stock declined significantly, which may lower the value, or perceived value, of our equity awards, which is a means for us to compensate and retain qualified employees. Moreover, future laws or regulations limiting the amount of compensation financial institutions may pay to senior management could adversely affect our ability to hire and retain qualified employees.
 
System failure or breaches of our network security could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities.
 
The computer systems and network infrastructure we use could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our computer equipment against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as from security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Computer break-ins, phishing and other disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability to us and may cause existing and potential customers to refrain from doing business with us. Although we, with the help of third-party service providers, intend to continue to implement security technology and establish operational procedures to prevent such damage, there can be no assurance that these security measures will be successful. In addition, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms we and our third-party service providers use to encrypt and protect customer transaction data. A failure of such security measures could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
 
24

 
 
Various factors may make takeover attempts more difficult to achieve.
 
Our Board of Directors has no current intention to sell control of Charter Financial. Provisions of our charter and bylaws, federal regulations and various other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of us without the consent of our Board of Directors. It is possible, however, that you would want a takeover attempt to succeed because, for example, a potential acquiror could offer a premium over the then-prevailing price of our common stock. The factors that may discourage takeover attempts or make them more difficult include:
 
 
Mutual holding company structure.   Under federal law, at least 50.1% of our voting stock must be owned by First Charter, MHC, which is controlled by its Board of Directors, who are currently the members of our Board of Directors. First Charter, MHC, acting through its Board of Directors, is able to control our business and operations, and is able to prevent any challenge to the control of Charter Financial by public shareholders. In addition, a corporation in the mutual holding company structure cannot be acquired by a stock financial institution or its stock holding company, but can only be acquired by a mutual institution or a corporation in the mutual holding company structure.
 
 
Bylaw and statutory provisions.   Provisions of our bylaws and federal law may make it more difficult and expensive to pursue a takeover attempt that management opposes. These provisions also make more difficult the removal of our current Board of Directors or management, or the appointment of new directors. These provisions include supermajority voting requirements for certain business combinations and the election of directors to staggered terms of three years. Our bylaws also contain provisions regarding the timing and content of shareholder proposals and nominations.
 
Risks Related to the Offering
 
Our shares of common stock are not being offered for sale at a fixed price.
 
The shares of common stock are being offered at an offering price that will be within the range of $7.31 to $11.37. The price at which the common stock last traded on _________, 2010, was $____ per share, or ____% above the maximum of the offering price range. The actual purchase price at which the shares of common stock will be sold in the stock offering will not be determined until after the end of the offering period. Accordingly, when a subscriber submits his or her stock order form, he or she is irrevocably offering to purchase an aggregate amount of common stock at an undetermined price that may range from $7.31 to $11.37, rather than a fixed number of shares at a fixed price per share.
 
You may not revoke your decision to purchase Charter Financial common stock after you send us your stock order form.
 
Orders submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with a purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the stock offering, unless the stock offering is extended beyond [extension date - extended].  Because completion of the stock offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, among other factors, there may be one or more delays in the completion of the stock offering.

 
25

 

You may not be able to resell the common stock until the issuance and receipt of certificates.
 
Until certificates for shares of common stock are delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock for which they subscribe, although the shares of common stock issued in the stock offering will have begun trading. Accordingly, during such period, subscribers will bear the risk of any decline in the market price in our common stock. We intend to mail the certificates representing common stock issued in the stock offering promptly following consummation of the stock offering. See “The Stock Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares in Subscription and Community Offering.”
 
The market price of our common stock may decline after the stock offering.
 
The price per share at which we sell the common stock may be more or less than the market price of our common stock on the date the stock offering is consummated.  If the actual purchase price is less than the market price for the shares of common stock, some purchasers in the stock offering may be inclined to immediately sell shares of common stock to attempt to realize a profit.  Any such sales, depending on the volume and timing, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.  Additionally, because stock prices generally fluctuate over time, there is no assurance that purchasers of common stock in the stock offering will be able to sell shares after the stock offering at a price that is equal to or greater than the actual purchase price.   The trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, investor perceptions of Charter Financial and the outlook for the financial services industry in general.  Price fluctuations may be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.
 
There is currently no active trading market for our common stock.
 
Currently, there is no active public trading market for Charter Financial’s common stock, and we cannot assure you that one will develop or be sustained for the common stock of Charter Financial after this offering.  Charter Financial’s common stock is currently quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board.  Upon completion of the stock offering, we expect that the common stock of Charter Financial will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market.  However, we do not know whether third parties will find our common stock to be attractive or whether firms will be interested in making a market in our common stock.
 
Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds of the stock offering may have an adverse impact on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.
 
Charter Financial intends to invest between $13.9 million and $27.1 million (or up to $31.3 million if the offering price per share is increased by 15%) of the net proceeds of the offering in CharterBank.  Charter Financial may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments, repurchase shares of common stock, pay dividends or for other general corporate purposes.  Charter Financial also expects to use a portion of the net proceeds it retains to fund a loan for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering by our employee stock ownership plan.  CharterBank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, purchase investment securities, acquire financial institutions or financial services companies, including troubled financial institutions, build new branches or acquire branches, or for other general corporate purposes.  Our preference is to leverage the capital through additional FDIC-assisted acquisitions, and our failure to complete such acquisitions could adversely impact our financial performance and the value of our common stock.  However, with the exception of the loan to our employee stock ownership plan, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. We have not established a timetable for reinvesting of the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to reinvest the net proceeds.
 
 
26

 
 
Our return on equity will be low following the stock offering.  This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.
 
Net income divided by average equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. Following the stock offering, we expect our consolidated equity to increase from $110.7 million at March 31, 2010, to be between $135.7 million and $169.0 million, depending on the number of shares sold and the purchase price.  Based upon our pro forma income for the year ended September 30, 2009, and these pro forma equity levels, our return on equity would be 1.9% and 1.8% at the minimum and adjusted maximum of gross offering proceeds, respectively.  We expect our return on equity to remain low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. Although we will be able to increase net interest income using proceeds of the stock offering, our return on equity will be negatively affected by higher expenses from the costs of being a public company and added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plan we intend to adopt. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income and leverage the capital raised in the stock offering, we expect our return on equity to remain low, which may reduce the market price of our shares of common stock.
 
The implementation of the stock-based incentive plan may dilute your ownership interest.
 
We intend to adopt a new stock-based incentive plan following the offering, subject to receipt of shareholder approval. If the new stock-based incentive plan is adopted within twelve months of the stock offering, we intend to reserve 207,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to grants of stock options and 82,000 shares of common stock for issuance of awards of restricted stock.  This stock-based incentive plan may be funded either through open market purchases or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock of Charter Financial. While we may fund the new plan through open market purchases, shareholders would experience a 1.52% reduction in ownership interest in the event newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund these stock options and shares of restricted stock under the plan. If the stock-based incentive plan is adopted more than one year after the completion of the offering, shares reserved for awards of restricted stock or grants of stock options under the plan may be increased, and the reduction in ownership interest in the event newly issued shares are used to fund the awards would increase accordingly.
 
Implementing the stock-based incentive plan would increase our compensation and benefit expenses and adversely affect our profitability.
 
We intend to adopt a new stock-based incentive plan after the offering, subject to shareholder approval, which would increase our annual employee compensation and benefit expenses related to the stock options and shares granted to participants under our stock-based incentive plan.  The actual amount of these new stock-related compensation and benefit expenses will depend on the number of options and stock awards actually granted under the plan, the fair market value of our stock or options on the date of grant, the vesting period and other factors which we cannot predict at this time.  If the stock-based incentive plan is implemented within one year of the completion of the offering, the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance for awards of restricted stock or grants of options under such stock-based incentive plan may not exceed 1.96% and 4.9%, respectively, of the shares outstanding after the offering, subject to downward adjustment as may be required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations or policy to reflect stock options or restricted stock previously granted by Charter Financial or CharterBank.  If we award restricted shares of common stock or grant options in excess of these amounts under a stock-based incentive plan adopted more than one year after the completion of the offering, our costs would increase further.
 
In addition, we will recognize expense for our employee stock ownership plan when shares are committed to be released to participants’ accounts (i.e., as the loan used to acquire these shares is repaid), and we will recognize expense for restricted stock awards and stock options over the vesting period of awards made to recipients.  The expense for these three plans in the first year following the offering has been estimated to be approximately $404,200 ($278,300 after tax) assuming we sell the maximum number of shares we propose to offer and the other assumptions set forth in the pro forma financial information under “Pro Forma Data.” Actual expenses, however, may be higher or lower, depending on the price of our common stock.  For further discussion of our proposed stock-based plans, see “Management—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Long-Term Stock-Based Compensation.”
 
 
27

 
 
We will need to implement additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy public company reporting requirements, which will increase our operating expenses.
 
In connection with the offering, we will become a public reporting company.  The federal securities laws and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission require that we file annual, quarterly and current reports and that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.  We expect that the obligations of being a public reporting company, including substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team.  These obligations will increase our operating expenses and could divert our management’s attention from our operations.  Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission will require us to certify the adequacy of our internal controls and procedures, which will require us to upgrade our accounting systems, which will increase our operating costs.  In addition, such requirements may cause us to hire additional accounting, internal audit and/or compliance personnel.
 
The integration of acquired assets and assumed liabilities from the NCB and MCB acquisitions may make it more difficult to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting.  Integration of these assets and liabilities may place significant stress on our systems and may require changes to our internal control over financial reporting that we may not discover or make in a timely manner, thus resulting in material weaknesses.
 
The distribution of subscription rights could have adverse income tax consequences.
 
If the subscription rights granted to certain depositors and borrowers of CharterBank and certain depositors of Neighborhood Community Bank and McIntosh Commercial Bank are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of such rights may be taxable in an amount equal to such value.  Whether subscription rights are considered to have ascertainable value is an inherently factual determination.  We have received an opinion from RP Financial, LC that such rights have no value; however, such opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service.
 
 
28

 
 
 
The summary financial information presented below is derived in part from the consolidated financial statements of Charter Financial.  The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1.  The information at September 30, 2009 and 2008 and for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements of Charter Financial that appear in this prospectus.  The information at September 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2006 and 2005 is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus.  The information at March 31, 2010 and for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 is unaudited and reflects all normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods presented.  The results of operations for the six months ended March 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for the remainder of the fiscal year ending September 30, 2010 or any other period.
 
   
At March 31,
2010
   
At September 30,
 
       
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Selected Financial Condition Data:
                                   
                                                 
Total assets                                      
  $ 1,242,740     $ 936,880     $ 801,501     $ 1,021,856     $ 1,097,321     $ 1,050,570  
Non-covered loans receivable, net (1) 
    463,934       462,786       428,472       405,553       374,726       356,808  
Covered loans receivable, net (2)
    213,755       89,764                          
Investment and mortgage securities available for sale (3)
    205,546       206,061       277,139       295,143       345,732       376,173  
Freddie Mac common stock
                      200,782       294,339       254,776  
Retail deposits (4)
    737,036       463,566       356,237       378,463       321,279       250,391  
Total deposits
    906,580       597,634       420,175       430,683       372,057       320,129  
Deferred income taxes
    419       7,289       6,872       72,503       108,186       93,271  
Total borrowings
    212,232       227,000       267,000       272,058       337,928       382,336  
Total retained earnings
    109,148       102,215       103,301       99,926       63,548       63,790  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (3,031 )     (8,277 )     (6,849 )     116,886       172,489       149,405  
Total equity
    110,673       98,257       102,302       225,072       267,709       243,230  
 
   
For the Six Months Ended
March 31,
   
Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Selected Operating Data:
                                         
Interest and dividend income
  $ 22,274     $ 19,229     $ 40,559     $ 46,377     $ 54,646     $ 53,802     $ 44,689  
Interest expense
    10,378       11,336       22,599       26,771       29,827       27,801       21,782  
Net interest income
    11,896       7,893       17,960       19,606       24,819       26,001       22,907  
Provision for loan losses
    3,800       2,550       4,550       3,250                   75  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    8,096       5,343       13,410       16,356       24,819       26,001       22,832  
Total noninterest income
    17,415       5,894       11,792       18,950       76,924       10,827       10,966  
Total noninterest expenses
    13,349       9,389       22,581       20,284       21,926       21,130       18,269  
Income before provision for income taxes
    12,162       1,848       2,621       15,022       79,817       15,698       15,529  
Income tax expense
    4,428       419       306       4,491       28,877       2,353       4,116  
Net income
  $ 7,734     $ 1,429     $ 2,315     $ 10,531     $ 50,940     $ 13,345     $ 11,413  
                                                         
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.42     $ 0.08     $ 0.13     $ 0.55     $ 2.67     $ 0.69     $ 0.58  
Fully diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.42     $ 0.08     $ 0.12     $ 0.55     $ 2.65     $ 0.68     $ 0.58  
Dividends declared per share
  $ 0.25     $ 0.50     $ 1.00     $ 1.75     $ 4.45     $ 3.80     $ 3.20  
 

(1)  
Excludes “covered loans” acquired from the FDIC subject to loss-sharing agreements.  See Note 3 to the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus, and the Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed beginning on page G-1 of this prospectus.  Loans shown are net of deferred loan (fees) costs and allowance for loan losses and exclude loans held for sale.
(2)  
Consists of loans acquired from the FDIC subject to loss sharing agreements.  See Note 3 to the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus, and the Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed beginning on page G-1 of this prospectus.
(3)  
Includes all CharterBank investment and mortgage securities available for sale, excluding Freddie Mac common stock.
(4)  
Retail deposits include core deposits and certificates of deposit other than brokered and wholesale certificates of deposit.
 
 
29

 
 
   
At or For the Six Months
Ended March 31,
   
At or For the Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
                                           
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
                                         
                                           
Performance Ratios:
                                         
Return on average assets (ratio of net income to average total assets)
    1.63 %     0.36 %     0.27 %     1.16 %     4.81 %     1.22 %     1.06 %
Return on average equity (ratio of net income to average equity)
    15.23 %     2.80 %     2.25 %     6.23 %     20.30 %     5.10 %     4.23 %
Interest rate spread (1)
    2.83 %     1.80 %     2.08 %     1.47 %     0.99 %     1.10 %     0.96 %
Net interest margin (2)
    2.91 %     2.15 %     2.35 %     2.32 %     2.46 %     2.48 %     2.18 %
Efficiency ratio (3)
    45.54 %     68.10 %     75.90 %     52.61 %     21.55 %     57.73 %     53.93 %
Non-interest expense to average total assets
    2.82 %     2.35 %     2.67 %     2.23 %     2.07 %     1.94 %     1.69 %
Average interest-earning assets as a ratio of average interest-bearing liabilities
    1.02 x     1.10 x     1.09 x     1.27 x     1.50 x     1.52 x     1.59 x
Average equity to average total assets
    10.74 %     12.78 %     12.12 %     18.56 %     23.70 %     23.60 %     24.97 %
Dividend payout ratio (7)
    10.14 %     93.39 %     118.05 %     66.97 %     27.83 %     101.81 %     98.56 %
                                                         
Asset Quality Ratios (4) (5):
                                                       
                                                         
Covered Assets:
                                                       
Non-performing loans to covered loans
    33.77 %     N/A       23.37 %     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
FDIC loss-sharing coverage plus non-accretable credit risk discounts as a percentage of covered assets
    85.63 %     N/A       85.93 %     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Non-performing assets to total covered assets
    43.26 %     N/A       23.11 %     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
                                                         
Non-covered Assets (4):
                                                       
Non-performing assets to total assets
    2.48 %     2.65 %     2.16 %     1.63 %     0.72 %     0.30 %     0.49 %
Non-performing loans to total loans
    3.63 %     3.48 %     2.82 %     2.35 %     1.74 %     0.74 %     1.12 %
Allowance for loan losses as a ratio of non-performing loans
    0.66 x     0.52 x     0.81 x     0.80 x     0.84 x     2.15 x     1.51 x
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    2.40 %     1.99 %     1.98 %     1.89 %     1.46 %     1.59 %     1.69 %
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average non-covered loans outstanding
    0.30 %     0.36 %     0.71 %     0.24 %     0.02 %     0.02 %     0.16 %
                                                         
Bank Regulatory Capital Ratios:
                                                       
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    16.53 %     17.80 %     15.71 %     18.15 %     24.18 %     26.21 %     27.62 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    16.51 %     16.57 %     14.65 %     16.90 %     12.57 %     13.11 %     14.69 %
Tier I capital (to average assets)
    8.27 %     10.78 %     9.30 %     10.51 %     9.43 %     9.71 %     9.86 %
                                                         
Consolidated Capital Ratio:
                                                       
Total equity to total assets
    8.91 %     12.88 %     10.49 %     12.76 %     22.03 %     24.40 %     23.15 %
Tangible total equity to total assets
    8.47 %     12.22 %     9.93 %     12.10 %     21.49 %     23.89 %     22.61 %
                                                         
Other Data:
                                                       
Number of full service offices
    16       14       14       10       9       9       9  
Full time equivalent employees (6)
    212       174       209       178       173       179       169  


(1)
The interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted- average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(2)
The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.
(3)
The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
(4)
Covered assets consist of assets of Neighborhood Community Bank (“NCB”) and McIntosh Commercial Bank (“MCB”) acquired from the FDIC subject to loss sharing agreements.  Non-covered assets consist of assets other than covered assets.  See Note 3 to the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus, and the Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed beginning on page G-1 of this prospectus.
 
(footnotes continued on following page)
 
 
30

 
 
(continued from previous page)
 
(5)
These ratios has been computed based on a minimum 80% FDIC loss sharing coverage for covered assets related to both NCB and MCB. If cumulative losses with respect to covered assets related to NCB exceed $82 million, FDIC loss sharing coverage will increase to 95% of loses on NCB related covered assets exceeding $82 million.  If cumulative losses with respect to covered assets related to MCB exceed $106 million, FDIC loss sharing coverage will increase to 95% of losses on MCB related covered assets exceeding $106 million.  If the recovery of losses on covered assets related to NCB and MCB was limited solely to amounts to be received under the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, we have estimated that our maximum loss exposure, net of established non-accretable discounts, as of March 31, 2010, would approximate $5.5 million with respect to NCB, and $9.5 million with respect to MCB.  At such date, remaining accretable discounts for NCB and MCB exceeded such estimated maximum loss exposures for both NCB and MCB, respectively.
(6)
Does not reflect employees that will be retained in connection with the acquisition of McIntosh Commercial Bank
(7)
The dividend payout ratio represents dividends declared per share divided by net income per share. The following table sets forth the aggregate cash dividends paid per period and the amount of dividends paid to public shareholders and to First Charter, MHC:
 
   
For the Six Months Ended
March 31,
   
For the Year Ended September 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Dividends paid to public stockholders
  $ 650,908     $ 1,355,559     $ 2,651,554     $ 5,656,953     $ 14,562,112     $ 13,586,605     $ 11,248,779  
Dividends paid to First Charter, MHC
    150,000             750,000       1,500,000                    
    Total dividends paid
    800,908       1,355,559       3,401,554       7,156,953       14,562,112       13,586,605       11,248,779  
 
 
First Charter, MHC waived dividends of $3.8 million and $7.9 million during the six month periods ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and waived dividends of $15.1 million, $26.3 million, $70.6 million, $60.3 million and $50.7 million during the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 

 
31

 
 
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
 
    ●
statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;
 
    ●
statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;
 
    ●
statements regarding the asset quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and
 
    ●
estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.
 
These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.
 
The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:
 
    ●
general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;
 
    ●
competition among depository and other financial institutions;
 
    ●
changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments;
 
    ●
adverse changes in the securities markets;
 
    ●
changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements;
 
    ●
our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;
 
    ●
our ability to successfully integrate acquired entities;
 
    ●
our incurring higher than expected loan charge-offs with respect to assets acquired in FDIC-assisted acquisitions;
 
    ●
changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;
 
    ●
changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies and the Financial Accounting Standards Board; and
 
    ●
changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans.
 
Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements.  Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16.
 
 
32

 
 
 
Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the common stock in the stock offering will be until the stock offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $27.8 million and $54.2 million, or $62.6 million if we raise gross stock offering proceeds of $67.8.  We estimate that we will invest in CharterBank between $13.9 million and $27.1 million, or $31.3 million if we raise gross stock offering proceeds of $67.8.  Between $2.2 million and $3.0 million (or $3.4 million if we raise gross stock proceeds of $67.8) will be used for the loan to the employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of shares of common stock in the offering. After funding the loan to the employee stock ownership plan, we intend to retain between $11.7 million and $24.1 million of the net proceeds, or $27.9 million if we raise gross stock proceeds of $67.8.
 
A summary of the anticipated net proceeds of the stock offering and anticipated distribution of the net proceeds is as follows:
 
     
Gross Stock Offering Proceeds
 
     
$31.3 million
   
$59.0 million (1)
   
$67.8 million (2)
 
     
(In thousands)
 
                     
 
Offering proceeds                                             
  $ 31,295     $ 58,960     $ 67,783  
 
Less: offering expenses
  $ 3,483     $ 4,728     $ 5,133  
 
Net offering proceeds                                             
  $ 27,812     $ 54,232     $ 62,650  
                           
 
Distribution of proceeds to CharterBank
  $ 13,905     $ 27,116     $ 31,325  
 
Proceeds used for loan to employee stock ownership plan
  $ 2,193     $ 2,967     $ 3,411  
 
Retained by Charter Financial
  $ 11,714     $ 24,149     $ 27,914  
 

(1)
Based on 5,961,573 shares sold at $9.89 per share.
(2)
Based on 5,961,573 shares sold at $11.37 per share, which assumes that the maximum price per share is increased 15%  to reflect demand for the shares or changes in the market for the stock of financial institutions or regulatory considerations.
 
Payments for shares made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction in deposits of CharterBank.  The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates.  For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering.
 
Charter Financial May Use the Proceeds it Retains From the Offering:
 
to fund a loan to our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock in the offering at a cost of $2.2 million assuming a per share price of $7.31 and the sale of 4,281,060 shares, and $3.0 million and $3.4 million assuming a per share price of $9.89 and 11.37, respectively, and the sale of 5,961,573 shares;
 
to finance the acquisition of financial institutions, especially troubled institutions with FDIC assistance, or other financial services companies as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction;
 
to pay cash dividends to shareholders;
 
to repurchase shares of our common stock;
 
to invest in securities; and
 
for other general corporate purposes.
 
Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities.
 
 
33

 
 
Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the stock offering, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval.
 
CharterBank May Use the Net Proceeds it Receives From the Offering:
 
to fund new loans, including one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate and commercial business loans, real estate construction loans and consumer loans;
 
to expand its retail banking franchise by acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions, especially troubled institutions with FDIC assistance, or other financial services companies as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any agreements to acquire a financial institution or other entity;
 
to enhance existing products and services and to support the development of new products and services;
 
to reduce wholesale funding;
 
to invest in securities; and
 
for other general corporate purposes.
 
Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities.
 
We expect our return on equity to decrease as compared to our performance in recent years, until we are able to reinvest effectively the additional capital raised in the offering.  Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income, our return on equity may be below the industry average, which may negatively affect the value of our common stock. See “Risk Factors—Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse impact on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.”
 
 
34

 
 
 
           Charter Financial has paid a quarterly cash dividend since September 2002.  Beginning with the dividend paid for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, we reduced our quarterly dividend from $0.25 per share to $0.05 per share.  The reduction of the dividend reflects our decision to pursue opportunities for deployment of capital in FDIC-assisted transactions such as the Neighborhood Community Bank and McIntosh Commercial Bank transactions.  We currently intend to pay a quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per share in the future.  This would represent a 2.7%, 2.3%, 2.0% and 1.8% annual yield assuming a share price of $7.31, $8.60, $9.89 and $11.37, respectively.  However, the dividend rate and the continued payment of dividends will primarily depend on our earnings, alternative uses for capital, such as FDIC-assisted transactions, capital requirements, acquisition opportunities, and our financial condition and results of operations, and, to a lesser extent, statutory and regulatory limitations, tax considerations and general economic conditions.  See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Market for Our Common Stock” for information regarding our historical dividend payments.
 
Under the rules of the Office of Thrift Supervision, CharterBank is not permitted to make a capital distribution if, after making such distribution, it would be undercapitalized.  For information concerning additional federal laws and regulations regarding the ability of CharterBank to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends to Charter Financial, see “Taxation—Federal Taxation” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation.”
 
Unlike CharterBank, Charter Financial is not restricted by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations on the payment of dividends to its shareholders, although the source of dividends will depend on the net proceeds retained by us and earnings thereon, and dividends from CharterBank.
 
When Charter Financial pays dividends to its shareholders, it is also required to pay dividends to First Charter, MHC, unless First Charter, MHC elects to waive the receipt of dividends. First Charter, MHC owns approximately 84.9% of Charter Financial’s outstanding stock.  First Charter, MHC has generally waived, and we expect that it will continue to waive, its right to dividends on the shares that it owns, which means the amount of dividends paid to public shareholders is significantly higher than it would be if First Charter, MHC accepted dividends.  However, proposed regulatory reforms may affect First Charter, MHC’s ability to waive dividends.  See “Proposed regulatory reform may have a material impact on the value of our stock,” in the Risk Factors section of this prospectus.
 
In addition, pursuant to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, during the three-year period following the stock offering, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to shareholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.
 
 
Charter Financial’s common stock is currently quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “CHFN.OB.” Upon completion of the offering, we expect that our stock will trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “CHFN.”  In order to list our stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock.  Charter Financial currently has more than three market makers, including Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.  Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so.
 
The development of a public market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker.  The number of active buyers and sellers of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which our common stock can be sold.  There can be no assurance that persons purchasing the common stock will be able to sell their shares at or above the per share purchase price at which stock is sold in the stock offering.  Purchasers of our common stock should have a long-term investment intent and should recognize that there may be a limited trading market in our common stock.
 
 
35

 
 
The following table sets forth the high and low trading prices for shares of Charter Financial common stock and cash dividends paid per share for the periods indicated, as quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board.  As of _________, 2010, there were ____________ total shares of Charter Financial common stock outstanding, including shares held by First Charter, MHC and ____ publicly held shares of Charter Financial common stock issued and outstanding, excluding shares held by First Charter, MHC.  See “The Stock Offering.”
 
At the close of business on ________, 2010, there were ____________ shares outstanding.  The high and low closing prices for the quarterly periods noted below were obtained from the OTC Bulletin Board.
 
   
Price Per Share
   
Cash
Dividend Declared
 
   
High
   
Low
     
Fiscal 2010
                 
                   
Third quarter (through _______________)
  $       $       $ 0.10 *
Second quarter
    10.70       9.25       *
First quarter
    12.30       8.65     $ 0.25  
                         
Fiscal 2009
                       
                         
Fourth quarter
  $ 17.00     $ 11.75     $ 0.25  
Third quarter
    14.50       8.26       0.25  
Second quarter
    10.94       7.30       0.25  
First quarter
    11.00       6.00       0.25  
                         
Fiscal 2008
                       
                         
Fourth quarter
  $ 14.70     $ 8.50     $ 0.25  
Third quarter
    32.00       24.00       0.50  
Second quarter
    40.90       26.00       0.50  
First quarter
    53.85       30.75       0.50  
 

 
*
  The cash dividend with respect to the second quarter of fiscal 2010 was delayed until the third fiscal quarter.
 
On April 20, 2010, the business day immediately preceding the public announcement of the offering, and on ________________, the closing prices of Charter Financial common stock as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board were $10.50 per share and $_____ per share, respectively.  At _____________, Charter Financial had approximately ______ shareholders of record.
 
 
36

 
 
 
At March 31, 2010, CharterBank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements and was considered “well capitalized.” The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of CharterBank at March 31, 2010, and the pro forma regulatory capital of CharterBank assuming we raise the indicated gross stock offering proceeds as of such date and assuming CharterBank received 50% of the net proceeds of the stock offering.
 
   
CharterBank Historical
at
March 31, 2010
   
Pro Forma at March 31, 2010, Assuming Gross Stock Offering Proceeds of
 
         
$31.3 million
   
$59.0 million (1)
   
$67.8 million (2)
 
 
Amount
   
Percent of Assets (3)
   
Amount
   
Percent of Assets (3)
   
Amount
   
Percent of Assets (3)
   
Amount
   
Percent of Assets (3)
 
   
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
       
Equity capital
  $ 105,188       8.45 %   $ 116,301       9.24 %   $ 128,526       10.11 %   $ 132,170       10.36 %
                                                                 
Tier 1 risk-based capital (4)(5)
  $ 102,848       16.51 %   $ 113,961       18.21 %   $ 126,1861       20.08 %   $ 129,830       20.64 %
Tier 1 risk-based requirement
    37,373       4.00       37,540       4.00       37,698       4.00       37,749       4.00  
Excess
  $ 65,475       12.51 %   $ 76,421       14.21 %   $ 88,488       16.08 %   $ 92,081       16.64 %
                                                                 
Core (leverage) capital (4)(5)
  $ 102,848       8.27 %   $ 113,961       9.06 %   $ 126,186       9.93 %   $ 129,830       10.19 %
Core (leverage) requirement
    62,170       4.00       62,865       4.00       63,525       4.00       63,736       4.00  
Excess
  $ 40,678       4.27 %   $ 51,096       5.06 %   $ 62,661       5.93 %   $ 66,094       6.19 %
                                                                 
Total risk-based capital (4)(5)
  $ 102,932       16.53 %   $ 114,045       18.23 %   $ 126,270       20.10 %   $ 129,914       20.65 %
Risk-based requirement
    62,288       8.00       62,566       8.00       62,831       8.00       62,915       8.00  
Excess
  $ 40,644       8.53 %   $ 51,479       10.23 %   $ 63,439       12.10 %   $ 66,999       12.65 %
                                                                 
Net Proceeds Infused
                  $ 13,906             $ 27,116             $ 31,325          
Less: ESOP
                    (2,193 )             (2,967 )             (3,411 )        
Less: stock-based incentive plan
                    (599 )             (811 )             (932 )        
Pro Forma Increase
                  $ 11,114             $ 23,338             $ 26,982          
 

(1)  
Based on 5,961,573 shares sold at $9.89 per share.
(2)  
Based on 5,961,573 shares sold at $11.37 per share, which assumes that the maximum price per share is increased 15%  to reflect demand for the shares or changes in the market for the stock of financial institutions or regulatory considerations.
(3)  
Core capital levels are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(4)  
Pro forma capital levels assume that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 300,000 shares of common stock with funds borrowed from Charter Financial.  Pro forma GAAP and regulatory capital have been reduced by the amount required to fund this plan.  See “Management” for a discussion of the employee stock ownership plan.
(5)  
Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.
 
 
37

 

 
The following table sets forth the historical consolidated capitalization of Charter Financial at March 31, 2010 on an actual basis and on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the stock offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in “Pro Forma Data.”
 
   
  Historical
Capitalization
   
Pro Forma Consolidated Capitalization, Assuming Gross Stock
Offering Proceeds of
 
       
$31.3 million
   
$59.0 million (1)
   
$67.8 million (2)
 
   
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
Deposits (3)                                              
  $ 906,580     $ 906,580     $ 906,580     $ 906,580  
Borrowed funds                                              
    212,232       212,232       212,232       212,232  
Total deposits and borrowed funds
  $ 1,118,812     $ 1,118,812     $ 1,118,812     $ 1,118,812  
                                 
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Preferred stock, no par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized (post-offering)
                               
Common stock, $.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized (post-offering); shares to be issued as reflected (4)
    199     $ 199     $ 199     $ 199  
Additional paid-in capital                                              
    42,807       70,618       97,039       105,458  
Retained earnings (5)                                              
    109,148       109,148       109,148       109,148  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (3,031 )     (3,031 )     (3,031 )     (3,031 )
Less:
                               
Treasury stock
    (36,903 )     (36,903 )     (36,903 )     (36,903 )
Common stock held by employee stock ownership plan (6)
    (1,547 )     (3,740 )     (4,514 )     (4,958 )
Common stock acquired by stock-based incentive plans (7)
          (599 )     (811 )     (932 )
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 110,673     $ 135,692     $ 161,127     $ 168,980  
                                 
Pro Forma Shares Outstanding:
                               
Total shares outstanding
    18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361  
Shares held by First Charter, MHC
    15,857,924       11,576,864       9,896,351       9,896,351  
Shares held by shareholders other than
First Charter, MHC
    2,814,437       2,814,437       2,814,437       2,814,437  
Shares sold in stock offering
          4,281,060       5,961,573       5,961,573  
                                 
Total shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets
    8.91 %     10.70 %     12.46 %     12.99 %
Total tangible shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets
    8.17 %     10.28 %     12.04 %     12.58 %


(1)  
Based on 5,961,573 shares sold at $9.89 per share.
(2)  
Based on 5,961,573 shares sold at $11.37 per share, which assumes that the maximum price per share is increased 15%  to reflect demand for the shares, changes in the market for the stock of financial institutions or regulatory considerations.
(3)  
Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the stock offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.
(4)  
No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of common stock as restricted stock awards or pursuant to the exercise of options under one or more stock-based benefit plans. If the plans are implemented within the first year after the closing of the stock offering, the plans will reserve up to 82,000 shares of common stock for issuance as restricted stock awards and 207,000 shares of common stock for issuance upon the exercise of options. No effect has been given to the exercise of options currently outstanding. See “Management.”
(5)  
The retained earnings of Charter Financial are substantially restricted due to regulatory capital requirements applicable to CharterBank.
(6)
Assumes that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 300,000 shares of common stock with funds borrowed from Charter Financial.  The cost of common stock that may be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is reflected as a reduction of shareholders’ equity.
(7)  
Assumes that a stock-based incentive plan is implemented within the first year after the closing of the offering and that we reserve 82,000 shares of common stock for issuance as restricted stock awards and 207,000 shares of common stock for issuance upon the exercise of options.  The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on an assumed fair value for stock awards of $9.89 per share, the maximum per share offering price for the stock offering.  The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $2.19 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $9.89, the maximum per share offering price for the stock offering; an expected option life of eight years; a dividend yield of 2.0% equal to the average dividend yield of publicly-traded thrifts; an interest rate of 3.16%; and a volatility rate of 25.0% based on an index of publicly traded institutions in the mutual holding company structure. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.  The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made.

 
38

 
 
 
The actual net proceeds from the sale of the common stock cannot be determined until the stock offering is completed. However, net proceeds are currently estimated to be between $27.8 million and $62.6 million. The estimated net proceeds have been calculated based upon the following assumptions:
 
(i)  
the employee stock ownership plan will purchase 300,000 shares of common stock in the stock offering (although it is not required to do so);
 
(ii)  
officers, directors, and employees of Charter Financial and CharterBank and their immediate families will purchase in the aggregate $300,000 of common stock;
 
(iii)  
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive a fee equal to the greater of $125,000 or 1.0% of the dollar amount of shares of common stock sold in the subscription offering and 6.0% of the dollar amount of shares sold in the syndicated offering and 25% of the total shares will be subscribed for in the subscription offering.  No fee will be paid with respect to shares of common stock purchased by our qualified and non-qualified employee stock benefit plans, or stock purchased by our officers, directors and employees, and their immediate families; and
 
(iv)  
total expenses of the offering, including the marketing fees to be paid to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, will be between $3.5 million at the minimum of the offering range and $5.1 million at the maximum of the offering range, as adjusted.
 
We calculated pro forma consolidated net earnings for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 as if the estimated net proceeds we received had been invested at the beginning of each period at an assumed interest rate of 2.55% (1.57% on an after-tax basis), which assumed that the net proceeds were invested to yield the five year treasury rate at March 31, 2010 and an effective tax rate of 38.6%.  This method reflects the approximate use of proceeds anticipated by Charter Financial.  The effect of withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock has not been reflected.  Historical and pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by dividing historical and pro forma amounts by the indicated number of shares of common stock. No effect has been given in the pro forma stockholders’ equity calculations for the assumed earnings on the net proceeds. It is assumed that Charter Financial will retain between $11.7 million and $24.1 million of the estimated net proceeds of the offering, or $27.9 million if the offering price per share is increased by 15%. The actual net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock will not be determined until the offering is completed.  However, we currently estimate the net proceeds to be between $27.8 million if we sell the minimum number of shares proposed to be offered at the minimum price per share, and $62.6 million if the offering price per share is increased by 15% and we sell the maximum number of shares proposed to be offered.
 
The following pro forma Stockholders  information of Charter Financial may not be representative of the financial effects of the offering at the dates on which the offering actually occurs, and should not be taken as indicative of future results of operations. Pro forma consolidated stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amounts of our assets and liabilities.  The pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock.
 
 
39

 

   
At or For the Six Months Ended March 31, 2010
 
   
Minimum Shares Offered (4,281,060 Shares)
 
   
$7.31 Per
Share
   
$8.60 Per
Share
   
$9.89 Per
Share
   
$11.37 Per
Share
 
   
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
 
                         
Pro forma shares owned by public stockholders
    7,095,497       7,095,497       7,095,497       7,095,497  
Pro forma shares owned by First Charter, MHC
    11,576,864       11,576,854       11,576,864       11,576,864  
Total shares outstanding
    18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361  
Pro forma ownership percentage of public stockholders
    38.0 %     38.0 %     38.0 %     38.0 %
Gross proceeds
  $ 31,295     $ 36,817     $ 42,340     $ 48,676  
Less: Stock offering expenses and commissions
    3,483       3,732       3,981       4,266  
   Estimated net proceeds
    27,811       33,085       38,359       44,410  
Less: Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan
    (2,193 )     (2,580 )     (2,967 )     (3,411 )
   Common stock purchased by restricted stock plans
    (599 )     (705 )     (811 )     (932 )
Investable net proceeds
  $ 25,019     $ 29,800     $ 34,581     $ 40,067  
Consolidated net income:
                               
Historical
  $ 7,734     $ 7,734     $ 7,734     $ 7,734  
Pro forma income on net proceeds, net of tax
    196       233       271       314  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment, net of tax (1)
    (22 )     (26 )     (30 )     (35 )
Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment, net of tax (2)
    (37 )     (43 )     (50 )     (57 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment, net of tax (3)
    (30 )     (36 )     (41 )     (47 )
Pro forma net income
  $ 7,841     $ 7,862     $ 7,884     $ 7,909  
Diluted net income per share (4):
                               
Historical, as adjusted
  $ 0.42     $ 0.42     $ 0.42     $ 0.42  
Pro forma income on net proceeds
    0.01       0.01       0.02       0.02  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (1)
                       
Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment (2)
                       
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (3)
                       
Pro forma diluted net income per share
  $ 0.43     $ 0.43     $ 0.44     $ 0.44  
Stock price as a multiple of pro forma earnings per share (5)
    8.50 x     10.00 x     11.24 x     12.92 x
Shares used for calculating pro forma earnings per share
    18,121,507       18,121,507       18,121,507       18,121,502  
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Historical:
  $ 110,673     $ 110,673     $ 110,673     $ 110,673  
Estimated net proceeds
    27,811       33,085       38,359       44,410  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (1)
    (2,193 )     (2,580 )     (2,967 )     (3,411 )
Less: Common stock acquired by restricted stock plan (2)
    (599 )     (705 )     (811 )     (932 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
    135,692       140,473       145,254       150,740  
Less: Intangible assets
    (5,372 )     (5,372 )     (5,372 )     (5,372 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity
  $ 130,320     $ 135,101     $ 139,882     $ 145,368  
Stockholders’ equity per share (4):
                               
Historical
  $ 5.93     $ 5.93     $ 5.93     $ 5.93  
Estimated net proceeds
    1.49       1.77       2.08       2.38  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (1)
    (0.12 )     (0.14 )     (0.16 )     (0.18 )
Less: Common stock acquired by restricted stock plan (2)
    (0.03 )     (0.04 )     (0.04 )     (0.05 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 7.27     $ 7.52     $ 7.78     $ 8.07  
Intangible assets
    (0.29 )     (0.29 )     (0.29 )     (0.29 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 6.98     $ 7.23     $ 7.49     $ 7.78  
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    100.55 %     114.36 %     127.12 %     140.89 %
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
    104.73 %     118.95 %     132.04 %     146.14 %
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations
    18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361  
 

Footnotes on page ____ .
 
 
40

 
 
   
At or For the Six Months Ended March 31, 2010
 
   
Maximum Shares Offered (5,961,573 Shares)
 
   
$7.31 Per
Share
   
$8.60 Per
Share
   
$9.89 Per
Share
   
$11.37 Per
Share
 
   
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
 
                         
Pro forma shares owned by public stockholders
    8,776,010       8,776,010       8,776,010       8,776,010  
Pro forma shares owned by First Charter, MHC
    9,896,351       9,896,351       9,896,351       9,896,351  
Total shares outstanding
    18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361  
Pro forma ownership percentage of public stockholders
    47.0 %     47.0 %     47.0 %     47.0 %
Gross proceeds
  $ 43,579     $ 51,270     $ 58,960     $ 67,783  
Less: Stock offering expenses and commissions
    4,036       4,383       4,728       5,133  
Estimated net proceeds
    39,543       46,887       54,232       62,650  
Less: Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan
    (2,193 )     (2,580 )     (2,967 )     (3,411 )
  Common stock purchased by restricted stock plans
    (599 )     (705 )     (811 )     (932 )
Investable net proceeds
  $ 36,751     $ 43,602     $ 50,454     $ 58,307  
Consolidated net income:
                               
Historical
  $ 7,734     $ 7,734     $ 7,734     $ 7,734  
Pro forma income on net proceeds, net of tax
    288       341       395       456  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment, net of tax (1)
    (22 )     (26 )     (30 )     (35 )
Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment, net of tax (2)
    (37 )     (43 )     (50 )     (57 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment, net of tax (3)
    (30 )     (36 )     (41 )     (47 )
Pro forma net income
  $ 7,932     $ 7,970     $ 8,008     $ 8,051  
Diluted net income per share (4):
                               
Historical, as adjusted
  $ 0.42     $ 0.42     $ 0.42     $ 0.42  
Pro forma income on net proceeds
    0.02       0.02       0.02       0.02  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (1)
                       
Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment (2)
                       
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (3)
                       
Pro forma diluted net income per share
  $ 0.44     $ 0.44     $ 0.44     $ 0.44  
Stock price as a multiple of pro forma earnings per share (5)
    8.31 x     9.77 x     11.24 x     12.92 x
Shares used for calculating pro forma earnings per share
    18,121,507       18,121,507       18,121,507       18,121,507  
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Historical:
  $ 110,673     $ 110,673     $ 110,673     $ 110,673  
Estimated net proceeds
    39,543       46,887       54,232       62,651  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (1)
    (2,193 )     (2,580 )     (2,967 )     (3,411 )
Less: Common stock acquired by restricted stock plan (2)
    (599 )     (705 )     (811 )     (932 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
    147,424       154,275       161,127       168,980  
Less: Intangible assets
    (5,372 )     (5,372 )     (5,372 )     (5,372 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity
  $ 142,052     $ 148,903     $ 155,755     $ 163,608  
Stockholders’ equity per share (4):
                               
Historical
  $ 5.93     $ 5.93     $ 5.92     $ 5.92  
Estimated net proceeds
    2.12       2.51       2.90       3.36  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (1)
    (0.12 )     (0.14 )     (0.16 )     (0.18 )
Less: Common stock acquired by restricted stock plan (2)
    (0.03 )     (0.04 )     (0.04 )     (0.05 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 7.90     $ 8.26     $ 8.63     $ 9.05  
Intangible assets
    (0.29 )     (0.29 )     (0.29 )     (0.29 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 7.61     $ 7.97     $ 8.34     $ 8.76  
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    92.53 %     104.12 %     114.60 %     125.64 %
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
    96.06 %     107.90 %     118.59 %     129.79 %
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations
    18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361  
 

Footnotes on page ____.
 
 
41

 
 
   
At or For the Year Ended September 30, 2009
 
   
Minimum Shares Offered (4,281,066 Shares)
 
   
$7.31 Per
Share
   
$8.60 Per
Share
   
$9.89 Per
Share
   
$11.37 Per
Share
 
   
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
 
                         
Pro forma shares owned by public stockholders
    7,095,497       7,095,497       7,095,497       7,095,497  
Pro forma shares owned by First Charter, MHC
    11,576,864       11,576,864       11,576,864       11,576,864  
Total shares outstanding
    18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361  
Pro forma ownership percentage of public stockholders
    38.0 %     38.0 %     38.0 %     38.0 %
Gross proceeds
  $ 31,295     $ 36,817     $ 42,340     $ 48,676  
Less: Stock offering expenses and commissions
    3,484       3,732       3,981       4,266  
Estimated net proceeds
    27,811       33,085       38,359       44,410  
Less: Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan
    (2,193 )     (2,580 )     (2,967 )     (3,411 )
  Common stock purchased by restricted stock plans
    (599 )     (705 )     (811 )     (932 )
Investable net proceeds
  $ 25,019     $ 29,800     $ 34,381     $ 40,067  
Consolidated net income:
                               
Historical
  $ 2,315     $ 2,315     $ 2,315     $ 2,315  
Pro forma income on net proceeds, net of tax
    392       487       541       627  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment, net of tax (1)
    (45 )     (53 )     (61 )     (70 )
Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment, net of tax (2)
    (74 )     (87 )     (100 )     (115 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment, net of tax (3)
    (60 )     (71 )     (82 )     (94 )
Pro forma net income
  $ 2,528     $ 2,571     $ 2,614     $ 2,664  
Diluted net income per share (4):
                               
Historical, as adjusted
  $ 0.12     $ 0.12     $ 0.12     $ 0.12  
Pro forma income on net proceeds
    0.02       0.02       0.03       0.05  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (1)
                       
Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment (2)
                (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (3)
                      (0.01 )
Pro forma diluted net income per share
  $ 0.14     $ 0.14     $ 0.14     $ 0.15  
Stock price as a multiple of pro forma earnings per share
    52.21 x     61.43 x     70.64 x     75.80 x
Shares used for calculating pro forma earnings per share
    18,189,297       18,189,297       18,189,297       18,189,297  
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Historical:
  $ 98,257     $ 98,257     $ 98,257     $ 98,257  
Estimated net proceeds
    27,811       33,085       38,359       44,410  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (1)
    (2,193 )     (2,580 )     (2,967 )     (3,411 )
Less: Common stock acquired by restricted stock plan (2)
    (599 )     (705 )     (811 )     (932 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
    123,276       128,057       132,838       138,324  
Less: Intangible assets
    (5,180 )     (5,180 )     (5,180 )     (5,180 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity
  $ 118,095     $ 122,877     $ 127,658     $ 133,144  
Stockholders’ equity per share (4):
                               
Historical
  $ 5.26     $ 5.27     $ 5.26     $ 5.26  
Estimated net proceeds
    1.49       1.77       2.05       2.38  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (1)
    (0.12 )     (0.14 )     (0.16 )     (0.18 )
Less: Common stock acquired by restricted stock plan (2)
    (0.03 )     (0.04 )     (0.04 )     (0.05 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 6.60     $ 6.86     $ 7.11     $ 7.41  
Intangible assets
    (0.28 )     (0.28 )     (0.28 )     (0.28 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 6.32     $ 6.58     $ 6.83     $ 7.13  
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    110.76 %     125.36 %     139.10 %     153.44 %
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
    115.66 %     130.70 %     144.80 %     159.47 %
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations
    18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361  
 

Footnotes on page ______.
 
 
42

 
 
   
At or For the Year Ended September 30, 2009
 
   
Minimum Shares Offered (5,961,573 Shares)
 
   
$7.31 Per
Share
   
$8.60 Per
Share
   
$9.89 Per
Share
   
$11.37 Per
Share
 
   
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
 
                         
Pro forma shares owned by public stockholders
    8,776,010       8,776,010       8,776,010       8,776,010  
Pro forma shares owned by First Charter, MHC
    9,896,351       9,896,351       9,896,351       9,896,351  
Total shares outstanding
    18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361  
Pro forma ownership percentage of public stockholders
    47.0 %     47.0 %     47.0 %     47.0 %
Gross proceeds
  $ 43,579     $ 51,270     $ 58,960     $ 67,783  
Less: Stock offering expenses and commissions
    4,036       4,383       4,228       5,133  
Estimated net proceeds
    39,543       46,887       54,232       62,650  
Less: Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan
    (2,193 )     (2,580 )     (2,967 )     (3,411 )
  Common stock purchased by restricted stock plans
    (599 )     (705 )     (811 )     (932 )
Investable net proceeds
  $ 36,751     $ 43,602     $ 50,454     $ 58,307  
Consolidated net income:
                               
Historical
  $ 2,315     $ 2,315     $ 2,315     $ 2,315  
Pro forma income on net proceeds, net of tax
    575       683       790       913  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment, net of tax (1)
    (45 )     (53 )     (61 )     (70 )
Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment, net of tax (2)
    (74 )     (87 )     (100 )     (115 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment, net of tax (3)
    (60 )     (71 )     (82 )     (94 )
Pro forma net income
  $ 2,711     $ 2,787     $ 2,863     $ 2,950  
Diluted net income per share (4):
                               
Historical, as adjusted
  $ 0.12     $ 0.12     $ 0.12     $ 0.12  
Pro forma income on net proceeds
    0.03       0.03       0.05       0.06  
Pro forma employee stock ownership plan adjustment (1)
                       
Pro forma restricted stock plan adjustment (2)
                (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Pro forma stock option plan adjustment (3)
                      (0.01 )
Pro forma diluted net income per share
  $ 0.15     $ 0.15     $ 0.16     $ 0.16  
Stock price as a multiple of pro forma earnings per share
    48.73 x     57.33 x     61.81 x     71.06 x
Shares used for calculating pro forma earnings per share
    18,189,297       18,189,297       18,189,297       18,189,297  
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Historical:
  $ 98,257     $ 98,257     $ 98,257     $ 98,257  
Estimated net proceeds
    39,543       46,887       54,232       62,651  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (1)
    (2,193 )     (2,580 )     (2,967 )     (3,411 )
Less: Common stock acquired by restricted stock plan (2)
    (599 )     (705 )     (811 )     (932 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
    135,008       141,859       148,711       158,564  
Less: Intangible assets
    (5,180 )     (5,180 )     (5,180 )     (5,180 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity
  $ 129,828     $ 136,679     $ 143,531     $ 153,384  
Stockholders’ equity per share (4):
                               
Historical
  $ 5.26     $ 5.27     $ 5.26     $ 5.25  
Estimated net proceeds
    2.12       2.51       2.90       3.36  
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (1)
    (0.12 )     (0.14 )     (0.16 )     (0.18 )
Less: Common stock acquired by restricted stock plan (2)
    (0.03 )     (0.04 )     (0.04 )     (0.05 )
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 7.23     $ 7.60     $ 7.96     $ 8.38  
Intangible assets
    (0.28 )     (0.28 )     (0.28 )     (0.28 )
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
  $ 6.95     $ 7.32     $ 7.68     $ 8.10  
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    101.11 %     113.16 %     124.75 %     135.68 %
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share
    105.18 %     117.49 %     128.78 %     140.37 %
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations
    18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361       18,672,361  
 

Footnotes on following page.
 
 
43

 
 
(1)
Assumes that 300,000 shares of the common stock sold in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, and that the funds used to acquire these shares will be borrowed from Charter Financial  The employee stock ownership plan loan is assumed to be repaid in 30 equal annual installments of principal and shares are to be released to plan participants ratably as the employee stock ownership plan repays the loan.  Statement of Position 93-6 requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to the employees.  The pro forma net income assumes that: (i) 1.67% of the employee stock ownership plan shares were committed to be released during the six months ended March 31, 2010, and 3.33% were committed to be released during fiscal 2009 at an average fair value assumed to be the price at which the shares are sold in the stock offering, (ii) dividends on shares not released to the participants were used to fund debt service payments and (iii) Charter Financial made no other contributions to the employee stock ownership plan.  If the shares were to appreciate in value over time, compensation expense relating to the employee stock ownership plan would increase.  The cost of the shares issued to the employee stock ownership plan is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.
(2)
If approved by our shareholders within one year after the stock offering, we expect that the new stock recognition and retention plan will purchase 82,000 shares of common stock. Shareholder approval of the stock recognition and retention plan and purchases by the stock recognition and retention plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the stock offering. The shares may be acquired directly from Charter Financial or through open market purchases.  The funds to be used by the stock recognition and retention plan to purchase the shares will be provided by Charter Financial  The table assumes that (i) the stock recognition and retention plan acquires the shares through open market purchases at the price per share at which the shares of common stock are sold in the stock offering, (ii) 10% of the amount contributed to the stock recognition and retention plan was amortized as an expense during the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 20% was amortized as an expense during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 and (iii) the stock recognition and retention plan expense reflects a marginal combined federal and state tax rate of 38.60%.
(3)
If approved by our shareholders within one year after the stock offering, we expect that the stock option plan will reserve 207,000 shares of common stock for issuance upon the exercise of options.  Shareholder approval of the stock option plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the stock offering.  In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options, the fair value of options was estimated at $2.19 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $9.89, the maximum per share offering price for the stock offering; an expected option life of eight years; a dividend yield of 2.0% equal to the average dividend yield of publicly-traded thrifts; an interest rate of 3.16%; and a volatility rate of 25.0% based on an index of publicly traded institutions in the mutual holding company structure.  The actual expense of the stock option plan will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.
(4)
Diluted net income per share data is based on 18,416,507 and 18,479,297 weighted average shares of common stock outstanding for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended September 30, 2009, respetively, adjusted for employee stock ownership plan shares assumed to be acquired and committed to be released during the period.  Pro forma adjustments to diluted net income per share data are calculated in the same manner.  Historical and pro forma stockholders’ equity per share amounts are based on the 18,672,361 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2010.  No effect has been given to the issuance of shares of common stock under the stock option plan we intend to adopt following the stock offering.
(5)
Annualized.
 
 
44

 
 
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
This discussion and analysis reflects our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations.  The information in this section has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements, which appear beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.  You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Charter Financial provided in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
Our results of operations depend primarily on our net interest income.  Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, consisting primarily of loans, investment securities, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and other interest-earning assets (primarily cash and cash equivalents), and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings.
 
In past years, because of the very high interest rates offered by many of our competitors on retail deposits, we have funded our operations with borrowings and brokered or credit union certificates of deposit, which has increased the cost of our interest bearing liabilities.  Similarly, in past years, as a result of the highly competitive market for loans in our market area, we have originated relatively fewer loans and have invested a relatively large portion of our assets in investment securities and mortgage-related securities, including a large investment in Freddie Mac common stock.  The recession has affected our operations and earnings as the collapse of Freddie Mac and its ensuing conservatorship resulted in a $186.4 million decrease of unrecognized gains on Freddie Mac common stock during fiscal 2008. The collapse of Freddie Mac also eliminated significant annual dividends on our holdings of Freddie Mac common stock which averaged approximately $8.4 million from fiscal 2003 to 2007.  However, as a result of our conservative loan underwriting standards, management believes that we have not suffered the same level of loan losses during the current recession as some financial institutions in our market area.  Consequently, we have recently been able to take advantage of attractive low-risk opportunities to enhance our banking franchise through the purchase of distressed banking assets from the FDIC.
 
Business Strategy
 
Our business strategy is to operate as a well-capitalized and profitable community bank dedicated to providing exceptional personal service to our individual and business customers.  We believe that we have a competitive advantage in the markets we serve because of our knowledge of the local marketplace and longstanding history of providing superior, relationship-based customer service. Our 56-year history in the community, combined with management’s extensive experience and adherence to conservative underwriting standards through various business cycles, has enabled us to maintain a strong capital position despite the economic downturn.
 
We believe that the current economic and financial services environment presents a significant opportunity for us to grow our retail banking operations both organically, as many competing financial institutions have scaled back lending and other activities, and through FDIC-assisted acquisitions of troubled financial institutions, such as our acquisition of NCB in June 2009, and our acquisition of MCB in March 2010.  Through the NCB and MCB transactions, CharterBank acquired eight full-service branch offices of which five will be retained.  We also acquired retail deposits of $335.5 million in the two transactions, a substantial portion of which have remained at CharterBank following the transactions.  In each of the FDIC-assisted acquisitions, we participated in a competitive bid process in which we offered a negative bid on net assets acquired ($26.9 million in the NCB transaction and $53 million in the MCB transaction) and no deposit premium.  We also entered into loss sharing agreements with FDIC which cover a majority of the assets acquired (referred to as “covered assets”).  See “FDIC-Assisted Acquisitions” below.  We anticipate that the prevailing weakness in the banking sector and the potential weakness of any economic recovery will provide additional opportunities for us to participate in FDIC-assisted transactions.
 
From January 1, 2009 through May 19, 2010, 212 banking institutions failed in the United States, including 33 failures that have occurred in the state of Georgia.  We believe that purchasing distressed banking assets from the FDIC provides us with a low-risk opportunity to enhance our banking franchise, and we intend to evaluate such opportunities as they arise.  We believe that there are numerous banks within or adjacent to our target market areas that are subject to various enforcement actions and that exhibit increasing levels of non-performing assets and declining capital levels.  Our knowledge of the marketplace and our experienced management team, together with our experience in managing problem assets acquired from the FDIC, position us to take advantage of future opportunities to acquire troubled financial institutions in our market area.
 
 
45

 
 
Key aspects of our business strategy include the following:
 
    ●  
Raising additional capital and leveraging our capital base and acquisition experience to pursue additional strategic growth opportunities, especially FDIC-assisted acquisitions, such as NCB and MCB. As a result of the NCB and MCB acquisitions, we have broader market coverage, particularly in west-central Georgia.  Moreover, we expect that the high level of service and expanded product offerings we are providing to the former NCB and MCB customers will facilitate growth.
 
    ●  
Growing our retail banking presence throughout the markets in west-central Georgia and east-central Alabama, including the expanded retail footprint resulting from the NCB and MCB acquisitions, while reducing our emphasis on wholesale banking.  We have paid off all borrowings acquired in the NCB acquisition and, at March 31, 2010, 100% of NCB’s wholesale deposits had been eliminated.  Since acquiring MCB, we have paid off $9.3 million of borrowings acquired in the MCB acquisition and, at March 31, 2010, more than 36.6% of MCB’s wholesale deposits had been eliminated.  We intend to build a diversified balance sheet, positioning CharterBank as a full-service community bank that offers both retail and commercial loan and deposit products to all markets within the I-85 corridor and the adjacent markets resulting from our acquisitions of NCB and MCB.
 
    ●  
Continuing to emphasize convenience for our customers by offering extended hours at the majority of our offices, alternative banking delivery systems that allow customers to pay bills, transfer funds and monitor account balances at any time, as well as products and services designed to meet the changing needs of our customers, such as our Rewards checking program discussed under the heading “Business of Charter Financial Corporation and CharterBank—Sources of Funds.”
 
    ●  
Reducing our nonperforming assets and classified assets through our diligent monitoring and resolution efforts, including problem assets of NCB and MCB.  As of March 31, 2010, we had $85.3 million of non-performing loans and loans 90 days or more delinquent as well as $43.1 million of real estate owned, of which $72.2 million and $35.7 million, respectively, related to covered assets acquired from NCB and MCB.  We have established problem asset resolution teams to resolve nonperforming assets and classified assets acquired in the NCB and MCB transactions.  While the majority of these nonperforming assets do not pose a significant credit risk because they are covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, reducing the amount of non-performing assets acquired in the NCB and MCB acquisitions will reduce the cost of carrying these assets.  See “Asset Quality.”
 
    ●  
Integrating the assets and liabilities we acquired from NCB in June 2009 and from MCB in March 2010, achieving operational efficiencies through the consolidation or relocation of our branches, and building on the NCB and MCB franchises through expanded products and services.
 
 
46

 

FDIC-Assisted Acquisitions
 
Neighborhood Community Bank. On June 26, 2009, CharterBank entered into an agreement with the FDIC, as receiver, to acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of Neighborhood Community Bank, a full service commercial bank headquartered in Newnan, Georgia.  The NCB acquisition extended CharterBank’s retail branch footprint as part of our efforts to increase our retail deposits and reduce our reliance on brokered deposits and borrowings as a significant source of funds.  The acquisition of NCB’s four full-service branches, one of which has been closed, has expanded CharterBank’s market presence in west central Georgia within the I-85 corridor region in which CharterBank is seeking to expand.
 
CharterBank assumed $195.3 million of liabilities, including $137.0 million of retail deposits and $44.0 million of wholesale deposits with no deposit premium paid.  The liabilities assumed by CharterBank also included $13.0 million of Federal Home Loan Bank advances and $981,000 of other liabilities.  CharterBank acquired approximately $202.8 million of NCB’s assets, including $159.9 million in loans, net of unearned income, and $17.7 million of real estate owned at a discount of $26.9 million.  The assets acquired also included $44.6 million of cash and cash equivalents, securities, Federal Home Loan Bank stock and other assets, including $19.4 million in cash that was received from the FDIC.
 
Under agreements with the FDIC, the FDIC will assume 80% of losses and share 80% of loss recoveries on the first $82.0 million of losses on the acquired loans and other real estate owned, and assume 95% of losses and share 95% of loss recoveries on losses exceeding $82.0 million. Loans, including commitments and other real estate owned covered under the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC are referred to in this prospectus as “covered loans” and “covered other real estate,” respectively.  The loss sharing agreements cover losses on single-family residential mortgage loans for ten years and all other losses for five years. In addition to the $23.7 million of fair value discounts, CharterBank recorded an indemnification asset from the FDIC in the amount of $50.0 million as part of the loss sharing agreements, of which $36.6 million was received in cash prior to March 31, 2010.
 
CharterBank determined current fair value accounting estimates of the acquired assets and liabilities in accordance with accounting requirements for acquisition transactions. It is expected that CharterBank will have sufficient non-accretable discounts (discounts representing amounts that are not expected to be collected from the customer, liquidation of collateral, or under the FDIC loss sharing agreements) to cover its 20% share of any losses on the covered loans and other real estate.  Furthermore, CharterBank expects to have accretable discounts (discounts representing the excess of a loan’s cash flows expected to be collected over the initial investment in the loan) to provide for market yields on the covered loans.  No goodwill or bargain purchase gain was recorded in the transaction.    
 
 
47

 

The following table shows adjustments to the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and other acquisition accounting adjustments and the resulting gain from the NCB acquisition as of June 26, 2009.
 
   
As Recorded
by NCB
   
Aggregate fair
value and other
acquisition
accounting
adjustments
   
   As Recorded by
CharterBank
 
Assets:
                 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 10,602,000     $ 19,415,000   (1)   $ 30,017,000  
Securities
    12,763,000       (14,000 ) (2)     12,749,000  
FHLB stock
    1,158,000             1,158,000  
Loans, net of unearned income
    159,901,000       (65,195,000 ) (3)     94,706,000  
Other real estate owned
    17,676,000       (10,240,000 ) (4)     7,436,000  
FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements
          49,991,000   (6)     49,991,000  
Other assets
    692,000             692,000  
Total assets acquired
  $ 202,792,000     $ (6,043,000 )   $ 196,749,000  (5)
                         
Liabilities:
                       
Deposits
  $ 181,326,000     $ 912,000   (7)   $ 182,238,000  
FHLB advances
    13,000,000       78,000   (8)     13,078,000  
Other liabilities
    981,000       453,000   (9)     1,434,000  
Total liabilities assumed
    195,307,000       1,443,000       196,749,000  
Excess of assets acquired over liabilities assumed
  $ 7,485,000                  
Aggregate fair value and other acquisition accounting adjustments
          $ 7,485,000          
 

(1)
Reflects the initial funds received from the FDIC on the acquisition date.
(2)
Reflects fair value adjustments based on CharterBank’s evaluation of the acquired investment securities portfolio.
(3)
Reflects fair value adjustments based on CharterBank’s evaluation of the acquired loan portfolio.  The fair value adjustment includes adjustments for estimated credit losses, liquidity, market yield and servicing costs.
(4)
Reflects the estimated other real estate owned losses based on CharterBank’s evaluation of the acquired other real estate owned portfolio.
(5)
The carrying value of certain long-term assets, primarily the estimated fair value of acquired core deposit intangible of $1.1 million, was reduced to zero by the excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over liabilities assumed in the acquisition.
(6)
Reflects the estimated fair value of payments CharterBank will receive from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements.
(7)
Reflects fair value adjustments based on CharterBank’s evaluation of the acquired time deposit portfolio.
(8)
This adjustment is required because rates on Federal Home Loan Bank advances were higher than rates available on similar borrowings as of the acquisition date.
(9)
Adjustments reflect estimated qualifying acquisition costs in the transaction.
 
Accounting standards prohibit carrying over an allowance for loan losses for impaired loans purchased in the NCB acquisition.  On the June 26, 2009 acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required payments receivable for all impaired loans acquired from NCB was $51.0 million, and the estimated fair value of such loans was $20.0 million.  The impaired NCB loans were valued based on the liquidation value of the underlying collateral because the timing and amount of the expected cash flows could not be reasonably estimated.  As a result, we have no accretable discount on these impaired loans.  We established a credit risk discount (non-accretable) of $31.0 million on the acquisition date relating to these impaired loans, reflected in the recorded net fair value of the impaired loans.  Our preliminary estimate on the acquisition date of the contractually required payments receivable for all other loans acquired in the NCB acquisition was $108.9 million, and the estimated fair value of the loans was $74.7 million. At such date, we established an allowance for loan losses of $23.8 million on these loans representing amounts which are not expected to be collected from the customer nor liquidation of collateral. In our estimate of cash flows for the non-impaired NCB loans, we also recorded an accretable discount of $10.4 million relating to the loans that will be recognized on a level yield basis over the life of the loans because accretable yield represents the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected in excess of the estimated fair value of the acquired loans.  As of the acquisition date, we also recorded a net FDIC receivable of $50.0 million, representing FDIC indemnification under the loss sharing agreements for covered loans and other real estate.  Such receivable has been discounted by $2.0 million for the expected timing and receipt of these cash flows.  The ultimate collectibility of the FDIC receivable is dependent on the performance of the underlying covered assets, the passage of time and claims paid by FDIC.
 
 
48

 
 
The loss sharing agreements will likely have a material impact on our cash flows and operating results in both the short term and the long term. In the short term, it is likely that a significant amount of the covered loans will become delinquent or will have inadequate collateral to repay the loans. In such instances, we will stop accruing interest on the loans, which will affect operating results, and we will likely stop recognizing receipt of payments on these loans, which will affect cash flows.  However, if a loan is subsequently charged off or written down after we exhaust our best efforts at collection, the loss sharing agreement will cover a substantial portion of the loss associated with the loans.  Management believes that it has established sufficient non-accretable discounts on covered assets representing its 20% loss sharing risk on estimated potential losses compared to their acquired contractual payment amounts.  As a result, the Company’s operating results would only be adversely affected by loan losses on covered assets to the extent that such losses exceed the expected losses reflected in the fair value of the covered assets at the acquisition date.  Non-accretable discounts were also established within loans for any amounts expected to be recovered from the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC because such amounts are disclosed within the FDIC receivable.
 
The effects of the loss sharing agreements on cash flows and operating results in the long term will be similar to the short-term effects described above. The long-term effects will depend primarily on the ability of borrowers to make required payments over time. As the loss sharing agreements cover up to a 10-year period (5 years for loans other than single family residential mortgage loans), changing economic conditions will likely affect the timing of future charge-offs and the resulting reimbursements from the FDIC. We believe that any recapture of interest income and recognition of cash flows from borrowers or amounts received from the FDIC (as part of the FDIC indemnification asset) may be recognized unevenly over this period, as we exhaust our collection efforts under our normal practices. In addition, we recorded substantial discounts related to the purchase of covered loans and assets. A portion of these discounts will be accretable to income over the term of the loss sharing agreements and will be dependent upon the timing and success of our collection efforts on the covered loans.
 
The former NCB franchise is currently operating under the CharterBank name.  Since the acquisition, retail customer deposits have increased slightly through March 31, 2010, which significantly exceeds the pre-acquisition planning targets. CharterBank converted operational systems at the former NCB branches in November 2009.  
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank.   On March 26, 2010, CharterBank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC, as receiver, to acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of McIntosh Commercial Bank, a full-service commercial bank headquartered in Carrollton, Georgia.  The MCB acquisition extended CharterBank’s retail branch footprint as part of our efforts to increase our retail deposits and reduce our reliance on brokered deposits and borrowings as a significant source of our funds.  The retention of two of MCB’s four full-service branches has expanded CharterBank’s market presence in west central Georgia within the I-85 corridor region and adjacent areas in which CharterBank is seeking to expand.
 
CharterBank assumed $306.2 million of liabilities, including $198.5 million of retail deposits and $96.8 million of wholesale deposits with no deposit premium paid.  The liabilities assumed by CharterBank also included $9.5 million of FHLB advances and other borrowings and $1.4 million of other liabilities.  CharterBank acquired approximately $322.6 million of MCB’s assets, including $207.6 million in loans, net of unearned income, and $55.3 million of real estate owned at a discount of $53.0 million.  The assets acquired also included $68.9 million of cash and cash equivalents and $26.7 million of securities and other assets.
 
Under agreements with the FDIC, the FDIC will assume 80% of losses and share 80% of loss recoveries on the first $106.0 million of losses on the acquired loans and other real estate owned, and assume 95% of losses and share 95% of loss recoveries on losses exceeding $106.0 million. Loans, including commitments and other real estate owned covered under the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC are referred to in this prospectus as “covered loans” and “covered other real estate,” respectively.  The loss sharing agreements cover losses on single-family residential mortgage loans for ten years and all other losses for five years. In addition to the $53.0 million of fair value discounts, CharterBank recorded an indemnification asset from the FDIC in the amount of $70.7 million as part of the loss sharing agreements.
 
 
49

 
 
CharterBank determined current fair value accounting estimates of the acquired assets and liabilities in accordance with new accounting requirements for business combinations under which the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values.  The fair value estimates of MCB’s assets and liabilities acquired from the FDIC are preliminary and subject to refinement as additional information becomes available.  Under current accounting principles, information regarding the Company’s estimates of fair value may be adjusted for a period of up to one year.  It is expected that CharterBank will have sufficient non-accretable discounts (discounts representing amounts that are not expected to be collected from the customer, liquidation of collateral, or under the FDIC loss sharing agreements) to cover its 20% share of any losses on the covered loans and other real estate.  Furthermore, CharterBank expects to have accretable discounts (discounts representing the excess of a loan’s cash flows expected to be collected over the initial investment in the loan) to provide for market yields on the covered loans.  In addition, CharterBank recorded in noninterest income approximately $15.6 million in a pre-tax acquisition gain, or negative goodwill, as a result of the MCB transaction which represents the excess of the estimated fair value of the assets acquired over the fair value of the liabilities assumed.
 
The following table shows adjustments to the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and the resulting gain from the MCB acquisition as of March 26, 2010.
 
   
As Recorded by
MCB
   
Fair Value Adjustments
     
As Recorded by
CharterBank
 
Assets:
                   
Cash and due from banks
  $ 32,285,757     $ 36,629,236   (1)   $ 68,914,993  
FHLB and IBB stock
    1,321,710       (200,410 ) (2)     1,121,300  
Investment securities
    24,744,318       (75,028 ) (2)     24,669,290  
Loans, net of unearned income
    207,644,252       (75,396,640 ) (3)     132,247,612  
Other real estate owned
    55,267,968       (31,618,504 ) (4)     23,649,464  
FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements
          70,746,613   (5)     70,746,613  
Core deposit intangible
          258,811   (6)     258,811  
Other assets
    1,313,923       (427,702 ) (7)     886,221  
Total assets acquired
  $ 322,577,928     $ (83,624 )     $ 322,494,304  
                           
Liabilities:
                         
Deposits:
                         
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 5,443,673     $       $ 5,443,673  
Interest-bearing
    289,862,953       683,100   (8)     290,546,053  
Total Deposits
    295,306,626       683,100         295,989,726  
FHLB advances
    9,491,486               9,491,486  
Deferred tax liability
          5,998,193   (9)     5,998,193  
Other liabilities
    1,409,052               1,409,052  
Total liabilities assumed
    306,207,164       6,681,293       $ 312,888,457  
Excess of assets acquired over liabilities assumed
  $ 16,370,764  (10)                  
Aggregate fair value adjustments
          $ (6,764,917 )          
Net assets of MCB acquired
                    $ 9,605,847  
 

(1)
Reflects the initial funds received from the FDIC on the acquisition date.
(2)
Reflects fair value adjustments based on CharterBank’s evaluation of the acquired investment securities portfolio.
(3)
Reflects fair value adjustments based on CharterBank’s evaluation of the acquired loan portfolio.  The fair value adjustment includes adjustments for estimated credit losses, liquidity and servicing costs.
(4)
Reflects the estimated other real estate owned losses based on CharterBank’s evaluation of the acquired other real estate owned portfolio.
(5)
The estimated fair value of payments CharterBank will receive from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements.
(6)
The estimated fair value of acquired core deposit intangible.
(7)
Reflects the estimated fair value adjustment of other assets.
(8)
Reflects fair value adjustments based on CharterBank’s evaluation of the acquired time deposit portfolio.
(9)
Adjustment reflects differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
(10)
Represents the excess of assets acquired over liabilities assumed; since the asset discount bid of $53 million exceeded this amount, the difference resulted in a cash settlement from the FDIC on the acquisition date.
 
 
50

 
 
Accounting standards prohibit carrying over an allowance for loan losses for loans purchased in the MCB acquisition as uncertainty regarding collectibility of future contracted payments are incorporated into the fair value measurement.  On the March 26, 2010 acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required payments receivable for all impaired loans acquired from MCB was $117.2 million, and the estimated fair value of such loans was $50.2 million.  The impaired MCB loans were generally valued based on the liquidation value of the underlying collateral because most of the loans are collateral dependent.  On the acquisition date, we estimated that $38.6 million would ultimately be collected from the FDIC relating to these impaired loans in accordance with applicable loss sharing agreements.  We established credit risk related discounts (non-accretable) of $50.6 million on the acquisition date relating to these impaired loans, reflected in the recorded net fair value of the impaired loans.  Our preliminary estimate on the acquisition date of the contractually required payments receivable for all non-impaired loans acquired in the MCB acquisition was $96.7 million, and the estimated fair value of the loans was $82.0 million.  We estimated on the acquisition date that $5.9 million would ultimately be collected from the FDIC under the loss sharing agreements relating to these non-impaired loans based upon their potential default in the future.  We established credit risk related discounts of $7.4 million on these non-impaired loans.  In our estimate of cash flows for the MCB loans, we also recorded accretable discounts of $17.4 million relating to the loans that will be recognized on a level yield basis over the life of the loans because accretable yield represents cash flows expected to be collected.  As of the acquisition date, we also recorded a net FDIC receivable of $70.7 million, representing FDIC indemnification under the loss sharing agreements for covered loans and other real estate.  Such receivable has been discounted by $953,468 for the expected timing of receipt of these cash flows.
 
The loss sharing agreements will likely have a material impact on our cash flows and operating results in both the short term and the long term. In the short term, it is likely that a significant amount of the covered loans will become delinquent or will have inadequate collateral to repay the loans. In such instances, we will stop accruing interest on the loans, which will affect operating results, and we will likely stop recognizing receipt of payments on these loans, which will affect cash flows.  However, if a loan is subsequently charged off or written down after we exhaust our best efforts at collection, the loss sharing agreement will cover a substantial portion of the loss associated with the loans.  Management believes that it has established sufficient non-accretable discounts on covered assets representing expected credit losses.  Non-accretable discounts were also established within loans for any amounts expected to be recovered from the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC because such amounts are disclosed separately within the FDIC receivable.
 
The effects of the loss sharing agreements on cash flows and operating results in the long term will be similar to the short-term effects described above. The long-term effects will depend primarily on the ability of borrowers to make required payments over time. As the loss sharing agreements cover up to a 10-year period (5 years for loans other than single family residential mortgage loans), changing economic conditions will likely affect the timing of future charge-offs and the resulting reimbursements from the FDIC. We believe that any recapture of interest income and recognition of cash flows from borrowers or amounts received from the FDIC (as part of the FDIC indemnification asset) may be recognized unevenly over this period, as we exhaust our collection efforts under our normal practices. In addition, we recorded substantial discounts related to the purchase of covered loans and assets. A portion of these discounts will be accretable to income over the term of the loss sharing agreements and will be dependent upon the timing and success of our collection efforts on the covered loans.   
 
Expected Increase in Non-Interest Expense as a Result of the Offering
 
Following the completion of the stock offering, our non-interest expense is expected to increase because of the increased compensation expenses associated with the purchase of shares of common stock by our employee stock ownership plan and the possible implementation of a stock-based incentive plan, if approved by our shareholders.
 
Assuming that 5,961,573 shares are sold in the offering:
 
    (i)  
the employee stock ownership plan will acquire 300,000 shares of common stock with a $3.0 million loan that is expected to be repaid over 30 years, resulting in an annual pre-tax expense of approximately $98.900 (assuming that the shares of common stock are sold at and maintain a value of $9.89 per share); and
 
    (ii)  
the new stock-based incentive plan would award 82,000 shares of restricted stock to eligible participants, and such awards would be expensed as the awards vest.  Assuming all shares are awarded under the plan at a price of $9.89 per share, and that the awards vest over five years, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with shares awarded under the plan would be approximately $162,200; and
 
 
51

 
 
    (iii)  
the new stock-based incentive plan would award options to purchase 207,000 shares of common stock to eligible participants, and such options would be expensed as the options vest.  Assuming all options are awarded under the stock-based incentive plan at a price of $9.89 per share, and that the options vest over a minimum of five years, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with options awarded under the stock-based incentive plan would be approximately $90,600 (assuming a grant-date fair value of $2.19 per option, using the Black-Scholes option valuation methodology).
 
The actual expense that will be recorded for the employee stock ownership plan will be determined by the market value of the shares of common stock as they are released to employees over the term of the loan, and whether the loan is repaid faster than its contractual term.  Accordingly, increases in the stock price above the assumed $9.89 per share will increase the total employee stock ownership plan expense, and accelerated repayment of the loan will increase the employee stock ownership plan expense for those periods in which accelerated or larger loan repayments are made.  Further, the actual expense of the shares awarded under the stock-based incentive plan will be determined by the fair market value of the stock on the grant date, which might be greater than the assumed price of $9.89 per share.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Critical accounting policies are those that involve significant judgments and assumptions by management and that have, or could have, a material impact on our income or the carrying value of our assets.  They require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. The following are the accounting policies that we believe are critical.  For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 1 of the Notes to our Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses.   The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collectibility of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries are added to the allowance. The allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb losses on existing loans that become uncollectible, based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans. The evaluations take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, historical loss rates, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans, and current economic conditions and trends that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay.
 
Charter Financial segments its allowance for loan losses into the following four major categories:  (1) specific reserves; (2) general allowances for Classified/Watch loans; (3) general allowances for loans with satisfactory ratings; and (4) an unallocated amount. Risk ratings are initially assigned in accordance with CharterBank’s loan and collection policy. An organizationally independent department reviews risk grade assignments on an ongoing basis. Management reviews current information and events regarding a borrowers’ financial condition and strengths, cash flows available for debt repayment, the related collateral supporting the loan and the effects of known and expected economic conditions. When the evaluation reflects a greater than normal risk associated with the individual loan, management classifies the loan accordingly. If the loan is determined to be impaired, management allocates a portion of the allowance for loan losses for that loan based on the fair value of the collateral as the measure for the amount of the impairment. Impaired and Classified/Watch loans are aggressively monitored. The allowances for loans rated satisfactory are further subdivided into various types of loans as defined by loan type. Charter Financial has developed specific quantitative allowance factors to apply to each individual component of the allowance and considers loan charge-off experience over the most recent two years. These quantitative allowance factors are based upon economic, market and industry conditions that are specific to Charter Financial’s local markets. These quantitative allowance factors consider, but are not limited to, national and local economic conditions, bankruptcy trends, unemployment trends, loan concentrations, dependency upon government installations and facilities, and competitive factors in the local market. These allocations for the quantitative allowance factors are included in the various individual components of the allowance for loan losses. In addition, we use some qualitative allowance factors that are subjective in nature and require considerable judgment on the part of management. However, it is management’s opinion that these items do represent uncertainties in CharterBank’s business environment that must be factored into CharterBank’s analysis of the allowance for loan losses. The unallocated component of the allowance is established for losses that specifically exist in the remainder of the portfolio, but have yet to be identified.
 
 
52

 
 
While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions or changes in accounting guidance on reserves. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.  During fiscal year 2009, we changed our methodology for determining the loan loss allowance to use a loan loss history of two years rather than ten years.  This change was made upon discussion with the Office of Thrift Supervision, our primary federal regulator.
 
Management believes that the allowance for loan losses for loans is adequate. At March 31, 2010, Charter Financial had 95.2% of its total noncovered loan portfolio secured by real estate, with one- to four-residential mortgage loans comprising 25.2% of the total noncovered loan portfolio, commercial real estate loans comprising 56.9% of the total noncovered loan portfolio, and construction loans comprising 10.6% of the total noncovered loan portfolio. Charter Financial carefully monitors its commercial real estate loans since the repayment of these loans is generally dependent upon earnings from the collateral real estate or the liquidation of the real estate and is affected by national and local economic conditions. The residential category represents those loans Charter Financial chooses to maintain in its portfolio rather than selling into the secondary market. The residential loans held for sale category comprises loans that are in the process of being sold into the secondary market. The credit has been approved by the investor and the interest rate and purchase price fixed so Charter Financial takes no credit or interest rate risk with respect to these loans.
 
Through the FDIC-assisted acquisition of the assets of NCB, we acquired an allowance for loan losses for non-impaired loans covered by loss-sharing agreements and such allowance for loan losses was $19.1 million at March 31, 2010.  Management believes this allowance for non-impaired covered loans is adequate. The NCB acquisition was completed under previously applicable accounting pronouncements related to business combinations.
 
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Investment Securities. A decline in the market value of any available for sale security below cost that is deemed other-than-temporary results in a charge to earnings and the establishment of a new cost basis for that security.  In connection with the assessment for other than temporary impairment of investment securities, mortgage-backed securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations, management obtains fair value estimates by independent quotations, assesses current credit ratings and related trends, reviews relevant delinquency and default information, assesses expected cash flows and coverage ratios, reviews average credit score data of underlying mortgagees, and assesses other current data.  The severity and duration of an impairment and the likelihood of potential recovery of an impairment is considered along with the intent and ability to hold any impaired security to maturity or recovery of carrying value.
 
See “Risk Factors—We could record future losses on our securities portfolio.”
 
Real Estate Owned.   Real estate acquired through foreclosure, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, is reported on an individual asset basis at the lower of cost or fair value, less disposal costs. Fair value is determined on the basis of current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources. When properties are acquired through foreclosure, any excess of the loan balance at the time of foreclosure over the fair value of the real estate held as collateral is recognized and charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent write downs are charged to a separate allowance for losses pertaining to real estate owned, established through provisions for estimated losses on real estate owned which are charged to expense. Based upon management’s evaluation of the real estate acquired through foreclosure, additional expense is recorded when necessary in an amount sufficient to reflect any declines in estimated fair value. Gains recognized on the disposition of the properties are recorded in other income in the consolidated statements of income.
 
 
53

 
 
Mortgage Banking Activities.   As a part of normal business operations, CharterBank originates residential mortgage loans that have been pre-approved for sale to secondary investors.  The terms of the loans are set by the secondary investors, and the purchase price that the investor will pay for the loan is agreed to before CharterBank agrees to originate the loan.  Generally within three weeks after funding, the loans are transferred to the investor in accordance with the agreed-upon terms.  CharterBank records gains from the sale of these loans on the settlement date of the sale equal to the difference between the proceeds received and the carrying amount of the loan.  The gain generally represents the portion of the proceeds attributed to service release premiums received from the investors and the realization of origination fees received from borrowers that were deferred as part of the carrying amount of the loan.  Between the initial funding of the loans by CharterBank and the subsequent reimbursement by the investors, CharterBank carries the loans on its balance sheet at the lower of cost or market value.  Fees for servicing loans for investors are based on the outstanding principal balance of the loans serviced and are recognized as income when earned.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Intangible assets include costs in excess of net assets acquired and deposit premiums recorded in connection with the acquisitions.  In accordance with accounting requirements, we test our goodwill for impairment annually during our fiscal fourth quarter or more frequently as circumstances and events may warrant. No impairment charges have been recognized through March 31, 2010.
 
Deferred Income Taxes.   Management estimates income tax expense using the asset and liability method.  Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future income tax consequences attributable to differences between the amount of assets and liabilities reported in the consolidated financial statements and their respective tax bases.  In estimating the liabilities and corresponding expense related to income taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of various tax positions considering statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance.  Because of the complexity of tax laws and regulations, interpretation is difficult and subject to differing judgments.   Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Management’s determination of the realization of the net deferred tax asset is based upon management’s judgment of various future events and uncertainties, including the timing and amount of future income, reversing temporary differences which may offset, and the implementation of various tax plans to maximize realization of the deferred tax asset.   Management has determined that no valuation allowances were necessary relating to the realization of its deferred tax assets.
 
Changes in the estimate of income tax liabilities occur periodically due to changes in actual or estimated future tax rates and projections of taxable income, interpretations of tax laws, the complexities of multi-state income tax reporting, the status of examinations being conducted by various taxing authorities and the impact of newly enacted legislation or guidance as well as income tax accounting pronouncements.
 
Receivable from FDIC Under Loss Sharing Agreements.   Under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, we recorded a receivable from the FDIC equal to 80 percent of the estimated losses in the covered loans and other real estate acquired in a FDIC-assisted transaction.  The receivable was recorded at the present value of the estimated cash flows at the date of the acquisition and will be reviewed and updated prospectively as loss estimates related to covered loans and other real estate acquired through foreclosure change.  Most third party expenses on other acquired real estate and covered impaired loans are covered under the loss sharing agreements and the cash flows from the reimbursable portion are included in the estimate of cash flows.
 
Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008
 
Assets.   Our total assets amounted to $1.2 billion at March 31, 2010, an increase of $305.8 million, or 32.6%, from $936.9 million at September 30, 2009.  The increase was due primarily to our acquisition of $322.5 million of assets of MCB from the FDIC, partially offset by purchase discounts and immediate repayment of wholesale liabilities.
 
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, total assets increased $135.4 million, or 16.9%, from $801.5 million at September 30, 2008.  The increase was due primarily to our acquisition of $202.8 million of assets of NCB from the FDIC, which increase was partially offset by a $71.1 million decrease in securities available for sale.
 
 
54

 
 
Loans.   At March 31, 2010, total loans were $689.1 million, or 55.4% of total assets.  During the six months ended March 31, 2010, the total loan portfolio increased $125.1 million, or 22.6%.  The increase was primarily due to the acquisition of $132.2 million of loans at fair value in the MCB transaction.
 
At September 30, 2009, total loans were $561.9 million, or 59.9% of total assets.  During the year ended September 30, 2009, the total loan portfolio increased $125.2 million, or 28.7%.  The increase was caused primarily by our acquisition of $94.7 million of loans at fair value in the NCB transaction.
 
 
55

 

Loan Portfolio Composition.   The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio at the dates indicated.
 
   
At March 31,
2010
   
At September 30,
 
       
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                                                         
One- to four-family residential real estate (1)
  $ 114,406       14.4 %   $ 126,097       20.9 %   $ 138,205       31.6 %   $ 138,528       33.6 %   $ 143,888       37.7 %   $ 148,466       40.8 %
Commercial real estate
    270,786       34.0       270,062       44.8       222,056       50.8       181,585       44.0       158,003       41.4       150,993       41.5  
Real estate construction (2)
    50,248       2.3       43,965       7.3       39,563       9.0       52,040       12.6       43,655       5.0       32,163       5.2  
Commercial
    18,331       6.3       10,466       1.7       15,543       3.6       18,999       4.6       16,921       4.4       13,490       3.7  
Consumer and other loans (3)
    22,458       2.8       22,385       3.7       22,154       5.0       21,267       5.2       19,255       11.5       18,787       8.8  
Covered loans (4)
    319,827       40.2       129,527       21.5                                                  
                                                                                                 
Total loans
    796,055       100.00 %     602,502       100.0 %     437,521       100.0 %     412,419       100.0 %     381,722       100.0 %     363,899       100.0 %
                                                                                                 
Other items:
                                                                                               
Net deferred loan (fees)
    (897 )             (857 )             (804 )             (852 )             (909 )             (931 )        
Allowance for loan losses-noncovered loans
    (11,397 )             (9,332 )             (8,244 )             (6,013 )             (6,086 )             (6,160 )        
Allowance for loan losses-covered loans (5)
    (19,113 )             (23,832 )                                                                
Accretable discount (5)
    (23,582 )             (8,794 )                                                                
Non-accretable discount (5)
    (63,376 )             (7,137 )                                                                
                                                                                                 
Loans receivable, net
  $ 677,689             $ 552,550             $ 428,473             $ 405,554             $ 374,727             $ 356,808          
 
(1)
Excludes loans held for sale of $690,301 at March 31, 2010, and $1,123, $1,292, $921, $909 and $1,234 at September 30, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
(2)
Net of undisbursed proceeds on loans-in-process.
(3)
Includes home equity loans, lines of credit and second mortgages.
(4)
Consists of loans and commitments acquired in the NCB and MCB acquisitions that are covered by loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.
(5)
See Note 3 to the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus, and the Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed beginning on page G-1 of this prospectus.
 
 
56

 
 
Loan Portfolio Maturities and Yields.   The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at September 30, 2009.  Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less.
 
   
One- to four-family
residential real estate (1)
   
Commercial
real estate(2)
   
Real estate
Construction (3)
 
   
Amount
   
Weighted
Average
Rate
   
Amount
   
Weighted
Average
Rate
   
Amount
   
Weighted Average
Rate
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Due During the Years
Ending September 30,
                                   
2010
  $ 746       5.32 %   $ 76,647       5.03 %   $ 45,111       4.27 %
2011
    180       5.97       39,183       6.44       8,431       4.60  
2012
    188       5.35       37,726       6.09       3,985       2.96  
2013 to 2014
    2,583       5.92       36,405       6.32       2,228       5.85  
2015 to 2019
    18,326       6.02       23,342       6.50              
2020 to 2024
    16,405       5.77       36,997       6.63              
2025 and beyond
    87,669       5.87       76,226       5.55              
                                                 
Total
  $ 126,097       5.53 %   $ 326,526       5.65 %   $ 59,755       4.32 %
 
   
Commercial (4)
   
Consumer and
other loans (5)
   
Total
 
   
Amount
   
Weighted
Average
Rate
   
Amount
   
Weighted
Average
Rate
   
Amount
   
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Due During the Years
Ending September 30,
                                   
2010
  $ 7,514       4.73 %   $ 2,909       5.98 %   $ 132,927       5.20 %
2011
    5,917       6.25       1,542       6.06       55,253       6.23  
2012
    10,611       4.97       3,090       6.12       55,600       5.82  
2013 to 2014
    3,532       4.44       3,341       5.96       48,089       6.12  
2015 to 2019
    3,790       4.26       15,230       6.48       60,688       6.14  
2020 to 2024
    1,038       5.51       8,236       6.44       62,676       5.97  
2025 and beyond
    730       3.51                   164,625       5.08  
                                                 
Total
  $ 33,132       4.97 %   $ 34,348       6.02 %   $ 579,858       5.60 %
     

  (1)
Includes $0 of covered loans.
  (2)
Includes $56,753 of covered loans.
  (3)
Includes $15,789 of covered loans. Presented net of undisbursed proceeds on loans-in-progress.
  (4)
Includes $22,666 of covered loans.
  (5)
Includes $11,963 of covered loans.
 
The following table sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at September 30, 2009 that are contractually due after September 30, 2010.
 
     
Due After September 30, 2010
 
     
Fixed
   
Adjustable
   
Total
 
     
(In thousands)
 
                     
 
One- to four-family residential real estate
  $ 34,208     $ 12,350     $ 46,558  
 
Commercial real estate
    46,447       178,146       224,593  
 
Real estate construction
    10,340       4,303       14,643  
 
Commercial
    27,737       13,609       41,346  
 
Consumer and other loans                                                      
    5,891       25,224       31,115  
                           
 
Total loans                                           
  $ 124,623     $ 233,632     $ 358,255  
 
 
57

 
 
Investment and Mortgage Securities Portfolio.   At March 31, 2010, our investment and mortgage securities portfolio totaled $205.5 million, compared to $206.1 million at September 30, 2009.  The decrease reflected normal amortization of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, as well as sales of securities during the six months ended March 31, 2010, which more than offset the receipt of approximately $24.7 million of such investments and mortgage securities in the MCB acquisition.  The decrease also reflected unrealized losses on certain collateralized mortgage obligations, due to liquidity risk, interest rates and other market uncertainty.  The losses reflect market illiquidity and possible credit deterioration and the securities are not considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired because we believe there is sufficient underlying credit support from other less senior tranches to our positions in these securities.  We have further assessed the sufficiency of future cash flows in making our assessment of any potential other than temporary impairment.  Based on that assessment, we recorded $2.5 million in other than temporary impairment on certain non-agency mortgage securities during the six months ended March 31, 2010.  Finally, the decrease reflected our decision to treat as impaired the entirety of our $1.0 million investment in the common stock of an unaffiliated Georgia community bank, which reflected negative trends in its overall financial condition, the illiquidity of its common stock, and the recent issuance to this community bank of a consent order by the FDIC and the Georgia Department of Banking and Insurance.
 
Our investment and mortgage securities portfolio decreased by $71.1 million, or 25.6%, to $206.1 million at September 30, 2009, from $277.1 million at September 30, 2008.  The decrease reflected normal amortization of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, as well as sales of securities during the year.  The proceeds from securities sold have been used to reduce borrowings, accumulated in interest-bearing deposits or invested in originated mortgage loans.  The decrease also reflected unrealized losses on certain collateralized mortgage obligations, due to liquidity risk, interest rates and other market uncertainty.  The losses reflect limited credit deterioration and the securities are not considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired because we believe there is sufficient underlying credit support from other less senior tranches to our positions in these securities.  We have further assessed the sufficiency of future cash flows in making our assessment of any potential other than temporary impairment.
 
We review our investment portfolio on a quarterly basis for indications of impairment.  In addition to management’s intent and ability to hold the investments to maturity or recovery of carrying value, the review for impairment includes analyzing the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been lower than the cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, including any specific events which may influence the operations of the issuer.  Our review of mortgage securities includes loan geography, loan to value ratios, credit scores, types of loans, loan vintage, credit ratings, loss coverage and cash flow analysis. Our investments are evaluated using our best estimate of future cash flows.  If, based on our estimate of cash flows, we determine that an adverse change has occurred, other-than-temporary impairment would be recognized for the credit loss.  At March 31, 2010, we held no securities in our investment portfolio with other-than-temporary impairment, except for our investment in the common stock of an unaffiliated Georgia community bank (discussed above) and two non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations, which are discussed further below.  At March 31, 2010, these two securities had a combined book value of $4.6 million and combined unrecognized losses of $1.7 million.
 
 
58

 

The following table sets forth the composition of our investment and mortgage securities portfolio at the dates indicated.  At March 31, 2010, all investment and mortgage securities were classified as available for sale.
 
   
At March 31,
2010
   
At September 30,
 
       
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair Value
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair Value
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair Value
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Fair Value
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                                                 
Investment securities:
                                               
U.S. Government sponsored
  $ 3,743     $ 3,962     $ 4,157     $ 4,435     $ 34,351     $ 34,291     $ 30,879     $ 30,785  
Municipal bonds
                                        1,001       1,007  
Total investment securities
    3,743       3,962       4,157       4,435       34,351       34,291       31,880       31,792  
                                                                 
Mortgage-backed and mortgage-related securities:
                                                               
Fannie Mae
    45,411       46,115       53,593       53,975       95,183       94,669       87,996       85,471  
Ginnie Mae
    13,743       13,985       5,745       5,979       9,323       9,378       10,676       10,794  
Freddie Mac
    30,424       31,015       27,438       27,679       6,384       6,358       9,451       9,350  
Total mortgage-backed and mortgage- related securities
    89,578       91,115       86,776       87,633       110,890       110,405       108,123       105,615  
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
                                                               
Fannie Mae
    27,911       28,101       37,302       37,706       20,786       20,055       35,370       34,003  
Ginnie Mae
    15,530       15,533                   998       999       997       972  
Freddie Mac
    13,986       14,122       19,206       19,380       28,712       28,213       33,846       33,068  
Other
    59,390       52,713       71,160       56,908       92,529       83,176       90,919       89,693  
Total collateralized mortgage obligations
    116,817       110,469       127,668       113,994       143,025       132,443       161,132       157,736  
                                                                 
Total  mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
    206,345       201,584       214,444       201,627       253,915       242,848       269,255       263,351  
                                                                 
Freddie Mac common stock
                                        4,725       200,782  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 210,138     $ 205,546     $ 218,601     $ 206,062     $ 288,266     $ 277,139     $ 305,860     $ 495,925  
 
We analyze our non-agency collateralized mortgage securities for other than temporary impairment at least quarterly.  We use a multi-step approach using Bloomberg analytics considering market price, ratings, ratings changes, and underlying mortgage performance including delinquencies, foreclosures, deal structure, underlying collateral losses, prepayments, loan-to-value ratios, credit scores, and loan structure and underwriting, among other factors.  Our first test is to consider loss coverage of greater than five times losses (assumes loss of 40% of balance and defaults of 60% on 60-day delinquencies, 70% on 90-day delinquencies, 100% on foreclosures and other real estate owned).  If a bond passes this test, we consider it not other than temporarily impaired.  For bonds that do not pass the first test, we apply the Bloomberg default model, and if the bond shows no losses we consider it not other than temporarily impaired.  If a bond shows material losses or a break in yield with the Bloomberg default model,  we create a probable vector of loss severities and defaults.
 
 
59

 

The following table shows issuer specific information, book value, fair value and unrealized losses for our portfolio of non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations as of March 31, 2010.  At March 31, 2010, we had recorded $1.9 million of other than temporary impairment charges with respect to CWALT 2005-63 2A2, and $649,000 of other than temporary impairment charges with respect to SARM 2005-15 2A2. No other mortgage securities in our investment portfolio were other than temporarily impaired at March 31, 2010.
 
Description (Ticker) (1)
 
Credit Ratings (2)
 
Geography (3)
 
Book Value
   
Market Value
   
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
 
AMAC 2003-10 A1 (WHARM) (4)
 
Aa3
 
CA 31.8
  $ 1,744,352     $ 1,781,521     $ 37,169  
CWALT 2005-63 2A2 (ALTARM) (5)(6)
  C  
CA 19.9
    809,625       605,550       (204,075 )
CMSI 1993-14 A3 (WHARM)
 
Aaa
 
NY 89.6
    244,346       232,244       (12,102 )
CMLTI 2004-HYB1 A31 (WHARM)
 
Aaa
 
CA 50.0
    2,129,034       1,831,504       (297,530 )
FHASI 2003-8 1A21 (WH15)
 
Aaa
 
CA 30.3
    1,709,737       1,566,513       (143,224 )
GMACM 2003-J9 A2 (WH30)
 
Aaa
 
CA 29.6
    66,802       66,857       55  
GMACM 2003-AR1 A5 (WH30) (4)
 
Aaa
 
CA 25.6
    6,186,078       6,130,642       (55,436 )
GSR 2003-4F 1A2 (WH30)
 
AAA
 
OH 43.4
    1,797,390       1,814,784       17,394  
GSR 2005-2F 1A2 (WHARM)
 
AAA
 
CA 48.4
    2,729,372       2,496,354       (233,018 )
MASTR 2003-8 4A1 (WH15)
 
Aaa
 
CA 100.0
    2,191,357       2,208,370       17,013  
MARM 2004-7 5A1 (WH15)
 
Aa2
 
CA 45.4
    7,402,357       6,866,660       (535,697 )
MARM 2004-13 B1 (WHARM) (6)
  B+  
CA 86.7
    7,701,452       5,065,872       (2,635,580 )
MARM 2004-15 4A1 (WHARM)
 
Baa2
 
CA 49.7
    3,661,843       3,191,742       (470,101 )
MALT 2004-1 4A1 (WH15) (4)
 
AAA
 
CA 39.2
    3,979,536       3,936,773       (42,763 )
RFMSI 2006-S10 2A1 (WH15) (4)
 
CCC
 
CA 19.0
    3,038,336       2,981,221       (57,115 )
RFMSI 2006-S12 1A1 (WH30) (4)
  B1  
CA 16.4
    2,114,184       2,066,044       (48,140 )
SARM 2005-15 2A2 (WHARM) (5)(6)
 
CCC
 
CA 26.0
    3,801,406       2,352,612       (1,448,794 )
SARM 2004-6 3A3 (WH15)
 
AAA
 
CA 58.8
    1,591,289       1,163,971       (427,318 )
WFMBS 2003-F A1 (WHARM) (4)
 
Aaa
 
CA 41.2
    2,939,202       2,825,673       (113,529 )
WFMBS 2003-2 A6 (WH15)
 
Aaa
 
CA 25.5
    168,807       168,529       (278 )
WFMBS 2006-12 A1 (ALTARM)
 
Baa2
 
CA 34.1
    3,383,789       3,360,037       (23,752 )
   Total
          $ 59,390,294     $ 52,713,473     $ (6,676,821 )
 
(1)
“Ticker” indicates the nature of the underlying collateral for the security, with WH15 representing 15 year fixed rate whole loans, WH30 representing 30 year fixed rate whole loans, AltA 30 representing 30 year ALT-A loans, WHARM representing adjustable rate whole loans and ALTARM represents Alt-A adjustable rate loans.  None of the underlying loans have negative amortization.
(2)
Represents the lowest credit rating.
(3)
Represents the amount of loans in the state with the highest amount of loans collateralizing the security, as a percentage of the amount of all loans providing collateral.
(4)
These securities were sold after March 31, 2010.
(5)
Net of other than temporary impairment charges.
(6)
The following information is provided with respect to the security listed in the table above with the highest unrealized losses and two securities other-than-temporary impairment.
 
MARM 2004-13 B1 . There are minimal losses in the underlying loans.  The loans have an average amortized loan to value ratio of 54.4% and average FICO credit score of 737.  The credit support (the percent of principal that subordinate tranches provide to support the credit of this tranche) has increased from the original 0.9% to 1.817%.  While this bond provides credit support to other tranches, current rates of default and severity of losses would have to increase for this bond to be other than temporarily impaired.  The current yield on this bond is 2.871%.
 
CWALT 2005-63 2A2 .  The credit support in this bond has dropped from the original 6.25% to 2.10%.  There are cumulative losses in the collateral of 2.94% and delinquencies of 60 days or more of 25.90%.  There is one remaining subordinate tranche to this tranche.  If severities and defaults in the underlying collateral continue for some time there will be losses in this bond.  We have recorded approximately $1.9 million in OTTI with respect to this bond.  The current yield on this bond is 3.727%.
 
SARM 2005-15 2A2 .  The credit support for this bond has increased from the original 5.506% to 6.455% but has dropped in the last quarter.  There have been no losses in the collateral for this tranche but 2.046% losses in the entire deal and the tranches subordinate to this tranche have thus had losses.  Unless both the severity of losses and default rates moderate quickly, there will be losses in this bond.  We have recorded approximately $649,000 in OTTI with respect to this bond.  The current yield on this bond is 4.062%.
 
 
60

 
 
Amortized loan to value ratios in the above descriptions are based on current loan balance and appraisal at time of origination.  Original credit support is at time of issuance of the bond and current credit support is as of March 31, 2010.
 
Cash flow analysis indicates that the yields on all of the securities listed in the table are maintained.  The unrealized losses shown may relate to general market liquidity and, in the securities with the larger unrealized losses, weakness in the underlying collateral, market concerns over foreclosure levels, and geographic concentration. We consider these unrealized losses to be temporary impairment losses primarily because cash flow analysis indicates that there are continued sufficient levels of credit enhancements and credit coverage levels of less senior tranches.  As of March 31, 2010, the securities above were classified as available for sale and $2.5 million had been recognized as impairment through net income. Based on the analysis performed by management as of March 31, 2010, the company deemed it probable that all contractual principal and interest payments on the above securities, other than the two securities identified above as being other than temporarily impaired, will be collected and therefore there is no other than temporary impairment.
 
We reevaluated our private label mortgage securities in light of the changing circumstances that created the OTTI charge in the quarter ended March 31, 2010.  As a result, subsequent to March 31, 2010, we sold six private label mortgage securities with an aggregate book value of $20.0 million for a gain of approximately $165,000.  We are reaffirming our intent and ability to hold the rest of the securities. As indicated by the gain on the securities sold, the prices on these securities had held up well, but they had long cash flows and/or had been downgraded by one or more rating agencies.  The securities that we did not sell either had short cash flows or prices that had deteriorated due to illiquidity of the market and related market uncertainties about default rates, and we feel the cash flows will exceed the current market value.
 
 
61

 
 
Securities Portfolio Maturities and Yields.   The composition and maturities of the securities portfolio at March 31, 2010 are summarized in the following table.  Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect scheduled amortization or the impact of prepayments or redemptions that may occur.
 
   
Less than One Year
   
More than One Year through Five Years
   
More than Five Years through Ten Years
   
More than Ten Years
   
Total Securities
 
   
Amortized Cost
   
Weighted Average Yield
   
Amortized Cost
   
Weighted Average Yield
   
Amortized Cost
   
Weighted Average Yield
   
Amortized Cost
   
Weighted Average Yield
   
Amortized Cost
   
Fair Value
   
Weighted Average Yield
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                                                   
Investment securities:
                                                                 
U.S. Governmental sponsored
  $       %   $       %   $ 3,742,722       4.97 %   $       %   $ 3,742,722     $ 3,962,010       4.97 %
Municipal bonds
                                                                 
Total investment securities
                            3,742,722       4.97                   3,742,722       3,962,010       4.97  
                                                                                         
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                                                       
Fannie Mae
                1,442,363       4.04       30,245,165       3.26       13,723,655       3.16       45,411,183       46,115,358       3.26  
Ginnie Mae
                1,849,262       6.19       8,557,663       2.67       3,335,992       5.65       13,742,917       13,984,438       3.87  
Freddie Mac
                            14,878,469       4.02       15,545,214       3.21       30,423,683       31,014,465       3.66  
Total  mortgage-backed and mortgage-related securities
                3,291,625       5.25       53,681,297       3.38       32,604,861       3.44       89,577,783       91,114,261       3.49  
                                                                                         
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
                                                                                       
Fannie Mae
                            1,795,326       4.07       26,115,625       3.79       27,910,951       28,101,312       3.81  
Ginnie Mae
                  1,702,244       2.11                   13,828,160       2.84       15,530,404       15,532,862       2.76  
Freddie Mac
    720,175       2.05       2,980,935       .58       2,168,501       4.44       8,116,196       2.84       13,985,807       14,121,788       2.60  
Other
                              11,298,772       5.51       48,091,522       3.88       59,390,294       52,713,473       4.19  
Total collateralized mortgage obligations
    720,175       2.05       4,683,179       1.14       15,262,599       5.19       96,151,503       3.62       116,817,456       110,469,435       3.69  
                                                                                         
Total
  $ 720,175       2.05 %   $ 7,974,804       2.83 %   $ 72,686,618       3.84 %   $ 128,756,364       3.57 %   $ 210,137,961     $ 205,545,706       3.63 %
 
 
62

 
 
Bank Owned Life Insurance.   We invest in bank owned life insurance to provide us with a funding source for our benefit plan obligations.  Bank owned life insurance also generally provides us non-interest income that is non-taxable.  The total cash surrender values of such policies at March 31, 2010, September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008 were $31.1 million, $30.2 million and $28.9 million, respectively.  During fiscal 2008, we invested in an additional $15.0 million of bank owned life insurance.
 
Deposits.   Total deposits at March 31, 2010, equaled $906.6 million, a $308.9 million, or 51.7%, increase compared to September 30, 2009.  The increase was caused primarily by the assumption of $295.3 of deposits in the MCB transaction, partially offset by the payoff of wholesale CDs acquired in the MCB transaction.  At March 31, 2010, $737.0 million of deposits were retail deposits and $169.5 million were brokered and other wholesale deposits.  Funds on deposit from credit unions and brokered deposits are known as wholesale deposits.
 
At September 30, 2009, our deposits totaled $597.6 million, of which $470.5 million were retail deposits and $127.1 million were brokered and other wholesale deposits. At September 30, 2008, our total deposits were $420.2 million, our retail deposits totaled $356.2 million, and our wholesale deposits totaled $63.9 million. The $107.3 million increase in retail deposits during 2009 was primarily due to our assumption of $181.3 million of deposits in connection with the NCB acquisition.
 
The following tables set forth the distribution of total deposit accounts, by account type, for the periods indicated.
 
   
For the Six Months Ended March 31,
   
For the Year Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
Average
Balance
   
Percent
   
Weighted Average
Rate
   
Average
Balance
   
Percent
   
Weighted Average
Rate
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                     
Deposit type:
                                   
Savings accounts
  $ 29,725       3.3 %     0.25 %   $ 12,842       2.7 %     0.25 %
Certificates of deposit
    586,752       64.7       2.32       291,760       61.3       2.46  
Money market
    109,595       12.1       0.74       80,759       17.0       5.55  
Demand and NOW
    180,508       19.9       1.36       90,445       19.0       0.31  
                                                 
Total deposits
  $ 906,580       100.0 %     1.90 %   $ 475,806       100.0 %     2.55 %
 
   
For the Years Ended September 30
 
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
Average
Balance
   
Percent
   
Weighted Average
Rate
   
Average
Balance
   
Percent
   
Weighted Average
Rate
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                     
Deposit type:
                                   
Savings accounts
  $ 11,616       2.6 %     0.25 %   $ 12,571       3.2 %     0.25 %
Certificates of deposit
    256,037       57.7       3.60       207,068       52.5       4.41  
Money market
    94,838       21.4       1.06       94,810       24.1       1.21  
Demand and NOW
    81,110       18.3       0.30       79,744       20.2       0.51  
                                                 
Total deposits
  $ 443,601       100.0 %     2.37 %   $ 394,193       100.0 %     2.71 %
 
 
63

 
 
The following table sets forth certificates of deposit classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.
 
   
At March 31
   
At September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                         
Interest Rate:
                       
Less than 2.00%
  $ 180,476     $ 125,167     $ 4,409     $ 222  
2.00% to 2.99%
    309,282       108,007       32,539       25,716  
3.00% to 3.99%
    60,747       85,961       104,867       13,047  
4.00% to 4.99%
    18,750       45,922       63,765       11,347  
5.00% to 5.99%
    17,497       15,675       45,093       176,927  
6.00% to 6.99%
                2       46  
                                 
Total
  $ 586,752     $ 380,732     $ 250,675     $ 227,305  
 
The following table sets forth, by interest rate ranges, information concerning our certificates of deposit.
                                     
 
At March 31, 2010
 
 
Period to Maturity
 
   
Less Than or
Equal to
One Year
   
More Than
One to
Two Years
    More Than
Two to
Three Years
     
More Than
Three Years
   
Total
    Percent of
Total
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                     
Interest Rate Range:
                                   
2.99% and below
  $ 413,806     $ 52,874     $ 15,974     $ 7,104     $ 489,758       82.5 %
3.00% to 3.99%
    17,324       17,018       1,424       24,981       60,747       7.1  
4.00% to 4.99%
    12,569       3,790       1,463       928       18,750       7.2  
5.00% to 5.99%
    12,106       2,852       2,539             17,497       3.1  
                                                 
Total
  $ 455,805     $ 76,534     $ 21,400     $ 33,013     $ 586,752       100.0 %
 
As of March 31, 2010, the aggregate amount of outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was approximately $283.1 million.  The following table sets forth the maturity of those certificates as of March 31, 2010.
 
   
At March 31, 2010
 
   
Retail (1)
   
Wholesale (2)
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Three months or less
  $ 26,396     $ 27,452  
Over three months through six months
    25,736       22,419  
Over six months through one year
    67,263       39,117  
Over one year to three years
    28,429       24,621  
Over three years
    16,458       5,201  
                 
Total
  $ 164,282     $ 118,810  
 

(1)
Retail certificates of deposit consist of deposits held directly by customers.  The weighted average interest rate for all retail certificates of deposit at March 31, 2010, was 2.52%.
(2)
Wholesale certificates of deposit include brokered deposits and deposits from other financial institutions.  The weighted average interest rate for all wholesale certificates of deposit at March 31, 2010, was 1.93%. After March 31, 2010, CharterBank reduced the interest rate on approximately $60 million of MCB’s wholesale deposits to fifteen basis points, which resulted in the withdrawal of essentially all of these deposits.
 
Borrowings.   Our borrowings consist of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta.  In the past, our borrowings also have included securities sold under agreements to repurchase.  At March 31, 2010, borrowings equaled $212.2 million, a decrease of $14.8 million from September 30, 2009.  The decrease was primarily due to the payoff of maturing Federal Home Loan Bank advances.
 
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, borrowings decreased $40.0 million, or 15.0%, to $227.0 million at September 30, 2009 from $267.0 million at September 30, 2008.  Borrowings were reduced using proceeds from the sale of securities as part of our strategy to reduce wholesale funding.   This lowered our cost of funds, since our deposits generally have lower interest rates than Federal Home Loan Bank advances.
 
At March 31, 2010, we had access to additional Federal Home Loan Bank advances of up to $285.4 million.  However, based upon available investment and loan collateral, additional advances at March 31, 2010, would have been limited to $15.0 million.  The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our Federal Home Loan Bank advances at the dates and for the periods indicated.
 
 
64

 
 
   
At or For the
Six Months Ended
March 31,
   
At or For the Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 212,000     $ 227,000     $ 267,000     $ 272,058  
Average balance during year
  $ 218,009     $ 260,158     $ 255,740     $ 304,077  
Maximum outstanding at any month end
  $ 217,000     $ 275,500     $ 267,000     $ 312,000  
Weighted average interest rate at end of year
    4.91 %     4.82 %     4.65 %     4.83 %
Average interest rate during year
    4.82 %     4.80 %     4.79 %     4.50 %
 
The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our securities sold under agreements to repurchase at the dates and for the periods indicated.  At March 31, 2010, approximately $29.2 million of credit was available to us at the Federal Reserve Bank based on loan collateral pledged.
 
   
At or For the
Six Months Ended
March 31,
   
At or For the Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                         
Balance at end of year
  $     $     $     $ 10,058  
Average balance during year
  $     $     $ 4,713       17,377  
Maximum outstanding at any month end
  $     $     $ 9,935       18,598  
Weighted average interest rate at end of year
    %     %     %     5.19 %
Average interest rate during year
    %     %     4.67 %     5.52 %
 
The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our credit line at the Federal Reserve Bank at the dates and for the periods indicated.
 
   
At or For the
Six Months Ended
March 31,
   
At or For the Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 232     $     $     $  
Average balance during year
  $ 5     $ 100,000     $     $  
Maximum outstanding at any month end
  $ 232     $ 10,000,000     $     $  
Weighted average interest rate at end of year
    0.87 %     %     %     %
Average interest rate during year
    0.87 %     0.30 %     %     %
 
Equity. At March 31, 2010, total equity equaled $110.7 million (or $6.01 per share), a $12.4 million increase from September 30, 2009.  The increase was primarily due to net income of $7.7 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and a $5.2 million decrease in unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of tax.
 
Equity decreased $4.0 million, or 3.8%, to $98.3 million (or $5.33 per share) at September 30, 2009 from $102.3 million (or $5.50 per share) at September 30, 2008.  This decrease was due primarily to $1.9 million of repurchases of our common stock (which are held as treasury stock), $3.4 million in cash dividend payments during the fiscal year, and $1.4 million in unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of tax, partially offset by $2.3 million in net income for the year ended September 30, 2009.
 
During the year ended September 30, 2008, equity decreased $122.8 million.  The decrease was due to a $123.7 million drop in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) resulting from the collapse in the value of Freddie Mac common stock.  During the year ended September 30, 2008, we recognized gains of $9.6 million from sales of Freddie Mac common stock.
 
 
65

 
 
Average Balances and Yields
 
The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated.  All average balances are daily average balances.  Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.
 
   
At March 31,
2010
 
For the Six Months Ended March 31,
 
     
2010
   
2009
 
   
Yield/
Rate(1)
   
Average
Outstanding
Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/
Rate
   
Average
Outstanding
Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/
Rate
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                           
Interest-earning assets:
                                         
Loans (2)(3):
                                         
One- to four-family residential real estate
    7.03 %   $ 123,775     $ 3,468       5.60 %   $ 136,973     $ 3,822       5.58 %
Commercial real estate
    6.46       332,498       11,510       6.92       229,968       6,940       6.04  
Real estate construction
    4.68       58,509       1,076       3.68       43,420       1,012       4.66  
Commercial
    5.37       36,933       1,259       6.82       16,614       572       6.89  
Consumer and other loans
    6.18       32,959       843       5.12       22,155       788       7.11  
Total loans
    6.29       584,674       18,156       6.21       449,130       13,134       5.85  
Securities(3):
                                                       
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
    3.93       191,645       3,962       4.13       236,920       5,754       4.86  
 Municipal bonds
                                         
 FHLB common stock and other equity securities
    0.20       14,060       15       0.21       13,575              
 Other securities
    5.00       4,223       99       4.69       28,454       330       2.32  
    Total securities
    3.69       209,928       4,076       3.88       278,949       6,084       4.36  
Freddie Mac common stock
                                         
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
    0.28       23,556       42       0.36       7,596       12       0.32  
Total interest-earning assets including Freddie Mac common stock
    4.53       818,158       22,274       5.44       735,675       19,230       5.23  
Noninterest-earning assets
            130,453                     66,437                
    Total assets
          $ 948,611       22,274             $ 802,112       19,230          
                                                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                       
Savings accounts
    0.15 %   $ 16,231     $ 22       0.27 %   $ 11,823     $ 15       0.25 %
Certificates of deposit
    1.40       388,219       4,093       2.11       256,252       4,498       3.51  
Money market accounts
    0.57       79,455       311       0.78       78,874       560       1.42  
Demand and NOW accounts
    1.08       91,900       701       1.53       48,013       157       0.65  
Total deposits
    1.20       575,805       5,127       1.78       394,962       5,230       2.65  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    4.95       218,013       5,252       4.82       266,283       6,107       4.59  
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
                                         
Other borrowings
                                         
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    1.94       793,818       10,379       2.61       661,245       11,337       3.43  
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
            52,939                       36,299                  
Total liabilities
            846,757       10,379               697,544       11,337          
Equity
            101,854                       104,568                  
Total liabilities and equity
          $ 948,611       10,379             $ 802,112       11,337          
                                                         
Net interest income
                  $ 11,895                     $ 7,893          
Net interest rate spread (4)
    3.00 %                     2.83 %                     1.80 %
Net interest-earning assets (5)
          $ 24,340                     $ 74,430                  
Net interest margin (6)
                            2.91 %                     2.15 %
Average of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
    92.04 %     103.07 %                     111.26 %                
 
(footnotes on following page)
 
 
66

 
 
   
For the Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2009
               
2008
               
2007
             
   
Average Outstanding Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/ Rate (1)
   
Average Outstanding Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/ Rate
   
Average Outstanding Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/ Rate
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                                       
Interest-earning assets:
                                                     
Loans (2)(3):
                                                     
One- to four-family residential
   real estate
  $ 133,382     $ 7,566       5.67 %   $ 136,445     $ 7,994       5.86 %   $ 140,984     $ 8,209       5.82 %
Commercial real estate
    259,050       16,888       6.52       200,863       14,944       7.44       171,879       13,609       7.92  
Real estate construction
    49,853       2,278       4.57       45,411       3,130       6.89       47,594       4,007       8.42  
Commercial
    23,243       1,139       4.90       18,585       1,182       6.36       19,317       1,322       6.84  
Consumer and other loans
    25,336       1,441       5.69       22,213       1,622       7.30       20,881       1,737       8.32  
   Total loans
    490,864       29,312       5.97       423,517       28,872       6.82       400,655       28,884       7.21  
Securities(3):
                                                                       
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
    223,851       10,700       4.78       257,462       12,210       4.74       284,543       13,788       4.85  
Municipal bonds
                      173       7             880       39        
FHLB common stock and other equity securities
    13,572       29       0.21       13,026       670       5.14       15,107       860       5.69  
Other securities
    21,419       484       2.26       32,208       1,190       3.67       33,394       1,760       5.27  
    Total securities
    258,842       11,213       4.33       302,869       14,070       4.65       333,924       16,447       4.93  
Freddie Mac common stock
                      92,992       2,499       2.69       235,240       7,305       3.11  
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
    14,915       34       0.23       27,240       936       3.44       39,232       2,010       5.12  
Total interest-earning assets including Freddie Mac  common stock
    764,621       40,559       5.30       846,618       46,377       5.48       1,009,051       54,646       5.42  
Noninterest-earning assets
    78,030                       64,636                       49,941                  
Total assets
  $ 842,651                     $ 911,254                     $ 1,058,992                  
                                                                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Savings accounts
  $ 12,842       33       0.26 %   $ 11,616     $ 28       0.24 %   $ 12,571     $ 31       0.25 %
Certificates of deposit
    291,760       8,741       3.00       256,037       11,287       4.41       207,068       9,742       4.70  
Money market accounts
    80,759       935       1.16       94,838       2,644       2.79       94,810       4,495       4.74  
Demand and NOW accounts
    55,553       391       0.70       49,051       566       1.15       49,689       920       1.85  
Total deposits
    440,914       10,100       2.29       411,542       14,525       3.53       364,138       15,188       4.17  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    260,158       12,499       4.80       251,028       12,026       4.79       293,302       13,679       4.66  
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
                      4,712       219       4.65       17,377       960       5.53  
Other borrowings
                                                         
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    701,072       22,599       3.22       667,282       26,770       4.01       674,817       29,827       4.42  
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
    38,864                       74,842                       133,210                  
Total liabilities
    739,936                       742,124                       808,027                  
Equity
    102,715                       169,130                       250,965                  
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 842,651                     $ 911,254                     $ 1,058,992                  
                                                                         
Net interest income
          $ 17,960                     $ 19,607                     $ 24,819          
Net interest rate spread (4)
                    2.08 %                     1.47 %                     1.00 %
Net interest-earning assets (5)
  $ 63,549                     $ 179,336                     $ 334,234                  
Net interest margin (6)
                    2.35 %                     2.32 %                     2.46 %
Average of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
    109.06 %                     126.88 %                     149.35 %                
 

(1)
Includes net loan fees deferred and accreted pursuant to applicable accounting requirements.
(2) Interest income on loans is interest income as recorded in the income statement and, therefore, does not include interest income on non-accrual loans.
(3)
Tax exempt or tax-advantaged securities and loans are shown at their contractual yields and are not shown at a tax equivalent yield.
(4) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest bearing liabilities.
(5) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(6) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
 
 
67

 
 
Rate/Volume Analysis
 
The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the fiscal years indicated.  The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume).  The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate).  The net column represents the sum of the prior columns.  For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.
                                                                         
   
Six Months Ended March 31, 2010 Compared to Six Months Ended
March 31, 2009
Increase/(Decrease)
   
Year Ended September 30, 2009
Compared to Year Ended
September 30, 2008
Increase/(Decrease)
   
Year Ended September 30, 2008
Compared to Year Ended
September 30, 2007
Increase/(Decrease)
 
   
Due to
               
Due to
               
Due to
             
   
Volume
   
Rate
   
Combined
   
Net
   
Volume
   
Rate
   
Combined
   
Net
   
Volume
   
Rate
   
Combined
   
Net
 
    (In thousands)  
Interest earning assets:
                                                                       
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
  $ 25     $ 2     $ 3     $ 30     $ (424 )   $ (874 )   $ 395     $ (902 )   $ (614 )   $ (662 )   $ 202     $ (1,074 )
FHLB common stock and other equity securities
          14       1       15       28       (642 )     (27 )     (641 )     (124 )     (122 )     17       (229 )
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations available for sale
    (1,100 )     (856 )     164       (1,792 )     (1,594 )     97       (13 )     (1,510 )     (1,312 )     (294 )     28       (1,578 )
Other investment securities available for sale
    (281 )     337       (287 )     (231 )     (403 )     (458 )     155       (706 )     (97 )     (500 )     28       (570 )
Loans receivable
    3,702       1,030       290       5,022       4,591       (3,582 )     (570 )     440       1,648       (1,571 )     (90 )     12  
Total interest-earning assets
    2,346       527       171       3,044       2,199       (5,459 )     (59 )     (3,319 )     (500 )     (3,149 )     185       (3,463 )
Freddie Mac common stock(1)
                            (2,499 )                 (2,499 )     (44 )     (4,757 )     (5 )     (4,806 )
Total interest-earning assets and Freddie Mac common stock
    2,346       527       171       3,044     $ (300 )   $ (5,459 )   $ (59 )   $ (5,818 )   $ (544 )   $ (7,906 )   $ 180     $ (8,269 )
                                                                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                                               
NOW accounts
  $ 144     $ 209     $ 191     $ 543     $ 75     $ (221 )   $ (29 )   $ (175 )   $ (12 )   $ (347 )   $ 4     $ (354 )
Savings accounts
    5       2       1       8       3       2             5       (2 )     (1 )           (3 )
Money market deposit accounts
    4       (251 )     (2 )     (249 )     (393 )     (1,546 )     230       (1,709 )     1       (1,842 )     (1 )     (1,851 )
Certificates of deposit
    2,316       (1,796 )     (925 )     (405 )     1,575       (3,616 )     (505 )     (2,546 )     2,304       (613 )     (145 )     1,546  
Total interest-bearing deposits
    2,469       (1,837 )     (735 )     (103 )     1,260       (5,381 )     (304 )     (4,425 )     2,291       (2,812 )     (141 )     (662 )
                                                                                                 
Borrowed funds
    (1,107 )     308       (56 )     (855 )     212       42       1       254       (2,589 )     237       (42 )     (2,394 )
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 1,362     $ (1,529 )   $ (791 )   $ (958 )   $ 1,472     $ (5,339 )   $ (303 )   $ (4,171 )   $ (298 )   $ (2,575 )   $ (183 )   $ (3,056 )
                                                                                                 
Change in net interest income including Freddie Mac common stock
  $ 984     $ 2,056     $ 962     $ 4,002     $ (1,772 )   $ (120 )   $ 245     $ (1,647 )   $ (246 )   $ (5,330 )   $ 363     $ (5,213 )
 

(1)
The entire decrease in income from Freddie Mac common stock from fiscal 2008 to 2009 has been attributed to volume as all remaining shares were sold prior to the end of fiscal 2008.
 
 
68

 
 
Comparison of Operating Results for the Six Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009
 
General. Net income increased $6.3 million, or 441%, to $7.7 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010 from $1.4 million for the six months ended March 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the $15.6 million pre-tax acquisition gain on the assets and liabilities of MCB acquired from the FDIC on March 26, 2010.  This gain represents the amount by which the estimated fair value of the assets acquired exceeded the fair value of the liabilities assumed.  The 2010 period also included approximately $700,000 in costs relating to the acquisition and integration of the MCB assets and liabilities. Other than these items, the MCB acquisition had little impact on the income statement for the six months ended March 31, 2010 because the acquisition was completed five days before the end of the period.
 
Interest and Dividend Income. Total interest and dividend income increased $3.1 million, or 15.8%, to $22.3 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010 from $19.2 million for the six months ended March 31, 2009.  Interest on loans increased $5.0 million, or 38.2%, to $18.2 million, as a result of a $135.5 million, or 28.2%, increase in the average balance of loans receivable to $584.7 million and a 36 basis point increase in the average yield on loans.   The increase in the average balance was primarily the result of the acquisition of $94.7 million of loans in the NCB transaction on June 26, 2009.  The increase in the average yield on loans reflected a $102.5 million, or 44.6%, increase in the average balance of higher-yielding commercial real estate loans to $332.5 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010, from $230.0 million for the six months ended March 31, 2009.  The increase in the average balance of commercial real estate loans resulted primarily from the acquisition of $56.8 million of commercial real estate loans in the NCB acquisition, as well as our continued emphasis on the origination of these higher-yielding loans for our loan portfolio.   We also acquired $32.3 million of commercial real estate loans and $100.0 million of other loans in the MCB acquisition.  However, these loans did not have a substantial impact on the average balances or yields for the six months ended March 31, 2010 as they were acquired five days before the end of the period.
 
Interest and dividend income on securities decreased $2.0 million, or 33.0%, to $4.1 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010 from $6.1 million for the six months ended March 31, 2009. The decrease reflected a $69.0 million, or 24.7%, decrease in the average balance of securities to $210.0 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010, and a 48 basis point decrease in the average yield on securities in the generally lower market interest rate environment.  The decrease in average balance of securities resulted from the sale of securities to generate liquidity for the prepayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances.  Interest on mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations decreased by $1.8 million, or 31.1%, to $4.0 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010 from $5.8 million for the six months ended March 31, 2009, reflecting a $45.3 million, or 19.1%, decrease in the average balance of such securities to $191.6 million, and a 73 basis point decrease in average yield.
 
Interest and dividend income on Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta common stock and other equity securities was $15,000 for the six months ended March 31, 2010, and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta did not pay a dividend on its common stock during the six months ended March 31, 2009.
 
Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased approximately $1.0 million, or 8.5%, to $10.4 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010 from $11.4 million for the six months ended March 31, 2009.  The decrease was primarily due to an 82 basis point, or 23.9%, decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 2.61% from 3.43%, reflecting declining market interest rates.  The decrease in average cost more than offset a $132.6 million, or 20.0%, increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities to $793.8 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010, from $661.2 million for the six months ended March 31, 2009. The increase in the average balance was primarily due to the assumption of approximately $181.3 million of deposits of NCB on June 26, 2009, partially offset by the immediate retirement of the wholesale portion of the NCB deposits using cash received in the NCB transaction.
 
 
69

 
 
Interest expense on deposits decreased approximately $104,000, or 2.0%, to $5.1 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010. The decrease was due to an 87 basis point, or 32.8%, decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits to 1.78% from 2.65%, partially offset by a $180.8 million, or 45.8%, increase in the average balance of interest bearing deposits resulting from the assumption of the NCB deposits.  The decrease in the average cost of deposits was largely due to lower market interest rates, the higher proportion of our lower cost short term brokered deposits and the immediate retirement of the wholesale portion of the NCB deposits using cash received in the NCB transaction.  Interest expense on certificates of deposit decreased $405,000 to $4.1 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010, from $4.5 million for the six-month period in fiscal 2009, as the average cost of these deposits decreased 140 basis points to 2.11% from 3.51% in the lower market interest rate environment.  The decrease in average cost more than offset the $132.0 million, or 51.5%, increase in the average balance of such deposits. Interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased $855,000 to $5.3 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010, due to a decrease of $48.3 million, or 18.1%, in the average balance of advances, partially offset by an increase of 23 basis points in average cost.
 
Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $4.0 million, or 50.7%, to $11.9 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010, from $7.9 million for the six months ended March 31, 2009. The increase primarily reflected the $5.0 million, or 38.2%, increase in interest on loans combined with the 82 basis point drop in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a $132.6 million, or 20.0%, increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities for the six-month period in 2010 compared to 2009.   Net interest margin increased 76 basis points to 2.91% for the 2010 period from 2.15% in the 2009 period, while net interest rate spread increased 103 basis points to 2.83%.  Lower deposit costs and accretion of purchase discounts from the NCB acquisition in June 2009 contributed to the improved net interest margin and net interest rate spread. Our net interest margin and net interest rate spread have historically been low compared to industry standards primarily due to a wholesale investment strategy that included a high proportion of borrowings and wholesale deposits with higher costs than those typically paid on retail deposits. However, our efforts to build our retail banking operations have helped to improve our net interest margin and net interest rate spread.
 
Provision for Loan Losses. We establish provisions for loan losses, which are charged to operations, at a level necessary to absorb known and inherent losses that are both probable and reasonably estimable at the date of the financial statements.  In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses, management considers historical loss experience, the types of loans and the amount of loans in the loan portfolio, trends in nonperforming loans and delinquency rates, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, peer group information and prevailing economic conditions.  This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available or as future events occur.  Management reviews the level of the allowance on a quarterly basis,   and establishes the provision for loan losses based on these factors.  As management evaluates the allowance for loan losses, the increased risk associated with our commercial real estate and commercial business loan portfolios may result in larger additions to the allowance for loan losses in future periods.
 
Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary, based on estimates that are susceptible to change as a result of changes in economic conditions and other factors.  In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision, as an integral part of its examination process, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses.  The Office of Thrift Supervision may require us to make adjustments to the allowance, based on its evaluation of available information at the time of its examination.
 
During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, upon discussion with the Office of Thrift Supervision, we changed our loan loss allowance methodology to use a loan loss history of two years rather than ten years.  This change resulted in a significant increase in the allowance allocated to commercial real estate loans and contributed to an increase in the provision for loan losses beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2009.
 
The provision for loan losses for the six months ended March 31, 2010 was $3.8 million, compared to a provision of $2.6 million for the six months ended March 31, 2009.  The increase in the provision reflects the change in our methodology for determining our loan loss allowance during the second quarter of fiscal 2009, as well as refined evaluations of previously identified troubled credits.  Net charge-offs during the six months ended March 31, 2010 increased to $1.7million, from $1.6 million for the six months ended March 31, 2009.  The allowance for loan losses for non-covered loans was $11.4 million, or 2.39% of total non-covered loans receivable, at March 31, 2010. In connection with the NCB acquisition on June 26, 2009, we acquired a $23.8 million allowance for loan losses on non-impaired loans covered under loss sharing agreements.
 
 
70

 
 
Noninterest Income.   Noninterest income increased $11.5 million, or 195%, to $17.4 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010 from $5.9 million for the six months ended March 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the $15.6 million purchase gain on the assets and liabilities of McIntosh Commercial Bank acquired from the FDIC on March 26, 2010, partially offset by $3.5 million in other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charges during the quarter ended March 31, 2010.  Of the impairment charges, $1.0 million related to our entire investment in an unaffiliated Georgia community bank.  The remaining $2.5 million related to our investment in private-label mortgage securities.
 
Noninterest Expense. Total noninterest expense increased $4.0 million, or 42.2%, to $13.3 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010, compared to the six months ended March 31, 2009. The increase was due primarily to increases of: $1.5 million, or 31.2%, in salaries and employee benefits resulting from our acquisition of NCB; $1.0 million, or 54.5%, in occupancy costs from our acquisition of NCB; approximately $700,000 in costs relating to the acquisition and integration of the MCB assets and liabilities; $536,000, in legal and professional fees, reflecting litigation costs, foreclosure efforts, and taxes and other maintenance costs associated with foreclosed properties; $480,000 in the net cost of operations of real estate owned, reflecting higher foreclosures in the fiscal 2010 period; and a $332,000 increase in marketing expenses due to our acquisition of NCB.  Noninterest expenses are expected to increase in the second half of fiscal 2010 due to the acquisition of MCB on March 26, 2010.
 
Income Taxes. Income taxes increased to $4.4 million for the six months ended March 31, 2010, from $419,000 for the six months ended March 31, 2009, reflecting the $10.3 million increase in net income before income taxes. Our effective tax rate was 36.4% for the six months ended March 31, 2010, compared to 22.7% for the fiscal 2009 period. The increase in the effective tax rate for the 2010 period was due to higher pretax income which reduced the impact of tax advantaged investments such as bank owned life insurance.
 
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008
 
General. Net income decreased $8.2 million, or 78.1%, to $2.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $10.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2008. The decrease was due to a $7.2 million decrease in noninterest income and a $2.3 million increase in noninterest expense, as well as a $1.6 million decrease in net interest income.
 
Interest and Dividend Income. Total interest and dividend income decreased $5.8 million, or 12.5%, to $40.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $46.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2008.  Interest on loans increased $439,000, or 1.5%, to $29.3 million, as a result of a $67.4 million increase in the average balance of loans receivable to $490.8 million from $423.5 million which more than offset the 85 basis point decrease in the average yield on loans reflecting the generally lower interest rate environment.  The net increase in loans receivable was entirely due to the acquisition of $94.7 million of loans in the NCB acquisition.  The increase in interest on loans also reflected a substantial increase in the average balance of commercial real estate loans to $259.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $200.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2008.  The increase in commercial real estate loans resulted primarily from the acquisition of $56.8 million of commercial real estate loans in the NCB acquisition as well as our continued emphasis on the origination of these higher-yielding loans for our loan portfolio.
 
Interest and dividend income on securities decreased $5.4 million, or 32.3%, to $11.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $16.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2008. The decrease reflected a $44.0 million, or 14.5%, decrease in the average balance of securities to $258.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $302.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2008, as well as a 32 basis point decrease in the average yield on securities in the generally lower market interest rate environment.  The decrease in average balance of securities resulted from the sale of securities to generate liquidity for the prepayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances.  Interest on mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations decreased by $1.5 million to $10.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $12.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2008, reflecting a decrease in the average balance of such securities to $223.9 million from $257.5 million, as cash from the normal amortization of such securities and from the proceeds of sales of such securities during the year were used to originate new mortgage loans.
 
 
71

 
 
Interest and dividend income on Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta common stock and other equity securities decreased to $29,000 for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $670,000 for the year ended September 30, 2008, reflecting a reduction in dividends paid by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta beginning in the third quarter of calendar year 2008.  Interest and dividend income on Freddie Mac common stock was reduced to zero for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $2.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2008, reflecting both the sale of all of our remaining investment in Freddie Mac common stock during 2008 and Freddie Mac’s termination of dividends following its being placed into conservatorship in September 2008.
 
Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased $4.2 million, or 15.6%, to $22.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $26.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2008.  The decrease was due to a 79 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 3.22% from 4.01%, reflecting declining market interest rates, which more than offset the $33.8 million, or 5.1%, increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities to $701.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $667.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2008.
 
Interest expense on deposits decreased $4.4 million, or 30.5%, to $10.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $14.5 million for the prior fiscal year. The decrease was due to a 124 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits to 2.29% from 3.53%, partially offset by a $29.4 million, or 7.1%, increase in the average balance of interest bearing deposits resulting from the assumption of approximately $181.3 million of deposits of NCB in June 2009.  The decrease in the average cost of deposits was largely due to lower market interest rates, a higher proportion of low cost short term brokered deposits and the assumption of the NCB deposits, and the immediate retirement of the wholesale portion of the NCB deposits using cash received in the NCB transaction.  Interest expense on certificates of deposit decreased $2.5 million to $8.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $11.3 million for the prior fiscal year, as the average cost of these deposits decreased 141 basis points to 3.00% from 4.41% in the lower market interest rate environment, which more than offset the $35.7 million, or 14.0%, increase in the average balance of such deposits. Interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased $474,000, or 3.9%, to $12.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $12.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2008, as the average balance of such advances increased $9.1 million, or 3.6%, and the average cost increased slightly by one basis point. A Federal Home Loan Bank advance in the amount of $25.0 million with a rate of 6.22% was prepaid in September 2009, which will result in reduced interest expense in future periods.  This prepayment was funded through the sale of securities which had a yield of approximately 90 basis points.
 
Net Interest Income. Net interest income decreased $1.6 million, or 8.4%, to $18.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $19.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2008. The decrease reflected the decline in net interest earning assets, primarily Freddie Mac common stock, to $63.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $179.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2008, partially offset by a 61 basis point increase in our net interest rate spread to 2.08% in 2009 from 1.47% in 2008.  Net interest margin increased 3 basis points to 2.35% from 2.32% in 2008.  The acquisition of loans and deposits of NCB improved the net interest margin and spread in the quarter ending September 30, 2009.
 
Our net interest margin and net interest spread have historically been low compared to industry standards primarily due to our wholesale investment strategy.  Our assets include a high proportion of securities with rates lower than those that would typically be earned on whole loans.  Our liabilities include a high proportion of borrowings and wholesale deposits with higher costs than those typically paid on retail deposits. Generally each of these factors lowers our net interest margin and net interest spread.  Our wholesale investment strategy, including our investment in Freddie Mac stock, historically resulted in increases in net interest income and a more efficient use of our capital.  However, we intend to place more emphasis on retail banking in the future.
 
Provision for Loan Losses.   During fiscal year 2009, upon discussion with the Office of Thrift Supervision, we changed our loan loss allowance methodology to use a loan loss history of two years rather than ten years.  This change resulted in a significant increase in the allowance allocated to commercial real estate loans and contributed to an increase in the provision for loan losses in fiscal year 2009.
 
 
72

 
 
The provision for loan losses for the year ended September 30, 2009 was $4.6 million, compared to a provision of $3.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2008, reflecting net charge-offs of $3.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2009, compared to $1.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2008, as the severe economic recession continued in our market area in 2009.  The change in our methodology for determining our loan loss allowance described above also contributed to the increased provision.  The allowance for loan losses for non-covered loans was $9.3 million, or 1.98% of total non-covered loans, at September 30, 2009.  
 
Noninterest Income.   Noninterest income decreased $7.2 million, or 37.8%, to $11.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $19.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to a $9.6 million gain on sale of Freddie Mac stock in fiscal year 2008 and $1.7 million in gains related to our covered call sale program on Freddie Mac stock in fiscal year 2008, neither of which recurred in fiscal year 2009.  These items were partially offset by a net gain on sale of mortgage-related securities of $2.2 million and a $2.1 million gain on sale of real estate during fiscal year 2009.
 
Noninterest Expense. Total noninterest expense increased $2.3 million, or 11.3%, to $22.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2009 from $20.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2008. The increase was due primarily to increases of: $1.1 million, or 313.7%, in federal deposit insurance premiums and other regulatory fees; $782,000 in the net cost of operations of real estate owned, reflecting higher foreclosures in fiscal year 2009; $184,000, or 4.9%, in occupancy costs from our acquisition of NCB; $319,000, or 47.7%, in legal and professional fees, reflecting foreclosure efforts and litigation costs; and $1.4 million in penalties on the prepayment of a Federal Home Loan Bank advance.  These increases were partially offset by a $1.4 million, or 12.1%, decrease in salaries and employee benefits as a result of significantly reduced incentive compensation accruals.  Noninterest expenses are expected to increase in fiscal 2010 with a full year of expenses related to the NCB acquisition compared to only three months of such expenses in fiscal 2009.
 
Income Taxes. Income taxes decreased to $306,000 for the year ended September 30, 2009  from $4.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2008, reflecting a decrease in income before income taxes to $2.6 million from $15.0 million. Our effective tax rate was 11.7% in fiscal year 2009 and 29.9% in fiscal 2008.  The decline in the effective tax rate in 2009 relates to an increased relative level of tax exempt interest to earnings before taxes in 2009.
 
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended September 30, 2008 and 2007
 
General. Net income decreased $40.4 million to $10.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 from $50.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2007.  During fiscal year 2007, we recognized a $69.4 million gain on the sale of Freddie Mac stock compared to a $9.6 million gain on sales of such stock in fiscal year 2008.  In addition, net interest income decreased by $5.2 million, or 21.0%, in fiscal year 2008 compared to fiscal year 2007. These decreases were partially offset by a $1.6 million, or 7.5%, decrease in noninterest expense in fiscal year 2008 compared to fiscal year 2007, and a $24.4 million, or 84.4%, decrease in income tax expense in fiscal year 2008 compared to fiscal year 2007 due to the decrease in pre-tax income.
 
Interest and Dividend Income. Interest and dividend income decreased $8.3 million, or 15.2%, to $46.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 from $54.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2007.  Interest on loans was essentially unchanged at $28.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 compared to the year ended September 30, 2007, as a $22.9 million, or 5.7%, increase in the average balance of loans receivable was offset by a 39 basis point decrease in the average yield on such loans to 6.82% for the year ended September 30, 2008 from 7.21% for the year ended September 30, 2007, reflecting the generally lower interest rate environment. Interest and dividend income on securities decreased $7.2 million, or 30.2%, to $16.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 from $23.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2007. The decrease reflected a $31.1 million, or 9.3%, decrease in the average balance of such securities to $302.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 from $333.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2007, as well as a decrease in the average yield on such securities to 4.65% from 4.93% in the generally lower interest rate environment.  Interest on mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations decreased by $1.6 million to $12.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 from $13.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2007, reflecting a decrease in the average balance of such securities to $257.5 million from $284.5 million, as cash received from the normal amortization of such securities and proceeds of sales of such securities were used to originate mortgage loans.  Interest and dividend income on Freddie Mac common stock decreased to $2.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 from $7.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2007, reflecting our sale of $70.6 million of Freddie Mac common stock during 2007 and lower dividends on such common stock.
 
 
73

 
 
Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $3.1 million, or 10.2%, to $26.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 from $29.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2007.  The decrease was due to a 41 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 4.01% from 4.42%, reflecting declining market interest rates, as well as a $7.5 million, or 1.1%, decrease in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities to $667.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 from $674.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2007.
 
Interest expense on deposits decreased $662,000, or 4.4%, to $14.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 from $15.2 million for the prior fiscal year. The decrease was due to a 64 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits to 3.53% from 4.17%, which was partially offset by a $47.4 million, or 13.0%, increase in the average balance of interest bearing deposits as a result of management’s decision to maintain higher balances for liquidity purposes.  Interest expense on certificates of deposit increased $1.6 million to $11.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 from $9.7 million for the prior fiscal year, as the 28 basis points decrease in the average cost of these deposits to 4.41% from 4.69%, was more than offset by the $49.0 million, or 23.6%, increase in the average balance of such deposits. Interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased $1.7 million, or 12.1%, to $12.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 from $13.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2007, as the average balance of such advances decreased $42.3 million, or 14.4%.
 
Net Interest Income. Net interest income decreased $5.2 million, or 21.0%, to $19.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 from $24.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2007. The decrease reflected the decrease in net interest margin to 2.32% from 2.46% and an increase in net interest rate spread to 1.47% for the year ended September 30, 2008 from 1.00% for the year ended September 30, 2007.
 
Provision for Loan Losses and Asset Quality. The provision for loan losses was $3.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 compared to no provision recorded for the year ended September 30, 2007. We recorded net charge-offs of $1.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 compared to $73,000 for the year ended September 30, 2007. The increased provision in 2008 related to increased levels of nonperforming loans, increased charge-offs, and overall market deterioration.  The allowance for loan losses was $8.2 million, or 1.89% of total loans, at September 30, 2008.
 
Noninterest Income.   Noninterest income decreased to $19.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 from $76.9 million in the prior year. We recognized a $69.5 million gain on sale of Freddie Mac common stock in fiscal year 2007, compared to a $9.6 million gain on the sale of Freddie Mac stock in fiscal year 2008.  Partially offsetting this decrease was $1.7 million in gains related to our covered call sale program on Freddie Mac common stock in fiscal year 2008, compared to $369,000 of such gains in fiscal year 2007.
 
Noninterest Expense. Total noninterest expense decreased $1.6 million, or 7.5%, to $20.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 from $21.9 million for the prior year. The decrease reflected a decrease of $2.4 million, or 17.2%, in salaries and employee benefits, partially offset by increases of $240,000 in legal and professional fees, $256,000 in occupancy, and $244,000 in other expenses.  Salaries and benefits were high in fiscal 2007 due to expenses related to the retirement of one of our executive officers.
 
Income Taxes. Income taxes decreased from $28.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 to $4.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2007. The decrease in income tax expense was due to the decrease in pre-tax income in fiscal year 2008 compared to fiscal 2007. The effective tax rate was 29.9% in 2008, and 36.2% in 2007.  The decrease in the effective tax rate in fiscal year 2008 relates to the increased investment in bank-owned life insurance.
 
Asset Quality
 
Delinquent Loans and Foreclosed Assets. Our policies require that management continuously monitor the status of the loan portfolio and report to the Loan Committee of the Board of Directors on a monthly basis. These reports include information on delinquent loans and foreclosed real estate, and our actions and plans to cure the delinquent status of the loans and to dispose of the foreclosed property. The Loan Committee approves action plans on all loans that are 90 days or more delinquent. The Loan Committee consists of three outside directors. One position on the committee, the chairman, is permanent, and the other two positions alternate between four outside directors.
 
 
74

 
 
We generally stop accruing interest income when we consider the timely collectibility of interest or principal to be doubtful.  We generally stop accruing for loans that are 90 days or more past due unless the loan is well secured and we determine that the ultimate collection of all principal and interest is not in doubt. When we designate loans as nonaccrual, we reverse all outstanding interest that we had previously credited. If we receive a payment on a nonaccrual loan, we may recognize a portion of that payment as interest income if we determine that the ultimate collectibility of principal is no longer in doubt. However, such loans may remain on nonaccrual status until a regular pattern of timely payments is established.
 
Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine whether the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the collateral or the present value of the expected cash flows to be received. Smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as residential mortgage loans and consumer loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment.
 
Real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until such time as it is sold.  When real estate is acquired through foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, it is recorded at the lower of the related loan balance or its fair value as determined by an appraisal, less estimated costs of disposal.  If the value of the property is less than the loan, less any related specific loan loss reserve allocations, the difference is charged against the allowance for loan losses.  Any subsequent write-down of real estate owned or loss at the time of disposition is charged against earnings.
 
Nonperforming assets increased to $47.0 million at September 30, 2009 from $13.5 million at September 30, 2008, primarily due to the NCB acquisition.  The purchased loans and commitments (“covered loans”) and other real estate owned (“covered other real estate”) are covered by loss sharing agreements between the FDIC and CharterBank.  Under these agreements, the FDIC will assume 80% of losses and share 80% of loss recoveries on the first $82.0 million of losses and 95% of losses and share 95% of loss recoveries on losses with respect to the NCB acquisition of the first $106.0 million of losses with respect to the MCB acquisition that exceed those amounts.
 
Management is taking several steps to resolve the nonperforming and classified assets acquired in the NCB and MCB transactions, including the following:
 
 
Establishing loan resolution groups led by experienced CharterBank senior credit officers with a combined 50 years of workout experience.  One of these credit officers served as the Dean of a major regional bank credit school and also taught credit seminars for the Federal Reserve, state banking examiners, and Risk Management Associates.
 
 
Retaining selected NCB and MCB asset resolution staff to assist in working out problem assets as quickly as possible, while minimizing the resolution costs to both CharterBank and the FDIC.
 
 
Reviewing all nonperforming loans with bank counsel to develop a resolution strategy.  Through May 19, 2010 the Company had received $28.3 million from the FDIC for reimbursements associated with the FDIC loss-sharing agreements and had submitted an additional $26.0 million in claims for reimbursement.
 
As of March 31, 2010, our nonperforming covered and non-covered assets totaled $128.3 million and consisted of $85.3 million of nonaccrual loans, $1.4 million of loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing and other real estate owned of $43.1 million.  The increase in nonperforming assets from September 30, 2009 to March 31, 2010 was primarily due to the FDIC-assisted acquisition of assets and assumption of liabilities of McIntosh Commercial Bank.
 
We are also reviewing the performing NCB and MCB loan portfolios with the objective of aggressively classifying all loans appropriately so that resolution plans can be established so that delinquent assets can be returned to performing status.
 
 
75

 
 
Non-Performing Assets.   The tables below sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets at the dates indicated.  For all of the dates indicated, we did not have any material restructured loans.
 
         
At September 30,
 
   
At March 31 2010
   
2009
       
   
Covered
   
Non-covered
   
Covered
   
Non-covered
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Non-accrual loans:
                             
One- to four-family residential real estate
    11,154       3,376     $     $ 2,532     $ 2,027  
Commercial real estate
    18,873       9,340       3,831       3,787       7,548  
Real estate construction
    25,375             3,098              
Commercial
    14,148       214       17,447       5,583       145  
Consumer and other loans
    1,195       197       1,007       116       103  
Total non-accrual loans
    70,746       13,087       25,383       13,100       10,771  
                                         
Loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing:
                                       
One- to four-family residential real estate
                      181        
Commercial real estate
    1,447                          
Real estate construction
                             
Commercial
          9                    
Consumer and other loans
                      32        
Total loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing
    1,447       9             213        
                                         
Total non-performing loans
    72,193       13,096       25,383       13,313       10,771  
                                         
Real estate owned:
                                       
One- to four-family residential real estate
    15,319       1,637       4,804       1,683       788  
Commercial real estate
    20,175       5,772       5,877       3,095       1,892  
Real estate construction
    238                          
Commercial
                             
Consumer and other loans
                             
Total real estate owned
    35,732       7,409       10,681       4,778       2,680  
                                         
Total non-performing assets
  $ 107,925     $ 20,505     $ 36,064     $ 18,091     $ 13,451  
                                         
Ratios:
                                       
Non-performing loans as a percentage   of total non-covered loans
    N/M       2.75 %     N/M       2.77 %     2.46 %
Non-performing assets as a percentage of total non-covered assets
    N/M       2.53 %     N/M       2.16 %     1.68 %
 

N/M
Not meaningful.
(1)
See Note 3 to the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus, and the Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed beginning on page G-1 of this prospectus.
 
 
76

 
 
   
At September 30,
 
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Non-accrual loans:
                 
One- to four-family residential real estate
  $ 901     $ 1,209     $ 2,128  
Commercial real estate
    4,588       1,497       1,715  
Real estate construction
    1,595              
Commercial
    48       109       208  
Consumer and other loans
    62       21       24  
Total non-accrual loans
    7,194       2,836       4,075  
                         
Loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing:
                       
One- to four-family residential real estate
    260              
Commercial real estate
    489       340       81  
Real estate construction
                 
Commercial
          52       52  
Consumer and other loans
    14              
Total loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing
    763       392       133  
                         
Total non-performing loans
    7,957       3,228       4,208  
                         
Real estate owned:
                       
One- to four-family residential real estate
    134       279       273  
Commercial real estate
    46       181       847  
Real estate construction
                 
Commercial
                 
Consumer and other loans
                 
Total real estate owned
    180       460       1,120  
                         
Total non-performing assets
  $ 8,137     $ 3,688     $ 5,328  
                         
Ratios:
                       
Non-performing loans as a percentage of total non-covered loans
    1.93 %     0.74 %     1.12 %
Non-performing assets as a percentage of total non-covered assets
    0.80 %     0.30 %     0.49 %
 

(1)
See Note 3 to the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus, and the Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed beginning on page G-1 of this prospectus.
 
For the six months ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended September 30, 2009 gross interest income that would have been recorded had our non-accruing non-covered loans been current in accordance with their original terms was $875,285 and $683,036, respectively.  Interest income recognized on such loans for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended September 30, 2009 was $179,546 and $146,658, respectively.
 
At March 31, 2010, we had three nonperforming loans with balances exceeding $1 million, including a $1.5 million loan collateralized by the real estate for a restaurant franchise in Montgomery, Alabama, and two loans totaling $2.8 million that are both collateralized by retail strip centers in the Florida Panhandle.  No specific allowance has been established for these loans as of March 31, 2010 because the underlying collateral is believed to be sufficient.
 
 
77

 
 
Delinquent Loans . The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our loan portfolio delinquencies at the dates indicated.
 
   
Loans Delinquent For
       
   
30-89 Days
   
90 Days and Over
   
Total
 
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
At March 31, 2010
                                   
Non-covered Loans:
                                   
One- to four-family residential real estate
    22     $ 3,014           $       22     $ 3,014  
Commercial real estate
    11       6,724                   11       6,724  
Real estate construction
    3       312                   3       312  
Commercial
    11       1,746       1       9       12       1,755  
Consumer and other loans
    16       388                   16       388  
Total non-covered loans
    63     $ 12,184       1     $ 9       64     $ 12,193  
                                                 
Covered Loans:
                                               
One- to four-family residential real estate
    4     $ 511           $       21     $ 4,100  
Commercial real estate
    28       11,454       1       1,447       43       19,501  
                                                 
Real estate construction
                            9       4,940  
Commercial
    16       1,708                   45       6,583  
Consumer and other loans
    3       10                   19       292  
Total covered loans
    52     $ 13,682       1     $ 1,447       137     $ 35,416  
                                                 
Total loans
    115     $ 25,866       2     $ 1,447       201     $ 47,609  
 
   
Loans Delinquent For
       
   
30-89 Days
   
90 Days and Over
   
Total
 
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
   
Number
   
Amount
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
At September 30, 2009
                                   
Non-covered Loans:
                                   
One- to four-family residential real estate
    15     $ 2,631       3     $ 181       18     $ 2,812  
Commercial real estate
    15       4,296                   15       4,296  
Real estate construction
                                   
Commercial
    2       190                   2       190  
Consumer and other loans
    20       109       2       32       20       141  
Total non-covered loans
    52     $ 7,226       5     $ 213     $ 57     $ 7,439  
                                                 
Covered Loans:
                                               
One- to four-family residential real estate
        $           $           $  
Commercial real estate
                                   
Real estate construction
    1       86                   1       86  
Commercial
    17       695                   17       695  
Consumer and other loans
    16       330                   16       330  
Total covered loans
    34     $ 1,111           $       34     $ 1,111  
                                                 
Total loans
    86     $ 8,337       5     $ 213       91     $ 8,550  
 
 
78

 
 
   
Loans Delinquent For
       
   
30-89 Days
   
90 Days
and Over
   
Total
 
At September 30, 2008
                 
One- to four-family residential real estate
  $ 1,029     $     $ 1,029  
Commercial real estate
    1,564             1,564  
Real estate construction
    376             376  
Commercial
    318             318  
Consumer and other loans
    144             144  
                         
Total loans
  $ 3,431     $     $ 3,431  
                         
At September 30, 2007
                       
One- to four-family residential real estate
  $ 921     $ 260     $ 1,181  
Commercial real estate
    1,380       489       1,869  
Real estate construction
    595             595  
Commercial
    413             413  
Consumer and other loans
    240       14       254  
                         
Total loans
  $ 3,549     $ 763     $ 4,312  
                         
At September 30, 2006
                       
One- to four-family residential real estate
  $ 466     $     $ 466  
Commercial real estate
    945       340       1,285  
Real estate construction
                 
Commercial
    147       52       199  
Consumer and other loans
    114             114  
                         
Total loans
  $ 1,672     $ 392     $ 2,064  
                         
At September 30, 2005
                       
One- to four-family residential real estate
  $ 1,216     $     $ 1,216  
Commercial real estate
    2,354       81       2,435  
Real estate construction
    36             36  
Commercial
    122       52       174  
Consumer and other loans
    115             115  
                         
        Total loans
  $ 3,843     $ 133     $ 3,976  
 
Classification of Assets .   Our policies, consistent with regulatory guidelines, provide for the classification of loans considered to be of lesser quality as “substandard,” “doubtful,” or “loss” assets.  An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.  “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the savings institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.”  Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” so that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.  Assets that do not expose the savings institution to risk sufficient to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but which possess some weaknesses, are required to be designated “special mention.”
 
Nonperforming non-covered loans (in thousands) were $13,096, $13,313, $10,771, $7,957, $3,228, and $4,208 for the periods ended March 31, 2010, September 30, 2009, September 30, 2008, September 30, 2007, September 30, 2006, and September 30, 2005, respectively.
 
Potential problem loans are non-covered loans as to which management has serious doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with present repayment terms.  These loans do not meet the criteria for inclusion in nonperforming assets and are, therefore, excluded from nonperforming loans.  Management, however, classifies potential problem loans as either special mention or substandard.  Potential problem loans at March 31, 2010 aggregated $21.3 million with $13.5 million classified special mention and $7.8 million classified substandard. Subsequent to March 31, 2010, a special mention loan with a balance of $4.6 million and a specific allowance of $1.3 million was foreclosed and will be in foreclosed real estate as of June 30, 2010.  However, we have not yet determined if the charge-off related to this loan will exceed the specific reserve.
 
 
79

 
 
We regularly review our asset portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations.  Our largest classified assets generally are also our largest nonperforming assets.  We regularly monitor the value of underlying collateral on classified and nonperforming loans.  This monitoring involves physical site inspection, consultation with real estate professionals, our knowledge of our markets, and assessing appraisal trends.
 
The following table sets forth the aggregate amount of our classified assets at the dates indicated.  Classified assets as of March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 have been divided into those assets that were acquired in connection with the NCB and MCB transactions and are covered under the loss sharing agreement with the FDIC, and those assets that are not covered by the loss sharing agreement.
 
         
At September 30,
 
   
At March 31, 2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
Covered
   
Non-covered
   
Covered
   
Non-covered
       
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                               
Substandard assets:
                             
Loans
  $ 113,532     $ 13,306     $ 30,940     $ 18,297     $ 18,625  
Other real estate owned
    35,693       7,409       10,681       4,778       2,680  
Securities
          14,839             7,534        
Doubtful assets
    4,390       183       725       1,968       1,857  
Loss assets
                             
Total classified assets
  $ 153,615     $ 35,737     $ 42,346     $ 32,577     $ 23,162  
 
Allowance for Loan Losses.   The allowance for loan losses represents a reserve for probable loan losses in the loan portfolio. The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is evaluated periodically based on a review of all significant loans with particular emphasis on impaired, non-accruing, past due and other loans that management believes require special attention. The determination of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting policy.
 
Additions to the allowance for loan losses are made periodically to maintain the allowance at an appropriate level based on management’s analysis of loss inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount of the provision for loan losses is determined by an evaluation of the level of loans outstanding, loss risk as determined based on a loan grading system, the level of non-performing loans, historical loss experience, delinquency trends, the amount of losses charged to the allowance in a given period, and an assessment of economic conditions. Management believes the current allowance for loan losses is adequate based on its analysis of the losses in the portfolio.
 
Our allowance for loan loss methodology is a loan classification-based system. We base the required reserve on a percentage of the loan balance for each type of loan and classification level. Loans may be classified manually and are automatically classified if they are not previously classified when they reach certain levels of delinquency. Unclassified loans are reserved at different percentages based on our loan loss history for the last two years.  Reserve percentages are also adjusted based upon our estimate of the effect that the current economic environment will have on each type of loan.
 
During fiscal 2009, we changed our methodology for determining the loan loss allowance to use a loan loss history of two years rather than ten years.  This change, which was made upon discussion with the Office of Thrift Supervision, our primary federal regulator, resulted in a significant increase in the allowance allocated for commercial real estate loans and contributed to an increase in the provision for loan losses in fiscal 2009.  Charge-offs, which were primarily partial charge-offs, increased as it became more likely that reductions in collateral values will continue for some time.  Economic conditions and other factors affecting borrowers’ ability to repay are used to adjust the historical loss factor for each loan category to determine the overall allowance level for each loan category.  These factors are reviewed each quarter and adjusted as appropriate.  The factors for determining specific allowances for classified loans are a multiple of the reserve factor for non-classified loans.  Impaired loans are specifically evaluated for required allowances generally based on an assessment of the underlying fair value of the collateral.
 
 
80

 
 
We have no loans for which there is known information about possible credit problems of borrowers that causes management to have serious doubts about their ability to comply with present loan repayment terms that are not currently disclosed as non-accrual, past due, classified, underperforming or restructured.
 
The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated. Loans covered by the loss sharing agreement with the FDIC are excluded from the table.  As of September 30, 2009, an allowance of $23.8 million had been established for loan losses on non-impaired covered loans acquired in the NCB transaction on June 26, 2009.  No allowance has been established for impaired covered loans because it is not expected that there will be any losses on such loans that are not covered by the non-accretable portion of the discount established in the NCB acquisition.  If credit deterioration is observed subsequent to the acquisition dates, such deterioration will be accounted for pursuant to the Company’s loss reserving methodology and a provision for loan losses will be charged to earnings with a partially offsetting noninterest income item reflecting the increase to the FDIC receivable.  Amounts expected to be recovered from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements are separately disclosed as the FDIC receivable.
 
   
At or For the
Six Months Ended
March 31,
   
At or For the Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
                                     
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 9,332     $ 8,244     $ 6,013     $ 6,086     $ 6,160     $ 6,623  
                                                 
Charge-offs:
                                               
One- to four-family residential real estate
    (112 )     (648 )     (348 )     (107 )     (180 )     (57 )
Commercial real estate
    (172 )     (2,961 )     (42 )     (17 )           (222 )
Real estate construction
    (1,281 )     (31 )     (424 )                 (319 )
Commercial
    (177 )     (119 )     (136 )     (40 )              
Consumer and other loans
    (22 )     (55 )     (97 )     (28 )     (62 )     (61 )
   Total charge-offs
    (1,764 )     (3,814 )     (1,047 )     (192 )     (242 )     (659 )
                                                 
Recoveries:
                                               
One- to four-family residential real estate
          41       1       30       33       18  
Commercial real estate
          300                          
Real estate construction
                                   
Commercial
          2       11       56       65       24  
Consumer and other loans
    29       9       16       33       70       79  
   Total recoveries
    29       352       28       119       168       121  
                                                 
Net (charge-offs) recoveries
    (1,735 )     (3,462 )     (1,019 )     (73 )     (74 )     (538 )
Provision (recovery to allowance) for loan losses
    3,800       4,550       3,250                   75  
                                                 
Balance at end of year
  $ 11,397     $ 9,332     $ 8,244     $  6,013     $ 6,086     $ 6,160  
                                                 
Ratios:
                                               
Net (charge-offs) recoveries as a percentage of average non-covered loans outstanding
    (0.31 )%     (0.71 )%     (0.24 )%     (0.02 )%     (0.02 )%     (0.16 )%
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-covered non-performing loans at year end
    87.1 %     70.1 %     77.0 %     76.0 %     187 %     146 %
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total non-covered loans receivable at year end (1)
    2.39 %     1.97 %     1.88 %     1.46 %     1.59 %     1.69 %
 

(1)
Does not include loans held for sale or deferred fees.
 
 
81

 
 
Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses.   The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses for non-covered loans allocated by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. Loans covered by the loss sharing agreement with the FDIC are excluded from the table.  An unallocated allowance is generally maintained in a range of 4% to 10% of the total allowance in recognition of the imprecision of the estimates.  In times of greater economic downturn and uncertainty, the higher end of this range is provided.  Increased allocations in the commercial real estate and real estate construction portfolios reflect increased nonperforming loans, declining real estate values and increased net charge-offs.  The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.
 
         
At September 30,
 
   
At March 31, 2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
Allowance for Loan Losses
   
Percent of
 Noncovered
Loans in Each
Category to
Total
Noncovered
Loans
   
Allowance for Loan Losses
   
Percent of
Loans in Each Category to
Total Loans
   
Allowance for Loan Losses
   
Percent of
Loans in Each Category to
Total Loans
 
       
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                     
One- to four-family residential real estate
  $ 558       24.0 %   $ 451       26.6 %   $ 563       31.6 %
Commercial real estate
    7,828       56.9       5,540       57.1       4,823       50.8  
Real estate construction
    1,740       10.6       2,157       9.3       1,439       9.0  
Commercial
    319       3.8       99       2.2       267       3.6  
Consumer and other loans
    102       4.7       117       4.8       202       5.0  
Total allocated allowance
    10,547               8,364               7,294          
Unallocated
    849             968             950        
Total
  $ 11,396       100.0 %   $ 9,332       100.0 %   $ 8,244       100.0 %
 
   
At September 30,
 
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
   
Allowance for Loan Losses
   
Percent of
Loans in Each Category to
Total Loans
   
Allowance for Loan Losses
   
Percent of
Loans in Each Category to
Total Loans
   
Allowance for Loan Losses
   
Percent of
Loans in Each Category to
Total Loans
 
               
(Dollars in thousands)
                   
                                     
One- to four-family residential real estate
  $ 1,077       33.6 %   $ 838       37.7 %   $ 1,042       40.8 %
Commercial real estate
    2,212       44.0       2,506       41.4       2,711       41.5  
Real estate construction
    1,100       12.6       578       5.0       574       5.2  
Commercial
    551       4.6       512       4.4       403       3.7  
Consumer and other loans
    632       5.2       1,077       11.5       863       8.8  
Total allocated allowance
    5,572               5,511               5,593          
Unallocated
    441             575             567        
Total
  $ 6,013       100.0 %   $ 6,086       100.0 %   $ 6,160       100.0 %
 
Management of Market Risk
 
As a financial institution, we face risk from interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates affect both our level of income and expense on a large portion of our assets and liabilities. Fluctuations in interest rates also affect the market value of all interest-earning assets.
 
The primary goal of our interest rate risk management strategy is to maximize net interest income while maintaining an acceptable interest rate risk profile. We seek to coordinate asset and liability decisions so that, under changing interest rate scenarios, portfolio equity and net interest income remain within an acceptable range.
 
 
82

 
 
Our lending activities have emphasized one- to four-family and commercial real estate loans. Our sources of funds include retail deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, repurchase agreements and wholesale deposits.  We employ several strategies to manage the interest rate risk inherent in our mix of assets and liabilities, including:
 
 
 ●
selling fixed rate mortgages we originate to the secondary market, generally on a servicing released basis;
 
 
  ●
maintaining the diversity of our existing loan portfolio by originating commercial real estate and consumer loans, which typically have adjustable rates and shorter terms than residential mortgages;
 
 
  ●
emphasizing investments with adjustable interest rates;
 
 
  ●
maintaining fixed rate borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta; and
 
 
  ●
increasing retail transaction deposit accounts, which typically have long durations.
 
Changes in market interest rates have a significant impact on the repayment and prepayment of loans.  Prepayment rates also vary due to a number of other factors, including the regional economy in the area where the loans were originated, seasonal factors, demographic changes, the assumability of the loans, related refinancing opportunities and competition. We monitor interest rate sensitivity so that we can attempt to adjust our asset and liability mix in a timely manner and thereby minimize the negative effects of changing rates.
 
Extension risk, or lower prepayments causing loans to have longer average lives, is our primary exposure to higher interest rates. Faster prepayment of loans and investing the funds from prepayments in mortgage loans and securities at lower interest rates results in a lower net interest income and is our primary exposure to declining market interest rates.
 
Interest Risk Measurement.
 
The Office of Thrift Supervision requires the computation of amounts by which the difference between the present value of an institution’s assets and liabilities (the institution’s net portfolio value or “NPV”) would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates.  The Office of Thrift Supervision provides all institutions that file a Consolidated Maturity/Rate Schedule as a part of their quarterly Thrift Financial Report with a report that measures the sensitivity of net portfolio value.  The Office of Thrift Supervision simulation model uses a discounted cash flow analysis and an option-based pricing approach to measure the interest rate sensitivity of net portfolio value.  Historically, the Office of Thrift Supervision model estimated the economic value of each type of asset, liability and off-balance sheet contract using the current interest rate yield curve with instantaneous increases or decreases of 100 to 300 basis points in 100 basis point increments.  A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent, and 100 basis points equals one percent.  An increase in interest rates from 3% to 4% would mean, for example, a 100 basis point increase in the “Change in Interest Rates” column below.  Given the current relatively low level of market interest rates, a NPV calculation for an interest rate decrease of greater than 100 basis points has not been prepared.  The Office of Thrift Supervision provides us the results of the interest rate sensitivity model, which is based on information we provide to the Office of Thrift Supervision to estimate the sensitivity of our net portfolio value.
 
 
83

 

The table below sets forth, as of March 31, 2010, the Office of Thrift Supervision’s calculation of the estimated changes in our net portfolio value that would result from the designated instantaneous changes in the interest rate yield curve.
 
Change in Interest Rates (bp) (1)
 
Estimated NPV (2)
   
Estimated Increase
(Decrease) in NPV
   
Percentage Change
in NPV
   
NPV Ratio as a
Percent of Present
Value
of Assets (3)(4)
   
Increase (Decrease)
in NPV Ratio as a
Percent or Present
value of Assets
(3)(4)
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                               
+300
  $ 113,868     $ (10,818 )     (9 )%     9.13 %     (59 )%
+200
  $ 118,840     $ (5,846 )     (5 )%     9.42 %     (29 )%
+100
  $ 122,168     $ (2,519 )     (2 )%     9.58 %     (13 )%
0
  $ 124,687                   9.71 %      
(100)
  $ 130,350     $ (5,664 )     5 %     10.10 %     39 %
 

(1)  
Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.
(2)  
NPV is the difference between the present value of an institution’s assets and liabilities.
(3)  
Present value of assets represents the discounted present value of incoming cash flows on interest-earning assets.
(4)  
NPV Ratio represents NPV divided by the present value of assets.
 
The table above indicates that at March 31, 2010, in the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience a 5% decrease in net portfolio value.  In the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 5% increase in net portfolio value.  For the year ended September 30, 2009, the Office of Thrift Supervision classified CharterBank as having “minimal” interest rate risk.  However, future increases in interest rates may result in CharterBank being classified as having additional interest rate risk.
 
The effects of interest rates on net portfolio value and net interest income are not predictable. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, prepayments, and deposit run-offs, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. Certain shortcomings are inherent in these computations. Although some assets and liabilities may have similar maturity or periods of repricing, they may react at different times and in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag behind changes in market interest rates. Assets, such as adjustable rate mortgages, generally have features that restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. After a change in interest rates, prepayments and early withdrawal levels could deviate significantly from those assumed in making the calculations set forth above. Additionally, increased credit risk may result if our borrowers are unable to meet their repayment obligations as interest rates increase.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future short-term financial obligations.  Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank, loan payments and prepayments, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations repayments and maturities and sales of loans and other securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by market interest rates, economic conditions and competition.  Our Asset/Liability Management Committee is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies in order to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs of our customers as well as unanticipated contingencies.  At March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009, we had access to immediately available funds of approximately $153.4 million and $96.6 million, respectively, including overnight funds and a Federal Reserve line of credit.
 
We regularly adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of expected loan demand, expected deposit flows, yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities, and the objectives of our asset/liability management program.  Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest-earning deposits and short- and intermediate-term securities.
 
 
84

 
 
Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets are subject to our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At March 31, 2010, cash and cash equivalents totaled $141.6 million.  Securities classified as available-for-sale, which provide additional sources of liquidity, totaled $205.5 million at March 31, 2010. In addition, at March 31, 2010, we had the ability to borrow approximately $497.4 million in additional funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta.  At March 31, 2010, we had $212.0 million in advances outstanding.  However, based on available collateral, additional advances would be limited to $15.1 million.
 
Our cash flows are derived from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities as reported in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
At March 31, 2010, we had $12.6 million of new loan commitments outstanding, and $19.8 of unfunded construction and development loans. In addition to commitments to originate loans, we had $15.0 million of unused lines of credit to borrowers. Certificates of deposit due within one year of March 31, 2010 totaled $455.8 million, or 50.3% of total deposits. If these deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to seek other sources of funds, including other certificates of deposit and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before December 31, 2010. We believe, however, based on past experience, that a significant portion of our certificates of deposit will remain with us. We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.
 
Our primary investing activities are the origination of loans and the purchase of securities.  During the six months ended March 31, 2010, we originated $3.5 million of loans and purchased $14.1 million of securities, excluding the MCB transaction.  In fiscal year 2009, we originated $79.7 million of loans and purchased $133.6 million of securities.  In fiscal year 2008, we originated $77.7 million of loans and purchased $48.4 million of securities.
 
Financing activities consist primarily of activity in deposit accounts and Federal Home Loan Bank advances.  We experienced a net increase in total deposits of $177.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2009.  This increase was essentially represented by our acquisition of NCB.  Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors and other factors.
 
Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management.  If we require funds beyond our ability to generate them internally, borrowing agreements exist with the Federal Home Loan Bank, which provides an additional source of funds.  Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta advances decreased by $15.0 million to $212.0 million during the six months ended March 31, 2010 due to the payoff of matured advances.  Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased by $40.0 million during the year ended September 30, 2009.  Federal Home Loan Bank advances have been used primarily to fund loan demand and to purchase securities.  Our current asset/liability management strategy has been to “match-fund” certain longer-term one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and commercial real estate loans with Federal Home Loan Bank advances.
 
There were several liquidity effects related to our March 26, 2010 FDIC-assisted acquisition of MCB.  We anticipated outflows of wholesale time deposits at MCB and approximately $97 million in such outflows were funded by the $68.9 million of cash assets acquired in the transaction and other existing liquid assets.  Further, cash receipts arising from payments on covered loans and loss-sharing collections from the FDIC are expected to provide positive net cash flows in periods following the wholesale funding outflows.
 
CharterBank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At March 31, 2010, CharterBank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements. CharterBank is considered “well-capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements” and Note 16 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.
 
 
85

 
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations
 
Commitments.   As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and unused lines of credit.  While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon.  Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans made by us.  We consider commitments to extend credit in determining our allowance for loan losses.
 
Contractual Obligations.   The following table summarizes our significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations and other funding needs by payment date at September 30, 2009.  The payment amounts represent those amounts due to the recipient and do not include any unamortized premiums or discounts or other similar carrying amount adjustments.
 
   
Payments Due by Period
 
Contractual Obligations
 
One year
or less
   
More than
one year to
three years
   
More than
three years to
five years
   
More than
five years
   
Total
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                               
Loan commitments to originate mortgage loans
  $ 262     $     $     $     $ 262  
Loan commitments to fund construction loans in process
    18,017                         18,017  
Loan commitments to originate nonresidential mortgage loans
    12,348                         12,348  
Loan commitments to originate consumer loans
                             
Available home equity and unadvanced lines of credit
    26,661                         26,661  
Letters of credit
    760                         760  
Lease agreements
    356       1,189       1,178       540       3,263  
Certificates of deposit
    318,627       55,230       6,875             380,732  
FHLB advances
    15,000       132,000       25,000       55,000       227,000  
Total
  $ 392,031     $ 188,419     $ 33,053     $ 55,540     $ 669,043  
 
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
 
The consolidated financial statements and related notes of Charter Financial have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).  GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration of changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.  The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations.  Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature.  As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than the effects of inflation.
 
 
86

 
 
AND CHARTERBANK
 
Charter Financial Corporation
 
Charter Financial is a federally chartered corporation that owns all of the outstanding shares of common stock of CharterBank. At March 31, 2010, Charter Financial Corporation had consolidated assets of $1.2 billion, deposits of $906.6 million and stockholders’ equity of $110.7 million.
 
CharterBank became the wholly owned subsidiary of Charter Financial Corporation in October 2001 when CharterBank reorganized from a federally chartered mutual savings and loan association into the two-tiered mutual holding company structure.  In connection with the reorganization, Charter Financial Corporation sold 3,964,481 shares of its common stock to the public, representing 20% of the outstanding shares, at $10.00 per share and received net proceeds of $37.2 million. An additional 15,857,924 shares, or 80% of the outstanding shares of Charter Financial Corporation, were issued to First Charter, MHC.  As part of the reorganization and offering, we established an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) which acquired 317,158 shares of Charter Financial Corporation in the offering, financed by a loan from Charter Financial Corporation.
 
In January 2007, Charter Financial Corporation repurchased 508,842 shares of its common stock at $52.00 per share through a self-tender offer.  Following the stock repurchase, Charter Financial Corporation delisted its common stock from the Nasdaq Global Market and deregistered its common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Charter Financial Corporation’s common stock is currently quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “CHFN.OB.”  Since January 2007, Charter Financial Corporation has repurchased 678,016 additional shares of its common stock.  As of March 31, 2010, Charter Financial Corporation had 18,672,361 shares of common stock outstanding.  As of that date, First Charter, MHC owned 15,857,924 shares of common stock of Charter Financial Corporation, representing 84.9% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock.  The remaining 2,814,437 shares of common stock, or 15.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, were held by the public.
 
Charter Financial Corporation’s Internet address is www.charterbank.net.  Charter Financial Corporation’s principal executive office is located at 1233 O.G. Skinner Drive, P.O. Box 472, West Point, Georgia 31833, and its telephone number at that address is (706) 645-1391.
 
CharterBank
 
CharterBank is a federally chartered stock savings bank headquartered in West Point, Georgia.  CharterBank is a community oriented financial institution, serving the financial needs of the residents of western Georgia and eastern Alabama since its mutual savings bank predecessor was founded in 1954.  CharterBank currently operates 16 branch offices and a loan origination office in west-central Georgia and east-central Alabama.
 
CharterBank’s principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in investment and mortgage-related securities, one-to four-family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, construction loans, commercial business loans and, to a lesser extent, home equity loans and lines of credit, multi-family loans and consumer loans.  CharterBank’s 16 branch offices are located in West Point, Bremen, Carrollton, LaGrange, Newnan and Peachtree City in Georgia and Auburn, Opelika and Valley in Alabama.  CharterBank also operates a loan origination office in Norcross, Georgia.  For the convenience of customers, CharterBank offers extended hours at the majority of its branches, and is dedicated to offering alternative banking delivery systems utilizing state-of-the-art technology, including ATMs, online banking, remote deposit capture and telephone banking delivery systems.
 
CharterBank has grown through strategic de novo branching and acquisitions along the I-85/I-185 corridor and adjacent areas anchored by Auburn, Alabama and Atlanta and Columbus, Georgia.  In February 2003, CharterBank expanded its presence in the Auburn-Opelika, Alabama market through the acquisition of Eagle Bank of Alabama.  In March 2005 and May 2007, new branches were opened in Lagrange, Georgia.  In June 2009, CharterBank entered into an agreement with the FDIC to acquire certain assets and assume all of the deposits of Neighborhood Community Bank, a full-service commercial bank headquartered in Newnan, Georgia, and in March 2010 CharterBank entered into an agreement with the FDIC to acquire certain assets and assume all of the deposits of McIntosh Commercial Bank, a full-service commercial bank headquartered in Carrollton, Georgia. The agreements with the FDIC in connection with the acquisitions of NCB and MCB also included loss sharing agreements with respect to certain loans and assets.  For additional information regarding the NCB and MCB acquisitions, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent FDIC-Assisted Acquisitions.”
 
 
87

 
 
CharterBank’s Internet address is www.charterbank.net.  CharterBank’s principal executive office is located at 1233 O.G. Skinner Drive, P.O. Box 472, West Point, Georgia 31833, and its telephone number at that address is (706) 645-1391.
 
Market Area. Prior to acquiring branch offices of NCB and MCB, CharterBank conducted operations primarily in western Georgia and eastern Alabama, through its main office in West Point, Georgia (Troup County), two branches in Valley, Alabama (Chambers County), three branches in LaGrange, Georgia (Troup County), one branch in Opelika, Alabama (Lee County), and three branch offices in Auburn, Alabama (Lee County), for a total of 10 branch offices.  CharterBank acquired four branches in Georgia, along the I-85 corridor, in the NCB acquisition in June 2009, and closed one branch.  In March 31, 2010, CharterBank acquired four branches of MCB and closed one branch, further expanding CharterBank’s presence in west-central Georgia.  The NCB and MCB acquisitions have complemented the corporate expansion achieved by CharterBank in recent years both through de novo branching and acquisitions.  Management believes that the NCB and MCB acquisitions are key components to building CharterBank’s retail franchise, as CharterBank now has 16 branches on the I-85 corridor and adjacent areas between Newnan, Georgia and Auburn, Alabama.  The near term focus of CharterBank’s acquisition strategy will be to acquire additional franchises of failed institutions with FDIC assistance.
 
The economy of our market area historically has been supported by the textile industry. During the 1980’s and 1990’s, employment growth in local telecommunications companies partially offset declining textile industry jobs in our market area. Textile industry employment continues to decline. The median household income in our market area is below national and Georgia levels.
 
The outlook for our market area is for modest growth supported by a new KIA Motors assembly plant in West Point, Georgia and a military base realignment which has added significantly to employment at Fort Benning in Columbus, Georgia.  However, the market area is significantly overbanked, especially Newnan and Coweta County.  This has limited our ability to expand organically, thus making geographic expansion more dependent upon acquisitions and de novo branching into new markets.  We will seek to take advantage of the profitable growth opportunities presented within our expanded market area, and capitalize on our expanded retail footprint resulting from the NCB and MCB acquisitions.
 
Competition. We face intense competition both in making loans and attracting deposits. West-central Georgia and east-central Alabama have a high concentration of financial institutions, many of which are branches of large money center, super-regional, and regional banks that have resulted from the consolidation of the banking industry in Alabama and Georgia. Many of these competitors have greater resources than CharterBank and may offer services that we do not provide.
 
Our competition for loans comes from commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms, credit unions, finance companies, credit card banks, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms. Our most direct competition for deposits historically has come from commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, and mutual funds. We face additional competition for deposits from short-term money market funds and other corporate and government securities funds and from brokerage firms and insurance companies.
 
Lending Activities
 
To achieve acceptable earnings in the highly competitive markets in which we operate, we have targeted relatively less competitive market niches.  In this regard, we offer a broad range of loan products with a variety of rates and terms.  Our lending operations consist of the following major segments: commercial real estate lending; single-family residential mortgage lending for retention in our portfolio; construction lending; and residential mortgage lending for resale in the secondary mortgage market, generally on a servicing-released basis.  To a lesser extent, we also originate consumer loans (including home equity loans and other forms of consumer installment credit), and commercial business loans.  This strategy is consistent with our community bank orientation.
 
 
88

 
 
We have pursued loan diversification with the objective of lowering credit concentration risk, enhancing yields and earnings and improving the interest sensitivity of our assets.  Historically, we have focused our lending activities on residential and commercial mortgage loans as well as consumer loans, primarily to local customers.  We also have initiated retail and commercial business lending in the markets formerly served by NCB branches, in Coweta and Fayette Counties.
 
Commercial Real Estate Loans. Commercial real estate lending has become an integral part of our operating strategy and we intend to continue to take advantage of opportunities to originate commercial real estate loans, especially in our new markets of Coweta and Fayette Counties.  Commercial real estate loans typically have superior yields, better interest rate risk characteristics and larger loan balances compared to residential mortgage loans.  Commercial real estate lending also has provided us with another means of broadening our range of customer relationships.  As of March 31, 2010, non-covered commercial real estate loans totaled $270.8 million, or 56.9% of our total non-covered loan portfolio.
 
Commercial real estate loans are generally made to Georgia or Alabama entities and are secured by properties in these states.  Commercial real estate loans are generally made for up to 75% of the value of the underlying real estate.  Our commercial real estate loans are typically secured by offices, hotels, strip shopping centers, land or convenience stores located principally in Georgia and Alabama.  Multi-family mortgage loans, which we categorize as a subset of our commercial real estate loans, are originated for both new and existing properties and are made on apartment buildings with a wide range of tenant income levels.  Many of our multi-family mortgage loans are secured by properties located near college campuses.
 
Commercial real estate lending involves additional risks compared to one- to four-family residential lending.  Repayment of commercial real estate loans often depends on the successful operations and income stream of the borrowers, and commercial real estate loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to residential real estate loans.   To compensate for the increased risk, our commercial real estate loans generally have higher interest rates and shorter maturities than our residential mortgage loans.  We offer commercial real estate loans at fixed rates and adjustable rates tied to the prime interest rate.  However, the interest rates on a portion of our commercial real estate loan portfolio are tied to yields on U.S. Treasury securities or LIBOR.  We currently offer fixed-rate terms of three years; however, in prior years we originated fixed-rate loans with maturities of up to 20 years.
 
Our underwriting criteria for commercial real estate loans include maximum loan-to-value ratios, debt coverage ratios, secondary sources of repayment, guarantor requirements, net worth requirements and quality of cash flow.  As part of our loan approval and underwriting of commercial real estate loans, we undertake a cash flow analysis, and we require a debt-service coverage ratio of at least 1.15 times.  We believe that this segment of the market offers an opportunity to expand our portfolio while realizing strong risk-adjusted returns because many lenders are no longer active in this market.
 
Residential Mortgage Loans. We originate first and second mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residential properties within Georgia and Alabama. We currently originate mortgages at all of our offices, but utilize centralized processing at our corporate office.  As of March 31, 2010, non-covered residential mortgage loans totaled $114.4 million, or 24.0% of total non-covered loans.
 
We originate both fixed rate and adjustable rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans.  Fixed rate conforming loans are generally originated for resale into the secondary market on a servicing-released basis.  We generally retain in our portfolio loans that are non-conforming due to property exceptions and that have adjustable rates.  As of March 31, 2010, approximately 39% of our one- to four-family loan portfolio consisted of fixed-rate mortgage loans and 61% consisted of either adjustable rate mortgage loans (“ARMs”) or hybrid loans with fixed interest rates for the first one, three, five or seven years of the loan and adjustable rates thereafter.  After the initial term, the interest rate on ARMs generally adjusts on an annual basis at a fixed spread over the monthly average yield on United States Treasury securities, the prime interest rate as listed in The Wall Street Journal , or LIBOR.  The interest rate adjustments are generally subject to a maximum increase of 2% per adjustment period and 6% over the life of the loan.
 
 
89

 
 
Traditionally, we have sought to distinguish ourselves in the area of non-conforming residential mortgage lending.  While the risks of non-conforming lending may be somewhat higher than originating conforming residential mortgage loans, we believe that the greater yield and shorter repricing terms of these loans compensate us for this additional risk.  Additionally, management believes that the credit quality of our loan portfolio is largely unaffected by the non-conforming loans, since the majority of these loans are non-conforming due to factors unrelated to credit quality (i.e., high acreage, leased land, multiple structures or newly self-employed borrowers).  The loans may also be non-conforming because of some deficiency in the credit record of a borrower, but which management does not believe impairs the borrower’s ability to repay the loan.  Thus, the non-conforming loans we originate are not subprime loans.  CharterBank originates one- to four-family loans with LTVs up to 80%.  We will occasionally originate loans with LTVs in excess of 80% with private mortgage insurance.  The substantial portion of our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans are secured by properties in Georgia and Alabama.
 
The amount of subprime and low documentation loans held by CharterBank is not material.
 
We modify residential mortgage loans when it is mutually beneficial to us and the borrower, and on terms that are appropriate to the circumstances.
 
Construction and Development Loans. Consistent with our community bank strategy, construction and development lending has been an integral part of our overall lending strategy.  While current market conditions have suppressed demand for construction and land loans, there are opportunities to lend to quality borrowers in our market area.  Management believes that the reduction in the number of construction lenders has reduced the supply of construction loans, and there is an opportunity to lend to borrowers with superior liquidity, capital and management skills. We intend to remain an active participant in the construction lending market, primarily through our loan production office in Norcross, Georgia. We are making virtually no development loans and we are providing very limited financing for the purchase of building lots.  Construction loans represent an important segment of the loan portfolio, totaling $50.2 million, or 10.6% of non-covered loans at March 31, 2010, $43.9 million, or 9.3% of non-covered loans at September 30, 2009, and $39.6 million, or 9.0% of total loans as of September 30, 2008.
 
We make loans primarily for the construction of one- to four-family residences but also for multi-family and nonresidential real estate projects on a select basis.  We offer two principal types of construction loans:  builder loans, including both speculative (unsold) and pre-sold loans to pre-approved local builders, and construction/permanent loans to property owners that are converted to permanent loans at the end of the construction phase.  The number of speculative loans that we will extend to a builder at one time depends upon the financial strength and credit history of the builder.  Our construction loan program is expected to remain a modest portion of our loan volume.  We generally limit the number of outstanding loans on unsold homes under construction within a specific area.
 
Commercial Loans and Consumer Loans.   To a much lesser extent, we also originate non-mortgage loans, including commercial business and consumer loans.  At March 31, 2010, non-covered commercial loans totaled $18.3 million, or 3.8% of total loans, and non-covered consumer loans totaled $22.5 million, or 4.7% of non-covered loans.
 
The majority of our non-mortgage loans consists of consumer loans, including loans on deposits, second mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, auto loans and various other installment loans.  We primarily offer consumer loans (excluding second mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit) as an accommodation to customers. Consumer loans tend to have a higher credit risk than residential mortgage loans because they may be secured by rapidly depreciable assets, or may be unsecured.  Our consumer lending generally follows accepted industry standards for non sub-prime lending, including credit scores and debt to income ratios.
 
We offer home equity lines of credit as a complement to our one- to four-family residential mortgage lending. We believe that offering home equity credit lines helps to expand and create stronger ties to our existing customer base by increasing the number of customer relationships and providing cross-marketing opportunities. Home equity credit lines have adjustable-rates and are secured by a first or second mortgage on owner-occupied one- to four-family residences located primarily in Georgia and Alabama. Home equity credit lines enable customers to borrow at rates tied to the prime rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal . The underwriting standards applicable to home equity credit lines are similar to those applicable to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, except for slightly more stringent credit-to-income and credit score requirements. Home equity loans are generally limited to 80% of the value of the underlying property unless the loan is covered by private mortgage insurance or a loss sharing agreement. At March 31, 2010, we had $26.3 million of home equity lines of credit and second mortgage loans. We also had $10.9 million of unfunded home equity line of credit commitments at March 31, 2010.
 
 
90

 
 
Our commercial business loans are generally limited to terms of five years or less.  We typically collateralize these loans with a lien on commercial real estate or, very rarely, with a lien on business assets and equipment.  We also generally require the personal guarantee of the business owner.  Interest rates on commercial business loans are generally higher than interest rates on residential or commercial real estate loans due to the risk inherent in this type of loan. Commercial business loans are generally considered to have more risk than residential mortgage loans or commercial real estate loans because the collateral may be in the form of intangible assets and/or readily depreciable inventory. Commercial business loans may also involve relatively large loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers, with the repayment of such loans typically dependent on the successful operation and income stream of the borrower. Such risks can be significantly affected by economic conditions. In addition, commercial business lending generally requires substantially greater supervision efforts by our management compared to residential mortgage or commercial real estate lending.
 
Loan Origination and Approval Procedures and Authority.   Our lending policies provide that various loan personnel and management committees may review and approve secured loan relationships up to $2.0 million and unsecured loan relationships up to $500,000. All loan relationships above these amounts require approval of either the Board’s Loan Committee or the full Board of Directors.
 
The following describes our current lending procedures for residential mortgage loans and home equity lines and loans. Upon receipt of a completed loan application from a prospective borrower, we order a credit report and verify other information. If necessary, we obtain additional financial or credit related information. We require an appraisal for all residential and mortgage loans, except for home equity loans or lines where an alternative evaluation may be used to determine the loan-to-value ratio. Appraisals are performed by licensed or certified third-party appraisal firms and are reviewed by our lending department. We require title insurance or a title opinion on all mortgage loans.
 
We require borrowers to obtain hazard insurance and we may require borrowers to obtain flood insurance prior to closing. For properties with a private sewage disposal system, we also require evidence of compliance with applicable laws on residential mortgage loans. Further, we generally require borrowers to advance funds on a monthly basis together with each payment of principal and interest to a mortgage escrow account from which we make disbursements for items such as real estate taxes, hazard insurance, flood insurance, and private mortgage insurance premiums, if required.
 
Commercial loans are approved through CharterBank’s Management Loan Committee process. The Management Loan Committee consists of the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Senior Credit Administrator, and certain other senior lending and credit officers. The Management Loan Committee has authority to approve loan relationships up to $2.0 million. Commercial loan relationships of $1.0 million or less may be approved outside the Committee process by two officers who have commercial loan authority. Commercial loan relationships greater than $2.0 million are approved by the Management Loan Committee and the Board’s Loan Committee or the entire Board of Directors.
 
Investments
 
The Board of Directors reviews and approves our investment policy on an annual basis. The President and Chief Financial Officer, as authorized by the Board, implement this policy based on the established guidelines within the written investment policy, and other established guidelines, including those set periodically by the Asset-Liability Management Committee.
 
The primary goal of our investment policy is to invest funds in assets with varying maturities that will result in the best possible yield while maintaining the safety of the principal invested and assisting in managing our interest rate risk. We also seek to use our strong capital position to maximize our net income by investing in higher yielding mortgage-related securities funded by borrowings. The investment portfolio is also viewed as a source of liquidity.
 
 
91

 
 
The broad objectives of our investment portfolio management are to:
 
 
 ●
minimize the risk of loss of principal or interest;
 
 
 ●
generate favorable returns without incurring undue interest rate and credit risk;
 
 
 ●
manage the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities;
 
 
 ●
meet daily, cyclical and long term liquidity requirements while complying with our established policies and regulatory liquidity requirements;
 
 
 ●
diversify assets and address maturity or interest repricing imbalances; and
 
 
 ●
provide collateral for pledging requirements.
 
In determining our investment strategies, we consider our interest rate sensitivity, yield, credit risk factors, maturity and amortization schedules, asset prepayment risks, collateral value and other characteristics of the securities to be held.
 
Sources of Funds
 
Deposits are the major source of balance sheet funding for lending and other investment purposes.  Additional significant sources of funds include liquidity, repayment of loans, loan sales, maturing investments, borrowings and retained earnings.  We believe that our standing as a sound and secure financial institution and our emphasis on the convenience of our customers will continue to contribute to our ability to attract and retain deposits.  We offer extended hours at the majority of our offices and alternative banking delivery systems that allow customers to pay bills, transfer funds and monitor account balances at any time.  We also offer competitive rates as well as a competitive selection of deposit products, including checking, NOW, money market, regular savings and term certificate accounts.  In addition, we recently began offering a Rewards checking product that offers a higher rate on deposit balances up to $25,000 if certain conditions are met.  These conditions include receiving only electronic statements, having at least one monthly ACH transaction and ten or more point of sale transactions per month.  For accounts that do not meet these conditions in any given month, the rate paid on the balances is reduced.
 
We also rely on advertising and long-standing relationships to maintain and develop depositor relationships, while competitive rates are also paid to attract and retain deposits.  Furthermore, the NCB and MCB acquisitions are expected to enhance customer convenience by broadening the markets currently served by CharterBank.
 
We continually evaluate opportunities to enhance deposit growth.  Potential avenues of growth include de novo branching and branch or institution acquisitions. Additionally, to the extent additional funds are needed, we may employ available collateral to reduce borrowings, which are expected to consist primarily of Federal Home Loan Bank advances.  However, we intend to reduce our reliance on wholesale funds.  We have a source of emergency liquidity with the Federal Reserve and at March 31, 2010 we have collateral pledged that provides access to approximately $29.2 million of discount window borrowings.
 
 
92

 
 
Properties
 
The following table provides certain information as of March 31, 2010 with respect to our administrative office located in West Point, our 16 branch offices and our loan production office:
 
Location
 
Leased or Owned
 
Year Acquired
or Leased
 
Square Footage
   
Net Book Value of
Real Property
 
                 
(In thousands)
 
Administrative Office:
                   
                     
1233 O.G. Skinner Drive
West Point, Georgia
 
Owned
 
2005
    28,000     $ 1,235  
                         
Full Service Branches:
                       
                         
600 Third Avenue
West Point, Georgia
 
Owned
 
1965
    8,922       1,497  
                         
300 Church Street
LaGrange, Georgia
 
Owned
 
1976
    2,941       1,148  
                         
3500 20 th Avenue(2)
Valley, Alabama
 
Owned
 
1963
    6,000       953  
                         
91 River Road(2)
Valley, Alabama
 
Owned
 
1989
    5,300       140  
                         
1605 East University Drive
Auburn, Alabama
 
Owned
 
2001
    6,000       1,981  
                         
2320 Moore’s Mill Road (3)
Auburn, Alabama
 
Owned
 
2002
    2,300       384  
                         
555 South Davis Road
LaGrange, Georgia
 
Owned
 
2005
    15,000       2,830  
                         
2 nd Avenue
Opelika, Alabama
 
Owned
 
2006
    6,800       2,054  
                         
1684 South College Street
Auburn, Alabama
 
Owned
 
2006
    6,000       2,846  
                         
1861 Roanoke Road
LaGrange, Georgia 30240
 
Leased
 
2007
    450        
                         
145 Millard Farmer Industrial Blvd.
Newnan, GA  30263
 
Leased
 
2009
    11,705        
                         
60 Salbide Avenue
Newnan, GA  30263
 
Owned/Land Lease
 
2009
    2,378        
                         
300 Finance Avenue
Peachtree City, GA  30269
 
Leased
 
2009
    6,600        
                         
820 Dixie Street (4)
Carrollton, GA  30117
 
Leased
 
2010
    18,500        
                         
2839 Sharpsburg McCollum Road (5)
Newnan, GA  30265
 
Leased
 
2010
    2,500        
                         
406 Alabama Avenue (4)
Bremen, GA  30110
 
Leased
 
2010
    5,467        
                         
7200 Highway 278 NE (6)
Covington, GA  30014
 
Leased
 
2010
    20,000        
                         
Loan Origination Offices:
                       
                         
5448 Spalding Drive
Building 100, Suite C
Norcross, Georgia 30092
 
Leased
 
2007
    3,000        
 
(footnotes on following page)
 
 
93

 
 
(1)
Lease expiration dates assume all options to extend lease terms are exercised.
(2)
Includes time period operated by Citizens National Bank prior to the Citizens acquisition.
(3)
Includes time period operated by Eagle Bank prior to the EBA acquisition.
(4)
CharterBank has options to acquire these two branches from the FDIC.  The cost to acquire the two branches has been determined, but it is expected that the aggregate cost to acquire both branches would be less than $4.0 million.
(5)
This branch was closed on May 28, 2010 and an option to assume the lease for this property was not exercised.
(6)
CharterBank had an option to acquire this branch which it did not exercise.  This balance will be relocated in August 2010.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
As of ______________, 2010, we were not involved in any legal proceedings other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business, which, in the aggregate, involve amounts that we believe are immaterial to our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Subsidiary Activities
 
Charter Financial Corporation has no direct or indirect subsidiaries other than CharterBank.
 
Charter Foundation
 
Charter Foundation, Inc., a nonprofit charitable foundation, was established in December 1994 by members of CharterBank.  The Foundation provides funds to eligible nonprofit organizations to help them carry out unique, innovative projects in specific fields of interest. The Foundation’s goal is to fund projects that will enhance the quality of life in the communities served by CharterBank.
 
The Foundation now has approximately $7 million in assets and annually distributes 5 percent of its net asset value in grants to the local community. The grants and gifts provided by the Foundation are generally for charitable causes, and to enhance the quality of life and housing in CharterBank’s markets.  CharterBank indirectly benefits from the favorable publicity and elevated public standing generated through the Foundation’s gifts.
 
Personnel
 
As of March 31, 2010, we had 212 full-time employees and 13 part-time employees.  Since that date, we have hired some of the former employees of McIntosh Commercial Bank.  Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group.  Management believes that we have good relations with our employees.
 
 
94

 
 
 
General
 
As savings and loan holding companies, First Charter, MHC and Charter Financial are required by federal law to report to, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of, the Office of Thrift Supervision.  In addition, after the stock offering is completed, Charter Financial will be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.
 
CharterBank is examined and supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision and is subject to examination by the FDIC.  This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund and depositors.  Under this system of federal regulation, financial institutions are periodically examined to ensure that they satisfy applicable standards with respect to their capital adequacy, assets, management, earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to market interest rates.  Following completion of its examination, the federal agency critiques the institution’s operations and assigns its rating (known as an institution’s CAMELS rating).  Under federal law, an institution may not disclose its CAMELS rating to the public.  CharterBank also is a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, which is one of the twelve regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.  CharterBank also is regulated to a lesser extent by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), governing reserves to be maintained against deposits and other matters.  The Office of Thrift Supervision examines CharterBank and prepares reports for the consideration of its Board of Directors on any operating deficiencies.  CharterBank’s relationship with its depositors and borrowers also is regulated to a great extent by federal law and, to a much lesser extent, state law, especially in matters concerning the ownership of deposit accounts and the form and content of CharterBank’s mortgage documents.
 
Any change in these laws or regulations, whether by the FDIC, the Office of Thrift Supervision or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on First Charter, MHC, Charter Financial and CharterBank and their operations.
 
Set forth below is a brief description of certain regulatory requirements applicable to First Charter, MHC, Charter Financial and CharterBank.  The description below is limited to certain material aspects of the statutes and regulations addressed, and is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Charter Financial and CharterBank.
 
Proposed Federal Legislation
 
Federal legislation has been proposed that would implement sweeping changes to the current bank regulatory structure.  The most recent proposals would eliminate our current primary federal regulator, the Office of Thrift Supervision, and make CharterBank subject to regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the primary federal regulator for national banks).  The Federal Reserve Board would be responsible for promulgating regulations for holding companies like First Charter, MHC and Charter Financial.  As a result, First Charter, MHC and Charter Financial could become subject to Federal Reserve Board holding company capital requirements to which they are currently not subject.  These capital requirements are substantially similar to the capital requirements currently applicable to CharterBank, as described in “—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements.”
 
Additional changes to federal regulations and policies currently applicable to First Charter, MHC, Charter Financial and CharterBank could follow.  For example, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations permit mutual holding companies to waive the receipt of dividends, subject to filing a waiver request with the Office of Thrift Supervision and receiving its consent.  Moreover, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that the Office of Thrift Supervision will not take into account the amount of waived dividends in determining an appropriate exchange ratio for minority shares in the event of the conversion of a mutual holding company to stock form.  A different regulator of mutual holding companies may have or could adopt different regulations and policies.  This could have an adverse impact on our ability to pay dividends and would likely adversely impact the value of our common stock.  Further, compliance with new regulations and being supervised by one or more new regulatory agencies could increase our expenses.
 
 
95

 
 
Federal Banking Regulation
 
Business Activities.   A federal savings bank derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision.  Under these laws and regulations, CharterBank may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and nonresidential real estate, commercial business loans and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities and certain other assets, subject to applicable limits.  CharterBank also may establish subsidiaries that may engage in activities not otherwise permissible for CharterBank, including real estate investment and securities and insurance brokerage.
 
Capital Requirements.   Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require savings banks to meet three minimum capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital ratio, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for savings banks receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS rating system) and an 8% risk-based capital ratio.
 
The risk-based capital standard for savings banks requires the maintenance of Tier 1 (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively.  In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor of 0% to 100%, assigned by the Office of Thrift Supervision, based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset.  Core capital is defined as common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships.  The components of supplementary capital currently include cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock, the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values.  Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital.  Additionally, a savings bank that retains credit risk in connection with an asset sale may be required to maintain additional regulatory capital because of the recourse back to the savings bank.  CharterBank does not typically engage in asset sales.
 
At March 31, 2010, CharterBank’s capital exceeded all applicable requirements.
 
Loans-to-One Borrower.   Generally, a federal savings bank may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus.  An additional amount may be loaned, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate.  As of March 31, 2010, CharterBank was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations.
 
Qualified Thrift Lender Test.   As a federal savings bank, CharterBank must satisfy the qualified thrift lender, or “QTL,” test.  Under the QTL test, CharterBank must maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” in “qualified thrift investments” in at least nine months of the most recent 12 months.  “Portfolio assets” generally means total assets of a savings institution, less the sum of specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, and the value of property used in the conduct of the savings bank’s business.
 
“Qualified thrift investments” include various types of loans made for residential and housing purposes, investments related to such purposes, including certain mortgage-backed and related securities, and loans for personal, family, household and certain other purposes up to a limit of 20% of portfolio assets.  “Qualified thrift investments” also include 100% of an institution’s credit card loans, education loans and small business loans.  CharterBank also may satisfy the QTL test by qualifying as a “domestic building and loan association” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.
 
A savings bank that fails the qualified thrift lender test must either convert to a bank charter or operate under specified restrictions.  At March 31, 2010, CharterBank satisfied this test.
 
Capital Distributions.   Office of Thrift Supervision regulations govern capital distributions by a federal savings bank, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the capital account.  A savings bank must file an application for approval of a capital distribution if:
 
 
96

 
 
   ●
the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of the association’s net income for that year to date plus the association’s retained net income for the preceding two years;
     
   ● 
the association would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution;
     
   ● 
the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or Office of Thrift Supervision-imposed condition; or
     
   ● 
the association is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings.
 
Even if an application is not otherwise required, every savings bank that is a subsidiary of a holding company must still file a notice with the Office of Thrift Supervision at least 30 days before the Board of Directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution.
 
The Office of Thrift Supervision may disapprove a notice or application if:
 
   ●
the association would be undercapitalized following the distribution;
     
   ●
the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or
     
   ●
the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement.
 
In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that an insured depository institution may not make any capital distribution, if after making such distribution the institution would be undercapitalized.
 
Liquidity.   A federal savings bank is required to maintain a sufficient amount of liquid assets to ensure its safe and sound operation.
 
Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws.   All savings banks have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. In connection with its examination of a federal savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision is required to assess the association’s record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act.  In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes.  An association’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its activities.  The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the Office of Thrift Supervision, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice.  CharterBank received a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recent federal examination.
 
Transactions with Related Parties.   A federal savings bank’s authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is limited by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing Regulation W.  An affiliate is a company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an insured depository institution such as CharterBank.  Charter Financial is an affiliate of CharterBank.  In general, loan transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliate are subject to certain quantitative and collateral requirements.  In this regard, transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliate are limited to 10% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus for transactions with any one affiliate and 20% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus for transactions in the aggregate with all affiliates.  Collateral in specified amounts ranging from 100% to 130% of the amount of the transaction must usually be provided by affiliates in order to receive loans from the association.  In addition, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit a savings bank from lending to any of its affiliates that are engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and from purchasing the securities of any affiliate, other than a subsidiary.  Finally, transactions with affiliates must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, not involve low-quality assets and be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates.  The Office of Thrift Supervision requires savings banks to maintain detailed records of all transactions with affiliates.
 
 
97

 
 
CharterBank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board.  Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders (i) be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features, and (ii) not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of CharterBank’s capital.  In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by CharterBank’s Board of Directors.
 
Enforcement.   The Office of Thrift Supervision has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings institutions and has the authority to bring enforcement action against all “institution-affiliated parties,” including shareholders, and attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution.  Formal enforcement action by the Office of Thrift Supervision may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order, to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution and the appointment of a receiver or conservator.  Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1 million per day.  The FDIC also has the authority to terminate deposit insurance or to recommend to the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings institution.  If action is not taken by the Director, the FDIC has authority to take action under specified circumstances.
 
Standards for Safety and Soundness.   Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions.  These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation, and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate.  The federal banking agencies adopted Interagency Guidelines Prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement the safety and soundness standards required under federal law.  The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired.  The guidelines address internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, credit underwriting, loan documentation, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits.  If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.  If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to submit a compliance plan.
 
Prompt Corrective Action Regulations .   Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the Office of Thrift Supervision is required and authorized to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized savings banks.  For this purpose, a savings bank is placed in one of the following five categories based on the savings bank’s capital:
 
   ● 
well-capitalized (at least 5% leverage capital, 6% Tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% total risk-based capital);
     
   ●
adequately capitalized (at least 4% leverage capital, 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital and 8% total risk-based capital);
     
   ●
undercapitalized (less than 8% total risk-based capital, 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital or 3% leverage capital);
     
   ●
significantly undercapitalized (less than 6% total risk-based capital, 3% Tier 1 risk-based capital or 3% leverage capital); and
     
   ●
critically undercapitalized (less than 2% tangible capital).
 
 
98

 
 
Generally, the Office of Thrift Supervision is required to appoint a receiver or conservator for a savings bank that is “critically undercapitalized” within specific time frames.  The regulations also provide that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision within 45 days of the date a savings bank receives notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.”  The criteria for an acceptable capital restoration plan include, among other things, the establishment of the methodology and assumptions for attaining adequately capitalized status on an annual basis, procedures for ensuring compliance with restrictions imposed by applicable federal regulations, the identification of the types and levels of activities the savings bank will engage in while the capital restoration plan is in effect, and assurances that the capital restoration plan will not appreciably increase the current risk profile of the savings bank.  Any holding company for the savings bank required to submit a capital restoration plan must guarantee the lesser of: an amount equal to 5% of a savings bank’s assets at the time it was notified or deemed to be undercapitalized by the Office of Thrift Supervision, or the amount necessary to restore the savings bank to adequately capitalized status.  This guarantee remains in place until the Office of Thrift Supervision notifies the savings bank that it has maintained adequately capitalized status for each of four consecutive calendar quarters, and the Office of Thrift Supervision has the authority to require payment and collect payment under the guarantee.  Failure by a holding company to provide the required guarantee will result in certain operating restrictions on the savings bank, such as restrictions on the ability to declare and pay dividends, pay executive compensation and management fees, and increase assets or expand operations.   The Office of Thrift Supervision may also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions against undercapitalized savings banks, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.
 
At March 31, 2010, CharterBank met the criteria for being considered “well-capitalized.”
 
Insurance of Deposit Accounts.   CharterBank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC. Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other risk factors. An institutions is assigned an assessment rate from 7 to 77.5 basis points based upon the risk category to which it is assigned.
 
In 2009, the FDIC imposed a special emergency assessment on all insured institutions in order to cover losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund resulting from bank failures.  CharterBank recorded an expense of $448,000 during the quarter ended June 30, 2009, to reflect the special assessment.  In addition, in lieu of further special assessments, the FDIC required all insured depository institutions to prepay on December 30, 2009 their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012.   Estimated assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010 were based upon the assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009, with 3 basis points added for the 2011 and 2012 assessment rates.  In addition, a 5% annual growth in the assessment base was assumed.  Prepaid assessments are to be applied against the actual quarterly assessments until exhausted, and may not be applied to any special assessments that may occur in the future.  Any unused prepayments will be returned to the institution on June 30, 2013.  On December 30, 2009, CharterBank prepaid approximately $3.1 million in estimated assessment fees.  Because the prepaid assessments represent the prepayment of future expense, they do not affect CharterBank’s capital (the prepaid asset will have a risk-weighting of 0%) or tax obligations.
 
Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.
 
In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. For the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the annualized FICO assessment rate equaled 1.06 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits maintained at an institution.  The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019.
 
 
99

 
 
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.   The FDIC’s Transaction Account Guarantee Program, one of two components of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, provides full federal deposit insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction deposit accounts, regardless of dollar amount.  We opted to participate in this program, which was initially set to expire on December 31, 2009. On August 26, 2009, the FDIC extended the program until June 30, 2010, and revised the annualized assessment rate charged for the guarantee to between 15 and 25 basis points, depending on the institution’s risk category, on balances in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts that exceed the existing deposit insurance limit of $250,000.  We opted into the extension.  On April 13, 2010, the FDIC announced a second extension of the program until December 31, 2010, and that it retained discretion to further extend the program until December 31, 2011 without further rulemaking.  Institutions must elect to opt out of the second extension before it takes effect on July 1, 2010. The assessment rate remains the same from the prior extension. We are evaluating our on-going participation in this program.
 
The other part of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, the Debt Guarantee Program, guarantees certain senior unsecured debt of participating organizations.  We opted not to participate in this component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.
 
U.S. Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program.   The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 provided the Secretary of the Treasury with broad authority to implement certain actions to help restore stability and liquidity to U.S. financial markets. One of the programs established under the legislation is the Troubled Asset Relief Program—Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), which provided for direct equity investment by the U.S. Treasury Department in perpetual preferred stock or similar securities of qualified financial institutions. CPP participants must comply with a number of restrictions and provisions, including limits on executive compensation, stock redemptions and declaration of dividends.  We opted not to participate in the CPP.
 
Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements .   Federal savings banks are prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank System.   CharterBank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks.  The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending.  As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, CharterBank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank.  As of March 31, 2010, CharterBank was in compliance with this requirement.
 
Federal Reserve System
 
Federal Reserve Board regulations require savings banks to maintain noninterest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts, such as negotiable order of withdrawal and regular checking accounts.  At March 31, 2010, CharterBank was in compliance with these reserve requirements.
 
Other Regulations
 
Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by CharterBank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates.  CharterBank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:
 
   ●
Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
     
   ● 
Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;
     
   ● 
Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;
     
   ● 
Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;
 
 
100

 
 
   ● 
Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;
     
   ● 
Truth in Savings Act; and
     
   ● 
rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.
 
The operations of CharterBank also are subject to the:
 
   ● 
Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;
     
   ● 
Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;
     
   ●
Check Clearing for the 21 st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check;
     
   ●
The USA PATRIOT Act, which requires savings banks to, among other things, establish broadened anti-money laundering compliance programs, and due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements that also apply to financial institutions under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations; and
     
   ●
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which places limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information by financial institutions with unaffiliated third parties. Specifically, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy policy and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties.
 
Holding Company Regulation
 
Charter Financial and First Charter, MHC are savings and loan holding companies registered with the Office of Thrift Supervision, and are subject to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements.  In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision has enforcement authority over Charter Financial and First Charter, MHC and their non-savings institution subsidiaries.  Pursuant to this authority, the Office of Thrift Supervision may restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to CharterBank.
 
Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring control of another savings institution or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.  It also prohibits the acquisition or retention of, with specified exceptions, more than 5% of the equity securities of a company engaged in activities that are not closely related to banking or financial in nature or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that is not federally insured.  In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Office of Thrift Supervision must consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the savings institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.
 
If CharterBank fails the qualified thrift lender test, Charter Financial must, within one year of that failure, register as, and will become subject to, the restrictions applicable to bank holding companies. See “—Federal Banking Regulation—Qualified Thrift Lender Test,” above.
 
 
101

 
 
Federal Securities Laws
 
After the stock offering, Charter Financial’s common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  As a result, Charter Financial will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock issued in Charter Financial’s public offering does not cover the resale of those shares.  Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not affiliates of Charter Financial may be resold without registration.  Shares purchased by an affiliate of Charter Financial will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.  If Charter Financial meets the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of Charter Financial that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a limited number of shares in any three-month period.
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors about our internal control over financial reporting; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting.  We will be subject to further reporting and audit requirements beginning with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2011 under the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  We will prepare policies, procedures and systems designed to ensure compliance with these regulations.
 
 
Federal Taxation
 
General .   Charter Financial Corporation and CharterBank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below.  The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Charter Financial or CharterBank.
 
Method of Accounting .   For federal income tax purposes, Charter Financial currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending September 30 for filing its federal and state income tax returns.
 
Bad Debt Reserves .   Historically, CharterBank has been subject to special provisions in the tax law regarding allowable tax bad debt deductions and related reserves.  Tax law changes were enacted in 1996, pursuant to the Small Business Protection Act of 1996 (the “1996 Act”), that eliminated the use of the percentage of taxable income method for tax years after 1995 and required recapture into taxable income over a six year period all bad debt reserves accumulated after 1988.  CharterBank has previously recaptured its reserves accumulated after 1988.
 
Currently, the Charter Financial consolidated group uses the specific charge off method to account for bad debt deductions for income tax purposes.
 
Taxable Distributions and Recapture .   Prior to the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves created prior to November 1, 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income if CharterBank failed to meet certain thrift asset and definitional tests.
 
 
102

 
 
At September 30, 2009, CharterBank’s total federal pre-base year reserve was approximately $2.1 million.  However, under current law, base-year reserves remain subject to recapture if CharterBank makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its stock, pays dividends in excess of tax earnings and profits, or ceases to maintain a bank charter.
 
Alternative Minimum Tax .   The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), imposes an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences (“alternative minimum taxable income” or “AMTI”).  The AMT is payable to the extent such AMTI is in excess of an exemption amount and the AMT exceeds the regular income tax.  Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of AMTI.  Certain payments of AMT may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years.  Charter Financial and CharterBank have not been subject to the AMT and have no such amounts available as credits for carryover.
 
Net Operating Loss Carryovers.   Generally, a financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years.  However, as a result of recent legislation, subject to certain limitations, the carryback period for net operating losses incurred in 2008 or 2009 (but not both years) has been expanded to five years.  At September 30, 2009, First Charter, MHC had a federal tax loss carryforward of approximately $1.6 million that is subject to a Section 382 limit of $116,550 per year.  There is also a remaining Georgia carryforward of approximately $1.6 million that is also limited by Section 382. Charter Financial had no loss carryforwards at September 30, 2009.
 
Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction .   Charter Financial may exclude from its federal taxable income 100% of dividends received from CharterBank as a wholly owned subsidiary.  The corporate dividends-received deduction is 80% when the dividend is received from a corporation having at least 20% of its stock owned by the recipient corporation.  A 70% dividends-received deduction is available for dividends received from corporations owning less than 20% by the recipient corporation.
 
Audit of Tax Returns.   First Charter, MHC, Charter Financial and CharterBank’s federal income taxes for 2007 are in the process of being audited.  Other than such audit, our federal income taxes have not been audited in the most recent five-year period.  Tax years 2006 through 2009 are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities in Georgia and Alabama.
 
State Taxation
 
CharterBank currently files, and after the stock offering will continue to file, Georgia and Alabama income tax returns.  Generally, the income of financial institutions in Georgia and Alabama, which is calculated based on federal taxable income, subject to certain adjustments, is subject to Georgia and Alabama tax, respectively.
 
Charter Financial is required to file a Georgia income tax return and will be generally subject to a state income tax rate that is the same tax rate as the tax rate imposed on financial institutions in Georgia.
 
 
103

 
 
 
Shared Management Structure
 
The directors of Charter Financial are the same persons who are the directors of CharterBank.  In addition, certain executive officers of Charter Financial are also executive officers of CharterBank.  Both Charter Financial and CharterBank may choose to appoint additional or different persons as directors and executive officers in the future.  We expect that Charter Financial and CharterBank will continue to have some common executive officers until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures.  To date, executive officers have been compensated only for their services to CharterBank.  Our directors receive additional compensation for their services to Charter Financial.
 
Executive Officers of Charter Financial and CharterBank
 
The following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers of Charter Financial   and CharterBank.  Positions listed relate to offices of Charter Financial Corporation and Charter Financial, unless otherwise stated. The executive officers of Charter Financial and CharterBank are elected annually.  Ages are as of September 30, 2009.
 
Name
 
Age
 
Position
Robert L. Johnson
  55  
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Curtis R. Kollar
  57  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Lee Washam
  48  
President of CharterBank
William C. Gladden
  57  
Senior Vice President and Secretary
Ronald Warner
  47  
Senior Vice President, Credit Administration and Senior Lending Officer for CharterBank
 
Directors of Charter Financial and CharterBank
 
Charter Financial has seven directors.  Directors serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors are elected at each annual meeting.  Directors of CharterBank will be elected by Charter Financial as its sole shareholder.  The following table states our directors’ names, their ages as of September 30, 2009, the years when they began serving as directors of CharterBank and when their current term expires.
 
 
Name(1)
 
Position(s) Held With
Charter Financial
 
Age
   
Director
Since
   
Current Term
Expires
 
Robert L. Johnson
Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
  55     1986     2011  
David Z. Cauble, III
Director
  56     1996     2011  
Jane W. Darden
Director
  58     1988     2012  
William B. Hudson
Director
  79     1975     2013  
Curti M. Johnson
Director
  49     2007     2013  
Thomas M. Lane
Director
  54     1996     2012  
David L. Strobel
Director
  57     2003     2011  
 

(1)
The mailing address for each person listed is 1233 O.G. Skinner Dr., West Point, Georgia 31833.  Each of the persons listed as a director is also a director of CharterBank, as well as First Charter, MHC.
 
Board Independence
 
The Board of Directors has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of Robert L. Johnson and Curti M. Johnson, is “independent” as defined in the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market.  Robert L. Johnson is not independent because he is one of our executive officers, and Curti M. Johnson is not independent because he is Robert L. Johnson’s brother.  In determining the independence of the directors listed above, the Board of Directors considered a mortgage loan that director David L. Strobel has with CharterBank.
 
 
104

 
 
Director Qualifications
 
When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, taken as a whole, to enable the Board of Directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Board of Directors focused primarily on the information included in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth below. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Board of Directors do not have a diversity policy.  In identifying nominees for directors, however, consideration is given to the diversity of professional experience, education and backgrounds among the directors so that a variety of points of view are represented in Board discussions and deliberations concerning our business.
 
Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors
 
We conduct business through meetings of our Board of Directors and its committees.  During the year ended September 30, 2009, the Boards of Directors of CharterBank and Charter Financial Corporation each met 15 times.  The Board of Directors of Charter Financial has established the following standing committees:  the Personnel and Compensation Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Audit Committee.  Each of these committees operates under a written charter, which governs its composition, responsibilities and operations.
 
The table below sets forth the directors of each of the standing committees as of September 30, 2009, and the number of meetings held by the comparable committee of Charter Financial Corporation during fiscal 2009.  The members of each committee are independent directors as defined under the NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards.  Director Thomas M. Lane will be designated as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” for the Audit Committee, as that term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
   
Nominating and Corporate
Governance
 
Personnel and Compensation
 
Audit
 
               
David Z. Cauble, III
    X*   X     X*  
               
Jane W. Darden
  X   X      
               
William B. Hudson
  X   X      
               
Thomas M. Lane
  X     X*   X  
               
David L. Strobel
  X       X  
               
Meetings in Fiscal 2009
  1   3   6  
 

*
Denotes committee chair as of September 30, 2009.
 
Audit Committee.   The committee oversees and monitors the financial reporting process and internal control system, reviews and evaluates the audit performed by the outside independent certified public accounting firm, and reports any substantive issues found during the audit to the Board of Directors.  The committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of the independent certified public accounting firm.  The committee will also review and approve transactions (other than loans, which are approved by the full Board of Directors) with affiliated parties.
 
Personnel/Compensation Committee.   The committee provides advice and recommendation to the Board of Directors in the areas of employee salaries, benefit programs and general human resources policies and practices.
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.   The committee is responsible for nominating persons for election to the Board of Directors and also reviews whether shareholder nominations (if any) comply with the notice procedures set forth in the Company’s bylaws.
 
The Business Background of Our Directors and Executive Officers
 
Directors:
 
The business experience for the past five years of each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below.  With respect to directors, the biographies also contain information regarding the person’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Board of Directors to determine that the person should serve as a director.  Unless otherwise indicated, directors and executive officers have held their positions for the past five years.
 
 
105

 
 
Robert L. Johnson. Mr. Johnson has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Charter Financial Corporation since its inception in 2001, Chief Executive Officer of CharterBank since 1996 and President of CharterBank from 1996 to January 2007. On November 27, 2007, Mr. Johnson was elected Chairman of the Board of Directors upon the retirement of Mr. John W. Johnson, Jr.  Prior to that time, he served as Financial Analyst, then Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CharterBank.  He began continuous service with CharterBank in 1984. Mr. Johnson has an undergraduate degree from Vanderbilt University and a Master’s Degree in Business Administration with a concentration in Finance from the University of Alabama. He is a graduate of the Graduate School of Community Bank Management. He also serves on the LaGrange College Board of Trustees and is Chairman of The Charter Foundation. Mr. Johnson also is affiliated with the West Point Rotary Club. Mr. Johnson is the brother of Curti M. Johnson, Director.  Mr. Johnson provides the Board of Directors with broad perspective on Charter Financial’s strategies, challenges and opportunities as a result of his long affiliation with CharterBank in a number of varied senior management roles.
 
David Z. Cauble, III. Mr. Cauble is self-employed as a food service consultant and investor. He was the Owner and President of Vend-All Company in LaGrange, Georgia, until its sale in 1996. Previously he was Vice President-Sales in his family’s Coca-Cola Bottling business. He is a graduate of Washington & Lee University, serves as Chairman of Cobb Foundation, is a member of Young Presidents’ Organization, and serves as a Junior Warden of the Episcopal Church in LaGrange.  As a manager and owner of several businesses and an investor, Mr. Cauble provides the Board of Directors with insight concerning the opportunities and risks associated with lending to commercial companies and small businesses.
 
Jane W. Darden. Ms. Darden is responsible for overall management, including bookkeeping, for family assets which includes investments, timberland and cattle farming.  She was formerly employed in the banking field for five years, and has a B.A. in Psychology from Converse College.  Ms. Darden serves on Library Committee, Stewardship Committee, Altar Guild and Meals on Wheels for First United Methodist Church of West Point, Georgia.  As a manager of a variety of different businesses, and with her experience in banking, Ms. Darden provides the Board of Directors with a number of different perspectives and insights.
 
William B. Hudson. Mr. Hudson is a retired Account Executive for Smith Barney and its predecessors, where he served for 26 years. He was employed in the brokerage business for 42 years. Mr. Hudson graduated from the University of Georgia with a degree in business with postgraduate studies at Auburn University. Mr. Hudson served with the 28th Infantry Division in Germany during the Korean War. He also is past president of the LaGrange Rotary Club and Highland Country Club. Mr. Hudson is a life-long member of the First Baptist Church of LaGrange and active in its affairs. His long-time professional experience in investment management provides the Board of Directors with insight in evaluating investment opportunities and risks related to CharterBank’s investment portfolio.
 
Curti M. Johnson. Mr. Johnson is a member of both the Georgia and Alabama Bar Association. He is a partner in the law firm of Johnson, Caldwell & McCoy in Lanett, Alabama, where he has practiced law since 1990. Prior to that, Mr. Johnson was an associate attorney with Burr & Forman in Birmingham, Alabama, for four years. Mr. Johnson served as Director for Citizens BancGroup, a bank holding company in Valley, Alabama, from 1988 until it was acquired by CharterBank in 1999. He served as Chairman of Citizens BancGroup from 1996 through 1999. He received his B.A. degree from Vanderbilt University and his law degree from the University of Virginia School of Law. Mr. Johnson is Vice President and founding board member of the Chattahoochee Fuller Center Project, Inc. Mr. Johnson is the brother of Robert L. Johnson, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. Johnson’s legal expertise provides the Board of Directors with insight on legal matters involving CharterBank, and his local contacts with customers and businesses assist the bank with business generation and product offerings.
 
Thomas M. Lane. Mr. Lane is Chief Financial Officer of Lanier Health Services.  He was the Senior Vice President and Treasurer of WestPoint Home, Inc. and its predecessors from March 2000 until March 2007. He previously served as its Treasurer from 1997 to 1999. Prior to that time, he served as Controller of Budgets and Analysis for WestPoint Pepperell, one of the predecessors of West Point Home, Inc. He had been continuously employed in various financial and accounting positions with WestPoint Home and its predecessor companies since June 1976. Mr. Lane received his B.S. in Business Administration from Auburn University in 1976.  Mr. Lane’s diverse senior management experiences in financial and accounting roles for several large enterprises provide the Board of Directors with perspective on CharterBank’s financial and accounting practices and procedures, financial reporting, as well as Charter Financial’s relationship with its internal and external accounting firms.
 
 
106

 
 
David L. Strobel. Mr. Strobel has been the Executive Vice President and General Manager of Shannon, Strobel & Weaver Constructors & Engineers, Inc. since 1977. He received his B. S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Notre Dame in 1973, and is a Registered Professional Engineer in 18 states. Mr. Strobel served as a member of the Board of Directors of EBA Bancshares and Eagle Bank of Alabama from 1998 until their acquisition by CharterBank in 2003. In February 1999, he assumed the position of chairman of EBA Bancshares. He joined the Board of Directors of CharterBank and Charter Financial Corporation in August 2003. Mr. Strobel’s other affiliations include the Auburn City Schools Board of Education and several professional societies.  Mr. Strobel’s experience in managing the operations of a construction and engineering business provides the Board with general business acumen, and his real estate and construction knowledge and experience and prior service on the board of another financial institution provides the Board with perspective and experience in CharterBank’s lending operations.
 
Executive Officers Who are Not Directors
 
William C. Gladden. Mr. Gladden, 57, has been the Vice President and Secretary of Charter Financial Corporation since October 2001 and of CharterBank since 1991. He was also a Director of CharterBank from 1988 to 1990. He was the Manager of Telecommunications for West Point Pepperell from 1984 to 1990. Mr. Gladden earned his B.S. in Management from Georgia Tech in 1976. In 2002 he completed his M.S. in technology management also from Georgia Tech. In addition he is a graduate of the National School of Banking of America’s Community Bankers. Mr. Gladden is a member of the Board of Directors of Medical Park Management, Inc. Other affiliations include: Junior Achievement, West Point Rotary Club, The American Society of Corporate Secretaries, and West Point Depot and Visitors Center. He also serves on the board of directors for The Charter Foundation and as Finance Committee Chairman for West Point Methodist Church.
 
Curtis R. Kollar.   Mr. Kollar, 57, is a Certified Public Accountant (CPA) and Certified Management Accountant (CMA). He has been the Vice President & Treasurer of CharterBank since 1991 and was named Chief Financial Officer of Charter Financial Corporation in October of 2001 and of CharterBank in January of 2001. He has an undergraduate degree from Ohio Wesleyan University and an MS in Accounting from Syracuse University. He is a graduate of the Graduate School of Community Bank Management. Mr. Kollar has 24 years experience in the banking field. Mr. Kollar serves as treasurer of West Point First United Methodist Church and he is President of the Board of Directors of the Chattahoochee Valley Hospital Society, a member of the LaGrange Choral Society and a past President of the West Point Rotary Club.
 
Ronald M. Warner.   Mr. Warner, 46, has been a Senior Vice President of CharterBank since 2004 and the Senior Lending Officer for CharterBank since 2008.  Mr. Warner was formerly a Senior Vice President with Flag Bank in LaGrange, Georgia.  Mr. Warner has 20 years of lending and credit experience, the majority with regional banks.   He has a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from The College of Charleston.  He is active with the American Cancer Society and St. Luke United Methodist Church.
 
Lee Washam.   Mr. Washam, 48, has been President of CharterBank since January of 2007. Prior to this, he served as Executive Vice President for six years. Mr. Washam is the former Executive Vice President of Flag Bank, LaGrange, Georgia and has over 26 years of banking experience. He received his B.S. in Business Administration from LaGrange College in 1983 and is a 1995 graduate of The Graduate School of Banking at Louisiana State University. Mr. Washam’s current affiliations include: LaGrange Lions Club, Leadership Troup, Georgia Community Bankers Association, the Board of Governors of Highland Country Club and Finance Committee for New Community Church.
 
Code of Ethics
 
Charter Financial Corporation has adopted a Code of Ethics that is applicable to the officers, directors and employees of Charter Financial Corporation, including Charter Financial Corporation’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions.
 
 
107

 
 
Risks Associated with Compensation Policies and Practices
 
The Board of Directors has an active role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing management of Charter Financial’s risks. The Board regularly reviews reports from members of senior management on areas of material risk to Charter Financial, including credit, financial, operational, liquidity, legal and regulatory risks. In reviewing the reports, the full Board, or the appropriate Committee in the case of risks that are under the purview of a particular Committee, discuss with the members of senior management responsible for the areas covered by the reports how risks have been identified and what strategies and procedures have been put in place to mitigate risks. When a Committee receives a report, the Chairman of the relevant Committee communicates the results of the report review to the full Board at the next Board meeting. This enables the Board and its Committees to coordinate the risk oversight role, particularly with respect to risk interrelationships.
 
We believe that risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for employees are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Charter Financial. This conclusion was reached based on the following factors:
 
●          the compensation mix is not overly weighted toward annual incentives. The target performance-based cash incentive for meeting the pretax net income budget, expressed as a percent of annual base salary, is 30% for the Chief Executive Officer and 17.5% for the four other executive officers of Charter Financial. Employees who are not officers do not participate in the performance-based cash incentive plan.
 
●          Charter Financial is not engaged in higher risk activities such as trading and involvement in derivative instruments.
 
●          loan originations and investment purchases, which represent the higher risk activities of Charter Financial, must be in compliance with policies established by the Board of Directors and are subject to procedures that monitor compliance with the policies.
 
●          no significant portion of Charter Financial’s earnings is derived from one particular type of activity.
 
●          the thresholds that have to be met for payment of performance-based cash incentives are reviewed and approved annually by the Compensation Committee. The thresholds are considered to be reasonable. The Committee also has the authority to increase or deny payments that otherwise would be called for by the performance-based cash incentive plan.
 
●          compliance and ethical behavior are integral factors in all performance assessments. All officers, directors and employees of Charter Financial must attest annually as to their compliance with Charter Financial’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.
 
 
108

 
 
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
 
 
Overview   of Compensation Purpose, Philosophy and Process
 
This section provides (i) a description of the structure and function of the Personnel and Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors (“Compensation Committee”), (ii) a description of the objectives of the compensation program for executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table below (our “executive officers”), (iii) a discussion of the design of our executive officer compensation program and (iv) a discussion of each material element of our executive officer compensation program and our rationale for choosing to make the payments listed in the tables following this section.
 
The Compensation Committee’s executive compensation philosophy is that each executive officer’s total compensation, including base salary, short-term incentives, long-term equity incentives, benefits and perquisites should be within market competitive ranges and should be balanced to motivate attainment of our short-term and long-term strategic objectives and individual objectives.  The Compensation Committee believes that each executive officer’s base salary should reflect the officer’s role, responsibility, experience, performance and contribution to the success of Charter Financial Corporation.  Our Compensation Committee considers base salaries “competitive” when they are at the approximate market median of our peer group (see “Use of Compensation Survey”).  The Compensation Committee’s short-term and long-term incentive compensation programs are designed to encourage performance, ownership and alignment with the interests of our shareholders.
 
Corporate Governance
 
Compensation Committee
 
Our Compensation Committee is responsible for administering our executive officer compensation program. The Compensation Committee determines salary levels and amounts of incentive compensation for executive officers, administers our 2001 Stock Option Plan and 2001 Recognition and Retention Plan, including approval of grants to executive officers and non-employee directors, and periodically reviews and approves all compensation decisions and programs relating to our executive officers. The Compensation Committee approves the compensation philosophy and objectives of Charter Financial Corporation and CharterBank and reviews all compensation components of Charter Financial Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, including base salary, annual incentives, long-term incentives/equity, benefits and other perquisites.  In addition to reviewing competitive market values, the Compensation Committee examines total compensation mix, the pay-for-performance relationship and how elements in the aggregate comprise the executive’s total compensation package.  The Compensation Committee is composed entirely of independent non-employee directors. The members of the Compensation Committee for fiscal 2009 were Thomas M. Lane (Chairman), David Z. Cauble, III, Jane W. Darden and William B. Hudson.
 
Compensation Committee Charter
 
The Compensation Committee’s charter reflects the responsibilities described above. The charter is reviewed at least annually by the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors. The text of the current charter can be found at www.charterbank.net .
 
Compensation Consultant/Role of Management
 
The Compensation Committee has authority under its charter to engage the services of independent third party experts to assist it in reviewing and determining executive officer compensation. Pursuant to this authority, the Compensation Committee regularly utilizes the Hay Group to evaluate base and incentive compensation for both executive and non-executive employees.  The Compensation Committee also engaged Meyer-Chatfield in January 2009 to review and make recommendations on the overall compensation for management personnel, including equity awards (both stock options and stock awards), supplemental retirement plans and split-dollar life insurance.  In fiscal 2009, the Compensation Committee engaged the Hay Group to conduct a study of comparative compensation for non-senior positions at CharterBank.  The Compensation Committee also engaged Meyer-Chatfield in connection with the implementation of our new Salary Continuation Plan.
 
 
109

 
 
Charter Financial Corporation’s management and outside advisors are invited to Compensation Committee meetings to provide their views on compensation matters. Our management participates in the process of determining senior officer compensation by making recommendations to the Compensation Committee, as requested by the Committee, regarding base salary adjustments, incentive plan awards and equity plan awards. Annually, the Compensation Committee evaluates Mr. Johnson’s performance and reports its findings to the Board of Directors.  In addition, Mr. Johnson provides a self-assessment of his performance to the Compensation Committee but does not participate in decisions relating to his compensation. The Compensation Committee makes a recommendation concerning Mr. Johnson’s salary to the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors approves Mr. Johnson’s salary.
 
Compensation Committee Activities in Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009
 
The Compensation Committee met three times during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009.  The Compensation Committee’s overall objective regarding executive compensation is to provide the Company’s executives with a competitive, performance-based compensation package to motivate and reward the attainment of the Company’s strategic goals, including financial goals and share performance.  As a result, the Compensation Committee considers not only Charter Financial Corporation’s performance, but the individual executive’s attainment of both annual and long-term goals and objectives and the appropriate mix of compensation in determining each executive’s individual compensation package.  The Compensation Committee believes that a portion of the executive’s total compensation should be at risk based on performance in order to motivate and reward executives to achieve Charter Financial Corporation’s strategic goals.
 
Among other actions taken in fiscal year 2009, the Compensation Committee engaged Meyer-Chatfield as compensation consultant to advise in connection with our executive officer and director compensation and benefit programs.  The Compensation Committee reviewed executive salaries, performance and competitive market factors in fiscal year 2009 and, based on the existing economic environment and a desire for prudent fiscal management, decided to make no base salary adjustment for executive officers during fiscal year 2009. The Compensation Committee also reviewed the compensation structure for our Board of Directors and committees of the Board and determined not to make any changes in 2009.
 
In addition, in January 2009, on the basis of recommendations made by Meyer-Chatfield, the Compensation Committee offered employees and directors the opportunity to cancel existing stock options that had exercise prices substantially in excess of the current fair market value of our shares (which were trading at approximately $8.40 to $8.95 at the time), and in exchange, to receive new stock options under our 2001 Stock Option Plan with an exercise price of $11.00, which at the time, was more than 20% higher than our current fair market value.  At the time, the outstanding stock options had exercise prices ranging between $29.26 and $45.50.  Meyer-Chatfield concluded, and the Compensation Committee agreed, that the existing stock options had no retention value for the officers and employees who held them.  Accordingly Meyer-Chatfield recommended that we allow our non-employee directors and senior officers the opportunity to forego their existing stock options in exchange for new stock options equal to one-half the number of their outstanding options, with an exercise price of $11.00 per share.  For persons with outstanding option awards other than our non-employee directors and senior executives, Charter Financial Corporation agreed to exchange options on a one-for-one basis, with the new options each having an option exercise price of $11.00 per share.  All exchanged options were granted on January 27, 2009 and vest after five years, which means that they would vest entirely on January 27, 2014.
 
Objectives of Our Compensation Program
 
Charter Financial Corporation has the following objectives for its executive officer compensation program:
 
   ●
Attract, retain, motivate and reward highly qualified and productive executives by providing overall compensation that is competitive with other institutions with which we compete;
     
   ● 
Motivate each individual to perform, to the best of his/her ability, in order to achieve targeted goals for the individual and Charter Financial Corporation;
     
   ● 
Improve Charter Financial Corporation’s performance, balancing risk-taking with fundamental concepts of safety and soundness;
 
 
110

 
 
   ● 
Establish compensation levels that provide the greatest potential rewards for positions of greatest responsibility within a framework that is internally equitable;
     
   ● 
Promote the long-term increase in the value of Charter Financial Corporation by providing a portion of compensation in the form of our common stock that vests over a period of years; and
     
   ● 
Analyze compensation, taking into account all compensation elements, to determine the appropriate mix of compensation that will encourage superior performance and create alignment with the interests of our shareholders.
 
Compensation Program Design
 
Cash Compensation
 
Current cash compensation consists of base salary and short-term incentive plan compensation under our Incentive Compensation Plan, which covers our executive officers and employees.
 
For executive officers, we use compensation information from Hay Group.  Our base salary levels for executive officers are intended to be competitive with our peer group to motivate individuals to discharge the responsibilities of their position and to reflect the officer’s role, responsibilities, experience, performance and contribution to CharterBank’s success.   Our Compensation Committee generally adjusts base salaries of senior officers annually with input from Mr.  Johnson or Mr. Washam. In making these adjustments, our Compensation Committee takes into account individual and CharterBank performance; the total current and potential compensation of a given officer; the levels of compensation paid by institutions that compete with us for executive talent; and the relative level of compensation in comparison to other executive officers and to our employees.   At the beginning of fiscal year 2009, however, due to existing economic conditions, the base salaries of our management level employees, including our executive officers, were frozen at fiscal year 2008 levels.  For fiscal year 2010, our Board of Directors approved an increase in base salaries, ranging from 2% to 2.75%.  Mr. Robert L. Johnson, our Chief Executive Officer, has an employment agreement with CharterBank and receives a base salary under that agreement, subject to annual review and adjustment.   Mr. Johnson’s base salary for fiscal year 2010 is $284,346.
 
Use of Compensation Survey
 
We have retained the Hay Group as compensation consultants to advise us with respect to our base compensation program.  Most recently, Hay Group reviewed 54 positions within our organization (not including the executive team).  We also use Meyer-Chatfield as compensation consultants for our executive officers and director compensation.
 
The Compensation Committee relies on peer group surveys prepared by consultants Meyer-Chatfield and the Hay Group to assess the competitiveness of CharterBank’s pay practices in the marketplace. The peer group data is used in combination with other published supplemental survey sources reflecting industry data for banks similar in size and region, as well as information relating to individual and CharterBank performance to help the Compensation Committee make compensation decisions.  Our last comprehensive compensation evaluation of the positions held by our executive officers occurred in fiscal 2006.  We have not made any major changes in executive job grades since then.  Job grades and pay ranges have been adjusted, using market-based data provided by the Hay Group from its national data base.
 
Impact of Performance on Cash Compensation
 
CharterBank maintains an incentive compensation plan for employees to earn bonuses based on the achievement of objective pre-established performance goals.  The plan consists of an incentive program that rewards performance, based on the achievement of key operating goals.  All non-commissioned employees who are not covered under another cash incentive compensation plan are eligible to participate.  Prior to fiscal year 2006, a portion of these incentive payments were made annually and the remaining portion was paid in equal installments over the following one to three years, depending on the employee’s position with CharterBank.  In fiscal year 2006, the Board of Directors terminated this program and the entire incentive payment was made in fiscal year 2006.  In fiscal years 2007 and 2008, the remaining portions of the incentives that were withheld in prior years were paid out on schedule, in addition to the incentives that were earned for the period.  For fiscal year 2009, no incentive compensation was paid to any officer or employee because we did not meet our performance goals for the fiscal year.
 
 
111

 
 
Incentive compensation plan payouts are based on the level of individual and CharterBank performance measured against strategic criteria in the following categories: corporate achievement, departmental/business achievement and individual achievement.
 
In addition to performance-based compensation paid under our incentive compensation plan, we may from time to time make discretionary cash bonus payments to rectify inequities or recognize outstanding performance. No such bonus payments were made during fiscal year 2009.
 
Equity Compensation Plan
 
As a newly public company, Charter Financial Corporation granted restricted shares and stock options to key executives for the first time in 2002 under its 2001 Recognition and Retention Plan and 2001 Stock Option Plan, and has continued to make awards over time as conditions warrant or as new officers or directors are added.  These plans authorized the grant of 283,177 shares of restricted stock and 707,943 options, respectively, to our officers, employees and directors.  The stock-based incentive plans are one of the most important elements of our total compensation package, because they directly tie the interests of executive officers to the interests of Charter Financial Corporation’s shareholders.
 
In making award decisions from time to time, the Compensation Committee reviews regulatory guidelines, market data, and input provided by our consultants and attorneys.  The Committee also considers recommendations from the Chief Executive Officer for grants to other executive officers. Awards have been based upon the individual’s responsibilities and position, years of service, and the value of the individual’s expected contribution to our future success.
 
As a result of recent market conditions and other factors affecting our stock price, all of our outstanding stock options at the beginning of fiscal year 2009 were significantly “underwater,” which means that the exercise price significantly exceeded the then market price of our shares.  As a result, our stock options were no longer useful in motivating and retaining key employees.  In fiscal year 2009, we engaged Meyer-Chatfield to review our stock options and make recommendations regarding whether repricing such options would be appropriate under the circumstances.  Meyer-Chatfield recommended repricing such options by cancelling existing options and granting new options to our employees and directors.  For executive officers and directors, Meyer-Chatfield’s recommendation was to grant new options equal to one-half the number previously held by such persons and, with respect to other employees, they recommended that new grants be made on a one-for-one basis.  Meyer-Chatfield further recommended that such options be granted with an exercise price at least 20% above the then market price of Charter Financial Corporation’s common stock.  On the basis of Meyer-Chatfield’s recommendations, in January 2009, we offered employees and directors the opportunity to cancel existing stock options and replace them with new options in the amounts recommended with an exercise price of $11.00 per option, which was slightly greater than 20% above the then market value of our shares.  In order to further the retention aspect of the option awards, we granted all such options with a five-year cliff vesting schedule.
 
Elements of Compensation
 
Overview
 
Our executive officer compensation program consists of the following elements: (i) base salary; (ii) a performance-based annual cash bonus under our incentive compensation plan; (iii) awards of stock options and restricted shares of Charter Financial common stock under our 2001 Stock Option Plan and 2001 Recognition and Retention Plan; and (iv) perquisites for certain executive officers. The following describes the elements of compensation and provides information on our decisions regarding fiscal 2009 compensation.
 
 
112

 
 
Cash Incentive Awards
 
Charter Financial Corporation determines cash incentive awards in accordance with the guidelines established by our Compensation Committee under our incentive compensation plan. Our goals are:
 
   ●
To maximize long-term shareholder value by reinforcing achievement of key operating goal(s) as defined in our business plan and commitment to achievement of long-term strategic objectives.
     
   ● 
To foster teamwork and cooperation, yet reinforce importance of individual performance.
     
   ● 
To reward measureable, demonstrated results and require a minimum level of performance before paying incentives.
 
Our Compensation Committee selects officers to whom awards are made and the total potential incentive compensation for each officer under the incentive compensation plan.  In making these determinations, our Compensation Committee considers the responsibilities and grade classification of each officer; each officer’s performance and anticipated future contributions to Charter Financial Corporation; and prevailing market compensation levels for similar positions at other banks as determined by the Meyer-Chatfield compensation study. The Compensation Committee also considers recommendations for award levels made by our Chief Executive Officer.
 
The incentive compensation plan provides for an incentive, based on performance as measured by goal attainment from the scorecard model.  Award opportunities are summarized within the corporate scorecard spreadsheet and approved annually by the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.  Payouts under our incentive compensation plan are determined based on achievement of pre-established fiscal year budget targets for categories of strategic criteria in comparison to actual results (for financial measures) or goals (for other measures).
 
In past years and in future years, each financial target and non-financial goal is weighted, based on the Compensation Committee’s determination of the relative importance of each target and goal to our overall performance. The specific targets and percentages differ for each goal.   Awards under the plan are based upon actual performance, compared to budgeted goals, and the officer’s job grade mid-point within Charter Financial Corporation.
 
Potential cash awards are based on attainment opportunities by job family as a percentage of base salary (non-exempt employees = 10%; exempt employees = 15%; assistant vice-president level = 25%; vice-president level = 30%; senior vice-president level  = 35%; and chief executive officer level = 60%). The attainment opportunities are calculated across job grade mid-point and employees may earn from 0% to 100% of the attainment opportunity (e.g, a senior vice-president with a mid-point of $100,000 has an incentive opportunity of 35%, or $35,000). The Compensation Committee reviews the incentive compensation plan metrics at least annually to ensure they are aligned with our strategic plan.  The Compensation Committee believes that the incentive targets are within competitive market ranges.
 
In fiscal year 2009, we established $3.65 million in pre-tax income, as adjusted to exclude nonrecurring items, as a threshold goal to be met before any incentive compensation could be paid.  This financial goal would be fully achieved at $6.85 million in pre-tax income, excluding nonrecurring items. Because the threshold of $3.65 million was not achieved, no payments were made under the plan in fiscal 2009.
 
 
113

 
 
Equity Awards
 
Our Compensation Committee may make awards to our executive officers in the form of both shares of restricted stock and stock options. The award levels and vesting schedule are determined based on various factors, including performance and responsibilities of individual executives; regulatory requirements governing post-offering equity grants; the previous history of Charter Financial Corporation as a mutual institution and the absence of prior equity compensation; and competitive market information provided by Meyer-Chatfield.  The Compensation Committee also considers the accounting consequences of the awards to Charter Financial Corporation and the different tax consequences to executives and Charter Financial Corporation resulting from grants of incentive and non-qualified stock options and restricted shares.  See “—Compensation Committee Activities in Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009” and “—Equity Compensation Plan” for a discussion of our Compensation Committee’s 2009 discussion to cancel existing options and grant new options.
 
Benefits
 
Charter Financial Corporation provides individual supplemental life insurance benefits to its executive officers. Additionally, all executive officers participate in the benefit plans generally available to our employees, including medical insurance, our 401(k) plan and employee stock ownership plan. We also recently implemented a supplemental executive retirement plan for Messrs. Johnson, Washam and Kollar, in the form of individual Salary Continuation Agreements. This plan is intended to promote these senior executives’ continued service by providing a supplement to the executives’ other retirement benefits. The benefit is based on final cash compensation and length of service with Charter Financial Corporation.
 
Perquisites
 
Charter Financial Corporation provides perquisites to certain of our executive officers in the form of use of a company-owned automobile, country club membership and physical examinations.
 
Employment Agreements
 
Charter Financial Corporation entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Robert L. Johnson, our President and Chief Executive Officer.  The employment agreement was amended in December 2009 (as amended, the “employment agreement”).  The employment agreement has a term of three years and may be renewed annually after a review of the executive’s performance.   In addition to base salary, currently $277,410, the executive may receive other cash compensation in an amount not to exceed $100,000 in any year.  In addition, the agreement provides for participation in employee benefit plans and programs maintained by Charter Financial Corporation, including retirement, pension, savings, profit-sharing or stock bonus plans, any group life, health, dental, accident and long-term disability insurance plans, incentive compensation plans or program, stock option and appreciation rights plans and restricted stock plans.  Charter Financial Corporation will provide the executive with the use of an automobile and reimburse him for business expenses, including membership fees in clubs and organizations that are necessary and appropriate for business purposes.   The agreement also guarantees customary corporate indemnification and errors and omissions insurance coverage throughout the employment term and for six years after termination.  The employment agreement also provides uninsured disability benefits.
 
Charter Financial Corporation may terminate the executive’s employment, and the executive may resign, at any time with or without cause.  However, in the event of termination during the term of employment without cause, Charter Financial Corporation will owe the executive his earned but unpaid compensation and benefits due under our employee benefit plans and programs and those of CharterBank and he will also receive a lump-sum severance payment equal to three times his five-year average compensation, payable within 60 days of his termination of employment, unless the executive is considered a “specified employee” of a publicly traded company, in which case such payment will be delayed for six months after termination of employment, if necessary, to avoid a tax under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code .   The same severance benefits would be payable if the executive resigns during the term of employment following:
 
    ●
the failure of Charter Financial Corporation to appoint or re-appoint or elect or re-elect him to his executive position or, if he is also a director, the failure of the shareholders to elect or re-elect him as a member of the Board of Directors;
 
 
114

 
 
   
    ●
a material reduction in duties, functions or responsibilities not cured after 30 days notice; involuntary relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment to a location more than 35 miles from Charter Financial Corporation’s principal office in West Point, Georgia, and more than 35 miles from the executive’s principal residence; or
   
    ●
any reduction in base salary in effect from time to time or any change in the terms of any compensation or benefits programs in which he participates, which individually, or together with other changes, has a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of his total compensation package;
   
    ●
other material breach of contract by Charter Financial Corporation or CharterBank which is not cured within 30 days.
 
Mr. Johnson is subject to a covenant not to compete for one year following termination during the employment period, unless his termination occurs under circumstances entitling him to an additional severance payment.  He is also subject to nonsolicitation and confidentiality provisions under the employment agreement.
 
Change in Control Agreements
 
CharterBank entered into two-year change of control agreements with Curtis R. Kollar, William C. Gladden, and Lee Washam and with another senior officer.  These agreements are guaranteed by Charter Financial Corporation.  The term of these agreements is perpetual until CharterBank gives notice of non-extension, at which time the term is fixed for two years.
 
Generally, CharterBank may terminate the employment of any officer covered by these agreements, with or without cause, at any time prior to a change in control or a pending change in control.  In such case, the executive will be entitled to his or her earned but unpaid compensation as of the date of termination, without obligation for additional severance benefits.  However, if CharterBank or Charter Financial Corporation signs a merger agreement or other business combination agreement, or if a third party makes a tender offer or initiates a proxy contest, it could not terminate an officer’s employment without cause without liability for severance benefits.  The severance benefits would generally be made in a lump-sum payment equal to two times the executive’s salary, bonus, short-term and long-term cash compensation received in the  two years prior to the occurrence of termination of employment.  In addition, CharterBank will provide the executive and his or her dependents with continued group life, health, dental, accident and long-term disability insurance benefits on the same terms as prior to termination for a period of  two years, subject to reduction to the extent that such coverage is provided by a subsequent employer or through Medicare.  CharterBank would pay the same severance benefits if the officer resigns after a change of control following:
 
    ●
a loss of title or position held immediately prior to the change of control or failure to vest in the executive the functions, duties or responsibilities customarily associated with such position that is not cured within 30 days after notice from the executive;
   
    ●
any reduction in base salary in effect from time to time or any change in the terms of any compensation or benefits programs in which the executive participates, which individually, or together with other changes, has a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of his total compensation package;
   
    ●
an involuntary relocation of his principal place of employment to a location more than 35 miles from CharterBank’s principal office on the day before the change of control and more than 35 miles from the officer’s principal residence, or
   
    ●
any other material breach of contract which is not cured within 30 days.
 
In the event of the executive’s disability occurring during a pending change of control or following a change of control, these agreements also provide uninsured disability benefits for the executive.
 
 
115

 
 
Benefit Plans.
 
401(k) Plan .   CharterBank has adopted a 401(k) plan, which is a tax-qualified defined contribution plan, for employees of CharterBank who have completed at least three months of service.  Eligible employees may contribute from 1% to 15% of annual compensation on a pre-tax basis each year, subject to limitations of the Internal Revenue Code.  The 401(k) plan has an individual account for each participant’s contributions and allows each participant to direct the investment of his or her account.  Participants may purchase Charter Financial Corporation common stock in the aftermarket with their 401(k) accounts; however, participants will not be entitled to purchase stock in the stock offering through their 401(k) plan accounts.
 
Employee Stock Ownership Plan .  This plan is a tax-qualified plan that covers substantially all employees who have at least one year of service with CharterBank.  CharterBank implemented the plan in connection with the 2001 reorganization into the mutual holding company structure and stock offering.  Charter Financial Corporation made a loan to the ESOP to purchase 8% of the shares sold in the initial offering, or 317,158 shares.  The ESOP loan has a term of 30 years, but may be prepaid more rapidly.  The shares purchased with the ESOP loan were initially held as pledged collateral for the loan in a suspense account but are released from the suspense account and allocated to participants’ accounts as the ESOP loan is repaid.  Although contributions to this plan are discretionary, CharterBank intends to contribute enough each year to make the required principal and interest payments on the loan.  In connection with the stock offering, our ESOP is expected to either obtain a second loan or refinance the original loan and purchase an additional 300,000 shares in the stock offering.  We reserve the right, however, to have the ESOP purchase more than 300,000 shares of common stock in the stock offering (up to the regulatory limit of 4.9% of the shares of common stock outstanding, as adjusted) if necessary to complete the stock offering at the minimum of the offering range.
 
Benefit Restoration Plan .  In connection with our initial stock offering in 2001, Charter Financial Corporation implemented a Benefit Restoration Plan, which was intended to provide certain executive officers with benefits and contributions equal to those that they could not receive under our tax-qualified 401(k) Plan and ESOP due to certain tax law limits.  In addition, the Benefit Restoration Plan was intended to provide an additional benefit for any participant who retires prior to the payment in full of the ESOP loan, approximately equal to the amount such person would have received had he or she continued to work for the duration of the ESOP loan.  The Benefit Restoration Plan was frozen, effective in January 2009, in connection with CharterBank’s implementation of a new Salary Continuation Plan.  At the time that it was frozen, the only participant in the Benefit Restoration Plan was Mr. Johnson.
 
Salary Continuation Plan .  In January 2009, CharterBank implemented a Salary Continuation Plan for the benefit of three of our named executive officers: Messrs. Johnson, Washam and Kollar.  The Salary Continuation Plan is intended to provide a benefit equal to a percentage (50% for Mr. Johnson; 30% for Mr. Washam and 10% for Mr. Kollar) of the named executive officer’s average base salary for the highest three calendar years ending on the earlier of the executive’s normal retirement age or separation from service.  With respect to Mr. Johnson, who participated in our Benefit Restoration Plan prior to the date it was frozen, the benefit under the Salary Continuation Plan will be reduced by the benefit available to him under the Benefit Restoration Plan.  The benefit will be payable in 180 monthly installments no earlier than the executive’s early retirement date (e.g., the later of 10 years of service or age 62).
 
Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan .  In 2006, CharterBank entered into an endorsement split dollar life insurance plan covering our executive officers that provided a supplemental death benefit of $100,000 to a covered executive’s beneficiary in the event of the executive’s pre- or post-retirement death.  In 2010, CharterBank entered into separate endorsement split dollar agreements with each of Messrs. Johnson, Washam and Kollar, which increased their pre-retirement death benefit by $2,000,000, $1,000,000 and $500,000, respectively, or the net amount at risk under the policy, whichever is less at the time of death.  In the event of Messrs. Johnson’s, Washam’s or Kollar’s post-retirement death, the benefit would be reduced, but not below $100,000.
 
 
116

 
 
Executive Compensation
 
The following table sets forth for the year ended September 30, 2009 certain information as to the total remuneration paid by Charter Financial Corporation to Robert L. Johnson, President and Chief Executive Officer, Curtis R. Kollar, Chief Financial Officer, and the three other most highly compensated executive officers of Charter Financial Corporation or CharterBank (“Named Executive Officers”).
 
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
Name and principal position
 
Year
 
Salary ($) (1)
   
Bonus ($)
   
Stock
awards ($) (3)
   
Option
awards ($) (4)
   
Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)
   
Change in
pension value
and
nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings ($) (5)
   
All other
compensation
($) (6)
   
Total ($)
 
Robert L. Johnson
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
2009
  $ 315,311 (2)   $     $     $ 45,140     $     $ 76,955     $ 136,357     $ 573,763  
                                                                     
Curtis R. Kollar
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
2009
    147,854                   19,444             15,868       39,385       222,551  
                                                                     
Lee Washam
President of Charter Bank
 
2009
    189,302                   18,300             33,661       64,726       305,989  
                                                                     
William C. Gladden
Senior Vice President
 
2009
    94,605                   10,370                   17,069       122,044  
                                                                     
Ronald Warner
Senior Vice President, Credit Administration and Senior Lending Officer
 
2009
    109,567                   7,320                   8,224       125,111  
 

(1)
Includes $14,938, $16,012, $10,048, $12,786 and $2,191 of elective deferrals to Charter Financial Corporation’s 401(k) plan by Messrs. Johnson, Kollar, Washam, Gladden and Warner, respectively.
(2)
Includes director fees in the amount of $37,900.
(3)
No stock awards were granted in the 2009 fiscal year.
(4)
Reflects the grant date fair value of option awards that had been granted under the Charter Financial Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan on January 27, 2009.  The fair value is the amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Stock Compensation (formerly FASB Statement 123R).  The option valuations are based upon the Black-Scholes valuation model using the following assumptions for the awards in 2009:  (1) expected term of option, 8 years; (2) annual volatility of common stock, 42.13%; (3) expected dividend yield of common stock, 11.75%; and (4) risk-free interest rate, 3.21% per annum, which results in a valuation of $.61 per option.
(5)
Reflects change in value in Salary Continuation Agreements only.
(6)
All other compensation was comprised of the following elements for the year ended September 30, 2009:
 
 
117

 
 
   
Johnson
   
Kollar
   
Washam
   
Gladden
   
Warner
 
                               
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
  $ 16,850     $ 14,905     $ 16,130     $ 11,119     $ 6,032  
Benefit Restoration Plan
    28,052                          
Life Insurance Premiums (1)
    875       891       332       891       239  
Dividends on Restricted Stock (2)
    80,229       23,181       38,635       3,091       1,545  
Automobile
    3,206             3,900              
Country Club Dues
                2,322       1,560        
Executive Health Benefits
    6,737             2,999              
Long-term Disability Premiums
    408       408       408       408       408  
      136,357       39,385       64,726       17,069       8,224  
 

(1)
Reflects payments for life insurance reported as taxable compensation on the Named Executive Officer’s Form W-2.
(2)
Reflects dividends and interest paid on shares of restricted common stock that vested during 2009, which we reported as taxable compensation on the Named Executive’s Officer’s Form W-2.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards .   The following table sets forth certain information as to grants of plan-based awards for the Named Executive Officers for the year ended September 30, 2009.
 
Name
 
Grant date
 
All other
stock awards:
number of
shares or
units (#)
   
All other
option awards:
number of
securities
underlying
options (#)
   
Exercise or
base price
of option
awards
($/Sh)
   
Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards (1)
 
                             
Robert L. Johnson
 
1/27/2009
    -       74,000       11.00     $ 45,140  
Curtis R. Kollar
 
1/27/2009
    -       31,875       11.00       19,444  
Lee Washam
 
1/27/2009
    -       30,000       11.00       18,300  
William C. Gladden
 
1/27/2009
    -       17,000       11.00       10,370  
Ronald Warner
 
1/27/2009
    -       12,000       11.00       7,320  
 

(1)
Options were valued at $.61 per option using the Black-Scholes valuation method.  For further information on the determination of option value, see footnote (4) to the Summary Compensation Table.

Grants of stock options reflected in the above table were made pursuant to the Charter Financial Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan.  For the year ended September 30, 2009, all existing options were cancelled and new options were awarded in January 2009 to each Named Executive Officer as shown in the above table.  Upon the recommendation of Meyer-Chatfield and in order to motivate and retain our officers and employees, we offered employees and directors the opportunity to cancel outstanding stock options that had exercise prices ranging from $29.26 to $45.50 and replace such options with new options with an exercise price of $11.00.  All such persons agreed and Charter Financial Corporation repriced all outstanding stock options, including those awarded to our Named Executive Officers, by cancelling such options and replacing them with options that had a strike price of $11.00, which was at least 20% higher than the then-market value of Charter Financial Corporation common stock.  With respect to Named Executive Officers, one repriced option was granted for every two options cancelled.  The repriced options were awarded subject to a five-year cliff vesting schedule so that all repriced options would become exercisable on January 27, 2014 (or earlier in the event of the recipient’s death or disability).  For a further discussion of grants made pursuant to this plan for the year ended September 30, 2009, see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity Compensation Plan.”

Incentive Compensation Plan.   Charter Financial Corporation maintains an incentive compensation plan that provides for an incentive bonus based on performance as measured by goal attainment from the scorecard model.  Pay-outs under the incentive compensation plan are determined based on achievement of pre-established fiscal year budget targets for categories of strategic criteria in comparison to actual results.  However, for fiscal 2009, we did not reach our threshold financial goal of $3.65 million in pre-tax income, excluding nonrecurring items; accordingly, no payouts were made under the incentive compensation plan for fiscal 2009.

Stock-Based Benefit Plans .  Charter Financial has implemented two stock-based incentive plans which are discussed below.  The purpose of the plans is to better align the interests of our management and Board of Directors with those of our shareholders, provide performance incentives to our senior officers and directors, and to encourage the retention of key employees and directors by facilitating the purchase of our stock through the exercise of options as well as the ownership of our stock through restricted stock awards.
 
 
118

 
 
2001 Stock Option Plan .  A total of 707,943 shares have been reserved for issuance under the 2001 Stock Option Plan.  Stock option awards may be made to eligible employees and directors of CharterBank or Charter Financial.  Pursuant to the plan, option grants may be made that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options as well as options that do not so qualify.  Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees.  The plan is administered by a committee consisting of the members of the Compensation Committee of Charter Financial.  Unless the Compensation Committee provides otherwise, stock options will become vested no more rapidly than 20 percent per year, commencing on the first anniversary of initial shareholder approval of the plan, provided that all awards will become fully vested in the event of the award recipient’s death, disability, retirement or a change of control.  A stock option may generally be exercised for a period of ten years, except in certain circumstances.  The exercise price of stock options will be at least 100% of the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.
 
2001 Recognition and Retention Plan .  The maximum number of shares of Charter Federal Corporation common stock available for awards under the 2001 Recognition and Retention Plan is 283,177 shares.  Stock awards may be made to eligible employees and directors of CharterBank or Charter Financial Corporation.  The plan is administered by a committee consisting of the members of the Compensation Committee of Charter Financial Corporation.  Unless the Compensation Committee provides otherwise, shares of common stock subject to an award will become vested at the rate of 20 percent per year, commencing 20 calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter that includes the first anniversary of the plan’s effective date, and will become fully vested on the 20th calendar day after the end of the calendar quarter that includes the fifth anniversary of the plan’s effective date, provided that all awards will become fully vested in the event of the award recipient’s death, disability, termination of service upon retirement, or upon a change in control.  Unless the Committee determines otherwise, any cash dividends or distributions declared and paid with respect to shares subject to an award that are allocated to an eligible director or employee in connection with such award will be subject to the same vesting and other restrictions as the shares to which the award relates and will be invested for the benefit of the eligible director or employee in money market accounts or certificates of deposit.  Any dividends or distributions declared and paid in property other than cash with respect to shares of common stock will be subject to the same vesting and other restrictions as the shares to which the award relates.  All voting rights pertaining to unvested shares related to an award or to shares that are contained in the fund established under the plan and not allocated in connection with an award will be exercised by the funding agent in such manner as to reflect the voting directions given for all other outstanding shares, except for shares voted by First Charter, MHC.  An award is not transferable by the eligible director or employee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and the shares granted pursuant to such award and held in the trust will be distributable, during the lifetime of the recipient, only to the recipient.

 
119

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End .  The following table sets forth information with respect to outstanding equity awards as of September 30, 2009 for the Named Executive Officers.
                                                                   
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT SEPTEMBER 30, 2009 (1)
    Option awards   Stock awards  
Name
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
     
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable (2)
   
Equity
incentive plan
awards:
number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
earned options
(#)
   
Option
exercise
price ($)
 
Option expiration
date
  Number of
shares or
units
of
stock that
have not
vested (#)
    Market value of
shares or units of
stock that have not
vested ($)
(8)
   
        Equity incentive
plan awards:

number of
unearned shares,
units or other
rights that have
not vested (#)
    Equity
incentive plan
awards:
market or
payout value
of unearned
shares, units
or other rights
that have not
vested ($)
 
Robert L. Johnson
          74,000           $ 11.00  
1/27/19
    20,766 (3)   $ 254,384              
                                                                   
Curtis R. Kollar
          31,875           $ 11.00  
1/27/19
    1,000 (4)   $ 12,250              
                                                                   
Lee Washam
          30,000           $ 11.00  
1/27/19
    6,500 (5)   $ 79,625              
                                                                   
William C. Gladden
          17,000           $ 11.00  
1/27/19
    200 (6)   $ 2,450              
                                                                   
Ronald Warner
          12,000           $ 11.00  
1/27/19
    200 (7)   $ 2,450              
 

(1)
All equity awards reflected in this table were granted pursuant to Charter Financial Corporation’s 2001 Recognition and Retention Plan or 2001 Stock Option Plan, described above.
(2)
All unvested stock options will vest on January 27, 2014.
(3)
5,192, 5,191, 5,192 and 5,191 restricted stock awards will vest on July 27, 2010, July 27, 2011, July 27, 2012 and July 27, 2013, respectively.
(4)
All restricted stock awards will vest on September 27, 2010.
(5)
2,500, 2,500 and 1,500 restricted stock awards will vest on January 30, 2011, January 30, 2012 and September 27, 2010, respectively.
(6)
All restricted stock awards will vest on September 27, 2010.
(7)
All restricted stock awards will vest on September 27, 2010.
(8)
Based on the $12.25 per share trading price of our common stock on September 30, 2009.
 
 
120

 
 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested.   The following table sets forth information with respect to option exercises and stock that vested during the year ended September 30, 2009 for the Named Executive Officers.
 
OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED FOR THE YEAR ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2009
   
Option awards
   
Stock awards
 
Name
 
Number of shares
acquired on exercise
(#)
   
Value realized on
exercise ($)
   
Number of shares
acquired on vesting
(#)
   
Value realized on
vesting ($) (1)
 
Robert L. Johnson
                5,191     $ 73,972  
                                 
Curtis R. Kollar
                1,500       21,375  
                                 
Lee Washam
                2,500       35,625  
                                 
William C. Gladden
                200       2,850  
                                 
Ronald Warner
                100       1,425  
 

(1)
Based on the $14.25 per share trading price of our common stock on the vesting date, which was August 1, 2009.

Pension Benefits.   The following table sets forth information with respect to pension benefits at and for the year ended September 30, 2009 for the Named Executive Officers who are participants in our Salary Continuation Plan.
 
PENSION BENEFITS AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2009
 
Name
 
Plan name
 
Number of years
credited service (#)
   
Present value of
accumulated benefit
($)
   
Payments during last
fiscal year ($)
 
Robert L. Johnson
 
Salary Continuation Agreement
          76,955        
                             
Curtis R. Kollar
 
Salary Continuation Agreement
          15,868        
                             
Lee Washam
 
Salary Continuation Agreement
          33,661        

Salary Continuation Plan .  CharterBank entered into Salary Continuation Plan Agreements with Messrs. Robert L. Johnson, Curtis R. Kollar, and Lee Washam, effective as of January 1, 2009.  On the date of the executive’s separation from service on or after attainment of normal retirement age (the later of age 65 or ten years of service) for reasons other than death, disability, termination for cause or other circumstances specified in the plan, or upon a separation from service within two years after a change in control, the executive will receive an annual benefit equal to a percentage (50% for Mr. Johnson, 10% for Mr. Kollar and 30% for Mr. Washam) of the executive’s average base salary for the highest three consecutive calendar years ending on the earlier of the executive’ normal retirement age or the date of the executive’s separation from service within two years after a change in control, payable in equal monthly installments for 15 years beginning on the first day of the month after the executive’s normal retirement date.
 
Upon the executive’s early retirement date (defined as the executive’s separation from service upon or following the completion of ten years of service and attainment of age 62, but before normal retirement age, for reasons other than death, disability, termination for cause or other circumstances specified in the plan, or upon a separation from service within two years after a change in control), the executive will be entitled to an amount equal to the accrual balance (as defined in the plan) earned as of the last day of the month immediately preceding the executive’s early retirement date, payable in 180 equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the executive’s early retirement date.  Upon the executive’s early termination date (defined  as separation from service upon or following completion of ten years of service but before reaching his early retirement date or normal retirement date, for reasons other than death, disability, termination for cause or other circumstances specified in the plan, or separation from service within two years after a change in control), the executive will receive an amount equal to the accrual balance earned as of the last day of the plan year immediately preceding or coinciding with the executive’s early termination date, payable in 180 equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the executive’s normal retirement age.
 
 
121

 
 
In the event the executive becomes disabled before reaching normal retirement age, the executive will receive an annual amount equal to the normal retirement benefit computed as if the executive had continued in the employ of CharterBank at the rate of the annual base salary in effect at the date of his disability determination until attainment of normal retirement age.  The disability benefit will be payable in equal monthly installments for 15 years beginning on the first day of the month after the executive’s disability determination.
 
In the event of separation from service within two years after a change in control, the executive will receive an amount equal to the normal retirement benefit or the executive’s accrual balance as of the last day of the plan year preceding the change in control’s effective date, whichever is greater, payable in 180 equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the month after the executive’s separation from service.
 
The distribution of Mr. Johnson’s benefit under his Salary Continuation Plan Agreement is subject to the following reduction:  in the event Mr. Johnson’s benefit under the Benefit Restoration Plan is paid in 120 equal monthly installments, then each of the last 120 monthly installments payable under Mr. Johnson’s Salary Continuation Plan Agreement will be reduced by each corresponding monthly installment payment paid under the Benefit Restoration Plan during such 120-month period.  If Mr. Johnson’s benefit under the Benefit Restoration Plan is paid in a lump sum, then each monthly installment under Mr. Johnson’s Salary Continuation Plan Agreement will be reduced by the amount of the monthly payment that would have been made under the Benefit Restoration Plan if 180 equal monthly installments with a present value equal to such lump sum had been paid under the Benefit Restoration Plan.
 
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation.   The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our Benefit Restoration Plan, a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, at and for the year ended September 30, 2009.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation At And For The Year Ended September 30, 2009
 
Name
 
Executive
contributions in
last fiscal year ($)
(1)
   
Registrant
contributions in
last fiscal year ($)
(1)
   
Aggregate
earnings in last
fiscal year ($) (2)
   
Aggregate
withdrawals/
distributions ($)
   
Aggregate balance
at last fiscal year
end ($)
 
                               
Robert L. Johnson
        $ 28,052       10,862           $ 822,116  
 

(1)
Contributions included in the “Registrant contributions in last fiscal year” column are included as compensation for Robert L. Johnson in the Summary Compensation Table.
(2)
Amounts included in the “Aggregate earnings in last fiscal year” are not included as compensation for Mr. Johnson in the Summary Compensation Table because such earnings are not “above market.”

Benefit Restoration Plan.   CharterBank established the Benefit Restoration Plan in order to provide restorative payments to selected executives who are prevented from receiving the full benefits contemplated by the ESOP’s benefit formula and the full matching contribution under our 401(k) plan.  Robert L. Johnson, is the only participant in the plan.  The restorative payments under the Benefit Restoration Plan consist of payments in lieu of shares that cannot be allocated to the participant under the employee stock ownership plan and payments for employer matching contributions that cannot be allocated under the 401(k) plan due to the legal limitations imposed on tax-qualified plans.   Also, in the case of a participant who retires before the repayment in full of the employee stock ownership plan’s loan, the restorative payments include a payment in lieu of the shares that would have been allocated if employment had continued through the full term of the loan.

Due to the complicated nature of the computation of benefits under the Benefit Restoration Plan, the Compensation Committee decided to freeze the plan, effective January 2009.  At that time, the Compensation Committee implemented the Salary Continuation Plan for the benefit of Messrs. Johnson, Washam and Kollar.
 
 
122

 

Split Dollar Life Insurance Plans.

In 2006, CharterBank entered into an endorsement split-dollar life insurance plan covering the Named Executive Officers that provided death benefits to each such executive’s  beneficiaries.  CharterBank purchased a life insurance policy on the life of each executive in an amount sufficient to provide for the benefits under the plan. The executive has the right to designate the beneficiary who will receive his share of the proceeds payable upon his death.  The policies are owned by CharterBank which pays each premium due on the policies.  Upon the death of a covered executive, the proceeds of the policy are divided between the executive’s beneficiary, who is entitled to $100,000 on the executive’s death, and CharterBank, which is entitled to the remainder of the death benefit.  Upon the occurrence of certain events specified in each plan, such as the executive’s termination of  employment with CharterBank for any reason, total cessation of CharterBank’s business, bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of CharterBank, receipt by CharterBank of written notification from the executive requesting to terminate the participation agreement, surrender, lapse, or other termination of the policy on the life of the executive by CharterBank, the executive’s participation in the plan will terminate and all death proceeds will be paid solely to CharterBank.  CharterBank has the right to terminate each policy at any time and for any reason.
 
In 2010, CharterBank entered into endorsement split dollar agreements with Messrs. Johnson, Washam and Kollar that increased the death benefit payable to their beneficiaries by $2,000,000, $1,000,000 and $500,000, respectively, or, if less, the net amount at risk under the policy, assuming their death occurs while employed.  For these purposes, the net amount at risk is the difference between the death benefit payable under the policy and the cash value of the policy.  If the executive dies after retirement but before his 80 th birthday, the executive’s beneficiary will receive 25% of the net amount at risk under the policy, assuming the agreement is still in effect.  In the event the executive dies after retirement and after his 80 th birthday but before his 85 th birthday, in the case of Messrs. Johnson and Washam, the executive’s beneficiary will receive the lesser of $250,000 and the net amount at risk.  In the event either Mr. Johnson or Washam retires and dies after age 85, his beneficiary will be entitled to a death benefit equal to the lesser of $100,000 or the net amount at risk.  In the case of Mr. Kollar, if his death occurs after retirement and after he attains age 80, his beneficiary will be entitled to a death benefit equal to the lesser of $100,000 or the net amount at risk, assuming the agreement remains in effect.
 
Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers
 
 
The following table shows potential payments that would be made to the executive officers upon specified events, assuming such events occurred on September 30, 2009, pursuant to each individual’s employment or change in control agreement, as applicable, pursuant to stock options and restricted stock awards that have been granted under our stock option plan and restricted stock award plan.
 
 
123

 
 
   
Robert L. Johnson
 
Type of Benefit
 
Voluntary Resignation
or Retirement
   
Termination without
Cause
   
Termination for Cause
   
Termination for Good
Reason before or after
Change in Control
   
Disability
   
Death
 
                                                 
Salary Continuation Plan
  $     $     $     $     $ 1,258,467 (2)   $  
Benefit Restoration Plan
  $ 822,116 (3)   $ 822,116 (3)   $ 822,116 (3)   $ 822,116 (3)   $ 822,116 (3)   $ 822,116 (3)
2001 Stock Option Plan
  $       $     $     $ 92,500 (5)   $ 92,500 (5)   $ 92,500 (5)
2001 Recognition and Retention Plan
  $ 254,384 (6)   $     $     $ 254,384 (6)   $ 254,384 (6)   $ 254,384 (6)
Employment Agreement
  $     $ 2,181,514 (7)   $     $ 2,041,826 (8)   $ 138,706 (9)   $  
                                                 
   
Curtis R. Kollar
 
Type of Benefit
 
Voluntary Resignation
   
Termination without
Cause
   
Termination for Cause
   
Termination for Good
Reason before or after
Change in Control
   
Disability
   
Death
 
Salary Continuation Plan
  $ 15,868 (1)   $ 15,868 (1)   $     $ 15,868 (1)   $ 1,108,905 (2)   $ 15,868 (4)
2001 Stock Option Plan
  $       $     $     $ 39,844 (5)   $ 39,844 (5)   $ 39,844 (5)
2001 Recognition and Retention Plan
  $ 12,250 (6)   $     $     $ 12,250 (6)   $ 12,250 (6)   $ 12,250 (6)
Change in Control Agreement
  $     $ 210,104 (10)   $     $ 210,104 (10)   $ 73,927 (9)   $  
                                                 
   
Lee Washam
 
Type of Benefit
 
Voluntary Resignation
   
Termination without
Cause
   
Termination for Cause
   
Termination for Good
Reason before or after
Change in Control
   
Disability
   
Death
 
Salary Continuation Plan
  $ 33,361 (1)   $ 33,361 (1)   $     $ 33,361 (1)   $ 1,419,765 (2)   $ 33,361 (4)
2001 Stock Option Plan
  $     $     $     $ 37,500 (5)   $ 37,500 (5)   $ 37,500 (5)
2001 Recognition and Retention Plan
  $     $     $     $ 79,625 (6)   $ 79,625 (6)   $ 79,625 (6)
Change in Control Agreement
  $     $ 274,938 (10)   $     $ 274,938 (10)   $ 94,651 (9)   $  
                                                 
   
William C. Gladden
 
Type of Benefit
 
Voluntary Resignation
   
Termination without
Cause
   
Termination for Cause
   
Termination for Good
Reason before or after
Change in Control
   
Disability
   
Death
 
2001 Stock  Option Plan
  $       $     $     $ 21,250 (5)   $ 21,250 (5)   $ 21,250 (5)
2001 Recognition and Retention Plan
  $ 2,450 (6)   $     $     $ 2,450 (6)   $ 2,450 (6)   $ 2,450 (6)
Change in Control Agreement
  $     $ 134,535 (10)   $     $ 134,535 (10)   $ 47,303 (9)   $  
                                                 
   
Ronald Warner
 
Type of Benefit
 
Voluntary Resignation
   
Termination without
Cause
   
Termination for Cause
   
Termination for Good
Reason before or after
Change in Control
   
Disability
   
Death
 
2001 Stock Option Plan
  $     $     $     $ 15,000 (5)   $ 15,000 (5)   $ 15,000 (5)
2001 Recognition and Retention Plan
  $     $     $     $ 2,450 (6)   $ 2,450 (6)   $ 2,450 (6)

(footnotes begin on following page)
 
 
124

 


(1)
The Salary Continuation Plan provides an early termination benefit if an executive terminates employment after completing ten years of service but before attaining age 62 for a reason other than death, disability or termination for cause.  Each of Messrs. Johnson, Kollar and Gladden are entitled to an early termination benefit as of September 30, 2009.  The early termination benefit is equal to the accrual balance as of the last day of the year preceding the year of termination.  The benefit is payable over 180 months commencing in the month after the executive attains age 65.  For Mr. Johnson only, the amount of his benefit is reduced by the amount of the benefit payable under the Benefit Restoration Plan, and consequently he is not entitled to a benefit.  Messrs. Gladden and Warner do not participate in a the Salary Continuation Plan.  Amounts shown have not been discounted to present value.
(2)
The Salary Continuation Plan provides a disability benefit equal to 50% of the average of the executive’s three years of base salary, payable monthly for 15 years, with the first payment commencing in the month after the executive’s disability.  Amounts shown have not been discounted to present value.  For Mr. Johnson only, the amount of his benefit is reduced by the amount of the benefit payable under the Benefit Restoration Plan.
(3)
As of September 30, 2009, the Benefit Restoration Plan provides that upon a termination of service the executive will receive a single lump sum payment equal to the amount accrued for the executive.  Mr. Johnson is the sole participant in the plan.
(4)
The Salary Continuation Plan provides a death benefit equal to the executive’s accrual balance as of the last day of the plan year preceding the date of death.  The benefit is payable over 180 months commencing in the month after the executive’s death.  Amounts shown have not been discounted to present value.  For Mr. Johnson only, the amount of his benefit is reduced by the amount of the benefit payable under the Benefit Restoration Plan and consequently he is not entitled to a benefit.
(5)
As of September 30, 2009, none of the stock option awards have vested.  For Messrs. Johnson, Kollar, Washam, Gladden and Warner, 74,000, 31,875, 30,000, 17,000 and 12,000 stock options, respectively, will vest in the event of a change in control or the executive’s death,  disability or normal (but not early) retirement.  The amount shown represents the difference between the fair market value of the stock as of September 30, 2009 ($12.25) and the exercise price ($11) times the number of stock options.
(6)
As of September 30, 2009, for Messrs. Johnson, Kollar, Washam, Gladden and Warner, 20,766, 1,000, 6,500, 200, 200 shares of restricted stock, respectively, will vest in the event of a change in control, death, disability or retirement.  The restricted shares of common stock granted under the plan were valued at $12.25 per share, the share price as of September 30, 2009.  Messrs. Johnson, Kollar and Gladden satisfy the plan’s definition of retirement and consequently will be fully vested upon voluntary resignation or retirement.
(7)
Amount represents the aggregate value of the payments and benefits Mr. Johnson would be entitled to receive under his employment agreement in the event of his involuntary termination of employment (other than an involuntary termination of employment following a change in control) during the term of his employment agreement.  Under the employment agreement, in the event of a termination without cause, Mr. Johnson would be entitled to receive a lump sum cash payment equal to three times the sum of his five year average of Form W-2 compensation, payable within 30 days of termination.
(8)
Amount represents the value of the payments and benefits Mr. Johnson would be entitled to receive under his employment agreement in the event of his involuntary termination of employment following a change in control of the corporation.  Such amount was reduced in order to avoid an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code.  Under the employment agreement, in the event of a termination for “good reason,” Mr. Johnson would be entitled to receive a lump sum cash payment equal to three times the sum of his five year average of Form W-2 compensation, payable within 30 days of termination, subject to reduction to avoid an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code.
(9)
Amount represents the gross benefit payable to Mr. Johnson upon termination (whether before or after a change in control) due to disability and to Messrs. Kollar, Washam, Gladden and Warner in the event of a termination due to disability following a change in control of the corporation, which is 50% of base salary for up to six months.
(10)
Amount represents the value of the payments and benefits Messrs. Kollar, Washam and Gladden would be entitled to receive under their change in control agreements in the event of either their involuntary termination of employment or termination for good reason following a change in control of the corporation.  Such amount is subject to reduction in order to avoid an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code; however, the amount of the payments were not required to be reduced pursuant to Section 280G of the Code.  Under the change in control agreements, each executive would be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to one times the sum of the executive’s salary, bonus and short and long-term cash compensation payable in the year prior to the year of termination, payable within 30 days of termination, and (ii) continued life, health, dental, accident and long-term disability insurance for one year, with the executive paying his share of the employee premiums.

 
125

 

Directors’ Compensation
 
The following table sets forth for the year ended September 30, 2009 certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to our directors other than Mr. Robert L. Johnson.  Director compensation paid to Mr. Robert L. Johnson is reflected above in “Executive Officer Compensation – Summary Compensation Table.”
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2009
 
Name
 
Fees earned or
paid in cash ($)
   
Stock awards
($) (1)
   
Option awards
($) (1), (2)
   
Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation ($)
   
Change in
pension value
and nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings ($)
   
All other
compensation
($) (9)
   
Total ($)
 
Jane W. Darden
  $ 43,200       (3)     6,710 (3)               $ 1,986     $ 51,896  
Thomas M. Lane
    42,400       (4)     5,246 (4)                 1,785       49,431  
Curti M. Johnson
    39,700       (5)     3,050 (5)                       42,750  
David Z. Cauble, III
    42,700       (6)     6,710 (6)                 1,888       51,298  
William B. Hudson
    40,500       (7)     6,710 (7)                 1,420       48,630  
David L. Strobel
    41,100       (8)     4,880 (8)                 1,940       47,920  
 

(1)
No stock awards were granted to directors in fiscal 2009.
(2)
Reflects the grant date fair value of option awards that had been granted under the Charter Financial Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan on January 27, 2009, which was $.61 per option.  The value was determined under the Black-Scholes valuation model using the following assumptions for the awards repriced in 2009: (1) expected term of option, 10 years; (2) annual volatility of common stock, 42.13%; (3) expected dividend yield of common stock, 11.75%; and (4) risk-free interest rate, 3.21% per annum.
(3)
At September 30, 2009, Ms. Darden had 11,000 stock options outstanding and 400 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
(4)
At September 30, 2009, Mr. Lane had 8,600 stock options outstanding and 400 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
(5)
At September 30, 2009, Mr. Johnson had 5,000 stock options outstanding and no unvested shares of restricted common stock.
(6)
At September 30, 2009, Mr. Cauble had 11,000 stock options outstanding and 400 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
(7)
At September 30, 2009, Mr. Hudson had 11,000 stock options outstanding and 400 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
(8)
At September 30, 2009, Mr. Strobel had 8,000 stock options outstanding and 400 unvested shares of restricted common stock.
(9)
Represents income recognized when dividends on stock awards are distributed when the underlying award vests and, for all directors other than Messrs. Johnson and Hudson, payments for life insurance reported as taxable compensation on the individual’s Form 1099.
 
 
126

 

Directors’ Compensation
 
Director Fees .  Each individual who serves as a director of Charter Financial Corporation currently also serves as a director of First Charter, MHC and CharterBank and earns director fees in each capacity.
 
Each non-employee director of First Charter, MHC, other than the board chairman, is paid a retainer of $8,000.  Robert L. Johnson, as the Chairman of the Board of First Charter, MHC is paid a retainer of $9,000. The Board of Directors of First Charter, MHC meets quarterly.  Board members receive $500 for each meeting attended.
 
Charter Financial Corporation pays board members an annual retainer of $10,000 per year and committee chairmen also receive an additional retainer of $1,000 per year.   Board members also receive $200 per board meeting attended and $200 per committee meeting attended.   Charter Financial Corporation has two standing committees:  the Audit Committee and the Personnel and Compensation Committee.
 
The directors of CharterBank, other than the Chairman of the Board, receive an annual retainer of $8,000, and the Chairman of the Board of CharterBank receives an annual retainer of $9,000.  The directors also receive $500 for each board meeting attended and $200 for each committee meeting attended.    Committee chairs also receive an additional $1,000 annual retainer.
 
Split Dollar Life Insurance Plans.   CharterBank entered into an endorsement split-dollar life insurance plan with each Director, other than Curti Johnson and William Hudson, to provide death benefits to each participant’s beneficiaries.  CharterBank purchased life insurance policies on the life of each participant in an amount sufficient to provide for the benefits under the plan. The participant has the right to designate the beneficiary who will receive the participant’s share of the proceeds payable upon his death.  The policies are owned by CharterBank which pays each premium due on the policies.  Upon the death of a participant, the proceeds of the policies are divided between the participant’s beneficiary, who is entitled to $100,000 as of the participant’s date of death, and CharterBank, which is entitled to the remainder of the death proceeds.  Upon the occurrence of certain events specified in each plan, such as the participant’s termination of  service with CharterBank for any reason, total cessation of CharterBank’s business, bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of CharterBank, receipt by CharterBank of written notification of a request to terminate the participation agreement from the participant, surrender, lapse, or other termination of the policy on the life of the participant by CharterBank, the Director’s participation in the plan will terminate and all death proceeds will be paid solely to CharterBank.

Transactions With Certain Related Persons

At September 30, 2009, loans and open lines of credit to executive officers, directors and their associates totaled approximately $11.4 million.  Federal law requires that all loans or extensions of credit to executive officers and directors must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with the general public and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.  Federal regulations adopted under this law permit executive officers and directors to receive the same terms that are widely available to other employees as long as the director or executive officer is not given preferential treatment compared to the other participating employees. Loans to executive officers must be approved by the full Board of Directors regardless of amounts.

CharterBank makes loans to its directors, executive officers and employees through an employee loan program. The program applies only to first or second mortgage loans on a primary or secondary residence, and provides for an origination fee of $500 compared to our usual origination fee of 1% of the amount of the loan.  Except for the reduced origination fee, these loans were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.
 
 
127

 

Prior to 2008, CharterBank leased its branch office located at 3500 20th Avenue, Valley, Alabama, from a company, referred to herein as Seller, in which Robert L. Johnson and Curti M. Johnson owned minority interests.  In February 2008, Robert and Curti Johnson had become the sole owners of Seller, and Seller entered into negotiations with a third party to sell the shopping center in which the branch office is located.  The third party offered to sell the branch office without its parking lot to CharterBank after the third party acquired the shopping center from Seller.  In response to this offer, CharterBank formed an independent committee of the Board of Directors to evaluate CharterBank’s options for continuing to operate the branch office.  The committee determined that acquiring the entire shopping center in which the branch was located, and then reselling portions of the property while retaining the branch office and its parking lot was preferable to CharterBank’s other available options. Neither Robert Johnson and Curti Johnson both abstained from the voting on this matter.  On December 30, 2008, CharterBank acquired the shopping center and in June 2009, CharterBank entered into a contract to sell the shopping center, less the branch building, branch parking lot and one other outparcel.  If the contract is consummated, the net cost to CharterBank to acquire the branch office, parking and outparcel will be approximately $900,000.

Pursuant to the Audit Committee charter, the Audit Committee oversees transactions with related persons and reviews such transactions for potential conflicts of interest on an on-going basis. Our Conflict of Interest Policy and Code of Conduct requires that our executive officers and directors disclose any existing or emerging conflicts of interest.  In addition, the Board of Directors reviews all loans made to directors and executive officers.  Other than as described above, we do not maintain a written policy with respect to related party transactions.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Charter Financial’s bylaws provide that Charter Financial shall indemnify all officers, directors and employees of Charter Financial to the fullest extent permitted under federal law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by them in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which they may be involved by reason of their having been a director or officer of Charter Financial. Such indemnification may include the advancement of funds to pay for or reimburse reasonable expenses incurred by an indemnified party to the fullest extent permitted under federal law.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of Charter Financial pursuant to its bylaws or otherwise, Charter Financial has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering

Stock-Based Incentive Plan .   Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt a new stock-based incentive plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards.  If the plan is adopted within one year following the completion of the stock offering, the number of options granted or shares awarded under the plan may not exceed 4.9% and 1.96%, respectively, of the shares of common stock outstanding after the stock offering (assuming that CharterBank’s tangible capital is at least ten percent at the time the plan is implemented), subject to downward adjustment in accordance with Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and policy to reflect awards previously made by CharterBank or Charter Financial.
 
Charter Financial currently intends to reserve 207,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to the grant of stock options and 82,000 shares of common stock for issuance of awards of restricted stock under the new stock-based incentive plan.
 
The stock-based incentive plan cannot be established sooner than six months after the stock offering and if adopted within one year after the stock offering would require the approval by a majority of votes cast by our shareholders (including votes cast by First Charter, MHC under Nasdaq rules), by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by our shareholders (including votes cast by First Charter, MHC) and by a majority of votes cast by our shareholders (other than First Charter, MHC).  If the stock-based incentive plan is established after one year after the stock offering, it would require the approval of our shareholders by a majority of votes cast by our shareholders (including votes cast by First Charter, MHC under Nasdaq rules, and excluding votes cast by First Charter, MHC, under Office of Thrift Supervision regulations).  The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based incentive plan only if the plan is adopted within one year after the stock offering:
 
 
non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
 
 
 
128

 
 
 
any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
 
 
any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
 
 
any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and management stock benefit plans, in the aggregate, may not hold more than 10% of the shares sold in the offering, unless CharterBank has tangible capital of 10% or more, in which case any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and management stock benefit plans, may be increased to up to 12% of the shares sold in the offering;
 
 
the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of shareholder approval of the plan;
 
 
accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of CharterBank or Charter Financial; and
 
 
our executive officers or directors must exercise or forfeit their options in the event that CharterBank becomes critically undercapitalized, is subject to enforcement action or receives a capital directive.
 
We have not yet determined whether we will present the stock-based incentive plan for shareholder approval within 12 months following the completion of the stock offering or more than 12 months after the completion of the stock offering.  In the event either federal or state regulators change their regulations or policies regarding stock-based incentive plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

 
129

 
 
SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
The table below sets forth, for each of Charter Financial’s directors and officers and for all of the directors and officers as a group, the proposed purchases of subscription shares, assuming sufficient shares of common stock are available to satisfy their subscriptions.  See “The Stock Offering—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”  Regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision prohibit our directors and officers from selling the shares they purchase in the offering for one year after the date of purchase.  The table also shows the number of shares held as of __________, 2010, and the number of shares and the percentage of shares outstanding expected to be held by each director, officer and all of the directors and officers as a group after the stock offering.

           
Total Shares to be Held
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
 
Number of
Shares Held at
________, 2010
 
Shares Proposed
to be Purchased
in the Offering (1)
 
 
Number of
Shares
  Percentage of
Shares
Outstanding (2)
 
Robert L. Johnson
                *  
David Z. Cauble, III
                *  
Jane W. Darden
                *  
William B. Hudson
                *  
Curti M. Johnson
                *  
Thomas M. Lane
                *  
David L. Strobel
                *  
Curtis R. Kollar
                *  
Lee Washam
                *  
William C. Gladden
                *  
Ronald Warner
                *  
                     
Total for Directors and  Officers (11 persons)
             
 
 

*
Less than 1%.
(1)
Includes proposed subscriptions, if any, by associates. Assumes a per share purchase price of $9.89, the maximum purchase price.
(2)
Percentages are based on 18,672,361 total shares outstanding.
 
 
130

 
 
 
THE OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION HAS APPROVED THE STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN SUBJECT TO THE SATISFACTION OF CERTAIN CONDITIONS.  THIS APPROVAL DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A RECOMMENDA­TION OR ENDORSEMENT OF THE STOCK OFFERING OR THE STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN BY THE OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION.

General

On April 20, 2010, our Board of Directors, by a unanimous vote, adopted a stock issuance plan, which the Board amended on June 7, 2010, pursuant to which we are offering additional shares of our common stock to eligible depositors of CharterBank, eligible depositors of the former Neighborhood Community Bank and McIntosh Commercial Bank, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, eligible borrowers of CharterBank, and to the extent shares remain available, residents of Alabama and Georgia, our shareholders other than First Charter, MHC and the general public.  In adopting the stock issuance plan, our Board of Directors has determined that the stock offering is advisable and in the best interests of Charter Financial and its shareholders.  The stock issuance plan was also approved by a unanimous vote of First Charter, MHC’s Board of Directors, who determined that the stock issuance plan and the stock offering are advisable and in the best interests of First Charter, MHC and its members.

We are offering between 4,281,060 and 5,961,573 shares of our common stock for sale at a price ranging from $7.31 to $9.89 per share.  Under the terms of the stock issuance plan, at the conclusion of the stock offering, First Charter, MHC will contribute to Charter Financial a number of shares of common stock equal to the number of shares of common stock that we sell in the stock offering, and we will then cancel such contributed shares. As a result of such cancellation, the number of shares of our common stock owned by First Charter, MHC will decrease to between 9,764,803 and 11,422,977 shares, or to between 53.0% and 62.0%, respectively, of the 18,672,361 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2010, from 15,857,924 shares.  We are canceling such shares to avoid dilution to our existing public shareholders.   The total number of outstanding shares of common stock of Charter Financial will not change as a result of the stock offering.

In our sole discretion, the per share price of the common stock sold in the stock offering may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $11.37, due to demand for the common stock, changes in the market for the stock of financial institutions or regulatory considerations, without resoliciting persons who submitted orders.  This increase is not dependent upon the number of shares sold in the offering.

The stock offering will enable CharterBank to increase its regulatory capital.  As of March 31, 2010, CharterBank’s Tier 1 capital was 8.3% of average assets.  See “Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance.”  The proceeds of the stock offering will also add to our financial strength on a consolidated basis, and will increase Charter Financial’s ability to serve as a source of strength to CharterBank.  In addition, the stock offering will provide us with greater capital resources to effect future corporate transactions, including acquisitions, and will enable us to grow internally and offer expanded services to customers in the communities that we serve.  The stock offering also will increase the number of shares of our common stock held by the public, which may increase the liquidity of our common stock.

In adopting the stock issuance plan, the Board of Directors terminated First Charter, MHC’s plan to undertake what is commonly referred to as a “second-step conversion”, further discussed below, which First Charter, MHC had announced in December 2009.  The Board’s decision to proceed with an offering of up to 5,961,573 shares rather than conduct a full conversion of First Charter, MHC was made partly in response to shareholder concerns expressed with respect to the second-step conversion, and to ensure successful completion of the stock offering, while providing us with adequate capital to implement our current business strategy in the near term.

Although we expect that the proceeds from the stock offering will provide us with the necessary capital to pursue additional acquisitions, including FDIC-assisted transactions, we intend to continue to raise capital after this stock offering as necessary to take advantage of attractive acquisition opportunities.  Future capital raises could involve a second-step conversion.  In addition, we may pursue a second-step conversion if changes to regulations governing mutual holding companies, and particularly changes in the treatment of dividends waived by mutual holding companies, result in a second-step conversion being in the best interests of our shareholders.
 
 
131

 

In a second-step conversion, (i) a new holding company would be formed as the successor to Charter Financial, (ii) First Charter, MHC’s corporate existence would end, and (iii) certain members of First Charter, MHC would receive the right to subscribe for additional shares of the new holding company.  In addition, in such a transaction, each share of Charter Financial common stock held by public shareholders would be automatically converted into a number of shares of common stock of the new holding company determined pursuant to an exchange ratio intended to maintain the ownership interests of public shareholders in Charter Financial.  A second-step conversion would require the approval of Charter Financial’s public shareholders, as well as the members of First Charter, MHC.

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

The aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering is based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock as determined by an independent valuation by RP Financial, LC.  For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial will receive a fee of $105,000 and $7,500 for expenses.  RP Financial will also receive an additional $5,000 for each valuation update, as necessary.  CharterBank and Charter Financial have agreed to indemnify RP Financial and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence or bad faith.

The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma impact of the stock offering, an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded financial institutions in the mutual holding company structure that RP Financial considered comparable to Charter Financial, the current and historical trading price of Charter Financial’s common stock, and other factors listed below.

Consistent with the Office of Thrift Supervision appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based upon the current market valuations of the peer group companies, subject to valuation adjustments applied by RP Financial to account for differences between Charter Financial and the peer group. Based on RP Financial’s belief that asset size is not a strong determinant of market value, RP Financial did not place significant weight on the pro forma price-to-assets approach in reaching its conclusions.  RP Financial placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings and price-to-book approaches in estimating pro forma market value.

 The estimated appraised value also took into consideration the trading price of Charter Financial common stock. The closing price of the common stock as quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board was $10.50 per share on April 20, 2010, the last trading day immediately preceding the announcement of the stock offering, and $9.85 per share on May 21, 2010, the effective date of the appraisal.  Regulatory appraisal guidelines require a fundamental analysis in the determination of pro forma market value.  Although it is an indicator of market value, the trading price of Charter Financial’s common stock is impacted by a lack of liquidity, past and current dividend policies and the relatively small public float outstanding, which reduces the reliability of the current trading price as a determinate of market value for the stock offering.  Thus, the trading value of Charter Financial’s common stock was considered one indicator of value, and not the primary valuation method.

In addition, RP Financial considered the following factors, among others:

 
the present and projected results and financial condition of Charter Financial;

 
the economic and demographic conditions in Charter Financial’s existing market area;

 
certain historical, financial and other information relating to Charter Financial;
 
 
132

 

 
 
a comparative evaluation of the operating and financial characteristics of Charter Financial with those of ten similarly situated publicly traded financial institutions in the mutual holding company structure (the “peer group”);

 
the range of the aggregate size of the offering of the shares of common stock;

 
the impact of the stock offering on Charter Financial’s stockholders’ equity and earnings potential;

 
the proposed dividend policy of Charter Financial; and

 
the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

Included in RP Financial’s independent valuation were certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of Charter Financial after the stock offering that were utilized in determining the appraised value.  These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return on the net proceeds of 1.57%, purchases of shares by the employee stock ownership plan and stock-based benefit plans, and the number of shares being offered. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

RP Financial, LC. has estimated that as of May 21, 2010, the market value of Charter Financial, on a fully converted basis, was $160,582,305.  Pursuant to regulation, the pro forma market value forms the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $136,494,959 and a maximum of $184,669,650.  The term “fully converted” means that RP Financial assumed that 100% of our common stock had been sold to the public, rather than the 22.9% to 31.9% of our outstanding common stock that will be sold in the stock offering.  Based on this valuation, the per share purchase price of the common stock being offered for sale has a midpoint of $8.60 per share and a range with a minimum of $7.31 per share and a maximum of $9.89 per share.  We may increase the market value of Charter Financial by 15% to $212,304,745 and the per share purchase price of the shares being offered to $11.37 per share due to demand for the common stock, changes in the market for the stock of financial institutions, or regulatory considerations.

The peer group consists of the following ten publicly traded financial institutions in the mutual holding company structure with assets between $432 million and $2.3 billion as of March 31, 2010.

Company Name and Ticker Symbol
 
Exchange
 
Headquarters
 
Total Assets
 
           
(in millions)
 
Alliance Bank (ALLB)
 
NASDAQ
 
Broomall, PA
  $ 472  
Clifton Savings Bancorp (CSBK)
 
NASDAQ
 
Clifton, NJ
    1,060  
Greene County Bancorp (GCBC)
 
NASDAQ
 
Catskill, NY
    479  
Kearny Financial Corp (KRNY)
 
NASDAQ
 
Fairfield, NJ
    2,252  
Lake Shore Bancorp (LSBK)
 
NASDAQ
 
Dunkirk, NY
    432  
Meridian Financial Services (EBSB)
 
NASDAQ
 
East Boston, MA
    1,719  
Prudential Bancorp (PBIP)
 
NASDAQ
 
Philadelphia, PA
    508  
Rockville Financial (RCKB)
 
NASDAQ
 
Vernon Rockville, CT
    1,560  
Roma Financial Group (ROMA)
 
NASDAQ
 
Robbinsville, NJ
    1,370  
SI Financial Group, Inc. (SIFI)
 
NASDAQ
 
Willimantic, CT
    882  

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the ten peer group companies and Charter Financial (on a pro forma basis) on a fully-converted equivalent basis, based on annualized earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010 and stock price information for the peer group companies as of May 21, 2010 as reflected in the appraisal report.  Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering price range indicated a discount of 26.2% on a price-to-earnings basis, a premium of 41.6% on a core price-to-earnings basis, a discount of 4.0% on a price-to-book basis and a discount of 3.6% on a price-to-tangible book basis.
 
 
133

 

     
Selected Pricing Ratios on a Fully-Converted Basis
 
     
Price-to-earnings
multiple(1)
   
Core Price-to-
earnings
multiple (1)
   
Price-to-book
value ratio
   
Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 
 
Charter Financial (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the stock offering)
                       
 
Maximum, as adjusted
    19.42 x     120.35 x     77.08 %     78.63 %
 
Maximum
    17.37 x     126.57 x     72.83 %     74.42 %
 
Midpoint
    15.50 x     134.59 x     68.42 %     70.03 %
 
Minimum
    13.52 x     147.20 x     63.29 %     64.92 %
                                   
 
Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)
                               
 
Averages
    23.59 x     24.55 x     75.89 %     77.17 %
 
Medians
    25.38 x     24.25 x     76.40 %     80.41 %
 

(1)
Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial in the independent appraisal are based on trailing twelve month earnings through March 31, 2010.  Core price-to-earnings are based on estimates by RP Financial of recurring earnings, which are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

The following table presents a summary of the same selected pricing ratios as shown in the table above for the ten peer group companies and Charter Financial (on a pro forma basis), except that the pricing ratios have not been adjusted to the hypothetical case of being fully converted.

   
Price-to-earnings
multiple (1)
   
Price-to-book
value ratio
   
Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 
   
4,281,060
Shares Sold
   
5,961,573
Shares Sold
   
4,281,060
Shares Sold
   
5,961,573
Shares Sold
   
4,281,060
Shares Sold
   
5,961,573
Shares Sold
 
Charter Financial (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the stock offering)
                                   
Maximum, as adjusted
    23.67       29.94       140.89 %     125.64 %     146.14 %     129.79 %
Maximum
    20.70       20.14       122.12 %     114.60 %     132.04 %     118.59 %
Midpoint
    18.09       17.66       114.36 %     104.12 %     118.99 %     107.90 %
Minimum
    15.45       15.19       100.55 %     92.53 %     104.73 %     96.06 %
                                                 
Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)
                                               
Averages
    25.69 x     25.69 x     128.16 %     128.16 %     132.40 %     132.40 %
Medians
    21.12 x     21.12 x     130.73 %     130.73 %     134.71 %     134.71 %
 

(1)
trailing twelve month reported earnings through March 31, 2010.  These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”  Price-to-earnings ratios calculated based on estimated core earnings are not meaningful and were omitted from this table.
(2)
The information for publicly traded mutual holding companies may not be meaningful for investors because it presents average and median information for mutual holding companies that issued a different percentage of their stock in their offerings than the 22.9% to 31.9% that we are issuing to the public if we sell the minimum and maximum number of shares we are offering.  In addition, the effect of stock repurchases also affects the ratios to a greater or lesser degree depending upon repurchase activity.

The Board of Directors of Charter Financial reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:

 
Charter Financial’s financial condition and results of operations;
 
 
comparison of financial performance ratios of Charter Financial to those of other financial institutions of similar size;
 
 
market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions; and
 
 
the historical trading price of the publicly held shares of Charter Financial common stock.
 
 
134

 
 
All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The Board of Directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable.

The independent appraisal will be updated prior to the completion of the stock offering.  The offering range may be amended with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, if required, as a result of subsequent developments in the financial condition of Charter Financial or Charter Bank or market conditions generally. In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of Charter Financial to less than $136.5 million or more than $212.3 million, the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to Charter Financial’s registration statement.

The independent appraisal does not indicate market value.  Do not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the stock offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $7.31 to $9.89 per share purchase price range.  Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were utilized by RP Financial to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group.  The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are available for inspection at the main office of CharterBank and as specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $212.3 million, due to demand for the common stock, changes in the market for the stock of financial institutions or regulatory considerations, without resoliciting persons who submitted orders. This would result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum offering price to up to $11.37 per share.  We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum offering price without a resolicitation of persons who submitted orders.

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $212.3 million, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $136.5 million, then, after consulting with the Office of Thrift Supervision, we may terminate the stock issuance plan, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares with interest at CharterBank’s passbook rate of interest.  Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers, as described below, or take other actions as permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision in order to complete the stock offering.

Resolicitation. In the event that we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation, we will notify purchasers in the subscription and community offerings of the extension of time and that they may maintain, change or cancel their stock orders within a specified period.  If a subscriber or other person who ordered stock does not respond during the resolicitation period, his or her stock order will be canceled, funds previously received will be returned promptly with interest at our statement savings rate of interest, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.  Any single offering extension will not exceed 90 days; aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond [offering expiration date - extended].

How We Will Determine the Actual Purchase Price Per Share

All shares of common stock will be sold in the stock offering at the same price per share, which we refer to as the actual purchase price.  The actual purchase price will be determined by us after [offering expiration date] but prior to the completion of the stock offering, in conjunction with our financial advisor based on then-existing market and financial conditions.  The actual purchase price will not be determined by the number of shares sold in the stock offering.  Since the outcome of the stock offering relates in large measure to market conditions at the time of sale, it is not possible to determine the actual purchase price at this time.
 
 
135

 

Although no assurances can be given, the actual purchase price per share is expected to be within the offering price range.  If the actual purchase price is not within the offering price range, we may terminate the stock issuance plan, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings with interest at our current statement savings rate of interest.  Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of persons who ordered stock in the offering as described under “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued—Resolicitation,” above.  We may also take other actions as permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision in order to complete the stock offering.

All persons ordering stock must order a total dollar amount of common stock.  The minimum number of shares of common stock which any person may order is 25 shares, or $284.25 of common stock assuming a per share sales price of $11.37.  An accepted order will receive the largest whole number of shares that the dollar amount will purchase calculated at the actual purchase price per share.  Fractional shares will not be issued; instead, we will refund the amount that is insufficient to purchase a whole share of common stock.  The total number of shares of common stock that will be issued to any person is subject to the applicable purchase limitations and allocation procedures in the stock offering in the event of an oversubscription.  See “—Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights”, “—Community Offering” and “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”, below.

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

In accordance with the stock issuance plan, rights to subscribe for the purchase of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following order of descending priority.  All subscriptions received will be subject to the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to the minimum, maximum, and overall purchase limitations set forth in the stock issuance plan and as described below under “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders.   Each depositor with accounts at CharterBank, Neighborhood Community Bank or McIntosh Commercial Bank with combined aggregate balances among any of these banks of at least $50 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) as of December 31, 2008 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe in the subscription offering for a number of shares of common stock equal to up to the greater of $1.5 million divided by the actual purchase price, one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the total shares offered in the stock offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock issued in the stock offering by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on December 31, 2008, subject to the overall purchase limitations provided under “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases,” below.  If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, shares will be allocated so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed.  Thereafter, any remaining unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposits bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.  If the amounts so allocated exceed the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of the common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at CharterBank, Neighborhood Community Bank or McIntosh Community Bank on December 31, 2008.  Failure to list an account, or providing incorrect or incomplete information, could result in fewer shares of common stock being allocated than if all accounts had been properly disclosed.  Neither we nor any of our agents will be responsible for orders by persons that have not fully disclosed all deposit accounts.  The subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also directors or officers of CharterBank, Charter Financial or First Charter, MHC or their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits in the twelve months preceding December 31, 2008.
 
 
136

 

Priority 2: Employee Stock Benefit Plans.   To the extent that there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, CharterBank’s tax-qualified employee plans, including the employee stock ownership plan, will receive, without payment therefore, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 4.9% of the shares of common stock outstanding following the stock offering, subject to downward adjustment as may be required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations or policy to reflect shares of common stock previously acquired by the employee stock ownership plan.  We intend for our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock in the stock offering, which, when combined with shares previously acquired by the employee stock offering, will equal approximately 3.3% of the shares of common stock outstanding after the stock offering.  However, we reserve the right to have the employee stock ownership plan purchase more than 300,000 shares of common stock in the stock offering (up to the 4.9% regulatory limit, as adjusted) if necessary to complete the stock offering at the minimum of the offering range. In addition, if market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan may elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the stock offering.
 
Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.   To the extent that there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and our tax-qualified stock benefit plans, each depositor with accounts at CharterBank with combined aggregate balances of at least $50 as of [SERD], who is not an Eligible Account Holder, a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan or an officer or director of CharterBank, Charter Financial or First Charter, MHC (a “Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe in the subscription offering for a number of shares of common stock equal to the greater of $1.5 million divided by the actual purchase price, one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the total shares offered in the stock offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying the aggregate number of shares of common stock issued in the stock offering by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposits at CharterBank and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders at CharterBank, in each case on [SERD], subject to the overall purchase limitations provided under “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases,” below.  If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed.  Thereafter, any remaining unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her aggregate deposits bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled, in each case as of [SERD].  If the amounts so allocated exceed the amounts subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of the common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest at CharterBank on [SERD].  Failure to list an account, or providing incorrect or incomplete information, could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been properly disclosed.  Neither we nor any of our agents shall be responsible for orders on which all deposit accounts at CharterBank have not been fully and accurately disclosed.

Priority 4: Other Members.   To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each member of First Charter, MHC as of the close of business on [SERD] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (“Other Members”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to a number of shares of common stock equal to the greater of $1.5 million divided by the actual purchase price or 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations provided under “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases,” below.

If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed.  Thereafter, available shares will be allocated in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Member whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Other Member must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [SERD].  In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.
 
 
137

 

Expiration Date.   The offering will expire on [offering expiration date], unless we extend the subscription offering.  We may extend the subscription offering for up to 45 days without notice to you.  If we extend the offering beyond [offering expiration date - extended], we will be required to obtain Office of Thrift Supervision approval and to conduct a resolicitation of subscribers and other persons who ordered shares of common stock, as described below.  In no event will the stock offering extend beyond [offering expiration date - final extended].  We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for the minimum required gross offering proceeds.

Subscription rights that have not been exercised prior to the conclusion of the subscription offering will become void, whether or not we have been able to locate persons entitled to subscribe.

We will not execute orders until orders for at least the minimum gross proceeds have been received.  If orders for at least $32.4 million of common stock have not been received within 45 days after [offering expiration date] or after any additional extension period and the Office of Thrift Supervision has not consented to a further extension of the stock offering, all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest at CharterBank’s passbook rate, and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.

Resolicitation. In the event that we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation, we will notify subscribers and others who ordered stock in the offering of the extension of time and that they may maintain, change or cancel their stock orders within a specified period.  If a subscriber does not respond during the resolicitation period, his or her stock order will be canceled, funds received for payment will be returned promptly with interest at our statement savings rate of interest, and withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.

Community Offering

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, we may offer shares pursuant to the stock issuance plan to the general public in a community offering.  Shares will first be offered to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Georgia and Alabama, and thereafter shares may be offered to Charter Financial’s public shareholders as of [SERD], and then to other members of the general public.

Persons ordering stock in the community offering may purchase up to $1.5 million of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the stock offering.

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons residing in the States of Georgia and Alabama, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person.  Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons residing in those states whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order.  If oversubscription occurs due to the orders of public shareholders of Charter Financial as of [SERD], the allocation procedures described above will apply to the stock orders of such persons.

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the States of Georgia or Alabama, has a present intent to remain within this community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature.  We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.
 
 
138

 

Expiration Date and Resolicitations.   The community offering, if any, may begin during or after the subscription offering, and is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering, and must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering. Charter Financial may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and is not required to give persons who have ordered stock notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [offering expiration date - extended].  If an extension beyond [offering expiration date - extended] is granted by the Office of Thrift supervision, we will resolicit purchasers in the offering as described under “—Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights—Resolicitation,” above.  In no event will the stock offering extend beyond [offering expiration date - final extended].

Syndicated Community Offering

 As a final step in the stock offering, the stock issuance plan provides that, if feasible, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering, if any, may be offered for sale to selected members of the general public in a syndicated community offering through a syndicate of registered broker-dealers managed by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated as agent of Charter Financial.  We call this the syndicated community offering.  We expect that the syndicated community offering will begin as soon as practicable after termination of the subscription offering and the community offering, if any.  We, in our sole discretion, have the right to reject orders in whole or in part received in the syndicated community offering.  Neither Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated nor any registered broker-dealer shall have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated community offering.

The price at which common stock is sold in the syndicated community offering will be the same price at which shares are offered and sold in the subscription offering and community offering.  No person may purchase more than $1.5 million of common stock in the syndicated community offering, subject to the maximum purchase limitations.  See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

If a syndicated community offering is held, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will serve as sole book running manager.  In such capacity, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers who are Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member firms.  Neither Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated community offering.  The syndicated community offering will be conducted in accordance with certain Securities and Exchange Commission rules applicable to best efforts offerings.  Under these rules, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated or the other broker-dealers participating in the syndicated community offering generally will accept payment for shares of common stock to be purchased in the syndicated community offering through a “sweep” arrangement under which a customer’s brokerage account at the applicable participating broker-dealer will be debited in the amount of the purchase price for the shares of common stock that such customer wishes to purchase in the syndicated community offering on the settlement date. Customers who authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts are required to have the funds for the payment in their accounts on, but not before, the settlement date, which will only occur if the minimum of the offering range is met.  Customers who do not wish to authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts will not be permitted to purchase shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering. Customers without brokerage accounts will not be able to participate in the syndicated community offering.  Institutional investors will pay Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, in its capacity as sole book running manager, for shares purchased in the syndicated community offering on the settlement date through the services of the Depository Trust Company on a delivery versus payment basis.  The closing of the syndicated community offering is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among Charter Financial, First Charter, MHC and CharterBank on one hand and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated on the other hand.  If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, funds for common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, less fees and commissions payable by us, will be delivered promptly to us.  If the offering is consummated, but some or all of an interested investor’s funds are not accepted by us, those funds will be returned to the interested investor promptly after closing, without interest.  If the offering is not consummated, funds in the account will be returned promptly, without interest, to the potential investor.  Normal customer ticketing will be used for order placement.  In the syndicated community offering, order forms will not be used.
 
 
139

 
 
The syndicated community offering will be completed within 45 days after the termination of the subscription offering, unless extended by CharterBank with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated community offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or in the event that there is an insignificant number of shares remaining unsold after the subscription, community and syndicated community offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares, if possible. The Office of Thrift Supervision must approve any such arrangements.

Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

The stock issuance plan includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the stock offering:

 
(i)
The aggregate amount of our outstanding common stock owned or controlled by persons other than First Charter, MHC at the close of the stock offering must be less than 50% of our total issued and outstanding common stock of Charter Financial.
 
 
(ii)
No person may purchase fewer than 25 shares ($284.25 based on $11.37, the maximum purchase price per share, as adjusted) of common stock or more than $1.5 million of common stock.
 
 
(iii)
The maximum purchase of common stock in the subscription offering by a group of persons through a single deposit account is $1.5 million. Except for the employee stock ownership plan, as described above, no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase, in all categories of the offering combined, more than 5% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering.
 
 
(iv)
Current shareholders of Charter Financial other than our employee stock ownership plan are subject to an ownership limitation.  The number of shares of common stock that a shareholder may purchase in the offering, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such shareholder, plus any shares of Charter Financial common stock that they own as of [SERD], may not exceed 5% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering.
 
 
(v)
The aggregate amount of common stock acquired in the stock offering, plus all prior issuances by Charter Financial, by any one or more tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans of Charter Financial, exclusive of any shares of common stock acquired by such plans in the secondary market, may not, at the conclusion of the stock offering, exceed 4.9% of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of Charter Financial, or (B) the shareholders’ equity of Charter Financial.
 
 
(vi)
The aggregate amount of common stock acquired in the stock offering, plus all prior issuances by Charter Financial, by any one or more tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and stock recognition and award plans of Charter Financial, exclusive of any shares of common stock acquired by such plans in the secondary market, shall not exceed 4.9% (5.88% with Office of Thrift Supervision approval if CharterBank’s tangible capital is at least ten percent at the time a plan is implemented) of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of Charter Financial, or (ii) the shareholders’ equity of Charter Financial.
 
 
(vii)
The aggregate amount of common stock acquired in the stock offering, plus all prior issuances by Charter Financial, by all non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans of Charter Financial, or by directors and executive officers and their associates, exclusive of any shares of common stock acquired by such plans or persons in the secondary market, may not exceed 25% of the outstanding common stock held by persons other than First Charter, MHC at the conclusion of the stock offering. In calculating the number of shares of directors and executive officers and their associates under this paragraph, shares held by any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan that are attributable to such person shall not be counted.
 
 
140

 
 
 
(viii)
Depending upon market or financial conditions, our Board of Directors, with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision without further approval of members of First Charter, MHC, may decrease or increase the purchase and ownership limitations.  If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount and included on their stock order form a desire to be resolicted, may be given, the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then applicable limit.  The effect of this type of resolicitation will be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions.  In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares sold in the offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for Charter Financial common stock exceeding 5% of the shares sold in the offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares sold in the offering.
 
The term “associate” of a person means:
 
 
(i)
any corporation or organization, other than Charter Financial, CharterBank or a majority-owned subsidiary of CharterBank, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or 10% beneficial shareholder;
 
 
(ii)
any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; provided, however, it does not include any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and
 
 
(iii)
any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either has the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of Charter Financial or CharterBank.
 
The term “acting in concert” means:
 
 
(i)
knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or
 
 
(ii)
a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.
 
A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) will also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.

We have the sole discretion to determine whether prospective purchasers are “associates” or “acting in concert.”  Persons having the same address, and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying accounts registered at the same address will be deemed to be acting in concert unless we determine otherwise.

Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the Board of Directors. Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by executive officers and directors of Charter Financial or CharterBank and except as described below.  Any purchases made by any associate of Charter Financial or CharterBank for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution.  In addition, under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority guidelines, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities.  For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of our shares of common stock at the time of the stock offering and thereafter, see “—Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after the Stock Offering.”
 
 
141

 
 
Marketing Arrangements

To assist in the marketing of our common stock, we have retained Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, which is a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will assist us on a best efforts basis in the offering by:

(i)           acting as our advisor for the stock offering;
 
(ii)          providing administrative services and managing the Stock Information Center;

(iii)         educating our employees regarding the offering;

 
(iv)
targeting our sales efforts, including assisting in the preparation of marketing materials; and

(v)          soliciting orders for common stock.

For these services, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive an advisory and administrative fee of $50,000 and 1% of the dollar amount of all shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings.  No sales fee will be payable to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated with respect to shares purchased by officers, directors and employees or their immediate families and shares purchased by our tax-qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans.  As part of our subscription and community offering, at our request, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will endeavor to identify certain investors (commonly known as “standby investors”) who agree to commit, subject to certain conditions, to purchase blocks of stock in the stock offering to ensure we sell sufficient shares to consummate the stock offering.  Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive a fee of 6% of the dollar amount of common stock sold to any stand-by investors in the subscription and community offerings.  Excluding fees paid pursuant to sales to standby investors, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive a minimum fee of $125,000 for shares sold in the subscription and community offering.

In the event that Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated sells common stock through a group of broker-dealers in a syndicated community offering, it will be paid a fee equal to 1% of the dollar amount of total shares sold in the syndicated community offering, which fee along with the fee payable to selected dealers (which will include Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated) shall not exceed 6% in the aggregate.  Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will serve as sole book running manager.  Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated also will be reimbursed for allocable expenses in amount not to exceed $30,000 for all categories of the overall offering combined and $100,000 for attorney’s fees (excluding reimbursement for allocable expenses of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated’s counsel).

 In the event that we are required to resolicit subscribers for shares of our common stock in the subscription and community offerings, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will be required to provide significant additional services in connection with the resolicitation (including repeating the services described above), and we may pay Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated an additional fee for those services that will not exceed $50,000.  Under such circumstances, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated may be reimbursed for additional allowable expenses.

Stifel has also been granted a two year right of first refusal to serve as financial advisor and marketing agent to First Charter, MHC and Charter Financial in the event that they determine to undertake a second-step conversion.

We will indemnify Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
 
142

 

Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other regular employees of CharterBank may assist in the stock offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction.  No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters.  No sales activity will be conducted in a CharterBank banking office.  Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.  Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock.  We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.

In addition, we have engaged Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated to act as our records management agent in connection with the stock offering.  In its role as records management agent, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will coordinate with our data processing service and interface with the Stock Information Center to provide the records processing and the stock order services, including but not limited to: consolidation of deposit and loan accounts; preparation of information for order forms; interfacing with our financial printer; and recording stock order information.  For its services as records management agent, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive a fee of $35,000.  We will also reimburse Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with these services, not to exceed $5,000.

Prospectus Delivery

To ensure that each person ordering stock receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before [offering expiration date] in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Exchange Act, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to such date or hand delivered any later than two days prior to such date.  Execution of a stock order form will confirm receipt or delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8.  Order forms will be distributed only if accompanied or preceded by a prospectus.  We will make reasonable attempts to provide a prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights.  The subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire on [offering expiration date], however, whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to terminate the stock offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will promptly return all purchase orders, plus interest at CharterBank’s passbook rate from the date of receipt, and we will cancel all authorized withdrawals from deposit accounts.

Lock-up Agreements

We and each of our directors and officers have agreed, for a period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 90 days after completion of the stock offering, not to, without the prior written consent of Stifel Nicolaus, directly or indirectly (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act, as amended, with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of common stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.  The restricted period described above is subject to extension under limited circumstances.  In the event that either (1) during the period that begins on the date that is 15 calendar days plus three business days before the last day of the restricted period and ends on the last day of the restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs, or (2) prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, the restrictions set forth herein will continue to apply until the expiration of the date that is 15 calendar days plus three business days after the date on which the earnings release is issued or the material news or event related to us occurs.
 
 
143

 

Procedure for Purchasing Shares

All persons ordering stock must order a total dollar amount of common stock.  The minimum number of shares of common stock which any person may order is 25 shares, or $284.25 of common stock assuming a per share sales price of $11.37.  An accepted order will receive the largest whole number of shares that the dollar amount will purchase calculated at the actual purchase price per share.  Fractional shares will not be issued; instead, we will refund the amount that is insufficient to purchase a whole share of common stock.  The total number of shares of common stock that will be issued to any person is subject to the applicable purchase limitations and allocation procedures in the stock offering in the event of an oversubscription.  See “—Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights”, “—Community Offering” and “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases”, below.

Expiration Date.   The stock offering will terminate at 2:00 p.m., Georgia time, on [offering expiration date], unless we extend the stock offering in our sole discretion for up to 45 days, or such additional periods as may be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Charter Financial may decide to extend the stock offering for any reason and is not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [offering expiration date - extended].  If an extension beyond [offering expiration date - extended] is granted by the Office of Thrift supervision, we will resolicit subscribers and other persons who submitted orders, in which event we will notify subscribers and others who ordered stock in the offering of the extension of time and that they may maintain, change or cancel their stock orders within a specified period.  If a subscriber or other person who submitted an order does not respond during the resolicitation period, his or her stock order will be canceled, funds received for payment will be returned promptly with interest at CharterBank’s passbook rate of interest, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.  No single extension will last longer than 90 days, and in no event shall the stock offering extend beyond [offering expiration date - final extended].

Subscription rights that have not been exercised prior to the conclusion of the subscription offering will become void, whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscribe in the offering.

We will not execute orders until orders for at least the minimum gross proceeds have been received.  If orders for at least $32.4 million of common stock have not been received within 45 days after [offering expiration date] or after any additional extension period and the Office of Thrift Supervision has not consented to a further extension of the stock offering, all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly with interest at CharterBank’s passbook rate and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $212.3 million, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $136.5 million, then, after consulting with the Office of Thrift Supervision, we may terminate the stock issuance plan, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock with interest at our current statement savings rate of interest.  Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers, as described above, or take other actions as permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision in order to complete the stock offering.

Use of Order Forms in the Subscription and Community Offerings . In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, you must complete and sign an original stock order form and remit full payment.  We are not required to accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. All order forms must be received (not postmarked) prior to 2:00 p.m., Georgia time, on [offering expiration date]. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are not signed or are otherwise executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms, and we have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms.  You may submit your order form and payment either by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided, by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the order form.  Our banking offices will not accept stock order forms.  Please do not mail stock order forms to CharterBank.  Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent, unless the offering is extended beyond [offering expiration date - extended].  We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering.  If you are ordering shares in the subscription offering, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares.  We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the stock issuance plan.  Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the stock issuance plan and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final.
 
 
144

 

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by CharterBank or the federal government, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:

 
(i)
personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to Charter Financial Corporation;  or
 
 
(ii)
authorizing us to withdraw funds from CharterBank the types of deposit accounts (not checking accounts) designated on the stock order form.
 
Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at CharterBank are provided on the order form. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contract rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at CharterBank’s passbook rate subsequent to the withdrawal.  In the case of payments made by personal check, these funds must be available in the account(s) when the order form is received. Checks and money orders will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at CharterBank and will earn interest at CharterBank’s statement savings rate from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed or terminated.

You may not remit cash, CharterBank line of credit checks, and third-party checks (including those payable to you and endorsed over to Charter Financial). Additionally, you may not designate a direct withdrawal from CharterBank accounts with check-writing privileges.  Please provide a check instead.  If permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision, in the event we resolicit large purchasers, as described above in “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases,” such purchasers who wish to increase their purchases will not be able to use personal checks to pay for the additional shares.

Once we receive your executed stock order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by [offering expiration date - extended], in which event purchasers may be given the opportunity to increase, decrease or cancel their orders for a specified period of time.

Regulations prohibit CharterBank from lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering.

We shall have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the stock offering.  This payment may be made by wire transfer.

If our employee stock ownership plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until consummation of the offering, provided that there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or Charter Financial to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase.
 
 
145

 

Using IRA Funds.   If you are interested in using your individual retirement account or other retirement account funds to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed retirement account, such as a brokerage firm retirement account.  By regulation, CharterBank’s retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in our shares of common stock.  Therefore, if you wish to use funds that are currently in a CharterBank retirement account, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock.  The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will instead have to be transferred to a brokerage account before placing your order.  If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing a stock order.  An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee or custodian.  There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. Depositors interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account, whether at CharterBank or elsewhere , to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center for guidance as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the [offering expiration date] offering deadline, because processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

Delivery of Stock Certificates in the Subscription and Community Offerings . Certificates representing shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the certificate registration address noted by them on the stock order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering and receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held by the transfer agent until claimed by persons legally entitled thereto or otherwise disposed of in accordance with applicable law. Until certificates for the shares of common stock are available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock which they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.

Other Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the stock issuance plan, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished.  In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country, or in a State of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (i) a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the stock issuance plan reside in such state; (ii) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us, under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in such state; or (iii) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.
 
 
Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

Subscription rights to purchase shares in the stock offering are nontransferable.   Persons receiving these rights are not permitted to transfer or enter into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the stock issuance plan or, prior to the completion of the stock offering, the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise.  These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account.  Each person exercising such subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares of common stock in the subscription offering solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares.  Adding the names of non-depositors, or depositors with a lower purchase priority than yours, could result in a loss of your subscription priority.  In addition, persons may not offer or make an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase such subscription rights or shares of common stock.  We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event management becomes aware of the transfer of subscription rights and we will not honor orders known by them to involve the transfer of these rights.
 
 
146

 

Stock Information Center

If you have questions about our stock offering, please call our Stock Information Center toll-free at 1-________________, Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Georgia time.   The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and for bank holidays.

Tax Effects of the Stock Offering

Management believes that no gain or loss for federal or Georgia income tax purposes will be recognized to Charter Financial Corporation or First Charter, MHC as a result of the stock offering.

Management believes that First Charter, MHC’s contribution of a portion of its shares of common stock, and the subsequent cancellation of those shares by Charter Financial Corporation, qualifies as a tax-free contribution of capital by First Charter, MHC under Section 118 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Management believes that First Charter, MHC’s contribution of shares to Charter Financial Corporation is analogous to the situation in Commissioner v. Fink , 483 U.S. 89 (1987), in which the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that where majority shareholders voluntarily surrender a portion of their stock to a corporation in an unsuccessful attempt to increase the corporation’s attractiveness to outside investors, and where the majority shareholders retained control of the corporation even after the surrender, they made a non-taxable capital contribution.

Concurrently with First Charter, MHC’s capital contribution, Charter Financial Corporation will offer, sell and issue shares of common stock to the public in the stock offering.  Generally, a sale of shares for cash is a non-taxable event under Section 1032 of the Internal Revenue Code.  Management is not aware of any authority under current law which would hold that the two concurrent transactions would be taxable.

There is, however, the possibility that the receipt and/or exercise of the subscription rights by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would result in taxable gain or income to the extent that such subscription rights are determined to have a fair market value.   Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have ascertainable value.

Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Shares After the Stock Offering

All common stock purchased in the stock offering by a director or an executive officer of Charter Financial or CharterBank and any associates of such persons, will be subject to a restriction that the shares of common stock cannot be sold for a period of one year following the stock offering, except in the event of the death of such director or executive officer, in connection with a merger or acquisition of Charter Financial that has been approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision, or as otherwise approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision.  Each certificate for shares subject to the restriction described above will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within such time period of any certificate or record ownership of such shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction.  Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise, with respect to such restricted stock will be subject to the same restrictions.  The directors and executive officers of CharterBank and Charter Financial and certain other persons in receipt of material non-public information also will be subject to the insider trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Purchases of outstanding shares of common stock of Charter Financial by directors, executive officers (or any person who became an executive officer or director of Charter Financial or CharterBank after adoption of the stock issuance plan) or their associates during the three-year period following the stock offering may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.  This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock or to the purchase of common stock pursuant to a stock option plan or any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan of CharterBank or Charter Financial (including any employee stock ownership plan, stock recognition plan or restricted stock plan).
 
 
147

 
 
 
General

We are authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of common stock having a par value of $0.01 per share and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock having no par value.  As of March 31, 2010, 18,672,361 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding, of which 15,857,924 shares of common stock were held by First Charter, MHC and no shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding.  We expect to issue in the stock offering up to 5,961,573 shares of common stock.  We will not issue shares of preferred stock in the stock offering. Each share of our common stock has the same relative rights as, and is identical in all respects with, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the actual purchase price per share for our shares of common stock, in accordance with the plan of stock issuance, all of the common stock sold in the stock offering will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.

Our common stock is nonwithdrawable capital, is not an account of an insurable type, and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.

Common Stock

Distributions .   We can pay dividends if, as and when declared by our Board of Directors, subject to compliance with limitations that are imposed by law.  The holders of our shares of common stock are entitled to receive and share equally in such dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.  If we issue preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of our common stock with respect to dividends.

Voting Rights .  The holders of our shares of common stock possess exclusive voting rights in Charter Financial Corporation.  Each holder of a share of common stock is entitled to one vote per share and does not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors.  If we issue preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock also may possess voting rights.

Liquidation .   In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of CharterBank, Charter Financial, as the holder of 100% of the outstanding capital stock of each of CharterBank, would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of CharterBank, as appropriate, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in a special liquidation account to certain depositors of CharterBank, all assets of CharterBank available for distribution, as appropriate.  In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Charter Financial, the holders of our shares of common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all our debts and liabilities, all of our assets available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the shares of common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

Rights to Buy Additional Shares .  Holders of shares of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued.  Preemptive rights are the priority right to buy additional shares if we issue more shares in the future.  The shares of our common stock are not subject to redemption.

Cumulative Voting .  Our Charter does not provide for cumulative voting.

Number and Term of Directors .  Our Charter provides that the number of directors shall be not fewer than five nor more than 15, unless the Office of Thrift Supervision approves a greater or lesser number.  Our Bylaws specify that the number of directors shall be seven.  Our Bylaws also provide for the Board of Directors to be classified into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible, with one class being elected annually.

Amendment of Charter and Bylaws .  Our Charter may be amended if such amendment is proposed by the Board of Directors and approved by shareholders by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast, unless a higher vote is required by the Office of Thrift Supervision.  Our Bylaws may be amended upon approval by a majority vote of the authorized Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the votes cast by our shareholders (and upon receipt of approval by the Office of Thrift Supervision, if applicable).
 
 
148

 

Preferred Stock

None of the shares of our authorized preferred stock have been issued or will be issued in the stock offering.  Such preferred stock may be issued with such preferences and designations as our Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  Our Board of Directors can, without shareholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of shares of our common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.  We have no present plans to issue preferred stock.

 
The transfer agent and registrar for Charter Financial’s common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

 
The consolidated financial statements of Charter Financial as of September 30, 2009 and 2008, and for the years then ended appearing in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Dixon Hughes PLLC, independent registered public accountants, as stated in their reports with respect thereto, and have been included herein in reliance given upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows of Charter Financial for the year ended September 30, 2007 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, included herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Charter Financial has agreed to indemnify and hold KPMG LLP harmless against and from any and all legal costs and expenses incurred by KPMG LLP in successful defense of any legal action or proceeding that arises as a result of KPMG LLP’s consent to including KPMG LLP’s audit report on Charter Financial’s past financial statements that are included herein and in the registration statement.

The statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed by Charter Financial pursuant to the purchase and assumption agreement, dated as of March 26, 2010, between CharterBank and the FDIC, has been audited by Dixon Hughes PLLC and has been included herein in reliance given upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

RP Financial has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to Charter Financial setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the stock offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.

 
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., counsel to Charter Financial, First Charter, MHC and CharterBank, will issue to Charter Financial its opinion regarding the legality of the common stock. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated by Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
 
 
149

 

 
Charter Financial has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement.  Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates.  The Securities and Exchange Commission telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330.  In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Charter Financial.  The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

In connection with the offering, Charter Financial will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, Charter Financial and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% shareholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Under the stock issuance plan, Charter Financial has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.
 
 
150

 

CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Report of Dixon Hughes PLLC, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  F-2
     
Report of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  F-3
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2010 (unaudited) and September 30, 2009 and 2008
  F-4
     
Consolidated Statements of Income for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) and for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007
  F-5
     
Consolidated Statements of Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the six months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited) and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007
  F-6
     
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited) and for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007
  F-8
     
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements    F-10
 
***
 
All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information either is not applicable or is included in the financial statements or related notes.
 
 
F-1

 
 
GRAPHIC
KPMG LLP
Suite 1800
420 20th Street North
Birmingham, AL 35203
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors Charter Financial Corporation:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows of Charter Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) for the year ended September 30, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the operations and the cash flows of Charter Financial Corporation for the year ended September 30, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
 
  GRAPHIC
 
Birmingham, Alabama
December 20, 2007
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is the U.S.
member firm of KPMG International, a Swiss cooperative. 
 
 
 
F-2

 
 
    GRAPHIC  
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors
Charter Financial Corporation:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Charter Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the 2009 and 2008 consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Charter Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/ DIXON HUGHES PLLC
 
Atlanta, Georgia
December 23, 2009, except
for Note 22 as to which the
date is June 18, 2010
 
  225 Peachtree Street NE, Suite 600  GRAPHIC  
  Atlanta, GA 30303-1728 
  Ph. 404.575.8900 Fx. 404.575.8860 
  www.dixon-hughes.com
   
 
 
 
 
F-3

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
                   
   
(Unaudited)
             
   
March 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Assets
                 
Cash and amounts due from depository institutions
  $ 111,091,656     $ 36,679,210     $ 11,978,998  
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
    30,544,762       17,160,826       2,660,130  
Cash and cash equivalents
    141,636,418       53,840,036       14,639,128  
Loans held for sale, fair value of $694,900, $1,129,286 and $1,297,165
    690,301       1,123,489       1,292,370  
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations available for sale
    201,583,697       201,625,975       242,848,419  
Other investment securities available for sale
    3,962,010       4,434,732       34,290,733  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    15,157,100       14,035,800       13,605,900  
Loans receivable:
                       
Not covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements
    476,227,837       472,974,693       437,520,665  
Covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements, net
    213,755,529       89,763,944       -  
Unamortized loan origination fees, net
    (897,488 )     (856,538 )     (804,475 )
Allowance for loan losses (non-covered loans)
    (11,396,504 )     (9,331,612 )     (8,243,931 )
Loans receivable, net
    677,689,374       552,550,487       428,472,259  
Other real estate owned:
                       
Not covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements
    7,409,175       4,777,542       2,680,430  
Covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements
    35,732,671       10,681,499       -  
Accrued interest and dividends receivable
    4,286,580       3,746,080       3,272,628  
Premises and equipment, net
    17,513,373       17,287,140       17,302,517  
Goodwill
    4,325,282       4,325,282       4,325,282  
Other intangible assets, net of amortization
    1,046,196       854,586       988,988  
Cash surrender value of life insurance
    31,116,214       30,549,849       29,280,581  
FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements
    94,089,464       26,481,146       -  
Deferred income taxes
    419,076       7,289,043       6,872,020  
Other assets
    6,082,679       3,277,447       1,629,327  
Total assets
  $ 1,242,739,610     $ 936,880,133     $ 801,500,582  
                         
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
                       
Liabilities:
                       
Deposits
  $ 906,580,112     $ 597,633,669     $ 420,175,064  
FHLB advances and other borrowings
    212,232,472       227,000,000       267,000,000  
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    793,091       1,279,440       1,237,494  
Other liabilities
    12,460,724       12,710,364       10,786,103  
Total liabilities
    1,132,066,399       838,623,473       699,198,661  
Stockholders’ Equity:
                       
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 19,859,219 shares issued at March 31, 2010, September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively; 18,578,856, 18,577,356 and 18,794,999 shares outstanding at March 31, 2010, September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively
    198,592       198,592       198,592  
Preferred Stock, no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized
    -       -       -  
Additional paid-in capital
    42,807,498       42,751,898       42,537,428  
Treasury stock, at cost; 1,186,858, 1,281,863, and 1,064,220 shares at March 31, 2010, September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively
    (36,903,102 )     (36,948,327 )     (35,060,409 )
Unearned compensation - ESOP
    (1,546,990 )     (1,683,990 )     (1,825,390 )
Retained earnings
    109,148,101       102,215,498       103,301,290  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss - net unrealized holding losses on securities available for sale, net of tax
    (3,030,888 )     (8,277,011 )     (6,849,590 )
Total stockholders’ equity
    110,673,211       98,256,660       102,301,921  
Commitments and contingencies
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,242,739,610     $ 936,880,133     $ 801,500,582  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-4

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Income
                               
   
(Unaudited)
       
   
Six Months Ended
       
   
March 31,
   
Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Interest and dividend income:
                             
Loans receivable
  $ 18,155,653     $ 13,133,776     $ 29,311,959     $ 28,872,156     $ 28,884,292  
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
    3,961,812       5,753,657       10,700,219       12,210,454       13,787,660  
Equity securities
    15,268             29,394       3,168,878       8,203,630  
Debt securities
    98,610       329,815       484,064       1,189,925       1,759,595  
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
    42,400       12,187       33,636       935,991       2,010,338  
Total interest and dividend income
    22,273,743       19,229,435       40,559,272       46,377,404       54,645,515  
Interest expense:
                                       
Deposits
    5,125,902       5,229,443       10,099,376       14,525,764       15,187,922  
Borrowings
    5,252,253       6,106,722       12,499,232       12,245,020       14,639,019  
Total interest expense
    10,378,155       11,336,165       22,598,608       26,770,784       29,826,941  
Net interest income
    11,895,588       7,893,270       17,960,664       19,606,620       24,818,574  
Provision for loan losses
    3,800,000       2,550,000       4,550,000       3,250,000        
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    8,095,588       5,343,270       13,410,664       16,356,620       24,818,574  
Noninterest income:
                                       
Service charges on deposit accounts
    2,672,460       2,250,483       4,664,364       5,027,499       4,532,045  
Gain (loss) on sale of investments
    203,188       182,798       2,160,760       (38,272 )      
Total impairment losses on securities
    (5,179,492 )                        
Portion of losses recognized in other comprehensive income
    1,652,818                          
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
    (3,526,674 )                        
Gain on sale of other assets held for sale
          2,086,053       2,086,053              
Bank owned life insurance
    566,365       636,522       1,269,268       1,059,224       591,478  
Gain on sale of loans and loan servicing release fees
    468,245       312,486       681,524       762,227       1,151,839  
Gain on sale of Freddie Mac common stock
                      9,556,639       69,453,332  
Loan servicing fees
    137,178       102,977       223,375       291,183       272,040  
Gain on operations of covered call program
                      1,722,977       368,799  
Brokerage commissions
    248,909       141,983       301,469       402,183       424,299  
Acquisition gain
    15,604,040                          
Other
    1,041,314       180,793       405,321       166,797       130,479  
Total noninterest income
    17,415,025       5,894,095       11,792,134       18,950,457       76,924,311  
Noninterest expenses:
                                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    6,243,395       4,759,464       10,056,639       11,436,562       13,811,000  
Occupancy
    2,929,966       1,896,241       3,970,052       3,786,348       3,530,652  
FHLB advance prepayment penalty
                1,408,275              
Legal and professional
    956,271       420,582       989,230       669,789       429,444  
Marketing
    719,275       387,668       1,040,867       930,174       987,648  
Federal insurance premiums and other regulatory fees
    544,160       490,763       1,390,873       336,290       260,907  
Net cost of operations of real estate owned
    526,071       45,719       800,985       18,826       44,340  
Furniture and equipment
    314,186       304,845       647,878       624,530       667,495  
Postage, office supplies, and printing
    341,540       301,860       625,110       614,302       560,072  
Core deposit intangible amortization expense
    67,201       67,201       134,402       136,864       147,684  
Other
    706,945       714,550       1,517,087       1,730,124       1,486,457  
Total noninterest expenses
    13,349,010       9,388,893       22,581,398       20,283,809       21,925,699  
Income before income taxes
    12,161,603       1,848,472       2,621,400       15,023,268       79,817,186  
Income tax expense
    4,428,092       419,072       305,638       4,491,036       28,877,364  
Net income
  $ 7,733,511     $ 1,429,400     $ 2,315,762     $ 10,532,232     $ 50,939,822  
                                         
Basic net income per share
  $ 0.42     $ 0.08     $ 0.13     $ 0.55     $ 2.67  
Diluted net income per share
  $ 0.42     $ 0.08     $ 0.12     $ 0.55     $ 2.65  
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    18,416,507       18,522,909       18,497,297       19,022,259       19,097,807  
Weighted average number of common and potential common shares outstanding
    18,416,507       18,522,909       18,558,523       19,082,960       19,210,548  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-5

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
For the Six Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and the Years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
                                                       
                               
Accumulated
     
       
Common stock
         
Unearned
     
other
 
Total
 
   
Comprehensive
 
Number
     
Additional
 
Treasury
 
compensation
 
Retained
 
comprehensive
 
stockholders’
 
   
income (loss)
 
of shares
 
Amount
 
paid-in capital
 
stock
 
ESOP
 
earnings
 
income (loss)
 
equity
 
                                                       
Balance at September 30, 2006
       
19,837,816
 
$
198,378
 
$
39,031,515
 
$
(5,436,393
)
$
(2,121,940
)
$
63,548,301
 
$
172,489,384
 
$
267,709,245
 
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                     
Net income
 
$
50,939,822
 
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
50,939,822
   
-
   
50,939,822
 
Other comprehensive income (loss) – change in unrealized gain on securities, net of income taxes of $34,955,781
   
(55,603,237
)
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(55,603,237
)
 
(55,603,237
)
Total comprehensive loss
 
$
(4,663,415
)
                                             
Dividends paid, $4.45 per share
       
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(14,562,112
)
 
-
   
(14,562,112
)
Allocation of ESOP common stock
       
-
   
-
   
454,887
   
-
   
150,500
   
-
   
-
   
605,387
 
Vesting of non-vested shares
       
-
   
-
   
(91,980
)
 
801,245
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
709,265
 
Tax benefit of disqualifying dispositions of stock options
       
-
   
-
   
139,365
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
139,365
 
Stock based compensation expense
       
-
   
-
   
1,311,019
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
1,311,019
 
Income tax benefits of non-vested share awards
       
-
   
-
   
424,189
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
424,189
 
Repurchase of shares
       
-
   
-
   
-
   
(27,064,470
)
 
-
   
-
   
-
   
(27,064,470
)
Exercise of stock options, including income tax benefit of $59,860
       
17,803
   
178
   
463,469
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
463,647
 
                                                       
Balance at September 30, 2007
       
19,855,619
 
$
198,556
 
$
41,732,464
 
$
(31,699,618
)
$
(1,971,440
)
$
99,926,011
 
$
116,886,147
 
$
225,072,120
 
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                     
Net income
 
$
10,532,232
 
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
10,532,232
   
-
   
10,532,232
 
Other comprehensive income (loss) – change in unrealized gain on securities, net of income taxes of $77,788,265
   
(123,735,737
)
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(123,735,737
)
 
(123,735,737
)
Total comprehensive loss
 
$
(113,203,505
)
                                             
Dividends paid, $1.75 per share
       
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(7,156,953
)
 
-
   
(7,156,953
)
Allocation of ESOP common stock
       
-
   
-
   
554,466
   
-
   
146,050
   
-
   
-
   
700,516
 
Vesting of non-vested shares
       
-
   
-
   
51,460
   
1,315,387
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
1,366,847
 
Tax benefit of disqualifying dispositions of stock options
       
-
   
-
   
9,700
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
9,700
 
Stock based compensation expense
       
-
   
-
   
84,038
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
84,038
 
Repurchase of shares
       
-
   
-
   
-
   
(4,676,178
)
 
-
   
-
   
-
   
(4,676,178
)
Exercise of stock options, including income tax benefit of $0
       
3,600
   
36
   
105,300
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
105,336
 
                                                       
Balance at September 30, 2008
       
19,859,219
 
$
198,592
 
$
42,537,428
 
$
(35,060,409
)
$
(1,825,390
)
$
103,301,290
 
$
(6,849,590
)
$
102,301,921
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-6

 

CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
For the Six Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and the Years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
(Continued)
                                                       
                               
Accumulated
     
       
Common stock
         
Unearned
     
other
 
Total
 
   
Comprehensive
 
Number
     
Additional
 
Treasury
 
compensation
 
Retained
 
comprehensive
 
stockholders’
 
   
income (loss)
 
of shares
 
Amount
 
paid-in capital
 
stock
 
ESOP
 
earnings
 
income (loss)
 
equity
 
                                       
Balance at September 30, 2008
       
19,859,219
 
$
198,592
 
$
42,537,428
 
$
(35,060,409
)
$
(1,825,390
)
$
103,301,290
 
$
(6,849,590
)
$
102,301,921
 
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                     
Net income
 
$
2,315,762
 
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
2,315,762
   
-
   
2,315,762
 
Other comprehensive income (loss) – change in unrealized loss on securities, net of income taxes of $897,369
   
(1,427,421
)
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(1,427,421
)
 
(1,427,421
)
Total comprehensive income
 
$
888,341
                                               
Dividends paid, $1.00 per share
       
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(3,401,554
)
 
-
   
(3,401,554
)
Allocation of ESOP common stock
       
-
   
-
   
148,470
   
-
   
141,400
   
-
   
-
   
289,870
 
Vesting of non-vested shares
       
-
   
-
   
32,066
   
340,424
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
372,490
 
Stock based compensation expense
       
-
   
-
   
33,934
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
33,934
 
Repurchase of shares
       
-
   
-
   
-
   
(2,228,342
)
 
-
   
-
   
-
   
(2,228,342
)
                                                       
Balance at September 30, 2009
       
19,859,219
   
198,592
   
42,751,898
   
(36,948,327
)
 
(1,683,990
)
 
102,215,498
   
(8,277,011
)
 
98,256,660
 
                                                       
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                     
Net income
 
$
7,733,511
 
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
7,733,511
   
-
   
7,733,511
 
Other comprehensive income (loss) – change in unrealized loss on securities, net of income tax benefit of $2,7002,548
   
5,246,123
 
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
5,246,123
   
5,246,123
 
Total comprehensive income
 
$
12,979,634
                                               
Dividends paid, $0.25 per share
       
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(800,908
)
 
-
   
(800,908
)
Allocation of ESOP common stock
       
-
   
-
   
10,034
   
-
   
137,000
   
-
   
-
   
147,034
 
Vesting of non-vested shares
       
-
   
-
   
28,650
   
45,225
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
73,875
 
Stock based compensation expense
       
-
   
-
   
16,916
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
16,916
 
Repurchase of shares
       
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
                                                       
Balance at March 31, 2010
       
19,859,219
 
$
198,592
 
$
42,807,498
 
$
(36,903,102
)
$
(1,546,990
)
$
109,148,101
 
$
(3,030,888
)
$
110,673,211
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-7

 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                               
   
(Unaudited)
                   
   
Six Months Ended
                   
   
March 31,
   
Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                             
Net income
  $ 7,733,511     $ 1,429,400     $ 2,315,762     $ 10,532,232     $ 50,939,822  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
                                       
Provision for loan losses
    3,800,000       2,550,000       4,550,000       3,250,000        
Depreciation and amortization
    522,261       501,021       1,007,408       963,964       989,788  
Deferred income tax benefit
    (1,830,774 )     1,920,594       (430,209 )     (1,920,594 )     (422,086 )
Accretion and amortization of premiums and discounts, net
    585,851       9,749       127,242       (26,437 )     (138,640 )
Accretion of fair value discounts related to covered loans
    (3,333,953 )           (1,698,238 )            
Gain on sale of loans and loan servicing release fees
    (468,245 )     (312,486 )     (681,524 )     (762,227 )     (1,151,839 )
Proceeds from sale of loans
    10,454,196       10,891,313       25,996,713       18,548,793       41,099,310  
Originations and purchases of loans held for sale
    (9,552,762 )     (9,877,357 )     (25,146,308 )     (18,157,816 )     (39,959,385 )
Gain on acquisition
    (9,605,847 )                        
Gain on sale of Freddie Mac common stock
                      (9,556,639 )     (69,453,332 )
(Gain) loss on sale of mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and other investments 
    (203,188     (182,798      (2,160,760      38,272        —  
Other-than-temporary impairment
    3,526,674                          
Write down of real estate owned
    199,776             669,870       39,219       30,800  
Loss (gain) on sale of real estate owned
    (81,263 )     (16,044 )     (113,946 )     (414 )        
Recovery payable to FDIC on other real estate owned gains
    (449,858 )           (130,046 )            
Gain on sale of other assets held for sale
                (2,086,053 )           (47,539 )
FHLB advance prepayment penalty
                1,408,275              
Restricted stock award expense
    105,784       144,497       285,046       851,640       669,319  
Stock option expense
    16,916       17,016       33,934       84,038       1,971,608  
Excess tax benefit on exercise of stock options
                            (59,860 )
Increase in cash surrender value on bank owned life insurance
    (566,365 )     (636,522 )     (1,269,268 )     (1,059,224 )     (591,478 )
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                                       
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest and dividends receivable
    109,301       60,136       192,004       404,950       (99,207 )
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    (3,568,812 )     (2,892,523 )     437,171       159,085       113,019  
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
    (1,543,567 )     (5,743,109 )     867,398       454,559       2,067,504  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (4,150,365 )     (2,137,114 )     4,175,411       3,729,869       (14,042,610 )
                                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations available for sale
    15,026,370       19,178,518       89,435,458       5,894,659        
Principal collections on government sponsored entities available for sale
    411,790             1,103,987       606,401       789,064  
Principal collections on mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations available for sale
    28,893,423       24,878,214       69,470,730       47,745,518       50,442,863  
Purchase of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations available for sale
    (14,107,959 )     (27,442,753 )     (111,700,517 )     (38,269,681 )     (4,003,362 )
Purchase of equity securities and other investments
                (21,891,798 )     (10,083,386 )      
Proceeds from sale of Freddie Mac common stock
                      14,281,888       70,646,923  
Proceeds from the sale or issuer call of equity securities and other investments
          29,050,000       58,055,440       990,025        
Proceeds from maturities of other securities available for sale
                      5,974,000       5,000,000  
Purchase of FHLB stock
          (1,903,500 )     (2,236,500 )     (3,042,000 )     (1,125,000 )
Proceeds from redemption of FHLB stock
          2,473,500       2,806,500       3,103,900       3,438,400  
Proceeds from redemption of FRB stock acquired
                157,800              
Net increase in loans receivable
    (3,472,622 )     (26,616,448 )     (43,655,083 )     (30,990,857 )     (31,402,364 )
Net decrease in FDIC receivable
    3,972,605             23,729,476              
Proceeds from sale of real estate owned
    5,578,994       1,020,861       5,443,005       2,395,548       826,044  
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
          708,523       781,510             149,516  
Purchases of premises and equipment
    (681,293 )     (311,033 )     (1,639,139 )     (1,328,770 )     (701,216 )
Net cash received from acquisitions
    68,914,993             30,017,337              
Purchase of life insurance
                      (15,000,000 )      
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    104,536,301       21,035,882       99,878,206       (17,722,755 )     94,060,868  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-8

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)
                               
   
(Unaudited)
                   
   
Six Months Ended
                   
   
March 31,
   
Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                             
Purchase of treasury stock
  $     $ (1,012,435 )   $ (2,228,342 )   $ (4,676,178 )   $ (27,064,470 )
Stock options exercised
                      105,336       403,787  
Excess tax benefit on exercise of stock options
                            59,860  
Dividends on restricted stock awards
    (16,684 )     (19,391 )                        
Dividends paid
    (784,224 )     (1,334,918 )     (3,401,554 )     (15,871,868 )     (5,847,197 )
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
    12,956,717       13,740,193       (4,779,819 )     (10,508,011 )     58,626,378  
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances
          56,300,000       56,300,000       68,800,000       25,000,000  
Principal payments on Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    (24,259,014 )     (66,300,000 )     (110,784,940 )     (63,800,000 )     (75,000,000 )
Proceeds from other borrowings
                      49,333,000       210,178,000  
Principal payments on other borrowings
                      (59,391,000 )     (226,048,000 )
Net increase (decrease) in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    (486,349 )     (409,207 )     41,946       (29,818 )     (76,909 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (12,589,554 )     962,992       (64,852,709 )     (36,038,539 )     (39,768,551 )
                                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    87,796,382       19,861,760       39,200,908       (50,031,425 )     40,249,707  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    53,840,036       14,639,128       14,639,128       64,670,553       24,420,846  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 141,636,418     $ 34,500,888     $ 53,840,036     $ 14,639,128     $ 64,670,553  
                                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                                       
Interest paid
  $ 10,298,627     $ 12,349,845     $ 23,210,377     $ 26,134,886     $ 29,376,630  
Income taxes paid
  $ 2,450,000     $ 192,869     $ 330,697     $ 8,585,768     $ 27,416,431  
                                         
Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities:
                                       
Real estate acquired through foreclosure of the loans receivable
  $ 9,280,990     $ 3,502,689     $ 11,211,995     $ 4,821,478     $ 575,981  
Issuance of ESOP common stock
  $ 137,000     $ 289,870     $ 289,870     $ 700,516     $ 605,387  
Issuance of common stock under stock benefit plans
  $ 83,909     $     $ 372,490     $ 1,366,847     $ 709,265  
Issuance of common stock through net share settlement exercises
  $     $     $     $     $ 261,943  
Tax benefit from disqualifying dispositions
  $     $     $     $ 9,700     $ 139,365  
Dividends declared not yet paid
  $     $     $     $     $ 8,714,915  
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net
  $ 5,246,123     $ 2,442,502     $ (1,427,421 )   $ (123,735,737 )   $ (55,603,237 )
Acquisitions:
                                       
Assets acquired at fair value
  $ 322,494,304     $     $ 196,749,266     $     $  
Liabilities assumed at fair value
    312,888,457             196,749,266              
Net assets acquired
  $ 9,605,847     $     $     $     $  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-9

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
(1)  
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
The consolidated financial statements of Charter Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) include the financial statements of Charter Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, CharterBank (the Bank).  All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
CharterBank was organized as a federally chartered mutual savings and loan association in 1954. CharterBank is primarily regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.
 
Charter Financial Corporation was formed through the reorganization of CharterBank in October 2001. At that time, CharterBank converted from a federally chartered mutual savings and loan association into a two–tiered mutual holding company structure and became a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Charter Financial Corporation. Through a public offering during the same year, Charter Financial Corporation sold 20% of its common stock.  During the year ended September 30, 2007 the Company repurchased approximately 500,000 of its shares and deregistered with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  In conjunction with the deregistration from the Securities and Exchange Commission the Company moved the trading of its stock from NASDAQ to the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board. First Charter, MHC, a federal mutual holding company, owns approximately 85% and 86% of the outstanding shares of the common stock of Charter Financial Corporation at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009, respectively, following various treasury stock transactions of the Company.
 
The Company primarily provides real estate loans and a full range of deposit products to individual and small business consumers through its sixteen branch offices located in West Point, LaGrange, Newnan, Carrollton, Bremen, Covington and Peachtree City, Georgia and Auburn, Opelika, and Valley, Alabama. In addition, the Company operates a loan production office located in Norcross, Georgia. The Company primarily competes with other financial institutions in its market area within west central Georgia and east central Alabama. The Company considers its primary lending market to be the states of Georgia and Alabama.  The Company operates and manages as a one-bank holding company and, as such, has no reportable segments.
 
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to prevailing practices within the financial institutions industry. The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies that the Company follows in presenting its consolidated financial statements.
 
(a)      
Basis of Presentation
 
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and revenue and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, the estimates used for fair value acquisition accounting and the FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements, the assessment for other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities, mortgage-backed securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations. In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the value of real estate owned, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.  
 
 
F-10

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
In connection with the assessment for other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities, mortgage-backed securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations, management obtains fair value estimates by independent quotations, assesses current credit ratings and related trends, reviews relevant delinquency and default information, assesses expected cash flows and coverage ratios, assesses the relative strength of credit support from less senior tranches of the securities, reviews average credit score data of underlying mortgagees, and assesses other current data.  The severity and duration of an impairment and the likelihood of potential recovery of an impairment is considered along with the intent and ability to hold any impaired security to maturity or recovery of carrying value.
 
A substantial portion of the Company’s loans is secured by real estate located in its market area. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in the real estate market conditions of this market area.
 
Certain reclassifications of 2007, 2008 and 2009 balances have been made to conform to classifications used in 2009 and 2010. These reclassifications did not change stockholders’ equity or net income.
 
Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date of financial statement issuance.
 
(b)      
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents, as presented in the consolidated financial statements, include amounts due from other depository institutions and interest–bearing deposits in other financial institutions. Generally, interest–bearing deposits in other financial institutions are for one–day periods.
 
(c)      
Investments, Mortgage–Backed Securities, and Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
 
Investments, mortgage–backed securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations available for sale are reported at fair value, as determined by pricing services.  The pricing service valuations are reviewed by management for reasonableness.  There were no adjustments to the pricing service values in any of the periods presented.   Investment in stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) is required of every federally insured financial institution, which utilizes its services. The investment in FHLB stock is carried at cost and such stock is evaluated for any potential impairment.
 
Purchase premiums and discounts on investment securities are amortized and accreted to interest income using a level yield method over the period to maturity of the related securities. Purchase premiums and discounts on mortgage–backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are amortized and accreted to interest income using the interest method over the remaining lives of the securities, taking into consideration assumed prepayment patterns.
 
Gains and losses on sales of investments, mortgage–backed securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations are recognized on the trade date, based on the net proceeds received and the adjusted carrying amount of the specific security sold.
 
A decline in the market value of any available for sale security below cost that is deemed other-than-temporary results in a charge to earnings and the establishment of a new cost basis for that security. At September 30, 2009, the Company did not have any securities with other-than-temporary impairment.  At March 31, 2010 the Company had two mortgage securities and one equity security with other than temporary impairment.
 
 
F-11

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
(d)      
Loans and Interest Income
 
Loans are reported at the principal amounts outstanding, net of unearned income, deferred loan fees/origination costs, and the allowance for loan losses.
 
Interest income is recognized using the simple interest method on the balance of the principal amount outstanding. Unearned income, primarily arising from deferred loan fees, net of certain origination costs, and deferred gains on the sale of the guaranteed portion of Small Business Administration (SBA) loans, is amortized over the expected lives of the underlying loans using the interest method.
 
Generally, the accrual of interest income is discontinued on loans when reasonable doubt exists as to the full, timely collection of interest or principal. Interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income when such loans are placed on nonaccrual status. Interest on nonaccrual loans, which is ultimately collected, is credited to income in the period received.
 
Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The Company considers a loan impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the note agreement. Large pools of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and installment loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment by the Company. Impairment losses are included in the allowance for loan losses through a charge to the provision for loan losses. Cash receipts on impaired loans for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are recorded as income when received unless full recovery of principal is in doubt whereby cash received is recorded as principal reduction.
 
Gains or losses on the sale of mortgage loans are recognized at settlement dates and are computed as the difference between the sales proceeds received and the net book value of the mortgage loans sold.
 
Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market, with market determined on the basis of open commitments for committed loans. For uncommitted loans, market is determined on the basis of current delivery prices in the secondary mortgage market.
 
Acquired loans are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition.  The fair values of loans with evidence of credit deterioration (impaired loans) are recorded net of a non-accretable difference and, if appropriate, an accretable yield.  The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is the non-accretable difference, which is included in the carrying amount of acquired loans.  Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses.  Subsequent increases in cash flows result in a reversal of the provision for loan losses to the extent of prior changes, or a reclassification of the difference from non-accretable to accretable with a positive impact on the accretable yield.  Any excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan when there is reasonable expectation about the amount and timing of such cash flows.
 
 
F-12

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Performing loans acquired in business combinations are accounted for using the contractual cash flows method of recognizing discount accretion based on the acquired loans’ contractual cash flows. Purchased performing loans are recorded at fair value, including a credit discount. Credit losses on acquired performing loans are estimated based on analysis of the performing portfolio.  Such estimated credit losses are recorded as non-accretable discounts in a manner similar to purchased impaired loans. The fair value discount other than for credit loss is accreted as an adjustment to yield over the estimated lives of the loans. Effective October 1, 2009, as a result of the adoption of new accounting guidance, there is no allowance for loan losses established at the acquisition date for purchased performing loans. A provision for loan losses is recorded for any further deterioration in these loans subsequent to the acquisition.
 
Loans covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC (Covered Loans) are reported in loans exclusive of the expected reimbursement from the FDIC.  Covered Loans are initially recorded at fair value at the acquisition date.  Prospective losses incurred on Covered Loans are eligible for partial reimbursement by the FDIC under loss sharing agreements.  Subsequent decreases in the amount expected to be collected result in a provision for credit losses, an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses, and a proportional adjustment to the FDIC receivable for the estimated amount to be reimbursed.  Subsequent increases in the amount expected to be collected result in the reversal of any previously-recorded provision for credit losses and related allowance for loan and lease losses and adjustments to the FDIC receivable, or prospective adjustment to the accretable yield if no provision for credit losses had been recorded.  Interest is accrued daily on the outstanding principal balances of non-impaired loans.  Accretable discounts related to certain fair value adjustments are accreted into income over the estimated lives of the loans on a level yield basis
 
In accordance with the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, certain expenses relating to covered assets of external parties such as legal, property taxes, insurance, and the like may be reimbursed by the FDIC at 80% or 95%, as defined.  Such qualifying future expenditures on covered assets will result in an increase to the FDIC receivable.
 
Acquired loans covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC are reported exclusive of expected reimbursement cash flows from the FDIC.  Subsequent adjustments to the estimated recoverable value of covered loans result in a reduction of covered loans, and a charge to other expense, and an increase in the FDIC receivable for the estimated amount to be reimbursed, with a corresponding amount recorded as other income.
 
(e)      
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
The allowance for loan losses is adjusted through provisions for loan losses charged or credited to operations. Loans are charged off against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collection of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries are added to the allowance. The allowance is determined through consideration of such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, overall portfolio quality, delinquency trends, adequacy of collateral, loan concentrations, specific problem loans, and economic conditions that may affect the borrowers’ ability to pay.
 
 
F-13

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
To the best of management’s ability, all known and inherent losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate have been recorded. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to adjust the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination.
 
(f)      
Real Estate Owned
 
Real estate acquired through foreclosure, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, is reported on an individual asset basis at the lower of cost or fair value, less disposal costs. Fair value is determined on the basis of current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources. When properties are acquired through foreclosure, any excess of the loan balance at the time of foreclosure over the fair value of the real estate held as collateral is recognized and charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent write–downs are charged to a separate allowance for losses pertaining to real estate owned, established through provisions for estimated losses on real estate owned charged to operations. Based upon management’s evaluation of the real estate acquired through foreclosure, additional expense is recorded when necessary in an amount sufficient to reflect any estimated declines in fair value. Gains recognized on the disposition of the properties are recorded in other income in the consolidated statements of income.
 
Other real estate acquired through foreclosure covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC is reported exclusive of expected reimbursement cash flows from the FDIC.  Subsequent adjustments to the estimated recoverable value of covered other real estate result in a reduction of covered other real estate, and a charge to other expense, and an increase in the FDIC receivable for the estimated amount to be reimbursed, with a corresponding amount recorded as other income.
 
Costs of improvements to real estate are capitalized, while costs associated with holding the real estate are charged to operations.
 
(g)      
Premises and Equipment
 
Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation, which is computed using the straight–line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives of the assets range from 20 to 39 years for buildings and improvements and 3 to 15 years for furniture, fixtures, and equipment.
 
(h)      
Receivable from FDIC for Loss Sharing Agreements
 
Under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Bank recorded a receivable from the FDIC equal to 80 percent of the estimated losses in the covered loans and other real estate acquired.  The receivable was recorded at the present value of the estimated cash flows using discount rates of four percent and one and a half percent, respectively, at the date of the respective acquisition and will be reviewed and updated prospectively as loss estimates related to covered loans and other real estate acquired through foreclosure change.  Most third party expenses on real estate and covered loans are covered under the loss sharing agreements and the cash flows from the reimbursable portion are included in the estimate of cash flows.
 
 
F-14

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
(i)         Mortgage Banking Activities
  
As a part of normal business operations, the Company originates residential mortgage loans that have been pre-approved by secondary investors.  The terms of the loans are set by the secondary investors, and the purchase price that the investor will pay for the loan is agreed to prior to the commitment of the loan by the Company.  Generally within three weeks after funding, the loans are transferred to the investor in accordance with the agreed-upon terms.  The Company records gains from the sale of these loans on the settlement date of the sale equal to the difference between the proceeds received and the carrying amount of the loan.  The gain generally represents the portion of the proceeds attributed to servicing release premiums received from the investors and the realization of origination fees received from borrowers which were deferred as part of the carrying amount of the loan.  Between the initial funding of the loans by the Company and the subsequent reimbursement by the investors, the Company carries the loans on its balance sheet at the lower of cost or market.  Because the Company’s commitments to originate mortgage loans are contracted on a best efforts basis, the value of the underlying commitment is generally not material to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Fees for servicing loans for investors are based on the outstanding principal balance of the loans serviced and are recognized as income when earned.
 
(j)      
Insurance
 
At March 31, 2010 the Company was covered under a $7 million banker’s blanket bond policy and a $3 million errors and omissions policy. The Company is also covered with a $10 million umbrella policy.
 
(k)      
Income Taxes
 
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies by jurisdiction and entity in making this assessment. The company allocates income taxes to the members of the consolidated tax return group based on their proportion of taxable income.
 
(l)      
Comprehensive Income
 
Comprehensive income for the Company consists of net income for the period and unrealized holding gains and losses on investments, mortgage–backed securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations classified as available for sale, net of income taxes.
 
 
F-15

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
(m)      
Goodwill and other intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets include costs in excess of net assets acquired and core deposit intangibles recorded in connection with the acquisitions of EBA Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiary, Eagle Bank of Alabama (collectively “EBA”) and McIntosh Commercial Bank. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over 13 and 5 years, respectively.
 
The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually during its fiscal fourth quarter and upon certain triggering events on an interim basis. No impairment charges have been recognized through March 31, 2010.
 
(n)      
Acquisitions
 
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (US GAAP) requires that the acquisition method of accounting, formerly referred to as purchase method, be used for all business combinations and that an acquirer be identified for each business combination.  Under US GAAP, the acquirer is the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination, and the acquisition date is the date the acquirer achieves control.  US GAAP requires that the acquirer recognize the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date.
 
The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary acquired Neighborhood Community Bank (“NCB”) headquartered in Newnan, Georgia on June 26, 2009.  The acquisition was completed with the assistance of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), which had been appointed Receiver of the entity by its state banking authority immediately prior to the Bank’s acquisition.  The acquired assets and assumed liabilities of NCB were measured at estimated fair value.  Management made significant estimates and exercised significant judgment in accounting for the acquisition of NCB.  Management judgmentally assigned risk ratings to loans based on appraisals and estimated collateral values, expected cash flows, and estimated loss factors to measure fair values for loans.  Other real estate acquired through foreclosure was valued based upon pending sales contracts and appraised values, adjusted for current market conditions.  Management used quoted or current market prices to determine the fair value of investment securities, short-term borrowings and long-term obligations that were assumed from NCB. The carrying value of certain long-term assets acquired in the acquisition of NCB, primarily the estimated value of core deposits of approximately $1.1 million, were reduced to zero by the excess of fair value of net assets acquired over liabilities assumed in the acquisition.
 
The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary acquired McIntosh Commercial Bank (“MCB”) headquartered in Carrollton, Georgia on March 26, 2010.  The acquisition was completed with the assistance of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), which had been appointed Receiver of the entity by its state banking authority immediately prior to the Bank’s acquisition.  The acquired assets and assumed liabilities of MCB were measured at estimated fair value.  Management made significant estimates and exercised significant judgment in accounting for the acquisition of MCB.  Management judgmentally assigned risk ratings to loans based on appraisals and estimated collateral values, expected cash flows, and estimated loss factors to measure fair values for loans.  Other real estate acquired through foreclosure was valued based upon pending sales contracts and appraised values, adjusted for current market conditions.  Management used quoted or current market prices to determine the fair value of investment securities, short-term borrowings and long-term obligations that were assumed from MCB.
 
 
F-16

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
(o)      
Stock–Based Compensation
 
The Company recognizes the estimated fair value of such equity instruments as expense as services are performed. The Company recognizes the total cost of the Company’s share based awards equal to the grant date fair value as expense on a straight line basis over the service periods of the awards.  For the six months ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended September 30, 2009 stock option expense of $16,916 (unaudited) and $33,932, respectively, was recorded in the income statement in income before taxes. As of March 31, 2010, the Company had $127,028 (unaudited) of unrecognized stock option expense not yet recognized which will be recognized over the next four years.
 
(p)      
Income Per Share
 
Basic net income per share is computed on the weighted average number of shares outstanding. Diluted net income per share is computed by dividing net income by weighted average shares outstanding plus potential common shares resulting from dilutive stock options, determined using the treasury stock method.
 
     
(Unaudited)
                   
     
Six Months Ended
                   
     
March 31,
   
Years Ended September 30,
 
     
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                                 
 
Net income
  $ 7,733,511     $ 1,429,400     $ 2,315,762     $ 10,532,232     $ 50,939,822  
 
Denominator:
                                       
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    18,416,507       18,522,909       18,497,297       19,022,259       19,097,807  
 
Equivalent shares issuable upon exercise of stock options
    -       45,974       61,226       60,701       112,741  
 
Diluted shares
    18,416,507       18,599,179       18,558,523       19,082,960       19,210,548  
 
Net income per share
                                       
 
Basic
  $ 0.42     $ 0.08     $ 0.13     $ 0.55     $ 2.67  
 
Diluted
  $ 0.42     $ 0.08     $ 0.12     $ 0.55     $ 2.65  
 
There were certain levels of dilution during fiscal 2009 and 2008 at quarters ended. For the six month ended March 31, 2010 and year ended September 30, 2007, there were no antidilutive shares.
 
(q)      
Treasury Stock
 
Treasury stock is accounted for at cost.
 
(r)      
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP)
 
The Company has an internally-leveraged ESOP trust that covers substantially all of its employees.  Such internal leverage is reflected as unearned compensation in stockholders’ equity.  The Company records compensation expense associated with the ESOP based on the average market price (fair value) of the total Company shares committed to be released, and subsequently allocated to participants, during the year.  The Company further records as compensation expense any dividends declared on unallocated Company shares in the ESOP trust.  Earnings per share computations include any allocated shares in the ESOP trust.
 
 
F-17

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
(s)      
Other Derivatives
 
The Company recognizes all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and measures these instruments at fair value.  The Company has utilized covered call options on certain equity investments from time to time.  There were no covered call options outstanding at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008.
 
(t)      
Bank Owned Life Insurance
 
The Company owns life insurance policies to provide for the payment of death benefits related to existing deferred compensation and supplemental income plans maintained for the benefit of certain executives and directors of the Company.  The total cash surrender value amounts of such policies at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008 was $31,116,214 (unaudited), $30,185,560 and $28,916,292, respectively. During fiscal 2008, the Company invested an additional $15 million of bank owned life insurance. The Company recorded, as income, increases to the cash surrender value of $566,365 (unaudited) and $636,522 (unaudited), $1,269,268, $1,059,224, and $591,478 for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the three years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
 
(u)      
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Beginning October 1, 2009 for the Company, changes to accounting standards for business combinations became effective.  The new guidance established the acquisition method of accounting for all business combinations and required that an acquirer be indentified for each business combination.  The acquirer is required to recognize the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date.  The fair value established for loans includes any estimated losses; therefore, no allowance for loan losses is established at acquisition.  The new guidance required that acquisition-related costs and restructuring costs be recognized as period expenses as incurred.  The Company adopted the provisions of this guidance and the acquisition method of accounting was applied for the acquisition of MCB.
 
In April 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued authoritative guidance for the determination of the useful life of intangible assets that was effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. This guidance amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. This guidance applies to all intangible assets, whether acquired in a business combination or otherwise. It is applied prospectively to intangible assets acquired after the effective date and early adoption is prohibited. The Company adopted the provisions of this guidance during 2009, as required, and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairments. The guidance changes existing guidance for determining whether impairment of debt securities is other-than-temporary and requires other-than-temporary impairment to be separated into the amount representing the decrease in cash flows expected to be collected from a security (referred to as credit losses), which is recognized in earnings, and the amount related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The non-credit loss component of the impairment can only be classified in other comprehensive income if the holder of the security concludes (1) that it does not intend to sell the security and (2) that it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the security before the security recovers its value. If these two conditions are not met, the non-credit loss component of the impairment must also be recognized in earnings.
 
 
F-18

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Upon adoption of the standard, the entity is required to record a cumulative-effect adjustment, as of the beginning of the period of adoption, to reclassify the non-credit loss component of previously recognized other-than-temporary impairment from retained earnings to accumulated other comprehensive income. The update is effective, as of June 30, 2009, with early adoption permitted as of March 31, 2010. The Company did not elect to early-adopt the standard nor did it have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company when adopted.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for determining fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and for identifying transactions that are not orderly. The guidance, while emphasizing the objective of fair value measurement , provides additional guidance for determining whether market activity for a financial asset or liability has significantly decreased, as well as for identifying circumstances that indicate that transactions are not orderly.
 
The guidance reiterates that if a market is determined to be inactive and the related market price is deemed to be reflective of a “distressed sale” price, then further analysis is required to estimate fair value. The guidance identifies factors to be considered when determining whether or not a market is inactive. The guidance is effective, as of June 30, 2009, with early adoption permitted as of March 31, 2010. The Company did not elect to early-adopt the guidance nor did it have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company when adopted.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for subsequent events.  The Company adopted the new accounting standard during the year ended September 30, 2009.  This guidance sets forth the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events occurring after the balance sheet date and the disclosures that should be made.  Also, this guidance requires disclosure of the date through which the entity has evaluated subsequent events (for public companies, and other companies that expect to widely distribute their financial statements, this date is the date of financial statement issuance, and for nonpublic companies, the date the financial statements are available to be issued).  The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for accounting for transfers of financial assets.  This guidance eliminates the concept of a qualifying special purpose entity (“QSPE”), changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets, and requires additional disclosures, including information about continuing exposure to risks related to transferred financial assets.  This guidance is effective after November 15, 2009 and such requirements must be applied to transfers that occurred before and after the effective date.  Management is currently evaluating the impact of adoption on the consolidated financial statements, but does not believe that adoption will have a material impact.
 
 
F-19

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for the way entities account for securitizations and special-purpose entities which contains new criteria for determining the primary beneficiary, eliminates the exception to consolidating QSPEs, requires continual reconsideration of conclusions reached in determining the primary beneficiary, and requires additional disclosures.  This guidance is effective as of the beginning of fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009 and is applied using a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings for any carrying amount adjustments (e.g., for newly-consolidated Variable Interest Entities).  Management is currently evaluating the impact of adoption on the consolidated financial statements, but does not believe that adoption will have a material impact.
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for the FASB accounting standards codification and the hierarchy of generally accepted accounting principles.  The Codification will become the source of authoritative US GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities and will supersede all non-SEC accounting and reporting standards.  This statement is effective for financial statements issued for interim periods and annual financial statements for periods ending after September 15, 2009.  The adoption of this update did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued an update to the accounting standards for the presentation on fair value disclosures.  The new guidance clarifies two existing disclosure requirements and requires two new disclosures as follows: (1) a “gross” presentation of activities (purchases, sales, and settlements) within the Level 3 rollforward reconciliation, which will replace the “net” presentation format; and (2) detailed disclosures about the transfers in and out of Level 1 and 2 measurements. This guidance is effective for the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the gross presentation of the Level 3 rollforward information, which is required for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim reporting periods within those years. Management is currently evaluating the impact of adoption on the consolidated financial statements, but does not believe that adoption will have a material impact.
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued an update to the accounting standards to change how a company determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a company is required to consolidate an entity is based on, among other things, an entity’s purpose and design and a company’s ability to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. The new authoritative accounting guidance requires additional disclosures about the reporting entity’s involvement with variable-interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement as well as its affect on the entity’s financial statements. The new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC 810 was effective January 1, 2010 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.
 
 
(2)  
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets include cost in excess of net assets acquired and core deposit intangibles recorded in connection with certain acquisitions. Management tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment.  The core deposit intangibles are being amortized over the average remaining life of the acquired customer deposits, ranging from five to thirteen years. The Company recorded amortization expense related to the core deposit intangible of $67,201 (unaudited) and $67,201 (unaudited), $134,402, $136,864, and $147,684 for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
 
 
F-20

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
At March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008, intangible assets are summarized as follows:
 
     
(Unaudited)
             
     
March 31,
   
September 30,
 
     
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                           
 
Goodwill
  $ 4,325,282     $ 4,325,282     $ 4,325,282  
                           
 
Core deposit intangible
    2,234,752       1,975,941       1,975,941  
 
Less accumulated amortization
    1,188,556       1,121,355       986,953  
        1,046,196       854,586       988,988  
                           
 
Total intangible assets
  $ 5,371,478     $ 5,179,868     $ 5,314,270  
 
Amortization expense for the core deposit intangible for the next five years as of March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 is as follows:
 
     
(Unaudited)
       
     
March 31,
   
September 30,
 
     
2010
   
2009
 
               
 
2010
  $ 237,927     $ 134,402  
 
2011
    196,517       134,402  
 
2012
    165,459       134,402  
 
2013
    162,861       134,402  
 
2014
    146,236       134,402  
 
Thereafter
    137,196       182,576  
                   
      $ 1,046,196     $ 854,586  
 
(3)  
Federally Assisted Acquisition of Neighborhood Community Bank
 
On June 26, 2009, the Bank purchased substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all the liabilities of NCB from the FDIC, as Receiver of NCB.  NCB operated four commercial banking branches primarily within the Newnan, Georgia area.  The FDIC took NCB under receivership upon its closure by the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance.  The Bank’s bid to purchase NCB included the purchase of substantially all NCB’s assets at a discount of $26,900,000 in exchange for assuming certain NCB deposits and certain other liabilities.  No cash, deposit premium or other consideration was paid by the Bank.  The Bank and the FDIC entered into loss sharing agreements regarding future losses incurred on loans and other real estate acquired through foreclosure existing at the acquisition date.  Under the terms of the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC will reimburse the Bank for 80 percent of net losses on covered assets incurred up to $82,000,000, and 95 percent of net losses exceeding $82,000,000.  The term for loss sharing on residential real estate loans is ten years, while the term of for loss sharing on non-residential real estate loans is five years in respect to losses and eight years in respect to loss recoveries.  As a result of the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Bank recorded a receivable of $49,991,245 at the time of acquisition.  The Bank has submitted $29,607,043 in net losses to the FDIC under the loss-sharing agreements during the period from the acquisition date through September 30, 2009, and has received $23,685,634 in reimbursements from the FDIC during that same period.  For the six months ended March 31, 2010, the Bank submitted $5,772,003 in net losses to the FDIC under such agreements and has received $4,617,605 in reimbursements from the FDIC during that same period.
 
 
F-21

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The acquisition of NCB was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting.  A summary of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented in the following table.  As explained in the explanatory notes that accompany the following table, the purchased assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at the acquisition date fair value.  Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information regarding the closing date fair values become available.
     
As
Recorded
by NCB
 
Aggregate Fair
Value and Other
Acquisition
Accounting 
Adjustments
   
As
Recorded by
the Bank
 
 
  Assets
               
 
  Cash and due from banks
  $ 10,602,482   $ 19,414,855  
(a)
$ 30,017,337  
 
  Securities
    12,763,061     (14,395 )
(b)
  12,748,666  
 
  FHLB and FRB stock
    1,157,700     -       1,157,700  
 
  Loans, net of unearned income
    159,900,960     (65,194,681 )
(c)
  94,706,279  
 
  Other real estate owned
    17,676,456     (10,240,018 )
(d)
  7,436,438  
 
  FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements
    -     49,991,245  
(e)
  49,991,245  
 
  Other assets
    691,601     -       691,601  
 
Total assets acquired
  $ 202,792,260   $ (6,042,994 )   $ 196,749,266
(i)
 
  Liabilities
                     
 
  Deposits
  $ 181,325,925   $ 912,499  
(f)
$ 182,238,424  
 
  FHLB advances
    13,000,000     76,665  
(g)
  13,076,665  
 
  Other liabilities
    981,190     452,987  
(h)
  1,434,177  
 
Total liabilities assumed
    195,307,115     1,442,151       196,749,266  
 
  Excess of assets acquired over liabilities assumed
  $ 7,485,145                
 
  Aggregate fair value and other acquisition accounting adjustments
        $ (7,485,145 )        
 
Explanation of aggregate fair value and other acquisition accounting adjustments
 
 
(a) –
Adjustment reflects the initial wire received from the FDIC on the acquisition date.
 
 
(b) –
Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Bank’s evaluation of the acquired investment securities portfolio.
 
 
(c) –
Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Bank’s evaluation of the acquired loan portfolio.  The fair value adjustment includes adjustments for estimated credit losses, liquidity, market yield and servicing costs.
 
 
F-22

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
 
(d) –
Adjustment reflects the estimated other real estate owned losses based on the Bank’s evaluation of the acquired other real estate owned portfolio.
 
 
(e) –
Adjustment reflects the estimated fair value of payments the Bank will receive from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements.
 
 
(f) –
Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Bank’s evaluation of the acquired time deposit portfolio.
 
 
(g) –
Adjustment arises since the rates on acquired FHLB advances are higher than rates available on similar borrowings as of the acquisition date.
 
         (h) –
Adjustment reflects estimated qualifying acquisition costs in the transactions.
 
        (i) –
The carrying values of certain long-term assets, primarily the estimated fair value of acquired core deposit intangible of $1.1 million, were reduced to zero by the excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over liabilities assumed in the acquisition.
 
Results of operations for NCB prior to the acquisition date are not included in the income statement for the year ended September 30, 2009.  Due to the significant amount of fair value adjustments, the resulting accretion of those fair value adjustments and the protection resulting from the FDIC loss sharing agreements, historical results of NCB are not relevant to the Bank’s results of operations.  Therefore, no pro forma information is presented.
 
During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the Company received the first reimbursement under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC in the amount of $23,685,634.  This reimbursement was recorded as a reduction of the FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements.
 
Accounting standards prohibit carrying over an allowance for loan losses for impaired loans purchased in the NCB FDIC-assisted acquisition transaction.  On the acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required payments receivable for all impaired loans acquired in the NCB acquisition were $50,978,361 and the estimated fair value of the loans were $19,978,634.  At June 26, 2009, all of these loans were valued based on the liquidation value of the underlying collateral because the timing and amount of the expected cash flows could not be reasonably estimated.  As a result, the Company has no accretable discount on these impaired loans at acquisition.  At such date, the Company established a credit risk related non-accretable discount (a discount representing amounts which are not expected to be collected from the customer nor liquidation of collateral) of $30,999,727 relating to these impaired loans, reflected in the recorded net fair value.  Such amount is reflected as a non-accretable fair value adjustment to loans and a portion is also reflected in a receivable from the FDIC.  
 
On the acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required payments receivable for all other loans acquired in the acquisition was $108,922,599 and the estimated fair value of the loans were $74,727,645.   At such date, the Company established an allowance for loan losses of $23,832,265 on these loans representing amounts which are not expected to be collected from the customer nor liquidation of collateral.  In its estimate of cash flows for such loans, the Company also recorded an accretable discount of $10,362,689 relating to these other loans which will be recognized on a level yield basis over the life of the loans, representing periods up to sixty months, because accretable yield represents cash flows expected to be collected.
 
 
F-23

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The Company has also recorded a net FDIC receivable of $49,991,245, representing FDIC indemnification under loss sharing agreements for covered loans and other real estate.  Such receivable has been discounted by $2,029,990 for the expected timing of receipt of these cash flows.
 
(4)  
Investment Securities
 
Investment securities available for sale are summarized as follows:
 
      (Unaudited)  
      March 31, 2010  
           
Gross
   
Gross
       
     
Amortized
   
unrealized
   
unrealized
   
Estimated
 
     
cost
   
gains
   
losses
   
fair value
 
                           
 
U.S. government sponsored entities
  $ 3,742,722     $ 219,288     $ -     $ 3,962,010  
                                   
      September 30, 2009  
             
Gross
   
Gross
         
     
Amortized
   
unrealized
   
unrealized
   
Estimated
 
     
cost
   
gains
   
losses
   
fair value
 
 
 
                               
 
U.S. government sponsored entities
  $ 4,157,380     $ 277,352     $ -     $ 4,434,732  
                                   
      September 30, 2008  
             
Gross
   
Gross
         
     
Amortized
   
unrealized
   
unrealized
   
Estimated
 
     
cost
   
gains
   
losses
   
fair value
 
                                   
 
U.S. government sponsored entities
  $ 34,351,416     $ -     $ (60,683 )   $ 34,290,733  
 
 
F-24

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities available for sale as of March 31, 2010, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
     
(Unaudited)
 
     
Amortized
   
Estimated
 
     
cost
   
fair value
 
               
 
Less than 1 year
  $ -     $ -
 
1-5 years
    -       -
 
5-10 years
    3,742,722       3,962,010
                   
      $ 3,742,722     $ 3,962,010
 
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities available for sale as of September 30, 2009, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
     
Amortized
   
Estimated
 
     
cost
   
fair value
 
               
 
Less than 1 year
  $ -     $ -  
 
1-5 years
    -       -  
 
5-10 years
    4,157,380       4,434,732  
                   
      $ 4,157,380     $ 4,434,732  
 
The Company’s investment in FHLB stock was $15,157,100 (unaudited), $14,035,800 and $13,605,900 at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The investment in FHLB stock is carried at cost because it is considered a restricted stock investment with no readily determinable market value.  As of March 31, 2010, the investment in FHLB stock represented approximately 1.22 percent (unaudited) of total assets and the amortized cost and fair value of this investment are equal.  In determining the carrying amount of the FHLB stock, we have evaluated the ultimate recoverability of the par value.  We have reviewed the assessments by rating agencies, which have concluded that debt ratings are likely to remain unchanged and the FHLB has the ability to absorb economic losses, given the expectation that the various FHLB Banks have a very high degree of government support.  The unrealized losses related to the securities owned by the FHLB Banks are manageable given the capital levels of these organizations and all of the FHLB Banks are meeting their debt obligations.
 
Additionally, we considered the fact that the FHLB did not make any dividend payments (distributions) in the fourth calendar quarter of 2008 and would not make any dividend determinations until after the end of each quarter when quarterly results were known; however, this investment was not made for receipt of dividends or stock growth, but for the purpose and right to receive advances (funding).  Further, we deem the FHLB’s process of determining after each quarter end whether it will pay a dividend and, if so, the amount, as essentially similar to standard practice by most dividend-paying companies.  Based on the FHLB’s second, third and fourth calendar quarter results of 2009 in addition to their first calendar quarter results of 2010, the FHLB announced on August 12, 2009 , October 30, 2009, March 25, 2010 and May 11, 2010 a dividend payment for these respective quarters.
 
 
F-25

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Furthermore, the Company currently has sufficient liquidity or has access to other sources of liquidity to meet all operational needs in the foreseeable future, and would not have the need to dispose of this stock below the recorded amount.  For the reasons above, we have concluded that the investment in FHLB stock is not other than temporarily impaired as of September 30, 2009 or March 31, 2010 (unaudited) and ultimate recoverability of the par value of this investment is probable.
 
In September 2008, the US Treasury placed Freddie Mac under the conservatorship of the Federal Housing Finance Agency.  This resulted in a significant decrease in value of the Freddie Mac common stock and uncertainty in the future value, if any.  Based on this uncertainty, the Company sold its remaining position in Freddie Mac common stock in fiscal 2008.  Proceeds from the sale of Freddie Mac common stock during 2008 and 2007 were $14,281,888 and $70,646,923, respectively. Net gains of $9,556,639 and $69,453,332 were realized on those sales for 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The Company recorded an other comprehensive loss for the year ended September 30, 2008 of $123,735,747, net of income taxes, which is substantially represented by the decline in value of Freddie Mac common shares previously held.
 
Proceeds from called or matured other investment securities during the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $0 (unaudited), $29,050,000 (unaudited), $29,050,000, $5,974,000, and $5,000,000, respectively. Proceeds from sales for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 were $0 and $29,005,440 (unaudited), respectively, which resulted in gross gains of $0 and $14,655 (unaudited), respectively, and gross losses of $0 and $6,875 (unaudited), respectively. Proceeds from sales in 2009 were $29,005,440 which resulted in gross gains and losses of $14,655 and $6,875, respectively.  Proceeds from sales in 2008 were $990,025 which resulted in gross gains and losses of $0 and $9,731, respectively.  There were no sales in 2007.
 
There are no investment securities available for sale that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months or more than 12 months at March 31, 2010 (unaudited) or September 30, 2009.  At September 30, 2008, investment securities available for sale that were in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months had an amortized cost of $29,082,815, a gross unrealized loss of $(12,848) and an estimated fair value of $29,069,967.  Investment securities available for sale that were in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months at September 30, 2008, had an amortized cost of $5,268,601, a gross unrealized loss of $(47,835) and an estimated fair value of $5,220,766.
 
Investment securities with an aggregate carrying amount of $3,742,722 (unaudited), $4,434,732 and $30,268,601 at March 31, 2010, September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were pledged to collateralize FHLB advances.
 
 
F-26

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
(5)  
 Mortgage–Backed Securities and Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
 
Mortgage–backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations available for sale are summarized as follows:
 
     
(Unaudited)
 
     
March 31, 2010
 
           
Gross
   
Gross
       
     
Amortized
   
unrealized
   
unrealized
   
Estimated
 
     
cost
   
gains
   
losses
   
fair value
 
 
Mortgage–backed securities:
                       
 
FNMA certificates
  $ 45,411,183     $ 705,547     $ (1,372 )   $ 46,115,358  
 
GNMA certificates
    13,742,917       241,521       -       13,984,438  
 
FHLMC certificates
    30,423,684       590,782       -       31,014,466  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
                               
 
FNMA
    27,910,952       231,562       (41,201 )     28,101,313  
 
FHLMC
    13,985,808       190,228       (54,247 )     14,121,789  
 
GNMA
    15,530,404       2,458       -       15,532,862  
 
Other:
                               
 
Rated AAA
    36,993,843       71,631       (1,909,036 )     35,156,438  
 
Rated BBB
    14,747,084       -       (3,129,433 )     11,617,651  
 
Rated CCC
    7,649,368       -       (1,709,986 )     5,939,382  
                                   
      $ 206,395,243     $ 2,033,729     $ (6,845,275 )   $ 201,583,697  
 
     
September 30, 2009
 
           
Gross
   
Gross
       
     
Amortized
   
unrealized
   
unrealized
   
Estimated
 
     
cost
   
gains
   
losses
   
fair value
 
 
Mortgage–backed securities:
                       
 
FNMA certificates
  $ 53,593,424     $ 382,886     $ (1,734 )   $ 53,974,576  
 
GNMA certificates
    5,744,809       236,716       (2,613 )     5,978,912  
 
FHLMC certificates
    27,438,166       240,789       -       27,678,955  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
                               
 
FNMA
    37,302,274       528,296       (124,835 )     37,705,735  
 
FHLMC
    19,205,684       218,811       (44,825 )     19,379,670  
 
Other:
                               
 
Rated AAA
    39,491,803       -       (6,064,232 )     33,427,571  
 
Rated AA
    13,153,296       14,053       (4,887,440 )     8,279,909  
 
Rated A
    8,139,195       -       (600,672 )     7,538,523  
 
Rated B
    7,605,580       -       (472,088 )     7,133,492  
 
Rated CCC
    2,770,019       -       (2,241,387 )     528,632  
                                   
      $ 214,444,250     $ 1,621,551     $ (14,439,826 )   $ 201,625,975  
 
 
F-27

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
     
September 30, 2008
 
           
Gross
   
Gross
       
     
Amortized
   
unrealized
   
unrealized
   
Estimated
 
     
cost
   
gains
   
losses
   
fair value
 
 
Mortgage–backed securities:
                       
 
FNMA certificates
  $ 95,183,109     $ 289,676     $ (804,240 )   $ 94,668,545  
 
GNMA certificates
    9,322,512       73,792       (18,544 )     9,377,760  
 
FHLMC certificates
    6,384,068       15,553       (41,287 )     6,358,334  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
                               
 
FNMA
    20,786,166       63,253       (794,041 )     20,055,378  
 
FHLMC
    28,712,262       103,970       (602,743 )     28,213,489  
 
GNMA
    997,567       1,160       -       998,727  
 
Other:
                               
 
Rated AAA
    81,608,839       -       (5,762,751 )     75,846,088  
 
Rated AA
    7,962,680       -       (2,812,419 )     5,150,261  
 
Rated A3
    2,957,224       -       (777,387 )     2,179,837  
                                   
      $ 253,914,427     $ 547,404     $ (11,613,412 )   $ 242,848,419  
 
Credit ratings are current as of March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009, respectively.
 
Proceeds from sales of mortgage–backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations during the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007 were $15,026,370 (unaudited) and $19,178,518 (unaudited), respectively, $89,435,458, $5,894,659, and $0, respectively. Gross realized gains on the sale of these securities were $203,188 (unaudited) and $182,788 (unaudited) for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and gross realized losses were $0 (unaudited), for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Gross realized gains on the sale of these securities were $2,169,004, $0, and $0 for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively and gross realized losses were $16,024, $28,541, and $0, for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
 
Mortgage–backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations with an aggregate carrying amount of $120,648,084 (unaudited), $138,599,984 and $191,082,083 at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were pledged to secure FHLB advances and to collateralize securities sold under agreements to repurchase.
 
 
F-28

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Mortgage–backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
                     
   
(Unaudited)
 
   
March 31, 2010
 
         
Gross
       
   
Amortized
 
unrealized
 
Estimated
 
   
cost
 
losses
 
fair value
 
                     
 
Mortgage–backed securities:
                 
 
FNMA certificates
  $ -     $ -     $ -  
 
FHLMC certificates
    -       -       -  
 
GNMA
    -       -       -  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
                       
 
FNMA
    19,334,019       (41,201 )     19,292,818  
 
FHLMC certificates
    902,537       (6,531 )     896,006  
 
Other
    2,129,035       (297,530 )     1,831,505  
                           
      $ 22,365,591     $ (345,262 )   $ 22,020,329  
                           
   
September 30, 2009
 
           
Gross
         
   
Amortized
 
unrealized
 
Estimated
 
   
cost
 
losses
 
fair value
 
                           
 
Mortgage–backed securities:
                       
 
FNMA certificates
  $ -     $ -     $ -  
 
FHLMC certificates
    -       -       -  
 
GNMA
    632,042       (1,151 )     630,891  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
                       
 
FNMA
    -       -       -  
 
FHLMC certificates
    4,357,974       (44,825 )     4,313,149  
 
Other
    8,943,800       (1,372,020 )     7,571,780  
                           
      $ 13,933,816     $ (1,417,996 )   $ 12,515,820  
 
F-29

 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
     
September 30, 2008
 
           
Gross
       
     
Amortized
   
unrealized
   
Estimated
 
     
cost
   
losses
   
fair value
 
                     
 
Mortgage–backed securities:
                 
 
FNMA certificates
  $ 54,394,728     $ (568,640 )   $ 53,826,088  
 
FHLMC certificates
    1,968,235       (12,146 )     1,956,089  
 
GNMA
    3,572,295       (14,716 )     3,557,579  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
                       
 
FNMA
    4,212,251       (11,653 )     4,200,598  
 
FHLMC certificates
    13,526,758       (284,028 )     13,242,730  
 
Other
    26,303,943       (1,374,130 )     24,929,813  
                           
      $ 103,978,210     $ (2,265,313 )   $ 101,712,897  
                           
Mortgage–backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
                     
     
(Unaudited)
 
     
March 31, 2010
 
           
Gross
       
     
Amortized
   
unrealized
   
Estimated
 
     
cost
   
losses
   
fair value
 
 
Mortgage–backed securities:
                 
 
FNMA certificates
  $ 90,342     $ (1,372 )   $ 88,970  
 
FHLMC certificates
    -       -       -  
 
GNMA
    -       -       -  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
                       
 
FNMA
    -       -       -  
 
FHLMC certificates
    2,980,935       (47,716 )     2,933,219  
 
Other
    48,934,687       (6,450,925 )     42,483,762  
                           
      $ 52,005,964     $ (6,500,013 )   $ 45,505,951  
 
 
F-30

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
    September 30, 2009  
   
Amortized
cost
   
Gross
unrealized
losses
   
Estimated
fair value
 
Mortgage–backed securities:
                 
FNMA certificates
  $ 92,007     $ (1,734 )   $ 90,273  
FHLMC certificates
    -       -       -  
GNMA
    264,200       (1,462 )     262,738  
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
                       
FNMA
    6,442,475       (124,835 )     6,317,640  
FHLMC certificates
    -       -       -  
Other
    60,185,581       (12,893,799 )     47,291,782  
                         
    $ 66,984,263     $ (13,021,830 )   $ 53,962,433  
                         
    September 30, 2008  
   
Amortized
cost
   
Gross
unrealized
losses
   
Estimated
fair value
 
Mortgage–backed securities:
                       
FNMA certificates
  $ 11,707,337     $ (235,600 )   $ 11,471,737  
FHLMC certificates
    2,518,897       (29,141 )     2,489,756  
GNMA
    311,229       (3,829 )     307,400  
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
                       
FNMA
    14,648,573       (1,038,521 )     13,610,052  
FHLMC certificates
    12,452,059       (318,715 )     12,133,344  
Other
    61,507,512       (7,722,293 )     53,785,219  
                         
    $ 103,145,607     $ (9,348,099 )   $ 93,797,508  
 
At September 30, 2009, the Company had approximately $174 thousand of gross unrealized losses on mortgage-backed securities of government sponsored entities (“GSE”).  The amortized cost of such GSE mortgage securities aggregated approximately $143.3 million.  Such unrealized losses are believed to be primarily related to changes in levels of interest rates.
 
At September 30, 2009, the Company had approximately $14.3 million of gross unrealized losses on non-GSE collateralized mortgage obligations with aggregate amortized cost of approximately $69.1 million.  The decline in the fair value of these mortgage securities primarily resulted from illiquidity and other uncertainties in the marketplace.  Regularly, the Company performs an assessment to determine whether there have been any events or economic circumstances to indicate that a security on which there is an unrealized loss is impaired other-than-temporarily.  The assessment considers many factors including the severity and duration of the impairment, the Company’s intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient for recovery in value, recent events specific to the industry, and current characteristics of each security such as delinquency and foreclosure levels, credit enhancements, and projected losses and loss coverage ratios.  It is possible that the underlying collateral of these securities will perform worse those current expectations, which may lead to adverse changes in cash flows on these securities and potential future other-than-temporary impairment losses.  Events that may trigger material declines in fair values for these securities in the future would be, but are not limited to, deterioration of credit metrics, significantly higher levels of default and severity of loss on the underlying collateral, deteriorating credit enhancement and loss coverage ratios, or further illiquidity.   All of these positions were evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment based on an analysis of the factors and characteristics of each security as previously enumerated.  The Company considers these unrealized losses to be temporary impairment losses primarily because of continued sufficient levels of credit enhancements and credit coverage levels of less senior tranches in such securities to positions held by the Company.
 
 
F-31

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
At March 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $6.7 million (unaudited) of gross unrealized losses on non-GSE collateralized mortgage obligations with aggregate amortized cost of approximately $51.1 million (unaudited). On two securities the Company recorded $2.5 million (unaudited) in other than temporary impairment and on one equity security classified in other assets, the company recorded $1.0 million (unaudited) in other than temporary impairment.  The decline in the fair value of the remaining mortgage securities primarily resulted from illiquidity and other uncertainties in the marketplace.
 
The following table summarizes the changes in the amount of credit losses on the Company’s investment securities recognized in earnings for the six months ended March 31, 2010:
 
Beginning balance of credit losses previously recognized in earnings
 
$
-
 
Amount related to credit losses for securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized in earnings
   
3,526,674
 
Amount related to credit losses for securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in earnings
   
-
 
         
Ending balance of cumulative credit losses recognized in earnings
 
$
3,526,674
 
 
(6)
Derivative Instruments

The covered call options written on Freddie Mac common stock are derivative instruments and as such are recorded at fair value. The Company does not account for the options as hedges and as a result the change in fair value is recorded in the consolidated statements of income. The Company recorded gains of $0, $1,722,977, and $368,799 for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, from the covered call activity.  There were no options outstanding at September 30, 2009 and 2008 and at September 30, 2007 there were 50,000 options with a fair value of $35,000 included in other assets. There was no option activity during 2010 nor 2009.
 
 
F-32

 

CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007

(7)
Loans Receivable
 
Loans receivable are summarized as follows:
 
      (Unaudited)              
      March 31,       September 30,  
      2010       2009       2008  
                   
Loans not covered by loss sharing agreements:
                 
1-4 family residential real estate mortgage
  $ 114,406,107     $ 126,096,545     $ 138,204,594  
Commercial real estate
    270,785,866       270,061,803       222,056,426  
Commercial
    18,330,518       10,466,242       15,543,065  
Real estate construction
    50,247,796       43,965,320       39,563,042  
Consumer and other
    22,457,550       22,384,783       22,153,538  
Loans receivable, net of undisbursed proceeds of loans in process
    476,227,837       472,974,693       437,520,665  
Less:
                       
Unamortized loan origination fees, net
    897,488       856,538       804,475  
Allowance for loan losses
    11,396,504       9,331,612       8,243,931  
                         
Total loans not covered, net
  $ 463,933,845     $ 462,786,543     $ 428,472,259  
 
The carrying amount of the covered loans at March 31, 2010 (unaudited), consisted of impaired loans at acquisition date and all other acquired loans and are presented in the following table.
 
   
Impaired
Loans at
Acquisition
   
All Other
Acquired
Loans
   
Total
Covered
Loans
 
Loans covered by loss sharing agreements:
                 
1-4 family residential real estate mortgage
  $ 20,322,390     $ 18,277,068     $ 38,599,458  
Commercial real estate
    32,101,540       94,006,794       126,108,334  
Commercial
    53,993,060       40,647,206       94,640,266  
Real estate construction
    19,240,365       25,389,531       44,629,896  
Consumer and other
    2,330,852       13,518,573       15,849,425  
Loans receivable, gross
    127,988,207       191,839,172       319,827,379  
Less:
                       
Non-accretable difference
    55,981,646       7,394,438       63,376,084  
Allowance for covered loan losses
    -       19,113,290       19,113,290  
Accretable discount
    10,144,541       13,437,935       23,582,476  
                         
Total loans covered, net
  $ 61,862,020     $ 151,893,509     $ 213,755,529  
 
 
F-33

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The carrying amount of the covered loans at September 30, 2009, consisted of impaired loans at acquisition date and all other acquired loans and are presented in the following table.
 
   
Impaired
Loans at
Acquisition
   
All Other
Acquired
Loans
   
Total
Covered
Loans
 
Loans covered by loss sharing agreements:
                 
1-4 family residential real estate mortgage
  $ -     $ -     $ -  
Commercial real estate
    17,447,242       61,661,859       79,109,101  
Commercial
    3,831,034       18,834,759       22,665,793  
Real estate construction
    3,098,395       12,691,002       15,789,397  
Consumer and other
    1,006,789       10,956,360       11,963,149  
Loans receivable, gross
    25,383,460       104,143,980       129,527,440  
Less:
                       
Non-accretable difference
    7,136,864       -       7,136,864  
Allowance for covered loan losses
    -       23,832,265       23,832,265  
Accretable discount
    -       8,794,367       8,794,367  
                         
Total loans covered, net
  $ 18,246,596     $ 71,517,348     $ 89,763,944  
 
Loans covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC (Covered Loans) are reported in loans exclusive of the expected reimbursement from the FDIC.  Covered Loans are initially recorded at fair value at the acquisition date.  Prospective losses incurred on Covered Loans are eligible for partial reimbursement by the FDIC under loss sharing agreements.  Subsequent decreases in the amount expected to be collected result in a provision for credit losses, an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses, and a proportional adjustment to the FDIC receivable for the estimated amount to be reimbursed.  Subsequent increases in the amount expected to be collected result in the reversal of any previously-recorded provision for credit losses and related allowance for loan and lease losses and adjustments to the FDIC receivable, or prospective adjustment to the accretable yield if no provision for credit losses had been recorded.  Interest is accrued daily on the outstanding principal balances of non-impaired loans.  Accretable discounts related to certain fair value adjustments are accreted into income over the estimated lives of the loans on a level yield basis.

Covered Loans which are more than 90 days past due with respect to interest or principal, unless they are well secured and in the process of collection, and other covered loans on which full recovery of principal or interest is in doubt, are placed on nonaccrual status.  Interest previously accrued on Covered Loans placed on nonaccrual status is charged against interest income and the FDIC receivable would be adjusted by the amount of any estimated reimbursement.  Payments received are applied against the principal balance of the loans until such time as full collection of the remaining recorded balance is expected.  Additional interest payments received after that time are recorded as interest income on a cash basis.
 
 
F-34

 

CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Contractual loan payments receivable, estimates of amounts not expected to be collected, other fair value adjustments and the resulting fair values of acquired impaired loans and all other acquired loans as of the acquisition dates are provided in the following table:
 
   
NCB as of June 26, 2009
 
   
Impaired
   
All Other
   
Total
 
   
Loans at
   
Acquired
   
Covered
 
   
Acquisition
   
Loans
   
Loans
 
Loans covered by loss sharing agreements:
                 
Contractually required principal payments receivable
  $ 50,978,361     $ 108,922,599     $ 159,900,960  
Non-accretable difference
    (30,999,727 )     -       (30,999,727 )
Allowance for covered loan losses
    -       (23,832,265 )     (23,832,265 )
Cash flows expected to be collected
    19,978,634       85,090,334       105,068,968  
Accretable yield
    -       (10,362,689 )     (10,362,689 )
                         
Fair value of loans acquired
  $ 19,978,634     $ 74,727,645     $ 94,706,279  
                         
    MCB as of March 26, 2010  
   
Impaired
   
All Other
   
Total
 
   
Loans at
   
Acquired
   
Covered
 
   
Acquisition
   
Loans
   
Loans
 
Loans covered by loss sharing agreements:
                       
Contractually required principal payments receivable
  $ 110,965,275     $ 96,678,977     $ 207,644,252  
Non-accretable difference
    (50,612,159 )     (7,394,438 )     (58,006,597 )
Cash flows expected to be collected
    60,353,116       89,284,539       149,637,655  
Accretable yield
    (10,144,541 )     (7,245,502 )     (17,390,043 )
                         
Fair value of loans acquired
  $ 50,208,575     $ 82,039,037     $ 132,247,612  
 
 
F-35

 

CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The following table documents changes in the carrying value of acquired impaired loans during the year ended September 30, 2009 and the six months ended March 31, 2010:
 
Balance, September 30, 2008
 
$
-
 
Fair value of acquired impaired loans covered under loss sharing agreements
   
19,978,634
 
Reductions since acquisition date resulting from repayments, write-offs and foreclosures
   
(1,732,038
)
Balance, September 30, 2009
   
18,246,596
 
         
Fair value of acquired impaired loans covered under loss sharing agreements
   
50,208,575
 
Reductions since acquisition date resulting from repayments, write-offs and foreclosures
   
(6,593,151
)
         
Balance, March 31, 2010 (unaudited)
 
$
61,862,020
 
 
The following table documents changes in the value of the non-accretable difference during the year ended September 30, 2009 and the six months ended March 31, 2010:
 
   
Impaired
   
All Other
   
Total
 
   
Loans at
   
Acquired
   
Covered
 
   
Acquisition
   
Loans
   
Loans
 
                   
Balance, September 30, 2008
  $ -     $ -     $ -  
Non-accretable difference at acquisition
    30,999,727       -       30,999,727  
Reductions since acquisition date resulting from charge-offs
    (23,862,863 )     -       (23,832,265 )
Balance, September 30, 2009
    7,136,864       -       7,136,864  
                         
Non-accretable difference acquired
    50,612,159       7,394,438       58,006,597  
Reductions since acquisition date resulting from charge-offs
    (1,767,377 )     -       (1,767,377 )
                         
Balance, March 31, 2010 (unaudited)
  $ 55,981,646     $ 7,394,438     $ 63,376,084  
 
The following is a summary of transactions in the allowance for loan losses on loans covered by loss sharing:
 
Balance, September 30, 2008
 
$
-
 
Allowance for loan losses at acquisition
   
23,832,265
 
Loans charged-off (gross)
   
-
 
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
   
-
 
Provision for loan losses charged to operations
   
-
 
Balance, September 30, 2009
   
23,832,265
 
         
Loans charged-off (gross)
   
(4,718,975
)
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
   
-
 
Provision for loan losses charged to operations
   
-
 
         
Balance, March 31, 2010 (unaudited)
 
$
19,113,290
 
 
 
F-36

 

CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
 
The following table documents changes in the carrying value of the FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements relating to covered loans and other real estate during the year ended September 30, 2009 and the six months ended March 31, 2010:
 
Balance, September 30, 2008
 
$
-
 
Fair value of FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements at acquisition
   
49,991,245
 
Reductions since acquisition date resulting from:
       
Wires received
   
(23,685,634
)
Recovery of previous loss reimbursements
   
(130,045
)
Additions since acquisition date resulting from:
       
Accretion of fair value adjustment
   
219,377
 
External expenses qualifying under loss sharing agreements
   
86,203
 
Balance, September 30, 2009
   
26,481,146
 
         
Fair value of FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements acquired
   
70,746,613
 
Reductions resulting from:
       
Wires received
   
(4,617,605
)
Recovery of previous loss reimbursements
   
(485,293
)
Additions resulting from:
       
Accretion of fair value adjustment
   
834,310
 
External expenses qualifying under loss sharing agreements
   
1,018,158
 
         
Balance, March 31, 2010 (unaudited)
 
$
94,089,464
 
 
In addition to the above, the Company was servicing loans primarily for others with aggregate principal balances of $31,047,407 (unaudited), $11,340,692, $13,795,903, and $17,310,064, at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.  Further, see note 13 for loans pledged as collateral.
 
Loans to certain executive officers, directors, and their associates totaled $10,178,689 (unaudited), $10,340,240 and $10,792,200 at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. At March 31, 2010 there was an additional commitment to fund construction loans to certain executive officers, directors, and their associates of $455,626 (unaudited).  There was also an additional commitment to fund a home equity line of credit of $49,422 (unaudited). Management believes that such loans were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons, and did not involve more than the normal credit risk nor present other unfavorable features. The following is a summary of activity with respect to such aggregate loans to these individuals and their associates and affiliated companies:

 
F-37

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
   
(Unaudited)
             
   
March 31,
    September 30,  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Beginning balance
  $ 10,340,240     $ 10,792,200     $ 1,313,534  
New loans-funded
    58,520       316,753       9,873,280  
Repayments
    220,070       768,713       394,614  
                         
Ending balance
  $ 10,178,690     $ 10,340,240     $ 10,792,200  
 
At March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008, the Company had $13,087,372 (unaudited), $13,100,146 and $10,771,283, respectively, of nonaccrual loans not covered by loss sharing.  At March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008, the Company had $4,185,540 (unaudited), $212,631 and $0, respectively, of past due loans 90 days and more still accruing interest not covered by loss sharing. These loans are still accruing interest, as collectability of the principal and interest is not in doubt based on the underlying collateral value of the loan.  No interest income on covered impaired loans was recorded for the six months ended March 31, 2010 or year ended September 30, 2009.  The following is a summary of interest income relating to nonaccrual loans not covered by loss sharing agreements for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007.
 
    (Unaudited)                    
    Six Months Ended                    
    March 31,     Years Ended September 30,  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                               
Interest income at contractual rates
  $ 875,285     $ 837,686     $ 683,036     $ 701,460     $ 658,333  
Interest income actually recorded
    (179,546 )     (271,461 )     (146,658 )     (390,504 )     (266,941 )
                                         
Reduction of interest income
  $ 695,739     $ 566,225     $ 536,378     $ 310,956     $ 391,392  
 
 
F-38

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The following is a summary of transactions in the allowance for loan losses on loans not covered by loss sharing:

    (Unaudited)                    
    Six Months Ended                    
    March 31,     Years Ended September 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008    
2007
 
                               
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 9,331,612     $ 8,243,931     $ 8,243,931     $ 6,013,350     $ 6,086,205  
Loans charged off
    (1,763,577 )     (1,704,739 )     (3,814,196 )     (1,046,926 )     (191,598 )
Recoveries on loans previously charged off
    28,469       46,033       351,877       27,507       118,743  
Provision for loan losses charged to operations
    3,800,000       2,550,000       4,550,000       3,250,000       -  
                                         
Balance, end of year
  $ 11,396,504     $ 9,135,225     $ 9,331,612     $ 8,243,931     $ 6,013,350  
 
The Company increased its provisions for loan losses for the six months ending March 31, 2010 and years ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 in response to declining economic conditions, increased net charge-offs, weakening financial indicators for borrowers in the real estate sectors, declining collateral values of commercial and residential real estate, and increased nonaccrual and impaired loans.
 
At March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, the Company had impaired loans not covered by loss sharing of approximately $13,087,372 (unaudited), $12,985,448, $8,641,091, and $6,231,000, respectively. There were specific allowances attributable to impaired loans at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, of $1,392,687 (unaudited), $1,681,993, $931,476, and $431,277, respectively.  At March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, there were impaired loans of $8,541,735 (unaudited), $4,500,715, $3,103,883, and $0, respectively, with no specific allowance.
 
The average recorded investments in impaired loans not covered by loss sharing for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, were approximately $13,000,000 (unaudited), $10,800,000, $7,400,000, and $4,000,000, respectively. Interest income recognized on impaired loans for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, was $180,000 (unaudited), $271,000 (unaudited), $143,000, $217,000, and $573,000, respectively.
 
The average recorded investment on impaired loans covered by loss sharing agreements for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended September 30, 2009 was approximately $30,445,000 (unaudited) and $19,113,000, respectively.  There were no recorded investments in impaired loans covered by loss sharing agreements for the years ended September 30, 2008 or 2007.  No interest income was recorded on covered impaired loans for such periods.
 
 
F-39

 

CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007

(8)
Accrued Interest and Dividends Receivable
 
At March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008, accrued interest and dividends receivable are summarized as follows:
 
   
(Unaudited)
             
   
March 31,
    September 30,  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Loans receivable
  $ 3,482,241     $ 2,904,852     $ 2,124,751  
Mortgage–backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
    793,061       833,557       1,005,066  
Other investment securities
    6,907       7,671       46,358  
FHLB and other bank stock
    4,371       -       96,453  
                         
    $ 4,286,580     $ 3,746,080     $ 3,272,628  
 
(9)
Real Estate Owned
     
The following is a summary of transactions in the real estate owned:
 
Non-covered real estate owned
 
   
(Unaudited)
             
   
March 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 4,777,542     $ 2,680,430     $ 179,773  
Real estate acquired through foreclosure of loans receivable
    4,821,380       6,822,044       4,821,478  
Real estate sold
    (2,048,408 )     (4,135,558 )     (2,395,548 )
Write down of real estate owned
    (110,234 )     (669,870 )     (39,219 )
Gain (loss) on sale of real estate owned
    (31,105 )     80,496       113,946  
                         
Balance, end of year
  $ 7,409,175     $ 4,777,542     $ 2,680,430  
 
 
F-40

 

CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Covered real estate owned
           
   
(Unaudited)
       
   
March 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
             
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 10,681,499     $ -  
Real estate acquired and subject to FDIC loss sharing agreement
    23,649,464       7,436,438  
Real estate acquired through foreclosure of loans receivable
    4,459,514       4,389,951  
Real estate sold
    (3,530,586 )     (1,307,447 )
Write down of real estate owned
    (89,542 )     -  
Gain (loss) on sale of real estate owned:
               
Recognized in noninterest income, 20%
    112,464       32,511  
Reduction of FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements, 80% of recovery (loss)
    449,858       130,046  
                 
Balance, end of year
  $ 35,732,671     $ 10,681,499  

(10)
Premises and Equipment
 
Premises and equipment at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008 is summarized as follows:
 
   
(Unaudited)
             
   
March 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Land
  $ 5,181,812     $ 5,181,812     $ 5,781,355  
Buildings and improvements
    13,396,335       13,116,948       12,266,206  
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
    4,572,367       4,315,527       3,995,831  
Construction in progress
    352,311       170,491       2,600  
      23,502,825       22,784,778       22,045,992  
Less accumulated depreciation
    5,989,452       5,497,638       4,743,475  
                         
    $ 17,513,373     $ 17,287,140     $ 17,302,517  
 
Depreciation expense for premises and equipment for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, was $455,060 (unaudited) and $435,736 (unaudited), $873,006, $827,101, and $823,789, respectively.  Additionally, during the year ended 2009, the Company recorded a gain of $2,086,053 related to the sale of land held for future branch expansion and a former branch facility.  These assets were included in other assets held for sale at September 30, 2008.
 
 
F-41

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
(11)
Deposits
 
At March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008, deposits are summarized as follows:
 
   
(Unaudited)
 
   
March 31, 2010
 
             
Weighted
 
         
Range of
 
average
 
   
Amount
 
interest rates
 
interest rates
 
                 
Demand, NOW, and money market accounts
 
$
290,103,636
 
0.00 – 4.90
%
1.24
%
Savings deposits
   
29,724,514
 
0.25 – 1.01
%
0.25
%
Time deposits by original term:
               
Time deposits $100,000 and over
   
283,092,199
 
0.00 – 5.92
%
2.34
%
Other time deposits:
               
12 months or less
   
247,421,644
 
0.02 – 5.75
%
2.12
%
13 – 36 months
   
44,883,673
 
1.00 – 5.84
%
3.00
%
37 months or more
   
11,354,446
 
1.68 – 4.35
%
3.36
%
Total deposits
   
906,580,112
     
1.90
%
Accrued interest payable
   
905,808
         
                 
   
$
907,485,920
         
 
   
September 30, 2009
   
September 30, 2008
 
               
Weighted
               
Weighted
 
         
Range of
   
average
         
Range of
   
average
 
   
Amount
   
interest rates
   
interest rates
   
Amount
   
interest rates
   
interest rates
 
                                     
Demand, NOW, and money market accounts
  $ 202,890,009       0.00-4.89 %     0.82 %   $ 158,113,289       0.00-5.50 %     1.44 %
Savings deposits
    14,011,765       0.25 %     0.25 %     11,385,228       0.25 %     0.25 %
Time deposits by original term:
                                               
Time deposits $100,000 and over
    196,216,364       0.00-5.69 %     2.21 %     116,428,717       0.00-5.69 %     3.85 %
Other time deposits:
                                               
12 months or less
    149,448,755       0.24-5.50 %     2.61 %     107,326,781       1.39-6.97 %     3.76 %
13 – 36 months
    30,991,706       1.08-5.50 %     3.56 %     22,750,312       1.89-5.50 %     4.20 %
37 months or more
    4,075,070       1.72-5.40 %     3.62 %     4,170,737       2.96-5.50 %     4.29 %
Total deposits
    597,633,669               1.71 %     420,175,064               2.84 %
Accrued interest payable
    874,218                       1,434,807                  
                                                 
    $ 598,507,887                     $ 421,609,871                  
 
Accrued interest payable is included in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition.
 
During 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company accepted out of market time deposits from various credit unions and/or brokers as a source of funds. The balance of the broker deposits was $10.2 million (unaudited), $30.0 million and $63.9 million and the balance of the credit union deposits was $158.7 million (unaudited), $102.9 million and $0 million at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
 
F-42

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
At March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009, scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:
 
   
(Unaudited)
       
   
March 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
             
2010
  $ 455,804,463     $ 318,627,932  
2011
    76,532,537       37,539,612  
2012
    21,401,408       17,689,491  
2013
    10,807,692       3,274,641  
2014 and thereafter
    22,205,861       3,600,219  
                 
    $ 586,751,962     $ 380,731,895  
 
Interest expense on deposits for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, is summarized as follows:
 
    (Unaudited)              
    Six Months Ended              
    March 31,     Years Ended September 30,  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                               
Demand, NOW, and money market accounts
  $ 1,011,184     $ 716,933     $ 1,326,016     $ 3,210,150     $ 5,415,233  
Savings deposits
    21,506       14,587       32,605       28,486       30,717  
Time deposits
    4,093,212       4,497,923       8,740,755       11,287,128       9,741,972  
                                         
    $ 5,125,902     $ 5,229,443     $ 10,099,376     $ 14,525,764     $ 15,187,922  
 
Deposits of certain officers, directors, and their associates totaled $4.1 million (unaudited), $4.1 million and $3.3 million at March 31, 2010, September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Management believes that such deposits have substantially the same terms as those for comparable transactions with other unrelated parties.
 
(12)
Borrowings
 
At March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008, borrowings are summarized as follows:
 
   
(Unaudited)
         
   
March 31,
    September 30,  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                   
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
  $ 212,000,000     $ 227,000,000     $ 267,000,000  
Repurchase agreements
    232,472       -       -  
                         
Total Borrowings
  $ 212,232,472     $ 227,000,000     $ 267,000,000  
 
 
F-43

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007

FHLB advances at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008 are summarized by year of maturity in the table below:
                   
    (Unaudited)  
    March 31, 2010  
       
Range of
   
Weighted
 
  Due  
Amount
   
interest rates
   
average rate
 
                   
Less than one year
  $ 102,000,000       5.40 – 6.14 %     5.64 %
One to two years
    30,000,000       3.30 – 4.87 %     4.61 %
Two to three years
    20,000,000       3.42 – 3.88 %     3.65 %
Three to four years
    5,000,000       3.80 %     3.80 %
Four to five years
    5,000,000       3.99 %     3.99 %
Thereafter
    50,000,000       4.30 – 4.33 %     4.32 %
                         
    $ 212,000,000               4.91 %
 
At March 31, 2010, the Company has pledged, under a blanket floating collateral lien with the FHLB, all stock of the FHLB, certain qualifying first mortgage loans with unpaid principal balances totaling $115,559,429 (unaudited), certain commercial loans with unpaid principal balances totaling $47,521,096 (unaudited), and certain mortgage–backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and investment securities with an aggregate carrying amount of $120,648,084 (unaudited).
 
The Company has $152.0 million (unaudited) in fixed rate advances from the FHLB at March 31, 2010 while $60.0 million (unaudited) of the advances had a variable rate. As of March 31, 2010, the Company’s fixed rate FHLB advances include $122.0 million (unaudited) of advances that are callable by the FHLB under certain circumstances.  The fixed rate advances from the FHLB are subject to prepayment penalties.
 
At March 31, 2010, the Company had available line of credit commitments with the FHLB totaling $497,425,512 (unaudited), of which $212,000,000 (unaudited) was advanced and $285,425,512 (unaudited) was available at March 31, 2010 based on total assets; however, based on actual collateral available, only $15.2 million (unaudited) was available.  At March 31, 2010, the Company had an available line of credit based on the collateral pledged of $29,213,087 (unaudited) with the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta.

   
September 30, 2009
   
September 30, 2008
 
         
Range of
   
Weighted
         
Range of
   
Weighted
 
Due
 
Amount
   
interest rates
   
average rate
   
Amount
   
interest rates
   
average rate
 
                                     
Less than one year
  $ 15,000,000       2.65-3.93 %     3.50 %   $ 15,000,000       2.53-3.31 %     3.05 %
One to two years
    102,000,000       5.40-6.14 %     5.64 %     40,000,000       2.65-6.22 %     5.20 %
Two to three years
    30,000,000       3.30-4.87 %     4.61 %     102,000,000       5.40-6.14 %     5.64 %
Three to four years
    20,000,000       3.42-3.88 %     3.65 %     30,000,000       3.30-4.87 %     4.61 %
Four to five years
    5,000,000       3.80 %     3.80 %     20,000,000       3.42-3.88 %     3.66 %
Thereafter
    55,000,000       3.99-4.33 %     4.29 %     60,000,000       2.51-4.33 %     3.50 %
                                                 
    $ 227,000,000               4.82 %   $ 267,000,000               4.86 %

At September 30, 2009, the Company has pledged, under a blanket floating collateral lien with the FHLB, all stock of the FHLB, certain qualifying first mortgage loans with unpaid principal balances totaling $110,033,217, certain commercial loans with unpaid principal balances totaling $48,984,530, and certain mortgage–backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and investment securities with an aggregate carrying amount of $142,757,364.
 
 
F-44

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The Company has $162 million in fixed rate advances from the FHLB at September 30, 2009 while $65 million of the advances had a variable rate. As of September 30, 2009, the Company’s fixed rate FHLB advances include $65 million of advances that are callable by the FHLB under certain circumstances.  The fixed rate advances from the FHLB are subject to prepayment penalties.
 
At September 30, 2009, the Company had available line of credit commitments with the FHLB totaling $390,530,419, of which $227,000,000 was advanced and $163,530,419 was available at September 30, 2009 based on total assets; however, based on actual collateral available, only $4.2 million was available.  At September 30, 2009, the Company had an available line of credit based on the collateral pledged of $47,249,817 with the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta.
 
The following summarizes pertinent data related to FHLB advances for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007:
                         
   
(Unaudited)
                   
   
March 31,
    September 30,  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                         
Weighted average borrowing rate at period–end
    4.91 %     4.82 %     4.65 %     4.83 %
Weighted average borrowing rate during the period
    4.82 %     4.80 %     4.79 %     4.50 %
Average daily balance during period
  $ 218,008,603     $ 260,158,013     $ 255,739,607     $ 304,077,384  
Maximum month–end balance during the period
  $ 217,000,000     $ 275,500,000     $ 267,000,000     $ 312,000,000  
 
The following summarizes pertinent data related to securities sold under the agreements to repurchase for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007:
                         
   
(Unaudited)
                   
   
March 31,
    September 30,  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Weighted average borrowing rate at period–end
    0.87 %     - %     - %     5.19 %
Weighted average borrowing rate during the period
    0.87 %     - %     4.67 %     5.52 %
Average daily balance during period
  $ 4,618     $ -     $ 4,712,830     $ 17,377,438  
Maximum month–end balance during the period
  $ 232,472     $ -     $ 9,935,000     $ 18,598,000  
 
 
F-45

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Interest expense on borrowings the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, is summarized as follows:
 
    (Unaudited)                    
    Six Months Ended      
    March 31,     Years Ended September 30,  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
  $ 25     $ -     $ -     $ 219,769     $ 959,995  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    5,252,228       6,106,722       12,499,232       12,025,251       13,679,024  
                                         
    $ 5,252,253     $ 6,106,722     $ 12,499,232     $ 12,245,020     $ 14,639,019  
 
During the year ended September 30, 2009, a $25,000,000 advance with a rate of 6.22% was prepaid.  This prepayment resulted in a prepayment penalty of $1,408,275 which is included in other noninterest expense.

(13)
Income Taxes
 
Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to income from continuing operations for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007 consists of:
 
   
(Unaudited)
                   
   
Six Months Ended
       
   
March 31,
   
Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Federal:
                             
Current
  $ 216,055     $ 812,031     $ 710,508     $ 5,945,422     $ 25,066,763  
Deferred
    3,552,183       (423,371 )     (259,804 )     (1,580,048 )     (339,854 )
Total federal tax expense
    3,768,238       388,660       450,704       4,365,374       24,726,909  
State:
                                       
Current
    44,619       38,078       25,339       466,208       4,232,687  
Deferred
    615,235       (7,666 )     (170,405 )     (340,546 )     (82,232 )
Total state tax expense
    659,854       30,412       (145,066 )     125,662       4,150,455  
                                         
    $ 4,428,092     $ 419,072     $ 305,638     $ 4,491,036     $ 28,877,364  

 
F-46

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007

The difference between the actual total provision for federal and state income taxes and federal income taxes computed at the statutory rate of 35% for the six months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited) and 2009 (unaudited) and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is summarized as follows:

   
(Unaudited)
                   
   
Six Months Ended
                   
   
March 31,
   
Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                                         
Computed “expected” tax expense
  $ 4,256,561     $ 646,965     $ 917,490     $ 5,258,144     $ 27,936,015  
Increase (decrease) in tax expense resulting from:
                                       
Dividends received deduction
    -       -       -       (612,194 )     (1,789,725 )
State income taxes, net of federal tax effect
    428,905       19,768       (94,293 )     81,680       2,697,795  
Tax–exempt income
    (198,228 )     (222,783 )     (444,244 )     (373,412 )     (240,252 )
Change in tax contingency accrual
    -       -       -       14,192       (117,279 )
Market value depreciation of ESOP shares
    1,695       (7,601 )     (3,864 )     100,947       199,720  
Other, net
    (60,841 )     (17,277 )     (69,451 )     21,679       191,090  
                                         
    $ 4,428,092     $ 419,072     $ 305,638     $ 4,491,036     $ 28,877,364  
 
The primary reason for the 2007 reduction in the tax contingency reserve was the resolution of an issue with the Internal Revenue Service.
 
The effective tax rate for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, was 36.41% (unaudited), 22.67% (unaudited), 11.66%, 29.89%, and 36.18%, respectively.
 
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies by jurisdiction and entity in making this assessment.
 
Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods which the temporary differences resulting in the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences at September 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited).
 
 
F-47

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008 are presented below:
 
   
(Unaudited )
             
    March 31,    
September 30,
 
    2010     2009    
2008
 
Deferred tax assets:
                       
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 4,444,696     $ 3,639,801     $ 3,168,967  
Interest on nonaccrual loans
    -       209,215       119,532  
Deferred compensation
    1,015,541       1,009,356       1,013,388  
Stock option expense
    771,996       769,193       752,447  
Real estate acquired through foreclosure
    420,438       294,816       18,460  
State credits
    252,388       289,258       248,500  
Other than temporary impairment
    1,374,698       -       -  
Net unrealized holding losses on securities available for sale
    1,561,366       4,263,915       4,277,099  
Other
    241,909       208,726       70,820  
Total gross deferred tax assets
    10,083,032       10,684,280       9,669,213  
                         
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
Deferred loans costs, net
    378,164       405,959       452,104  
Depreciation
    2,303,691       1,928,768       1,197,618  
Investment securities market adjustment for tax reporting
    -       160,852       1,055,165  
FDIC transaction
    6,902,374       819,931       -  
Other
    79,727       79,727       92,306  
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
    9,663,956       3,395,237       2,797,193  
                         
        Net deferred tax assets   $ 419,076     7,289,043     $ 6,872,020  

The Company adopted the accounting standard relating to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes during 2009.  The Company classifies interest and penalties related to income tax assessments, if any, in income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations.  Tax years 2006 through 2009 are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities in Georgia and Alabama.  A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of unrecognized tax benefit for uncertain tax positions is insignificant to the consolidated financial statements at September 30, 2009.

(14)
Employee Benefits
 
The Company has a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (the Plan) which covers substantially all of its employees. The Company has no match of employee contributions to the Plan.
 
The Company has a short–term incentive plan which covers substantially all employees. The Company also had a long–term incentive plan that covered key employees which was phased out in 2008. For six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, the Company expensed $496,084 (unaudited), $24,450 (unaudited), $125,742, $1,518,001, and $1,272,054, respectively, related to the incentive plans which is recorded in salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income.
 
 
F-48

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The Company has a stock option plan which allows for stock option awards of the Company’s common stock to eligible directors and key employees of the Company. The option price is determined by a committee of the board of directors at the time of the grant and may not be less than 100% of the market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. When granted, the options vest over periods up to four or five years from grant date or upon death, disability, or qualified retirement. All options must be exercised within a 10–year period from grant date. The Company may grant either incentive stock options, which qualify for special federal income tax treatment, or nonqualified stock options, which do not receive such tax treatment. The Company’s stockholders have authorized 707,943 shares for the plan of which 54,650 have been granted and exercised, 357,775 are granted and outstanding with the remaining 295,518 shares available to be granted.
 
The fair value of the options granted during the year ended 2009 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton model with the following assumptions:

       
   
2009
 
Risk- free interest rate
    3.21 %
Dividend yield
    11.75 %
Expected life at date of grant
 
10 years
 
Volatility
    42.13 %
Weighted average grant-date fair value
  $ 0.61  
 
 
F-49

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The following table summarizes activity for shares under option and weighted average exercise price per share:
                   
   
Shares
   
Weighted
average
exercise
price/share
   
Weighted
average
remaining
life (years)
 
                   
Options outstanding- September 30, 2006
    258,300       31.24       7  
Options exercised
    (22,750 )     29.26       5  
Options forfeited
    (4,350 )     31.62       6  
Granted in 2007
    330,000       45.50       9  
Options outstanding- September 30, 2007
    561,200       39.73       9  
Options exercisable at end of year – September 30, 2007
    425,250       41.86       9  
                         
Options outstanding- September 30, 2007
    561,200       39.70       9  
Options exercised
    (3,600 )     29.26       4  
Options forfeited
    (1,750 )     29.79       5  
Granted in 2008
    -       -       -  
Options outstanding- September 30, 2008
    555,850       39.80       9  
Options exercisable at end of year – September 30, 2008
    500,350       40.56       8  
                         
Options outstanding- September 30, 2008
    555,850       39.80       9  
Options exercised
    -       -       -  
Options forfeited
    (603,600 )     37.35       9  
Granted in 2009
    405,525       11.00       10  
Options outstanding- September 30, 2009
    357,775       11.35       10  
Options exercisable at end of year – September 30, 2009
    5,750       29.42       4  
                         
Options outstanding- September 30, 2009
    357,775       11.35       10  
Options exercised
    -       -       -  
Options forfeited
    -       -       -  
Options granted
    -       -       -  
Options outstanding- March 31, 2010 (unaudited)
    357,775       11.35       10  
Options exercisable six month period ended – March 31, 2010 (unaudited)
    5,750       29.42       4  
 
The intrinsic value on the options exercised during the years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $83,014 and $502,512, respectively. The stock price at March 31, 2010 and 2009 was less than or equal to the exercise prices of options outstanding and exercisable and therefore had no intrinsic value.  Intrinsic value at September 30, 2009 was $440,031.
 
The fair value of the stock options vested during the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $0 (unaudited), $0 (unaudited), $0, $84,038, and $2.0 million, respectively.
 
 
F-50

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The following table summarizes information about the options outstanding at March 31, 2010 (unaudited):

     
Weighted
         
Weighted
 
 
Number
   
average
         
average
 
 
outstanding at
   
remaining
   
Exercise
   
exercise
 
 
March 31,
   
contractual
   
price
   
price
 
 
2010 (unaudited)
   
life in years
   
per share
   
per share
 
                       
    5,500       3     $ 29.26     $ 29.26  
    250       5     $ 32.99     $ 32.99  
    352,025       9     $ 11.00     $ 11.00  
    357,775                          
                               
 
The following table summarizes information about the options outstanding at September 30, 2009:

       
Weighted
         
Weighted
 
 
Number
   
average
         
average
 
 
outstanding at
   
remaining
   
Exercise
   
exercise
 
 
September 30,
   
contractual
   
price
   
price
 
 
2009
   
life in years
   
per share
   
per share
 
                       
    5,500       3     $ 29.26     $ 29.26  
    250       5     $ 32.99     $ 32.99  
    352,025       9     $ 11.00     $ 11.00  
    357,775                          
 
The Company has a benefit restoration plan (the Benefit Plan) which covers the chief executive officer of the Company and any employees of the Company who are designated as eligible to participate in the Benefit Plan by resolution of the board of directors of the Company. The Benefit Plan restores the benefits in tax–qualified plans that are limited by the Internal Revenue Code. Also, in the case of a participant who retires before the repayment in full of a loan to the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP), the restorative payments include a payment in lieu of the shares that would have been allocated if employment had continued through the full term of the loan. The participant in the Benefit Plan is entitled to contributions to the Benefit Plan upon termination of service, retirement or death. The Company expensed $0 (unaudited) during the six months ended March 31, 2010, $38,914 for the year ended 2009, reversed some of the expense in the year ended 2008 for $72,440 and expensed $257,757, related to the Benefit Plan during the year ended September 30, 2007, respectively, included in the salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income.  During the year ended 2009, the accrued liability of $822,116 in the benefit restoration plan was frozen.  During the year ended 2009, the Company established a new unfunded and nonqualified supplemental retirement plan for the chief executive officer and two other executives.  The normal retirement benefit under this plan ranges in amounts equal to ten to fifty percent of the executive’s final base salary and is paid out in monthly installments for a period of fifteen years beginning on the first day of the month after the executive’s normal retirement date.  At March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the accrued liability was $161,225 (unaudited) and $94,864, respectively and the related expense was $66,361 (unaudited) and $94,864 for the six month period and the year ended September 30, 2009, relating to this plan.  The discount rate utilized in measuring the liability was six percent.  Payments under the new plan for the chief executive officer will be reduced by the aforementioned frozen liability under the former benefit restoration plan.
 
 
F-51

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The Company has a recognition and retention plan which has been authorized to grant up to 283,177 shares of restricted stock to key employees and directors. The Company has established a grantor trust to purchase these common shares of the Company in the open market or in private transactions. The grantor trust will not purchase previously authorized but unissued shares from the Company. The grantor trust has purchased all of the 283,177 shares that have been authorized. As of March 31, 2010, 93,505 shares (unaudited) remain in the trust and are disclosed as treasury stock in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Of the 93,505 shares remaining in the trust, 33,116 shares (unaudited) have been granted and are not yet vested and 60,389 shares (unaudited) are available for grants.

    (Unaudited)                    
    Six Months Ended                    
    March 31,     Years Ended September 30,  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                               
Shares granted
    -       -       -       -       8,000  
Fair value per share at grant date
    -       -       -       -       47.75-50.00  
Aggregate value at grant date
    -       -       -       -       397,750  
Vesting for current year grants
    -       -       -       -    
3 to 5 years
 
Expensed for year
  $ 105,784     $ 144,497     $ 285,046     $ 851,640     $ 669,319  

           
Weighted average
 
           
grant date fair
 
     
Shares
   
value per award
 
                 
Fiscal 2007 activity
               
Granted
   
  8,000
   
$
49.72
 
Vested
   
25,698
     
27.60
 
Cancelled or expired
   
500
     
33.17
 
Unvested Restricted stock awards- September 30, 2007
   
88,948
     
34.52
 
                 
Fiscal 2008 activity
               
Granted
   
-
     
-
 
Vested
   
42,841
     
32.99
 
Cancelled or expired
   
-
         
Unvested Restricted stock awards- September 30, 2008
   
46,107
     
35.97
 
                 
Fiscal 2009 activity
               
Granted
   
-
     
-
 
Vested
   
11,291
     
32.99
 
Cancelled or expired
   
200
     
33.45
 
Unvested Restricted stock awards- September 30, 2009
   
34,616
     
36.96
 
                 
Fiscal 2010 activity (unaudited)
               
Granted
   
-
     
-
 
Vested
   
1,500
     
49.25
 
Cancelled or expired
   
-
     
-
 
Unvested Restricted stock awards- March 31, 2010
   
33,116
     
36.44
 
 
 
F-52

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Recognition and retention grants and stock options grants vest at the earlier of the scheduled vesting or death, disability, or qualified retirement.  All grants prior to October 1, 2005 are expensed to the scheduled vesting date.  Four grant recipients are qualified for retirement as of September 30, 2009 and March 31, 2010.  One additional stock grant recipient and six option grant recipients will be qualified for retirement before all of their grants reach scheduled vesting. Grants subsequent to October 1, 2005 will be expensed to the earlier of scheduled vesting or substantive vesting which is when the recipient becomes qualified for retirement which is generally age 65 or age 55 with ten years of service.
 
The Company has implemented the Employee Stock Option Plan (ESOP) which covers substantially all of its employees. During the stock offering of the Company, the ESOP trust borrowed $3,171,580 from the Company to purchase 317,158 shares for allocation under the ESOP. The loan to the ESOP is reflected as unearned compensation in stockholders’ equity. As the Company receives principal payments on the loan, shares are released for allocation to participants in the ESOP and unearned compensation is reduced. Shares of the Company are freed for allocation to participants in the ESOP based on the principal and interest allocation method. Vesting in the shares of the ESOP occurs after five years of service. Participants in the ESOP may receive a distribution equal to the value of their account upon retirement, death, disability, termination of employment, or termination of the ESOP. The Company records compensation expense associated with the ESOP based on the average market price of the total shares committed to be released during the year as well as the dividends declared on the unallocated shares. The Company expensed $3,304 (unaudited), $16,240 (unaudited), $152,341, $462,482, and $1,301,862 related to the ESOP during the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, which is included in salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income. The Company committed to be allocated 13,203 (unaudited), 13,672, 14,138, and 14,605 shares, to participants in the plan during the six month period ended March 31, 2010 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. At March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009, there were 154,699 (unaudited) and 168,399, respectively, unallocated shares with a market value of $1,655,279 (unaudited) and $1,751,350, respectively in the ESOP.  Because the Company’s shares trade on the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board, a liability for a potential put option on allocated shares is not applicable.  Assuming there was no market for the Company’s shares, the resulting put option for the current market value of allocated shares in the ESOP would approximate $1,415,000 (unaudited) and $1,547,000, respectively.
 
(15)
Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
 
In the normal course of business, the Company is party (both as plaintiff and defendant) to certain matters of litigation. In the opinion of management and counsel, none of these matters should have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
 
F-53

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Future minimum lease commitments under all noncancellable operating leases with terms of one year or more are as follows:

   
(Unaudited)
       
   
March 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
                 
2010
  $ 607,836     $ 620,904  
2011
    593,236       594,337  
2012
    587,736       594,336  
2013
    568,736       589,936  
2014
    530,736       587,736  
Thereafter
    514,536       540,236  
                 
    $ 3,402,816     $ 3,527,485  
 
Rent expense for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $335,476 (unaudited), $74,897 (unaudited), $323,055, $136,673, and $111,231, respectively, which were included in occupancy expense in the consolidated statements of income.
 
(16)
Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurement
 
Accounting standards relating to disclosures about fair value of financial instruments, require that the Company disclose estimated fair values for its financial instruments. Fair value estimates, methods, and assumptions are set forth below for the Company’s financial instruments.
 
 
(a)
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The carrying amount approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.
 
 
(b)
Investments and Mortgage–Backed Securities and Collateralized Mortgage Obligations Available for Sale
 
The fair value of investments and mortgage–backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations available for sale is estimated based on bid quotations received from securities dealers. The FHLB stock is considered a restricted stock and is carried at cost which approximates its fair value.
 
The following table presents the carrying and fair value at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008:

   
(Unaudited)
         
   
March 31,
    September 30,  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                         
Other investment securities
  $ 3,962,010     $ 4,434,732     $ 34,290,733  
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations
    201,583,697       201,625,975       242,848,419  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    15,157,100       14,035,800       13,605,900  
                         
    $ 220,702,807     $ 220,096,507     $ 290,745,052  
 
 
F-54

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007

 
(c)
Loans Receivable
 
Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type. The fair value of performing loans is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit risk inherent in the loan. The estimate of maturity is based on the Company’s historical experience with repayments for each loan classification, modified, as required, by an estimate of the effect of the current economic and lending conditions.
 
Fair value for significant nonperforming loans is based on recent external appraisals. If appraisals are not available, estimated cash flows are discounted using a rate commensurate with the risk associated with the estimated cash flows. Assumptions regarding credit risk, cash flows, and discount rates are judgmentally determined using available market information and specific borrower information.
 
The following table presents information for loans at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008:

   
(Unaudited)
 
   
March 31, 2010
 
   
Carrying
   
Estimated
 
   
amount
   
fair value
 
Loans covered by loss sharing agreements, net
  $ 213,755,529     $ 213,755,529  
Loans not covered by loss sharing agreements
    476,227,837       447,557,687   (a)
Loans receivable
    689,983,366       661,313,216  
Unamortized loan origination fees, net
    (897,488 )     (897,488 )
Allowance for loan losses (non-covered loans)
    (11,396,504 )     (11,396,504 )
                 
Loans receivable, net
  $ 677,689,374     $ 649,019,224  
                 
Loans held for sale
  $ 690,301     $ 694,900  
 
 
F-55

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
                         
 
September 30, 2009
   
September 30, 2008
 
           
 
Carrying
 
Estimated
   
Carrying
 
Estimated
 
 
amount
 
fair value
   
amount
 
fair value
 
                   
Loans covered by loss sharing agreements, net
  $ 89,763,944     $ 89,763,944     $ -     $ -  
Loans not covered by loss sharing agreements
    472,974,693       460,309,157
(a)
    437,520,665       439,788,129  
Loans receivable
    562,738,637       550,073,101       437,520,665       439,788,129  
Unamortized loan origination fees, net
    (856,538 )     (856,538 )     (804,475 )     (804,475 )
Allowance for loan losses (non-covered loans)
    (9,331,612 )     (9,331,612 )     (8,243,931 )     (8,243,931 )
                                 
Loans receivable, net
  $ 552,550,487     $ 539,884,951     $ 428,472,259     $ 430,739,723  
                                 
Loans held for sale
  $ 1,123,489     $ 1,129,286     $ 1,292,370     $ 1,297,165  

(a) Reflects a liquidity discount of 5.5% at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009.
 
 
(e)
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance
 
The Company’s cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance approximates its fair value. The following presents the carrying and fair value at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008:
 
      (Unaudited)        
   
March 31,
    September 30,  
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
                         
Cash surrender value of life insurance
  $ 31,116,214     $ 30,549,849     $ 29,280,581  

 
(f)
FDIC Receivable for Loss Sharing Agreements
 
The Company’s FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements approximates fair value. The following presents the carrying and fair value at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008:
 
   
(Unaudited)
             
   
March 31,
   
September 30,
 
    2010    
2009
   
2008
 
                         
FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements
  $ 94,089,464     $ 26,481,146     $ -  
 
 
F-56

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
 
(g)
Deposits
 
The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest–bearing demand deposits, savings, NOW accounts, and money market and checking accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008. The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The following table presents information for deposits at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008:
 
               
   
(Unaudited)
 
   
March 31, 2010
 
   
Carrying
 
Estimated
 
   
amount
 
fair value
 
               
 
Demand, NOW, and money market accounts
  $ 290,103,636     $ 290,103,636  
 
Savings deposits
    29,724,514       29,724,514  
 
Time deposits
    586,751,962       594,259,172  
                   
      $ 906,580,112     $ 914,087,322  
 
      September 30, 2009     September 30, 2008  
   
Carrying
   
Estimated
   
Carrying
   
Estimated
 
   
amount
   
fair value
   
amount
   
fair value
 
                         
Demand, NOW, and money market accounts
  $ 202,890,009     $ 202,890,009     $ 158,113,289     $ 158,113,289  
Savings deposits
    14,011,765       14,011,765       11,385,228       11,385,228  
Time deposits
    380,731,895       384,179,486       250,676,547       252,470,072  
                                 
    $ 597,633,669     $ 601,081,260     $ 420,175,064     $ 421,968,589  
 
 
(h)
Borrowings
 
The fair value of the Company’s Federal Home Loan Bank advances is estimated based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The fair value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase approximates the carrying amount because of the short maturity of these borrowings. The discount rate is estimated using rates quoted for the same or similar issues or the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities. The following presents information for borrowings at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008:
 
      (Unaudited)  
      March 31, 2010  
     
Carrying
   
Estimated
 
     
amount
   
fair value
 
               
 
FHLB advances
  $ 212,000,000     $ 222,839,195  
 
Repurchase agreements
    232,472       232,472  
                   
      $ 212,232,472     $ 223,071,667  
 
 
F-57

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
                         
   
September 30, 2009
   
September 30, 2008
 
   
Carrying
amount
   
Estimated
fair value
   
Carrying
amount
   
Estimated
fair value
 
                                 
FHLB advances
  $ 227,000,000     $ 230,882,910     $ 267,000,000     $ 273,669,709  
 
 
(i)
Accrued Interest and Dividends Receivable and Payable
 
The carrying amount of accrued interest and dividends receivable on loans and investments and payable on borrowings and deposits approximate their fair values.
 
 
(j)
Commitments
 
The fair value of commitments to extend credit to fund home equity, real estate construction, and real estate mortgage loans is immaterial because the underlying interest rates on such commitments approximate market rates.
 
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off–balance–sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.
 
The Company’s exposure to credit loss, in the event of nonperformance by the customer for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual or notional amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for recorded loans.
 
A summary of the Company’s financial instruments with off–balance–sheet risk at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:
                   
   
(Unaudited)
             
   
March 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk – commitments to originate loans:
                 
Mortgage loans
  $ 494,500     $ 261,500     $ 723,000  
Non-mortgage loans
    22,407,743       12,348,000       14,905,855  
Open-end consumer loans
    11,480,270       10,442,640       11,700,978  
Open-end commercial loans
    3,518,172       16,218,451       17,093,387  
Construction loans
    19,817,953       18,016,661       13,906,781  
                         
Total commitments to originate loans
  $ 57,718,638     $ 57,287,252     $ 58,330,001  
 
The Company sells loans on a best efforts basis and had loans as reported in the statement of condition as loans held for sale in the process of being sold.
 
 
F-58

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the agreement. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case–by–case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies, but consists primarily of real estate.
 
The following summarizes the Company’s commitments to fund fixed rate loans at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008:
 
   
Amount
   
Range of Rate
 
             
March 31, 2010 (unaudited)
  $ 4,399,500       4.50 – 6.50 %
September 30, 2009
  $ 12,609,500       4.50 – 8.50 %
September 30, 2008
  $ 15,628,855       4.75 – 7.75 %
 
Commitments to sell fixed rate loans are contracted on a best efforts basis and the value of the funded commitments approximates the commitment to sell the loans.
 
In the origination of mortgage loans, the Company enters into adjustable interest rate contracts with caps and floors written with the intent of managing its interest rate exposure. Interest rate caps and floors enable customers and the Company to transfer, modify, or reduce their interest rate risk. At March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008, adjustable rate mortgage loans with interest rate caps and floors amounted to $63,279,000 (unaudited), $63,296,000 and $66,862,000, respectively.
 
The carrying amount of commitments to extend credit approximates fair value. The carrying amount of the off-balance sheet financial instruments is based on fees charged to enter into such agreements.
 
 
(k)
Derivatives
 
The fair value of the outstanding covered call options is determined by the Company based on the current market price of the option.
 
 
(l)
Limitations
 
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
 
 
F-59

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Fair value estimates are based on existing on– and off–balance–sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Other significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities include deferred tax liabilities and premises and equipment. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the estimates.
 
Furthermore, accounting standards define fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.  Accounting standards also establish a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.  The applicable standard describes six levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:  Level 1:  Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.  Level 2:  Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, and other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.  Level 3:  Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
 
Most of the Company’s available for sale securities fall into Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.  These securities are priced via independent service providers.  In obtaining such valuation information, the Company has evaluated the valuation methodologies used to develop the fair values.

 
F-60

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis:
 
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below.
                         
(Unaudited)
                       
March 31, 2010
       
Fair value measurements using:
 
         
Quoted prices in
         
Significant
 
         
active markets for
   
Quoted prices
   
unobservable
 
   
Fair
   
identical assets
   
for similar assets
   
inputs
 
   
value
   
(Level 1 inputs)
   
(Level 2 inputs)
   
(Level 3 inputs)
 
Investment securities available for sale:
                       
U.S. Government sponsored entities:
  $ 3,962,010     $ -     $ 3,962,010     $ -  
Mortgage–backed securities:
                               
FNMA certificates
    46,115,358       3,954,656       42,160,702       -  
GNMA certificates
    13,984,438       9,023,260       4,961,178       -  
FHLMC certificates
    31,014,465       -       31,014,465       -  
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
                               
FNMA
    28,101,312       -       28,101,312       -  
FHLMC
    14,121,788       -       14,121,788       -  
GNMA
    15,532,862       15,532,862       -       -  
Other:
                               
Rated AAA
    35,156,438               35,156,439       -  
Rated AA
    -       -       -       -  
Rated A
    -       -       -       -  
Rated BBB
    11,617,651       -       11,617,652       -  
Rated CCC
    5,939,382       -       5,939,383       -  
                                 
Available for sale securities
  $ 205,545,707     $ 28,510,778     $ 177,034,929     $ -  
 
 
F-61

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
                         
September 30, 2009
       
Fair value measurements using:
 
         
Quoted prices in
         
Significant
 
         
active markets for
   
Quoted prices
   
unobservable
 
   
Fair
   
identical assets
   
for similar assets
   
inputs
 
   
value
   
(Level 1 inputs)
   
(Level 2 inputs)
   
(Level 3 inputs)
 
Investment securities available for sale:
                       
U.S. Government sponsored entities:
  $ 4,434,732     $ -     $ 4,434,732     $ -  
Mortgage–backed securities:
                               
FNMA certificates
    53,974,576       24,725,231       29,249,345       -  
GNMA certificates
    5,978,912       -       5,978,912       -  
FHLMC certificates
    27,678,955       10,282,892       17,396,063       -  
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
                               
FNMA
    37,705,735       15,651,011       22,054,724       -  
FHLMC
    19,379,670       -       19,379,670       -  
GNMA
    -       -       -       -  
Other:
                               
Rated AAA
    33,427,571       -       33,427,571       -  
Rated AA
    8,279,909       -       8,279,909       -  
Rated A
    7,538,523       -       7,538,523       -  
Rated B
    7,133,492       -       7,133,492       -  
Rated CCC
    528,632       -       528,632       -  
                                 
Available for sale securities
  $ 206,060,707     $ 50,659,134     $ 155,401,573     $ -  
 
 
F-62

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
                         
September 30, 2008
       
Fair value measurements using:
 
         
Quoted prices in
         
Significant
 
         
active markets for
   
Quoted prices
   
unobservable
 
   
Fair
   
identical assets
   
for similar assets
   
inputs
 
   
value
   
(Level 1 inputs)
   
(Level 2 inputs)
   
(Level 3 inputs)
 
Investment securities available for sale:
                       
U.S. Government sponsored entities:
  $ 34,290,733     $ -     $ 34,290,733     $ -  
Mortgage–backed securities:
                               
FNMA certificates
    94,668,545       -       94,668,545       -  
GNMA certificates
    9,377,760       -       9,377,760       -  
FHLMC certificates
    6,358,334       -       6,358,334       -  
Collateralized mortgage obligations:
                               
FNMA
    20,055,378       -       20,055,378       -  
FHLMC
    28,213,489       -       28,213,489       -  
GNMA
    998,727       -       998,727       -  
Other:
                               
Rated AAA
    75,846,088       9,388,785       65,457,303       -  
Rated AA
    5,150,261       -       5,150,261       -  
Rated A
    2,179,837       -       2,179,837       -  
Rated B
    -       -       -       -  
Rated CCC
    -       -       -       -  
                                 
Available for sale securities
  $ 277,139,152     $ 9,388,785     $ 267,750,367     $ -  
 
 
F-63

 

CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis:
 
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are summarized below.
                         
         
Fair value measurements using:
 
         
Quoted prices in
         
Significant
 
         
active markets for
   
Quoted prices
   
unobservable
 
   
Fair
   
identical assets
   
for similar assets
   
inputs
 
(Unaudited)
 
value
   
(Level 1 inputs)
   
(Level 2 inputs)
   
(Level 3 inputs)
 
March 31, 2010
                       
Impaired loans:
                       
Not covered under loss share
  $ 11,694,685     $ -     $ -     $ 11,694,685  
Covered under loss share
    61,862,020       -       -       61,862,020  
                                 
Other real estate owned:
                               
Not covered under loss share
    7,409,175       -       -       7,409,175  
Covered under loss share
    35,732,671       -       -       35,732,671  
                                 
September 30, 2009
                               
Impaired loans:
                               
Not covered under loss share
    6,802,740       -       -       6,802,740  
Covered under loss share
    18,246,596       -       -       18,246,596  
                                 
Other real estate owned:
                               
Not covered under loss share
    4,777,542       -       -       4,777,542  
Covered under loss share
    10,681,499       -       -       10,681,499  
                                 
September 30, 2008
                               
Impaired loans:
                               
Not covered under loss share
    4,605,732       -       -       4,605,732  
Covered under loss share
    -       -       -       -  
                                 
Other real estate owned:
                               
Not covered under loss share
    2,680,430       -       -       2,680,430  
Covered under loss share
    -       -       -       -  
 
Loans considered impaired are loans for which, based on current information and events, it is probable that the creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Impaired loans are subject to nonrecurring fair value adjustments to reflect write-downs that are based on the market price or current appraised value of the collateral, adjusted to reflect local market conditions or other economic factors. After evaluating the underlying collateral, the fair value of the impaired loans is determined by allocating specific reserves from the allowance for loan and lease losses to the loans.  Thus, the fair value reflects the loan balance less the specifically allocated reserve.
 
Other real estate owned is initially accounted for at fair value, less estimated costs to dispose of the property. Any excess of the recorded investment over fair value, less costs to dispose, is charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses at the time of foreclosure. A provision is charged to earnings for subsequent losses on other real estate owned when market conditions indicate such losses have occurred.
 
 
F-64

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The ability of the Company to recover the carrying value of other real estate owned is based upon future sales of the real estate. The ability to effect such sales is subject to market conditions and other factors beyond our control, and future declines in the value of the real estate would result in a charge to earnings. The recognition of sales and sales gains is dependent upon whether the nature and terms of the sales, including possible future involvement of the Company, if any, meet certain defined requirements. If those requirements are not met, sale and gain recognition is deferred.
 
(17)
Regulatory Matters
 
The Bank is required to maintain noninterest–bearing cash reserve balances. The aggregate average cash reserve balances maintained at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008 to satisfy the regulatory requirement were $5,071,000 (unaudited), $1,681,000 and $260,340, respectively.
 
Under Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) regulations, the Bank is required to measure its interest rate risk and maintain the interest rate risk within limits the Bank establishes. Based on its asset/liability structure at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the Bank’s earnings may be negatively impacted if interest rates increase or decrease significantly.
 
The Bank is required to meet certain core, tangible, and risk–based regulatory capital ratios. The regulations require institutions to have a minimum regulatory tangible capital ratio equal to 1.5% of total assets, a minimum 3% core capital ratio, and 8% risk–based capital ratio.
 
The prompt corrective action regulations define specific capital categories based on an institution’s capital ratios. The capital categories, in declining order, are “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” Institutions categorized as “undercapitalized” or worse are subject to certain restrictions, including the requirement to file a capital plan with its primary federal regulator, prohibitions on the payment of dividends and management fees, restrictions on executive compensation, and increased supervisory monitoring, among other things. Other restrictions may be imposed on the institution either by its primary federal regulator or by the FDIC, including requirements to raise additional capital, sell assets, or sell the entire institution. Once an institution becomes “critically undercapitalized,” it must generally be placed in receivership or conservatorship within 90 days.
 
To be considered “adequately capitalized,” an institution must generally have a leverage ratio of at least 4%, a Tier 1 risk–based capital ratio of at least 4%, and a total risk–based capital ratio of at least 8%. An institution is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a tangible equity ratio of 2% or less.
 
As of March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009, the most recent notification from the OTS categorized CharterBank as well–capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well–capitalized, CharterBank must maintain minimum total risk–based, Tier 1 risk–based and core/leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. Management is not aware of the existence of any conditions or events occurring subsequent to March 31, 2010 which would affect CharterBank’s well–capitalized classification.
 
 
F-65

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The table of compliance with minimum capital requirements for CharterBank is presented below at March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):
                         
   
(Unaudited)
 
   
March 31, 2010
 
         
Core/
   
Tier 1
   
Total
 
   
Tangible
   
leverage
   
risk-based
   
risk-based
 
   
capital
   
capital
   
capital
   
capital
 
                         
Total equity
  $ 105,188     $ 105,188     $ 105,188     $ 105,188  
General valuation allowances
    -       -       -       7,785  
Investments required to be deducted
    -       -       -       (7,701 )
Goodwill and other intangible assets
    (5,371 )     (5,371 )     (5,371 )     (5,371 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    3,031       3,031       3,031       3,031  
                                 
Regulatory capital
  $ 102,848     $ 102,848     $ 102,848     $ 102,932  
                                 
Total assets
  $ 1,244,171     $ 1,244,171     $ 1,244,171     $ 1,244,171  
Regulatory total assets
  $ 1,243,392     $ 1,243,392     $ -     $ -  
Risk-weighted assets
  $ -     $ -     $ 622,882     $ 622,882  
Capital ratio
    8.27 %     8.27 %     16.51 %     16.53 %
                                 
Regulatory capital category:
                               
Adequately capitalized or minimum FIRREA requirement equal to or greater than
    1.5 %     3.00 %     N/A       8.00 %
Capital exceeding requirement
  $ 84,197     $ 65,546     $ N/A     $ 53,101  
                                 
Adequately capitalized or minimum FDICIA requirement equal to or greater than
    N/A       4.00 %     4.00 %     8.00 %
Capital exceeding requirement
  $ N/A     $ 53,112     $ 77,933     $ 53,101  
                                 
Well capitalized, equal to or greater than
    N/A       5.00 %     6.00 %     10.00 %
Capital exceeding requirement
  $ N/A     $ 40,678     $ 65,475     $ 40,644  
 
 
F-66

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
                         
   
September 30, 2009
 
         
Core/
   
Tier 1
   
Total
 
   
Tangible
   
leverage
   
risk-based
   
risk-based
 
   
capital
   
capital
   
capital
   
capital
 
                         
Total equity
  $ 84,479     $ 84,479     $ 84,479     $ 84,479  
General valuation allowances
    -       -       -       6,324  
Allowable unrealized gains
    -       -       -       -  
Goodwill and other intangible assets
    (5,180 )     (5,180 )     (5,180 )     (5,180 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    8,277       8,277       8,277       8,277  
                                 
Regulatory capital
  $ 87,576     $ 87,576     $ 87,576     $ 93,900  
                                 
Total assets
  $ 933,117     $ 933,117     $ 933,117     $ 933,117  
Regulatory total assets
  $ 940,755     $ 941,489     $ -     $ -  
Risk-weighted assets
  $ -     $ -     $ 597,598     $ 597,598  
Capital ratio
    9.31 %     9.30 %     14.65 %     15.71 %
                                 
Regulatory capital category:
                               
Adequately capitalized or minimum FIRREA requirement equal to or greater than
    1.50 %     3.00 %     N/A       8.00 %
Capital exceeding requirement
  $ 73,465     $ 59,331     $ N/A     $ 46,092  
                                 
Adequately capitalized or minimum FDICIA requirement equal to or greater than
    N/A       4.00 %     4.00 %     8.00 %
Capital exceeding requirement
  $ N/A     $ 49,916     $ 63,672     $ 46,092  
                                 
Well capitalized, equal to or greater than
    N/A       5.00 %     6.00 %     10.00 %
Capital exceeding requirement
  $ N/A     $ 40,502     $ 51,720     $ 34,140  
 
 
F-67

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
                         
   
September 30, 2008
 
         
Core/
   
Tier 1
   
Total
 
   
Tangible
   
leverage
   
risk-based
   
risk-based
 
   
capital
   
capital
   
capital
   
capital
 
                         
Total equity
  $ 83,040     $ 83,040     $ 83,040     $ 83,040  
General valuation allowances
    -       -       -       6,256  
Allowable unrealized gains
    -       -       -       -  
Goodwill and other intangible assets
    (5,314 )     (5,314 )     (5,314 )     (5,314 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    6,850       6,850       6,850       6,850  
                                 
Regulatory capital
  $ 84,576     $ 84,576     $ 84,576     $ 90,832  
                                 
Total assets
  $ 799,119     $ 799,119     $ 799,119     $ 799,119  
Regulatory total assets
  $ 804,932     $ 804,932     $ -     $ -  
Risk-weighted assets
  $ -     $ -     $ 500,492     $ 500,492  
Capital ratio
    10.51 %     10.51 %     16.90 %     18.15 %
                                 
Regulatory capital category:
                               
Adequately capitalized or minimum FIRREA requirement equal to or greater than
    1.50 %     3.00 %     N/A       8.00 %
Capital exceeding requirement
  $ 72,524     $ 60,450     $ N/A     $ 50,800  
                                 
Adequately capitalized or minimum FDICIA requirement equal to or greater than
    N/A       4.00 %     4.00 %     8.00 %
Capital exceeding requirement
  $ N/A     $ 52,401     $ 64,563     $ 50,800  
                                 
Well capitalized, equal to or greater than
    N/A       5.00 %     6.00 %     10.00 %
Capital exceeding requirement
  $ N/A     $ 44,352     $ 54,554     $ 40,790  
 
The OTS imposes various restrictions or requirements on CharterBank’s ability to make capital distributions, including cash dividends. A savings bank that is the subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company must file a notice with the OTS at least 30 days before making a capital distribution. CharterBank must file an application for prior approval if the total amount of its capital distributions, including the proposed distribution, for the applicable calendar year would exceed an amount equal to CharterBank’s net income for that year plus CharterBank’s retained net income for the previous two years. The OTS may disapprove a notice or application if: (a) CharterBank would be undercapitalized following the distribution; (b) the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or (c) the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation, or agreement.
 
 
F-68

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The OTS has guidelines that limit the Bank’s investment in BOLI to 25% of the Bank’s regulatory capital.  The Bank subsidiary exceeds this guideline with 29% (unaudited) of its regulatory capital at March 31, 2010.  Exceeding this guideline requires additional monitoring of it BOLI investment by the Bank.  Management believes it is meeting its requirement for increased monitoring.
 
(18)  
Related Parties
 
During the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, the Company paid approximately $269,450 (unaudited), $49,521 (unaudited), $104,949, $105,372, and $87,870, respectively, in legal fees in the normal course of business to a law firm in which a partner is a board member and related to another board member.
 
The Company formerly leased a branch facility and parking lot from a partnership in which a Company executive and a board member are partners. During the six months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and each of the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, lease expense relating to these leases was $0 (unaudited), $21,654 (unaudited), $21,654, $63,361, and $37,380, respectively.  During fiscal 2009, the Bank purchased the shopping center which included this branch facility on an outparcel from this partnership at a purchase price of $2,908,167.
 
See notes 7 and 11 for disclosures of loan and deposit relationships of related parties.  Management believes transactions entered into with related parties are in the ordinary course of business and on terms similar to transactions with unaffiliated parties.
 
 
F-69

 

CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
(19)  
Condensed Financial Statements of Charter Financial Corporation (Parent Only)
 
The following represents Parent Company only condensed financial information of Charter Financial Corporation:
                   
Condensed Balance Sheet
 
                   
   
(Unaudited)
             
   
March 31,
   
September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
Assets
                 
Cash
  $ 4,247,728     $ 12,645,616     $ 18,622,957  
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
    671       671       29,968  
Investment in thrift subsidiary
    105,187,667       84,479,199       83,040,132  
Other assets
    4,413,673       2,509,840       2,211,420  
Total assets
  $ 113,849,739     $ 99,666,654     $ 103,904,477  
                         
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
                       
Liabilities:
                       
Accrued expenses
  $ 3,176,528     $ 1,409,994     $ 1,602,556  
Total liabilities
    3,176,528       1,409,994       1,602,556  
Stockholders’ equity:
                       
Common stock, $0.01 par value; issued 19,859,219 shares in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively; outstanding 18,672,361, 18,672,363 and 18,901,295 shares in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively
    198,592       198,592       198,592  
Preferred Stock, no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized
    -       -       -  
Additional paid-in capital
    42,807,498       42,751,898       42,537,428  
Treasury stock, at cost; 1,186,858, 1,186,856 and 1,064,220 shares in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively
    (36,903,102 )     (36,948,327 )     (35,060,409 )
Unearned compensation - ESOP
    (1,546,990 )     (1,683,990 )     (1,825,390 )
Retained earnings
    109,148,101       102,215,498       103,301,290  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (3,030,888 )     (8,277,011 )     (6,849,590 )
Total stockholders’ equity
    110,673,211       98,256,660       102,301,921  
                         
    $ 113,849,739     $ 99,666,654     $ 103,904,477  
 
 
F-70

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Condensed Statements of Income
                               
   
(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
March 31,
   
Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Income:
                             
Interest income
  $ 72,170     $ 177,332     $ 282,455     $ 643,926     $ 1,374,154  
Dividend income
    -       128       -       620,000       2,194,999  
Dividends received from Bank subsidiary
    -       -       -       3,000,000       8,500,000  
Gain on sale of Freddie Mac common stock
    -       -       -       823,429       69,453,332  
Loss on other investment
    (1,000,000 )     -       -       -       -  
Other income
    -       -       -       787,194       369,056  
Total operating (loss) income
    (927,830 )     177,460       282,455       5,874,549       81,891,541  
                                         
Expenses:
                                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    122,585       291,988       531,599       696,087       1,427,421  
Stock option expense
    2,046       2,862       4,908       14,244       1,971,608  
Occupancy
    12,324       12,324       24,648       24,648       24,648  
Legal and professional
    51,559       70,259       216,997       101,594       60,070  
Marketing
    67,569       51,468       90,095       91,969       149,828  
Other
    88,670       62,744       124,482       135,804       146,847  
Total operating expenses
    344,753       491,644       992,729       1,064,346       3,780,422  
                                         
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (1,272,583 )     (314,184 )     (710,274 )     4,810,203       78,111,119  
                                         
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (538,099 )     (122,218 )     (269,620 )     535,343       25,803,188  
                                         
(Loss) income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    (734,484 )     (191,966 )     (440,654 )     4,274,860       52,307,931  
                                         
                                         
Equity (deficit) in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    8,467,995       1,621,366       2,756,416       6,257,372       (1,368,109 )
                                         
Net income
  $ 7,733,511     $ 1,429,400     $ 2,315,762     $ 10,532,232     $ 50,939,822  
 
 
F-71

 

CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flow
                               
   
(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
March 31,
   
Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                             
Net income
  $ 7,733,511     $ 1,429,400     $ 2,315,762     $ 10,532,232     $ 50,939,822  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
                                       
Gain on sale of Freddie Mac common stock
    -       -       -       (823,429 )     (69,453,332 )
Deferred tax benefit
    -       -       (430,209 )     (1,920,594 )     (740,384 )
Restricted stock award expense
    -       -       285,046       851,640       669,319  
Stock based compensation expense
    16,916       17,016       33,934       84,038       1,971,608  
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    (8,467,995 )     (1,621,366 )     (2,756,416 )     (9,257,372 )     (7,131,891 )
Allocation of ESOP common stock
    137,000       141,400       141,400       146,050       150,500  
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    478,297       (49,279 )     (131,789 )     596,205       (398,657 )
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses
    (510,394 )     155,611       167,905       (585,350 )     2,145,926  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (612,665 )     72,782       (374,367 )     (376,580 )     (21,847,089 )
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Capital (infusion) distribution from Bank subsidiary
    (7,000,000 )     -       -       3,000,000       8,500,000  
Proceeds from the sale of Freddie Mac common Stock
    -       -       -       1,997,864       70,646,923  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (7,000,000 )     -       -       4,997,864       79,146,923  
 
 
F-72

 

CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flow
(continued)
                               
   
(Unaudited)
Six Months Ended
March 31,
   
Years Ended September 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                               
Cash flows from financing activities:
                             
Purchase of treasury stock
  $ -     $ (1,012,435 )   $ (2,228,342 )   $ (4,676,178 )   $ (27,064,470 )
Net proceeds from the exercise of stock options
    -       -       -       105,336       403,787  
Dividends on restricted stock awards
    (1,001 )     (1,250 )     (2,375 )     (6,417 )     (22,643 )
Excess tax benefit on exercise of stock options
    -       -       -       -       59,860  
                                         
Dividends paid
    (784,223 )     (1,334,918 )     (3,401,554 )     (15,871,868 )     (5,847,197 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (785,224 )     (2,348,603 )     (5,632,271 )     (20,449,127 )     (32,470,663 )
                                         
Net (decrease) increase in cash
    (8,397,889 )     (2,275,821 )     (6,006,638 )     (15,827,843 )     24,829,171  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    12,646,287       18,652,925       18,652,925       34,480,768       9,651,597  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 4,248,399     $ 16,377,103     $ 12,646,287     $ 18,652,925     $ 34,480,768  
                                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                                       
Income taxes paid
  $ -     $ -     $ 330,697     $ 4,665,545     $ 24,776,000  
Issuance of ESOP common stock
    185,818       289,870       289,870       700,516       605,387  
Grant of common stock under stock benefit plans
    73,875       -       372,490       1,366,847       709,265  
Tax benefit from disqualifying dispositions
    -       -       -       -       50,505  
Additional paid in capital adjustment for taxes
    -       -       -       -       55,917  
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net
    5,246,123       2,442,502       (1,427,421 )     (123,735,737 )     (55,603,237 )
 
 
F-73

 

CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
(20)  
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Comprehensive income (loss) includes net income and other comprehensive income (loss) which includes the effect of unrealized holding gains (losses) on investment and mortgage-backed securities available for sale in stockholders’ equity. The following table sets forth the amounts of other comprehensive income (loss) included in stockholders’ equity along with the related tax effect for the six months ended March 31, 2010 and for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007.
                   
   
Pretax
         
After tax
 
(Unaudited)
 
amount
   
Tax effect
   
amount
 
March 31, 2010:
                 
Net unrealized holding gains on investment and mortgage securities available for sale arising during the year
  $ 5,625,188     $ (1,912,564 )   $ 3,712,624  
Noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in earnings
    (2,526,671 )     859,068       (1,667,603 )
Less reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income
    203,188       (69,084 )     134,104  
Other comprehensive gain
  $ 7,948,671     $ (2,702,548 )   $ 5,246,123  
                         
September 30, 2009:
                       
Net unrealized holding losses on investment and mortgage securities available for sale arising during the year
  $ (164,030 )   $ 63,316     $ (100,714 )
Less reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income
    2,160,760       (834,053 )     1,326,707  
Other comprehensive loss
  $ (2,324,790 )   $ 897,369     $ (1,427,421 )
                         
September 30, 2008:
                       
Net unrealized holding losses on investment and mortgage securities available for sale arising during the year
  $ (192,005,635 )   $ 74,114,175     $ (117,891,460 )
Less reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income
    9,518,367       (3,674,090 )     5,844,277  
Other comprehensive loss
  $ (201,524,002 )   $ 77,788,265     $ (123,735,737 )
                         
September 30, 2007:
                       
Net unrealized holding losses on investment and mortgage securities available for sale arising during the year
  $ (21,105,686 )   $ 8,146,795     $ (12,958,891 )
Less reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income
    69,453,332       (26,808,986 )     42,644,346  
Other comprehensive loss
  $ (90,559,018 )   $ 34,955,781     $ (55,603,237 )
 
 
F-74

 

CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
(21)  
Other Contingencies
 
The Company and various subsidiaries have been named as defendants in various other legal actions arising from their normal business activities in which damages in various amounts are claimed. Although the amount of any ultimate liability with respect to such matters cannot be determined, in the opinion of management, any such liability will not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
(22)  
Federally Assisted Acquisition of McIntosh Commercial Bank
 
On March 26, 2010, the Bank purchased substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all the liabilities of McIntosh Commercial Bank (MCB) from the FDIC, as Receiver of MCB.  MCB operated four commercial banking branches and was headquartered in Carrollton, Georgia.  The FDIC took MCB under receivership upon its closure by the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance.  The Bank’s bid to purchase MCB included the purchase of substantially all MCB’s assets at a discount of $53,000,000 in exchange for assuming certain MCB deposits and certain other liabilities.  No cash, deposit premium or other consideration was paid by the Bank.  The Bank and the FDIC entered into loss sharing agreements regarding future losses incurred on loans and other real estate acquired through foreclosure existing at the acquisition date.  Under the terms of the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC will reimburse the Bank for 80 percent of net losses on covered assets incurred up to $106,000,000, and 95 percent of net losses exceeding $106,000,000.  The term for loss sharing on residential real estate loans is ten years, while the term of for loss sharing on non-residential real estate loans is five years in respect to losses and eight years in respect to loss recoveries.  As a result of the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, the Bank recorded a receivable of $70,746,613 at the time of acquisition.  Subsequent to March 31, 2010, the Bank has submitted $30,139,754 to the FDIC under such agreements and expects to receive $24,111,803 from the FDIC.
 
The acquisition of MCB was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting.  The statement of net assets acquired and the resulting acquisition date purchase gain is presented in the following table.  As explained in the explanatory notes that accompany the following table, the purchased assets, assumed liabilities and identifiable intangible assets were recorded at the acquisition date fair value.  Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information regarding the closing date fair values become available.
 
Noninterest income includes a pre-tax gain on acquisition of $15,604,040.  The amount of the gain is equal to the excess of the fair value of the recorded assets over the fair value of liabilities assumed.
 
 
F-75

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
The following table presents the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as recorded by MCB on the acquisition date and as adjusted for purchase accounting adjustments.
                   
   
As recorded by
   
Fair value
   
As recorded by
 
   
MCB
   
adjustments
   
CharterBank
 
Assets
                 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 32,285,757     $ 36,629,236   (a)   $ 68,914,993  
FHLB and other bank stock
    1,321,710       (200,410 ) (b)     1,121,300  
Mortgage-backed securities
    24,744,318       (75,028 ) (c)     24,669,290  
Loans
    207,644,252       (75,396,640 ) (d)     132,247,612  
Other real estate owned
    55,267,968       (31,618,504 ) (e)     23,649,464  
FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements
    -       70,746,613   (f)     70,746,613  
Core deposit intangible
    -       258,811   (g)     258,811  
Other assets
    1,313,923       (427,702 ) (h)     886,221  
Total assets
  $ 322,577,928     $ (83,624 )   $ 322,494,304  
                         
Liabilities
                       
Deposits:
                       
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 5,443,673     $ -     $ 5,443,673  
Interest-bearing
    289,862,953       683,100   (i)     290,546,053  
Total deposits
    295,306,626       683,100       295,989,726  
FHLB advance and other borrowings
    9,491,486       -       9,491,486  
Deferred tax liability
    -       5,998,193   (j)     5,998,193  
Other liabilities
    1,409,052       -       1,409,052  
Total liabilities
    306,207,164       6,681,293       312,888,457  
                         
Excess of assets acquired over liabilities assumed
  $ 16,370,764  (k)                 
Aggregate fair value adjustments
          $ (6,764,917 )        
Net assets of MCB acquired
                  $ 9,605,847  
 
Explanation of fair value adjustments
 
 
(a) –
Adjustment reflects the initial wire received from the FDIC on the acquisition date.
 
 
(b) –
Adjustment reflects the estimated fair value of other bank stock.
 
 
(c) –
Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Bank’s evaluation of the acquired mortgage-backed securities portfolio.
 
 
(d) –
Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Bank’s evaluation of the acquired loan portfolio.  The fair value adjustment includes adjustments for estimated credit losses, liquidity and servicing costs.
 
 
(e) –
Adjustment reflects the estimated other real estate owned losses based on the Bank’s evaluation of the acquired other real estate owned portfolio.
 
 
F-76

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
 
(f) –
Adjustment reflects the estimated fair value of payments the Bank will receive from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements.  The receivable was recorded at present value of the estimated cash flows using an average discount rate of one and a half percent.
 
 
(g) –
Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments to record the estimated core deposit intangible.
 
 
(h) –
Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments to record certain other assets acquired in this transaction.
 
 
(i) –
Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Bank’s evaluation of the acquired time deposit portfolio.
 
 
(j) –
Adjustment reflects differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
 
 
(k) –
Amount represents the excess of assets acquired over liabilities assumed and since the asset discount bid by CharterBank of $53 million exceeded this amount, the difference resulted in a  cash settlement with the FDIC on the acquisition date.
 
Results of operations for MCB prior to the acquisition date are not included in the income statement for the six months ended March 31, 2010.  Due to the significant amount of fair value adjustments, the resulting accretion of those fair value adjustments and the protection resulting from the FDIC loss sharing agreements, historical results of MCB are not relevant to the Bank’s results of operations.  Therefore, no pro forma information is presented.
 
Accounting standards prohibit carrying over an allowance for loan losses for impaired loans purchased in the MCB FDIC-assisted acquisition transaction.  On the acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required payments receivable for all impaired loans acquired in the MCB acquisition were $110,965,274 and the estimated fair value of the loans were $50,208,575.  At such date, the Company established a credit risk related non-accretable discount (a discount representing amounts which are not expected to be collected from the customer nor liquidation of collateral) of $50,612,159 relating to these impaired loans, reflected in the recorded net fair value.  Such amount is reflected as a non-accretable fair value adjustment to loans and a portion is also reflected in a receivable from the FDIC.  The Company further estimated the timing and amount of expected cash flows in excess of the estimated fair value and established an accretable discount of $10,144,541 on the acquisition date relating to these impaired loans.
 
On the acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required payments receivable for all other loans acquired in the acquisition was $96,678,977 and the estimated fair value of the loans were $82,039,037.   At such date, the Company established a credit risk related non-accretable discount of $7,394,438 on these loans representing amounts which are not expected to be collected from the customer nor liquidation of collateral.  In its estimate of cash flows for such loans, the Company also recorded an accretable discount of $7,245,502 relating to these other loans which will be recognized on a level yield basis over the life of the loans, representing periods up to sixty months, because accretable yield represents cash flows expected to be collected.
 
The Company has also recorded a net FDIC receivable of $70,746,613, representing FDIC indemnification under loss sharing agreements for covered loans and other real estate.  Such receivable has been discounted by $953,468 for the expected timing of receipt of these cash flows.
 
 
F-77

 
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
(23)  
Subsequent Event (unaudited)
 
On April 20, 2010, the Company, the Bank and First Charter, MHC adopted a stock issuance plan, pursuant to which First Charter, MHC is offering shares of Company common stock to eligible depositors of CharterBank, Neighborhood Community Bank and McIntosh Commercial Bank, the Company’s tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, eligible borrowers of CharterBank, and to the extent shares remain available, residents of Alabama and Georgia, the Company’s shareholders other than First Charter, MHC and the general public. Following the stock offering, First Charter, MHC’s total ownership interest in the Company common stock will decrease to between 53% and 62%, and the remaining 47% to 38% will be owned by the public.  Gross common stock proceeds from the offering are expected to range from $31.3 million to $67.8 million.  Estimated offering expenses, including selling agent fees and expenses, are expected to range from $3.3 million to $5.1 million.  
 
The proceeds of the stock offering will add to the Company’s financial strength on a consolidated basis and does not preclude First Charter, MHC from conducting a mutual-to-stock conversion in the future.  The stock offering also will increase the number of shares of the Company’s common stock held by the public, which may increase the liquidity of the common stock.  The total number of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock will not change as a result of this stock offering.
 
Under the terms of the stock issuance plan, at the conclusion of the stock offering, First Charter, MHC will contribute to Charter Financial a number of shares of common stock equal to the number of shares of common stock that the Company sell in the stock offering, and then such contributed shares will be cancelled.  Accordingly, the total number of outstanding shares of common stock of Charter Financial will not change as a result of the stock offering.  If the stock offering is completed, offering costs will be netted against the offering proceeds. If the stock offering is terminated, such costs will be expensed. As of May 31, 2010, the Company had incurred approximately $926,677 of stock offering costs.
 
 
F-78

 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   G-2
     
Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed at March 26, 2010    G-3
     
Notes to Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed   G-4
 
 
G-1

 
 
  GRAPHIC  
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors
Charter Financial Corporation
 
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed by CharterBank (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Charter Financial Corporation) pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated March 26, 2010.  This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the accompanying statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed referred to above is presented fairly, in all material respects, as of March 26, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/ DIXON HUGHES PLLC
 
Atlanta, Georgia
June 18, 2010
 
  225 Peachtree Street NE, Suite 600  GRAPHIC
  Atlanta, GA 30303-1728 
  Ph. 404.575.8900 Fx. 404.575.8860 
  www.dixon-hughes.com
   
 
 
G-2

 

Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
by CharterBank
 (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Charter Financial Corporation)
March 26, 2010
 
Assets
       
Cash and due from banks
 
$
68,914,993
 
FHLB stock
   
1,121,300
 
Mortgage-backed securities
   
24,669,290
 
Loans covered by loss sharing agreements
   
132,247,612
 
Other real estate owned covered by loss sharing agreements
   
23,649,464
 
FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements
   
70,746,613
 
Core deposit intangible
   
258,811
 
Other assets
   
886,221
 
         
Total assets acquired
   
322,494,304
 
         
Liabilities
       
Deposits:
       
Noninterest-bearing
   
5,443,673
 
Interest-bearing
   
290,546,053
 
Total deposits
   
295,989,726
 
FHLB advance and other borrowings
   
9,491,486
 
Deferred tax liability
   
5,998,193
 
Other liabilities
   
1,409,052
 
         
Total liabilities assumed
   
312,888,457
 
         
Net assets acquired
 
$
9,605,847
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.
 
 
G-3

 
 
Notes to Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
By CharterBank
 
(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Charter Financial Corporation)
 
March 26, 2010
 


(1)  
FDIC-Assisted Acquisition of Certain Assets and Liabilities of McIntosh Commercial Bank
 
On March 26, 2010, CharterBank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Charter Financial Corporation, entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement (Agreement) with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) to assume the deposits (excluding certain brokered deposits) and acquire certain assets of McIntosh Commercial Bank (MCB), a full service commercial bank headquartered in Carrollton, Georgia.
 
MCB operated four branch locations in Carrollton, Georgia and other north Georgia locations.  Prior to acquisition accounting adjustments, CharterBank purchased $207,644,252 in loans and $55,267,968 of other real estate owned (OREO) and assumed $295,306,626 of deposits.  In addition, CharterBank also purchased cash and due from banks, investment securities and various other assets.  CharterBank also assumed MCB’s short-term obligations to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (FHLB) and various other liabilities.
 
As part of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, CharterBank and the FDIC entered into two loss sharing agreements - one for residential real estate loans and one for all other loans and OREO. Under the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC will cover 80% of covered loan and OREO losses up to $106,000,000 and 95% of losses in excess of that amount. The term for loss sharing on residential real estate loans and OREO is ten years, while the term for loss sharing on non-residential real estate loans and OREO is five years in respect to losses and eight years for loss recoveries. The reimbursable losses from the FDIC are based on the book value of the relevant loan as determined by the FDIC at the date of the transaction, accrued interest on loans for up to 90 days, the book value of OREO and certain direct costs. New loans made after the date of the transaction are not covered by the loss sharing agreements.  Also, based on the bid accepted by the FDIC, there is no true-up payment provision in the loss sharing agreements.
 
(2)  
Basis of Presentation
 
CharterBank has determined that the acquisition of the net assets of MCB constitutes a business acquisition as defined under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP). As required under US GAAP, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their fair values. In many cases the determination of these fair values requires management to make estimates about discount rates, market conditions, expected cash flows and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and subject to change.
 
Furthermore, accounting standards define fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.  Accounting standards also establish a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.  The applicable standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:  Level 1:  Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.  Level 2:  Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, and other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
 
 
G-4

 
 
 Level 3:  Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
 
Following is a description of the methods used to determine the fair values of significant assets and liabilities.
 
Cash and due from banks
 
These items are very liquid and short-term in nature. The contractual amount of these assets approximates their fair values.
 
FHLB stock
 
The Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) requires member banks to purchase its stock as a condition of membership and varies based on the level of FHLB advances and other factors. This stock is generally redeemable based on guidelines established by the FHLB and is presented at the expected redemption value.
 
Mortgage-backed securities
 
Fair values for mortgage-backed securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value estimates are based on observable inputs including quoted market prices for similar instruments.  All acquired mortgage-backed securities were designated as available for sale.
 
Loans covered under loss sharing agreements
 
Fair values for loans are based on a discounted cash flow methodology (Level 3 pricing). Factors considered in determining the fair value of acquired loans include projected cash flows, type of loan and related collateral, classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, liquidity risk, term of loan and whether or not the loan was amortizing, current market conditions and discount rates.
 
The fair value of loans with evidence of credit deterioration (impaired loans) are recorded net of a non-accretable difference and, if appropriate, an accretable yield. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is the non-accretable difference, which is included in the carrying amount of acquired loans. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for credit losses. Subsequent increases in cash flows result in a reversal of the provision for credit losses to the extent of prior charges, or a reclassification of the difference from non-accretable to accretable with a positive impact on accretion of interest income in future periods. Further, any excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan when there is a reasonable expectation about the amount and timing of such cash flows.
 
Performing loans acquired in business combinations are accounted for using the contractual cash flows method of recognizing discount accretion based on the acquired loans’ contractual cash flows. Purchased performing loans are recorded at fair value, including a credit discount. Credit losses on acquired performing loans are estimated based on analysis of the performing portfolio.  Such estimated credit losses are recorded as non-accretable discounts in a manner similar to purchased impaired loans. The fair value discount other than for credit loss is accreted as an adjustment to yield over the estimated lives of the loans. There is no allowance for loan losses established at the acquisition date for purchased performing loans. A provision for loan losses is recorded for any further deterioration in these loans subsequent to the acquisition.
 
 
G-5

 
 
Acquired loans covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC are reported exclusive of expected reimbursement cash flows from the FDIC.  Subsequent adjustments to the estimated recoverable value of covered loans result in a reduction of covered loans, and a charge to other expense, and an increase in the FDIC receivable for the estimated amount to be reimbursed, with a corresponding amount recorded as other income.
 
Other real estate covered under loss sharing agreements
 
Foreclosed real estate is presented at the estimated present value that management expects to receive when the property is sold, net of related costs of disposal (Level 3 pricing). Management used appraisals of properties to determine fair values and, in some instances, engaged outside consultants and applied additional discounts where appropriate for passage of time or, in certain cases, for subsequent events occurring after the appraisal date.  These additional discounts were applied based on various market studies performed internally and by outside consultants based on the type of property and geographic region to determine the average deterioration in real estate values in the north Georgia metro regions.
 
FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements
 
The FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements is measured separately from the related covered assets as it is not contractually embedded in the assets and is not transferable with the assets should the assets be sold. Fair value was estimated using projected cash flows related to the loss sharing agreements based on the expected reimbursements for losses and the applicable loss sharing percentages. These cash flows were discounted to reflect the estimated timing of the receipt of the loss sharing reimbursement from the FDIC.
 
Intangible assets
 
Intangible assets include $258,811 of core deposit intangible that was established at acquisition and will be amortized on an accelerated basis over a five-year life.  Such fair value is based on the expected net cash flows attributable to core deposits assumed.
 
 
G-6

 

Deposits
 
Under the terms of the Agreement, CharterBank had the right to adjust various terms, including interest rates, on deposit liabilities. CharterBank adjusted certain wholesale deposit terms, including interest rates, to reflect market conditions on $96.8 million of wholesale deposits. Based on the impact of these decisions, the carrying value of these deposits is considered to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.  However, the Bank did not adjust interest rates on retail time deposits and the fair value of these deposits was determined based on market rates comparable to the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
 
FHLB advance and other borrowings
 
The fair value of short-term obligations was determined based on pricing for borrowings with similar terms as of the acquisition date.
 
Deferred tax liability
 
The deferred tax liability of $5,998,193 relates to the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in this transaction.
 
 
G-7

 

(3)  
Fair Value Adjustments
 
The following table presents the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as recorded by MCB on the acquisition date and as adjusted for purchase accounting adjustments.
 
     
As recorded by
MCB
   
Fair value
adjustments
   
As recorded by
CharterBank
 
 
Assets
                 
 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 32,285,757     $ 36,629,236   (a)   $ 68,914,993  
 
FHLB and other bank stock
    1,321,710       (200,410 ) (b)     1,121,300  
 
Mortgage-backed securities
    24,744,318       (75,028 ) (c)     24,669,290  
 
Loans
    207,644,252       (75,396,640 ) (d)     132,247,612  
 
Other real estate owned
    55,267,968       (31,618,504 ) (e)     23,649,464  
 
FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements
    -       70,746,613   (f)     70,746,613  
 
Core deposit intangible
    -       258,811   (g)     258,811  
 
Other assets
    1,313,923       (427,702 ) (h)     886,221  
 
Total assets
  $ 322,577,928     $ (83,624 )   $ 322,494,304  
                           
 
Liabilities
                       
 
Deposits:
                       
 
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 5,443,673     $ -     $ 5,443,673  
 
Interest-bearing
    289,862,953       683,100   (i)     290,546,053  
 
Total deposits
    295,306,626       683,100       295,989,726  
 
FHLB advance and other borrowings
    9,491,486       -       9,491,486  
 
Deferred tax liability
    -       5,998,193   (j)     5,998,193  
 
Other liabilities
    1,409,052       -       1,409,052  
 
Total liabilities
    306,207,164       6,681,293       312,888,457  
                           
 
Excess of assets acquired over liabilities assumed
  $ 16,370,764  (k)                
 
Aggregate fair value adjustments
          $ (6,764,917 )        
 
Net assets of MCB acquired
                  $ 9,605,847  
 
Explanation of fair value adjustments
 
 
(a) –
Adjustment reflects the initial wire received from the FDIC on the acquisition date.
 
 
(b) –
Adjustment reflects the estimated fair value of other bank stock.
 
 
(c) –
Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Bank’s evaluation of the acquired mortgage-backed securities portfolio.
 
 
(d) -
Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Bank’s evaluation of the acquired loan portfolio.  The fair value adjustment includes adjustments for estimated credit losses, liquidity and servicing costs.
 
 
(e) –
Adjustment reflects the estimated other real estate owned losses based on the Bank’s evaluation of the acquired other real estate owned portfolio.
 
 
(f) –
Adjustment reflects the estimated fair value of payments the Bank will receive from the FDIC under loss sharing agreements.  The receivable was recorded at present value of the estimated cash flows using an average discount rate of one and a half percent.
 
 
(g) –
Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments to record the estimated core deposit intangible.
 
 
G-8

 
 
 
(h) –
Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments to record certain other assets acquired in this transaction.
 
 
(i) –
Adjustment reflects fair value adjustments based on the Bank’s evaluation of the acquired time deposit portfolio.
 
 
(j) –
Adjustment reflects differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
 
 
(k) –
Amount represents the excess of assets acquired over liabilities assumed and since the asset discount bid by CharterBank of $53 million exceeded this amount, the difference resulted in a  cash settlement with the FDIC on the acquisition date.
 
(4)  
Premises and Equipment
 
CharterBank did not acquire the real estate, banking facilities, furniture or equipment of MCB as part of the Agreement. Under the terms of the Agreement, all occupied banking facilities and equipment being utilized are leased from the FDIC on a month-to-month basis.
 
Under the terms of the Agreement, the Bank has the option through June 24, 2010 to notify the FDIC of its intent to acquire the real estate, banking facilities, furniture and equipment of McIntosh Commercial Bank (“MCB premises and equipment”) from the FDIC at appraised fair market value as of the acquisition date.  Prior to the expiration of this option, the Bank will notify the FDIC of its intention to purchase certain MCB premises and equipment. Currently the Bank occupies three of the four MCB branches.  The Bank expects to purchase two of the branches at an appraisal value to be determined and vacate one more.
 
(5)  
Mortgage-Backed Securities
 
The fair value of mortgage-backed securities acquired, which were determined based on Level 2 valuation inputs, was as follows at March 26, 2010:
 
     
Fair value
   
Purchased
yield
 
                   
 
GNMA mortgage-backed securities
  $ 24,669,290       4.04 %
                   
 
Total investment securities
  $ 24,669,290       4.04 %
 
The estimated fair value of investment securities at March 26, 2010 is shown below by contractual maturity. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Mortgage-backed securities are shown as securities not due on a single maturity date as they generally have monthly payments of principal and interest which vary depending on the payments made on the underlying collateral for these securities.
 
 
Maturing:
     
 
Due within one year
  $ 116,338  
 
Due after one through five years
    1,702,244  
 
Due after five through ten years
    4,743,216  
 
Due after ten years
    18,107,492  
 
Total investment securities
  $ 24,669,290  
 
 
G-9

 
 
(6)  
Loans
 
The contractual balance and fair value of acquired loans at March 26, 2010 is provided below.
 
                     
     
Impaired
Loans
   
Non-impaired
Loans
   
Total
 
 
Contractual balance of acquired loans:
                 
 
Construction/land development
  $ 5,249,056     $ 2,135,485     $ 7,384,541  
 
Commercial mortgage
    69,556,822       52,436,862       121,993,684  
 
Residential mortgage
    19,247,857       19,192,252       38,440,109  
 
Commercial and industrial
    15,059,573       20,984,477       36,044,050  
 
Consumer
    1,851,967       1,929,901       3,781,868  
 
Total contractual balance of acquired loans
    110,965,274       96,678,978       207,644,252  
 
Fair value adjustments on loans purchased
    (60,756,699 )     (14,639,941 )     (75,396,640 )
 
Fair value of loans acquired
  $ 50,208,575     $ 82,039,037     $ 132,247,612  
 
Loans covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC (Covered Loans) are reported in loans exclusive of the expected reimbursement from the FDIC. Covered Loans are initially recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. At the acquisition date, CharterBank estimated the fair value of the loan portfolio at $132,247,612.
 
Prospective losses incurred on Covered Loans are eligible for partial reimbursement by the FDIC. Subsequent decreases in the amount expected to be collected result in a provision for credit losses, an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses, and a proportional adjustment to the FDIC receivable for the estimated amount to be reimbursed. Subsequent increases in the amount expected to be collected result in the reversal of any previously-recorded provision for credit losses and related allowance for loan and lease losses and adjustments to the FDIC receivable, or accretion of certain fair value amounts into interest income in future periods if no provision for credit losses had been recorded.
 
Covered Loans more than 90 days past due with respect to interest or principal, unless they are well secured and in the process of collection, and other covered loans on which full recovery of principal or interest is in doubt, are placed on nonaccrual status. Interest previously accrued on Covered Loans placed on nonaccrual status is charged against interest income, and the FDIC receivable would be adjusted by the amount of any estimated reimbursement. Payments received are applied against the principal balance of the loans until such time as full collection of the remaining recorded balance is expected. Additional interest payments received after that time are recorded as interest income on a cash basis.
 
Covered Loans acquired from MCB are and will continue to be subject to ongoing credit review. If and when credit deterioration is noted subsequent to the March 26, 2010 acquisition date, loss estimates will be included in the calculation of the allowance for loan and lease losses, and provision for credit losses. The portion that is recoverable under the FDIC loss sharing agreements will result in an adjustment to the FDIC receivable for loss sharing agreements with an offsetting entry to noninterest income.
 
Loans that have experienced deterioration since origination such that it is probable that the borrower will not be able to make all contractually required payments are considered to be impaired.  
 
 
G-10

 
 
The following table presents the impaired and non-impaired loans as of March 26, 2010.
                     
     
Impaired
Loans
   
Non-impaired
Loans
   
Total
 
                     
 
Contractually required principal payments receivable
  $ 110,965,275     $ 96,678,977     $ 207,644,252  
 
Non-accretable difference
    (50,612,159 )     (7,394,438 )     (58,006,597 )
 
Cash flows expected to be collected
    60,353,116       89,284,539       149,637,655  
 
Accretable yield
    (10,144,541 )     (7,245,502 )     (17,390,043 )
                           
 
Fair value of loans acquired
  $ 50,208,575     $ 82,039,037     $ 132,247,612  
 
(7)  
Deposits
 
Deposit liabilities assumed are composed of the following at March 26, 2010:
 
 
Demand
  $ 57,732,475  
 
Savings
    676,147  
 
Time
    237,581,104  
           
 
Total assumed deposits
  $ 295,989,726  
 
 
G-11

 
 
At March 26, 2010, scheduled maturities of time deposits during the 12-month periods ending March 26 were as follows:
 
 
2011
  $ 188,151,659  
 
2012
    44,011,264  
 
2013
    4,537,944  
 
2014
    121,549  
 
Thereafter
    758,688  
           
 
Total assumed time deposits
  $ 237,581,104  
 
(8)  
FHLB Advance and Other Borrowings
 
As of March 26, 2010, there was $9,282,908 in short-term overnight borrowings from the FHLB.  The borrowings were secured by FHLB stock and certain loans and investment securities.  The borrowings had a weighted average coupon rate of 0.44 percent.  Based on a comparison of discount rates on similar borrowings, there was no fair value adjustment for short-term borrowings.  McIntosh Commercial Bank also had $208,578 in repurchase agreements as of March 26, 2010.  On March 30, 2010, CharterBank paid off all of the FHLB advances.
 
(9)  
Deferred Income Taxes
 
The deferred tax liability of $5,998,193 as of March 26, 2010, is related to differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in this transaction. For income tax purposes, the transaction will be accounted for as an asset purchase and the tax bases of assets acquired and liabilities assumed will be allocated based on fair values in accordance with the appropriate tax rates. CharterBank acquired none of the tax attributes of MCB.
 
(10)  
Contingencies
 
Charter Financial Corporation, CharterBank (as successor to MCB) and various subsidiaries of Charter Financial Corporation and CharterBank have been named as defendants in various legal actions arising from normal business activities in which damages in various amounts are claimed related to covered assets. As part of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, all covered asset-related offensive and defensive litigation liabilities are covered under the loss sharing agreements and all other defensive litigation and any class actions are retained by the FDIC as Receiver.  Although the amount of any ultimate liability with respect to those other matters cannot be determined, in the opinion of management, any such liability will not have a material effect on Charter Financial Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.
 
(11)  
Subsequent Events
 
Management has evaluated subsequent events through the date of issuance of the Statement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed.
 
 
G-12

 
 


No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Charter Financial Corporation or CharterBank.  This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction.  Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Charter Financial Corporation or CharterBank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

Up to 5,961,573 Shares
(Anticipated Maximum)
 
Charter Financial Corporation

(Holding Company for
CharterBank)

COMMON STOCK
Par Value $0.01 per share



PROSPECTUS
 

 
Stifel Nicolaus

__________, 2010
 
These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other governmental agency.
 
 
 

 
 
   
PART II:
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
   
Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
                               
     
Amount
 
           
    *
Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses
  $ 950,000  
    *
Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses
    195,000  
    *
Marketing Agent Fees
    3,362,587 (1)
    *
Marketing Agent Expenses (Including Legal Fees and Expenses)
    130,000  
    *
Appraisal Fees and Expenses
    125,000  
    *
Business Plan Fees and Expenses
    43,000  
    *
Printing, Edgar and Mailing Fees (Excluding Postage)
    205,000  
    *
Postage
    80,000  
    *
Filing Fees (FINRA, Nasdaq, SEC, OTS)
    109,500  
    *
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses
    2,500  
    *
Data Processing Fees and Expenses
    40,000  
    *
Other
    20,000  
 
Total
  $ 5,262,587  
 

   *  Estimated
 
 (1)
Charter Financial Corporation has retained Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the offerings.  Fees are estimated at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.
 
Item 14.
   Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
Provisions in the Registrant’s bylaws provide for indemnification of the Registrant’s directors and officers up to the fullest extent authorized by applicable law and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS).  Section 545.121 of the OTS regulations are described below.
 
Generally, federal regulations define areas for indemnity coverage for federal savings associations as follows:
 
 
(a)
Any person against whom any action is brought or threatened because that person is or was a director or officer of the savings association shall be indemnified by the savings association for:
 
 
(i)
Any amount for which that person becomes liable under a judgment in such action; and
 
 
(ii)
Reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, actually paid or incurred by that person in defending or settling such action, or in enforcing his or her rights under this section if he or she attains a favorable judgment in such enforcement action.
 
(b)           Indemnification shall be made to such person under paragraph (b) of this Section only if:
 
 
(i)
Final judgment on the merits is in his or her favor; or
 
 
(ii)
In case of:
 
 
  a.
Settlement,
     
 
  b.
Final judgment against him or her, or
     
 
  c.
Final judgment in his or her favor, other than on the merits,
 
 
II-1

 
 
 
if a majority of the disinterested directors of the savings association determine that he or she was acting in good faith within the scope of his or her employment or authority as he or she could reasonably have perceived it under the circumstances and for a purpose he or she could reasonably have believed under the circumstances was in the best interest of the savings association or its members.  However, no indemnification shall be made unless the association gives the OTS at least 60 days notice of its intention to make such indemnification.  Such notice shall state the facts on which the action arose, the terms of any settlement, and any disposition of the action by a court.  Such notice, a copy thereof, and a certified copy of the resolution containing the required determination by the board of directors shall be sent to the applicable Regional Director of the OTS, who shall promptly acknowledge receipt thereof.  The notice period shall run from the date of such receipt.  No such indemnification shall be made if the OTS advises the association in writing, within such notice period, of its objection thereto.
 
(c)             As used in this paragraph :
 
 
(i)
“Action” means any judicial or administrative proceeding, or threatened proceeding, whether civil, criminal, or otherwise, including any appeal or other proceeding for review;
 
 
(ii)
“Court” includes, without limitation, any court to which or in which any appeal or any proceeding for review is brought;
 
 
(iii)
“Final Judgment” means a judgment, decree, or order which is not appealable or as to which the period for appeal has expired with no appeal taken; and
 
 
(iv)
“Settlement” includes the entry of a judgment by consent or confession or a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere .
 
Item 15.     Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
   
     Not Applicable.
 
 
II-2

 
 
Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:
   
  The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:
 
(a)           List of Exhibits
 
1.1
Engagement Letter between Charter Financial Corporation and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
1.2
Form of Agency Agreement between Charter Financial Corporation and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated*
2.1
Stock Issuance Plan
2.2
Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of June 26, 2009 among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Neighborhood Community Bank, Newnan, Georgia, CharterBank and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity
2.3
Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of March 26, 2010 among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of McIntosh Commercial Bank, Carrollton, Georgia, CharterBank and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity
4.1
Federal Stock Charter of Charter Financial Corporation
4.2
Bylaws of Charter Financial Corporation
4.3
Form of Common Stock Certificate of Charter Financial Corporation
5
Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered
10.1
Employment Agreement between Charter Financial Corporation and Robert L. Johnson
10.2
First Amendment to Employment Agreement between Charter Financial Corporation and Robert L. Johnson
10.3
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement with Curtis R. Kollar
10.4
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement with William C. Gladden
10.5
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement with Lee Washam
10.6
Salary Continuation Agreement with Robert L. Johnson
10.7
Salary Continuation Agreement with Curtis R. Kollar
10.8
Salary Continuation Agreement with Lee Washam
10.9
Amended and Restated Benefit Restoration Plan
10.10
Amendment to Amended and Restated Benefit Restoration Plan
10.11
2001 Stock Option Plan
10.12
2001 Recognition and Retention Plan
10.13
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan with Robert L. Johnson
10.14
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan with Curtis R. Kollar
10.15
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan with Lee Washam
10.16
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan with William C. Gladden
10.17
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan with Ronald Warner
10.18
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement with David Z. Cauble
10.19
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement with Jane W. Darden
10.20
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement with Thomas M. Lane
10.21
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement with David L. Strobel
21
Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1
Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinion included as Exhibit 5)
23.2
Consent of Dixon Hughes PLLC
23.3
Consent of KPMG LLP
23.4
Consent of RP Financial, LC.
24
Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1
Appraisal Agreement between CharterBank and RP Financial, LC.
99.2
Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.**
99.3
Marketing Materials*
99.4
Stock Order and Certification Form*
99.5
Business Plan Agreement with Keller & Company, Inc.
 

 
 
II-3

 
 
*
To be filed supplementally
**
Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T.  Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.
 
(b)              Financial Statement Schedules
 
No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.
 
Item 17.                    Undertakings
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
(1)      To file, during any period in which it offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
 
  (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
   
 
  (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;
   
 
  (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
(2)      That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3)      To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
(4)      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(5)      That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:
 
 
II-4

 
 
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
 
    (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);
   
 
    (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
   
 
    (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
   
 
   (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
 
(6) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(7) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(8) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
 
II-5

 
 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of West Point, State of Georgia on June 18, 2010.
 
  CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  
       
 
By:
/s/ Robert L. Johnson  
    Robert L. Johnson  
    President and Chief Executive Officer  
    (Duly Authorized Representative)  
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
We, the undersigned directors and officers of Charter Financial Corporation (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint Robert L. Johnson as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Robert L. Johnson may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company = s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said Robert L. Johnson shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signatures
 
Title
  Date
         
/s/ Robert L. Johnson
 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
 
June 18, 2010
Robert L. Johnson
     
         
/s/ Curtis R. Kollar
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
June 18, 2010
Curtis R. Kollar      
         
/s/ David Z. Cauble, III
 
Director
 
June 18, 2010
David Z. Cauble, III        
         
/s/ Jane W. Darden
 
Director
 
June 18, 2010
Jane W. Darden        
         
/s/ William B. Hudson
 
Director
 
June 18, 2010
William B. Hudson        
         
/s/ Curti M. Johnson
 
Director
 
June 18, 2010
Curti M. Johnson        
         
/s/ Thomas M. Lane
 
Director
 
June 18, 2010
Thomas M. Lane        
         
/s/ David L. Strobel
 
Director
 
June 18, 2010
David L. Strobel
       
 
 
 

 
 
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 18, 2010
 
Registration No. 333-________
 

 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.  20549
 

 
EXHIBITS
TO
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
ON
FORM S-1
 
Charter Financial Corporation
West Point, Georgia
 
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
1.1
Engagement Letter between Charter Financial Corporation and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
1.2
Form of Agency Agreement between Charter Financial Corporation and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated*
2.1
Stock Issuance Plan
2.2
Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of June 26, 2009 among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Neighborhood Community Bank, Newnan, Georgia, CharterBank and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity
2.3
Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of March 26, 2010 among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of McIntosh Commercial Bank, Carrollton, Georgia, CharterBank and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity
4.1
Federal Stock Charter of Charter Financial Corporation
4.2
Bylaws of Charter Financial Corporation
4.3
Form of Common Stock Certificate of Charter Financial Corporation
5
Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered
10.1
Employment Agreement between Charter Financial Corporation and Robert L. Johnson
10.2
First Amendment to Employment Agreement between Charter Financial Corporation and Robert L. Johnson
10.3
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement with Curtis R. Kollar
10.4
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement with William C. Gladden
10.5
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement with Lee Washam
10.6
Salary Continuation Agreement with Robert L. Johnson
10.7
Salary Continuation Agreement with Curtis R. Kollar
10.8
Salary Continuation Agreement with Lee Washam
10.9
Amended and Restated Benefit Restoration Plan
10.10
Amendment to Amended and Restated Benefit Restoration Plan
10.11
2001 Stock Option Plan
10.12
2001 Recognition and Retention Plan
10.13
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan with Robert L. Johnson
10.14
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan with Curtis R. Kollar
10.15
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan with Lee Washam
10.16
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan with William C. Gladden
10.17
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan with Ronald Warner
10.18
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement with David Z. Cauble
10.19
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement with Jane W. Darden
10.20
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement with Thomas M. Lane
10.21
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement with David L. Strobel
21
Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1
Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinion included as Exhibit 5)
23.2
Consent of Dixon Hughes PLLC
23.3
Consent of KPMG LLP
23.4
Consent of RP Financial, LC.
24
Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1
Appraisal Agreement between CharterBank and RP Financial, LC.
99.2
Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.**
99.3
Marketing Materials*
99.4
Stock Order and Certification Form*
99.5
Business Plan Agreement with Keller & Company, Inc.
 

*
To be filed supplementally
**
Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T.  Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.
 
 

Exhibit 1.1
 
EXHIBIT B
 
LETTER AGREEMENT
 
[Letterhead of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated]
 
REVISED
Supersedes version dated October 29, 2009
 
June 7, 2010
 
Mr. Robert Lee Johnson
Chairman; President and Chief Executive Officer
First Charter, MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
1233 O.G. Skinner Drive
West Point, GA 31833
 
 
Re:
Proposed Second Step Conversion or Incremental Stock Offering -- Advisory. Administrative and Marketing Services
 
Dear Mr. Johnson:
 
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (“Stifel Nicolaus”) is pleased to submit this engagement letter setting forth the terms of the proposed engagement between Stifel Nicolaus and Charter Financial Corporation (the “Company”) and First Charter, MHC (the “MHC”) in connection with either the proposed elimination of the MHC and sale of the portion of the common stock of the Company currently held by the MHC (the “second step stock offering”) or in connection with an incremental offering of common stock of the Company which is issued and outstanding and currently held by the MHC (the “incremental stock offering”).
 
1.           BACKGROUND ON STIFEL NICOLAUS
 
Stifel Nicolaus is a full service brokerage and investment banking firm established in 1890. Stifel Nicolaus is a registered broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and is a member of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation. Stifel Nicolaus has built a national reputation as a leading full service investment bank to both public and private financial institutions.
 
2.           SECOND STEP CONVERSION AND OFFERING / INCREMENTAL STOCK OFFERING
 
The Company has approved a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization whereby the Company and the MHC are proposing to convert from partial to full public ownership (the “Conversion”), selling shares of common stock of the Company held by the MHC in a subscription offering with any remaining shares sold in a concurrent community offering and a syndicated community offering. The aggregate value of shares of Common Stock sold in the second step stock offering will be calculated as the final independent appraisal multiplied by the majority ownership of the MHC.
 
 
1

 
 
Mr. Robert Lee Johnson
Charter Financial, MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
Page 2
 
It is our understanding that the Company may pursue an incremental stock offering and issue additional shares of common stock in a subscription offering with any remaining shares sold in a community offering. As part of the incremental stock offering, the Company will cancel and retire such number of shares of common stock of the Company owned by the MHC that is equal to the number of shares issued by the Company so that the total outstanding shares of the Company remains unchanged but the MHC’s interest in Charter Financial Corporation will be reduced.
 
As part of the subscription and community offering, upon request by the Company, Stifel Nicolaus will endeavor to identify investors who would potentially buy shares of the second step offering or incremental stock offering. These investors would be known as “Stand-by Investors” and would commit, subject ot certain conditions, to purchase blocks of stock in the Offering if depositors did not purchase enough shares to reach the minimum of the offering range. In connection therewith, the Bank’s Board of Directors has adopted a plan of conversion for a second step stock offering, and plans to adopt a stock issuance plan whereby shares of common stock will be offered for sale in an incremental stock offering, (both instances being knows as the “Plan”). As it pertains to a second step stock offering, Stifel Nicolaus proposes to act as conversion advisor to the Company and the MHC with respect to the Conversion and offering and as marketing agent with respect ot the offering. With regard to an incremental stock offering, Stifel Nicolaus proposes to act as financial advisor to the Company with respect to the Plan and marketing agent with respect to the subscription and community offering. Moreover, the parties acknowledge that the Company may undertake an incremental offering and soon thereafter pursue a second step offering. In connection therewith, the Company’s grants to Stifel Nicolaus a 2 year right of first refusal to serve, on terms consistent with this letter, as  financial advisor and marketing agent to Charter for a second step offering.
 
Specific terms of services shall be set forth in an agency agreement, in the case of the subscription and community offering and a syndicated community offering (together, the “Definitive Agreement”) between Stifel Nicolaus and the Company. The Definitive Agreement will include customary representations and warranties, covenants, conditions, termination provisions and indemnification, contribution and limitation of liability provisions, all to be mutually agreed upon by Stifel Nicolaus and the Company.
 
In addition, for purposes of this Agreement:
 
“Common Stock means shares of common stock of the Company currently held by the MHC.
 
“Offering” means, for either a second step stock offering or an incremental stock offering, the sale of Common Stock in a subscription offering with any remaining shares sold in a concurrent community offering and any syndicated community offering or underwritten public offering.
 
 
2

 
 
Mr. Robert Lee Johnson
Charter Financial, MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
Page 3
 
3.           SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY STIFEL NICOLAUS
 
Stifel Nicolaus will provide and coordinate certain advisory, administrative and marketing services in connection with the Offering.
 
a.            Advisory Services - Stifel Nicolaus will work with the Company and its counsel to evaluate financial, marketing and regulatory issues.
 
Our advisory services include:
 
-
Advise with respect to business planning issues in preparation for a public offering;
 
-
Advise with respect to the choice of charter and form of organization;
 
-
Review and advise with respect to the Plan (e.g. sizes of benefit plan purchases; maximum purchase limits for investors);
 
-
Review and provide input with respect to the business plan to be prepared in connection with the Offering;
 
-
Discuss the appraisal process and analyze the appraisal with the Board of Directors and management;
 
-
Participate in drafting the offering disclosure documents and any proxy materials, and assist in obtaining all requisite regulatory approvals;
 
-
Develop a marketing plan for the subscription and community offerings, considering various sales method options, including direct mail, advertising, community meetings and telephone solicitation;
 
-
Stifel Nicolaus will work with the Company to provide specifications and assistance (including recommendations) in selecting certain other professionals that will perform functions in connection with the Offering process. Fees and expenses of financial printers, transfer agent and other service providers will be borne by the Company, subject to agreements between the Company and the service providers;
 
-
Develop a depositor proxy solicitation plan;
 
-
Advise/Assist through the planning process and organization of the Stock Information Center (the “Center”);
 
-
Develop a layout for the Center, where stock order processing and depositor vote solicitation occur;
 
-
Provide a list of equipment, staff and supplies needed for the Center;
 
-
Draft marketing materials including press releases, letters, stock order form, advertisements, and informational brochures. If a community meeting or “road show” is anticipated, we will help draft the presentation; and
 
-
After consulting with management, determine whether and when to conduct a syndicated community offering through assembling a group of selected broker/dealers (including Stifel Nicolaus) to sell stock remaining after the community offering, on a best-effort basis.
 
 
3

 
 
Mr. Robert Lee Johnson
Charter Financial, MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
Page 4
 
b.            Administrative Services and Stock Information Center Management - Stifel Nicolaus will manage substantially all aspects of the Offering and depositor vote processes. The Center centralizes all data and work effort relating to the Offering.
 
Our administrative services include the following:
 
-
Provide experienced on-site Stifel Nicolaus FINRA registered representatives to manage and supervise the Center;
 
-
Administer the Center. All substantive investor related matters will be handled by employees of Stifel Nicolaus;
 
-
Train and supervise Center staff assisting with order processing;
 
-
Prepare procedures for processing stock orders and cash, and for handling requests for information;
 
-
Educate the Company’s directors, officers and employees about the Offering, their roles and relevant Securities laws;
 
-
Educate branch managers and customer-contact employees on the proper response- to Stock purchase inquiries;
 
-
Prepare daily sales reports for management and ensure funds received balance to such reports;
 
-
Coordinate functions with the data processing agent, printer, transfer agent, stock certificate printer and other professionals;
 
-
Coordinate with the Company’s stock exchange and the Depository Trust Company to ensure a smooth closing and orderly stock trading;
 
-
Design and implement procedures for facilitating orders within IRA and Keogh accounts; and
 
-
Provide post-offering subscriber assistance and management of the pro-ration process, in the event orders exceed shares available in the Offering.
 
c.            Securities Marketing Services - Stifel Nicolaus uses various sales techniques including direct mail, advertising, community investor meetings, telephone solicitation, and if necessary, assembling a selling group of broker dealers for a syndicated community offering.
 
Our securities marketing services include:
 
-
Recommend a group of investors for the Bank to meet with as potential stand-by investors;
 
-
Negotiate investment terms with potential stand-by investors;
 
-
The Stifel Nicolaus registered representatives at the Center will seek to manage the sales function and, if applicable, will solicit orders from the prospects described above;
 
-
Recommend a group of investors for the Bank to meet with as potential stand-by investors;
 
-
Negotiate investment terms with potential stand-by investors;
 
 
4

 
 
Mr. Robert Lee Johnson
Charter Financial, MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
Page 5
 
 
-
Respond to investment-related and other questions regarding information in the Offering disclosure documents provided to potential investors;
 
-
If the sales plan calls for community meetings, participate in them;
 
-
Continually advise management on market conditions and the customers/community’s responsiveness to the Offering;
 
-
In case of a best-efforts syndicated community offering, manage the selling group. Alternatively, manage the underwriters participating in a “stand-by” firm commitment underwritten public offering. In either case, we will prepare broker “fact sheets” and arrange “road shows” for the purpose of generating interest in the stock and informing the brokerage community of-the particulars of the Offering; and
 
-
Coordinate efforts to maximize after-market support and Company sponsorship.
 
 
5

 
 
Mr. Robert Lee Johnson
Charter Financial, MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
Page 6 
 
4.           COMPENSATION
 
For its services hereunder, the Company will pay to Stifel Nicolaus the following compensation:
 
a.
An advisory and administrative fee of $50,000 in connection with the advisory and administrative services; the administrative and advisory fee shall be payable as follows: $25,000 upon signing this Agreement and $25,000 upon the initial filing of the Registration Statement (such sums having been previously paid).
 
b.
A fee of one percent (1.00%) of the dollar amount of the Common Stock sold in the subscription and community offerings. A fee of six percent (6.0%) of aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock sold to any stand-by investors in the community offering. No fee shall be payable pursuant to this subsection in connection with the sale of stock to the Company’s charitable foundation, officers, directors, employees or immediate family of such persons (“Insiders”) and qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans of the Company or the Insiders. “Immediate family” includes spouse, parents, siblings and children who live in the same house as the officer, director, or employee. Excluding fees associated with sales to Stand-by Investors, the total fees due pursuant to this subsection shall be subject to a minimum fee of $125,000.
 
c.
For stock sold by a group of selected dealers (including Stifel Nicolaus) pursuant to a syndicated community offering solely managed by Stifel Nicolaus (the “Selling Group”), a fee equal to one percent (1.00%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock sold in the syndicated community offering, which fee paid to Stifel Nicolaus, along with the fee payable directly by the Company to Stifel Nicolaus and other selected dealers for their sales shall not exceed six percent (6.00%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock sold, provided Stifel Nicolaus will endeavor to further limit the aggregate fees to be paid by the Company under any such selected dealers’ agreement to an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time. In consultation with Stifel Nicolaus, the Company will determine which FINRA member firms will serve as co-managers of the Syndicated Community Offering or otherwise participate in the Selling Group and the extent of their participation. Stifel Nicolaus will not commence sales of the Common Stock through the Selling Group without the specific prior approval of the Company.
 
d.
If, pursuant to a resolicitation of subscribers undertaken by the Company, Stifel Nicolaus is required to provide significant additional services, the additional compensation due will not exceed $50,000.
 
The above compensation, less the amount of advance payments described in subparagraph a., is to be paid to Stifel Nicolaus at the closing of the Offering.
 
 
6

 
 
Mr. Robert Lee Johnson
Charter Financial, MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
Page 7
 
If (i) the Plan is abandoned or terminated by the Company and the MHC; (ii) the Offering is not consummated by March 31, 2011; (iii) Stifel Nicolaus terminates this relationship because there has been a material adverse change in the financial condition or operations of the Company since March 31, 2010; or (iv) immediately prior to commencement of the Offering, Stifel Nicolaus terminates this relationship because in its opinion, which shall have been formed in good faith after reasonable determination and consideration of all relevant factors, there has been a failure to satisfactorily disclose all relevant information in the offering document or other disclosure documents or market conditions exist which might render the sale of the Common Stock inadvisable; Stifel Nicolaus shall not be entitled to the compensation set forth in subparagraph 4.b through 4.d above, but in addition to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as set forth in paragraph 8 below, Stifel Nicolaus shall be entitled to retain its fee in subparagraph 4.a above for its conversion and proxy solicitation advisory and administrative services.
 
5.           LOCK-UP PERIOD
 
The Company shall cause each director and officer of the Company to agree not to, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, transfer, pledge, assign, hypothecate or otherwise encumber any shares of Common Stock or options, warrants or other securities exercisable, convertible or exchangeable for Common Stock during the period commencing with the filing of a Registration Statement for the Offering and ending 90 days after completion of the Offering without Stifel Nicolaus’ prior written consent. In addition, except for securities issued pursuant to existing employee benefit plans in accordance with past practices or securities issued in connection with a merger or acquisition by the Company, the Company shall agree not to issue, offer to sell or sell any shares of Common Stock or options, warrants or other securities exercisable, convertible or exchangeable for Common Stock without Stifel Nicolaus’ prior written consent for a period of 90 days after Completion of the Offering.
 
6.           MARKET MAKING
 
Stifel Nicolaus agrees to use its best efforts to maintain a market after the Offering and to solicit other broker-dealers to make a market in the Common Stock at the conclusion of the Offering.
 
7.           DOCUMENTS AND INFORMATION TO BE SUPPLIED
 
The Company and its counsel will complete, file with the appropriate regulatory authorities and, as appropriate, amend from time to tine, the information to be contained in the Company’s applications to banking and securities regulators and any related exhibits thereto. In this regard, the Company and its counsel will prepare offering documents relating to the, offering of the Common Stock in conformance with applicable rules and regulations. As the Company’s financial advisor, Stifel Nicolaus will, in conjunction with its counsel, conduct an examination of the relevant documents and records of the Company and will make such other reasonable investigations as deemed necessary and appropriate under the circumstances. The Company agrees to make all documents, records and other information deemed necessary by Stifel Nicolaus, or its counsel, available to them upon reasonable notice. Stifel Nicolaus’ counsel will prepare, subject to the approval of Company’s counsel, the Definitive Agreement. Stifel Nicolaus’ counsel will be selected by Stifel Nicolaus.
 
 
7

 
 
Mr. Robert Lee Johnson
Charter Financial, MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
Page 8
 
8.           EXPENSES AND REIMBURSEMENT
 
The Company will bear all of its expenses in connection with the Offering of Common Stock including, but not limited to: appraisal and business plan preparation; the Company’s attorney fees; SEC and FINRA filing fees; “blue sky” legal fees and state filing fees; fees and expenses of service providers such as transfer agent, information/data processing agent, financial and stock certificate printers, auditors and accountants; advertising; postage; “road show” and other syndicated community and publicly underwritten offering costs; and all costs of operating the Stock Information Center, including hiring temporary personnel, if necessary. In the event Stifel Nicolaus incurs such expenses on behalf of the Company, the Company shall reimburse Stifel Nicolaus for such reasonable fees and expenses regardless of whether the Offering is successfully completed. Stifel Nicolaus will not incur any single expense of more than $1,000, pursuant to this paragraph without the prior approval of the Company.
 
The Company also agrees to reimburse Stifel Nicolaus for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees and expenses, incurred by Stifel Nicolaus in connection with the services contemplated hereunder. In the subscription and community offering and syndicated community offering, Stifel Nicolaus will not incur legal fees (excluding the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of counsel) in excess of $100,000. Stifel Nicolaus will not incur actual accountable reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred in excess of $30,000. The parties acknowledge, however, that such cap may be increased by the mutual consent of the Company and Stifel Nicolaus, including in the event of a material delay in the Offering which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than that set forth in the. original filing of the offering document. In addition, the Company will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the syndicated community offering or public underwritten offering. Not later than two days before’ closing, Stifel Nicolaus will provide the Company with a detailed accounting of all reimbursable expenses of Stifel Nicolaus and its counsel to be paid at closing.
 
9.           BLUE SKY
 
To the extent required by applicable state law, Stifel Nicolaus and the Company must obtain or confirm exemptions, qualifications or registration of the Common Stock under applicable state securities laws and FINRA policies. The cost of such legal work and related state filing fees will be paid by the Company to the law firm furnishing such legal work. The Company will instruct the counsel performing such services to prepare a Blue Sky memorandum related to the Offering including Stifel Nicolaus’ participation therein and shall furnish Stifel Nicolaus a copy thereof, regarding which such counsel shall state Stifel Nicolaus may rely.
 
 
8

 
 
Mr. Robert Lee Johnson
Charter Financial, MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
Page 9
 
10.           INFORMATION AGENT SERVICES
 
Pursuant to a separate agreement by and between the Company and Stifel Nicolaus and in connection with the subscription offering, Stifel Nicolaus shall serve as information agent for the Company.
 
11.           INDEMNIFICATION
 
The Definitive Agreement will provide for indemnification of the type usually found in underwriting agreements as to certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. The Company also agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Stifel Nicolaus and its officers, directors, employees and agents against all claims, losses, actions, judgments, damages or expenses, including but not limited to reasonable attorney fees, arising solely out of the engagement described herein, except that such indemnification shall not apply to Stifel Nicolaus’ own bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence.
 
12.           CONFIDENTIALITY
 
To the extent consistent with legal requirements and except as otherwise set forth in the offering document, all information given to Stifel Nicolaus by the Company, unless publicly available or otherwise available to Stifel Nicolaus without restriction to breach of any confidentiality agreement (“Confidential Information”), will be held by Stifel Nicolaus in confidence and will not be disclosed to anyone other than Stifel Nicolaus’ agents without the Company’s prior approval or used for any purpose other than those referred to in this engagement letter. Upon the termination of its engagement, Stifel Nicolaus, at the request of the Company, will promptly deliver to the Company all materials specifically produced for it and will return to the Company all Confidential Information provided to Stifel Nicolaus during the course of its engagement hereunder.
 
13.           FINRA MATTERS
 
Stifel Nicolaus has an obligation to file certain documents and to make certain representations to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in connection with the Offering. The Company agrees to cooperate with Stifel Nicolaus and provide such information as may be necessary for Stifel Nicolaus to comply with all FINRA requirements applicable to its participation in the Offering. Stifel Nicolaus is and will remain through completion of the Offering a member in a good standing of the FINRA and will comply with all applicable FINRA requirements.
 
14.           OBLIGATIONS
 
Except as set forth below, this engagement letter is merely a statement of intent. While Stifel Nicolaus and the Company agree in principle to the contents hereof and propose to proceed promptly and in good faith to work out the arrangements with respect to the Offering, any legal obligations between Stifel Nicolaus and the Company shall be only: (i) those set forth herein in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 regarding services and payments; (ii) those set forth in paragraph 8 regarding reimbursement for certain expenses; (iii) those set forth in paragraph 11 regarding indemnification; (iv) those set forth in paragraph 12 regarding confidentiality; and (v) as set forth in a duly negotiated and executed Definitive Agreement.
 
 
9

 
 
Mr. Robert Lee Johnson
Charter Financial, MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
Page 10
 
The obligation of Stifel Nicolaus to enter into the Definitive Agreement shall be subject to there being, in Stifel Nicolaus’ opinion, which shall have been formed in good faith after reasonable determination and consideration of all relevant factors: (i) no material adverse change in the condition or operation of the Company; (ii) satisfactory disclosure of all relevant information in the offering disclosure documents and a determination that the sale of stock is reasonable given such disclosures; (iii) receipt of a “comfort letter” from the Company’s accountants containing no material exceptions; (iv) no market conditions exist which might render the sale of the shares by the Company hereby contemplated inadvisable; (v) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable in the then-prevailing market conditions, and (vi) approval of Stifel Nicolaus’ internal Commitment Committee.
 
15.           INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR; NO FIDUCIARY DUTY
 
The Company acknowledges and agrees that it is a sophisticated business enterprise and that Stifel Nicolaus has been retained pursuant to this engagement letter to act as financial advisor to the Company solely with respect to the matters set forth herein. In such capacity, Stifel Nicolaus will act as an independent contractor, and any duties of Stifel Nicolaus arising out of this engagement pursuant to this letter shall be contractual in nature and shall be owed solely to the Company. Each party disclaims any intention to impose any fiduciary duty on the other.
 
16.           ADVERTISEMENTS
 
The Company agrees that, following the closing or consummation of the Offering, Stifel Nicolaus has the right to place advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals at its own expense, describing its services to the Company and a general description of the Offering. In addition, the Company agrees to include in any press release or public announcement announcing the Offering a reference to Stifel Nicolaus’ role as financial advisor, selling agent and book-running manager with respect to the Offering, provided that the Company will submit a copy of any such press release or public announcement to Stifel Nicolaus for its prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
 
17.           GOVERNING LAW
 
This engagement letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be wholly performed therein without giving effects to its conflicts of laws principles or rules. Any dispute here under shall be brought in a court in the State of New York.
 
 
10

 
 
Mr. Robert Lee Johnson
Charter Financial, MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
Page 11
 
18.           WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY
 
BOTH STIFEL NICOLAUS AND THE COMPANY WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) RELATED TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.
 
 
11

 

Mr. Robert Lee Johnson
Charter Financial, MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
Page 12
 
Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing in the place provided below and returning one copy of this letter to our office together with the retainer payment in the amount of $25,000. We look forward to working with you.
 
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED
     
BY:
              /s/ Ben A. Plotkin
 
 
Ben A. Plotkin
 
 
Executive Vice President
 
     
Accepted and Agreed to This 7 th Day of June , 2009
 
   
FIRST CHARTER, MHC
     
BY:
              /s/ Robert L. Johnson
 
 
Robert Lee Johnson
 
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
     
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
 
BY:
              /s/ Robert L. Johnson
 
 
Robert Lee Johnson
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
     
Accepted and Agreed to This 7 th Day of June , 2009
 
 
12

Exhibit 1.2
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(a Federally-chartered Stock Corporation)
 
4,281,060 to 5,961,573 shares of
COMMON STOCK ($0.01 Par Value)
 
FORM OF AGENCY AGREEMENT
 
_________________, 2010
 
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
237 Park Avenue, 8 th Floor
New York, New York   10017
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Charter Financial Corporation, a federally-chartered stock corporation and the mid-tier holding company (“Charter Financial” or the “Holding Company”) of Charter Bank, a federally-chartered stock savings bank (the “Bank”), and Charter MHC (the “MHC”), and together with the Holding Company and the Bank, the “Primary Parties”, hereby confirm, jointly and severally, their agreement with Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (“Stifel” or “Agent”), as follows:
 
Section 1.                The Offering . The Holding Company, in accordance with the Stock Issuance Plan adopted ____________________, 2010 (the “Plan”), intends to offer from 4,281,060 to 5,961,573 shares for sale in the offering to qualified depositors of the Bank, certain employee benefit plans of the Primary Parties, and to the extent shares remain available, to members of the general public with a preference given to natural persons residing in the states of Georgia and Alabama (all capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan) and then to Charter Financial public stockholders as of _______________________.
 
Pursuant to the Plan, the Holding Company is offering 4,281,060 to 5,961,573 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Offer Shares”), for between $7.31 and $9.89 per share, subject to an increase in the offering price of up to 15% to $11.37 per share (the “Purchase Price”), in the Subscription Offering, and, if necessary, (i) the Community Offering and/or (ii) the Syndicated Community Offering (collectively, the “Offering”).
 
Pursuant to the Plan, in the Subscription Offering, the Holding Company will offer the Offer Shares, subject to the allocation procedures and purchase limitations set forth in the Plan, in descending order of priority to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Employee Plans of the Holding Company or the Bank; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members. The Holding Company may offer the Offer Shares, if any, remaining after the Subscription Offering, in the Community Offering on a priority basis to natural persons residing within the States of Georgia and Alabama, then to the Holding Company’s public stockholders at the Voting Record Date, and then to the general public. In the event a Community Offering is held, it may be held at any time during or immediately after the Subscription Offering. Depending on market conditions, Offer Shares available for sale but not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering or purchased in the Community Offering may be offered in the Syndicated Community Offering to selected members of the general public through a syndicate of registered broker-dealers under the terms set forth on Exhibit A (“Assisting Brokers”) that are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) managed by Stifel as the sole book running manager.
 
 
 

 
 
It is acknowledged that the number of Offer Shares to be sold in the Offering and the Purchase Price may be increased or decreased as described in the Prospectus (as hereinafter defined); that the purchase of the Offer Shares in the Offering is subject to maximum and minimum purchase limitations as described in the Plan and the Prospectus; and that the Holding Company may reject, in whole or in part, any subscription received in the Community Offering and Syndicated Community Offering.
 
The Holding Company has filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-___________) in order to register the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “1933 Act Regulations”), and has filed such amendments thereto as have been required to the date hereof (the “Registration Statement”). The prospectus, as amended, included in the Registration Statement at the time it initially became effective is hereinafter called the “Prospectus,” except that if any prospectus is filed by the Holding Company pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (c) of the 1933 Act Regulations differing from the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it initially becomes effective, the term “Prospectus” shall refer to the prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (c) from and after the time said prospectus is filed with the Commission and shall include any supplements and amendments thereto from and after their dates of effectiveness or use, respectively.
 
In connection with the Offering, the Holding Company filed with the OTS a Form MHC-2 Application for a Minority Stock Issuance by a Subsidiary of a Mutual Holding Company, as amended (the “Application”).
 
Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Holding Company is delivering to the Agent copies of the Prospectus dated _________________, 2010 to be used in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering (if any), and, if necessary, will deliver copies of the Prospectus and any prospectus supplement for use in a Syndicated Community Offering.
 
Section 2.              Appointment of Agent . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Primary Parties hereby appoint Stifel to consult with, advise and assist the Primary Parties in connection with the sale of the Offer Shares in the Offering, and as sole book running manager for the purpose of soliciting or receiving purchase orders for Offer Shares in connection with the sale of the Offer Shares in the Syndicated Community Offering, if necessary.
 
On the basis of the representations and warranties of the Primary Parties contained in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement, Stifel accepts such appointment and agrees to use its best efforts to assist the Primary Parties with the solicitation of subscriptions and purchase orders for the Offer Shares and agrees to consult with and advise the Primary Parties as to the matters set forth in Section 3 of the letter agreement, dated June 7, 2010 between the MHC, the Holding Company and Stifel (the “Letter Agreement”) (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B ), including the coordination of the Syndicated Community Offering, and to solicit offers to purchase Offer Shares in the Syndicated Community Offering. It is acknowledged by the Primary Parties that the Agent shall not be obligated to purchase any Offer Shares and shall not be obligated to take any action which is inconsistent with any applicable law, regulation, decision or order. Except as set forth in Section 13 hereof, the appointment of the Agent to provide services hereunder shall terminate upon consummation of the Offering.
 
 
2

 
 
If selected broker-dealers in addition to Stifel are used to assist in the sale of Offer Shares in the Syndicated Community Offering, the Primary Parties hereby, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, appoint Stifel as sole book running manager of the Syndicated Community Offering. On the basis of the representations and warranties of the Primary Parties contained in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement, Stifel accepts such appointment and agrees to manage the selling group of broker-dealers in the Syndicated Community Offering.
 
Section 3.                Offering Price Range; Fairness Opinion; Refund of Purchase Price . The Shares are to be offered at a price per share that is expected to be within the range (the “Offering Range”) of $7.31 per share to $9.89 per share, subject to an increase in the Offering Range of 15%, or $11.37 per share, due to demand for the Common Stock. As set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus, the actual price per share at which the shares are to be sold (the “Actual Purchase Price”) will be determined immediately prior to the Closing of the offerings by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company, in conjunction with the Selling Agent. In the event that the Offering is not consummated for any reason, including but not limited to the inability to sell a minimum of 4,281,060 Offer Shares during the Offering (including any permitted extension thereof) or such other minimum number of Offer Shares as shall be established consistent with the Plan, this Agreement shall terminate and any persons who have subscribed for or ordered any of the Offer Shares shall have refunded to them the full amount which has been received from such person, together with interest, if applicable, as provided in the Prospectus. Upon termination of this Agreement, neither the Agent nor the Primary Parties shall have any obligation to the other except that (i) the Primary Parties shall remain liable for any amounts due pursuant to Sections 4, 9, 11 and 12 hereof, unless the transaction is not consummated due to the breach by the Agent of a warranty, representation or covenant; and (ii) the Agent shall remain liable for any amount due pursuant to Sections 11 and 12 hereof, unless the transaction is not consummated due to the breach by the Primary Parties of a warranty, representation or covenant.
 
Section 4.               Fees . In addition to the expenses specified in Section 9 hereof, as compensation for the Agent’s services under this Agreement, the Agent has received or will receive the following fees from the Primary Parties:
 
(a)          An advisory and administrative services fee of $50,000 shall be paid as follows to Stifel: (i) $25,000 was paid upon execution of the Letter Agreement, and (ii) $25,000 was paid upon the initial filing of the Registration Statement.
 
(b)          A success fee for sales of the Offer Shares in the Offering of one percent (1%) of the aggregate dollar amount of the Offer Shares sold in the Subscription and Community Offering. A success fee of six percent (6%) of the aggregate dollar amount of the Offer Shares sold to any “stand-by” investors in the Subscription and Community Offering. No fee shall be payable in connection with the sale of stock to the officers, directors, employees or immediate family of such persons (“Insiders”), including trusts of Insiders and the qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans of the Primary Parties or the Insiders. “Immediate family” includes the spouse, parents, siblings and children who live in the same house as the officer, director or employee. The success fee under this Section 4(b) will be reduced by the amount of the advisory and administrative services fee under Section 4(a).
 
 
3

 
 
(c)           If any of the Offer Shares remain unsubscribed after the Subscription Offering and Community Offering, at the request of the Holding Company, Stifel will form a group of approved broker-dealer firms in accordance with Section 2 for purposes of the Syndicated Community Offering. Stifel will act as sole book running manager in the Syndicated Community Offering. The Holding Company shall pay a fee equal to one percent (1%) of the aggregate dollar amount of the Offer Shares sold pursuant to this Section 4(c) (the “Syndicate Management Fee”) to Stifel, and along with the fee payable directly by the Company to Stifel and other selected dealers for their sales, not to exceed six percent (6%) of the aggregate dollar amount of common stock sold, provided Stifel will endeavor to further limit the aggregate fees to be paid by the Company under any such selected dealers agreement. Alternately, for stock sold by “stand-by” underwriters (including Stifel) pursuant to a publicly underwritten offering, any “stand-by” fees will be paid separately by the Company, and will not exceed six percent (6%) of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold. In either case, in consultation with Stifel, the Holding Company will determine which FINRA member firms will serve as Co-Managers of the Syndicated Community Offering or otherwise participate in the selling group and the extent of their participation. Stifel will not commence sales of the Offer Shares through a selling group of approved broker-dealer firms or underwriters without prior approval of the Holding Company. All such fees payable under this Section 4(c) shall be in addition to all fees payable under Section 4(b) and shall be paid at Closing (as defined in Section 5).
 
In the event that the Holding Company is required to resolicit subscribers for Offer Shares in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering and Stifel is required to provide significant additional services in connection with such a resolicitation, the Primary Parties and Stifel shall mutually agree to the dollar amount of additional compensation due to Stifel not to exceed $50,000 and the Primary Parties shall pay such amount, if any. Until any agreement called for by this paragraph is reached, Stifel shall not incur expenses relating to any resolicitation in an amount that would cause the total expenses incurred by Stifel that are reimbursable by the Primary Parties pursuant to Section 9 hereof to be greater than those permitted without the prior written consent of the Holding Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
 
If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3, 10 or 14 and the sale of the Offer Shares is not consummated, Stifel shall not be entitled to receive the fees set forth in Sections 4(b)-(c), but Stifel will retain the fee for its conversion and proxy solicitation advisory and administrative services already earned of $50,000 and the Primary Parties will reimburse Stifel for its reasonable expenses pursuant to Section 9.
 
 
4

 
 
Section 5.                Closing . If the minimum number of Offer Shares permitted to be sold in the Offering on the basis of the most recently updated Appraisal (as defined in Section 6(j)) are subscribed for at or before the termination date of the Offering (which may be extended), and the other conditions (including those in Section 10) to the completion of the Offering are satisfied, on the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), the Holding Company agrees to issue the Offer Shares against payment therefor by the means authorized by the Plan and to deliver certificates evidencing ownership of the Shares issued in such authorized denominations and registrations directly to the purchasers thereof or as instructed as promptly as practicable after the Closing Date. The closing (the “Closing”) shall be held at the offices of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., or at such other place as shall be agreed upon among the Primary Parties and the Agent, at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on the business day selected by the Primary Parties, which business day shall be no less than two (2) business days following the giving of prior notice by the Holding Company to the Agent or at such other time as shall be agreed upon by the Primary Parties and the Agent. At the Closing, the Primary Parties shall deliver to the Agent by wire transfer in same-day funds the commissions, fees and expenses owing to the Agent as set forth in Section 4 and Section 9 hereof and the opinions required hereby and other documents deemed reasonably necessary for the Agent shall be executed and delivered to effect the sale of the Offer Shares as contemplated hereby and pursuant to the terms of the Prospectus; and the Agent shall deliver to the Holding Company by wire transfer in same day funds the aggregate proceeds of the Offer Shares sold by the Agents in the Syndicated Offering, net of commissions and fees owing to the Agents under paragraph (c) of Section 4 of this Agreement; provided, however, that all out-of-pocket expenses to which Stifel is entitled under Section 9 hereof shall be due and payable upon receipt by the Holding Company or the Bank of a written accounting therefor setting forth in reasonable detail the expenses incurred by Stifel. The hour and date upon which the Holding Company shall release the Shares for delivery in accordance with the terms hereof is referred to herein as the “Closing Date.”
 
Stifel shall have no liability to any party for the records or other information provided by the Primary Parties (or their agents other than Stifel) to Stifel for use in allocating the Shares. Subject to the limitations of Section 11 hereof, the Primary Parties shall indemnify and hold harmless Stifel for any liability arising out of the allocation of the Shares in accordance with (i) the Plan generally, and (ii) the records or other information provided to Stifel (or its agents) by the Primary Parties (or their agents).
 
Section 6.                Representations and Warranties of the Primary Parties . The Primary Parties jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Agent that:
 
(a)           The MHC, the Holding Company and the Bank have all such power, authority, authorizations, approvals and orders as may be required to enter into this Agreement, and, as of the Closing Date, the MHC, the Holding Company and the Bank will have all such power, authority, authorizations, approvals and orders as may be required to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof and to issue and sell the Offer Shares as provided herein and as described in the Prospectus. The consummation of the Offering, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Letter Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the MHC, the Holding Company and the Bank. This Agreement has been validly executed and delivered by the Primary Parties, and is a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Primary Parties, in each case enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent, if any, that the provisions of Sections 11 and 12 hereof may be unenforceable as against public policy, and except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy laws, insolvency laws, or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, or the rights of creditors of savings institutions insured by the FDIC (including the laws relating to the rights of the contracting parties to equitable remedies).
 
 
5

 
 
(b)          The Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission on _________________, 2010. No stop order has been issued with respect to the Registration Statement. No proceedings related to the Registration Statement have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened by the Commission. At the time the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus contained therein (including any amendment or supplement thereto), became effective, the Registration Statement complied as to form in all material respects with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus contained therein (including any amendment or supplement thereto), any Blue Sky Application or any Sales Information (as such terms are defined in Section 11 hereof) authorized by the Primary Parties for use in connection with the Offering, did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. At the time any Rule 424(b) or (c) Prospectus was filed with the Commission and at the Closing Date referred to in Section 5, the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus contained therein (including any amendment or supplement thereto) and, when taken together with the Prospectus, any Blue Sky Application (if applicable) or Sales Information (as defined below) authorized for use by any of the Primary Parties in connection with the Offering, will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the representations and warranties in this Section 6(b) shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Primary Parties by the Agent expressly regarding the Agent for use under the caption “The Stock Offering - Marketing Arrangements” or written statements or omissions from any sales information or information filed pursuant to state securities or blue sky laws or regulations regarding the Agent.
 
(c)           At the time of filing the Registration Statement and at the date hereof, the Holding Company was not, and is not, an ineligible issuer, as defined in Rule 405. At the time of the filing of the Registration Statement and at the time of the use of any issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433(h), the Holding Company met the conditions required by Rules 164 and 433 for the use of a free writing prospectus. If required to be filed, the Holding Company has filed any issuer free writing prospectus related to the offered Shares at the time it is required to be filed under Rule 433 and, if not required to be filed, will retain such free writing prospectus in the Holding Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g) and if any issuer free writing prospectus is used after the date hereof in connection with the offering of the Shares the Holding Company will file or retain such free writing prospectus as required by Rule 433.
 
 
6

 
 
(d)           As of the Applicable Time, neither (i) the Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus(es) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time and the Statutory Prospectus, all considered together (collectively, the “General Disclosure Package”), nor (ii) any individual Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Prospectus included in the Registration Statement relating to the Offer Shares or any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Holding Company by the Agent specifically for use therein. As used in this paragraph and elsewhere in this Agreement:
 
(1)           “Applicable Time” means each and every date when a potential purchaser submitted a subscription or otherwise committed to purchase Shares.
 
(2)           “Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433(h), relating to the offered Shares that is required to be filed with the Commission by the Holding Company or required to be filed with the Commission. The term does not include any writing exempted from the definition of prospectus pursuant to clause (a) of Section 2(a)(10) of the 1933 Act, without regard to Rule 172 or Rule 173.
 
(3)           “Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors.
 
(4)           “Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus. The term Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus also includes any “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433(h), that is made available without restriction pursuant to Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) or otherwise, even though not required to be filed with the Commission.
 
(5)           “Statutory Prospectus,” as of any time, means the Prospectus relating to the Offer Shares that is included in the Registration Statement relating to the offered Offer Shares and Foundation Shares immediately prior to that time, including any document incorporated by reference therein.
 
(e)           Each Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus, as of its date of first use and at all subsequent times through the completion of the Offering and sale of the Offer Shares or until any earlier date that the Holding Company notified or notifies the Agent (as described in the next sentence), did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement relating to the Offer Shares, including any document incorporated by reference therein that has not been superseded or modified. If at any time following the date of first use of an Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement relating to the offered Offer Shares or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Holding Company has notified or will notify promptly the Agent so that any use of such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus may cease until it is amended or supplemented and the Holding Company has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission. The foregoing two sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Holding Company by the Agent specifically for use therein.
 
 
7

 
 
(f)           The Application, including the Prospectus was approved by the OTS on _________________, 2010 and the Prospectus has been authorized for use by the OTS. At the time the Application, including the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, was approved and authorized for use by the OTS and at all times subsequent thereto until the Closing Date, the Application, including the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, complied and will comply as to form in all material respects with OTS Regulations. At the time of the approvals by the OTS and at all times subsequent thereto until the Closing Date, the Application, including the Prospectus, did not and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that representations or warranties in this subsection (f) shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Primary Parties by the Agent expressly regarding the Agent for use in the Prospectus contained under the caption “The Stock Offering - Marketing Arrangements”, or written statements or omissions from any sales information or information filed pursuant to state securities or blue sky laws or regulations regarding the Agent.
 
(g)           No order has been issued by the Commission, the OTS or any other state or federal regulatory authority, preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and no action by or before any such government entity to revoke any approval, authorization or order of effectiveness related to the Offering is pending or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened.
 
(h)          The Plan has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the MHC, the Holding Company and the Bank. To the knowledge of the Primary Parties, no person has sought, or at the Closing Date will have sought, to obtain review of the final action of the OTS in approving the Plan or the Application.
 
(i)           RP Financial, LC., which prepared the appraisal of the aggregate pro forma market value of the Common Stock on which the Offering was based (the “Appraisal”), has advised the Primary Parties in writing that it is independent with respect to each of the Primary Parties and the Primary Parties believe RP Financial, LC. to be expert in preparing appraisals of savings institutions.
 
(j)           Dixon Hughes PLLC, which certified the financial statements filed as part of the Registration Statement and the Applications and KPMG, which certified the income statement for fiscal 2007, have advised the Primary Parties that they are independent certified public accountants within the meaning of Rule 101 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and Dixon Hughes PLLC and KPMG are, with respect to each of the Primary Parties, an independent certified public accountant as required by the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and the regulations of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB Regulations”).
 
 
8

 
 
(k)          The financial statements and the notes thereto which are included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the financial condition and retained earnings of the Holding Company and the Bank as of the dates indicated and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods specified. The financial statements comply in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Regulation S-X of the Commission and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis during the periods presented, except as otherwise noted therein, and present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein. The other financial, statistical and pro forma information and related notes included in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package present fairly the information shown therein on a basis consistent with the audited and any unaudited financial statements included in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, and as to the pro forma adjustments, the adjustments made therein have been properly and consistently applied on the basis described therein.
 
(l)           Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus, and the General Disclosure Package other than as disclosed therein: (i) there has not been any material adverse change in the financial condition, results of operation, capital, properties, business affairs or prospects of any of the Primary Parties or the Primary Parties considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business; (ii) there has not been any material change in total assets of the Primary Parties on a consolidated basis, any material increase in the aggregate amount of loans past due ninety (90) days or more, or any real estate acquired by foreclosure or loans characterized as “in substance foreclosure;” (iii) none of the Primary Parties have issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation for borrowings other than in the ordinary course of business; and (iv) there have not been any material transactions entered into by any of the Primary Parties, other than those in the ordinary course of business. The capitalization, liabilities, assets, properties and business of the Primary Parties conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and, none of the Primary Parties has any material liabilities of any kind, contingent or otherwise, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.
 
(m)         Except as described in the Prospectus there are no contractual encumbrances or restrictions or requirements or material legal restrictions or requirements required to be described therein, on the ability of the Holding Company, the MHC, or the Bank, (A) to pay dividends or make any other distributions on its capital stock or to pay any indebtedness owed to another party, (B) to make any loans or advances to, or investments in, another party or (C) to transfer any of its property or assets to another party. Except as described in the Prospectus, there are no restrictions, encumbrances or requirements affecting the payment of dividends or the making of any other distributions on any of the capital stock of the Holding Company.
 
(n)          The Bank has properly administered all accounts for which it acts as a fiduciary, including but not limited to accounts for which it serves as a trustee, agent, custodian, personal representative, guardian, conservator or investment advisor, in accordance with the terms of the governing documents and applicable state and federal law and regulation, except where the failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Bank nor any of its respective directors, officers or employees has committed any material breach of trust with respect to any such fiduciary account, and the accountings for each such fiduciary account are true and correct in all material respects and accurately reflect the assets of such fiduciary account in all material respects.
 
 
9

 
 
(o)           The Bank is a duly organized and validly existing federally-chartered savings bank in stock form and is duly authorized to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; the activities of the Bank are permitted by the rules and regulations of the OTS; the Bank has obtained all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations currently required for the conduct of its business, except those that individually or in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and all such licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations are in full force and effect; the Bank is, and as of the Closing Date will be, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States; the Bank is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Bank is duly and validly issued to the Holding Company and is fully paid and nonassessable; and all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Bank after the Offering will be duly and validly issued to the Holding Company and will be fully paid and nonassessable; and as of the Closing Date, the Holding Company will directly own all of the capital stock of the Bank free and clear of any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or restriction of any kind. The Bank does not own equity securities or any equity interest in any other business enterprise except as otherwise described in the Prospectus or as are immaterial in amount and are not required to be described in the Prospectus.
 
(p)           The MHC is a duly organized and validly existing federally-chartered mutual holding company under the laws of the United States, duly authorized to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; the activities of the MHC are permitted by the rules, regulations and practices of the OTS; the MHC has obtained all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations currently required for the conduct of its business, except those that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect; all such licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations are in full force and effect; and the MHC is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(q)           The Holding Company is a duly organized and validly existing federally-chartered stock corporation under the laws of the United States, duly authorized to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; the activities of the Holding Company are permitted by the rules, regulations and practices of the OTS; the Holding Company has obtained all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations currently required for the conduct of its business, except those that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect; all such licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations are in full force and effect; and the Holding Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(r)           The Holding Company does not, and as of the Closing Date will not, own any equity securities or any equity interest in any business enterprise except as described in the Prospectus.
 
(s)           The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”) of Atlanta. The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to applicable limits.
 
 
10

 
 
(t)           As of the Closing Date, the Bank will continue to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.
 
(u)          Each of the Bank’s direct and indirect wholly-owned or partially-owned, subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing in the jurisdiction of its incorporation and duly authorized to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus.
 
(v)          The Holding Company, the MHC and the Bank carry, or are covered by, insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as the Holding Company, the MHC and the Bank deem reasonably adequate for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties.
 
(w)         Upon consummation of the Offering, the authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Holding Company will be within the range set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization” and _______ shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding prior to the Closing Date; the Offer Shares to be subscribed for in the Offering have been duly and validly authorized for issuance and, when issued and delivered by the Holding Company pursuant to the Plan against payment of the consideration calculated as set forth in the Plan and the Prospectus, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable; the issuance of the Shares is not subject to preemptive rights, except for the subscription rights granted pursuant to the Plan; and the terms and provisions of the shares of Common Stock will conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus. Upon issuance of the Offer Shares sold, good title to the Offer Shares will be transferred from the Holding Company to the purchasers of Offer Shares against payment therefor in the Offering as set forth in the Plan and the Prospectus.
 
(x)          The Primary Parties are not, and as of the Closing Date will not be, in violation of their respective articles of incorporation or charters or their respective bylaws, or in material default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant, or condition contained in any contract, lease, loan agreement, indenture or other instrument to which they are a party or by which they, or any of their respective properties, may be bound which would result in a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Plan will not (i) conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, the articles of incorporation, charter or bylaws of any of the Primary Parties, or materially conflict with or constitute a material breach of, or default under, any material contract, lease or other instrument to which any of the Primary Parties has a beneficial interest, or any applicable law, rule, regulation or order that is material to the financial condition of the Primary Parties; (ii) violate any authorization, approval, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Primary Parties except for such violations which would not have a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) result in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property of the Primary Parties that would have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
 
11

 
 
(y)         No default exists, and no event has occurred that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default on the part of any of the Primary Parties, in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, bank loan or credit agreement or any other instrument or agreement to which any of the Primary Parties is a party or by which any of their property is bound or affected in any respect which, in any such case, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Primary Parties individually or taken as a whole, and all such agreements are in full force and effect; and no other party to any such agreements has instituted or, to the knowledge of any of the Primary Parties, threatened any action or proceeding wherein any of the Primary Parties is alleged to be in default thereunder under circumstances where such action or proceeding, if determined adversely to any of the Primary Parties, would have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(z)          The Primary Parties have good and marketable title to all assets which are material to the businesses, financial condition, results of operation, capital, properties, and assets of the Primary Parties and to those assets described in the Prospectus as owned by them, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances, restrictions or other claims, except such as are described in the Prospectus or which do not have a Material Adverse Effect; and all of the leases and subleases that are material to the businesses of the Primary Parties, including those described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, are in full force and effect.
 
(aa)        The Primary Parties are not in material violation of any directive from the OTS, the Commission or any other agency to make any material change in the method of conducting their respective businesses; the Primary Parties have conducted and are conducting their respective businesses so as to comply in all respects with all applicable statutes and regulations (including, without limitation, regulations, decisions, directives and orders of the OTS and the Commission), except where the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and there is no charge, investigation, action, suit or proceeding before or by any court, regulatory authority or governmental agency or body pending or, to the knowledge of any of the Primary Parties, threatened, which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Offering, the performance of this Agreement, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Plan as described in the Registration Statement, or which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(bb)       Prior to the Closing Date, the Primary Parties will have received an opinion of their special counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., with respect to the federal income tax consequences of the Offering, as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and an opinion from Dixon Hughes PLLC with respect to the tax consequences of the Offering under the laws of the State of Georgia; and the facts and representations upon which such opinions will be based, will be truthful, accurate and complete, and none of the Primary Parties will take any action inconsistent therewith.
 
(cc)        The Primary Parties have timely filed all required federal, state and local tax returns and have paid all taxes that have become due and payable, and no deficiency has been asserted with respect thereto by any taxing authority. All material tax liabilities have been adequately provided for in the financial statements of the Primary Parties in accordance with GAAP.
 
(dd)       No approval, authorization, consent or other order of any regulatory or supervisory or other public authority is required for the execution and delivery by the Primary Parties of this Agreement, or the sale and issuance of the Offer Shares, except for the approval of the OTS and the Commission and any necessary qualification, notification, or registration or exemption under the securities or blue sky laws of the various states in which the Offer Shares are to be offered for sale.
 
 
12

 
 
(ee)        None of the Primary Parties has: (i) issued any securities within the last 18 months (except for (a) notes to evidence bank loans or other liabilities in the ordinary course of business or as described in the Prospectus, (b) shares of Common Stock issued with respect to the initial capitalization of the Holding Company and (c) shares of common stock of the Holding Company issued pursuant to the Holding Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan and the 2001 Recognition and Retention Plan, and options issued (including the exercise of such options) pursuant to the 2001 Stock Option Plan or as described in the Prospectus); (ii) had any dealings with respect to sales of securities within the 12 months prior to the date hereof with any member of FINRA, or any person related to or associated with such member, other than discussions and meetings relating to the Offering and purchases and sales of U.S. government and agency and other securities in the ordinary course of business; (iii) entered into a financial or management consulting agreement relating to the Offering and the Offering except for the Letter Agreement and as contemplated hereunder; or (iv) engaged any intermediary between the Agent and the Primary Parties in connection with the Offering or the offering of shares of the common stock of the Holding Company, and no person is being compensated in any manner for such services.
 
(ff)         Neither any of the Primary Parties nor, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, any employee of the Primary Parties, has made any payment of funds of the Primary Parties as a loan to any person for the purchase of Offer Shares, except for the Holding Company’s loan to the employee stock ownership plan the proceeds of which will be used to purchase Offer Shares and the Holding Company’s existing loan to the employee stock ownership plan, or has made any other payment or loan of funds prohibited by law, and no funds have been set aside to be used for any payment prohibited by law.
 
(gg)       The Bank complies in all material respects with the applicable financial record keeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, and the regulations and rules thereunder.
 
(hh)       The Primary Parties have not relied upon the Agent or its counsel for any legal, tax or accounting advice in connection with the Offering.
 
(ii)         The records of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are accurate and complete in all material respects.
 
(jj)         The Primary Parties comply in all respects with all laws, rules and regulations relating to environmental protection, except where the failure to so comply would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and none of them has been notified or is otherwise aware that any of them is potentially liable, or is considered potentially liable, under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, or any other Federal, state or local environmental laws and regulations; no action, suit, regulatory investigation or other proceeding is pending, or to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened against the Primary Parties relating to environmental protection, nor do the Primary Parties have any reason to believe any such proceedings may be brought against any of them; and no disposal, release or discharge of hazardous or toxic substances, pollutants or contaminants, including petroleum and gas products, as any of such terms may be defined under federal, state or local law, has occurred on, in, at or about any facilities or properties owned or leased by any of the Primary Parties or in which the Bank has a security interest, except, in the case of facilities or properties in which the Bank has a security interest, to the extent such disposal, release or discharge would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
 
13

 
 
(kk)       All of the loans represented as assets in the most recent financial information of the Primary Parties included in the Prospectus meet or are exempt from all requirements of federal, state and local law pertaining to lending, including, without limitation, truth in lending (including the requirements of Regulations Z and 12 C.F.R. Part 226), real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, equal credit opportunity and all disclosure laws applicable to such loans, except for violations which, if asserted, would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(ll)         None of the Primary Parties are required to be registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
 
(mm)     To the Holding Company’s, the MHC’s and the Bank’s knowledge, there are no affiliations or associations between any member of the FINRA and any of the Holding Company’s, the MHC’s and the Bank’s officers, directors or 5% or greater securityholders, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
 
(nn)       The statistical and market related data contained in any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement are based on or derived from sources which the Holding Company, the MHC and the Bank believe were reliable and accurate at the time they were filed with the Commission. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the 1933 Act and Section 21E of the 1934 Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.
 
(oo)       The Primary Parties have taken all actions necessary to obtain at Closing a Blue Sky Memorandum from Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. on which Stifel may rely.
 
Any certificates signed by an officer of any of the Primary Parties and delivered to the Agent or its counsel that refer to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Primary Parties to the Agent as to the matters covered thereby with the same effect as if such representation and warranty were set forth herein.
 
Section 7.               Representations and Warranties of the Agent . Stifel represents and warrants to the Primary Parties that:
 
(a)         Stifel is a corporation and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Missouri with full power and authority to provide the services to be furnished to the Primary Parties hereunder.
 
(b)         The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Stifel, and each of this Agreement and the Letter Agreement is the legal, valid and binding agreement of Stifel, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent, if any, that the provisions of Sections 11 and 12 hereof may be unenforceable as against public policy, and except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy laws, insolvency laws, or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or general equity principles.
 
 
14

 
 
(c)         Each of the Agent and its employees, agents and representatives who shall perform any of the services hereunder shall have, and until the Offering is consummated or terminated shall maintain, all licenses, approvals and permits necessary to perform such services and shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations in connection with the performance of such services.
 
(d)         No action, suit, charge or proceeding before the Commission, FINRA, any state securities commission or any court is pending, or to the knowledge of the Agent, threatened against the Agent which, if determined adversely to such Agent, would have a material adverse effect upon the ability of Agent to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
 
(e)         Agent is registered as a broker/dealer pursuant to Section 15(b) of the 1934 Act and is a member of FINRA.
 
(f)          Any funds received in the Offering by the Agent will be handled by the Agent in accordance with Rule 15c2-4 under the 1934 Act to the extent applicable.
 
Section 8.               Covenants of the Primary Parties . The Primary Parties hereby jointly and severally covenant with the Agent as follows:
 
(a)         The Holding Company will not, at any time after the date the Registration Statement is declared effective, file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement without providing the Agent and its counsel an opportunity to review and comment on such amendment or supplement or file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement to which amendment or supplement the Agent or its counsel shall reasonably object. The Holding Company will furnish promptly to the Agent and its counsel copies of all correspondence from the Commission with respect to the Registration Statement and the Holding Company’s responses thereto.
 
(b)         The Holding Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Agent, and the Agent represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Holding Company, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Offer Shares that would constitute an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, or that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed with the Commission. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Holding Company and the Agent is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” The Holding Company represents that it has and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record keeping. The Holding Company need not treat any communication as a free writing prospectus if it is exempt from the definition of prospectus pursuant to Clause (a) of Section 2(a)(10) of the 1933 Act without regard to Rule 172 or 173.
 
 
15

 
 
(c)          The Primary Parties will not, at any time after the date any Application is approved, file any amendment or supplement to such Application without providing the Agent and its counsel an opportunity to review and comment on such amendment or supplement or file any amendment or supplement to such Application to which amendment or supplement the Agent or its counsel shall reasonably object. The Primary Parties will furnish promptly to the Agent and its counsel copies of all correspondence from the OTS with respect to the Applications and the Primary Parties’ responses thereto.
 
(d)          The Primary Parties will use their best efforts to cause any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission and any post-effective amendment to the Application to be approved by the OTS and will promptly upon receipt of any information concerning the events listed below notify the Agent (i) when the Registration Statement, as amended, has become effective; (ii) when the Application as amended, has been approved by the OTS; (iii) of the receipt of any comments from the OTS or any other governmental entity with respect to the Offering or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iv) of any request by the Commission, the OTS, or any other governmental entity for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Applications or for additional information; (v) of the issuance by the Commission, the OTS or any other governmental agency of any order or other action suspending the Offering or the use of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any other filing of the Primary Parties under the OTS Regulations or other applicable law, or the threat of any such action; (vi) of the issuance by the Commission, the OTS, or any state authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of the initiation or threat of initiation or threat of any proceedings for that purpose; or (vii) of the occurrence of any event mentioned in subsection (g) below. The Primary Parties will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance by the Commission, the OTS or any other state authority of any order referred to in (v) and (vi) above and, if any such order shall at any time be issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time.
 
(e)          The Primary Parties will deliver to the Agent and to its counsel conformed copies of each of the following documents, with all exhibits: the Application as originally filed and of each amendment or supplement thereto, and the Registration Statement, as originally filed and each amendment thereto. Further, the Primary Parties will deliver such additional copies of the foregoing documents to counsel to the Agent as may be required for any FINRA filings. In addition, the Primary Parties will also deliver to the Agent such number of copies of the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, as the Agent may reasonably request.
 
(f)           The Primary Parties will comply in all material respects with any and all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions with respect to the Offering and the transactions contemplated thereby imposed by the Commission, by applicable state law and regulations, and by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations to be complied with prior to the Closing Date; and when the Prospectus is required to be delivered, the Primary Parties will comply in all material respects, at their own expense, with all requirements imposed upon them by the OTS, the OTS Regulations (except as modified or waived in writing by the OTS), the Commission, by applicable state law and regulations and by the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated under such statutes, in each case as from time to time in force, so far as is necessary to permit the continuance of sales or dealing in shares of Common Stock during such period in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Prospectus.
 
 
16

 
 
(g)          The Primary Parties will inform the Agent of any event or circumstance of which it is or becomes aware as a result of which the Registration Statement and/or Prospectus, as then supplemented or amended, would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If it is necessary, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Primary Parties, to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to correct such untrue statement of a material fact or to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances existing at the time of their use, the Primary Parties will, at their expense, prepare, file with the Commission and the OTS and furnish to the Agent, a reasonable number of copies of an amendment or amendments of, or a supplement or supplements to, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Agent after a reasonable time for review) which will amend or supplement the Registration Statement and/or the Prospectus so that as amended or supplemented it will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances existing at the time, not misleading. For the purpose of this subsection, each of the Primary Parties will furnish such information with respect to itself as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.
 
(h)          Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Holding Company will endeavor in good faith, in cooperation with the Agent, to register or to qualify the Shares for issuance or offering and sale, as applicable, or to exempt such Shares from registration and to exempt the Holding Company and its officers, directors and employees from registration as broker-dealers, under the applicable securities laws of the jurisdictions in which the Offering will be conducted; provided, however, that the Holding Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation to do business in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified. In each jurisdiction where any of the Shares shall have been registered or qualified as above provided, the Holding Company will make and file such statements and reports in each year as are or may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction.
 
(i)           The Holding Company will not sell or issue, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, for a period of ninety (90) days after the date hereof, any shares of Common Stock or securities into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock, without the Agent’s prior written consent other than in connection with any plan or arrangement described in the Prospectus.
 
(j)           For a period of three years from the date of this Agreement, the Holding Company will furnish to the Agent, as soon as practical after such information is available (i) a copy of each report of the Holding Company furnished to or filed with the Commission under the 1934 Act or any national securities exchange or system on which any class of securities of the Holding Company is listed or quoted, (ii) a copy of each report of the Holding Company mailed to holders of Common Stock, (iii) each press release and material news item and article released by the Holding Company and/or Bank, and (iv) from time-to-time, such other publicly available information concerning the Primary Parties as the Agent may reasonably request. For purposes of this paragraph, any document filed electronically with the Commission shall be deemed to be furnished to the Agent.
 
(k)          The Primary Parties will use the net proceeds from the sale of the Common Stock in the manner set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering.”
 
 
17

 
 
(l)           The Holding Company and the Bank will distribute the Prospectus, any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus, or other offering materials in connection with the offering and sale of the Common Stock only in accordance with the OTS Regulations, the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated under such statutes, and, as applicable, the laws of any state in which the shares are qualified for sale.
 
(m)         Prior to the Closing Date, the Holding Company shall register its Common Stock under Section 12(b) of the 1934 Act, and will request that such registration statement be effective no later than the completion of the Offering. The Holding Company shall maintain the effectiveness of such registration for not less than three years or such shorter period as permitted by the OTS.
 
(n)          For so long as the Common Stock is registered under the 1934 Act, the Holding Company will furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year such reports and other information as are required to be furnished to its stockholders under the 1934 Act.
 
(o)          The Holding Company will report the use of proceeds of the Offering in accordance with Rule 463 under the 1933 Act Regulations.
 
(p)          The Primary Parties will maintain appropriate arrangements for depositing all funds received from persons mailing subscriptions for or orders to purchase Offer Shares on an interest bearing basis as described in the Prospectus until the Closing Date and satisfaction of all conditions precedent to the release of the Holding Company’s obligation to refund payments received from persons subscribing for or ordering Offer Shares in the Offering, in accordance with the Plan as described in the Prospectus, or until refunds of such funds have been made to the persons entitled thereto or withdrawal authorizations canceled in accordance with the Plan and as described in the Prospectus. The Primary Parties will maintain such records of all funds received to permit the funds of each subscriber to be separately insured by the FDIC (to the maximum extent allowable) and to enable the Primary Parties to make the appropriate refunds of such funds in the event that such refunds are required to be made in accordance with the Plan and as described in the Prospectus.
 
(q)          The Primary Parties will take such actions and furnish such information as are reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Agent to ensure compliance with FINRA Rule 5130 (Restrictions on the Purchase and Sale of IPOs of Equity Securities).
 
(r)           The Primary Parties will conduct their businesses in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws, rules, regulations, decisions, directives and orders, including all decisions, directives and orders of the Commission and the OTS.
 
(s)          The Primary Parties shall comply with any and all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions with respect to the Offering and the transactions contemplated thereby imposed by the OTS, the HOLA, the Commission, the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act Regulations to be complied with subsequent to the Closing Date. The Holding Company will comply with all provisions of all undertakings contained in the Registration Statement.
 
 
18

 
 
(t)          The Primary Parties will not amend the Plan without notifying the Agent prior thereto.
 
(u)         The Holding Company shall provide Stifel with any information necessary to allow Stifel to assist with the allocation process in order to permit the Holding Company to carry out the allocation of the Offer Shares in the event of an oversubscription, and such information shall be accurate and reliable in all material respects.
 
(v)         The Holding Company will not deliver the Shares until the Primary Parties have satisfied or caused to be satisfied each condition set forth in Section 10 hereof, unless such condition is waived in writing by Stifel.
 
(w)         On or before the Closing Date, the Primary Parties will have completed all conditions precedent to the Offering specified in the Plan and the offer, sale and issuance of the Shares will have been conducted in all material respects in accordance with the Plan, the OTS Regulations (except as modified or waived in writing by the OTS) and with all other applicable laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Offering imposed upon any of the Primary Parties by the OTS, the Commission or any other regulatory authority and in the manner described in the Prospectus (except as may be modified or waived in writing by the OTS, the Commission or such other regulatory authority).
 
(x)         Immediately upon completion of the sale by the Holding Company of the Offer Shares and the completion of certain transactions necessary to implement the Plan, (i) all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Bank shall be owned by the Holding Company, (ii) the Holding Company shall have no direct subsidiaries other than the Bank, and (iii) the Offering shall have been effected in all material respects in accordance with all applicable statutes, regulations, decisions and orders; and all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions with respect to the Offering (except those that are conditions subsequent) imposed by the OTS, the Commission or any other governmental agency, if any, shall have been complied with by the Primary Parties in all material respects or appropriate waivers shall have been obtained and all notice and waiting periods shall have been satisfied, waived or elapsed.
 
(y)         The Holding Company shall notify the Agent when funds shall have been received for the minimum number of Offer Shares set forth in the Prospectus.
 
(z)          The officers and directors of the Primary Parties, listed in Exhibit C of this Agreement, shall not exercise any stock options providing for the issuance of shares of common stock in the Holding Company during the Offering or otherwise sell or transfer any shares of Common Stock commencing on the date hereof and continuing for a period of ninety (90) days following the Closing Date (the “Restricted Period”). The Primary Parties shall not honor the exercise of any stock options providing for the issuance of shares of common stock in the Holding Company by any such officer or director during the Offering, nor shall the Holding Company otherwise assist such officers or directors in connection with the sale or transfer of shares of Common Stock during the Restricted Period.
 
 
19

 
 
(aa)         Upon execution of this Agreement, the Primary Parties agree to provide Stifel with a two (2) year right of first refusal to serve as financial advisor and marketing agent to the Primary Parties for a second step offering.
 
Section 9.              Payment of Expenses . Whether or not the Offering is completed or the sale and issuance of the Shares by the Holding Company is consummated, the Primary Parties will pay for all their expenses incident to the performance of this Agreement, including without limitation: (a) the preparation and filing of the Application and Registration Statement; (b) the preparation, printing, filing, delivery and mailing of the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus, and all documents related to the Offering; (c) all filing fees and expenses in connection with the qualification or registration of the Shares for offer and sale by the Holding Company under the securities or “blue sky” laws, including without limitation filing fees, reasonable legal fees and disbursements of counsel in connection therewith, and in connection with the preparation of a blue sky law survey; (d) the filing fees of FINRA related to Stifel’s fairness filing under Rule 2710 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.; (e) fees and expenses related to the preparation of the independent appraisal; (f) fees and expenses related to printing, data processing, auditing, accounting and other services; (g) all expenses relating to advertising, temporary personnel, investor meetings and the stock information center; and (h) transfer agent fees and costs of preparation and distribution of stock certificates. The Primary Parties also agree to reimburse Stifel for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees and expenses and expenses incurred in connection with the syndicated community offering or public underwritten offering, incurred by Stifel in connection with the services hereunder, subject to the limitations provided below. Stifel will not incur reimbursable legal fees (excluding counsel’s out-of-pocket expenses) in excess of $100,000. Stifel will not incur actual accountable reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses in excess of $30,000. Stifel will not incur any single out-of-pocket expense of more than $1,000 pursuant to this paragraph without the prior approval of the Holding Company, the MHC or the Bank. The Primary Parties acknowledge, however, that such limitations on expenses and legal fees may be increased by the mutual consent of the Holding Company and Stifel in the event of delay in the Offering, which requires material additional work by Stifel or its counsel or an update of the financial information contained in the Prospectus to reflect a period later than set forth in the financial statements in the original Registration Statement. Not later than two (2) days prior to the Closing Date, Stifel will provide the Bank with a detailed accounting of all reimbursable expenses of Stifel and its counsel to be paid at the Closing.
 
Section 10.           Conditions to the Agent’s Obligations . The obligations of the Agent hereunder and the occurrence of the Closing and the Offering are subject to the condition that all representations and warranties of the Primary Parties herein contained are, at and as of the commencement of the Offering and at and as of the Closing Date, true and correct, the condition that the Primary Parties shall have performed all of their obligations hereunder to be performed on or before such dates and to the following further conditions:
 
(a)          The Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the Commission and the Application shall have been approved by the OTS, and no stop order or other action suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened by the Commission or any state authority and no order or other action suspending the authorization for use of the Prospectus or the consummation of the Offering shall have been issued, or proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened by the OTS, the Commission or any other governmental body.
 
 
20

 
 
(b)         At the Closing Date, the Agent shall have received:
 
(1)          The opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. and/or local counsel acceptable to the Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and counsel for the Agent to the effect that:
 
(i)           The Holding Company is a federally-chartered stock corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States, with corporate power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business in each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(ii)          The Bank is a duly organized and validly existing federally-chartered stock savings bank, and upon consummation of the Offering, the Bank will continue to be a validly existing federally-chartered stock savings bank, with full power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; the activities of the Bank as described in the Prospectus are permitted by federal law and the rules and regulations of the OTS; all of the outstanding Common Stock of the Bank is owned of record and beneficially by the Holding Company, free and clear of any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or restriction.
 
(iii)         The MHC is a mutual holding company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States, with corporate power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business in each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(iv)         The activities of the Holding Company, the MHC and the Bank, as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package, are permitted by federal law. To such counsel’s knowledge, each of the MHC, the Holding Company, and the Bank has obtained all licenses, permits, and other governmental authorizations that are material for the conduct of its business, and all such licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations are in full force and effect, and to such counsel’s knowledge the Holding Company, the MHC and the Bank are complying therewith in all material respects.
 
 
21

 
 
(v)           The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Atlanta. The Bank is an insured depository institution under the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, and no proceedings for the termination or revocation of the federal deposit insurance of the Bank are pending or, to such counsel’s knowledge, threatened.
 
(vi)          The authorized capital stock of the Holding Company consists of ______________ shares of Common Stock and __________ shares of Preferred Stock; at the Closing Date, the shares contributed by the MHC to the Holding Company for issuance will have been duly and validly authorized for issuance, and when issued and delivered by the Holding Company pursuant to the Plan against payment of the consideration calculated as set forth in the Plan, will be fully paid and nonassessable; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to preemptive rights under the charter or bylaws of the Holding Company, or arising or outstanding by operation of law or under any contract, indenture, agreement, instrument or other document known to such counsel, except for the subscription rights under the Plan.
 
(vii)         The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Primary Parties; and this Agreement constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of each of the Primary Parties, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the provisions of Sections 11 and 12 hereof may be unenforceable as against public policy, and except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy laws, insolvency laws, or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, or the rights of creditors of savings institutions insured by the FDIC (including laws and judicial decisions relating to the rights of the contracting parties to equitable remedies).
 
(viii)        The Plan has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the MHC, the Holding Company and the Bank in the manner required by the OTS Regulations and the charters and bylaws of each of the MHC, the Holding Company and the Bank.
 
(ix)           The Offering was effected in all material respects in accordance with the Plan and all applicable laws, including statutes, regulations, decisions and orders (except that this opinion need not address state securities or “blue sky” laws and regulations nor matters addressed in the letter referred to in Section 10(b)(2) of this Agreement); all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions with respect to the Offering imposed by the OTS, the Commission, or any other governmental agency, if any, were complied with by the Primary Parties in all material respects or appropriate waivers were obtained and all notices and waiting periods were satisfied, waived or replaced.
 
 
22

 
 
(x)            The Application has been approved by the OTS, and the Prospectus has been authorized for use by the OTS, and subject to the satisfaction of any conditions set forth in such approvals, no further approval, registration, authorization, consent or other order of any federal or state regulatory agency, public board or body is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the offer, sale and issuance of the Offer Shares and the consummation of the Offering, except as may be required under the state securities or “blue sky” laws of various jurisdictions as to which no opinion need be rendered.
 
(xi)            The Registration Statement has become effective under the 1933 Act, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued or proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to such counsel’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission.
 
(xii)           The material tax consequences of the Offering are set forth in the Prospectus under the captions “Summary - Tax Consequences” and “Federal and State Taxation.” The information in the Prospectus under the captions “Summary - Tax Consequences” and “Federal and State Taxation” has been reviewed by such counsel and fairly describes such opinion rendered by such counsel and Dixon Hughes PLLC to the Primary Parties with respect to such matters.
 
(xiii)          The terms and provisions of the shares of Common Stock conform to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and the form of certificate to be used to evidence the shares of Common Stock is in due and proper form.
 
(xiv)          At the time the Applications were approved and as of the Closing Date, the Applications (as amended or supplemented), the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the OTS Regulations and all applicable laws, rules and regulations and decisions and orders of the OTS, except as modified or waived in writing (other than the financial statements, notes to financial statements, financial tables and other financial and statistical data included therein and the appraisal valuation and the business plan as to which counsel need express no opinion). To such counsel’s knowledge, no person has sought to obtain regulatory or judicial review of the final action of the OTS in approving the Application filed.
 
(xv)          At the time that the Registration Statement became effective and as of the Closing Date, the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) (other than the financial statements, notes to financial statements, financial tables or other financial and statistical data included therein and the appraisal valuation and the business plan as to which counsel need express no opinion), complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.
 
 
23

 
 
(xvi)           There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending, or, to such counsel’s knowledge, threatened (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or (ii) seeking to prevent the Offering or the offer, sale or issuance of the Shares.
 
(xvii)           The information in the Prospectus under the captions “Supervision and Regulation,” “Federal and State Taxation” (solely as it relates to federal tax law), “Description of Our Capital Stock,” and “The Stock Offering,” to the extent that such information constitutes matters of law, summaries of legal matters, documents or proceedings, or legal conclusions, has been reviewed by such counsel and is accurate in all material respects.
 
(xviii)          None of the Primary Parties are required to be registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
(xix)            None of the Primary Parties is in violation of its articles of incorporation or its charter, as the case may be, or its bylaws or, to such counsel’s knowledge, any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument filed as an exhibit to, or incorporated by reference in, the Registration Statement, which violation would have a Material Adverse Effect. In addition, the execution and delivery of and performance under this Agreement by the Primary Parties, the incurrence of the obligations set forth herein and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will not result in (i) any violation of the provisions of the articles of incorporation or charter, as the case may be, or the bylaws of any of the Primary Parties, (ii) any violation of any applicable law, act, regulation, or to such counsel’s knowledge, order or court order, writ, injunction or decree, and (iii) any violation of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument filed as an exhibit to, or incorporated by reference in, the Registration Statement, which violation would have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
The opinion may be limited to matters governed by the laws of the United States and the States of Georgia. In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, to the extent such counsel deems proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Agent, as long as such other opinion indicates that the Agent may rely on the opinion, and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent such counsel deems proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Primary Parties and public officials; provided copies of any such opinion(s) or certificates of public officials are delivered to Agent together with the opinion to be rendered hereunder by special counsel to the Primary Parties. The opinion of such counsel for the Primary Parties shall state that it has no reason to believe that the Agent is not reasonably justified in relying thereon. The opinion of such counsel for the Primary Parties also shall state that the Agent’s counsel may rely for purposes of its own opinion on the opinion of such counsel and, if applicable, local counsel, whose opinion(s) shall expressly authorize such reliance.
 
 
24

 
 
(2)           The letter of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. in form and substance to the effect that during the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, Luse, Gorman, Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. participated in conferences with certain officers of and other representatives of the Primary Parties, counsel to the Agent, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Primary Parties and representatives of the Agent at which the contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and related matters were discussed and has considered the matters required to be stated therein and the statements contained therein and, although (without limiting the opinions provided pursuant to Section 10(b)(1)), Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, on the basis of the foregoing, nothing has come to the attention of Luse, Gorman, Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. that caused Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. to believe that the Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective by the Commission and as of the date of such letter or that the General Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading (it being understood that counsel need express no comment or opinion with respect to financial statements, notes to financial statements, schedules and other financial and statistical data included, or statistical or appraisal methodology employed, in the Registration Statement, or Prospectus or General Disclosure Package).
 
(3)           The favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., counsel for Stifel, with respect to such matters as the Agent may reasonably require; such opinion may rely, as to matters of fact, upon certificates of officers and directors of the Primary Parties delivered pursuant hereto or as such counsel may reasonably request and upon the opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
 
(4)           The letter of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. in form and substance to the effect that during the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. participated in conferences with certain officers of and other representatives of the Primary Parties, counsel to the Primary Parties, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Primary Parties and representatives of the Agent at which the contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and related matters were discussed and has considered the matters required to be stated therein and the statements contained therein and, although (without limiting the opinions provided pursuant to Section 10(b)(3)), Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, on the basis of the foregoing, nothing has come to the attention of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. that caused Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. to believe that the Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective by the Commission and as of the date of such letter or that the General Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading (it being understood that counsel need express no comment or opinion with respect to financial statements, notes to financial statements, schedules and other financial and statistical data included, or statistical or appraisal methodology employed, in the Registration Statement, or Prospectus or General Disclosure Package).
 
 
25

 
 
(5)           A Blue Sky Memorandum from Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. addressed to the Holding Company and the Agent relating to the offering, including Agent’s participation therein. The Blue Sky Memorandum will address the necessity of obtaining or confirming exemptions, qualifications or the registration of the Common Stock under applicable state securities law.
 
(c)          On or prior to the date on which the Offer Shares are first offered in the Subscription Offering, the Agent shall receive a letter from Dixon Hughes PLLC, dated the date hereof and addressed to the Agent, such letter (i) confirming that Dixon Hughes PLLC is a firm of independent registered public accountants within the meaning of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the PCAOB Regulations, and stating in effect that in Dixon Hughes PLLC’s opinion the consolidated financial statements of the Holding Company included in the Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with generally accepted accounting principles, the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations, and the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations; (ii) stating in effect that, on the basis of certain agreed upon procedures (but not an audit examination in accordance with the auditing standards of the PCAOB) consisting of a review (in accordance with Statement of Auditing Standards No. 100, Interim Financial Information) of the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of the Holding Company prepared by the Primary Parties as of and for the interim periods ended March 31, 2010, a reading of the minutes of the meetings of the Board of Directors, Executive Committee, Audit Committee and stockholders of the Holding Company and the Bank and consultations with officers of the Holding Company and the Bank responsible for financial and accounting matters, nothing came to their attention which caused them to believe that: (A) such unaudited consolidated financial statements and any “Recent Developments” information in the Prospectus are not in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Prospectus; or (B) during the period from the date of the recent developments financial information included in the Prospectus to a specified date not more than three (3) business days prior to the date of the Prospectus, there was any material increase in borrowings (defined as securities sold under agreements to repurchase and any other form of debt other than deposits), or decrease in the deposits or loan allowance, total assets, stockholders’ equity or there was any change in common stock outstanding (other than for stock option plans) at the date of such letter as compared with amounts shown in the March 31, 2010 unaudited statement of condition included in the Prospectus or there was any decrease in net interest income, non-interest income, net interest income after provision or net income, or increase in provision for loan losses, non-interest expense of the Primary Parties for the period commencing immediately after the recent development date and ended not more than three (3) business days prior to the date of the Prospectus as compared to the corresponding period in the preceding year; and (iii) stating that, in addition to the audit examination referred to in its opinion included in the Prospectus and the performance of the procedures referred to in clause (ii) of this subsection (c), they have compared with the general accounting records of the Holding Company, which are subject to the internal controls of the accounting system of the Holding Company, and other data prepared by the Primary Parties from accounting records, to the extent specified in such letter, such amounts and/or percentages set forth in the Prospectus as the Agent may reasonably request, and they have found such amounts and percentages to be in agreement therewith (subject to rounding).
 
 
26

 
 
(d)          At the Closing Date, the Agent shall receive a letter from Dixon Hughes PLLC dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Agent, confirming the statements made by its letter delivered by it pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section 10, the “specified date” referred to in clause (ii)(B) thereof to be a date specified in such letter, which shall not be more than three (3) business days prior to the Closing Date.
 
(e)          At the Closing Date, counsel to the Agent shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as counsel for the Agent may require for the purpose of enabling them to advise the Agent with respect to the issuance and sale of the Common Stock as herein contemplated and related proceedings, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions herein contained.
 
(f)           At the Closing Date, the Agent shall receive a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of each of the Primary Parties, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that: (i) they have examined the Registration Statement and Application and at the time the Registration Statement and Application became authorized for final use, the Prospectus did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) there has not been, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and Application, any Material Adverse Effect otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Registration Statement and Application; (iii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 6 of this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though made at and as of the Closing Date; (iv) the Primary Parties have complied in all material respects with all material agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date including the conditions contained in this Section 10; (v) no stop order has been issued or, to the best of their knowledge, is threatened, by the Commission or any other governmental body; (vi) no order suspending the Offering, the Exchange, the Offering, the acquisition of all of the shares of the Bank by the Holding Company, the transactions required under the Plan to consummate the Offering or the effectiveness of the Prospectus has been issued and to the best of their knowledge, no proceedings for any such purpose have been initiated or threatened by the OTS, the Commission, or any other federal or state authority; (vii) to the best of their knowledge, no person has sought to obtain regulatory or judicial review of the action of the OTS in approving the Plan or to enjoin the Offering, and (viii) that the officers and directors of the Primary Parties have agreed to abide by the restrictions on the exercise of options and sale of Common Stock set forth in Section 8(cc).
 
 
27

 
 
(g)           At the Closing Date, the Agent shall receive a letter from RP Financial, LC., dated as of the Closing Date, (i) confirming that said firm is independent of the Primary Parties and is experienced and expert in the area of corporate appraisals, (ii) stating in effect that the Appraisal complies in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the OTS Regulations, and (iii) further stating that its opinion of the aggregate pro forma market value of the Primary Parties, as converted, expressed in the Appraisal as most recently updated, remains in effect.
 
(h)          Prior to and at the Closing Date, none of the Primary Parties shall have sustained, since the date of the latest financial statements included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there shall not have been any material change, or any development involving a prospective material change in, or affecting the general affairs of, management, financial position, retained earnings, long-term debt, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of any of the Primary Parties, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described above, in the Agent’s reasonable judgment, is sufficiently material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the Offering or the delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus and the Stockholders’ Proxy Statement.
 
(i)           Prior to and at the Closing Date: (i) in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, there shall have been no material adverse change in the financial condition or in the earnings, capital, properties or business affairs of the Primary Parties considered as one enterprise, from and as of the latest date as of which such condition is set forth in the Prospectus, except as referred to therein; (ii) there shall have been no material transaction entered into by the Primary Parties, independently or considered as one enterprise, from the latest date as of which the financial condition of the Primary Parties is set forth in the Prospectus, other than transactions referred to or contemplated therein; (iii) none of the Primary Parties shall have received from the OTS any direction (oral or written) to make any material change in the method of conducting their business with which it has not complied in all material respects (which direction, if any, shall have been disclosed to the Agent) and which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) none of the Primary Parties shall have been in default (nor shall an event have occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under any provision of any agreement or instrument relating to any material outstanding indebtedness; (v) no action, suit or proceeding, at law or in equity or before or by any federal or state commission, board or other administrative agency, shall be pending or, to the knowledge of the Primary Parties, threatened against any of the Primary Parties or affecting any of their properties wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (vi) the Shares shall have been qualified or registered for offering and sale, as applicable, under the securities or “blue sky” laws of the jurisdictions requested by the Agent.
 
 
28

 
 
(j)           At or prior to the Closing Date, the Agent shall receive (i) a copy of the Application and a copy of the letters from the OTS approving the Application and authorizing the Prospectus for use, (ii) if available, a copy of the order from the Commission declaring the Registration Statement effective, (iii) a certified copy of the articles of incorporation of the Holding Company, (iv) a copy of Holding Company Application and a copy of the letter from the OTS approving the Holding Company Application, (v) a certificate from the FDIC evidencing the Bank’s insurance of accounts, and (vi) any other documents that Agent shall reasonably request.
 
(k)           The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, between the Agent and the persons set forth on Exhibit C hereto, relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, shall be delivered to the Agent on or before the date hereof and shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.
 
(l)           Subsequent to the date hereof, there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or American Stock Exchange or in the over-the-counter market, or quotations halted generally on the Nasdaq Stock Market, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required by either of such exchanges or FINRA or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority other than temporary trading halts or limitation (A) imposed as a result of intraday changes in the Dow Jones Industrial Average, (B) lasting no longer than until the regularly scheduled commencement of trading on the next succeeding business-day and (C) which when combined with all other such halts occurring during the previous five (5) business days, total less than three (3); (ii) a general moratorium on the operations of federally-insured financial institutions or a general moratorium on the withdrawal of deposits from commercial banks or other federally-insured financial institutions declared by either federal or state authorities; (iii) any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or elsewhere; or (iv) any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis, including, without limitation, terrorist activities after the date hereof, the effect of any of (i) through (iv) herein, in the judgment of the Agent, is so material and adverse as to make it impracticable to market the Shares or to enforce contracts, including subscriptions or purchase orders, for the sale of the Shares.
 
All such opinions, certificates, letters and documents will be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and to counsel for the Agent. Any certificate signed by an officer of the MHC, the Holding Company or the Bank and delivered to the Agent or to counsel for the Agent shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the MHC, the Holding Company or the Bank, as the case may be, to the Agent as to the statements made therein. If any condition to the Agent’s obligations hereunder to be fulfilled prior to or at the Closing Date is not fulfilled, the Agent may terminate this Agreement (provided that if this Agreement is so terminated but the sale of Shares is nevertheless consummated, the Agent shall be entitled to the full compensation provided for in Section 4 hereof) or, if the Agent so elect, may waive any such conditions which have not been fulfilled or may extend the time of their fulfillment.
 
 
29

 
 
Section 11.              Indemnification .
 
(a)           The Primary Parties, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent, its officers, directors, agents, attorneys, servants and employees and each person, if any, who control the Agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20(a) of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense whatsoever (including but not limited to settlement expenses, subject to the limitation set forth in the last sentence of subsection (c) below), joint or several, that the Agent or any of such officers, directors, agents, attorneys, servants, employees and controlling Persons (collectively, the “Related Persons”) may suffer or to which the Agent or the Related Persons may become subject under all applicable federal and state laws or otherwise, and to promptly reimburse the Agent and any Related Persons upon written demand for any reasonable expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Agent or any Related Persons in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any actions, proceedings or claims (whether commenced or threatened) to the extent such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions: (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus, the Applications, or any blue sky application, or other instrument or document of the Primary Parties or based upon written information supplied by any of the Primary Parties filed in any state or jurisdiction to register or qualify any or all of the Shares under the securities laws thereof (collectively, the “Blue Sky Applications”), or any application or other document, advertisement, or communication (“Sales Information”) prepared, made or executed by or on behalf of any of the Primary Parties with its consent or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of any of the Primary Parties, whether or not filed in any jurisdiction, in order to qualify or register the Shares under the securities laws thereof, (ii) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state in any of the foregoing documents or information, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (iii) arise from any theory of liability whatsoever relating to or arising from or based upon the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus, the Applications, any Blue Sky Applications or Sales Information or other documentation distributed in connection with the Offering; or (iv) result from any claims made with respect to the accuracy, reliability and completeness of the records of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members or for any denial or reduction of a subscription or order to purchase Common Stock, whether as a result of a properly calculated allocation pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, based upon such records; provided, however, that no indemnification is required under this subsection (a) to the extent such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue material statements or alleged untrue material statements in, or material omission or alleged material omission from, the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus, the Applications, the Blue Sky Applications or Sales Information or other documentation distributed in connection with the Offering made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Primary Parties by the Agent or its representatives (including counsel) with respect to the Agent expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) under the caption “The Stock Offering - Marketing Arrangements;” provided, further , that the Primary Parties will not be responsible for any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent a court of competent jurisdiction finds they result primarily from material oral misstatements by the Agent to a purchaser of Shares which are not based upon information in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or from actions taken or omitted to be taken by the Agent in bad faith or from the Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and the Agent agrees to repay to the Primary Parties any amounts advanced to it by the Primary Parties in connection with matters as to which it is found by a court of competent jurisdiction not to be entitled to indemnification hereunder.
 
 
30

 
 
(b)           The Agent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Primary Parties, their directors and officers, agents, servants and employees and each person, if any, who controls any of the Primary Parties within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20(a) of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense whatsoever (including but not limited to settlement expenses, subject to the limitation set forth in the last sentence of subsection (c) below), joint or several, which they, or any of them, may suffer or to which they, or any of them, may become subject under all applicable federal and state laws or otherwise, and to promptly reimburse the Primary Parties and any such persons upon written demand for any reasonable expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by them in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any actions, proceedings or claims (whether commenced or threatened) to the extent such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus, the Applications or any Blue Sky Applications or Sales Information or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state in any of the foregoing documents a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that each Agent’s obligations under this Section 11(b) shall exist only if and only to the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement was made in, or such material fact or alleged material fact was omitted from, the Applications, Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Blue Sky Applications or Sales Information in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Primary Parties by the Agent or its representatives (including counsel) expressly for use under the caption “The Stock Offering - Marketing Arrangements.”
 
(c)           Each indemnified party shall give prompt written notice to each indemnifying party of any action, proceeding, claim (whether commenced or threatened), or suit instituted against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have on account of this Section 11, Section 12 or otherwise. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such action. In addition, if it so elects within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, an indemnifying party, jointly with any other indemnifying parties receiving such notice, may assume the defense of such action with counsel chosen by it reasonably acceptable to the indemnified parties that are defendants in such action, unless such indemnified parties reasonably object to such assumption on the ground that there may be legal defenses available to them that are different from or in addition to those available to such indemnifying party. If an indemnifying party assumes the defense of such action, the indemnifying parties shall not be liable for any fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified parties incurred thereafter in connection with such action, proceeding or claim, other than reasonable costs of investigation. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (unless an indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or in addition to those of other indemnified parties) for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action, proceeding or claim or separate but similar or related actions, proceedings or claims in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. The Primary Parties shall be liable for any settlement of any claim against the Agent (or its directors, officers, employees, affiliates or controlling persons), made with the consent of the Primary Parties, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Primary Parties shall not, without the written consent of the Agent, settle or compromise any claim against them based upon circumstances giving rise to an indemnification claim against the Primary Parties hereunder unless such settlement or compromise provides that the Agent and the other indemnified parties shall be unconditionally and irrevocably released from all liability in respect of such claim.
 
 
31

 
 
(d)           The agreements contained in this Section 11 and in Section 12 hereof and the representations and warranties of the Primary Parties set forth in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Agent or its officers, directors, controlling persons, agents, attorneys, servants or employees or by or on behalf of any of the Primary Parties or any officers, directors, controlling persons, agents, attorneys, servants or employees of any of the Primary Parties; (ii) delivery of and payment hereunder for the Shares; or (iii) any termination of this Agreement. To the extent required by law, Sections 11 and 12 hereof are subject to and limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act.
 
Section 12.             Contribution .
 
(a)           In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in Section 11 is due in accordance with its terms but is found in a final judgment by a court to be unavailable from the Primary Parties or the Agent, the Primary Parties and the Agent shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities of the nature contemplated by such indemnification in such proportion so that (i) the Agent is responsible for that portion represented by the percentage that the fees paid to the Agent pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement (not including expenses) (“Agent’s Fees”), less any portion of Agent’s Fees paid by Stifel to Assisting Brokers, bear to the total proceeds received by the Primary Parties from the sale of the Shares in the Offering, net of all expenses of the Offering, except Agent’s Fees and (ii) the Primary Parties shall be responsible for the balance. If, however, the allocation provided above is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under Section 11 above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable to such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative fault of the Primary Parties on the one hand and the Agent on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions, proceedings or claims in respect thereof), but also the relative benefits received by the Primary Parties on the one hand and the Agent on the other from the Offering, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Primary Parties on the one hand and the Agent on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the Offering, net of all expenses of the Offering except Agent’s Fees, received by the Primary Parties bear, with respect to the Agent, to the total fees (not including expenses) received by the Agent less the portion of such fees paid by the Agent to Assisting Brokers. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Primary Parties on the one hand or the Agent on the other and the parties relative intent, good faith, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Primary Parties and the Agent agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 12 were determined by pro-rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 12. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or action, proceedings or claims in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 12 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action, proceeding or claim. It is expressly agreed that the Agent shall not be liable for any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense or be required to contribute any amount which in the aggregate exceeds the amount paid (excluding reimbursable expenses) to the Agent under this Agreement less the portion of such fees paid by the Agent to Assisting Brokers. It is understood and agreed that the above-stated limitation on the Agent’s liability is essential to the Agent and that the Agent would not have entered into this Agreement if such limitation had not been agreed to by the parties to this Agreement. No person found guilty of any fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution with respect to any loss or liability arising from such misrepresentation from any person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 12, each of Agent’s and the Primary Parties’ officers and directors and each person, if any, who controls the Agent or any of the Primary Parties within the meaning of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Primary Parties and the Agent. Any party entitled to contribution, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit, claim or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party under this Section 12, will notify such party from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party shall not relieve the party from whom contribution may be sought from any other obligation it may have hereunder or otherwise than under this Section 12.
 
 
32

 
 
Section 13.              Survival . All representations, warranties and indemnities contained in this Agreement (and in Paragraph 12 of the Letter Agreement, “Confidentiality”), or all statements contained in certificates of officers of the Primary Parties or the Agent submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Agent or its controlling persons, or by or on behalf of the Primary Parties and shall survive the issuance of the Shares, and any legal representative, successor or assign of the Agent, any of the Primary Parties, and any indemnified person shall be entitled to the benefit of the respective agreements, indemnities, warranties and representations.
 
Section 14.              Termination . The Agent may terminate this Agreement by giving the notice indicated below in this Section at any time after this Agreement becomes effective as follows:
 
 
33

 
 
(a)           In the event (i) the Plan is abandoned or terminated by the Holding Company; (ii) the Holding Company fails to consummate the sale of the minimum number of Shares prior to March 31, 2011 in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or as required by the OTS Regulations and applicable law; (iii) the Agent terminates this relationship because there has been a material adverse change in the financial condition or operations of the Primary Parties considered as one enterprise since the date of the latest financial statements included in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package; or (iv) immediately prior to commencement of the Offering, the Agent terminates this relationship because in its opinion, which shall have been formed in good faith after reasonable determination and consideration of all relevant factors, there has been a failure to satisfactorily disclose all relevant information in the General Disclosure Package or the existence of market conditions which might render the sale of the Shares inadvisable, this Agreement shall terminate and no party to this Agreement shall have any obligation to the other hereunder except as set forth in Sections 3, 4, 9, 11 and 12 hereof.
 
(b)           If any of the conditions specified in Section 10 hereof shall not have been fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement, or by the Closing Date, or waived in writing by the Agent, this Agreement and all of the Agent’s obligations hereunder may be canceled by the Agent by notifying the Bank of such cancellation in writing at any time at or prior to the Closing Date, and any such cancellation shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as otherwise provided in Sections 3, 4, 9, 11 and 12 hereof.
 
(c)           If the Agent elects to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section, the Primary Parties shall be notified by the Agent as provided in Section 15 hereof.
 
(d)           If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, Stifel shall retain the conversion advisory and administrative services fee earned and paid to it pursuant to Section 4(a) and the Primary Parties shall reimburse Stifel for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses pursuant to Section 9.
 
Section 15.              Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Agent shall be directed to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, 237 Park Avenue, 8 th Floor, New York, New York 10017, Attention: Ben A. Plotkin, Executive Vice President, Vice Chairman (with a copy to Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., 3299 K Street, N.W. Suite 100, Washington, DC 20007, Attention: James S. Fleischer, P.C.); notices to the Primary Parties shall be directed to Charter Financial Corporation, 1233 O.G. Skinner Drive, West Point, Georgia 31833, Attention: Robert Johnson, President and Chief Executive Officer (with a copy to Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., 5535 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC 20005, Attention: Eric Luse, Esq.).
 
Section 16.              Parties . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Agent and the Primary Parties, and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 11 and 12 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained.
 
 
34

 
 
Section 17.            Partial Invalidity . In the event that any term, provision or covenant herein or the application thereof to any circumstances or situation shall be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder hereof and the application of said term, provision or covenant to any other circumstance or situation shall not be affected thereby, and each term, provision or covenant herein shall be valid and enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.
 
Section 18.              Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement represents the entire understanding of the Primary Parties and the Agent with respect to the transactions contemplates hereby and supersedes any and all other oral or written agreements heretofore made, except for: (i) Paragraph 12 of the Letter Agreement (“Confidentiality”) and (ii) the Data Processing Information Agent Engagement Terms, dated _________________, 2010 by and among the Primary Parties and Stifel, relating to the Stifel’s providing information agent services in connection with the Offering. No waiver, amendment or other modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
 
Section 19.              Construction and Waiver of Jury Trial . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to its conflicts of laws principles. Any dispute hereunder shall be brought in a court in the State of New York. Each of the Primary Parties and the Agent waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding, claim or counterclaim (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) related to or arising out of this Agreement.
 
 
35

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument along with all counterparts will become a binding agreement between you and us in accordance with its terms.
 
  Very truly yours,  
       
 
CHAERTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
 
       
 
By:
   
    Robert Lee Johnson  
    President and Chief Executive Officer  
       
 
FIRST CHARTER, MHC
 
       
 
By:
   
    Robert Lee Johnson  
    President and Chief Executive Officer  
       
 
CHARTER BANK
 
       
 
By:
   
    Lee Washam  
    President and Chief Executive Officer  
 
The foregoing Agency Agreement is
hereby confirmed and accepted as
of the date first set forth above.
 
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED
   
By:
 
  Robin P. Suskind
  Managing Director
 
 
 

 

EXHIBIT A
 
SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT
 
_________, 2010
 
 
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
One South Street, 15 th Floor
Baltimore, Maryland 21202
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
We understand that you are entering into this Master Selected Dealers Agreement (the “Agreement”) in counterparts with us and other firms who may be invited to participate as dealers in offerings of securities in which you are acting as sole representative of or as one of the representatives of the underwriters comprising the underwriting syndicate. Whether or not we have executed this Agreement, this Agreement shall apply to any offering of securities in which we elect to act as a selected dealer after receipt from you of one or more invitations by telecopy, e-mail, or other written form of communication or telephone call (confirmed immediately in writing) which refers to this Agreement, identifies the issuer, describes the securities to be offered and states the amount of securities proposed to be reserved for purchase by selected dealers. Your invitation also will include instructions for our acceptance of such invitation. At or prior to the time of an offering, you shall also advise us, to the extent applicable, of the expected offering date, the expected closing date and certain other terms of the offering, including without limitation and as applicable, the initial public offering price (or the formula for determining such price), the interest or dividend rate (or the method by which such rate is to be determined), the conversion or exchange price (or the formula for determining such price), the selling concession, the amount of any reallowance, the amount of securities to be allotted to us, and the time at which subscriptions for shares reserved for selected dealers will be opened. Such information may be conveyed by you in one or more written communications or by telephone (confirmed immediately in writing) (such communications, together with the original invitation described above, received by us with respect to the offering are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Invitation”). The terms of such Invitation shall become a part of this Agreement with respect to the offering to which it applies.
 
This Agreement, as amended or supplemented by the Invitation, shall become binding with respect to our participation in an offering of securities described in an Invitation upon our acceptance thereof by telecopy, e-mail, telephone call (confirmed immediately in writing) or other form of communication specified in the Invitation if we do not revoke such acceptance in writing prior to the date and time specified in the Invitation or upon acceptance by us of an allotment of securities (such an acceptance being hereinafter referred to as an “Acceptance”). If we have not previously executed this Agreement, by our Acceptance we shall be deemed to be signatories hereof with respect to the offering to which the Acceptance relates. To the extent that any terms contained in the Invitation are inconsistent with any provisions herein, such terms shall supersede any such provisions.
 
 
A-1

 
 
The issuer of the securities in any offering of securities in which we agree to participate as a selected dealer pursuant to this Agreement, including the issuer of any guarantees relating to such securities, is hereinafter referred to as the “Issuer” and the securities to be purchased in such offering, including any guarantees relating to such securities or any other securities into which such securities are convertible or for which such securities are exercisable or exchangeable and any securities that may be purchased upon exercise of an overallotment option, are hereinafter referred to as the “Securities.” A syndicated offering of securities of the Issuer in connection with the conversion of the Issuer and/or an affiliated entity from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure is hereinafter referred to as a “Stock Offering” and the securities offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to a Stock Offering are hereinafter referred to as the “Offering Stock”. Any underwriters of an offering of Securities in which we agree to participate as a selected dealer pursuant to this Agreement, including the Representatives (as defined below), are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Underwriters” and the parties who agree to participate in such offering as selected dealers are hereinafter referred to as “Selected Dealers”. All references herein to “you” shall mean Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and all references herein to the “Representatives” shall mean you and the other firms, if any, which are named as Representatives in the Invitation.
 
The following provisions of this Agreement shall apply separately to each individual offering of Securities. It is understood that from time to time in connection with offerings of Securities, you or the Representatives shall determine which signatories to this Agreement will be invited to become Selected Dealers for the Securities. This Agreement may be supplemented or amended by you by written notice to us and, except for supplements or amendments set forth in an Invitation relating to a particular offering of Securities, any such supplement or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective with respect to any offering of Securities to which this Agreement applies after this Agreement is so amended or supplemented.
 
1.              Conditions of Offering; Acceptance and Purchase.
 
(a) The offer to Selected Dealers will be made on the basis of a reservation of Securities and an allotment against subscriptions as set forth in the Invitation. Acceptance of any reserved Securities received after the time specified therefor in the Invitation and any application for additional Securities will be subject to rejection in whole or in part. Subscription books may be closed by the Representatives at any time in the Representatives’ discretion without notice and the right is reserved to reject any subscription in whole or in part. By our Acceptance, we agree to purchase as principal, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Invitation, the Offering Document (defined below) and this Agreement, the amount of Securities allotted to us by the Representatives.
 
 
A-2

 
 
(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any Stock Offering (or other offering if so indicated in the Invitation) will be a “best efforts” offering and will not be underwritten. Any Stock Offering will also be contingent and will involve a closing only after receipt of necessary documentation from the Issuer and its affiliates and satisfaction of other closing conditions specified in the agency agreement for the Stock Offering. Any Stock Offering will be designed to comply with applicable rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), including Rules 15c2-4, 10b-9 and 15c6-1 (see NASD Notices to Members 98-4, 87-61 and 84-7). We represent and agree that we shall fully comply with Commission Rules 15c2-4, 10b-9 and 15c6-1 with respect to any Stock Offering, including, but not limited to, promptly depositing funds received from interested investors prior to the satisfaction of all closing conditions contained in the applicable agency agreement for the subject Stock Offering into one or more separate non-interest bearing accounts established at a bank other than the bank affiliated with the Issuer, promptly delivering to the Issuer funds (less fees and commissions payable pursuant to the applicable agency agreement) for Offering Stock sold by us in the Stock Offering if and when all closing conditions are met, and promptly returning funds to the interested investors if the Stock Offering does not close or if the closing occurs but some or all of an interested investor’s funds are not accepted by the Issuer. We also represent that we are aware that those who purchase in a best efforts Stock Offering are subject to the investor purchase limitations described in the Prospectus (as hereinafter defined).
 
2.              Offering Materials .
 
(a)           In the case of an Invitation regarding an offer of Securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), the Representatives will furnish to us, to the extent made available by the Issuer, copies (which may be in electronic form except as required pursuant to rules or regulations under the 1933 Act) of the prospectus or amended or supplemented prospectus, subject to Sections 3(e) and 3(f) below, or any “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act (excluding any documents incorporated by reference therein) to be used in connection with the offering of the Securities in such number as we may reasonably request. The term “Prospectus” means the form of prospectus (including amendments and supplements, and any documents incorporated by reference therein) authorized for use in connection with such offering.
 
(b)           In the case of an Invitation regarding an offer of Securities for which no registration statement has been or will be filed with the Commission, the Representatives will furnish to us, to the extent made available by the Issuer, copies (which may be in electronic form except as required pursuant to rules or regulations under the 1933 Act) of any offering circular or other offering materials to be used in connection with the offering of the Securities and of each amendment or supplement thereto (collectively, the “Offering Circular”). The Prospectus or Offering Circular, as the case may be, relating to an offering of Securities is herein referred to as the “Offering Document.”
 
(c)           We agree that in purchasing Securities we will rely upon no statement whatsoever, written or oral, other than statements in the Offering Document delivered to us by the Representatives. We understand and agree that we are not authorized to give any information or make any representation not contained in the Offering Document in connection with the offering of the Securities.
 
 
A-3

 
 
(d)           We agree to make a record of our distribution of each preliminary or final Offering Document and, if requested by the Representatives, we will furnish a copy of any amendment or supplement to any preliminary or final Offering Document to each person to whom we have furnished a previous preliminary or final Offering Document. Our purchase of Securities registered under the 1933 Act shall constitute our confirmation that we have delivered, and our agreement that we will deliver, all preliminary and final Prospectuses required for compliance with Rule 15c2-8 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”). Our purchase of Securities for which no registration statement has been or will be filed with the Commission shall constitute (i) our confirmation that we have delivered, and our agreement that we will deliver, all preliminary and final Offering Circulars required for compliance with the applicable international, foreign, federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters and (ii) to the extent consistent with such laws, rules and regulations, our confirmation that we have delivered, and our agreement that we will deliver, all preliminary and final Offering Circulars that would be required if Rule 15c2-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act applied to such offering.
 
(e)           We understand that we are not authorized to make any offer of the Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act, except for any such free writing prospectus provided by the Issuer or you expressly for use in connection with the offering of the Securities provided that each such free writing prospectus (i) is correct and not misleading, (ii) is not required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433 (except to the extent required to be filed by the Issuer and, assuming for this purpose, that the Issuer files the free writing prospectus with the Commission within the time required by Rule 433) and (iii) otherwise complies with Rule 433. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to Section 3(f) below, we further understand that we may use any other free writing prospectus relating to the Securities with your prior written consent that meets the following requirements: (A) does not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; (B) does not contain any forward-looking information or any valuation of the Issuer or the Securities, other than such information as may be set forth in any Prospectus; (C) does not contain any “issuer information” as defined in Rule 433, other than any such information as may be set forth in or derived from any Prospectus or free writing prospectus relating to the Securities that has been previously filed by the Issuer with the Commission; (D) complies with the requirements of NASD Rule 2210 (“Communications with Customers and the Public”), including the internal approval requirements and content standards set forth therein; (E) complies with the requirements of Rule 433, including the eligibility and prospectus conditions and the legend and other information requirements, and is not required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433; and (F) has been reviewed by counsel for the Underwriters prior to first use. Our Acceptance will constitute our representation and agreement that any free writing prospectus we use will comply with this paragraph.
 
(f)           We will indemnify, hold harmless and reimburse you, each other Underwriter and each such other person to such extent and on such terms with respect to any free writing prospectus that we use or provide to others to use, provided that our obligation under this sentence shall not be limited to any particular information in such free writing prospectus but shall apply with respect to such free writing prospectus in its entirety (other than any information that is contained in any Prospectus or free writing prospectus filed by the Issuer with the Commission and for which the Issuer has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters under the Underwriting Agreement), from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation and defense, including counsel fees and expenses, which shall be paid as incurred) resulting from any breach of our agreements and representations regarding free writing prospectuses in Section 3(e) above.
 
 
A-4

 
 
3.              Offering of the Securities.
 
(a)           The Representatives will advise each Selected Dealer, in the Invitation or other written communication, of the release by the Representatives of the Securities for public offering and of the public offering price. Upon receipt of such advice, any of the Securities thereafter purchased by us pursuant to this Agreement are to be reoffered by us to the public at the public offering price, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Invitation and the Offering Document. After the public offering of the Securities has commenced, the Representatives may change the public offering price, the selling concession and the reallowance to dealers. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Securities shall not be offered or sold by us below the public offering price before the termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to the offering of such Securities, except that a reallowance from the public offering price not in excess of the amount set forth in the Invitation may be allowed to Qualified Dealers who agree that such amount is to be retained and not re-allowed in whole or in part. “Qualified Dealers” shall be brokers or dealers (as defined in the By-Laws of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”)) actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business which make the representations and agreements contained in Section 12 hereof. “Qualified Dealers” also shall include foreign banks, dealers or institutions which make the representations and agreements contained in Section 12 hereof.
 
(b)           The offering of the Securities is made subject to delivery of the Securities and their acceptance by the Underwriters, prior sale of the Securities, the approval of all legal matters by counsel and any other conditions referred to in the Offering Document and to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Invitation.
 
(c)           The Representatives as such and, with the Representatives’ consent, any Underwriter may buy Securities from, or sell Securities to, any of the Selected Dealers or any of the Underwriters, and any Selected Dealer may buy Securities from, or sell Securities to, any other Selected Dealer or an Underwriter, at the public offering price less all or any part of the concession to Selected Dealers.
 
(d)           If we receive or are credited with the Selected Dealers’ concession as to any Securities purchased by us pursuant to this Agreement, which, prior to the later of (i) the termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to the offering of such Securities and (ii) the covering by the Representatives of any short position created by the Representatives in connection with the offering of such Securities, the Representatives purchase or contract to purchase for the account of any Underwriter or the Representatives (whether such Securities have been sold or loaned by us, or issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities) then we agree to pay the Representatives on demand for the accounts of the several Underwriters an amount equal to the Selected Dealers’ concession and, in addition, the Representatives may charge us with any accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount, dividends, broker’s commission, dealers’ mark-ups and transfer taxes paid in connection with such purchase or contract to purchase. The Representatives may use the securities tracking system of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to identify any such Securities. Securities delivered on such repurchases need not be the identical Securities originally purchased. The Representatives shall not be obligated to pay any Selected Dealers’ concession with respect to any such repurchased Securities as to which we have not yet received or been credited with the Selected Dealers’ concession and we shall remain responsible for any accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount, dividends, broker’s commission, dealers’ mark-ups or transfer taxes paid in connection with such repurchase or agreement to repurchase.
 
 
A-5

 
 
(e)           No expenses shall be charged to Selected Dealers. A single transfer tax upon the sale of the Securities by the respective Underwriters to us will be paid by such Underwriters when such Securities are delivered to us. However, we shall pay any transfer tax on sales of Securities by us and shall pay our proportionate share of any transfer tax or other tax (other than the single transfer tax described above) in the event that any such tax shall from time to time be assessed against us and other Selected Dealers as a group or otherwise.
 
4.              Over-Allotment; Stabilization; Allotments. The Representatives may, with respect to any offering of Securities, be authorized to over-allot, to purchase and sell Securities (and any other securities of the Issuer of the same class and series as the Securities and any other securities of the Issuer which the Representatives may designate) for their long or short account and to stabilize or maintain the market price of the Securities (and any other securities of the Issuer of the same class and series as the Securities and any other securities of the Issuer which the Representatives may designate), or to impose a penalty bid with respect to the Securities. We agree that upon the Representatives’ request at any time and from time to time prior to the termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to an offering of Securities we will report the amount of Securities purchased by us pursuant to such offering then remaining unsold by us and will, upon the Representatives’ request at any such time, sell to the Representatives for the account of one or more Underwriters such amount of such Securities as the Representatives may designate at the public offering price less an amount to be determined by the Representatives not in excess of the Selected Dealers’ concession.
 
5.              Open Market Transactions. Unless the Securities are “exempted securities” as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act, we represent that, at all times since we were invited to participate in the offering of the Securities, we have complied and we will comply with the provisions of Regulation M applicable to such offering, in each case as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. If we have been notified in writing by the Representatives that the Underwriters may conduct passive market making in compliance with Rule 103 of Regulation M in connection with the offering of the Securities, we represent that, at all times since our receipt of such notice, we have complied and we will comply with the provisions of such Rule applicable to such offering, as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. The Representatives may, by notice in the Invitation or otherwise, impose additional trading restrictions on any security.
 
An opening uncovered writing transaction in options to acquire Offering Stock for our account or for the account of a customer shall be deemed, for purposes of this Section 5, to be a sale of Offering Stock which is not unsolicited. The term “opening uncovered writing transaction in options to acquire” as used above means a transaction where the seller intends to become a writer of an option to purchase any Offering Stock which he does not own. An opening uncovered purchase transaction in options to sell Offering Stock for our account or for the account of a customer shall be deemed, for purposes of this paragraph, to be a sale of Offering Stock which is not unsolicited. The term “opening uncovered purchase transaction in options to sell” as used above means a transaction where the purchaser intends to become an owner of an option to sell Offering Stock which he does not own.
 
 
A-6

 
 
Covered Security ” means (a) the Offering Stock, (b) any securities into which the Offering Stock may be converted, exchanged or exercised, (c) any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Offering Stock and (d) any securities which, under the terms of the Offering Stock, may in whole or in significant part determine the value of the Offering Stock.
 
6.              Payment and Delivery. Securities purchased by us pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid for in an amount equal to the public offering price therefor, or, if the Representatives shall so advise us, at such public price less the Selected Dealer’s concession with respect thereto, at or before 9:00 A.M. on the date on which the Underwriters are required to purchase the Securities, by delivery to the Representatives at the offices of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated specified in Section 10 (or at such other time and address as the Representatives may specify upon at least one day’s notice), of immediately available funds payable to the order of you. If payment is made for Securities purchased by us at the public offering price, the Selected Dealers’ concession to which we may be entitled will be paid to us upon termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to the offering of such Securities. The Representatives will give us notice of the date of delivery. If applicable, the Representatives may make delivery through the facilities of DTC or any other depository or similar facility.
 
With respect to any Stock Offering, we represent that none of the persons for whom we are placing orders to purchase Offering Stock: (a) have placed an order through us in excess of the individual maximum purchase limitation established for the Stock Offering; (b) have, together with their associates and persons acting in concert, placed orders through us in excess of the aggregate maximum purchase limitation established for the Stock Offering; (c) have, nor have their associates, placed an order for shares of the Offering Stock through another broker or dealer or in the subscription offering that preceded the Stock Offering; or (d) would, upon completion of the Stock Offering and the exchange of shares of common stock of the bank affiliated with the Issuer for shares of the Offering Stock, own more than the maximum ownership limitation established for the Stock Offering.
 
In order to satisfy regulatory requirements, we will be required to provide the Representatives with the following information prior to the closing of the Stock Offering:
 
--Total number of orders and the U.S. dollar value this represents;
 
--Total number of orders for 10,000 shares or less and the U.S. dollar value this represents;
 
--Total number of orders for more than 10,000 shares and the U.S. dollar value this represents.
 
 
A-7

 
 
7.              Blue Sky and Other Qualifications. It is understood and agreed that the Representatives assume no obligation or responsibility with respect to the right of any Selected Dealer or other person to sell the Securities in any jurisdiction, notwithstanding any information that the Representatives may furnish as to the jurisdictions under the securities laws of which it is believed the Securities may be sold.
 
8.              Termination.
 
(a)           The effectiveness of this Agreement will terminate with respect to each offering of Securities to which this Agreement applies at the close of business on the 45 th day after the commencement of the offering of such Securities unless terminated by the Representatives at any time prior thereto by notice to us and except for provisions hereof that contemplate obligations surviving the termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to an offering of Securities, including without limitation Sections 6 and 9 and all payment and delivery obligations and authority with respect to matters to be determined by the Representatives or by you acting on behalf of other Representatives, all of which shall survive such termination.
 
(b)           This Agreement may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ prior written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any particular offering of Securities, if you receive any such notice from us after our Acceptance for such offering, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as to such offering and shall terminate with respect to such offering and all previous offerings only in accordance with and to the extent provided in subsection (a) of this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing and unless otherwise stated in the Invitation, our Acceptance of an Invitation after termination of this Agreement in accordance with this subsection (b) will cause the terms of this Agreement to apply to the related offering as if this Agreement was not terminated.
 
9.              Role of the Representatives; Role of the Selected Dealers; Legal Responsibility.
 
(a)           The Representatives are acting as representatives of each of the Underwriters in all matters connected with the offering of the Securities and with the Underwriters’ purchase of the Securities. Any action to be taken, authority that may be exercised or determination to be made by the Representatives hereunder may be taken, exercised or made by you on behalf of all Representatives. The obligations of each Underwriter and each Selected Dealer shall be several and not joint.
 
(b)           The Representatives, as such, shall have full authority to take such action as they may deem advisable in all matters pertaining to the offering of the Securities or arising under this Agreement or the Invitation. The Representatives will be under no liability to any Selected Dealer for any act or omission except for obligations expressly assumed by the Representatives herein, and no obligation on the part of the Representatives will be implied or inferred herefrom.
 
(c)           We understand and agree that we are to act as principal in purchasing securities and we are not authorized to act as agent for the Issuer, any selling security holder or any of the Underwriters in offering the Securities to the public or otherwise.
 
 
A-8

 
 
(d)           Nothing herein contained nor in any other written or oral communication shall constitute us an association, or partners, with the other Selected Dealers, the Underwriters or the Representatives, or, except as otherwise provided herein or in the Invitation, render us liable for the obligations of any other Selected Dealers, the Underwriters or the Representatives. If we and the other Selected Dealers, the Underwriters or the Representatives are deemed to constitute a partnership for federal income tax purposes, each Selected Dealer elects to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and agrees not to take any position inconsistent with such election, and the Representatives are authorized, in their discretion, to execute on behalf of each Selected Dealer such evidence of such election as may be required by the Internal Revenue Service.
 
10.            Notices. Any notices from the Representatives to us shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, hand-delivered, telephoned (and confirmed in writing), e-mailed, telegraphed, telexed, telecopied or communicated by CommScan or Dealogic wire to us at the address set forth at the foot of this Agreement, or at such other address as we shall have advised you in writing. Any notice from us to the Representatives shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, hand-delivered, telephoned (and confirmed in writing), e-mailed, telegraphed, telexed, telecopied or communicated by CommScan or Dealogic wire to:
 
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
One South Street, 15 th Floor
Baltimore, Maryland 21202
Attn.: Justin P. Bowman
Telephone: (443) 224-1253
Telecopy:  (443) 224-1273
 
or to such other address, telephone, telecopy or telex as we shall be notified by the Representatives); provided, however, that our Acceptance will be addressed and transmitted in the manner set forth in the Invitation. Communications by telecopy, fax, e-mail, CommScan, Dealogic wire or other written form shall be deemed to be “written” communications.
 
11.              Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland applicable to agreements made and to be performed in that State, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.
 
 
A-9

 
 
12.              Certain Representations and Agreements. We represent that we are (a) a member in good standing of FINRA, or (b) a foreign bank, broker, dealer or institution not eligible for membership in FINRA. If we are such a member of FINRA, we agree that in making sales of Securities we will comply with all applicable interpretative materials and FINRA Rules and NASD Conduct Rules, including, without limitation, NASD Conduct Rules 2740 (relating to Selling Concessions, Discounts and Other Allowances) and FINRA Rule 5130 (relating to New Issues). If we are not a member of FINRA, we agree to comply as though we were a member with NASD Rules 2730, 2740 and 2750 and FINRA Rule 2790. If we are such a foreign bank, broker, dealer or other institution, we agree not to offer or sell any Securities in the United States of America or its territories or possessions or to persons who are nationals thereof or residents therein (except through the Representatives), and in making sales of Securities we agree to comply with Conduct Rule 2420 of the NASD as it applies to a nonmember broker or dealer in a foreign country. We also represent that the incurrence by us of our obligations hereunder in connection with the offering of Securities will not place us in violation of Rule 15c3-1 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act, if such requirements are applicable to us, or the capital requirements of any other regulator to which we are subject. We agree that in selling Securities pursuant to any offering (which agreement shall also be for the benefit of the Issuer or other seller or such Securities) we will comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including the applicable laws, rules and regulations, including the applicable provisions of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act, the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange having jurisdiction over the offering and in the case of an offering referred to in Section 3(b) hereof, the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any applicable regulatory body. Any references herein to the rules or regulations of the NASD shall also include any successor rules or regulations of FINRA.
 
We represent, by our participation in an offering of Securities, that neither us nor any of our directors, officers, partners or “persons associated with” us (as defined in the By-Laws of FINRA) nor, to our knowledge, any “related person” (as defined in the By-Laws of FINRA, which definition includes counsel, financial consultants and advisors, finders, members of the selling or distribution group, and any other persons associated with or related to any of the foregoing) within the last twelve months had any dealings with the Issuer, any selling security holder or any subsidiary or controlling person of any of the foregoing (other than in connection with the syndicate agreements relating to such offering) as to which documents or information are required to be filed with FINRA pursuant to FINRA Rule 5190 or any other applicable rules of FINRA.
 
 
A-10

 
 
We will notify you immediately if any of our representations contained in this Agreement cease to be accurate.
     
Very truly yours,  
   
(Print name of firm)  
 
By:
   
 
Print Name:    
 
Title:    
 
Address:    
     
     
     
     
 
Telephone:    
 
Telecopy:    
 
Telex:    
 
Confirmed as of the date first above written:
 
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED
   
By:
 
Name: T. Richard Kendrick, IV
Title:  Senior Vice President
 
 
A-11

 
 
EXHIBIT B
 
LETTER AGREEMENT
 
[To be inserted]
 
 
B-1

 
 
EXHIBIT C
 
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF PRIMARY PARTIES
 
[TO COME]
 
 
C-1

 
 
EXHIBIT D
 
FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER
 
[To be inserted]
 
 
D-1

Exhibit 2.1
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
1
 
1
 
6
 
7
 
7
 
7
 
7
 
8
 
11
 
14
 
15
 
16
 
16
 
17
 
17
 
17
 
17
 
18
 
18
 
19
 
19
 
19
 
19
 
 
 

 

1.  
  Introduction – Business Purpose
 
In October 2001, CharterBank reorganized (the “Reorganization”) from a federal mutual savings bank into the two-tiered mutual holding company structure and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Charter Financial Corporation, a federal mid-tier holding company (the “Company”).  In the Reorganization, the Company sold 3,964,481 shares of its common stock to the public at $10.00 per share and issued 15,857,924 shares of its common stock to First Charter, MHC, the federal mutual holding company chartered in the Reorganization (the “Mutual Holding Company”).  The Reorganization was approved by the Bank’s depositors and by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
 
In January 2007, the Company repurchased 508,842 shares of its common stock at a price of $52.00 per share through an issuer tender offer. During fiscal years 2009 and 2008, the Company repurchased approximately 218,000 and 585,000 additional shares, respectively, of its common stock.  As of December 31, 2009, the Company had 18,577,356 shares of common stock outstanding, of which the Mutual Holding Company owned 15,857,924 shares, or approximately 85.4% of the outstanding shares.
 
The Board of Directors of the Company has adopted this Plan of Stock Issuance (this “Plan”) pursuant to which the Company proposes to offer additional shares of common stock to qualified depositors, the Bank’s Employee Plans and, to the extent shares remain available, members of the general public, with a preference given to residents of the Bank’s Local Community and then to the Company’s stockholders as of the Stockholder Record Date.
 
The Board of Directors of the Company has determined that this Plan is advisable and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.  This Plan also has been ratified by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company.  In ratifying this Plan, the Mutual Holding Company’s Board of Directors has determined that this Plan is advisable and in the best interest of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank’s depositors.  The Offering pursuant to this Plan will add financial strength to the Company and will provide the Company with additional capital resources to finance growth and acquisitions, including the acquisition of troubled financial institutions with Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assistance.  The Offering also will provide the Bank with additional capital resources to fund new loans, to expand its retail banking franchise, to enhance and develop new products and services, to reduce wholesale funding and to invest in securities.
 
2.  
 
As used in this Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meanings:
 
Account Holder:   Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.
 
Acting in Concert:   Means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.  A Person that acts in concert with another Person (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any Person who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.
 
 
 

 
 
Actual Purchase Price:   The price per share, determined as provided in this Plan, at which the Common Stock is actually sold in the Offering.
 
Affiliate:   Any Person that directly or indirectly through one of more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.
 
Appraised Value Range :  The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Company, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering, and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter.  The maximum and minimum of the Appraised Value Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Appraised Value Range.
 
Associate:   The term “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Mutual Holding Company, the Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company, the Company or the Bank) if the person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization, (ii) any trust or other estate, if the person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Offering and the sale of Subscription Shares following the Offering, a Person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an Associate of such plan, and except that, for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and Directors, the term “Associate” does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, and (iii) any Person who is related by blood or marriage to such Person and (A) who lives in the same home as such Person or (B) who is a Director or Officer of the Mutual Holding Company or the Company, or any of their parents or subsidiaries.
 
Bank:   CharterBank, West Point, Georgia.
 
Common Stock:   Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.
 
Community Offering:   The offering to certain members of the general public by the Company of any shares for which subscriptions have not been accepted in the Subscription Offering.  The Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering, and may be followed by a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering.
 
Company:   Charter Financial Corporation, West Point, Georgia.
 
Control:   (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise as described in 12 C.F.R. Part 574.
 
 
2

 
 
Deposit Account(s):   Any withdrawable account, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW accounts, money market, certificate and passbook accounts.
 
Director:   A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the Company or the Mutual Holding Company, as appropriate in the context.
 
Effective Date:   The date of the consummation of the Offering.
 
Eligibility Record Date: The date for determining depositors that qualify as Eligible Account Holders, which is December 31, 2008.
 
Eligible Account Holder:   Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights.
 
Employee Plans:   Any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Bank or the Company, including any ESOP or 401(k) Plan.
 
Employees:   All Persons who are employed by the Bank, the Company or the Mutual Holding Company.
 
ESOP:   An employee stock ownership plan and related trust established by the Bank or the Company.
 
Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering :  The offering, at the sole discretion of the Company, of shares of Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering and/or Syndicated Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters.  A Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering and/or Syndicated Community Offering.
 
Independent Appraiser : The appraiser retained by the Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Company.
 
Local Community :  The States of Georgia and Alabama.
 
Majority Ownership Interest:   The outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, expressed as a percentage, owned by the Mutual Holding Company.
 
Management Person:   An Officer or Director of the Company, the Bank or the Mutual Holding Company.
 
Marketing Agent:   The broker-dealer responsible for organizing and managing the sale of the Common Stock in the Offering.
 
 
3

 
 
Minority Ownership Interest: The outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, expressed as a percentage, owned by the Minority Stockholders.
 
Minority Stockholder:   Any owner of Common Stock, other than the Mutual Holding Company.
 
Mutual Holding Company:   First Charter, MHC, West Point, Georgia.
 
Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan: Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan that is not a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.
 
Offering:   The offering for sale pursuant to this Plan of Common Stock in a Subscription Offering and, to the extent shares remain available, in a Community Offering, Syndicated Community Offering, or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering.
 
Offering Price Range :  The per share price range of Common Stock established by the Company prior to the commencement of the Offering.
 
Offering Range :  The range in the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offering, which will be established by the Company prior to the commencement of the Offering.
 
Officer:   The president, any vice-president (but not an assistant vice-president, second vice-president, or other vice president having authority similar to an assistant or second vice-president), the secretary, the treasurer, the comptroller, and any other person performing similar functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or unincorporated.  The term Officer also includes the chairman of the Board of Directors if the chairman is authorized by the charter or bylaws of the organization to participate in its operating management or if the chairman in fact participates in such management.
 
Other Member :  Any Person who on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date qualifies as a member of the Mutual Holding Company, other than Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.
 
OTS:   The Office of Thrift Supervision, a department of the United States Department of Treasury, or any successor thereto.
 
Participant:   Any Eligible Account Holder, Employee Plan, Supplemented Eligible Account Holder or Other Member.
 
Person:   An individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust (including Individual Retirement Accounts and KEOGH Accounts), unincorporated organization, government entity or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
 
Plan:   This Stock Issuance Plan.
 
Prospectus:   The one or more documents used in the offering of Common Stock in the Offering.
 
 
4

 
 
Qualifying Deposit:   The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Bank of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50, or (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.  The term “Qualifying Deposit” shall also include (i) the aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts of not less than $50 held by Persons at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date in Neighborhood Community Bank, Newnan, Georgia, (ii) the aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts of not less than $50 held by Persons at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date in McIntosh Commercial Bank, Carrollton, Georgia, and (iii) the aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts of not less than $50 held by Persons at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date in any entity the assets of which are acquired by the Bank prior to the closing of the Offering, which acquisition of assets would result in such Persons having the subscription rights of an Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member under applicable rules of the OTS.
 
Reorganization:   The 2001 reorganization of CharterBank, a mutual savings bank, into the mutual holding company structure.
 
Resident:   The terms “resident” “residence,” “reside,” or “residing” as used herein with respect to any Person shall mean any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Local Community, has a present intent to remain in the Local Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Local Community together with an indication that such presence within the Local Community is something other than merely transitory in nature.  To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters shall be in the Local Community.  To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition.  In the case of all other benefit plans, the circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition.  The Company may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a Person is a resident.  In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Company.  A Participant or Person must be a resident for purposes of determining whether such Person “resided” or is “residing” in the Local Community as such term is used in this Plan.
 
SEC:   The Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Stockholder Record Date:   The date for determining those Minority Stockholders who will be eligible to purchase Common Stock on a second-priority basis in the Community Offering.
 
Subscription Offering:   The offering of Common Stock of the Company to Participants.
 
Supplemental Eligibility Record Date: The record date for determining who qualifies as a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member.  The Supplemental Eligibility Record Date shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding OTS approval of this Plan and the Offering.
 
 
5

 
 
Supplemental Eligible Account Holder:   Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder, a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or an Officer or Director of the Bank, the Company or the Mutual Holding Company.
 
Syndicated Community Offering:   The offering of Common Stock following or contemporaneously with the Community Offering through a syndicate of broker-dealers.
 
Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan:   Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan (including any employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan, or other plan) of the Bank or the Company or any of their affiliates, which, with its related trusts, meets the requirements to be “qualified” under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
3.  
 
The Company is offering additional shares of its Common Stock for sale in the Offering.  All shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering will be issued from authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares of the Company.  The total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company will remain unchanged as a result of the Offering because the Company will cancel a number of shares of Common Stock owned by the Mutual Holding Company equal to the number of shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering.  Pursuant to the terms of this Plan, the Company will offer shares of Common Stock to Eligible Account Holders, the Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan.  Any shares of Common Stock not subscribed for by the foregoing classes of persons may be offered for sale to certain members of the general public, with preference first given to natural persons residing in the Local Community and then to Minority Stockholders as of the Stockholder Record Date.  Any shares of Common Stock not purchased in the Community Offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a Syndicated Community Offering or through a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or through a combination thereof.
 
The Minority Ownership Interest in the Company will increase as a result of the Offering, and the Majority Ownership Interest in the Company will decrease as a result of the Offering.  The increase in the Minority Ownership Interest and the decrease in the Minority Ownership Interest will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company at the time of consummation of the Offering.
 
The Offering will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or other customers of the Bank.  The Bank will continue to be a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System and all its deposits will continue to be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, to the extent provided by applicable law.
 
All shares sold in the Offering will be issued by the Company from authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares of Common Stock.  All Common Stock will be offered for sale in the Offering on a priority basis as set forth in this Plan.
 
 
6

 
 
Prior to consummation of the Offering, the Company will cancel such number of shares of Common Stock owned by the Mutual Holding Company equal to the number of shares sold in the Offering, but in no event in an amount that would reduce the Mutual Holding Company’s ownership interest in the Company to less than 50.1%.
 
4.  
Conditions to Completion of the Offering
 
The Board of Directors of the Company has approved the Offering, and the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company has ratified the Offering, which is further conditioned upon the following:
 
   A.
approval of this Plan by the OTS;
     
   B.
the Company’s Registration Statement being declared effective by the SEC; and
     
   C. 
the sale of the minimum number of shares of Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering.
 
5.  
Timing of the Sale of Capital Stock
 
The Company intends to consummate the Offering as soon as feasible following the receipt of all approvals required by this Plan.
 
6.  
Number of Shares to be Offered
 
The total number of shares of Common Stock that will be offered for sale pursuant to this Plan, including the Offering Range, shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company and the Mutual Holding Company in conjunction with the Marketing Agent, based upon the Appraised Value Range as determined by the Independent Appraiser.  The total number of shares of Common Stock that may be owned by Persons other than the Mutual Holding Company at the close of the Offering must be less than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
7.  
Purchase Price of Shares and Offering Range
 
The Offering Price Range and the Offering Range will be established by the Company and the Mutual Holding Company prior to commencement of the Subscription and Community Offerings. Such ranges shall be determined by the Company and the Mutual Holding Company on the basis of the Appraised Value Range as determined by the Independent Appraiser, relevant market factors and upon the advice of the Marketing Agent.  All shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering, including shares sold in the Syndicated Community Offering and the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, shall be sold at a uniform fixed price per share, referred to herein as the Actual Purchase Price. The Actual Purchase Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company and the Mutual Holding Company based on the Appraised Value Range as determined by the Independent Appraiser, in consultation with the Marketing Agent, immediately prior to the Effective Date.
 
The Common Stock to be issued in the Offering shall be fully paid and nonassessable.
 
 
7

 
 
8.  
Method of Offering Shares and Rights to Purchase Stock
 
In descending order of priority, the opportunity to purchase Common Stock shall be given in the Subscription Offering to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members.  Any shares of Common Stock that are not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in a Community Offering.  The minimum purchase by any Person shall be the lesser of the number of shares obtained by a $500 subscription or 25 shares of Common Stock.  The Company may use its discretion in determining whether prospective purchasers are “Residents,” “Associates,” or “Acting in Concert,” and in interpreting any and all other provisions of this Plan.  All such determinations are in the sole discretion of the Company, and may be based on whatever evidence the Company chooses to use in making any such determination.
 
The priorities for the purchase of shares in the Offering are as follows:
 
    A.
Subscription Offering
 
Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders.   Each Eligible Account Holder shall receive non-transferrable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock offered in the Offering in an amount equal to the greater of $1.5 million, one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total shares offered in the Offering, or 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of Common Stock to be issued in the Offering by a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date and subject to the provisions of Section 9.
 
If there are insufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, shares will be allocated to Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for.  Thereafter, any remaining unallocated shares will be allocated to remaining subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the same proportion that each such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposits bear to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.  If the amounts allocated exceed the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied on the same basis until all available shares have been allocated.
 
Subscription rights to purchase Common Stock received by Officers, Directors and their Associates as Eligible Account Holders, based on their increased deposits in the Bank in the one year preceding the Eligibility Record Date, shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders.  To ensure proper allocation of stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her subscription order form all Deposit Accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest as of the Eligibility Record Date.
 
 
8

 
 
Priority 2:  Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans.   The Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall be given the opportunity to purchase in the aggregate up to 4.9% of the Common Stock to be outstanding at the completion of the Offering, subject to the additional purchase limitations set forth in Section 9. Consistent with applicable laws and regulations and practices and policies, the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may use funds contributed by the Company or the Bank and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution to exercise such subscription rights, and the Company and the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such contributions do not cause the Company or the Bank to fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements.  The Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Company or the Bank.  Alternatively, if permitted by the OTS, the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market.
 
Priority 3:  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.   To the extent there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock offered in the Offering in an amount equal to the greater of $1.5 million, one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total shares offered in the Offering, or 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of Common Stock to be issued in the Offering by a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date and subject to the provisions of Section 9.
 
In the event Supplemental Eligible Account Holders subscribe for a number of shares which, when added to the shares subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, exceed available shares, the available shares of Common Stock will be allocated among subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for.  Thereafter, any remaining unallocated shares will be allocated to remaining subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the same proportion that each such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposits on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date bear to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.  If the amounts so allocated exceed the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied on the same basis until all available shares have been allocated.
 
Priority 4:  Other Members.   To the extent there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each Other Member shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock offered in the Offering in an amount equal to the greater of $1.5 million or one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total shares offered in the Offering, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section  9.
 
 
9

 
 
In the event Other Members subscribe for a number of shares which, when added to the shares subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders, the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, exceed available shares, the available shares of Common Stock will be allocated among subscribing Other Members so as to permit each subscribing Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for.  Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each such Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.
 
    B. 
Community Offering/Public Offering
 
If less than the total number of shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offering are subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, any remaining unsubscribed-for shares may be offered for sale to members of the general public in the Community Offering.  In the Community Offering, any Person may purchase up to $1.5 million of Common Stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations specified in Section 9.  The shares may be made available in the Community Offering through a direct community marketing program that may provide for a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of savings institutions securities.  Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof.
 
In the event orders for Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares will be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons residing in the Local Community, next to cover orders of Minority Stockholders as of the Stockholder Record Date, and thereafter to cover orders of other members of the general public, so that each Person in such category of the Community Offering may receive 1,000 shares.  In the event orders for Common Stock in any of these categories exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated on a pro rata basis within a category based on the amount of the respective orders.  In addition, orders received for Common Stock in the Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all orders are filled.  The Common Stock to be sold in the Community Offering will be distributed in such a manner as to promote a wide distribution of the Common Stock.  The Company also may limit the total number of shares sold in the Community Offering so as to assure that the number of shares available for sale in the Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, if any, shall be at least a specified percentage (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company) of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering.
 
The Company, in its sole discretion, may reject orders, in whole or in part, received from any Person in the Community Offering.
 
 
10

 
 
    C. 
Syndicated Community Offering and Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering
 
If feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering shares of Common Stock not purchased in the Subscription and Community Offerings, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the Common Stock, subject to the right of the Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any subscriptions in the Syndicated Community Offering.  In the Syndicated Community Offering, any Person may purchase up to $1.5 million of Common Stock, subject to the maximum purchase limitations specified in Section 9.  In the Syndicated Community Offering, the Common Stock will be offered for sale at the Offering Price Range, and sold at the Actual Purchase Price.  The Company may begin the Syndicated Community Offering at any time after the commencement of the Subscription Offering or as soon as practicable following the date upon which the Subscription and Community Offerings terminate.  The shares may be made available for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering through one or more underwriters. Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee or commission basis, or a combination thereof.
 
Alternatively, if a Syndicated Community Offering is not held, the Company shall have the right to sell any shares of Common Stock remaining following the Subscription and Community Offerings in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering.  The provisions of Section 9 shall not be applicable to sales to underwriters for purposes of such an offering but shall be applicable to the sales by the underwriters to the public.  In a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, the Common Stock will be offered for sale at the Offering Price Range.  The price to be paid by the underwriters in such an offering shall be equal to the Actual Purchase Price less an underwriting discount to be negotiated among such underwriters and the Company, which will in no event exceed an amount deemed to be acceptable by the OTS.
 
If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering of shares of Common Stock not sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings cannot be effected, or in the event that any insignificant residue of shares of Common Stock is not sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings or in the Syndicated Community or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, other arrangements will be made for the disposition of unsubscribed shares by the Company, if possible.  Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to the approval of the OTS.
 
9.  
Additional Limitations on Purchases of Common Stock
 
Purchases of Common Stock in the Offering will be subject to the following purchase limitations:
 
 1.
The aggregate amount of outstanding Common Stock owned or controlled by persons other than Mutual Holding Company at the close of the Offering shall be less than 50% of the Company’s total outstanding Common Stock.
 
 
11

 
 
 2.
The maximum purchase of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering by a Person, through one or more individual and/or joint Deposit Accounts, is $1.5  million.  The maximum purchase of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering by a group of Persons through a single Deposit Account is $1.5 million. No Person by himself, or with an Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, may purchase more than 5% of the shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering.  The limitations in this paragraph shall not apply to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans.
   
 3.
The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased in all categories of the Offering by any Person (together with purchases by any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert with such Person), when combined with the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any such Person (together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert with such Person), shall not exceed 5% of the shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, except that this ownership limitation shall not apply to the Employee Plans.
   
 4.
At the completion of the Offering, the aggregate amount of Common Stock encompassed by all Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Company shall not exceed 4.9% of (i) the outstanding Common Stock of the Company at the conclusion of the Offering, or (ii) the stockholders’ equity of the Company.
   
 5.
At the completion of the Offering, the aggregate amount of Common Stock encompassed by all Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans and stock recognition and award plans of the Company shall not exceed 4.9% (5.88% with OTS approval if the Bank’s tangible capital is at least ten percent at the time a plan is implemented) of (i) the Company’s outstanding Common Stock, or (ii) the Company’s stockholders’ equity.
   
 6.
The aggregate amount of Common Stock that may be encompassed under all Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans or acquired by all Management Persons and their Associates, exclusive of any Common Stock acquired by any such plans or Persons and their Associates in the secondary market, shall not exceed 25% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock held by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company at the conclusion of the Offering; provided that the limitation contained in this Section 9(6) shall not apply if all stock acquired by Management Persons and their Associates or awarded under all option plans and Recognition Plans in excess of such limitation is acquired in the secondary market and such acquisitions begin no earlier than one year after the completion of the Offering.  In calculating the number of shares held by Management Persons and their Associates under this paragraph, shares held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan that are attributable to such Person shall not be counted.
 
 
12

 
 
 7.
The Board of Directors of the Company, subject to the receipt of any required approvals of the OTS, may decrease or increase any of the purchase limitations set forth in this Plan, provided that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5% of the shares issued in the Offering  except as provided below. If the Company increases the maximum purchase limitations, the Company is only required to resolicit Persons who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount in the Subscription Offering and may, in the sole discretion of the Company, resolicit certain other large subscribers. Such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for Company Common Stock exceeding 5% of the shares of Company Common Stock issued in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares of Company Common Stock issued in the Offering.
   
 8.
For purposes of this Section 9, (i) Directors, Officers and Employees of the Bank, the Company and the Mutual Holding Company or any of their subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their capacities as such, (ii) shares purchased by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be attributable to the individual trustees or beneficiaries of any such plan for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth in this Section 9, and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the Bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, shall be aggregated and included in that individual’s purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.
   
 9.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, no Person shall be entitled to purchase any Common Stock to the extent such purchase would be illegal under any federal law or state law or regulation or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding.  The Company and/or its agents may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of such purchase and may refuse to honor any purchase order if such opinion is not timely furnished.
   
 10.
The Board of Directors of the Company has the right in its sole discretion to reject any order submitted by a Person whose representations the Board of Directors believes to be false or who it otherwise believes, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of this Plan.
   
 11.
The Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which persons entitled to subscribe for Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside.  However, the Company and the Bank are not required to offer Common Stock to any Person who resides in a foreign country.
   
 12.
A minimum of 25 shares of Common Stock must be purchased by each Person purchasing shares in the Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however, that in the event the minimum number of shares of Common Stock purchased times the price per share exceeds $500, then such minimum  purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board of Directors.
 
 
13

 
 
Prior to the consummation of the Offering, no Person shall offer to transfer, or enter into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of any subscription rights or shares of Common Stock, except pursuant to this Plan.
 
EACH PERSON PURCHASING COMMON STOCK IN THE STOCK OFFERING WILL BE DEEMED TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH PURCHASE DOES NOT CONFLICT WITH THE PURCHASE LIMITATIONS IN THIS PLAN.  ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING WHETHER ANY PERSONS ARE ASSOCIATES OR A GROUP ACTING IN CONCERT OR WHETHER ANY PURCHASE CONFLICTS WITH THE PURCHASE LIMITATIONS IN THIS PLAN OR OTHERWISE VIOLATES ANY PROVISION OF THIS PLAN SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE COMPANY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. SUCH DETERMINATION SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE, FINAL AND BINDING ON ALL PERSONS AND THE COMPANY MAY TAKE ANY REMEDIAL ACTION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION REJECTING THE PURCHASE OR REFERRING THE MATTER TO THE OTS FOR ACTION, AS IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION THE BANK MAY DEEM APPROPRIATE.
 
10.  
Payment for Common Stock
 
All payments for Common Stock subscribed for or ordered in the Offering must be delivered in full to the Company, together with a properly completed and executed order form, or purchase order in the case of the Syndicated Community Offering, on or prior to the expiration date specified on the order form or purchase order, as the case may be, unless such date is extended; provided, that if Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans subscribe for shares during the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for shares of Common Stock at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares at the Actual Purchase Price upon consummation of the Offering; provided that, in the case of the ESOP, there is in force from the time of its subscription until the consummation of the Offering, a loan commitment to lend to the ESOP, at such time, the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of the shares for which it subscribed.  The Company or the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions to a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan provided such contributions from the Bank, if any, do not cause the Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirements.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit contractually irrevocable orders in the Community Offering and to thereafter submit payment for the Common Stock for which they are purchasing in the Community Offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the consummation of the Offering, unless such 48 hour period is waived by the Company in its sole discretion.
 
 
14

 
 
Payment for Common Stock shall be made either by check or money order, or if a purchaser has a Deposit Account in the Bank, such purchaser may pay for the shares of Common Stock by authorizing the Bank to make a withdrawal from designated accounts at the Bank in an amount equal to the purchase price of such shares.  Such authorized withdrawal shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal.  If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirements, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate.  Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the purchaser’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the purchaser until the Common Stock has been sold or the 45-day period (or such longer period as may be approved by the OTS) following the Offering has expired, whichever occurs first.  Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Actual Purchase Price per share.  Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect.  Interest will be paid by the Bank at a rate, not less than the Bank’s passbook rate, established by the Bank on payment for Common Stock received in money order or by check.  Such interest will be paid from the date payment is received by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Offering.  If for any reason the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Offering will be refunded to them with interest.  In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal.
 
11.  
Manner of Exercising Subscription Rights Through Stock Order Forms
 
Except as otherwise set forth herein, after the Prospectus prepared by the Company has been declared effective by the SEC, copies of the Prospectus and order forms will be distributed to all depositors with subscription rights at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank, and may be made available for use by persons permitted to purchase in the Community Offering.  A Prospectus need not be provided to depositors to whom the Company mailed materials permitting such depositor to return to the Company by a reasonable date certain a postage paid card or other written communication requesting receipt of the Prospectus if such depositor did not return such postage paid card or otherwise request a copy of the Prospectus by the required date.
 
Each order form will be preceded or accompanied by the Prospectus describing the Company, the Bank, the Common Stock and the Subscription and Community Offerings.  Each order form will contain, among other things, the following:
 
   A.
A specified date by which all order forms must be received by the Company, which date shall be not less than 20, nor more than 45 days, following the date on which the order forms are initially mailed to depositors by the Company, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering;
     
   B.
The number of shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings;
     
   C. 
A description of the minimum and maximum price per share of shares of Common Stock that may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of Subscription Rights or otherwise purchased in the Community Offering;
     
   D.
Instructions as to how the recipient of the order form is to indicate thereon the number of shares of Common Stock for which such Person elects to subscribe or purchase and the available alternative methods of payment therefor, including whether the Person wishes to purchase additional shares of Common Stock if the Actual Purchase Price is below the maximum price of the Offering Price Range;
 
 
15

 
 
   E.
An acknowledgment that the recipient of the order form has received a final copy of the Prospectus prior to execution of the order form;
     
   F.
A statement indicating the consequences of failing to properly complete and return the order form, including a statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Company within the subscription period such properly completed and executed order form, together with check or money order in the full amount of the aggregate purchase price as specified in the order form for the shares of Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the order form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account at the Bank); and
     
    G.
A statement to the effect that the executed order form, once received by the Bank, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber or purchaser without the consent of the Bank.
 
Notwithstanding the above, the Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimiled order forms.
 
12.  
Undelivered , Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment
 
In the event order forms (a) are not delivered and are returned to the Company by the United States Postal Service or the Company is unable to locate the addressee, (b) are not received back by the Company or are received by the Company after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Common Stock subscribed for or purchased (including cases in which Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Person to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the order form within the time period specified thereon; provided, that the Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any order form or require the submission of corrected order forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed or purchased shares by such date as the Company may specify.  The interpretation by the Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the order forms will be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.
 
13.  
Residents of Foreign Countries and Certain States
 
The Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all States in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside.  However, no such Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides in a foreign country, or in a State of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (A) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (B) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Common Stock to such Persons would require the Company under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; and (C) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.
 
 
16

 
 
14.  
Completion of the Offering
 
The Offering will be terminated if not completed within 90 days from the date of approval by the OTS, unless an extension is approved by the OTS.
 
15.  
Restrictions on Resale or Subsequent Disposition
 
   A. All shares of Common Stock purchased by Directors or Officers (and their Associates) in the Offering shall be subject to the restriction that, except as provided in this Section or as may be approved by the OTS, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year following the date of purchase in the Offering.
       
   B. The restriction on disposition of Common Stock set forth above in this Section shall not apply to the following:
       
    1. 
Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or acquisition involving the Bank or the Company, as the case may be, that has been approved by the OTS; and
       
    2. 
Any disposition of such shares following the death of the Person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of this Plan.
 
16.  
Stock Certificates
 
Each stock certificate shall bear a legend giving appropriate notice of the restrictions set forth in the preceding sections.  Appropriate instructions shall be issued to the Company’s transfer agent with respect to applicable restrictions on transfers of such stock.  Any shares of stock issued as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to such restricted stock, shall be subject to the same restrictions as apply to the restricted stock.
 
17.  
Restriction on Financing Stock Purchases
 
The Company will not knowingly offer or sell any of the Common Stock proposed to be issued to any Person whose purchase would be financed by funds loaned to the Person by the Company, the Bank or any of their Affiliates.
 
 
17

 
 
18.  
Requirements for Stock Purchases by Directors and Officers Following the Offering
 
For a period of three years following the Offering, no Officer, Director or their Associates shall purchase, without the prior written approval of the OTS, any outstanding shares of Common Stock except from a broker–dealer registered with the SEC.  This provision shall not apply to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the exercise of any options pursuant to a stock option plan or purchases of Common Stock made by or held by any Tax–Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax–Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Bank or the Company (including the Employee Plans) that may be attributable to any Officer or Director.  As used herein, the term “negotiated transaction” means a transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the seller or any Person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his investment representative.  The term “investment representative” shall mean a professional investment advisor acting as agent for the purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in connection with the transaction.
 
19.  
Stock Benefit Plans
 
The Board of Directors of the Bank and/or the Company intend to either (i) adopt one or more stock benefit plans for their Employees, Officers and Directors, including stock award plans and stock option plans, that will be authorized to purchase and award Common Stock and grant options for Common Stock, or (ii) authorize existing plans to purchase and award additional shares of Common Stock and grant additional options for Common Stock.  However, only the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans will be permitted to purchase Common Stock in the Offering, subject to the purchase priorities and limitations set forth in this Plan.  The Bank or the Company may make scheduled discretionary contributions to one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans to purchase Common Stock issued in the Offering or to purchase issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock or authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock subsequent to the completion of the Offering, provided such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to meet any of its regulatory capital requirements.  This Plan specifically authorizes the grant and issuance by the Company of awards of Common Stock after the Offering pursuant to one or more stock recognition and award plans (the “Recognition Plans”) and option plans, provided that such plans conform to any applicable regulations. If such plans are adopted within 12 months following the completion of the Offering, then: (i) the stock option plan may reserve a number of shares such that all option plans do not encompass, in the aggregate, more than 4.9% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock, or the Company’s stockholders’ equity, at the completion of the Offering; and (ii) the Recognition Plans may reserve a number of shares such that (A) all employee stock ownership plans and Recognition Plans do not encompass, in the aggregate, more than 4.9% (5.88% with OTS approval if the Bank’s tangible capital is at least ten percent at the time a plan is implemented) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock or the Company’s stockholders’ equity, at the completion of the Offering, and (B) all Recognition Plans do not encompass, in the aggregate, more than 1.47% (1.96% with OTS approval if the Bank’s tangible capital is at least ten percent at the time a plan is implemented) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock or the Company’s stockholders’ equity, at the completion of the Offering.  The restrictions in the preceding sentence may be exceeded if and to the extent all shares awarded in connection with a plan or plan expansion are acquired in the secondary market beginning no earlier than one year after the completion of the Offering. In addition, the aggregate amount of Common Stock encompassed under all option plans and Recognition Plans must not exceed 25% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company held by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company.  Shares awarded to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans or pursuant to the Recognition Plans, and shares issued upon exercise of options may be authorized but unissued shares of the Company’s Common Stock, or shares of Common Stock purchased by the Company or such plans on the open market.  Any new Recognition Plans and new stock option plans will be subject to stockholder approval.
 
 
18

 
 
20.  
Post-Reorganization Filing and Market Making
 
The Common Stock will be registered with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Company shall undertake not to deregister such Common Stock for a period of three years after the Offering.
 
21.  
Payment of Dividends and Repurchase of Stock
 
The Company may not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its Common Stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital or the regulatory capital of the Bank to be reduced below the amount required under applicable rules and regulations.  Otherwise, the Company may declare dividends or make other capital distributions in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.  Following completion of the Offering, the Company may repurchase its Common Stock from time to time as permitted by the OTS.
 
22.  
 
All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.
 
23.  
Amendment or Termination of this Plan
 
If necessary or desirable, the terms of this Plan may be amended by a majority vote of the Company’s Board of Directors as a result of comments from regulatory authorities or otherwise at any time prior to the approval of this Plan by the OTS and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the OTS.  This Plan may be terminated by a majority vote of the Board of Directors at any time prior to the approval of this Plan by the OTS, and may be terminated by a majority vote of the Board of Directors at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the OTS.
 
Dated:    April 20, 2010, as amended on June 7, 2010
 
 
19


Exhibit 2.2
 
 
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
 
WHOLE BANK
 
ALL DEPOSITS
 
AMONG
 
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK,
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
 
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
 
and
 
CHARTERBANK
 
DATED AS OF
 
JUNE 26, 2009
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   
 
 
 

 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
  ARTICLE I    
2
             
  ARTICLE II    
8
             
       
8
       
10
       
10
       
10
             
  ARTICLE III    
11
             
       
11
       
11
       
12
       
12
       
13
       
15
             
  ARTICLE IV    
16
             
       
16
       
16
       
16
       
16
       
17
       
17
       
20
       
21
       
21
       
21
       
22
       
22
       
23
       
23
       
23

     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
ii
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 

  ARTICLE V    
23
             
       
23
       
24
       
24
             
  ARTICLE VI    
24
             
       
24
       
25
       
25
       
25
             
  ARTICLE VII    
26
             
  ARTICLE VIII    
26
             
       
26
       
27
       
27
       
27
       
27
             
  ARTICLE IX    
27
             
       
27
       
28
       
28
       
28
       
29
       
29
       
30
             
  ARTICLE X    
30
             
  ARTICLE XI    
30
             
  ARTICLE XII    
31
             
       
31
       
34
       
35
       
35
       
35

Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
iii
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
       
36
       
36
       
36
             
  ARTICLE XIII    
36
             
       
36
       
36
       
36
       
36
       
37
       
37
       
37
       
38
       
38
       
38
       
38
       
38
       
39
             
  SCHEDULES        
             
       
41
       
42
       
43
       
44
       
46
       
47
       
48
       
49
             
  EXHIBITS        
             
       
51
       
53
       
55
       
88
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
iv
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
 
WHOLE BANK
 
ALL DEPOSITS
 
           THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 26 th day of June, 2009, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER OF NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK, NEWNAN, GEORGIA (the “Receiver”), CHARTERBANK , organized under the laws of the United States of America, and having its principal place of business in West Point, Georgia (the “Assuming Bank”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “Corporation”).
 
WITNESSETH:
 
           WHEREAS , on Bank Closing, the Chartering Authority closed Neighborhood Community Bank (the “Failed Bank”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof; and
 
           WHEREAS , the Assuming Bank desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposit and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and
 
           WHEREAS , pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Bank to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII; and
 
           WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Bank on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and
 
           WHEREAS , the Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank.
 
           NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
1
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
A RTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
 
          Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Article I, or elsewhere in this Agreement. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.
 
                     Accounting Records means the general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and supporting schedules which support the general ledger balances.
 
                     Acquired Subsidiaries means Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.
 
                     Adversely Classified means, with respect to any Loan or security, a Loan or security which, as of the date of the most recent pertinent data made available to the Assuming Bank as part of the Information Package, has been designated in the most recent report of examination as “Substandard,” “Doubtful” or “Loss” by the Failed Bank’s appropriate Federal or State Chartering Authority or regulator.
 
                     Affiliate of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in Section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. Section 1841.
 
                     Agreement means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Bank, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
                     Assets means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition.
 
                     Assumed Deposits means Deposits.
 
                     Bank Closing means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.
 
                     Bank Premises means the banking houses, drive-in banking facilities, and teller facilities (staffed or automated) together with appurtenant parking, storage and service facilities and structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, and land on which the foregoing are located, that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that are occupied by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
2
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
                     Book Value means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of Bank Closing after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits, and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of a Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Bank shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of Bank Closing, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of Bank Closing, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income or fees, or general or specific reserves on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.
 
                     Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.
 
                     Chartering Authority means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(c), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 1821(c)(9).
 
                     Commitment means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.
 
                     Credit Documents mean the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
3
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
                     Credit File means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral, or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any thereof.
 
                     Data Processing Lease means any lease or licensing agreement, binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, the subject of which is data processing equipment or computer hardware or software used in connection with data processing activities. A lease or licensing agreement for computer software used in connection with data processing activities shall constitute a Data Processing Lease regardless of whether such lease or licensing agreement also covers data processing equipment.
 
                     Deposit means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(l), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided , that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of Bank Closing.
 
                     Equity Adjustment means the dollar amount resulting by subtracting the Book Value, as of Bank Closing, of all Liabilities Assumed under this Agreement by the Assuming Bank from the Book Value, as of Bank Closing, of all Assets acquired under this Agreement by the Assuming Bank, which may be a positive or a negative number.
 
                     Failed Bank Advances means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance, and (iii) pay credit life insurance, accident and health insurance, and vendor’s single interest insurance.
 
                     Fair Market Value means (i)(a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:
   
 
(1) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;
 
(2) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;
 
(3) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
 
(4) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
4
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
(5) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;
 
as determined as of Bank Closing by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Bank from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank, and (b) which, with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after Bank Closing by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank within seven (7) days after Bank Closing; or (ii) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefore as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Bank, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (i)(a) above.
 
                     First Loss Tranche means the dollar amount of liability that the Assuming Bank will incur prior to the commencement of loss sharing, which is the sum of (i) the Assuming Bank’s asset premium (discount) bid, as reflected on the Assuming Bank’s bid form, plus (ii) the Assuming Bank’s Deposit premium bid, as reflected on the Assuming Bank’s bid form, plus (iii) the Equity Adjustment. The First Loss Tranche may be a positive or negative number.
 
                     Fixtures means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of Bank Closing.
 
                     Furniture and Equipment means the furniture and equipment, other than motor vehicles, leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery (including personal computers), shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance and security systems. Motor vehicles shall be considered other assets and pass at Book Value.
 
                     Indemnitees means, except as provided in paragraph (k) of Section 12.1, (i) the Assuming Bank, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Bank other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Bank, and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Bank and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.
 
                     Information Package means the most recent compilation of financial and other data with respect to the Failed Bank, including any amendments or supplements thereto, provided to the Assuming Bank by the Corporation on the web site used by the Corporation to market the Failed Bank to potential acquirers.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
5
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
                     Legal Balance means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.
 
                     Liabilities Assumed has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.
 
                     Lien means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest, or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.
 
                     Loans means all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing:
 
                    (i)          loans (including loans which have been charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in whole or in part prior to the date of the most recent pertinent data made available to the Assuming Bank as part of the Information Package), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans, and lease financing contracts;
 
                    (ii)          all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above; and
 
                    (iii)         all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings, and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.
 
                     Obligor means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly, or severally.
 
                     Other Real Estate means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures) and loans on “in substance foreclosure” status as of Bank Closing as recorded on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank, including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
6
 

 
 

 
 
                     Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.
 
                     Primary Indemnitor means any Person (other than the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.
 
                     Proforma means producing a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed bank through the date of closing. The Proforma financial statements serve as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Bank and the Receiver.
 
                     Put Date has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.
 
                     Put Notice has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.
 
                     Qualified Financial Contract means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(e)(8)(D).
 
                     Record means any document, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at Bank Closing.
 
                     Related Liability with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset, and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.
 
                     Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Bank, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such assets. Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such assets stated on the Accounting Records of the entity that owns such asset.
 
                     Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Loan the Book Value, adjusted to reflect changes to Book Value after Bank Closing, plus (ii) any advances and interest on such Loan after Bank Closing, minus (iii) the total of amounts received by the Assuming Bank for such Loan, regardless of how applied, after Bank Closing, plus (iv) advances made by Assuming Bank, plus (v) total disbursements of principal made by Receiver that are not included in the Book Value.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
7
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
                     Safe Deposit Boxes means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.
 
                     Settlement Date means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after Bank Closing, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.
 
                     Settlement Interest Rate means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills in effect as of Bank Closing as published in The Wall Street Journal ; provided , that if no such equivalent coupon issue yield is available as of Bank Closing, the equivalent coupon issue yield for such Treasury Bills most recently published in The Wall Street Journal prior to Bank Closing shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published in The Wall Street Journal .
 
                     Subsidiary has the meaning set forth in Section 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(w)(4), as amended.
 
A RTICLE II
ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
 
           2 .1      Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Bank . The Assuming Bank expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform, and discharge all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “Liabilities Assumed”):
 
 
(a)          Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a); provided , that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Bank agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such of the Assets as appropriate which, prior to Bank Closing, were pledged as security therefor by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Bank, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
8
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 

 
(b)          liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
   
 
(c)          borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations, and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, if any;
   
 
(d)          ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided , that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;
   
 
(e)          liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including Bank Closing); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
   
 
(f)          United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;
   
 
(g)          liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit (other than “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. Section 337.2(a)); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
   
 
(h)          duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s credit card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business or trust business, if any;
   
 
(i)           liabilities, if any, for Commitments;
   
 
(j)          liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired under Section 3.1;
   
 
(k)          liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
9
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 

 
(l)          duties and obligations under any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others, or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others; and
   
 
(m)         all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a loss share agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.
 
Schedule 2.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Liabilities Assumed and the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed in such categories. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII.
 
           2 .2       Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Bank agrees that, from and after Bank Closing, it will accrue and pay interest on Deposit liabilities assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided , that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Bank to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Bank shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Bank elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided , that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Bank shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.
 
           2 .3       Unclaimed Deposits . If, within eighteen (18) months after Bank Closing, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Deposit assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18)-month period, (i) refund to the Corporation the full amount of each such Deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Corporation a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Corporation, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the Receiver all right, title and interest of the Assuming Bank in and to Records previously transferred to the Assuming Bank and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Bank pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18)-month period, at the request of the Corporation, the Assuming Bank promptly shall provide to the Corporation schedules of unclaimed deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Corporation.
 
           2 .4       Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Bank shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401K or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Bank agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
10
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
A RTICLE III
PURCHASE OF ASSETS
 
           3.1            Assets Purchased by Assuming Bank . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6, the Assuming Bank hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys, and delivers to the Assuming Bank, all right, title, and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships, and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing. Schedules 3.1 and 3.1a attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Assets purchased hereunder. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Bank subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1. Notwithstanding Section 4.8, the Assuming Bank specifically purchases all mortgage servicing rights and obligations of the Failed Bank.
 
           3.2            Asset Purchase Price .
 
         (a)          All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Bank shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2, except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank prior to the date of the most recent pertinent data made available to the Assuming Bank as part of the Information Package shall be purchased at a price of zero.
 
         (b)          The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Bank shall be the market value thereof as of Bank Closing, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on Bank Closing as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii) provided , that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Bank will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole discretion will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii) further provided in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Bank, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Bank and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
11
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
         (c)          Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c). Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Bank.
 
           3.3            Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc . THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING BANK UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS,” “WHERE IS,” WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, ENFORCEABILITY, COLLECTIBILITY, DOCUMENTATION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.
 
           3.4           Puts of Assets to the Receiver .
 
          (a)           Puts Prior to the Settlement Date .
 
         (i) During the period from Bank Closing to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Bank can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of Bank Closing; provided , that , the Assuming Bank shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Bank has taken any action referred to in Section 3.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset.
 
         (ii) At the end of the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and at that time only, in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Bank pursuant to 3.1 which both was made after the “as of” the date of the most recent pertinent data made available to the Assuming Bank as part of the Information Package and was not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.
 
The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
 
          (b)           Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Bank elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “Put Notice”) which shall include:
 
 
(i)
a list of all Assets that the Assuming Bank requires the Receiver to purchase;
     
 
(ii)
a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
12
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
(iii)
a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.
 
Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and records.
 
          (c)           Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “Put Date”).
 
          (d)           Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Bank or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(d) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.
 
          (e)           Servicing . The Assuming Bank shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.
 
          (f)           Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Bank shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.
 
           3 .5            Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Bank . The Assuming Bank does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:
 
          (a)         any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, or extended coverage insurance policy or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
13
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
          (b)          any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to Bank Closing arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided , that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before Bank Closing, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of Bank Closing;
 
          (c)          prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;
 
          (d)          legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;
 
          (e)          amounts reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;
 
          (f)          leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided , that the Assuming Bank does obtain an option under Section 4.6, Section 4.7 or Section 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;
 
          (g)          owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;
 
          (h)          any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section 304.4, and other intangibles;
 
          (i)           any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;
 
          (j)           reserved;
 
          (k)          assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6; and
 
          (l)           all private label asset-backed securities, including, but not limited to, those listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(l).
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
14
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
           3 .6            Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .
 
          (a)         The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Bank, or the Assuming Bank agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Bank, to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver all of the Assuming Bank’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:
     
 
(i)
made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;
     
 
(ii)
the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;
     
 
(iii)
made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;
     
 
(iv)
secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or
     
 
(v)
related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Bank under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Bank under Article II.
 
          (b)         Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Bank agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Asset or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
15
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
A RTICLE IV
ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
 
          The Assuming Bank agrees with the Receiver and the Corporation as follows:
 
           4 .1            Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing the first banking business day after Bank Closing and ending no earlier than the first anniversary of Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank agrees to provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Bank may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Bank has received all necessary regulatory approvals. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver.
 
           4 .2            Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business . The Assuming Bank agrees to honor and perform, from and after Bank Closing, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all outstanding extensions of credit with respect thereto.
 
           4 .3            Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Bank assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after Bank Closing, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefore paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided , that the Assuming Bank may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Bank located in the trade area of the Failed Bank. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. Fees related to the safe deposit business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Bank.
 
           4 .4            Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of Bank Closing. The Assuming Bank assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after Bank Closing, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Bank shall be entitled to all rights and benefits heretofore accrued or hereafter accruing with respect thereto. The Assuming Bank shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Bank in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. Fees related to the safekeeping business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Bank.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
16
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
          4 .5           Agreement with Respect to Trust Business .
 
         (a)          The Assuming Bank shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Bank had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing; provided , that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.
 
         (b)          The Assuming Bank shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.
 
         (c)          In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Bank agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Bank in accomplishing such transfer.
 
         (d)          The Assuming Bank shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing.
 
          4 .6           Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises .
 
          (a)           Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Bank shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of Bank Closing and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date.
 
          (b)           Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Bank any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Bank from Bank Closing to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided , that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. If an assignment cannot be made of any such leases, the Receiver may, in its discretion, enter into subleases with the Assuming Bank containing the same terms and conditions provided under such existing leases for such leased Bank Premises or other property. The Assuming Bank shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Bank agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
17
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
          (c)           Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Bank; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Bank or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
 
          (d)           Occupancy . The Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Bank has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Bank’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.
 
          (e)           Occupancy Costs .
 
                       (i)          The Assuming Bank agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Bank elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Bank assumes liability) by the Assuming Bank with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
 
                       (ii)         The Assuming Bank agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Bank purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Bank with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
18
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
          (f)            Certain Requirements as to Furniture, Equipment and Fixtures . If the Assuming Bank purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Bank does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following Bank Closing obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or (b), the Assuming Bank shall (i) effective as of the date of Bank Closing, purchase from the Receiver all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of Bank Closing, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided , that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures or repudiated the leases specified in clause (ii) or (iii).
 
          (g)           Vacating Premises .
 
                       (i)          If the Assuming Bank elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Bank’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Bank’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Bank promptly shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Bank shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.
 
                       (ii)         If the Assuming Bank elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Bank’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than the date which is one hundred eighty (180) days after Bank Closing. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Bank shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the one hundred eighty (180)-day period specified above in this paragraph (ii), the Assuming Bank shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
19
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
          (h)           Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment or any telecommunications, data processing equipment (including hardware and software) and check processing and similar operating equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased Bank Premises that the Assuming Bank elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided , that , the Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after Bank Closing for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.
 
          4 .7           Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment
 
         (a)          The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Bank an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of any or all Data Processing Leases to the extent that such Data Processing Leases can be assigned.
 
         (b)          The Assuming Bank shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of any or all Data Processing Leases and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Data Processing Leases, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Data Processing Leases.
 
         (c)          The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Data Processing Leases or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Bank; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation or make payments to the Assuming Bank or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation.
 
         (d)          The Assuming Bank agrees, during its period of use of any property subject to a Data Processing Lease, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of the applicable Data Processing Leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments.
 
         (e)          The Assuming Bank shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver all property subject to the relevant Data Processing Lease, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease thereof or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
20
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
           4 .8           Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements .
 
         (a)          Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of Bank Closing which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Bank agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after Bank Closing and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Bank has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided , that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Assuming Bank all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Bank assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Bank elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Bank agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.
 
         (b)          The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Bank’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5, and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Bank does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).
 
           4 .9            Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Bank agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to Bank Closing, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Bank, as may be required by the Receiver.
 
           4 .10         Insurance . The Assuming Bank agrees to obtain insurance coverage effective from and after Bank Closing, including public liability, fire and extended coverage insurance acceptable to the Receiver with respect to owned or leased Bank Premises that it occupies, and all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and leased data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located thereon, in the event such insurance coverage is not already in force and effect with respect to the Assuming Bank as the insured as of Bank Closing. All such insurance shall, where appropriate (as determined by the Receiver), name the Receiver as an additional insured.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
21
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
           4 .11           Office Space for Receiver and Corporation . For the period commencing on the day following Bank Closing and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day thereafter, the Assuming Bank agrees to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive) and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Bank for their use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank. In the event the Receiver and the Corporation determine that the space provided is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Bank. Additionally, the Assuming Bank agrees to pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and Corporation as the Receiver or Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of Bank Closing and ending on Settlement Date. Assuming Bank shall submit it requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.
 
           4 .12           Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .
 
         (a)           The Assuming Bank agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to Bank Closing, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“Eligible Individuals”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank as defined in Section 607 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (respectively, “qualified beneficiaries” and “ERISA”). The Assuming Bank shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in Section 603 of ERISA) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Bank in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Bank such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
22
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
         (b)           The Assuming Bank shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Bank (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Bank under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Bank and such employees’ qualified beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Bank.
 
         (c)           This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Bank any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section.
 
           4 .13           Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after Bank Closing, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Bank, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to Bank Closing. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank agrees to service, administer, and collect such pool assets in accordance with and for the term set forth in Exhibit 4.13 “Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement”.
 
           4 .14           Reserved.
 
           4 .15           Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing . The Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for loss sharing on certain loans in accordance with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and the Non-SF Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B, collectively, the “Shared-Loss Agreements.” The Loans that shall be subject to the Shared-Loss Agreements are identified on the Schedule of Loans 4.15A and 4.15B attached hereto.
 
A RTICLE V
DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
 
           5 .1             Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Bank agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts and withdrawal orders of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Bank, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
23
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
           5 .2           Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Subject to Section 2.2, the Assuming Bank agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement.
 
           5 .3           Notice to Depositors .
 
         (a)          Within seven (7) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank shall give (i) notice to depositors of the Failed Bank of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) any notice required under Section 2.2, by mailing to each such depositor a notice with respect to such assumption and by advertising in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located. The Assuming Bank agrees that it will obtain prior approval of all such notices and advertisements from counsel for the Receiver and that such notices and advertisements shall not be mailed or published until such approval is received.
 
         (b)          The Assuming Bank shall give notice by mail to depositors of the Failed Bank concerning the procedures to claim their deposits, which notice shall be provided to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver or the Corporation. Such notice shall be included with the notice to depositors to be mailed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 5.3(a).
 
         (c)          If the Assuming Bank proposes to charge fees different from those charged by the Failed Bank before it establishes new deposit account relationships with the depositors of the Failed Bank, the Assuming Bank shall give notice by mail of such changed fees to such depositors.
 
A RTICLE VI
RECORDS
 
           6 .1           Transfer of Records .
 
         (a)          In accordance with Section 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Bank the following Records pertaining to the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank under this Agreement, except as provided in Section 6.4:
     
 
(i)
signature cards, orders, contracts between the Failed Bank and its depositors and Records of similar character;
     
 
(ii)
passbooks of depositors held by the Failed Bank, deposit slips, cancelled checks and withdrawal orders representing charges to accounts of depositors;
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
24
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
and the following Records pertaining to the Assets:
     
 
(iii)
records of deposit balances carried with other banks, bankers or trust companies;
     
 
(iv)
Loan and collateral records and Credit Files and other documents;
     
 
(v)
deeds, mortgages, abstracts, surveys, and other instruments or records of title pertaining to real estate or real estate mortgages;
     
 
(vi)
signature cards, agreements and records pertaining to Safe Deposit Boxes, if any; and
     
 
(vii)
records pertaining to the credit card business, trust business or safekeeping business of the Failed Bank, if any.
 
         (b)          The Receiver, at its option, may assign and transfer to the Assuming Bank by a single blanket assignment or otherwise, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, any other Records not assigned and transferred to the Assuming Bank as provided in this Agreement, including but not limited to loan disbursement checks, general ledger tickets, official bank checks, proof transactions (including proof tapes) and paid out loan files.
 
           6 .2           Delivery of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall deliver to the Assuming Bank all Records described in (i) Section 6.1(a) as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement, and (ii) Section 6.1(b) as soon as practicable after making any assignment described therein.
 
           6 .3           Preservation of Records . The Assuming Bank agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank, all Records of which it has custody for such period as either the Receiver or the Corporation in its discretion may require, until directed otherwise, in writing , by the Receiver or Corporation. The Assuming Bank shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries with respect to the Records of which it has custody.
 
          6 .4           Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Bank agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Bank has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record in the form of microfilm or microfiche pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided , that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such microfilm or microfiche Records, the Assuming Bank hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
25
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
A RTICLE VII
FIRST LOSS TRANCHE
 
          The Assuming Bank has submitted to the Receiver an asset discount bid of ($26,900,000.00) and a Deposit premium bid of 0%. The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS, and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits. The First Loss Tranche shall be determined by adding (i) the asset discount bid, (ii) the Deposit premium bid, and (iii) the Equity Adjustment. If the First Loss Tranche is a positive number, then this is the Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and Net Charge-offs on Shared-Loss Assets that the Assuming Bank will incur before loss-sharing commences under Exhibits 4.15A and 4.15B. If the First Loss Tranche is a negative number, the Corporation shall pay such amount by wire transfer to the Assuming Bank by the end of the first business day following Bank Closing and loss sharing shall commence immediately.
 
A RTICLE VIII
ADJUSTMENTS
 
           8 .1           Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Bank a pro forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such pro forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (i) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which at Bank Closing were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (ii) accruals as of Bank Closing for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Bank hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in the normal course of its operations, and (iii) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of Bank Closing as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period following the date of the most recent pertinent data made available to the Assuming Bank as part of the Information Package to Bank Closing shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the pro forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
26
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
           8 .2           Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .
 
         (a)          In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any pro forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Accounting Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
         (b)          If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of Bank Closing, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Bank in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the pro forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Bank pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.
 
          8 .3           Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Bank, or the Assuming Bank agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Bank agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Bank as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.
 
          8 .4           Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5, shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following Bank Closing to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.
 
          8 .5           Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Bank or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.
 
A RTICLE IX
CONTINUING COOPERATION
 
           9 .1           General Matters . The parties hereto agree that they will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
27
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
           9 .2           Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank each agree, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, to execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Bank shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Bank. The Assuming Bank shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.
 
           9 .3           Claims and Suits .
 
         (a)          The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Bank with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Bank in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Bank with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before Bank Closing. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Bank with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.
 
         (b)          In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as coplaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.
 
           9 .4           Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Bank to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Bank agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Bank at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Bank shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
28
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
           9 .5           Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Bank to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Bank agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off, or otherwise. The Assuming Bank agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Bank shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Bank shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section, the Assuming Bank shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Bank shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Bank in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section.
 
          9 .6           Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .
 
         (a)          In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Bank shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.
 
         (b)          In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Bank shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Subsidiaries acquired by the Assuming Bank, and (ii) its books and records, the books and records of such Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Bank as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.
 
         (c)          Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank relating to the transferred Loan.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
29
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
           9 .7           Information . The Assuming Bank promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Bank to assist in preparation of the pro forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.
 
A RTICLE X
CONDITION PRECEDENT
 
         The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before Bank Closing evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Bank, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Bank, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.
 
A RTICLE XI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING BANK
 
         The Assuming Bank represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:
 
          (a)           Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Bank (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (ii) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Bank has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
          (b)           Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Bank of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.
 
          (c)           Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Bank and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Bank, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
30
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
          (d)           Compliance with Law .
 
                       (i)           Neither the Assuming Bank nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Bank or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Bank or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Bank or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Bank or the ability of the Assuming Bank to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.
 
                       (ii)          Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Bank of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Bank of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.
 
          (e)           Representations Remain True . The Assuming Bank represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.
 
A RTICLE XII
INDEMNIFICATION
 
           1 2.1        Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after Bank Closing and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to paragraph (d) of Section 12.2, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank for which indemnification is provided hereunder in (a) of this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in (b) of this Section 12.1:
 
          (a)
 
                       (1) claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (x) the Failed Bank, or (y) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
 
                       (2) claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to Bank Closing;
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
31
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                        (3) claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
 
                        (4) claims based on any action or inaction prior to Bank Closing of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;
 
                        (5) claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;
 
                        (6) claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Bank to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Bank is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Bank elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Bank nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;
 
                        (7) claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(7) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and
 
                        (8) claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;
 
          (b)            provided , that , with respect to this Agreement, except for paragraphs (7) and (8) of Section 12.1(a), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:
 
                       (1) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “counterclaim”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to Bank Closing, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (i) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (ii) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Bank in the cause of action from which the counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such counterclaim;
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
32
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                        (2) claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;
 
                        (3) claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;
 
                        (4) claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to Bank Closing;
 
                        (5) claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;
 
                        (6) claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;
 
                        (7) claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;
 
                        (8) claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (i) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;
 
                        (9) claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Bank not entered into this Agreement;
 
                        (10) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank;
 
                        (11) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided , that the Receiver, in its discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
33
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                        (12) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Bank of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;
 
                        (13) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and
 
                        (14) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Bank, other than pursuant to this Agreement.
 
           1 2.2           Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:
 
          (a)          give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.7 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided , that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;
 
          (b)          provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;
 
          (c)          cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;
 
          (d)          in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which the Person claiming indemnification is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;
 
          (e)          not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
34
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
          (f)          not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents in writing thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and
 
          (g)          take reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the indemnified Person against any Primary Indemnitor.
 
           1 2.3           No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (i) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectibility, genuineness, enforceability or condition of any (x) Asset, or (y) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Bank subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.
 
           1 2.4           Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after Bank Closing, the Assuming Bank agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:
 
          (a)          claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Bank, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a); and
 
          (b)          claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Bank with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a).
 
           1 2.5           Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
35
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
           1 2.6           Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (i) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.
 
           1 2.7           Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Bank as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.
 
           1 2.8           Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.
 
A RTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
 
           1 3.1           Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.
 
           1 3.2           Headings . The headings and subheadings of the Table of Contents, Articles and Sections contained in this Agreement, except the terms identified for definition in Article I and elsewhere in this Agreement, are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
 
           1 3.3           Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
 
           1 3.4           GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
36
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
           1 3.5           Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank and for the benefit of no other Person.
 
           1 3.6           Modification; Assignment . No amendment or other modification, rescission, release, or assignment of any part of this Agreement shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.
 
           1 3.7           Notice . Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other communication to any party hereto shall be effective when received and shall be given in writing , and delivered in person against receipt therefore, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, courier service, telex, facsimile transmission or email to such party (with copies as indicated below) at its address set forth below or at such other address as it shall hereafter furnish in writing to the other parties. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given on the date received by the addressee.
 
Assuming Bank
 
CharterBank
1233 O.G. Skinner Drive
West Point, Georgia 31833
 
Attention: Mr. Curt Kollar, Chief Financial Office
 
with a copy to: Mr. Robert L. Johnson
 
Receiver and Corporation
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
Receiver of Neighborhood Community Bank
1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700
Dallas, Texas 75201
 
Attention: Settlement Manager
 
with copy to: Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
37
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
and with respect to notice under Article XII:
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Receiver of Neighborhood Community Bank
1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)
 
           1 3.8           Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided , that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.
 
           1 3.9           Costs, Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each party hereto agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses which it has incurred in connection with or incidental to the matters contained in this Agreement, including without limitation any fees and disbursements to its accountants and counsel; provided , that the Assuming Bank shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.
 
           1 3.10         Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Bank may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided , that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided , that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Bank to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation, or the Assuming Bank under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.
 
           1 3.11         Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.
 
           1 3.12         Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the sixth (6th) anniversary of Bank Closing; provided , that the provisions of Section 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement. Provided, however, the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement; in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7 shall be in effect for the remainder of the term. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (i) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (ii) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
38
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
           1 3.13         Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
 
[Signature Page Follows]
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
39
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
 
 
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
     
 
BY:
/s/ Cheryl Bates
 
NAME:
Cheryl Bates
     
 
TITLE:
Receiver-in-Charge
     
Attest:
   
     
Krystal A Fox
 
 
 
 
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
     
 
BY:
/s/ Cheryl Bates
 
NAME:
Cheryl Bates
     
 
TITLE:
Attorney-in-Fact
 
  Attest:
 
 
 Krystal A Fox
 
 
 
 
CHARTERBANK
     
 
BY:
/s/ Robert L. Johnson
 
NAME:
Robert L. Johnson
     
 
TITLE:
CEO
 
Attest:
 
   
Phyllis J. Boyert
 
   
 
Module 1  Whole Bank w/ Loss Share  P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
40
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   
 
 
 

 
 
S CHEDULE 2.1 - Certain Liabilities Assumed by the Assuming Bank
 
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
41
 
 
 
 

 
 
S CHEDULE 2.1(a) – Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
 
To be provided.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
42
 

 
 

 
 
S CHEDULE 3.1 - Certain Assets Purchased
 
SEE ATTACHED LIST
 
THE LIST(S) ATTACHED TO THIS SCHEDULE (OR SUBSCHEDULE(S)) AND THE INFORMATION THEREIN, IS AS OF THE DATE OF THE MOST RECENT PERTINENT DATA MADE AVAILABLE TO THE ASSUMING BANK AS PART OF THE INFORMATION PACKAGE. IT WILL BE ADJUSTED TO REFLECT THE COMPOSITION AND BOOK VALUE OF THE LOANS AND ASSETS AS OF THE DATE OF BANK CLOSING. THE LIST(S) MAY NOT INCLUDE ALL LOANS AND ASSETS (E.G., CHARGED OFF LOANS). THE LIST(S) MAY BE REPLACED WITH A MORE ACCURATE LIST POST CLOSING.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
43
 
 
 
 

 
 
S CHEDULE 3.2 - Purchase Price of Assets or assets
       
(a)
cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:
 
Book Value
       
(b)
securities, including FHLB stock, (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries), plus interest thereon:
 
As provided in Section 3.2(b)
       
(c)
federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:
 
Book Value
       
(d)
Loans:
 
Book Value
       
(e)
credit card business, if any, including all outstanding extensions of credit and offensive litigation, but excluding any class action lawsuits related to the credit card business:
 
Book Value
       
(f)
Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:
 
Book Value
       
(g)
Records and other documents:
 
Book Value
       
(h)
capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries:
 
Book Value
       
(i)
amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiary:
 
Book Value
       
(j)
assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:
 
Book Value
       
(k)
Overdrafts of customers:
 
Book Value
       
(l)
rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts.
 
As provided in Section 3.2(c)
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
44
 
 
 
 

 
 
(m)
rights of the Failed Bank to provide mortgage servicing for others and to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts.
 
Book Value
       
assets subject to an option to purchase:
   
       
(a)
Bank Premises:
 
Fair Market Value
       
(b)
Furniture and Equipment:
 
Fair Market Value
       
(c)
Fixtures:
 
Fair Market Value
       
(d)
Other Equipment:
 
Fair Market Value
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
45
 
 
 
 

 
 
S CHEDULE 3.5(l) – Excluded Private Label Asset-Backed Securities
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
46
 
 
 
 

 
 
S CHEDULE 4.15A – Loans Subject to Loss Sharing Under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
47
 
 
 
 

 
 
S CHEDULE 4.15B – Loans Subject to Loss Sharing Under the Commercial and Other Asset Shared-Loss Agreement
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
48
 
 
 
 

 
 
S CHEDULE 7 -Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium
 
The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Bank (unless otherwise noted). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a P&A transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:
       
  Category
Description
 
Amount
  I
Non- DO Brokered Deposits
 
$_,_____,_____.__
  II
CDARS
 
$_,______,_____.__
  III
Market Place Deposits
 
$__,______,____.__
 
Total deposits excluded from Calculation of premium
 
$__,______,____.__
       
 
Category Description
 
I Brokered Deposits
Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee, or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into 2 categories: 1) Depository Organization (DO) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (Non-DO) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by the institution.
 
Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Please see the attached “Schedule 7 Non-DO Broker Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.
 
If this institution had any DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), they are excluded from Assumed Deposits in the P&A transaction. A list of these accounts is provided on “Schedule 2.1 DO Brokered Deposit Detail Report”.
 
II CDARS
CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.
 
Neighborhood Community Bank did not participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download. If CDARS deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 to the P&A Agreement.
 
III Market Place Deposits
“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, internet subscription service (for example, Qwickrate), or similar programs.
 
Neighborhood Community Bank does have Qwickrate deposits as identified above. The Qwickrate deposits are reported as time deposits in the Call Report. Neighborhood Community Bank uses “Branch 4” on their system to identify both brokered and Qwickrate deposits. Please see the attached Schedule 7 – Qwickrate Deposit Detail Report for a listing of these accounts as of May 15, 2009. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
49
 

 
 

 
 
This schedule provides account categories and balances as of the date of the deposit download, or as indicated. The deposit franchise bid premium will be calculated using account categories and balances as of Bank Closing Date that are reflected in the general ledger or subsystem as described above. The final numbers for Schedule 7 will be provided post closing.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
50
 

 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 3.2(c)
VALUATION OF CERTAIN QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS
   
A.
Scope
   
 
Interest Rate Contracts - All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.
   
 
Option Contracts - All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.
   
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts - All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.
   
B.
Exclusions
   
 
All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Bank but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.
   
C.
Adjustment
   
 
The difference between the Book Value and market value as of Bank Closing.
   
D.
Methodology
     
 
1.
The price at which the Assuming Bank sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Bank and the Receiver.
     
 
2.
In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:
       
   
(i)
All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.
       
   
(ii)
All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.
       
   
(iii)
Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
51
 

 
 

 
 
   
(iv)
For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal , Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.
       
   
(v)
For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Bank as of Bank Closing. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Bank will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.]
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
52
 

 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 4.13
I NTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT
 
          (a)          With respect to each asset (or liability) designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Arrangement (such being designated as “Pool Assets”), during the term of this Arrangement, the Assuming Bank shall:
 
                         (i) Promptly apply payments received with respect to any Pool Assets;
 
                         (ii) Reverse and return insufficient funds checks;
 
                         (iii) Pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; and (B) tax and insurance bills on Pool Assets as they come due, out of escrow funds maintained for purposes;
 
                         (iv) Maintain accurate records reflecting (A) the payment history of Pool Assets, with updated information received concerning changes in the address or identity of the obligors and (B) usage of data processing equipment and employee services with respect to servicing duties;
 
                         (v) Send billing statements to obligors on Pool Assets to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank;
 
                         (vi) Send notices to obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank);
 
                        (vii) Send to the Receiver, Attn: Managing Liquidator, at the address provided in Section 13.7 of the Agreement, via overnight delivery : (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports for the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and the trial balances, transaction journals and loan histories for Pool Assets having activity, together with copies of (1) checks received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks for payment to participants or for taxes and insurance, (4) pay-off requests, (5) notices to defaulted obligors, and (6) data processing and employee logs and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be periodically or from time to time requested;
 
                         (viii) Remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver, Attn: Division of Finance, Cashier Unit, Operations, at the address in (vii), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, all payments received on Pool Assets managed by the Assuming Bank or at such time and place and in such manner as may be directed by the Receiver;
 
                        (ix) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if required by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and pay taxes due on or before the due date, relating to the Pool Assets; and
 
                         (x) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions as may be required with regard to Pool Assets, including, without limitation, as may be required with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, all as may be required by the Receiver.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
53
 
 
 
 

 
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Assuming Bank shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Bank shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address provided above in subparagraph (a)(vii), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.
 
          (b)          The Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Bank for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, and data processing and employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).
 
          (c)          The Assuming Bank shall provide the services described herein for an initial period of ninety (90) days after Bank Closing. At the option of the Receiver, exercisable by notice given not later than ten (10) days prior to the end of such initial period or a renewal period, the Assuming Bank shall continue to provide such services for such renewal period(s) as designated by the Receiver, up to the Settlement Date.
 
          (d)          At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon written notice to the Assuming Bank, remove one or more Pool Assets from the Pool, at which time the Assuming Bank’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.
 
          (e)          At the expiration of this Agreement or upon the termination of the Assuming Bank’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Bank shall:
 
                         (i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and Pool Records relating to the Pool Assets; and
 
                         (ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver (or its designee).
 
          (f)           At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver or its designee(s) (x) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems, and (y) access to employees of the Assuming Bank involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
54
 
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 4.15A
 
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
          This agreement for the reimbursement of loss sharing on certain single family residential mortgage loans (the “Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Bank purchases Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15A and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, unless the context indicates that it is intended to be a reference to a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
ARTICLE I -- DEFINITIONS
 
The capitalized terms used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                    “ Accounting Records ” means the subsidiary system of record on which the loan history and balance of each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of Other Real Estate; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and, monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Bank in management of loan portfolios.
 
                    “ Accrued Interest ” means, with respect to Single Family Shared-Loss Loans, the amount of earned and unpaid interest at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, limited to 90 days.
 
                    “ Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.
 
                    “ Commencement Date ” means the first calendar day following the Bank Closing.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
55
 
 
 
 

 

 
                    “ Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement ” means the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit 4.15B.
 
                    “ Cumulative Loss Amount ” means the sum of the Monthly Loss Amounts less the sum of all Recovery Amounts.
 
                    “ Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount ” means the excess, if any, of the Cumulative Loss Amount over the First Loss Tranche.
 
                    “ Customary Servicing Procedures ” means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Bank (or, to the extent a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by FNMA or FHLMC (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions.
 
                    “ Deficient Valuation means the determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the loan in which case the loss will be the difference between the then unpaid principal balance (or the NPV of a modified loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.
 
                    “ Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
 
                    “ Home Equity Loans ” means loans or funded portions of lines of credit secured by mortgages on one-to four-family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations, where the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.
 
                    “ Final Shared-Loss Month ” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
 
                    “ Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month ” means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
 
                    “ Foreclosure Loss ” means the loss realized when the Assuming Bank has completed the foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2a or Exhibit 2a(1).
 
                    “ Investor-Owned Residential Loans ” means Loans, excluding advances made pursuant to Home Equity Loans, that are secured by mortgages on one- to four family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations that are not owner-occupied. These loans can be treated as Restructured Loans on a commercially reasonable basis and can be a restructured under terms separate from the Exhibit 5 standards. Please refer to Exhibit 2b for guidance in Calculation of Loss for Restructured Loans.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
56
 
 
 
 

 
 
                    “ Loss ” means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss, Portfolio Loss, Modification Default Loss or Deficient Valuation.
 
                    “ Loss Amount ” means the dollar amount of loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.
 
                    “ Modification Default Loss ” means the loss calculated in Exhibits 2a(1) and 2c(1) for single family loans modified under this part of the agreement that default and result in a foreclosure or short sale.
 
                    “ Modification Guidelines has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                    “ Monthly Certificate ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                    “ Monthly Loss Amount ” means the sum of all Foreclosure Losses, Restructuring Losses, Short Sale Losses, Portfolio Losses, Modification Default Losses and losses in connection with Deficient Valuations realized by the Assuming Bank for any Shared-Loss Month.
 
                    “ Monthly Shared-Loss Amount ” means the change in the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount from the beginning of each month to the end of each month.
 
                    “ Neutral Member ” has the meaning provided in Section 2. 1(f)(ii) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                    “ Portfolio Loss ” means the loss realized on either (i) a portfolio sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with the terms of Article IV or (ii) the sale of a loan with the consent of the Receiver as provided in Section 2.7.
 
                    “ Recovery Amount ” means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination Date, the amount of collected funds received by the Assuming Bank that (i) are applicable against a Foreclosure Loss which has previously been paid to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver or (ii) gains realized from a Section 4.1 sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which the Assuming Bank has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver (iii) or any incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated (short sale or foreclosure) in accordance with Exhibit 5.
 
                    “ Restructuring Loss ” means the loss on a modified or restructured loan measured by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance advances, third party or other fees due on a loan prior to the modification or restructuring, and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology attached as Exhibit 2b, as applicable.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
57
 
 
 
 

 
 
                    “ Restructured Loan ” means a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Bank has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver. This applies to owner occupied and investor owned residences.
 
                    “ Servicing Officer ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                    “ Shared-Loss Payment Trigger ” means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Shared-Loss Amount under the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.
 
                    “ Shared-Loss Month ” means each calendar month between the Commencement Date and the last day of the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, provided that, the first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.
 
                    “ Short-Sale Loss ” means the loss resulting from the Assuming Bank’s agreement with the mortgagor to accept a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on the loan (including the costs of any cash incentives to borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), further provided , that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2c or Exhibit 2c(1).
 
                    “ Single Family Shared-Loss Loans ” means the single family one-to-four residential mortgage loans (whether owned by the Assuming Bank or any Subsidiary) identified on Schedule 4.15A of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
                    “ Stated Threshold ” means total losses under the shared loss agreements in the amount of $82,000,000.00.
 
                    “ Termination Date ” means the last day of the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month.
 
                    “ Then-Current Interest Rate ” means the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate for 30-year fixed-rate loans.
 
                    “ Third Party Servicer ” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Bank, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
58
 
 
 
 

 
 
ARTICLE II -- SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
 
2.1           Shared-Loss Arrangement .
 
                    (a)           Loss Mitigation and Consideration of Alternatives . For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Bank shall undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts, in accordance with any of the following programs selected by Assuming Bank in its sole discretion, Exhibit 5 (FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program), the United States Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines or any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental agency (it being understood that the Assuming Bank can select different programs for the various Single Family Shared-Loss Loans) (such program chosen, the “Modification Guidelines”). After selecting the applicable Modification Guideline for any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Bank shall document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring under such Modification Guideline chosen, and short-sale (if short-sale is a viable option) alternatives and shall select the alternative the Assuming Bank believes, based on its estimated calculations, will result in the least Loss. Losses on Home Equity Loans shall be shared under the charge-off policies of the Assuming Bank’s Examination Criteria as if they were Single Family Shared-Loss Loans with respect to the calculation of the Stated Threshold. Assuming Bank shall retain its calculations of the estimated loss under each alternative, such calculations to be provided to the Receiver upon request. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Assuming Bank is not required to modify or restructure any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion and (ii) the Assuming Bank is not required to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing and shall be entitled to continue such foreclosure measures and recover the Foreclosure Loss as provided herein, and (iii) the Assuming Bank shall have a transition period of up to 90 days after Bank Closing to implement the Modification Guidelines, during which time, the Assuming Bank may submit claims under such guidelines as may be in place at the Failed Bank.
 
                    (b)           Monthly Certificates .
 
                    Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending in the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by an officer of the Assuming Bank involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver, (a “Servicing Officer”) setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify (a “Monthly Certificate”):
 
 
(i)
(A) a schedule substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 listing:
     
   
(i) each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Loss Amount (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) is being claimed, the related Loss Amount for each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
     
   
(ii) each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Recovery Amount was received, the Recovery Amount for each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
59
 

 
 

 
 
   
(iii) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans minus the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
     
   
(iv) the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount as of the beginning and end of the month;
     
   
(v) the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount;
     
   
(vi) the result obtained in (v) times 80%, or times 95% if the Stated Threshold has been reached, which in either case is the amount to be paid under Section 2.1(d) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement by the Receiver to the Assuming Bank if the amount is a positive number, or by the Assuming Bank to the Receiver if the amount is a negative number;
     
 
(ii)
(B)          for each of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for that Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the Loss Amount using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2a, Exhibit 2b, or Exhibit 2c, as applicable.
     
 
(iii)
(C)          For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Section 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2d.
     
 
(iv)
(D)          a portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3.
 
                    (c)           Monthly Data Download . Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending with the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month, Assuming Bank shall provide Receiver:
 
 
(v)
(i)          the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the following fields for each outstanding Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable:
     
 
(A)
Loan number
 
(B)
FICO score
 
(C)
Origination date
 
(D)
Original principal amount
 
(E)
Maturity date
 
(F)
Paid-to date
 
(G)
Last payment date
 
(H)
Loan status (bankruptcy, in foreclosure, etc.)
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
60
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
(I)
Delinquency counters
 
(J)
Current principal balance
 
(K)
Current escrow account balance
 
(L)
Current Appraisal/BPO value
 
(M)
Current Appraisal/BPO date
 
(N)
Interest rate
 
(O)
Monthly principal and interest payment amount
 
(P)
Monthly escrow payment for taxes and insurance
 
(Q)
Interest rate type (fixed or adjustable)
 
(R)
If adjustable: index, margin, next interest rate reset date
 
(S)
Payment/Interest rate cap and/or floor
 
(T)
Underwriting type (Full doc, Alt Doc, No Doc)
 
(U)
Lien type (1 st , 2 nd )
 
(V)
Amortization type (amortizing or I/O)
 
(W)
Property address, including city, state, zip code
 
(X)
A code indicating whether the Mortgaged Property is owner occupied
 
(Y)
Property type (single-family detached, condominium, duplex, etc.)
     
 
(vi)
(ii)          An Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan listing:
     
 
(A)
Foreclosure date
 
(B)
Unpaid loan principal balance
 
(C)
Appraised value or BPO value, as applicable
 
(D)
Projected liquidation date
 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Bank shall not be required to provide any of the foregoing information to the extent it is unable to do so as a result of the Failed Bank’s or Receiver’s failure to provide information required to produce the information set forth in this Section 2.1(c); provided , that the Assuming Bank shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures seek to produce any such missing information or improve any inaccurate information previously provided to it.
 
                         (d)          Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
 
                         (i)           Losses Under the Stated Threshold . After the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger is reached, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Monthly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the total Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds eighty percent (80%) of that amount.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
61
 

 
 

 
 
                         (ii)           Losses in Excess of the Stated Threshold . In the event that the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Stated Loss Amount under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement meets or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the loss/recovery sharing percentages set forth herein shall change from 80/20 to 95/5 and thereafter the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds ninety-five percent (95%) of that amount.
 
                         (e)           Limitations on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to Section 2.1(d) with respect to any Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss or Portfolio Loss that the Receiver determines, based upon the criteria set forth in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (including the analysis and documentation requirements of Section 2.1(a)) or Customary Servicing Procedures, should not have been effected by the Assuming Bank; provided, however, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Bank with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to the properly effected Loss, and (2) to the extent not curable, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Losses (or portion of Losses) that were effected which would have been payable as a Loss if the Assuming Bank had properly effected such Loss. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payment with respect to Losses claimed pursuant to Section 2.1(d), the Receiver and Assuming Bank shall, upon final resolution, make the necessary adjustments to the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount for that Monthly Certificate and the payment pursuant to Section 2.1(d) above shall be adjusted accordingly.
 
                         (f)            Payments by Wire-Transfer . All payments under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be made by wire-transfer in accordance with the wire-transfer instructions on Exhibit 4.
 
          2.2          Auditor Report; Right to Audit
 
                       (a)           Within ninety (90) days after the end of each calendar year during which the Receiver makes any payment to the Assuming Bank under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Bank’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such calendar year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Bank cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
62
 
 
 
 

 
 
                       (b)          The Receiver or the FDIC in its corporate capacity (“Corporation”) may perform an audit or audits to determine the Assuming Bank’s compliance with the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice. Assuming Bank shall provide access to pertinent records and proximate working space in Assuming Bank’s facilities. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the reasonable discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Bank’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit or audits, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
 
          2.3          Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Monthly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if in its good faith and reasonable judgment there is a reasonable basis under the requirements of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Bank demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver, in its reasonable judgment, that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days.
 
          2.4          Books and Records . The Assuming Bank shall at all times during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records sufficient to ensure and document compliance with the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including but not limited to (a) documentation of alternatives considered with respect to defaulted loans or loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable, (b) documentation showing the calculation of loss for claims submitted to the Receiver, (c) retention of documents that support each line item on the loss claim forms, and (d) documentation with respect to the Recovery Amount on loans for which the Receiver has made a loss-share payment
 
          2.5          Information . The Assuming Bank shall promptly provide to the Receiver such other information, including but not limited to, financial statements, computations, and bank policies and procedures, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Receiver may reasonably request from time to time.
 
          2.6          Tax Ruling . The Assuming Bank shall not at any time, without the Receiver’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
63
 
 
 
 

 
 
          2.7          Sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan upon payment of a Foreclosure Loss amount or a Short Sale Loss amount with respect to such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan or upon the sale of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan by Assuming Bank to a person or entity that is not an Affiliate; provided, however, that if the Receiver consents to the sale of any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, any loss on such sale shall be a Portfolio Loss. The Assuming Bank shall provide the Receiver with timely notice of any such sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a sale of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, for purposes of this Section 2.7, shall not be deemed to have occurred as the result of (i) any change in the ownership or control of Assuming Bank or the transfer of any or all of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan(s) to any Affiliate of Assuming Bank, (ii) a merger by Assuming Bank with or into any other entity, (iii) a sale by Assuming Bank of all or substantially all of its assets.
 
ARTICLE III - RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS LOANS
 
          3.1          Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Bank shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Bank transfers any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans to) manage, administer, and collect the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans while owned by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III. The Assuming Bank shall be responsible to the Receiver in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver to monitor the Assuming Bank’s performance of its duties hereunder.
 
          3.2          Duties of the Assuming Bank . (a) In performance of its duties under this Article III, the Assuming Bank shall:
   
 
(i) manage and administer each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with Assuming Bank’s usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures;
   
 
(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering and collecting amounts owed on the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
   
 
(iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize Recoveries with respect to Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
   
 
(iv) retain sufficient staff (in Assuming Bank’s discretion) to perform its duties hereunder; and
   
 
(v) other than as provided in Section 2.1(a), comply with the terms of the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth therein. For the avoidance of doubt, the Assuming Bank may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (the FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Loans with similar characteristics, with the objectives of (1) minimizing the loss to the Assuming Bank and the FDIC and (2) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
64
 

 
 

 
 
                       (b)         Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans will be provided to FDIC for informational purposes and if such transaction is not entered into on an arm’s length basis on commercially reasonable terms such transaction shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver.
 
          3.3          Shared-Loss Asset Records and Reports . The Assuming Bank shall establish and maintain such records as may be appropriate to account for the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably require, and to enable the Assuming Bank to prepare and deliver to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver may from time to time request regarding the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and the Monthly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
          3.4          Related Loans .
 
                       (a)          Assuming Bank shall use its best efforts to determine which loans are “Related Loans”, as hereinafter defined. The Assuming Bank shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner that would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Bank at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month that is made to an Obligor of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.
 
                       (b)          The Assuming Bank shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Monthly Certificates for the calendar months ending June 30 and December 31, a schedule of all Related Loans on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank as of the end of each such semi-annual period.
 
          3.5          Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article V below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Bank derives as a result of having acquired an asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Bank shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Bank shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.
 
          3.6          Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Bank may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Bank hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be included in calculating Losses to the extent such expenses would be included in such calculation if the expenses were incurred by Assuming Bank); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Bank shall not release the Assuming Bank of any obligation or liability hereunder.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
65
 

 
 

 
 
ARTICLE IV – PORTFOLIO SALE
 
          4.1           Assuming Bank Portfolio Sales of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . The Assuming Bank shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver to liquidate for cash consideration, from time to time in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Bank at any time prior to the Termination Date (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Bank exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors. Sales of Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool from Single Family Shared-Loss Loans not restructured. The Receiver’s review of the Assuming Bank’s proposed Portfolio Sale will be considered in a timely fashion and approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
 
          4.2           Assuming Bank’s Liquidation of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . In the event that the Assuming Bank does not conduct a Portfolio Sale pursuant to Section 4.1, the Receiver shall have the right, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion, to require the Assuming Bank to liquidate for cash consideration, any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Bank at any time after the date that is six months prior to the Termination Date. If the Receiver exercises its option under this Section 4.2, it must give notice in writing to the Assuming Bank, setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Bank shall be required to liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. The Assuming Bank will comply with the Receiver’s notice and must liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as soon as reasonably practicable by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors. The selection of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent retained for the liquidation of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the prior approval of the Receiver, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
 
          4.3           Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restructured Loans gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less the unpaid principal balance of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. For any Restructured Loan included in the sale gain or loss on sale will be calculated as (a) the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restructured Loan that was used in the calculation of the related Restructuring Loss plus (c) Loan principal payments collected by the Assuming Bank from the date the Loan was restructured to the date of sale. (See Exhibit 2d for example calculation).
 
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
66
 

 
 

 
 
ARTICLE V -- LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO RECEIVER AND PURCHASER
 
          All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, or overnight courier, receipt requested, addressed to the parties as follows:
     
          If to Receiver, to:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver
   
for Neighborhood Community Bank
   
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
   
550 17th Street, N.W.
   
Washington, D.C. 20429
   
Attention: Ralph Malami, Manager, Capital Markets
     
 
with a copy to:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
   
as Receiver for Neighborhood Community Bank
   
Room E7056
   
3501 Fairfax Drive, Arlington, VA 2226
   
Attn: Special Issues Unit
   
 
With respect to a notice under Section 3.5 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, copies of such notice shall be sent to:
     
   
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
   
Legal Division 1601 Bryan St.
   
Dallas, Texas 75201
   
Attention: Regional Counsel
     
 
If to Assuming Bank, to:
 
   
CharterBank
   
1233 O.G. Skinner Drive
   
West Point, Georgia 31833
     
   
Attention: Mr. Curt Kollar, Chief Financial Officer
     
   
with a copy to: Mr. Robert L. Johnson
 
Such Persons and addresses may be changed from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Article V. Any notice, demand or other communication delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Article IV shall be deemed to have been given on the date actually received.
 
ARTICLE VI -- MISCELLANEOUS
 
           6.1.           Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of a party hereto in connection with this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
67
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
           6.2            Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . All terms and provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided , however , that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Bank may not assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Bank with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Bank to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. No Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC.
 
           6.3            Governing Law . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.
 
           6.4            WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
           6.5            Captions . All captions and headings contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
           6.6            Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.
 
           6.7            Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
68
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
           6.8            No Third Party Beneficiary . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or Claim under or in respect of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.
 
           6.9            Counterparts . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be executed separately by Receiver and Assuming Bank in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
 
           6.10          Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
 
           6.11          Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.
 
ARTICLE VII
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
 
           Section 7.1       Dispute Resolution Procedures .
 
          (a)          In the event a dispute arises about the interpretation, application, calculation of Loss, or calculation of payments or otherwise with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (“SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item”), then the Receiver and the Assuming Bank shall make every attempt in good faith to resolve such items within sixty (60) days following the receipt of a written description of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, with notification of the possibility of taking the matter to arbitration (the date on which such 60-day period expires, or any extension of such period as the parties hereto may mutually agree to in writing, herein called the “Resolution Deadline Date”). If the Receiver and the Assuming Bank resolve all such items to their mutual satisfaction by the Resolution Deadline Date, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, any payment arising out such resolution shall be made arising from the settlement of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
69
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
          (b)          If the Receiver and the Assuming Bank fail to resolve any outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Items by the Resolution Deadline Date, then either party may notify the other of its intent to submit the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII. Failure of either party to notify the other of its intent to submit any unresolved SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration within thirty (30) days following the Resolution Deadline Date (the date on which such thirty (30) day period expires is herein called the “Arbitration Deadline Date”) shall be deemed an acceptance of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute not submitted to arbitration, as well as a waiver of the submitting party’s right to dispute such non-submitted SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item but not a waiver of any similar claim which may arise in the future.
 
          (c)          If a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item is submitted to arbitration, it shall be governed by the rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), except as otherwise provided herein. Either party may submit a matter for arbitration by delivering a notice, prior to the Arbitration Deadline Date, to the other party in writing setting forth:
   
 
(i)            A brief description of each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;
   
 
(ii)          A statement of the moving party’s position with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;
   
 
(iii)         The value sought by the moving party, or other relief requested regarding each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration, to the extent reasonably calculable; and
   
  (iv)         The name and address of the arbiter selected by the moving party (the “Moving Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA.
 
                        Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the parties right to arbitrate so long as after notification of such failure the moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable.
 
          (d)          The non-moving party shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice of arbitration pursuant to this Section 6.1, deliver a notice to the moving party setting forth:
 
 
(i)           The name and address of the arbiter selected by the non-moving party (the “Respondent Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA;
   
 
(ii)          A statement of the position of the respondent with respect to each Dispute Item; and
   
 
(iii)         The ultimate resolution sought by the respondent or other relief, if any, the respondent deems is due the moving party with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item.
 
                        Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the non-moving party’s right to defend such arbitration so long as after notification of such failure the non-moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable
 
          (e)          The Moving Arbiter and Respondent Arbiter shall select a third arbiter from a list furnished by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”). In accordance with the rules of the AAA, the three (3) arbiters shall constitute the arbitration panel for resolution of each SF Loss-Share Dispute Item. The concurrence of any two (2) arbiters shall be deemed to be the decision of the arbiters for all purposes hereunder. The arbitration shall proceed on such time schedule and in accordance with the Rules of Commercial Arbitration of the AAA then in effect, as modified by this Section 7.1. The arbitration proceedings shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then they will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, DC, or Arlington, Virginia.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
70
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
          (f)          The Receiver and Assuming Bank shall facilitate the resolution of each outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item by making available in a prompt and timely manner to one another and to the arbiters for examination and copying, as appropriate, all documents, books, and records under their respective control and that would be discoverable under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
 
          (g)          The arbiters designated pursuant to subsections (c), (d) and (e) hereof shall select, with respect to each Dispute Item submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, either (i) the position and relief submitted by the Assuming Bank with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, or (ii) the position and relief submitted by the Receiver with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, in either case as set forth in its respective notice of arbitration. The arbiters shall have no authority to select a value for each Dispute Item other than the determination set forth in Section 7.1(c) and Section 7.1(d). The arbitration shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties.
 
          (h)          Any amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to such award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from and including the date specified for the arbiters decisions specified in this Section 7.1, without regard to any extension of the finality of such award, to but not including the date paid. All payments required to be made under this Section 7.1 shall be made by wire transfer.
 
          (i)          For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent any notice of a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) is provided prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are the subject of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) until such time as any such dispute is finally resolved.
 
           Section 7.2       Fees and Expenses of Arbiters . The aggregate fees and expenses of the arbiters shall be shall be borne equally by the parties. The parties shall the aggregate fees and expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt of the written decision of the arbiters (unless the arbiters agree in writing on some other payment schedule).
 
Exhibit 1
 
Monthly Certificate
 
SEE FOLLOWING PAGE
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
71
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 
 
 
 

 

PART 1 - CURRENT MONTH NET LOSS
                     
MONTH ENDED:
 
[input report month]
           
                     
Losses
                   
       
Loss
           
Loan No.
 
Loss Type (1)
 
Amount
           
                     
TOTAL
     
XX
 
A
       
                     
Recoveries
                   
                     
Loan No.
     
Recovery
Amount
 
Loss
Amount (2)
 
Loss
Month (3)
   
                     
TOTAL
     
XX
 
B
       
                     
Net Losses
     
XX
 
C = A - B
       
(Recoveries)
                   
                     
PART 2 - FIRST LOSS TEST
                   
                     
       
Col. D
 
Col. E
 
Col. D - Col. E
   
       
Cumulative
Loss
Amount
 
First Loss
Tranche
 
Cumulative
Shared-Loss
Amount (4)
   
                     
Balance, beginning of month
 
XX
 
XX
 
XX
 
F
Current month Net Losses (from Part 1)
 
XX
           
                     
Balance, end of month
 
XX
 
XX
 
XX
 
G
                     
                     
Shared Loss Amount
         
XX
 
G - F
Times Loss Share percentage
             
80%
   
                     
Amount due from (to) FDIC as Receiver
         
XX
   
 
Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies the information on this Certificate is true, complete and correct.
OFFICER SIGNATURE
                   
OFFICER NAME:
     
TITLE
           
 
(1) Specify loss type as Foreclosure, or Short-Sale.
(2) Loss Amount is the amount of Loss incurred and reported on the loan in a
(3) Loss Month is the reporting month in which the Loss was reported.
(4) If Col. D minus Col. E is less than zero, enter zero.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
72
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit 2a
 
This exhibit contains three versions of the loss share calculation for foreclosure, plus explanatory notes.
 
Exhibit 2a(1)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement
         
1
 
Shared-Loss Month
 
May-09
2
 
Loan no:
 
364574
3
 
REO #
 
621
         
4
 
Foreclosure date
 
12/18/08
5
 
Liquidation date
 
4/12/09
6
 
Note Interest rate
 
8.100%
7
 
Most recent BPO
 
228,000
8
 
Most recent BPO date
 
1/21/09
         
   
Foreclosure Loss calculation
   
9
 
Book value at date of Loss Share agreement
 
244,900
         
10  
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days or days from failure
   
 
 
to sale, whichever is less
 
3,306
11
 
Costs incurred after Loss Share agreement in place:
   
12
 
Attorney’s fees
 
0
   
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees,
   
13
 
advertising, etc.
 
0
14
 
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
 
6,500
15
 
Tax and insurance advances
 
0
   
Other Advances
   
16
 
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
 
0
17
 
Inspections
 
0
18
 
Other
 
0
         
19
 
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
 
254,706
         
   
Cash Recoveries:
   
20
 
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
 
219,400
21
 
Hazard Insurance proceeds
 
0
22
 
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
 
0
23
 
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
 
0
24
 
Other credits, if any (itemize)
 
0
25
 
Total Cash Recovery
 
219,400
         
26
 
Loss Amount
 
35,306
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
73
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 
 
 
 

 

Exhibit 2a(2)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share
         
1
 
Shared-Loss Month
 
May-09
2
 
Loan no:
 
292334
3
 
REO #
 
477
         
4
 
Interest paid-to-date
 
4/30/08
5
 
Foreclosure date
 
1/15/09
6
 
Liquidation date
 
4/12/09
7
 
Note Interest rate
 
8.000%
8
 
Owner occupied?
 
Yes
9
 
If owner-occupied:
   
10
 
Borrower current gross annual income
 
42,000
11
 
Estimated NPV of loan mod
 
195,000
12
 
Most recent BPO
 
235,000
13
 
Most recent BPO date
 
1/21/09
         
   
Foreclosure Loss calculation
   
16
 
Loan Principal balance after last paid installment
 
300,000
         
17
 
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
 
6,000
18
 
Attorney’s fees
 
0
         
   
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees,
   
19
 
advertising, etc.
 
4,000
20
 
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
 
5,500
21
 
Tax and insurance advances
 
1,500
   
Other Advances
   
22
 
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
 
0
23
 
Inspections
 
50
24
 
Other
 
0
         
25
 
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
 
317,050
         
   
Cash Recoveries:
   
26
 
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
 
205,000
27
 
Hazard Insurance proceeds
 
0
28
 
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
 
0
29
 
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
 
0
30
 
Other credits, if any (itemize)
 
0
31
 
Total Cash Recovery
 
205,000
         
32
 
Loss Amount
 
112,050
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
74
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit 2a(3)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Mod
 
1
 
Shared-Loss Month
 
May-09
2
 
Loan no:
 
138554
3
 
REO #
 
843
         
4
 
Loan mod date
 
1/17/08
5
 
Interest paid-to-date
 
4/30/08
6
 
Foreclosure date
 
1/15/09
7
 
Liquidation date
 
4/12/09
8
 
Note Interest rate
 
4.000%
9
 
Most recent BPO
 
210,000
10
 
Most recent BPO date
 
1/20/09
         
   
Foreclosure Loss calculation
   
11
 
NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod
 
285,000
12
 
Less: Principal payments between loan mod and deliquency
 
2,500
13
 
Plus:
   
14
 
Attorney’s fees
 
0
   
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising,
   
15
 
etc.
 
4,000
16
 
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
 
7,000
17
 
Tax and insurance advances
 
2,000
18
 
Other Advances
   
19
 
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
 
0
20
 
Inspections
 
0
21
 
Other
 
0
         
22
 
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
 
295,500
         
   
Cash Recoveries:
   
23
 
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
 
201,000
24
 
Hazard Insurance proceeds
 
0
25
 
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
 
0
26
 
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
 
0
27
 
Other credits, if any (itemize)
 
0
28
 
Total Cash Recovery
 
201,000
         
29
 
Loss Amount
 
94,500
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
75
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Notes to Exhibit 2a (foreclosure)
 
 
1.
The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.
 
2.
The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for covered losses from foreclosures, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:
     
a.
If foreclosure occurred prior to the beginning of the Loss Share agreement, use Exhibit 2a(1). This version uses the book value of the REO as the starting point for the covered loss.
     
b.
If foreclosure occurred after the Loss Share agreement was in place, and if the loan was not restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, use Exhibit 2a(2). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.
     
c.
If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then foreclosure occurred, use Exhibit 2a(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.
 
3.
For Exhibit 2a(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 9 – 18; it is shown in line 19. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 16 – 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(3), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 – 21; it is shown in line 22.
 
4.
For Exhibit 2a(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 20 – 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 – 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2a(3), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 23 – 27; it is shown in line 28.
 
5.
Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Bank in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.
 
6.
Assuming Bank’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an affiliate (if affiliate is pre-approved by the FDIC) for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account. Allowable costs are limited to amounts per Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae guidelines (as in effect from time to time), where applicable, provided that this limitation shall not apply to costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions.
 
7.
Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
8.
If Exhibit 2a(3) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:
     
a.
90 days
     
b.
The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
76
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
   
c.
The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold
   
 
To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
77
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit 2b
 
This exhibit contains the loss share calculation for restructuring (loan mod), plus explanatory notes.
 
Exhibit 2b
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
           
1
 
Shared-Loss Month
 
May-09
 
2
 
Loan no:
 
123456
 
           
   
Loan before Restructuring
     
3
 
Original loan amount
 
500,000
 
4
 
Current unpaid principal balance
 
450,000
 
5
 
Remaining term
 
298
 
6
 
Interest rate
 
7.500%
 
7
 
Interest Paid-To-Date
 
2/29/08
 
8
 
Monthly payment - P&I
 
3,333
 
9
 
Monthly payment - T&I
 
1,000
 
10
 
Total monthly payment
 
4,333
 
11
 
Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)
 
Option ARM
 
12
 
Borrower current annual income
 
82,000
 
           
   
Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
     
13
 
Closing date on modified/restructured loan
 
4/19/09
 
14
 
New Principal balance
 
461,438
 
15
 
Remaining term
 
313
 
16
 
Interest rate
 
3.500%
 
17
 
Monthly payment - P&I
 
1,346
 
18
 
Monthly payment - T&I
 
800
 
19
 
Total monthly payment
 
2,146
 
20
 
Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)
 
IO Hybrid
 
21
 
Lien type (1st, 2nd)
 
1st
 
   
If adjustable:
     
22
 
Initial interest rate
 
3.500%
 
23
 
Term - initial interest rate
 
60 Months
 
24
 
Initial payment amount
 
2,146
 
25
 
Term-initial payment amount
 
60 Months
 
26
 
Negative amortization?
 
No
 
27
 
Rate reset frequency after first adjustment
 
6 Months
 
28
 
Next reset date
 
5/1/14
 
29
 
Index
 
LIBOR
 
30
 
Margin
 
2.750%
 
31
 
Cap per adjustment
 
2.000%
 
32
 
Lifetime Cap
 
9.500%
 
33
 
Floor
 
2.750%
 
34
 
Front end DTI
 
31%
 
35
 
Back end DTI
 
45%
 
           
   
Restructuring Loss Calculation
     
36
 
Loan Principal balance before restructuring
 
450,000
 
37
 
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
 
8,438
 
38
 
Tax and insurance advances
 
3,000
 
39
 
3rd party fees due
 
-
 
40
 
Total loan balance due before restructuring
 
461,438
 
           
   
Assumptions for NPV Calculation, Restructured Loan:
     
41
 
Discount rate for projected cash flows
 
5.530%
 
42
 
Loan prepayment in full
 
120 Months
 
43
 
NPV of projected cash flows
 
403,000
 
           
44
 
Loss Amount
 
58,438
 
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
78
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
Notes to Exhibit 2b (restructuring)
         
 
1.
The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.
 
2.
For purposes of loss sharing, losses on restructured loans are calculated as the difference between:
     
a.
The principal, accrued interest, advances due on the loan, and allowable 3 rd party fees prior to restructuring (lines 36-39), and
     
b.
The Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 43). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for 10 years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of 10 years (120 months).
 
3.
For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.
 
4.
For investor owned or non-owner occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using commercially reasonable rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.
 
5.
If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific charges in monthly P&I payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the projected cash flows. Assuming Bank must retain supporting schedule of projected cash flows as required by Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.
 
6.
Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
7.
The amount of accrued interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the minimum of:
     
a.
90 days
     
b.
The number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring
     
c.
The number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring
   
To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
79
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
Exhibit 2c
 
This exhibit contains two versions of the loss share calculation for short sales, plus explanatory notes.
 
Exhibit 2c(1)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share
           
1
 
Shared-Loss Month:
 
May-09
 
2
 
Loan #
 
58776
 
3
 
RO #
 
542
 
           
4
 
Interest paid-to-date
 
7/31/08
 
5
 
Short Payoff Date
 
4/17/09
 
6
 
Note Interest rate
 
7.750%
 
7
 
Owner occupied?
 
Yes
 
   
If so:
     
8
 
Borrower current gross annual income
 
38,500
 
9
 
Estimated NPV of loan mod
 
200,000
 
10
 
Most recent BPO
 
380,000
 
11
 
Most recent BPO date
 
1/31/06
 
           
   
Short-Sale Loss calculation
     
12
 
Loan Principal balance
 
375,000
 
           
13
 
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
 
7,266
 
14
 
Attorney’s fees
 
0
 
15
 
Tax and insurance advances
 
0
 
16
 
3rd party fees due
 
2,800
 
17
 
Incentive to borrower
 
2,000
 
18
 
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
 
387,066
 
           
19
 
Amount accepted in Short-Sale
 
255,000
 
20
 
Hazard Insurance
 
0
 
21
 
Mortgage Insurance
 
0
 
           
22
 
Total Cash Recovery
 
255,000
 
           
23
 
Loss Amount
 
132,066
 
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
80
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
Exhibit 2c(2)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
Short Sale after a Covered Loan Mod
           
1
 
Shared-Loss Month:
 
May-09
 
2
 
Loan #
 
20076
 
3
 
REO #
 
345
 
           
4
 
Loan mod date
 
5/12/08
 
5
 
Interest paid-to-date
 
9/30/08
 
6
 
Short Payoff Date
 
4/2/09
 
7
 
Note Interest rate
 
7.500%
 
8
 
Most recent BPO
 
230,000
 
9
 
Most recent BPO date
 
1/21/09
 
           
   
Short-Sale Loss calculation
     
11
 
NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod
 
311,000
 
12
 
Less: Principal payments between loan mod and deliquency Plus:
 
1,000
 
13
 
Attorney’s fees
 
0
 
14
 
Tax and insurance advances
 
1,500
 
15
 
3rd party fees due
 
2,600
 
16
 
Incentive to borrower
 
3,500
 
17
 
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
 
317,600
 
           
18
 
Amount accepted in Short-Sale
 
234,000
 
19
 
Hazard Insurance
 
0
 
20
 
Mortgage Insurance
 
0
 
           
21
 
Total Cash Recovery
 
234,000
 
           
22
 
Loss Amount
 
83,600
 
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
81
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
Notes to Exhibit 2c (short sale)
         
 
1.
The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual short sales.
 
2.
The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are two methods of calculation for covered losses from short sales, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:
     
a.
If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then the short sale occurred, use Exhibit 2c(2). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.
     
b.
Otherwise, use Exhibit 2c(1). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.
 
3.
For Exhibit 2c(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 12 – 17; it is shown in line 18. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 – 16; it is shown in line 17.
 
4.
For Exhibit 2c(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 19 – 21; it is shown in line 22. For Exhibit 2c(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 18 – 20; it is shown in line 21.
 
5.
Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Bank in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.
 
6.
Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Bank to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Bank’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Bank’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
7.
If Exhibit 2c(2) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:
     
d.
90 days
     
e.
The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold
     
f.
The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold
   
To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
82
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit 2d
                     
Shared-Loss Month:
     
[input month]
     
Loan no.:
     
[input loan no.)
     
                     
NOTE
                   
The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.
                     
EXAMPLE CALCULATION
                   
                     
Restructuring Loss Information
                   
Loan principal balance before restructuring
       
$
200,000
   
A
 
NPV, restructured loan
         
165,000
   
B
 
Loss on restructured loan
       
$
35,000
   
A – B
 
Times FDIC applicable loss share% (80% or 95%)
         
80
%
     
Loss share payment to purchaser
       
$
28,000
   
C
 
                     
Calculation – Recovery amount due to Receiver
                   
Loan sales price
       
$
190,000
       
NPV of restructured loan at mod date
         
165,000
       
Gain - step 1
         
25,000
   
D
 
PLUS
                   
Loan UPB after restructuring
   
(1)
   
200,000
       
Loan UPB at liquidation date
         
192,000
       
Gain - step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)
         
8,000
   
E
 
Recovery amount
         
33,000
   
D + E
 
Times FDIC loss share%
         
80
%
     
Recovery due to FDIC
       
$
26,400
   
F
 
                     
Net loss share paid to purchaser (C – F)
       
$
1,600
       
                     
Proof Calculation
   
(2)
             
Loan principal balance
       
$
200,000
   
G
 
                     
Principal collections on loan
         
8,000
       
Sales price for loan
         
190,000
       
Total collections on loan
         
198,000
   
H
 
Net loss on loan
       
$
2,000
   
G – H
 
Times FDIC applicable loss share% (80% or 95%)
         
80
%
     
Loss share payment to purchaser
       
$
1,600
       
 
(1)
This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.
(2)
This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Bank is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
83
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
Exhibit 3
Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule
SHARED-LOSS LOANS
           
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE
           
MONTH ENDED:
 
[input report month]
   
             
POOL SUMMARY
           
   
#
 
$
   
Loans at Sale Date
 
XX
 
XX
   
             
Loans as of this month-end
 
XX
 
XX
   
             
STATED THRESHOLD TRACKING
 
#
 
$
   
Stated Threshold amount
         
A
             
Cumulative loss payments, prior month
           
Loss payment for current month
           
Cumulative loss payment, this month
           
Cumulative Commercial & Other Loans Net Charge-Offs
           
           
B
Remaining to Stated Threshold
         
A - B
             
           
Percent of Total
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS
 
#
 
$
 
#
Current
           
30 – 59 days past due
           
60 – 89 days past due
           
90 – 119 days past due
           
120 and over days past due
           
In foreclosure
           
ORE
           
Total
           
             
Memo Item:
           
Loans in process of restructuring – total
           
Loans in bankruptcy
           
             
Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status
           
Current
           
30 - 59 days past due
           
60 - 89 days past due
           
90 - 119 days past due
           
120 and over days past due In foreclosure
           
Total
           
             
List of Loans Paid Off During Month
           
             
Loan #
 
Principal
Balance
       
             
List of Loans Sold During Month
           
             
Loan #
 
Principal
Balance
       
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
 
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
84
 

 
 

 

 
Exhibit 4
Wire Transfer Instructions
 
PURCHASER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
   
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
 
   
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
 
   
ACCOUNT NUMBER
 
   
NAME OF ACCOUNT
 
   
ATTENTION TO WHOM
 
   
PURPOSE OF WIRE
 
   
FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
 
   
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
 
   
SHORT NAME
 
   
ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE
 
   
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
 
   
ACCOUNT NUMBER
 
   
NAME OF ACCOUNT
 
   
ATTENTION TO WHOM
 
   
PURPOSE OF WIRE
 
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
85
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
 
 

 
 

 
 
Exhibit 5
 
FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program
 
Objective
 
The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program (“Program”) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower’s monthly housing debt to income ratio (“DTI Ratio”) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.
 
Qualifying Mortgage Loans
 
In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:
     
 
The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner’s primary residence; and
 
The mortgagor has a first priority lien on the collateral; and
 
Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.
 
Modification Process
 
The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value of the modified loan and, if it will exceed the net present value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio to no more than 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.
 
The borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing the borrower’s monthly income by the borrower’s monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance). For these purposes, (1) the borrower’s monthly income shall be the amount of the borrower’s (along with any co-borrowers’) documented and verified gross monthly income, and (2) the borrower’s monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner’s insurance with respect to the collateral.
 
In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “Capitalized Balance”).
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
86
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:
     
 
1.
Reduce the interest rate to the then current Freddie Mac Survey Rate for 30-year fixed rate mortgage loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.
     
 
2.
If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved.
     
 
3.
If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.
     
 
4.
If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “Adjusted Payment Amount”) that will result in the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions – the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.
 
Special Note:
 
The net present value calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the covered loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, Assuming Bank’s determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.
 
By contrast, the net present value for determining the covered loss is based on a 10 year period. While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the covered loss remains constant.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
87
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
E XHIBIT 4.15B
 
COMMERCIAL AND OTHER ASSETS SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
          This agreement for reimbursement of loss sharing expenses on certain loans and other assets (the “Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Bank purchases Shared-Loss Assets as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15B and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless the context indicates that a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended.
 
ARTICLE I -- DEFINITIONS
 
          Capitalized terms used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     AAA means the American Arbitration Association as provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Accrued Interest means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank (as applicable); provided , that Accrued Interest shall not include any amount that accrues on or with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance after that Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank (as applicable).
 
                     Additional ORE means Shared-Loss Loans that become Other Real Estate after Bank Closing Date.
 
                     Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.
 
                     Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date means the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
88
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                     Calendar Quarter means a quarterly period (a) for the first such period, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last calendar day of either March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date, and (b) for quarterly periods thereafter, beginning on the first calendar day of the calendar month immediately after the month that ended the prior period and ending on the last calendar day of each successive three-calendar-month period thereafter (i.e., each March, June, September and December, starting in the applicable order depending on the ending date of first such period) of any year.
 
                     Capitalized Expenditures means those expenditures that (i) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, and (ii) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE. Capitalized Expenditures shall not include expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.
 
                     Charge-Offs means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Assets for any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of loans or portions of loans classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria, including (a) charge-offs of (i) the principal amount of such assets net of unearned interest (including write-downs associated with Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE or loan modification(s)) (ii) Accrued Interest, and (iii) Capitalized Expenditures plus (b) Pre-Charge-Off Expenses incurred on the respective Shared-Loss Loans, all as effected by the Assuming Bank during such period and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank; provided , that : (i) the aggregate amount of Accrued Interest (including any reversals thereof) for the period after Bank Closing that shall be included in determining the amount of Charge-Offs for any Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed ninety (90) days’ Accrued Interest; (ii) no Charge-Off shall be taken with respect to any anticipated expenditure by the Assuming Bank until such expenditure is actually incurred; (iii) any financial statement adjustments made in connection with the purchase of any Assets pursuant to this Purchase and Assumption Agreement or any future purchase, merger, consolidation or other acquisition of the Assuming Bank shall not constitute “Charge-Offs”; and (iv) except for Portfolio Sales or any other sales or dispositions consented to by the Receiver, losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets to any Person (other than the sale or other disposition of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank which is conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner) shall not constitute Charge-Offs.
 
                     Commencement Date means the first calendar day following Bank Closing.
 
                     Consumer Loans means Loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures (including United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan).
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
89
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                     Environmental Assessment means an assessment of the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged off.
 
                     Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
 
                     Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.
 
                     Fair Value means the fair value of a Shared-Loss MTM Asset as determined in accordance with FAS 157 as in effect on Bank Closing.
 
                     FDIC Party has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Net Charge-Offs means, with respect to any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs for such period less the amount of Recoveries for such period.
 
                     Neutral Member has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     New Shared-Loss Loans means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that were originated after the Information Package Date and before Bank Closing.
 
                     Notice of Dispute has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     ORE Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of the Assuming Bank that engages solely in holding, servicing, managing or liquidating interests of a type described in clause (A) of the definition of “Other Real Estate,” which interests have arisen from the collection or settlement of a Shared-Loss Loan.
 
                     Other Real Estate means all of the following (including any of the following fully or partially charged off the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Bank) that (i) are owned by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and are purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (ii) have arisen subsequent to Bank Closing from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Bank of a Shared-Loss Loan:
   
 
       (A)          all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
90
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
 
       (B)          all other assets (whether real or personal property) acquired by foreclosure or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.
 
                     Permitted Advance means an advance of funds by the Assuming Bank with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, or the making of a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Bank to advance funds with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, that (i) in the case of such an advance, is actually made, and, in the case of such a commitment, is made and all of the proceeds thereof actually advanced, within one (1) year after the Commencement Date, (ii) does not cause the sum of (A) the book value of such Shared-Loss Loan as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank after any such advance has been made by the Assuming Bank plus (B) the unfunded amount of any such commitment made by the Assuming Bank related thereto, to exceed 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, (iii) is not made with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan with respect to which (A) there exists a related Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) the Assuming Bank has taken a Charge-Off and (iv) is made in good faith, is supported at the time it is made by documentation in the Credit Files and conforms to and is in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank; provided , that the limitations in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this definition shall not apply to any such action (other than to an advance or commitment related to the remediation, storage or final disposal of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant) that is taken by Assuming Bank in its reasonable discretion to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for such Shared-Loss Loan.
 
                     Permitted Amendment means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right, or remedy thereunder, made by the Assuming Bank in good faith and otherwise in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank; provided , that :
 
          (i) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is not a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Bank under the Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan;
 
          (ii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of Bank Closing to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of Bank Closing or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
91
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
          (iii) no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter unless the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan as existed on Bank Closing was beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter, in which event no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend such term beyond the term as existed as of Bank Closing.
 
                     Pre-Charge-Off Expenses means those expenses incurred in the usual and prudent management of a Shared-Loss Loan that would qualify as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if incurred after a Charge-Off of the related Shared-Loss Asset had occurred.
 
                     Quarterly Certificate has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Recoveries (I)(A) In addition to any sums to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (II) below, “Recoveries” means, with respect to any period, the sum of (without duplication):
 
                    (i) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank on Charge-Offs of Shared-Loss Assets effected by the Assuming Bank prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter; plus
 
                    (ii) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank on Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs; plus
 
                    (iii) the amount of gain on any sale or other disposition during such period by the Assuming Bank of Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE ( provided , that the amount of any such gain included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses); plus
 
                    (iv) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Bank of any Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses; plus
 
                    (v) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period in connection with any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment or other similar action taken by the Assuming Bank with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset with respect to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down or a Shared-Loss Loan as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period ( provided , that the amount of any such fee or other consideration included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses).
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
92
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
          (I)(B) For the purpose of determining the amounts to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (I)(A) above, the Assuming Bank shall apply amounts received on the Assets that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value of principal of a Shared-Loss Loan (or, in the case of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value thereof) in the following order: first to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write Downs; then to Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses; then to interest income; and then to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Bank.
 
          (II) If there occurs an amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write Down or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to such period, and if , as a result of such occurrence, the Assuming Bank recognizes any interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then “Recoveries” shall also include the portion of the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Bank which is derived by multiplying :
   
 
(A) the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Bank during such period with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan as described above, by
   
 
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) immediately above was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
 
provided , however , that the amount of any interest income included as Recoveries for a particular Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed the aggregate amount of (a) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs, (b) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, plus (c) any Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses paid to the Assuming Bank pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan; and, provided , further , that any collections on any such Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce book value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to subparagraph (I) above.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
93
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
          (III) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (I) and (II) above, the term “Recoveries” shall not include: (a) any amounts paid to the Assuming Bank by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, (b) amounts received with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, (c) after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, income received by the Assuming Bank from the operation of, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Bank on the disposition of, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such income and gains being hereinafter together referred to as “ORE Income”), except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such expenses being hereinafter referred to as “ORE Expenses”). In determining the extent aggregate ORE Income exceeds aggregate ORE Expenses for any Recovery Quarter as set forth immediately above in subparagraph (c), the Assuming Bank will subtract (i) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter (provided, that, in the case of the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank will subtract ORE Expenses paid to third parties from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Bank is required to deliver the final Quarterly Certificate pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) from (ii) ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter, to calculate net ORE income (“Net ORE Income”) for that Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is positive, such amount shall be reported as Recoveries on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is negative (“Net ORE Loss Carryforward”), such amount shall be added to any ORE Expenses paid to third parties in the next succeeding Recovery Quarter, which sum shall then be subtracted from ORE Income for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter, for the purpose of determining the amount of Net ORE Income (or, if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward) for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter. If, as of the end of the final Recovery Quarter, a Net ORE Loss Carryforward exists, then the amount of the Net ORE Loss Carryforward that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Net ORE Income reported as Recoveries on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.
 
                     Recovery Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Recovery Expenses means, for any Recovery Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures) paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Bank) by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to recover amounts owed with respect to (i) any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank), and (ii) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Bank having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being prorated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Recovery Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Recovery Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
94
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying:
   
 
(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank during such Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by
   
 
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
 
from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan.
 
                     Recovery Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Reimbursable Expenses means, for any Shared-Loss Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures), paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Bank) by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to:
 
                    (i) recover amounts owed with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off has been effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank) and recover amounts owed with respect to Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any such remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Bank having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being pro-rated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Reimbursable Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Shared-Loss Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:
 
subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
95
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
   
(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by
     
   
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
     
 
from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan; and
 
                    (ii) manage, operate or maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE less the amount of any income received by the Assuming Bank during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to such Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (which resulting amount under this clause (ii) may be negative).
 
                     Review Board has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Shared-Loss Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, the principal amount thereof plus any other fees or penalties due from an Obligor (including, subject to the limitations discussed below, the amount of any Accrued Interest) stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, as of the date as of which the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price is being determined (regardless, in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses incurred up to and through the date of consummation of purchase of such Shared-Loss Asset; provided , that (i) in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan there shall be excluded from such amount the amount of any Accrued Interest accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan prior to the ninety (90)-day period ending on the day prior to the purchase date determined pursuant to Sections 2.1(e)(i) or 2.1(e)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except to the extent such Accrued Interest was included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, and (ii) any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan received by the Assuming Bank after the purchase date applicable to such Shared-Loss Loan shall be applied (without duplication) to reduce the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Loan on a dollar-for-dollar basis. For purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order in which such interest accrued.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
96
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                     Shared-Loss Assets means Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate purchased by the Assuming Bank, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, but does not include Shared-Loss MTM Assets.
 
                     Shared-Loss Loan Commitment means:
 
          (i) any Commitment to make a further extension of credit or to make a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan; and
 
          (ii) any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Bank has made a Permitted Amendment.
 
                     Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Bank has not made a Permitted Advance.
 
                     Shared-Loss Loans means:
 
                    (i)(A) Loans purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Exhibit 4.15(b) to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (B) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Bank pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (C) Permitted Advances and (D) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; provided , that Shared-Loss Loans shall not include Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances and Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which an Acquired Subsidiary, or a constituent Subsidiary thereof, is an Obligor; (E) Loans owned by any Subsidiary which are not Shared-Loss Loans under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement; and (F) Consumer Loans; and
 
                    (ii) any Shared-Loss Loans (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Bank has made a Permitted Amendment.
 
                     Shared-Loss MTM Assets means those securities and other assets listed on Exhibit 4.15(C).
 
                     Shared-Loss Payment Trigger means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the cumulative Net Charge-Offs under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.
 
                     Shared-Loss Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
97
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 

 
                     Stated Threshold means total losses under the shared loss agreements in the amount of $82,000,000.00.
 
                     Subsidiary ORE means all assets owned by ORE Subsidiaries that would constitute Additional ORE if such assets were on the books of the Assuming Bank.
 
                     Termination Date means the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.
 
                     Third Party Servicer means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming bank, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.
 
ARTICLE II -- SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
 
          2.1     Shared-Loss Arrangement .
 
                     (a)            Quarterly Certificates . (i) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the initial Calendar Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Shared-Loss Quarter”), the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by the Assuming Bank’s chief executive officer and its chief financial officer, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify (a “Quarterly Certificate”):
   
 
           (A)          the amount of Charge-Offs, the amount of Recoveries and the amount of Net Charge-Offs (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (and for Recoveries, with respect to the Assets for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing); and
   
 
           (B)          the aggregate amount of Reimbursable Expenses (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter; and
   
 
           (C)          net realized loss on the Shared-Loss MTM Assets determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (MTM Net Realized Loss), or net realized gain on the Shared-Loss MTM assets, expressed as a negative number (MTM Net Realized Gain); and
   
 
           (D)          any other than temporary impairment of the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (“OTTI Loss”) or reversals of OTTI Loss, expressed as a negative number (for the avoidance of doubt, normal and customary unrealized mark-to-market changes by reason of the application of fair value accounting do not qualify for loss sharing payments).
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
98
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                    (ii)          Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Termination Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Recovery Quarter”), the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify
   
 
              (A)          the amount of Recoveries and Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter. On the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only , the Assuming Bank may report as a separate item, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify, the aggregate amount of any Reimbursable Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Shared-Loss Quarter and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during the first Recovery Quarter; and
   
 
              (B)          net realized gain on the Shared-Loss MTM Assets.
   
 
(b)          Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
 
                    (i)          For purposes of this Section 2.1(b), the Assuming Bank shall initially record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at Book Value, and initially record the Shared-Loss MTM Assets on its Accounting Records at Fair Value, and adjust such amounts as such values may change after the Bank Closing. If the amount of all Net Charge-Offs during any Shared-Loss Quarter plus Reimbursable Expenses, plus MTM Net Realized Gain or MTM Net Realized Loss, plus OTTI Loss during such Shared-Loss Quarter (the “Shared-Loss Amount”) is positive, then, except as provided in Sections 2.1(c) and (e) below, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(b)(vi) below, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Shared-Loss Quarter, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter. If the Shared-Loss Amount during any Shared-Loss Quarter is negative, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter, which payment shall be delivered to the Receiver together with the Quarterly Certificate for such Shared-Loss Quarter. When the cumulative Shared-Loss Amounts for all Shared-Loss Quarters plus the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to ninety-five percent ((95%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Quarter, until such time as the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters is less than the Stated Threshold, when the percentage shall revert back to eighty percent (80%).
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
99
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                    (ii)          If the amount of gross Recoveries during any Recovery Quarter less Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared-Loss MTM Assets (the “Recovery Amount”) is positive, then, simultaneously with its delivery of the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Bank shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Recovery Amount for such Recovery Quarter. If the Recovery Amount is negative, then such negative amount shall be subtracted from the amount of gross Recoveries during the next succeeding Recovery Quarter in determining the Recovery Amount in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter; provided , that this Section 2.1(b)(ii) shall operate successively in the event that the Recovery Amount (after giving effect to this Section 2.1(b)(ii)) in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter is negative. The Assuming Bank shall specify, in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter, the aggregate amount for all Recovery Quarters only, as of the end of, and including, the final Recovery Quarter of (A) Recoveries plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared-Loss MTM Assets (“Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries”), (B) Recovery Expenses (“Aggregate Recovery Expenses”), and (C) only those Recovery Expenses that have been actually “offset” against Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries (including those so “offset” in that final Recovery Quarter) (“Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses”); as used in this sentence, the term “offset” means the amount that has been applied to reduce gross Recoveries in any Recovery Quarter pursuant to the methodology set forth in this Section 2.1(b)(ii). If, at the end of the final Recovery Quarter the amount of Aggregate Recovery Expenses exceeds the amount of Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries, the Receiver shall have no obligation to pay to the Assuming Bank all or any portion of such excess. Subsequent to the Assuming Bank’s calculation of the Recovery Amount (if any) for the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Bank shall also show on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter the results of the following three mathematical calculations: (i) Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; (ii) Aggregate Recovery Expenses minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; and (iii) the lesser of the two amounts calculated in (i) and (ii) immediately above (“Additional Recovery Expenses”) multiplied by 80% (the amount so calculated in (iii) being defined as the “Additional Recovery Expense Amount”). If the Additional Recovery Expense Amount is greater than zero, then the Assuming Bank may request in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter that the Receiver reimburse the Assuming Bank the amount of the Additional Recovery Expense Amount and the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank the Additional Recovery Expense Amount within fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate. On the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Bank may include, in addition to any Recovery Expenses for that Recovery Quarter that were paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank in that Recovery Quarter, those Recovery Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Recovery Quarter, and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) prior to the date the Assuming Bank is required to deliver that final Quarterly Certificate to the Receiver under the terms of Section 2.1(a)(ii).
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
100
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                    (iii)          With respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter and Recovery Quarter, collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank on any charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset or Shared-Loss MTM Assets shall be reported as Recoveries under this Section 2.1 only to the extent such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset, if any. For any Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter in which collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank on such Asset are applied to both Book Value and to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, the amount of expenditures incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank attributable to the collection of any such Asset, that shall be considered a Reimbursable Expense or a Recovery Expense under this Section 2.1 will be limited to a proportion of such expenditures which is equal to the proportion derived by dividing (A) the amount of collections on such Asset applied to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, by (B) the total collections on such Assets.
 
                    (iv)          If the Assuming Bank has duly specified an amount of Reimbursable Expenses on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter as described above in the last sentence of Section 2.1(a)(ii), then, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) (or, if the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement plus the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, ninety-five percent (95%)) of the amount of such Reimbursable Expenses.
 
                    (v)          If the First Loss Tranche as determined under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is a positive number, Receiver has no obligation to make payment for any Shared-Loss Quarters until the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger is satisfied.
 
                      (c)             Limitation on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to this Section 2.1 with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset that the Receiver or the Corporation determines, based upon the Examination Criteria, should not have been effected by the Assuming Bank; provided, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Bank with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to any properly effected Charge-Off and (2) to the extent not curable, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Charge-Offs (or portion of Charge-Offs) that were effected which would have been payable as a Charge-Off if the Assuming Bank had properly effected such Charge-Off. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payments with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 or determines that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
 
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
101
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                     (d)           Sale of, or Additional Advances or Amendments with Respect to, Shared-Loss Loans and Administration of Related Loans . No Shared-Loss Loan shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 (i) if the Assuming Bank sells or otherwise transfers such Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, (ii) after the Assuming Bank makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, (iii) after the Assuming Bank makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment, or (iv) after the Assuming Bank has managed, administered or collected any “Related Loan” (as such term is defined in Section 3.4 of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of such Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; provided , that any such Shared-Loss Loan that has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the taking of any action described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2.1(d) by the Assuming Bank shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 solely for the purpose of treatment of Recoveries on such Charge-Offs until such time as the amount of Recoveries with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset equals such Charge-Offs.
 
                      (e)               Option to Purchase .
 
                    (i)            In the event that the Assuming Bank determines that there is a substantial likelihood that continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank will result in an expenditure, after Bank Closing, of funds by on behalf of the Assuming Bank to a third party for a specified purpose (the expenditure of which, in its best judgment, will maximize collections), which do not constitute Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, and such expenses will exceed ten percent (10%) of the then book value thereof as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank shall (i) promptly so notify the Receiver and (ii) request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense for purposes of this Section 2.1. (Where the Assuming Bank determines that there is a substantial likelihood that the previously mentioned situation exists with respect to continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of less than $1,000,000 on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank, the Assuming Bank may so notify the Receiver and request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense.) Within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such a notice, the Receiver will advise the Assuming Bank of its consent or denial, that such expenditures shall be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the failure of the Receiver to give its consent with respect to such expenditures, the Assuming Bank shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with Section 2.2, except that the Assuming Bank shall not be required to make such expenditures. At any time after its receipt of such a notice and on or prior to the Termination Date the Receiver shall have the right to purchase such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset as provided in Section 2.1(e)(iii), notwithstanding any consent by the Receiver with respect to such expenditure.
 
                    (ii)           During the period prior to the Termination Date, the Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days after any of the following becomes fully or partially charged-off:
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
102
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
 
                (A) a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $500,000 or more in circumstances in which the legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; or
   
 
                (B) a Shared-Loss Loan to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(l), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank.
 
                  (iii)          If the Receiver determines in its discretion that the Assuming Bank is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset which has been fully or partially charged-off or written-down (including any Shared-Loss Asset which is identified or required to be identified in a notice pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(ii)) or any Asset for which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down, the Receiver may at its option, exercisable at any time on or prior to the Termination Date, require the Assuming Bank to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to and for the sole benefit of the Receiver for a price equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.
 
                  (iv)          Not later than ten (10) days after the date upon which the Assuming Bank receives notice of the Receiver’s intention to purchase or require the assignment of any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(i) or (iii), the Assuming Bank shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to adequately effect the transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset from the Assuming Bank to the Receiver. Not later than fifteen (15) days after the date upon which the Receiver receives such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Bank an amount equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset less the Related Liability Amount.
 
                  (v)          The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset set forth in the notice described in Section 2.1(e)(iv).
 
                      (f)            Dispute Resolution .
 
                    (i) (A) Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with Examination Criteria shall be resolved by the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority. (B) With respect to any other dispute arising under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which the parties hereto cannot resolve after having negotiated such matter, in good faith, for a thirty (30) day period, other than a dispute the Corporation is not permitted to submit to arbitration under the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 (“ADRA”), as amended, such other dispute shall be resolved by determination of a review board (a “Review Board”) established pursuant to Section 2.1(f). Any Review Board under this Section 2.1(f) shall follow the provisions of the Federal Arbitration Act and shall follow the provisions of the ADRA. (C) Any determination by the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority or by a Review Board shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and not subject to further dispute, and judgment may be entered on said determination in accordance with applicable arbitration law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
103
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                    (ii)          A Review Board shall consist of three (3) members, each of whom shall have such expertise as the Corporation and the Assuming Bank agree is relevant. As appropriate, the Receiver or the Corporation (the “FDIC Party”) will select one member, one member will be selected by the Assuming Bank and the third member (the “Neutral Member”) will be selected by the other two members. The member of the Review Board selected by a party may be removed at any time by such party upon two (2) days’ written notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank after two (2) days’ prior written notice to the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member. In addition, if a Neutral Member fails for any reason to serve or continue to serve on the Review Board, the other remaining members shall so notify the parties to the dispute and the Neutral Member in writing that such Neutral Member will be replaced, and the Neutral Member shall thereafter be replaced by the unanimous action of the other remaining members within twenty (20) business days of that notification.
 
                    (iii)          No dispute may be submitted to a Review Board by any of the parties to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless such party has provided to the other party a written notice of dispute (“Notice of Dispute”). During the forty-five (45)-day period following the providing of a Notice of Dispute, the parties to the dispute will make every effort in good faith to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement. As part of these good faith efforts, the parties should consider the use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, as judged appropriate by each party in its sole discretion. Such techniques may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, and early neutral evaluation. If the parties have not agreed to a resolution of the dispute by the end of such forty-five (45)-day period, then, subject to the discretion of the Corporation and the written consent of the Assuming Bank as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(i)(B) above, on the first day following the end of such period, the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank shall notify each other of its selection of its member of the Review Board and such members shall be instructed to promptly select the Neutral Member of the Review Board. If the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank are unable to promptly agree upon the initial selection of the Neutral Member, or a timely replacement Neutral Member as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(ii) above, the two appointed members shall apply to the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and such Neutral Member shall be appointed in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA.
 
                    (iv)          The resolution of a dispute pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall be governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Section 2.1(f). The Review Board may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior approval of the FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank.
 
                    (v)          Within fifteen (15) days after the last to occur of the final written submissions of both parties, the presentation of witnesses, if any, and oral presentations, if any, the Review Board shall adopt the position of one of the parties and shall present to the parties a written award regarding the dispute. The determination of any two (2) members of a Review Board will constitute the determination of such Review Board.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
104
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                    (vi)          The FDIC Party and the Assuming Bank will each pay the fees and expenses of the member of the Review Board selected by it. The FDIC Party and Assuming Bank will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member. No such fees or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise.
 
                    (vii)        Each party will bear all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board. No such costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise. The Review Board shall have no authority to award costs or expenses incurred by either party to these proceedings.
 
                    (viii)       Any dispute resolution proceeding held pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall not be public. In addition, each party and each member of any Review Board shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith, except as the parties agree in writing or such disclosure is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation. Pursuant to ADRA, dispute resolution communications may not be disclosed either by the parties or by any member of the Review board unless:
   
 
(1) all parties to the dispute resolution proceeding agree in writing;
 
(2) the communication has already been made public;
 
(3) the communication is required by statute, rule or regulation to be made public;
or
 
(4) a court determines that such testimony or disclosure is necessary to prevent a manifest injustice, help establish a violation of the law or prevent harm to the public health or safety, or of sufficient magnitude in the particular case to outweigh the integrity of dispute resolution proceedings in general by reducing the confidence of parties in future cases that their communications will remain confidential.
 
                    (ix)          Any dispute resolution proceeding pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) (whether as a matter of good faith negotiations, by resort to a Review Board, or otherwise) is a compromise negotiation for purposes of the Federal Rules of Evidence and state rules of evidence. The parties agree that all proceedings, including any statement made or document prepared by any party, attorney or other participants are privileged and shall not be disclosed in any subsequent proceeding or document or construed for any purpose as an admission against interest. Any document submitted and any statements made during any dispute resolution proceeding are for settlement purposes only. The parties further agree not to subpoena any of the members of the Review Board or any documents submitted to the Review Board. In no event will the Neutral Member voluntarily testify on behalf of any party.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
105
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                    (x)          No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of any Review Board shall constitute precedent as regards any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel which may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.
 
                    (xi)          The parties may extend any period of time in this Section 2.1(f) by mutual agreement. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, no dispute shall be submitted to a Review Board until each member of the Review Board, and any substitute member, if applicable, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.1(f) as applicable to members of a Review Board. Prior to the commencement of the Review Board proceedings, or, in the case of a substitute Neutral Member, prior to the re-commencement of such proceedings subsequent to that substitution, the Neutral Member shall provide a written oath of impartiality.
 
                    (xii)          For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event any notice of dispute is provided to a party under this Section 2.1(g) prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to any such items set forth in such notice until such time as any such dispute with respect to such item is finally resolved.
 
           2.2     Administration of Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Bank shall at all times prior to the Termination Date comply with the Rules Regarding the Administration of Shared-Loss Assets as set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
           2.3     Auditor Report; Right to Audit .
 
                    (a)          Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year from and including the fiscal year during which Bank Closing falls to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date falls, the Assuming Bank shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Bank’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such calendar year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Bank cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Bank during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Bank in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
106
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                    (b)          The Assuming Bank shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with the provisions of this Article II and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with copies of the internal audit reports and access to internal audit workpapers related to such internal audit.
 
                    (c)          The Receiver or the Corporation may perform an audit to determine the Assuming Bank’s compliance with the provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, at any time by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Bank’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Bank and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
 
           2.4     Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if, in its judgment, there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Bank detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Bank demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Bank the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days. In the event the Receiver or the Assuming Bank elects to submit the issue of the eligibility of the item for reimbursement or payment for determination under the dispute resolution procedures of Section 2.1(f), then (i) if the dispute is settled by the mutual agreement of the parties in accordance with Section 2.1(f)(iii), the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so agreed) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the dispute is determined by the parties to be resolved by mutual agreement, and (ii) if the dispute is resolved by the determination of a Review Board, the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so determined) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the Receiver is notified of the determination by the Review Board of its obligation to make such payment. Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof from the date the payment was agreed or determined otherwise to be due, at the interest rate per annum determined by the Receiver to be equal to the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board’s Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Auction Average - 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
107
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
           2.5     Books and Records . The Assuming Bank shall at all times during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs. Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, all financial books and records shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied for the periods involved and in a manner such that information necessary to determine compliance with any requirement of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement will be readily obtainable, and in a manner such that the purposes of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be effectively accomplished. Without the prior written approval of the Corporation, the Assuming Bank shall not make any change in its accounting principles adversely affecting the value of the Shared-Loss Assets except as required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Bank shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles affecting the Shared-Loss Assets which it believes are required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles.
 
           2.6     Information . The Assuming Bank shall promptly provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or otherwise relating to its business and affairs or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time.
 
           2.7     Tax Ruling . The Assuming Bank shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
ARTICLE III - RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS ASSETS AND SHARED-LOSS MTM ASSETS
 
           3.1     Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Bank shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Bank transfers any Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss MTM Assets) to, or a Third Party Servicer to, manage, administer, and collect the Shared-Loss Assets and Shared-Loss MTM Assets while owned by the Assuming Bank or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III (“Rules”). The Assuming Bank shall be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Section 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver and the Corporation at all times to monitor the Assuming Bank’s performance of its duties hereunder.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
108
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
          3.2     Duties of the Assuming Bank with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
 
          (a) In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Bank shall:
 
                                   (i) manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Bank’s (or, in the case a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of charge-offs and write-downs with respect to loans, other real estate and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared-Loss Assets;
 
                                   (ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;
 
                                   (iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;
 
                                   (iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;
 
                                   (v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder;
 
                                   (vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, together with a copy of that contract.
 
                    (b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.
 
                    (c) The following categories of expenses shall not be deemed to be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses:
 
                                    (i) Federal, State, or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;
 
                                   (ii) salaries or other compensation and related benefits of Assuming Bank employees and the employees of its Affiliates including, without limitation, any bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues, or travel- or relocation-related expenses,;
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
109
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                                   (iii) the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Bank, any Affiliate thereof and their staff, the rental of and maintenance of furniture and equipment, and expenses for data processing including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;
 
                                   (iv) except as otherwise provided herein, fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants (other than consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged-off); provided , that for purposes of this Section 3.2(c)(iv), fees of attorneys and appraisers engaged as necessary to assist in collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets shall not be deemed to be fees of other independent consultants;
 
                                   (v) allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense other than any fees relating to specific assets, such as appraisal fees or environmental audit fees, for services of a type the Assuming Bank does not normally perform internally;
 
                                   (vi) any expense not incurred in good faith and with the same degree of care that the Assuming Bank normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest; and
 
                                   (vii) any expense incurred for a product, service or activity that is of an extravagant nature or design.
 
                    (d) Subject to Section 3.7, the Assuming Bank shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Bank would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
           3.3     Duties of the Assuming Bank with Respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets .
 
          (a) In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Bank shall:
 
                                   (i) manage, administer, collect and each Shared-Loss MTM Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Bank’s practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Bank, with respect to the management, administration and collection of similar assets that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets;
 
                                   (ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets;
 
                                   (iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss MTM Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Bank or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets, provided that, any sale of a Shared-Loss MTM Asset shall only be made with the prior approval of the Receiver or the Corporation;
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
110
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
                                   (iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;
 
                                   (v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder;
 
                                   (vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Bank) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, together with a copy of that contract.
 
                    (b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank with respect to any Shared-Loss MTM Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Bank will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.
 
                    (c) The Assuming Bank shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Bank would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
           3.4      Records and Reports . The Assuming Bank shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may require, to enable the Assuming Bank to prepare and deliver to the Receiver or the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request regarding the Shared-Loss Assets, the Shared-Loss MTM Assets and the Quarterly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
           3.5     Related Loans .
 
                    (a)          The Assuming Bank shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Bank at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is: (i) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE derived, or (ii) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described in clause (i) under the rules of the Assuming Bank’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date, as applied to the Assuming Bank.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
111
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 

 
                   (b)          The Assuming Bank shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Quarterly Certificates for the Calendar Quarters ending June 30 and December 31 for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters, a schedule of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans with Legal Balances of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Bank as of the end of each such semi-annual period, and all other commercial loans or commercial real estate loans attributable to the same Obligor on such loans of $500,000 or more.
 
           3.6     Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Bank shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article IV below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Bank derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Bank shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Bank and the Assuming Bank shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Bank will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Bank shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.
 
           3.7     Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Bank may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Bank hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Bank shall be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, as the case may be, to the same extent such expenses would so qualify if incurred by the Assuming Bank); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Bank shall not release the Assuming Bank of any obligation or liability hereunder.
 
ARTICLE IV -- PORTFOLIO SALE
 
           4.1     Assuming Bank Portfolio Sales of Remaining Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Bank shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver, commencing as of the first day of the third to last Shared-Loss Quarter, to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Shared-Loss Assets held by the Assuming Bank (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Bank exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Bank’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Bank’s contractors.
 
           4.2    Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Shared-Loss Assets gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Bank less the book value of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
112
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
ARTICLE V -- LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO CORPORATION AND/OR RECEIVER
 
          As a supplement to the notice provisions contained in Section 13.7 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any notice, request, demand, consent, approval, or other communication (a “Notice”) given to the Corporation and/or the Receiver in the loss-sharing context shall be given as follows:
   
           5.1            With respect to a Notice under Section 2 and Sections 3.1-3.5 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:
 
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
 
550 17th Street, N.W.
 
Washington, D.C. 20429
   
 
Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing
   
           5.2            With respect to a Notice under Section 3.6 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:
 
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
 
1601 Bryan Street
 
Dallas, Texas 75201
 
Attention: Regional Counsel
   
 
with a copy to:
   
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
 
550 17th Street, N.W.
 
Washington, D.C. 20429
 
Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)
 
ARTICLE VI – MISCELLANEOUS
 
           6.1           Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by a party hereto in connection with this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.
 
           6.2           Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . All terms and provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided , however , that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Bank may not assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Bank with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Bank to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
113
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
           6.3           Governing Law . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.
 
           6.4           WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
           6.5           Captions . All captions and headings contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
           6.6           Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.
 
           6.7           Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
           6.8           No Third Party Beneficiary . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
114
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   

 
 

 
 
           6.9           Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
 
           6.10        Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY BANK
Version 1.05
115
NEWNAN, GEORGIA
June 16, 2009
   


Exhibit 2.3
 
 
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
 
WHOLE BANK
 
ALL DEPOSITS
 
AMONG
 
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF MCINTOSH COMMERCIAL BANK,
CARROLLTON, GEORGIA
 
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
 
and
 
CHARTERBANK
 
DATED AS OF
 
MARCH 26, 2010
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
 
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
           
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS
 
2
           
ARTICLE II
 
ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
 
8
           
2.1
   
Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution
 
8
2.2
   
Interest on Deposit Liabilities
 
10
2.3
   
Unclaimed Deposits
 
10
2.4
   
Employee Plans
 
11
           
ARTICLE III
 
PURCHASE OF ASSETS
 
11
           
3.1
   
Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution
 
11
3.2
   
Asset Purchase Price
 
11
3.3
   
Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc
 
12
3.4
   
Puts of Assets to the Receiver
 
12
3.5
   
Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution
 
14
3.6
   
Assets Essential to Receiver
 
16
           
ARTICLE IV
 
ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
 
17
           
4.1
   
Continuation of Banking Business
 
17
4.2
   
Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business
 
17
4.3
   
Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business
 
17
4.4
   
Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business
 
17
4.5
   
Agreement with Respect to Trust Business
 
18
4.6
   
Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises
 
18
4.7
   
Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment
 
22
4.8
   
Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements
 
23
4.9
   
Informational Tax Reporting
 
23
4.10
   
Insurance
 
24
4.11
   
Office Space for Receiver and Corporation
 
24
4.12
   
Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees
 
24
4.13
   
Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing
 
25
4.14
   
Reserved
 
25
4.15
   
Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing
 
25
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
ii
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
ARTICLE V
 
DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
 
26
           
5.1
   
Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders
 
26
5.2
   
Certain Agreements Related to Deposits
 
26
5.3
   
Notice to Depositors
 
26
           
ARTICLE VI
 
RECORDS
 
27
           
6.1
   
Transfer of Records
 
27
6.2
   
Delivery of Assigned Records
 
27
6.3
   
Preservation of Records
 
28
6.4
   
Access to Records; Copies
 
28
           
ARTICLE VII
 
FIRST LOSS TRANCHE
 
28
           
ARTICLE VIII
 
ADJUSTMENTS
 
29
           
8.1
   
Pro Forma Statement
 
29
8.2
   
Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities
    29
8.3
   
Payments
 
29
8.4
   
Interest
 
30
8.5
   
Subsequent Adjustments
 
30
           
ARTICLE IX
 
CONTINUING COOPERATION
 
30
           
9.1
   
General Matters
 
30
9.2
   
Additional Title Documents
 
30
9.3
   
Claims and Suits
 
30
9.4
   
Payment of Deposits
 
31
9.5
   
Withheld Payments
 
31
9.6
   
Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities
 
31
9.7
   
Information
 
32
           
ARTICLE X
 
CONDITION PRECEDENT
 
32
           
ARTICLE XI
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION
 
33
           
ARTICLE XII
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
34
           
12.1
   
Indemnification of Indemnitees
 
34
12.2
   
Conditions Precedent to Indemnification
 
37
12.3
   
No Additional Warranty
 
37
12.4
   
Indemnification of Corporation and Receiver
 
38
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
iii
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
12.5
   
Obligations Supplemental
 
38
12.6
   
Criminal Claims
 
38
12.7
   
Limited Guaranty of the Corporation
 
39
12.8
   
Subrogation
 
39
           
ARTICLE XIII
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
39
           
13.1
   
Entire Agreement
 
39
13.2
   
Headings
 
39
13.3
   
Counterparts
 
39
13.4
   
Governing Law
 
39
13.5
   
Successors
 
39
13.6
   
Modification; Assignment
 
40
13.7
   
Notice
 
40
13.8
   
Manner of Payment
 
40
13.9
   
Costs, Fees and Expenses
 
41
13.10
   
Waiver
 
41
13.11
   
Severability
 
41
13.12
   
Term of Agreement
 
41
13.13
   
Survival of Covenants, Etc.
 
41
           
SCHEDULES
   
           
2.1
   
Certain Liabilities Assumed
 
43
2.1(a)
   
Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
 
44
3.1
   
Certain Assets Purchased
 
45
3.2
   
Purchase Price of Assets or Assets
 
46
3.5(l)
   
Excluded Securities
 
48
4.15A
   
Single Family Loss Share Loans
 
49
4.15B
   
Non-Single Family Loss Share Loans
 
50
7
   
Calculation of Deposit Premium
 
51
           
EXHIBITS
   
           
2.3A
   
Final Notice Letter
 
53
2.3B
   
Affidavit of Mailing
 
55
4.13
   
Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement
 
58
4.15A
   
Single Family Loss Share Agreement
 
60
4.15B
   
Commercial Loss Share Agreement
 
94
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
iv
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
 
WHOLE BANK
 
ALL DEPOSITS
 
           THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 26th day of March, 2010, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER OF MCINTOSH COMMERCIAL BANK (the “Receiver”), CHARTERBANK , organized under the laws of the United States of America, and having its principal place of business in West Point, Georgia (the “Assuming Institution”), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “Corporation”).
 
WITNESSETH:
 
           WHEREAS , on Bank Closing, the Chartering Authority closed McIntosh Commercial Bank (the “Failed Bank”) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof; and
 
           WHEREAS , the Assuming Institution desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposit and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and
 
           WHEREAS , pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Institution to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII; and
 
           WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Institution on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and
 
           WHEREAS , the Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank.
 
           NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
 
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
1
 
 
 
 

 
 
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
 
          Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Article I, or elsewhere in this Agreement. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.
 
                     “ Accounting Records ” means the general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and supporting schedules which support the general ledger balances.
 
                    “ Acquired Subsidiaries ” means Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.
 
                    “ Affiliate ” of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in Section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. Section 1841.
 
                    “ Agreement ” means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Institution, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
                    “ Assets ” means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition.
 
                    “ Assumed Deposits ” means Deposits.
 
                    “ Bank Closing ” means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.
 
                    “ Bank Premises ” means the banking houses, drive-in banking facilities, and teller facilities (staffed or automated) together with adjacent parking, storage and service facilities and structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, and land on which the foregoing are located, and unimproved land that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Accounting Record of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing.
 
                    “ Bid Valuation Date ” means January 29, 2010.
 
                    “ Book Value ” means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of Bank Closing after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits, and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of a Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of Bank Closing, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of Bank Closing, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
2
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
                    “ Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.
 
                     “ Chartering Authority ” means (i) with respect to a national bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision, (iii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iv) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(c), with regard to self appointment, or (v) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 1821(c)(9).
 
                    “ Commitment ” means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.
 
                    “ Credit Documents ” mean the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker’s acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.
 
                    “ Credit File ” means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral, or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Institution, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any thereof.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
3
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
                    “ Data Processing Lease ” means any lease or licensing agreement, binding on the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, the subject of which is data processing equipment or computer hardware or software used in connection with data processing activities. A lease or licensing agreement for computer software used in connection with data processing activities shall constitute a Data Processing Lease regardless of whether such lease or licensing agreement also covers data processing equipment.
 
                    “ Deposit ” means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(l), including without limitation, outstanding cashier’s checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors’ balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided , that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of Bank Closing.
 
                    “ Deposit Secured Loan ” means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions
 
                    “ Equity Adjustment ” means the dollar amount resulting by subtracting the Book Value, as of Bank Closing, of all Liabilities Assumed under this Agreement by the Assuming Institution from the purchase price, as determined in accordance with this Agreement, as of Bank Closing, of all Assets acquired under this Agreement by the Assuming Institution, which may be a positive or a negative number.
 
                    “ Failed Bank Advances ” means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance, and (iii) pay credit life insurance, accident and health insurance, and vendor’s single interest insurance.
 
                    “ Fair Market Value ” means (i)(a) “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:
   
 
(1) Buyer and seller are typically motivated;
 
(2) Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;
 
(3) A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
 
(4) Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
4
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
(5) The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;
 
as determined as of Bank Closing by an appraiser chosen by the Assuming Institution from a list of acceptable appraisers provided by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, and (b) which, with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after Bank Closing by an appraiser selected by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution within seven (7) days after Bank Closing; or (ii) with respect to property other than Bank Premises purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefore as established by the Receiver and agreed to by the Assuming Institution, or in the absence of such agreement, as determined in accordance with clause (i)(a) above.
 
                    “ First Loss Tranche ” means the dollar amount of liability that the Assuming Institution will incur prior to the commencement of loss sharing, which is the sum of (i) the Assuming Institution’s asset premium (discount) bid, as reflected on the Assuming Institution’s bid form, plus (ii) the Assuming Institution’s Deposit premium bid, as reflected on the Assuming Institution’s bid form, plus (iii) the Equity Adjustment. The First Loss Tranche may be a positive or negative number.
 
                    “ Fixtures ” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of Bank Closing.
 
                    “ Furniture and Equipment ” means the furniture and equipment, other than motor vehicles, leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines, carpeting, furniture, office machinery (including personal computers), shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance, security systems and artwork. Motor vehicles shall be considered other assets and pass at Book Value. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.
 
                    “ Indemnitees ” means, except as provided in paragraph (11) of Section 12.1, (i) the Assuming Institution, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Institution other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Institution, and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Institution and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
5
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
                    “ Legal Balance ” means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.
 
                    “ Liabilities Assumed ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.
 
                    “ Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest, or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.
 
                    “ Loans ” means all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing:
 
                    (i)          loans (including loans which have been charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans, and lease financing contracts;
 
                    (ii)         all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (i) above; and
 
                    (iii)        all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings, and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.
 
                    “ Obligor ” means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly, or severally.
 
                    “ Other Real Estate ” means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.
 
                    “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
6
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
                    “ Primary Indemnitor ” means any Person (other than the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker’s blanket bond.
 
                    “ Proforma ” means producing a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed bank through the date of closing. The Proforma financial statements serve as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
 
                    “ Put Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.
 
                    “ Put Notice ” has the meaning provided in Section 3.4.
 
                    “ Qualified Financial Contract ” means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. Section 1821(e)(8)(D).
 
                    “ Record ” means any document, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at Bank Closing.
 
                    “ Related Liability ” with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset, and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.
 
                    “ Related Liability Amount ” with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Institution, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such assets. Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such assets stated on the Accounting Records of the entity that owns such asset.
 
                    “ Repurchase Price ” means, with respect to any Loan the Book Value, adjusted to reflect changes to Book Value after Bank Closing, plus (i) any advances and interest on such Loan after Bank Closing, minus (ii) the total of amounts received by the Assuming Institution for such Loan, regardless of how applied, after Bank Closing, plus (iii) advances made by Assuming Institution, plus (iv) total disbursements of principal made by Receiver that are not included in the Book Value.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
7
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
                    “ Safe Deposit Boxes ” means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank’s vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.
 
                    “ Settlement Date ” means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is three hundred sixty-five (365) days after Bank Closing, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.
 
                    “ Settlement Interest Rate ” means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills in effect as of Bank Closing as published in The Wall Street Journal ; provided , that if no such equivalent coupon issue yield is available as of Bank Closing, the equivalent coupon issue yield for such Treasury Bills most recently published in The Wall Street Journal prior to Bank Closing shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the equivalent coupon issue yield on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published in The Wall Street Journal .
 
                    “ Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1813(w)(4), as amended.
 
ARTICLE II
ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
 
           2.1       Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform, and discharge all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “Liabilities Assumed”):
   
 
(a)          Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a); provided , that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Institution agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to Bank Closing, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank, or with assets of the Assuming Institution, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;
   
 
(b)          liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
8
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
 
(c)          borrowings from Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations, and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, if any;
   
 
(d)         ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided , that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;
   
 
(e)          liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including Bank Closing); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
   
 
(f)          United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;
   
 
(g)         liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit (other than “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. Section 337.2(a)); provided , that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this paragraph shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
   
 
(h)         duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank’s Records, credit card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business or trust business, if any;
   
 
(i)          liabilities, if any, for Commitments;
   
 
(j)          liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank acquired under Section 3.1;
   
 
(k)          liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;
   
 
(l)          duties and obligations under any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others, or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others; and
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
9
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
(m)        all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a loss share agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver.
 
          Schedule 2.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Liabilities Assumed and the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed in such categories. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII.
 
           2.2       Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Institution agrees that, from and after Bank Closing, it will accrue and pay interest on Deposit liabilities assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided , that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Institution to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Institution shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor’s Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Institution elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided , that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.
 
           2.3       Unclaimed Deposits . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Institution to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution will send the “Final Legal Notice” to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver’s authorization. The Assuming Institution will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the “Final Legal Notice” in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.
 
          If, within eighteen (18) months after Bank Closing, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor’s Deposit assumed pursuant to Section 2.1 at the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii) provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title, and interest of the Assuming Institution in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Institution and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Institution pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
10
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           2.4       Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Institution shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank’s health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401K or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE III
PURCHASE OF ASSETS
 
           3.1       Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6, the Assuming Institution hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys, and delivers to the Assuming Institution, all right, title, and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships, and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing. Schedule 3.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein sets forth certain categories of Assets purchased hereunder. Such schedule is based upon the best information available to the Receiver and may be adjusted as provided in Article VIII. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Institution subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1. Notwithstanding Section 4.8, the Assuming Institution specifically purchases all mortgage servicing rights and obligations of the Failed Bank.
 
           3.2       Asset Purchase Price .
 
         (a)     All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Institution shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2, except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. Loans or other assets charged off the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank before the Bid Valuation Date shall be purchased at a price of zero.
 
         (b)     The purchase price for securities (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary and FRB and FHLB stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Institution shall be the market value thereof as of Bank Closing, which market value shall be (i) the market price for each such security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on Bank Closing as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii) provided , that if such market price is not available for any such security, the Assuming Institution will submit a bid for each such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole discretion will accept or reject each such bid; and (iii) further provided in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Institution, each such security shall not pass to the Assuming Institution and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
11
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
           (c)       Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c). Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution.
 
           3.3       Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc . THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER’S DEED OR RECEIVER’S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, WITHOUT RECOURSE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, ENFORCEABILITY, COLLECTIBILITY, DOCUMENTATION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.
 
           3.4       Puts of Assets to the Receiver .
 
           (a)       Puts Within 30 Days After Bank Closing . During the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit, no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and,
 
at the end of the thirty (30)-day period following Bank Closing and at that time only, in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to 3.1 which both was made after the Bid Valuation Date and was not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Institution has:
     
 
(A)
made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
12
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
(B)
taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;
     
 
(C)
created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;
     
 
(D)
entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or
     
 
(E)
sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).
 
The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
 
          (b)       Puts Prior to the Settlement Date . During the period from the Bank Closing Date to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Bank shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Bank can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of the Bank Closing Date; provided , that , the Assuming Bank shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Bank has taken any action referred to in Section 3.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset. The Assuming Bank shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Bank with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
 
          (c)       Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “Put Notice”) which shall include:
     
 
(i)
a list of all Assets that the Assuming Institution requires the Receiver to purchase;
     
 
(ii)
a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and
     
 
(iii)
a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
13
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and records.
 
          (d)           Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “Put Date”).
 
          (e)           Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The Assuming Institution or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(d) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.
 
          (f)           Servicing . The Assuming Institution shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.
 
          (g)           Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.
 
           3.5           Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:
 
          (a)         any financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
14
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
          (b)          any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (i) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to Bank Closing arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker’s blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person’s failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided , that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before Bank Closing, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker’s blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of Bank Closing;
 
          (c)          prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;
 
          (d)          legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;
 
          (e)          amounts reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;
 
          (f)          leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided , that the Assuming Institution does obtain an option under Section 4.6, Section 4.7 or Section 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;
 
          (g)         owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;
 
           (h)         any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section 304.3, and other intangibles;
 
          (i)          any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;
 
          (j)           reserved;
 
          (k)         assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;
 
          (l)          the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(l); and
 
          (m)       prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Institution either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
15
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
           3.6            Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .
 
          (a)         The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Institution, to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver all of the Assuming Institution’s right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:
     
 
(i)
made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;
     
 
(ii)
the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;
     
 
(iii)
made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;
     
 
(iv)
secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or
     
 
(v)
related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Institution under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Institution under Article II.
 
          (b)         Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Institution agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Asset or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
16
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
ARTICLE IV
ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS
 
          The Assuming Institution agrees with the Receiver and the Corporation as follows:
 
           4.1           Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing the first banking Business Day after Bank Closing and ending no earlier than the first anniversary of Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Institution may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Institution has received all necessary regulatory approvals. At the option of the Assuming Institution, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not restrict the Assuming Institution from opening, closing or selling branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, if the Assuming Institution or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area. Assuming Institution will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Institution with respect to such branch or branches.
 
           4.2           Agreement with Respect to Credit Card Business . The Assuming Institution agrees to honor and perform, from and after Bank Closing, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank’s credit card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all outstanding extensions of credit with respect thereto.
 
           4.3           Agreement with Respect to Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after Bank Closing, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefore paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided , that the Assuming Institution may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Institution located in the trade area of the Failed Bank. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safe deposit business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Institution.
 
           4.4           Agreement with Respect to Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of Bank Closing. The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after Bank Closing, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to all rights and benefits heretofore accrued or hereafter accruing with respect thereto. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Institution in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from Bank Closing. At the option of the Assuming Institution, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area. The trade area shall be determined by the Receiver. Fees related to the safekeeping business earned prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Receiver and fees earned after the Bank Closing Date shall be for the benefit of the Assuming Institution.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
17
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           4.5           Agreement with Respect to Trust Business .
 
          (a)            The Assuming Institution shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Institution had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing; provided , that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.
 
          (b)            The Assuming Institution shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.
 
          (c)            In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Institution agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Institution in accomplishing such transfer.
 
          (d)            The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank’s trust business within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing.
 
           4.6           Agreement with Respect to Bank Premises .
 
          (a)            Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Institution shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of Bank Closing and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises within seven (7) days of Bank Closing, then, not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with appraisals for such Bank Premises and associated Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
18
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
          (b)            Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Institution any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Institution from Bank Closing to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided , that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. If an assignment cannot be made of any such leases, the Receiver may, in its discretion, enter into subleases with the Assuming Institution containing the same terms and conditions provided under such existing leases for such leased Bank Premises or other property. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Institution agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into subleases or new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to accept an assignment of a lease for one or more of the leased Bank Premises within seven (7) days of Bank Closing, then, not withstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with appraisals for the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on such leased Bank Premises.
 
          (c)            Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Institution; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
 
          (d)            Occupancy . The Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Institution’s option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.
 
          (e)            Occupancy Costs .
 
                        (i)            The Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Institution elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Institution assumes liability) by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
19
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                        (ii)            The Assuming Institution agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after Bank Closing. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Institution purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
 
          (f)            Certain Requirements as to Furniture, Equipment and Fixtures . If the Assuming Institution purchases owned Bank Premises or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Institution does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following Bank Closing obtains the right to occupy such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or (b), the Assuming Institution shall (i) effective as of the date of Bank Closing, purchase from the Receiver all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located thereon as of Bank Closing, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures leased by the Failed Bank and located thereon, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such Bank Premises are located; provided, that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures or repudiated the leases specified in clause (ii) or (iii).
 
          (g)           Vacating Premises .
 
                        (i)            If the Assuming Institution elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. The Assuming Institution promptly shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such ninety (90)-day period, the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
20
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                        (ii)            If the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than ninety (90) days after the date of the Assuming Institution’s notice not to exercise such option. Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Institution shall relinquish and release to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted. By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the one hundred eighty (180)-day period specified above in this paragraph (ii), the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of Bank Closing.
 
          (h)            Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment and/or all telecommunications, data processing equipment (including hardware and software) and check processing and similar operating equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided , that , the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after Bank Closing for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.
 
          (i)            Option to Put Bank Premises and Related Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment .
 
                        (i)            For a period of ninety (90) days following Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and the purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises.
 
                        (ii)         If the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary, the Assuming Institution shall also have the option, exercisable within the same ninety (90) day time period, to require the Receiver to purchase any Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and which is located on such Bank Premises. The purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
21
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                        (iii)         In the event the Assuming Institution elects to exercise its option under this subparagraph, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver occupancy costs in accordance with Section 4.6(e) and shall vacate the Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(g)(i).
 
                        (iv)         Regardless of whether the Assuming Institution exercises any of its option under this subparagraph, the purchase price for the Acquired Subsidiary shall be adjusted by the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises and Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and their respective Book Value as reflected of the books and records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Article VIII of this Agreement.
 
          4.7           Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Processing Equipment
 
          (a)            The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of any or all Data Processing Leases to the extent that such Data Processing Leases can be assigned.
 
          (b)            The Assuming Institution shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of any or all Data Processing Leases and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Data Processing Leases, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Data Processing Leases.
 
          (c)            The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Data Processing Leases or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Institution; provided , that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation or make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation.
 
          (d)            The Assuming Institution agrees, during its period of use of any property subject to a Data Processing Lease, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of the applicable Data Processing Leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, utilities, insurance and assessments.
 
          (e)            The Assuming Institution shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver all property subject to the relevant Data Processing Lease, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease thereof or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7.
 
Module 1 Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
22
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           4.8           Agreement with Respect to Certain Existing Agreements .
 
          (a)            Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of Bank Closing which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within thirty (30) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Institution agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after Bank Closing and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after Bank Closing, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Institution has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided , that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Assuming Institution all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Institution assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Institution agrees, during the period it has the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.
 
          (b)            The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Institution’s election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides mortgage servicing for others or mortgage servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5, and (iii) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).
 
           4.9           Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Institution agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to Bank Closing, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Institution, as may be required by the Receiver.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
23
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           4.10           Insurance . The Assuming Institution agrees to obtain insurance coverage effective from and after Bank Closing, including public liability, fire and extended coverage insurance acceptable to the Receiver with respect to owned or leased Bank Premises that it occupies, and all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and Fixtures and leased data processing equipment (including hardware and software) located thereon, in the event such insurance coverage is not already in force and effect with respect to the Assuming Institution as the insured as of Bank Closing. All such insurance shall, where appropriate (as determined by the Receiver), name the Receiver as an additional insured.
 
           4.11           Office Space for Receiver and Corporation . For the period commencing on the day following Bank Closing and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day thereafter, the Assuming Institution agrees to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts, network access and technology resources (such as shared drive) and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution for their use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank. In the event the Receiver and the Corporation determine that the space provided is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable space and the costs of relocation and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall be borne by the Assuming Institution. Additionally, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and Corporation as the Receiver or Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of Bank Closing and ending on Settlement Date. Assuming Institution shall submit it requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.
 
           4.12           Agreement with Respect to Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the Failed Bank .
 
           (a)             The Assuming Institution agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to Bank Closing, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank (“Eligible Individuals”), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank as defined in Section 607 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (respectively, “qualified beneficiaries” and “ERISA”). The Assuming Institution shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in Section 603 of ERISA) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank’s obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Institution in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall provide to the Assuming Institution such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
24
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
          (b)            The Assuming Institution shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation’s FIA Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Institution (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Institution and such employees’ qualified beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.
 
          (c)            No later than five (5) Business Days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Institution will not hire. Unless otherwise agreed, the Assuming Institution pays all salaries and payroll costs for all Failed Bank Employees until the list is provided to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for all costs and expenses (i.e. salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Institution offers its current employees.
 
          (d)            This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof or qualified beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section.
 
           4.13         Agreement with Respect to Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after Bank Closing, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Institution, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to Bank Closing. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to service, administer, and collect such pool assets in accordance with and for the term set forth in Exhibit 4.13 “Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement”.
 
           4.14         Reserved.
 
           4.15         Agreement with Respect to Loss Sharing . The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for loss sharing on certain loans in accordance with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and the Non-SF Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B, collectively, the “Shared-Loss Agreements.” The Loans that shall be subject to the Shared-Loss Agreements are identified on the Schedule of Loans 4.15A and 4.15B attached hereto.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
25
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
ARTICLE V
DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
 
           5.1           Payment of Checks, Drafts and Orders . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts and withdrawal orders of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Institution, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement.
 
           5.2           Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Subject to Section 2.2, the Assuming Institution agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or mortgage servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement.
 
           5.3           Notice to Depositors .
 
          (a)            Within seven (7) days after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution shall give (i) notice to depositors of the Failed Bank of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) any notice required under Section 2.2, by mailing to each such depositor a notice with respect to such assumption and by advertising in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located. The Assuming Institution agrees that it will obtain prior approval of all such notices and advertisements from counsel for the Receiver and that such notices and advertisements shall not be mailed or published until such approval is received.
 
          (b)            The Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail to depositors of the Failed Bank concerning the procedures to claim their deposits, which notice shall be provided to the Assuming Institution by the Receiver or the Corporation. Such notice shall be included with the notice to depositors to be mailed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 5.3(a).
 
          (c)            If the Assuming Institution proposes to charge fees different from those charged by the Failed Bank before it establishes new deposit account relationships with the depositors of the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail of such changed fees to such depositors.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
26
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
ARTICLE VI
RECORDS
 
           6.1           Transfer of Records .
 
          (a)            In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, the following:
 
                         (i)            all Records pertaining to the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the following:
 
                         (A)          signature cards, orders, contracts between the Failed Bank and its depositors and Records of similar character;
 
                         (B)           passbooks of depositors held by the Failed Bank, deposit slips, cancelled checks and withdrawal orders representing charges to accounts of depositors; and
 
                         (ii)            all Records pertaining to the Assets, including, but not limited to, the following:
 
                         (A)           records of deposit balances carried with other banks, bankers or trust companies;
 
                         (B)            Loan and collateral records and Credit Files and other documents;
 
                         (C)            deeds, mortgages, abstracts, surveys, and other instruments or records of title pertaining to real estate or real estate mortgages;
 
                         (D)            signature cards, agreements and records pertaining to Safe Deposit Boxes, if any; and
 
                         (E)            records pertaining to the credit card business, trust business or safekeeping business of the Failed Bank, if any.
 
          (b)            The Receiver, at its option, may assign and transfer to the Assuming Institution by a single blanket assignment or otherwise, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, any other Records not assigned and transferred to the Assuming Institution as provided in this Agreement, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, including but not limited to loan disbursement checks, general ledger tickets, official bank checks, proof transactions (including proof tapes) and paid out loan files.
 
           6.2           Delivery of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall deliver to the Assuming Institution all Records described in (i) Section 6.1(a) as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement, and (ii) Section 6.1(b) as soon as practicable after making any assignment described therein.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
27
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           6.3           Preservation of Records . The Assuming Institution agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution, all Records of which it has custody for such period as either the Receiver or the Corporation in its discretion may require, until directed otherwise, in writing , by the Receiver or Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody.
 
           6.4           Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Institution agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Institution has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record in the form of microfilm or microfiche pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided , that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such microfilm or microfiche Records, the Assuming Institution hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.
 
ARTICLE VII
FIRST LOSS TRANCHE
 
          The Assuming Institution has submitted to the Receiver an asset premium (discount) bid of ($53 million) and a positive Deposit premium bid of 0%. The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS, and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits. The First Loss Tranche shall be determined by adding (i) the asset premium (discount) bid, (ii) the Deposit premium bid, and (iii) the Equity Adjustment. If the First Loss Tranche is a positive number, then this is the Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and Net Charge-offs on Shared Loss Assets that the Assuming Institution will incur before loss-sharing commences under Exhibits 4.15A and 4.15B. If the First Loss Tranche is a negative number, the Corporation shall pay such amount by wire transfer to the Assuming Institution by the end of the first business day following Bank Closing, together with interest determined in accordance with Section 8.4, and loss sharing shall commence immediately.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
28
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
ARTICLE VIII
ADJUSTMENTS
 
           8.1           Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after Bank Closing, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Institution a pro forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such pro forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (i) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which at Bank Closing were carried in the Failed Bank’s suspense accounts, (ii) accruals as of Bank Closing for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank in the normal course of its operations, and (iii) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the equity method of accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the equity method of accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary’s recorded equity as of Bank Closing as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Any Loan purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which the Failed Bank charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of Bank Closing shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the pro forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.
 
          8.2           Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .
 
          (a)            In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any pro forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Accounting Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
          (b)            If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of Bank Closing, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Institution in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the pro forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.
 
           8.3           Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Institution as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
29
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           8.4            Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5, shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following Bank Closing to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.
 
           8.5            Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Institution or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.
 
ARTICLE IX
CONTINUING COOPERATION
 
           9.1           General Matters . The parties hereto agree that they will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.
 
           9.2           Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution each agree, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, to execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Institution shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.
 
          9.3           Claims and Suits .
 
          (a)            The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Institution in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before Bank Closing. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Institution with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
30
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
          (b)            In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as coplaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.
 
           9.4           Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Institution to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Institution agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Institution at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.
 
           9.5           Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Institution to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Institution agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off, or otherwise. The Assuming Institution agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section, the Assuming Institution shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Institution in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section.
 
          9.6           Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .
 
          (a)            In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
31
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           (b)          In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Institution shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Subsidiaries acquired by the Assuming Institution, and (ii) its books and records, the books and records of such Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Institution as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.
 
          (c)          Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution relating to the transferred Loan.
 
          9.7           Information . The Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Institution to assist in preparation of the pro forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.
 
ARTICLE X
CONDITION PRECEDENT
 
          The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before Bank Closing evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Institution, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Institution, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
32
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
ARTICLE XI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION
 
          The Assuming Institution represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:
 
          (a)           Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Institution (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (ii) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Institution has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
          (b)           Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.
 
          (c)           Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Institution and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Institution, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
 
          (d)           Compliance with Law .
 
                       (i)          Neither the Assuming Institution nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal having jurisdiction over the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Institution or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Institution or the ability of the Assuming Institution to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.
 
                       (ii)         Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Institution of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.
 
          (e)           Representations Remain   True . The Assuming Institution represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
33
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
ARTICLE XII
INDEMNIFICATION
 
          12.1           Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after Bank Closing and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to paragraph (d) of Section 12.2, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for which indemnification is provided hereunder in (a) of this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in (b) of this Section 12.1:
 
          (a)
 
                         (1) claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (x) the Failed Bank, or (y) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
 
                         (2) claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to Bank Closing;
 
                         (3) claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
 
                         (4) claims based on any action or inaction prior to Bank Closing of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;
 
                         (5) claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;
 
                         (6) claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Institution to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Institution is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Institution elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Institution nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
34
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
                      (7) claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(7) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and
 
                      (8) claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;
 
          (b)           provided , that , with respect to this Agreement, except for paragraphs (7) and (8) of Section 12.1(a), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:
 
                      (1) judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “counterclaim”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to Bank Closing, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (i) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (ii) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Institution in the cause of action from which the counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such counterclaim;
 
                      (2) claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
 
                      (3) claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
 
                      (4) claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to Bank Closing;
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
35
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
                    (5) claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;
 
                    (6) claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
 
                    (7) claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;
 
                    (8) claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (i) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;
 
                    (9) claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Institution not entered into this Agreement;
 
                    (10) claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
 
                    (11) except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided , that the Receiver, in its discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Institution or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;
 
                    (12) claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Institution of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;
 
                    (13) claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and
 
                    (14) claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Institution, other than pursuant to this Agreement.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
36
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
           12.2           Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:
 
          (a)          give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.7 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided , that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;
 
          (b)          provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;
 
          (c)          cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;
 
          (d)          in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which the Person claiming indemnification is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;
 
          (e)          not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;
 
          (f)          not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents in writing thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and
 
          (g)          take reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the indemnified Person against any Primary Indemnitor.
 
          12.3           No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (i) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectibility, genuineness, enforceability or condition of any (x) Asset, or (y) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Institution subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, or (ii) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
37
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
          12.4           Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after Bank Closing, the Assuming Institution agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:
 
          (a)          claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a); and
 
          (b)          claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Institution with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in paragraph (7) or (8) of Section 12.1(a).
 
          12.5           Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver’s (or Corporation’s) payments to the extent of such excess.
 
          12.6           Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (i) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
38
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
          12.7            Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver’s obligation to indemnify the Assuming Institution as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation’s obligation hereunder that the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.
 
          12.8           Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.
 
ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
 
          13.1           Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.
 
          13.2           Headings . The headings and subheadings of the Table of Contents, Articles and Sections contained in this Agreement, except the terms identified for definition in Article I and elsewhere in this Agreement, are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
 
          13.3           Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
 
          13.4           GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.
 
          13.5           Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution and for the benefit of no other Person.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
39
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
           13.6           Modification; Assignment . No amendment or other modification, rescission, release, or assignment of any part of this Agreement shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of   the parties hereto.
 
           13.7           Notice . Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval or other communication to any party hereto shall be effective when received and shall be given in writing , and delivered in person against receipt therefore, or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, courier service, telex, facsimile transmission or email to such part (with copies as indicated below) at its address set forth below or at such other address as it shall hereafter furnish in writing to the other parties. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given on the date received by the addressee.
 
Assuming Institution
 
CharterBank
P.O. Box 472
West Point, Georgia 31833
   
Attention:
Robert L. Johnson, Chief Executive Officer
 
Curtis R. Kollar, Chief Financial Officer
 
Receiver and Corporation
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
Receiver of McIntosh Commercial Bank
1601 Bryan Street, Suite 1700
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Settlement Manager
 
and with respect to notice under Article XII:
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
Receiver of McIntosh Commercial Bank
7777 Baymeadows Way West
Jacksonville, Florida 32256
Attention: Managing Counsel
 
           13.8           Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other paries; provided , that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.
     
Module 1  Whole Bank w/ Loss Share  P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
40
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
          13.9           Costs, Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each party hereto agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses which it has incurred in connection with or incidental to the matters contained in this Agreement, including without limitation any fees and disbursements to its accountants and counsel; provided , that the Assuming Institution shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys’ fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith.
 
          13.10         Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided , that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided , that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation, or the Assuming Institution under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.
 
          13.11         Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.
 
          13.12         Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of Bank Closing; provided , that the provisions of Section 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement. Provided, however, the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement; in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7 shall be in effect for the remainder of the term. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (i) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (ii) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.
 
          13.13         Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
 
[Signature Page Follows]
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
41
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
     
   
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
   
RECEIVER OF MCINTOSH COMMERCIAL BANK
   
CARROLLTON, GEORGIA
     
   
BY:
/s/ Robert W. Chamberlain  
   
NAME: Robert W. Chamberlain
   
TITLE: Receiver-in-Charge
     
Attest:
   
/s/ ILLEGIBLE    
     
   
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
     
   
BY:
/s/ Robert W. Chamberlain   
   
NAME: Robert W. Chamberlain
   
TITLE: Attorney-in-Fact
     
Attest:
   
/s/ ILLEGIBLE     
     
   
CHARTERBANK
 
   
BY:
/s/ Robert L. Johnson   
   
NAME: Robert L. Johnson
   
TITLE: Chief Executive Officer
     
Attest:
   
/s/ Bonnie F. Bonner     
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
42
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 2.1 - Certain Liabilities Assumed by the Assuming Institution
 
[To be Provided]
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
43
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 2.1(a)  Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Carrollton, GA
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank has deposits associated with the Depository Organization (DO) Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC. The DO accounts do not pass to the Assuming Bank and are excluded from the transaction as described in section 2.1 of the P&A Agreement. The attached Schedule 2.1.a DO Detail Report identifies the DO accounts as of January 29, 2010. This schedule will be updated post closing with data as of Bank Closing date.
 
Account number  Principal balance  Interest rate  Date issued  Maturity date
         
 
Redacted/Confidential
 
Module 1  Whole Bank w/ Loss Share  P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
44
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 3.1 - Certain Assets Purchased
 
[To be Provided]
 
THE LIST(S) ATTACHED TO THIS SCHEDULE (OR SUBSCHEDULE(S)) AND THE INFORMATION THEREIN, IS AS OF THE DATE OF THE MOST RECENT PERTINENT DATA MADE AVAILABLE TO THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION AS PART OF THE INFORMATION PACKAGE. IT WILL BE ADJUSTED TO REFLECT THE COMPOSITION AND BOOK VALUE OF THE LOANS AND ASSETS AS OF THE DATE OF BANK CLOSING. THE LIST(S) MAY NOT INCLUDE ALL LOANS AND ASSETS (E.G., CHARGED OFF LOANS). THE LIST(S) MAY BE REPLACED WITH A MORE ACCURATE LIST POST CLOSING.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
45
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 3.2 - Purchase Price of Assets or assets
       
(a)
cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:
 
Book Value
       
(b)
securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries and FRB and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:
 
As provided in Section 3.2(b)
       
(c)
federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:
 
Book Value
       
(d)
Loans:
 
Book Value
       
(e)
credit card business, if any, including all outstanding extensions of credit and offensive litigation, but excluding any class action lawsuits related to the credit card business:
 
Book Value
       
(f)
Safe Deposit Boxes and related business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:
 
Book Value
       
(g)
Records and other documents:
 
Book Value
       
(h)
Other Real Estate
 
Book Value
       
(i)
boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, fire arms, repossessed collateral
 
Book Value
       
(j)
capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries and FRB and FHLB stock:
 
Book Value
       
(k)
amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiary:
 
Book Value
       
(l)
assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:
 
Book Value
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
46
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
(m)
Overdrafts of customers:
 
Book Value
       
(n)
rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts.
 
As provided in Section 3.2(c)
       
(o)
rights of the Failed Bank to provide mortgage servicing for others and to have mortgage servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts.
 
Book Value
       
assets subject to an option to purchase:
       
(a)
Bank Premises:
 
Fair Market Value
       
(b)
Furniture and Equipment:
 
Fair Market Value
       
(c)
Fixtures:
 
Fair Market Value
       
(d)
Other Equipment:
 
Fair Market Value
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
47
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 3.5(1)  Excluded Securities
 
As of January 31, 2010
       
CUSIP
Description
Book Price
Book Value
 
Redacted/Confidential
 
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
48
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 4.15A
 
LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
[To be Provided]
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
49
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 4.15B
 
LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
NON-SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
[To be Provided]
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
50
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 7 -Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium
 
Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid
Premium
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Carrollton, GA
 
The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Bank (unless otherwise noted). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a P&A transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:
           
Category
 
Description
 
Amount
 
I
 
Non- DO Brokered Deposits
  $ -0-  
II
 
CDARS
  $ -0-  
III
 
Market Place Deposits
  $ 104,113,262  
   
Total deposits excluded from Calculation of premium
  $ 104,113,262  
             
 
Category Description
 
I Brokered Deposits
Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee, or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into 2 categories: 1) Depository Organization (DO) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (Non-DO) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by the institution.
 
Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Please see the attached “Schedule 7 Non-DO Broker Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.
 
DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), are typically excluded from Assumed Deposits in the P&A transaction. A list of these accounts is provided on “Schedule 2.1 DO Brokered Deposit Detail Report”. If, however, the terms of a particular transaction are altered and the DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, they will not be included in Assumed Deposits for purposes of calculating the deposit premium.
 
II CDARS
CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Bank, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank did not participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download. If CDARS deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 to the P&A Agreement.
 
III Market Place Deposits
“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, internet subscription service (for example, Qwickrate), or similar programs.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
51
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank does have Qwickrate deposits as identified above. The Qwickrate deposits are reported as time deposits in the Call Report. Mcintosh Commercial Bank uses “Branch 4” on their system to identify both brokered and Qwickrate deposits. Please see the attached Schedule 7  Qwickrate Deposit Detail Report for a listing of these accounts as of January 29, 2010. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of Bank Closing date.
 
This schedule provides a snapshot of account categories and balances as of January 29, 2010, which is the date of the deposit download. The deposit franchise bid premium will be calculated using account categories and balances as of Bank Closing Date that are reflected in the general ledger or subsystem as described above. The final numbers for Schedule 7 will be provided post closing.
 
Account
   
Date
Maturity
number
Name line 1
Current balance
issued
date
 
Redacted/Confidential
         
     $ 100,740,036.31    
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
52
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 2.3A
FINAL NOTICE LETTER
 
FINAL LEGAL NOTICE
Claiming Requirements for Deposits
Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)
 
[Date]
 
[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Anytown, USA]
   
Subject:   
[XXXXX – Name of Bank
City, State] – In Receivership
 
Dear [Sir/Madam]:
 
                    As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date] , the [Name of Bank (“The Bank”)] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank’s] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution].
 
                    According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution] , your account(s) currently fall into this category.
 
                    This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution]. There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] . It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:
   
1.
Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:
 
 
[123 Main Street
   
 
Anytown, USA]
 
2.
Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution] , change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).
   
3.
Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
53
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
4.
Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.
 
                    If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.
 
                    If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution’s records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.
 
                    If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX].
   
 
Sincerely,
   
 
[Name of Claims Specialist]
 
[Title]
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
54
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 2.3B
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
 
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
 
State of
 
COUNTY OF
 
I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution] .
 
This will attest that on [Date of mailing] , I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank] , City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor’s last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.
     
 
[Name]
 
 
[Title of Office]
 
 
[Name of Acquiring Institution]
 
 
Subscribed and sworn to before me this _______day of [Month, Year].
 
My commission expires:
       
   
[Name], Notary Public
 
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
55
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 3.2(c) -- VALUATION OF CERTAIN
QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS
       
A.
Scope
       
 
Interest Rate Contracts - All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.
       
 
Option Contracts - All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.
       
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts - All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.
       
B.
Exclusions
       
 
All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Institution but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.
       
C.
Adjustment
       
 
The difference between the Book Value and market value as of Bank Closing.
       
D.
Methodology
       
 
1.
The price at which the Assuming Institution sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
       
 
2.
In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:
       
   
(i)
All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.
       
   
(ii)
All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.
       
   
(iii)
Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
56
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
(iv)
For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal , Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.
     
 
(v)
For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Institution as of Bank Closing. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Institution will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
57
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 

EXHIBIT 4.13
INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT
 
          (a)          With respect to each asset (or liability) designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Arrangement, including any Assets sold by the Receiver but with respect to which the Receiver has an obligation to service or provide servicing support. (such being designated as “Pool Assets”), during the term of this Arrangement, the Assuming Institution shall:
 
                         (i) Promptly apply payments received with respect to any Pool Assets;
 
                         (ii) Reverse and return insufficient funds checks;
 
                         (iii) Pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; and (B) tax and insurance bills on Pool Assets as they come due, out of escrow funds maintained for purposes;
 
                         (iv) Maintain accurate records reflecting (A) the payment history of Pool Assets, with updated information received concerning changes in the address or identity of the obligors and (B) usage of data processing equipment and employee services with respect to servicing duties;
 
                         (v) Send billing statements to obligors on Pool Assets to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank;
 
                         (vi) Send notices to obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank);
 
                         (vii) Send to the Receiver, Attn: Managing Liquidator, at the address provided in Section 13.7 of the Agreement, or to such other person at such address as the Receiver may designate, via overnight delivery : (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports for the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and the trial balances, transaction journals and loan histories for Pool Assets having activity, together with copies of (1) checks received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks for payment to participants or for taxes and insurance, (4) pay-off requests, (5) notices to defaulted obligors, and (6) data processing and employee logs and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be periodically or from time to time requested;
 
                         (viii) Remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver, Attn: Division of Finance, Cashier Unit, Operations, at the address in (vii), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, or to such other person at such address and/or account as the Receiver may designate, all payments received on Pool Assets managed by the Assuming Institution or at such time and place and in such manner as may be directed by the Receiver;
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
58
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                         (ix) prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if required by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and pay taxes due on or before the due date, relating to the Pool Assets; and
 
                         (x) provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions as may be required with regard to Pool Assets, including, without limitation, as may be required with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, all as may be required by the Receiver.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Institution shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address provided above in subparagraph (a)(vii), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.
 
          (b)          The Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Institution for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, and data processing and employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).
 
          (c)          The Assuming Bank shall provide the services described herein for a period of up to three hundred sixty-five (365) days after Bank Closing.
 
          (d)          At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon written notice to the Assuming Institution, remove one or more Pool Assets from the Pool, at which time the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.
 
          (e)          At the expiration of this Agreement or upon the termination of the Assuming Institution’s responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Institution shall:
 
                         (i) deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and Pool Records relating to the Pool Assets; and
 
                         (ii) cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver (or its designee).
 
          (f)          At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver or its designee(s) (x) information and data regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems, and (y) access to employees of the Assuming Institution involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
59
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 4.15A
 
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
          This agreement for the reimbursement of loss sharing on certain single family residential mortgage loans (the “Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Institution purchases Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15A and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, unless the context indicates that it is intended to be a reference to a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
ARTICLE I -- DEFINITIONS
 
The capitalized terms used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                    “ Accounting Records means the subsidiary system of record on which the loan history and balance of each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of Other Real Estate; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and, monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Institution in management of loan portfolios.
 
                    “ Accrued Interest means, with respect to Single Family Shared-Loss Loans, the amount of earned and unpaid interest at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, limited to 90 days.
 
                    “ Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided , that , for purposes of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.
 
                    “ Commencement Date means the first calendar day following the Bank Closing.
 
                     Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement means the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit 4.15B.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
60
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 

                     Cumulative Loss Amount means the sum of the Monthly Loss Amounts less the sum of all Recovery Amounts.
 
                     Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount means the excess, if any, of the Cumulative Loss Amount over the First Loss Tranche.
 
                    “ Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments means (i) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Assuming Institution under the Shared-Loss Agreements minus (ii) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Receiver under the Shared-Loss Agreements.
 
                     Customary Servicing Procedures means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Institution (or, to the extent a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by FNMA or FHLMC (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions.
 
                     Deficient Valuation means the determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the loan in which case the loss will be the difference between the then unpaid principal balance (or the NPV of a modified loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.
 
                     Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
 
                     Home Equity Loans means loans or funded portions of lines of credit secured by mortgages on one-to four-family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations, where the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.
 
                     Final Shared-Loss Month means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
 
                    “ Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month means the calendar month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
 
                     Foreclosure Loss means the loss realized when the Assuming Institution has completed the foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2a or Exhibit 2a(1).
 
                     Investor-Owned Residential Loans means Loans, excluding advances made pursuant to Home Equity Loans, that are secured by mortgages on one- to four family residences or stock of cooperative housing associations that are not owner-occupied. These loans can be treated as Restructured Loans on a commercially reasonable basis and can be a restructured under terms separate from the Exhibit 5 standards. Please refer to Exhibit 2b for guidance in Calculation of Loss for Restructured Loans.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
61
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 

                     Loss means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss, Portfolio Loss, Modification Default Loss or Deficient Valuation.
 
                     Loss Amount means the dollar amount of loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.
 
                    “ Modification Default Loss means the loss calculated in Exhibits 2a(1) and 2c(1) for single family loans modified under this part of the agreement that default and result in a foreclosure or short sale.
 
                    “ Modification Guidelines has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                    “ Monthly Certificate has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                    “ Monthly Loss Amount means the sum of all Foreclosure Losses, Restructuring Losses, Short Sale Losses, Portfolio Losses, Modification Default Losses and losses in connection with Deficient Valuations realized by the Assuming Institution for any Shared Loss Month.
 
                    “ Monthly Shared-Loss Amount means the change in the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount from the beginning of each month to the end of each month.
 
                     Neutral Member has the meaning provided in Section 2. 1(f)(ii) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Portfolio Loss means the loss realized on either (i) a portfolio sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with the terms of Article IV or (ii) the sale of a loan with the consent of the Receiver as provided in Section 2.7.
 
                    “ Recovery Amount means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination Date, the amount of collected funds received by the Assuming Institution that (i) are applicable against a Foreclosure Loss which has previously been paid to the Assuming Institution by the Receiver or (ii) gains realized from a Section 4.1 sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which the Assuming Institution has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver (iii) or any incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated (short sale or foreclosure) in accordance with Exhibit 5.
 
                    “ Restructuring Loss means the loss on a modified or restructured loan measured by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance advances, third party or other fees due on a loan prior to the modification or restructuring, and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology attached as Exhibit 2b, as applicable.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
62
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 

                     Restructured Loan means a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Institution has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver. This applies to owner occupied and investor owned residences.
 
                     Servicing Officer has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Shared Loss Payment Trigger means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Shared-Loss Amount under the Commercial and Other Assets Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.
 
                     Shared-Loss Month means each calendar month between the Commencement Date and the last day of the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, provided that, the first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.
 
                     Short-Sale Loss means the loss resulting from the Assuming Institution’s agreement with the mortgagor to accept a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on the loan (including the costs of any cash incentives to borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), further provided , that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in accordance with the form and methodology specified in Exhibit 2c or Exhibit 2c(1).
 
                     Single Family Shared-Loss Loans means the single family one-to-four residential mortgage loans (whether owned by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary) identified on Schedule 4.15A of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
                    “ Stated Threshold means total losses under the shared loss agreements in the amount of $106,000,000.00.
 
                      Termination Date means the last day of the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month.
 
                     Then-Current Interest Rate means the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate for 30-year fixed-rate loans.
 
                     Third Party Servicer means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Institution, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
63
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
ARTICLE II -- SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
   
2.1
Shared-Loss Arrangement .
 
                     (a)         Loss Mitigation and Consideration of Alternatives . For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution shall undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts, in accordance with any of the following programs selected by Assuming Institution in its sole discretion, Exhibit 5 (FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program), the United States Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines or any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental agency (it being understood that the Assuming Institution can select different programs for the various Single Family Shared-Loss Loans) (such program chosen, the “Modification Guidelines”). After selecting the applicable Modification Guideline for any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Institution shall document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring under such Modification Guideline chosen, and short-sale (if short-sale is a viable option) alternatives and shall select the alternative the Assuming Institution believes, based on its estimated calculations, will result in the least Loss. Losses on Home Equity Loans shall be shared under the charge-off policies of the Assuming Institution’s Examination Criteria as if they were Single Family Shared-Loss Loans with respect to the calculation of the Stated Threshold. Assuming Institution shall retain its calculations of the estimated loss under each alternative, such calculations to be provided to the Receiver upon request. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Assuming Institution is not required to modify or restructure any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion and (ii) the Assuming Institution is not required to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing and shall be entitled to continue such foreclosure measures and recover the Foreclosure Loss as provided herein, and (iii) the Assuming Institution shall have a transition period of up to 90 days after Bank Closing to implement the Modification Guidelines, during which time, the Assuming Institution may submit claims under such guidelines as may be in place at the Failed Bank.
 
                     (b)         Monthly Certificates .
 
                    Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending in the month in which the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver, (a “Servicing Officer”) setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify (a “Monthly Certificate”):
     
 
(i)
(A)          a schedule substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 listing:
     
   
(i) each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Loss Amount (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) is being claimed, the related Loss Amount for each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
64
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
   
(ii) each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan for which a Recovery Amount was received, the Recovery Amount for each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, and the total Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
     
   
(iii) the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans minus the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
     
   
(iv) the Cumulative Shared-Loss Amount as of the beginning and end of the month;
     
   
(v) the Monthly Shared Loss Amount;
     
   
(vi) the result obtained in (v) times 80%, or times 95% if the Stated Threshold has been reached, which in either case is the amount to be paid under Section 2.1(d) of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution if the amount is a positive number, or by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver if the amount is a negative number;
     
 
(ii)
(B)          for each of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for that Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the Loss Amount using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2a, Exhibit 2b, or Exhibit 2c, as applicable.
     
 
(iii)
(C)          For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Section 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation using the form and methodology shown in Exhibit 2d.
     
 
(iv)
(D)          a portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3.
 
                    (c)         Monthly Data Download . Not later than fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, beginning with the month in which the Commencement Date occurs and ending with the Final Shared-Loss Recovery Month, Assuming Institution shall provide Receiver:
     
 
(v)
(i)            the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the following fields for each outstanding Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable:
     
 
(A)
Loan number
 
(B)
FICO score
 
(C)
Origination date
 
(D)
Original principal amount
 
(E)
Maturity date
 
(F)
Paid-to date
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
65
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
(G)
Last payment date
 
(H)
Loan status (bankruptcy, in foreclosure, etc.)
 
(I)
Delinquency counters
 
(J)
Current principal balance
 
(K)
Current escrow account balance
 
(L)
Current Appraisal/BPO value
 
(M)
Current Appraisal/BPO date
 
(N)
Interest rate
 
(O)
Monthly principal and interest payment amount
 
(P)
Monthly escrow payment for taxes and insurance
 
(Q)
Interest rate type (fixed or adjustable)
 
(R)
If adjustable: index, margin, next interest rate reset date
 
(S)
Payment/Interest rate cap and/or floor
 
(T)
Underwriting type (Full doc, Alt Doc, No Doc)
 
(U)
Lien type (1 st , 2 nd )
 
(V)
Amortization type (amortizing or I/O)
 
(W)
Property address, including city, state, zip code
 
(X)
A code indicating whether the Mortgaged Property is owner occupied
 
(Y)
Property type (single-family detached, condominium, duplex, etc.)
     
 
(vi)
(ii)           An Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan listing:
     
 
(A)
Foreclosure date
 
(B)
Unpaid loan principal balance
 
(C)
Appraised value or BPO value, as applicable
 
(D)
Projected liquidation date
 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to provide any of the foregoing information to the extent it is unable to do so as a result of the Failed Bank’s or Receiver’s failure to provide information required to produce the information set forth in this Section 2.1(c); provided , that the Assuming Institution shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures seek to produce any such missing information or improve any inaccurate information previously provided to it.
 
                    (d)           Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
 
                    (i)           Losses Under the Stated Threshold . After the Shared Loss Payment Trigger is reached, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Monthly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the total Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds eighty percent (80%) of that amount.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
66
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
                    (ii)           Losses in Excess of the Stated Threshold . In the event that the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Stated Loss Amount under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement meets or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the loss/recovery sharing percentages set forth herein shall change from 80/20 to 95/5 and thereafter the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate. If the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount reported on the Monthly Certificate is a negative number, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver in immediately available funds ninety-five percent (95%) of that amount.
 
                    (e)           Limitations on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to Section 2.1(d) with respect to any Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short Sale Loss or Portfolio Loss that the Receiver determines, based upon the criteria set forth in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (including the analysis and documentation requirements of Section 2.1(a)) or Customary Servicing Procedures, should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution; provided, however, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Institution with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to the properly effected Loss, and (2) to the extent not curable, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Losses (or portion of Losses) that were effected which would have been payable as a Loss if the Assuming Institution had properly effected such Loss. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payment with respect to Losses claimed pursuant to Section 2.1(d), the Receiver and Assuming Institution shall, upon final resolution, make the necessary adjustments to the Monthly Shared-Loss Amount for that Monthly Certificate and the payment pursuant to Section 2.1(d) above shall be adjusted accordingly.
 
                    (f)           Payments by Wire-Transfer . All payments under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be made by wire-transfer in accordance with the wire-transfer instructions on Exhibit 4.
 
                    (g)          [ Omitted ].
 
          2.2     Auditor Report; Right to Audit .
 
                  (a)         Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year during which the Receiver makes any payment to the Assuming Institution under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year pursuant to this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Single-Family Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
67
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                    (b)          The Receiver or the FDIC in its corporate capacity (“Corporation”) may perform an audit or audits to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice. Assuming Institution shall provide access to pertinent records and proximate working space in Assuming Institution’s facilities. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the reasonable discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Institution’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit or audits, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
 
          2.3     Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Monthly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if in its good faith and reasonable judgment there is a reasonable basis under the requirements of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver, in its reasonable judgment, that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days.
 
           2.4     Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records sufficient to ensure and document compliance with the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, including but not limited to (a) documentation of alternatives considered with respect to defaulted loans or loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable, (b) documentation showing the calculation of loss for claims submitted to the Receiver, (c) retention of documents that support each line item on the loss claim forms, and (d) documentation with respect to the Recovery Amount on loans for which the Receiver has made a loss-share payment
 
           2.5     Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Receiver such other information, including but not limited to, financial statements, computations, and bank policies and procedures, relating to the performance of the provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Receiver may reasonably request from time to time.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
68
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 

           2.6     Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Receiver’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
           2.7     Sale of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan upon payment of a Foreclosure Loss amount or a Short Sale Loss amount with respect to such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan or upon the sale of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan by Assuming Institution to a person or entity that is not an Affiliate; provided, however, that if the Receiver consents to the sale of any such Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, any loss on such sale shall be a Portfolio Loss. The Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with timely notice of any such sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a sale of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, for purposes of this Section 2.7, shall not be deemed to have occurred as the result of (i) any change in the ownership or control of Assuming Institution or the transfer of any or all of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan(s) to any Affiliate of Assuming Institution, (ii) a merger by Assuming Institution with or into any other entity, or (iii) a sale by Assuming Institution of all or substantially all of its assets.
 
ARTICLE III - RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SINGLE FAMILY
SHARED-LOSS LOANS
 
          3.1      Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Institution shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Institution transfers any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans to) manage, administer, and collect the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans while owned by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible to the Receiver in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder.
 
           3.2     Duties of the Assuming Institution . (a) In performance of its duties under this Article III, the Assuming Institution shall:
   
 
(i) manage and administer each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with Assuming Institution’s usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures;
   
 
(ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering and collecting amounts owed on the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
69
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
(iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to maximize Recoveries with respect to Losses on Single Family Shared-Loss Loans without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Single Family Shared-Loss Loans;
   
 
(iv) retain sufficient staff (in Assuming Institution’s discretion) to perform its duties hereunder; and
   
 
(v) other than as provided in Section 2.1(a), comply with the terms of the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth therein. For the avoidance of doubt, the Assuming Institution may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (the FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Loans with similar characteristics, with the objectives of (1) minimizing the loss to the Assuming Institution and the FDIC and (2) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.
 
                    (b)           Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Single Family Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans will be provided to FDIC for informational purposes and if such transaction is not entered into on an arm’s length basis on commercially reasonable terms such transaction shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver.
 
           3.3     Shared-Loss Asset Records and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain such records as may be appropriate to account for the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably require, and to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver to the Receiver such reports as the Receiver may from time to time request regarding the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans and the Monthly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
          3.4     Related Loans .
 
                   (a)           Assuming Institution shall use its best efforts to determine which loans are “Related Loans”, as hereinafter defined. The Assuming Institution shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner that would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Single Family Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month that is made to an Obligor of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan.
 
                   (b)           The Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Monthly Certificates for the calendar months ending June 30 and December 31, a schedule of all Related Loans on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of the end of each such semi-annual period.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
70
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           3.5     Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article V below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired an asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Institution shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Institution shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.
 
           3.6     Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Institution hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be included in calculating Losses to the extent such expenses would be included in such calculation if the expenses were incurred by Assuming Institution); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution of any obligation or liability hereunder.
 
ARTICLE IV – PORTFOLIO SALE
 
          4.1     Assuming Institution Portfolio Sales of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . The Assuming Institution shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver to liquidate for cash consideration, from time to time in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Institution at any time prior to the Termination Date (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Institution exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors. Sales of Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool from Single Family Shared-Loss Loans not restructured. The Receiver’s review of the Assuming Institution’s proposed Portfolio Sale will be considered in a timely fashion and approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
 
           4.2     Assuming Institution’s Liquidation of Remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . In the event that the Assuming Institution does not conduct a Portfolio Sale pursuant to Section 4.1, the Receiver shall have the right, exercisable in its sole and absolute discretion, to require the Assuming Institution to liquidate for cash consideration, any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans held by the Assuming Institution at any time after the date that is six months prior to the Termination Date. If the Receiver exercises its option under this Section 4.2, it must give notice in writing to the Assuming Institution, setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Institution shall be required to liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. The Assuming Institution will comply with the Receiver’s notice and must liquidate the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans as soon as reasonably practicable by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors. The selection of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent retained for the liquidation of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the prior approval of the Receiver, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
71
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
          4.3     Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restrctured Loans gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 wil be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Institution less the unpaid principal balance of the remaining Single Family Shared-Loss Loans. For any Restrctured Loan included in the sale gain or loss on sale wil be calculated as (a) the sale price received by the Assuming Institution less (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restrctured Loan that was used in the calculation ofthe related Restrcturing Loss plus (c) Loan principal payments collected by the Assuming Institution from the date the Loan was restrctured to the date of sale. (See Exhibit 2d for example calculation).
 
ARTICLE V -- LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO RECEIVER AND PURCHASER
 
          All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, or overnight courier, receipt requested, addressed to the parties as follows:
     
          If to Receiver, to:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver
for McIntosh Commercial Bank
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
   
Washington, D.C. 20429
   
Attention: Ralph Malami, Manager, Capital Markets
     
 
with a copy to:
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
as Receiver for McIntosh Commercial Bank
   
Room E7056
   
3501 Fairfax Drive, Arlington, VA 22226
   
Att: Special Issues Unit
     
 
With respect to a notice under Section 3.5 of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, copies of such notice shall be sent to:
     
   
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
   
Legal Division
   
7777 Baymeadows Way West
   
Jacksonville, Florida 32256
   
Attention: Managing Counsel
 
If to Assuming Institution, to:
 
     
 
CharterBank
 
 
P.O. Box 472
 
 
West Point, Georgia 31833
 
 
 
  Attention:  
Robert L. Johnson, Chief Executive Officer
Curtis R. Kollar, Chief Financial Offcer
 
Module 1  Whole Bank w/ Loss Shae  P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
72
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
 
Such Persons and addresses may be changed from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Article V. Any notice, demand or other communication delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to have been given on the date actually received.
 
ARTICLE VI -- MISCELLANEOUS
 
           6.1.             Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of a party hereto in connection with this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.
 
           6.2            Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . All terms and provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided , however , that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver; and for a period of thirty-six (36) months after Bank Closing, a merger or consolidation shall also include the sale by any individual shareholder, or shareholders acting in concert, of more than 9% of the outstanding shares of the Assuming Institution, or of its holding company, or of any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, or the sale of shares by the Assuming Institution or its holding company or any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, in a public or private offering, that increases the number of shares outstanding by more than 9%, constitutes the transfer of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. However, no Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC. The FDIC’s consent shall not be required if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Shared-Loss Assets is less than twenty percent (20%) of the initial aggregate balance of Shared-Loss Assets.
 
          6.3            Governing Law . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
73
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           6.4             WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
           6.5            Captions . All captions and headings contained in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
           6.6            Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.
 
           6.7            Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
           6.8             No Third Party Beneficiary . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or Claim under or in respect of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.
 
           6.9            Counterparts . This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement may be executed separately by Receiver and Assuming Institution in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
 
           6.10           Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
74
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           6.11           Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.
 
ARTICLE VII
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
 
          7.1             Dispute Resolution Procedures .
 
          (a)               In the event a dispute arises about the interpretation, application, calculation of Loss, or calculation of payments or otherwise with respect to this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement (“SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item”), then the Receiver and the Assuming Institution shall make every attempt in good faith to resolve such items within sixty (60) days following the receipt of a written description of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, with notification of the possibility of taking the matter to arbitration (the date on which such 60-day period expires, or any extension of such period as the parties hereto may mutually agree to in writing, herein called the “Resolution Deadline Date”). If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution resolve all such items to their mutual satisfaction by the Resolution Deadline Date, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, any payment arising out such resolution shall be made arising from the settlement of the SF Shared-Loss Dispute.
 
          (b)               If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution fail to resolve any outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Items by the Resolution Deadline Date, then either party may notify the other of its intent to submit the SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII. Failure of either party to notify the other of its intent to submit any unresolved SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item to arbitration within thirty (30) days following the Resolution Deadline Date (the date on which such thirty (30) day period expires is herein called the “Arbitration Deadline Date”) shall be deemed an acceptance of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute not submitted to arbitration, as well as a waiver of the submitting party’s right to dispute such non-submitted SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item but not a waiver of any similar claim which may arise in the future.
 
          (c)               If a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item is submitted to arbitration, it shall be governed by the rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), except as otherwise provided herein. Either party may submit a matter for arbitration by delivering a notice, prior to the Arbitration Deadline Date, to the other party in writing setting forth:
   
 
(i)               A brief description of each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;
   
 
(ii)               A statement of the moving party’s position with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration;
   
 
(iii)              The value sought by the moving party, or other relief requested regarding each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item submitted for arbitration, to the extent reasonably calculable; and
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
75
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
 
(iv) The name and address of the arbiter selected by the moving party (the “Moving Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA.
 
                           Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the parties right to arbitrate so long as after notification of such failure the moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable.
 
          (d)               The non-moving party shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, deliver a notice to the moving party setting forth:
   
 
(i)     The name and address of the arbiter selected by the non-moving party (the “Respondent Arbiter”), who shall be a neutral, as determined by the AAA;
   
 
(ii)     A statement of the position of the respondent with respect to each Dispute Item; and
   
 
(iii)   The ultimate resolution sought by the respondent or other relief, if any, the respondent deems is due the moving party with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item.
 
                           Failure to adequately include any information above shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the non-moving party’s right to defend such arbitration so long as after notification of such failure the non-moving party cures such failure as promptly as reasonably practicable
 
          (e)             The Moving Arbiter and Respondent Arbiter shall select a third arbiter from a list furnished by the AAA. In accordance with the rules of the AAA, the three (3) arbiters shall constitute the arbitration panel for resolution of each SF Loss-Share Dispute Item. The concurrence of any two (2) arbiters shall be deemed to be the decision of the arbiters for all purposes hereunder. The arbitration shall proceed on such time schedule and in accordance with the Rules of Commercial Arbitration of the AAA then in effect, as modified by this Section 7.1. The arbitration proceedings shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then they will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, DC, or Arlington, Virginia.
 
          (f)             The Receiver and Assuming Institution shall facilitate the resolution of each outstanding SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item by making available in a prompt and timely manner to one another and to the arbiters for examination and copying, as appropriate, all documents, books, and records under their respective control and that would be discoverable under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
 
          (g)             The arbiters designated pursuant to subsections (c), (d) and (e) hereof shall select, with respect to each Dispute Item submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.1, either (i) the position and relief submitted by the Assuming Institution with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, or (ii) the position and relief submitted by the Receiver with respect to each SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item, in either case as set forth in its respective notice of arbitration. The arbiters shall have no authority to select a value for each Dispute Item other than the determination set forth in Section 7.1(c) and Section 7.1(d). The arbitration shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
76
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
          (h)             Any amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to such award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from and including the date specified for the arbiters decisions specified in this Section 7.1, without regard to any extension of the finality of such award, to but not including the date paid. All payments required to be made under this Section 7.1 shall be made by wire transfer.
 
          (i)             For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent any notice of a SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) is provided prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the Single Family Shared-Loss Loans that are the subject of such SF Shared-Loss Dispute Item(s) until such time as any such dispute is finally resolved.
 
           7.2             Fees and Expenses of Arbiters . The aggregate fees and expenses of the arbiters shall be borne equally by the parties. The parties shall pay the aggregate fees and expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt of the written decision of the arbiters (unless the arbiters agree in writing on some other payment schedule).
 
Exhibit 1
 
Monthly Certificate
 
SEE FOLLOWING PAGE
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
77
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
PART 1 - CURRENT MONTH NET LOSS
                     
MONTH ENDED:
 
[input report month]
           
                     
Losses
                   
                     
Loan No.
   
Loss Type (1)
 
Loss
Amount
           
                     
TOTAL
 
 
 
XX
    A        
                     
Recoveries
                   
                     
Loan No.
   
Recovery
Amount
 
Loss
Amount (2)
 
Loss
Month (3)
       
                     
TOTAL
    XX  
B
 
 
       
                     
Net Losses
    XX  
C = A - B
 
 
       
(Recoveries)
                   
                     
PART 2 - FIRST LOSS TEST
                     
       
Col. D
 
Col. E
 
Col. D - Col. E
   
       
Cumulative
     
Cumulative
   
       
Loss
 
First Loss
 
Shared-Loss
   
       
Amount
 
Tranche
 
Amount (4)
   
                     
Balance, beginning of month
 
XX
 
XX
 
XX
 
F
Current month Net Losses (from Part 1)
 
XX
           
                 
Balance, end of month
 
XX
 
XX
 
XX
 
G
                 
                 
Shared Loss Amount
         
XX
 
G - F
Times Loss Share percentage
         
80%
   
                 
Amount due from (to) FDIC as Receiver
         
XX
   
                 
Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies the information on this Certificate is true, complete and correct.
                 
OFFICER SIGNATURE
               
OFFICER NAME:
     
TITLE
       
 
(1)
Specify loss type as Foreclosure, or Short-Sale.
(2)
Loss Amount is the amount of Loss incurred and reported on the loan in a
(3)
Loss Month is the reporting month in which the Loss was reported.
(4)
If Col. D minus Col. E is less than zero, enter zero.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
78
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit 2a
 
This exhibit contains three versions of the loss share calculation for foreclosure, plus explanatory notes.
 
Exhibit 2a(1)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE
LOSS Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement
           
1
 
Shared-Loss Month
 
May-09
 
2
 
Loan no:
 
364574
 
3
 
REO #
 
621
 
           
4
 
Foreclosure date
 
12/18/08
 
5
 
Liquidation date
 
4/12/09
 
6
 
Note Interest rate
 
8.100%
 
7
 
Most recent BPO
 
228,000
 
8
 
Most recent BPO date
 
1/21/09
 
           
   
Foreclosure Loss calculation
     
9
 
Book value at date of Loss Share agreement
 
244,900
 
           
10
 
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days or days from failure to sale, whichever is less
 
3,306
 
11
 
Costs incurred after Loss Share agreement in place:
     
12
 
Attorney’s fees
 
0
 
13
 
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
 
0
 
14
 
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
 
6,500
 
15
 
Tax and insurance advances
 
0
 
   
Other Advances
     
16
 
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
 
0
 
17
 
Inspections
 
0
 
18
 
Other
 
0
 
           
19
 
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
 
254,706
 
           
   
Cash Recoveries:
     
20
 
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
 
219,400
 
21
 
Hazard Insurance proceeds
 
0
 
22
 
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
 
0
 
23
 
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
 
0
 
24
 
Other credits, if any (itemize)
 
0
 
25
 
Total Cash Recovery
 
219,400
 
           
26
 
Loss Amount
 
35,306
 
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
79
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
Exhibit 2a(2)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share
           
1
 
Shared-Loss Month
 
May-09
 
2
 
Loan no:
 
292334
 
3
 
REO #
 
477
 
           
4
 
Interest paid-to-date
 
4/30/08
 
5
 
Foreclosure date
 
1/15/09
 
6
 
Liquidation date
 
4/12/09
 
7
 
Note Interest rate
 
8.000%
 
8
 
Owner occupied?
 
Yes
 
9
 
If owner-occupied:
     
10
 
Borrower current gross annual income
 
42,000
 
11
 
Estimated NPV of loan mod
 
195,000
 
12
 
Most recent BPO
 
235,000
 
13
 
Most recent BPO date
 
1/21/09
 
           
   
Foreclosure Loss calculation
     
16
 
Loan Principal balance after last paid installment
 
300,000
 
           
17
 
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
 
6,000
 
18
 
Attorney’s fees
 
0
 
  19  
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees,
     
 
 
advertising, etc.
 
4,000
 
20
 
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
 
5,500
 
21
 
Tax and insurance advances
 
1,500
 
   
Other Advances
     
22
 
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
 
0
 
23
 
Inspections
 
50
 
24
 
Other
 
0
 
           
25
 
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
 
317,050
 
           
   
Cash Recoveries:
     
26
 
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
 
205,000
 
27
 
Hazard Insurance proceeds
 
0
 
28
 
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
 
0
 
29
 
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
 
0
 
30
 
Other credits, if any (itemize)
 
0
 
31
 
Total Cash Recovery
 
205,000
 
           
32
 
Loss Amount
 
112,050
 
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
80
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
Exhibit 2a(3)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Mod
           
1
 
Shared-Loss Month
 
May-09
 
2
 
Loan no:
 
138554
 
3
 
REO #
 
843
 
           
4
 
Loan mod date
 
1/17/08
 
5
 
Interest paid-to-date
 
4/30/08
 
6
 
Foreclosure date
 
1/15/09
 
7
 
Liquidation date
 
4/12/09
 
8
 
Note Interest rate
 
4.000%
 
9
 
Most recent BPO
 
210,000
 
10
 
Most recent BPO date
 
1/20/09
 
           
   
Foreclosure Loss calculation
     
11
 
NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod
 
285,000
 
12
 
Less: Principal payments between loan mod and deliquency
 
2,500
 
13
 
Plus:
     
14
 
Attorney’s fees
 
0
 
15
 
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
 
4,000
 
16
 
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
 
7,000
 
17
 
Tax and insurance advances
 
2,000
 
18
 
Other Advances
     
19
 
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
 
0
 
20
 
Inspections
 
0
 
21
 
Other
 
0
 
           
22
 
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
 
295,500
 
           
   
Cash Recoveries:
     
23
 
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
 
201,000
 
24
 
Hazard Insurance proceeds
 
0
 
25
 
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
 
0
 
26
 
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
 
0
 
27
 
Other credits, if any (itemize)
 
0
 
28
 
Total Cash Recovery
 
201,000
 
           
29
 
Loss Amount
 
94,500
 
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
81
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
Notes to Exhibit 2a (foreclosure)
         
 
1.
The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.
 
2.
The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for covered losses from foreclosures, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:
     
a.
If foreclosure occurred prior to the beginning of the Loss Share agreement, use Exhibit 2a(1). This version uses the book value of the REO as the starting point for the covered loss.
     
b.
If foreclosure occurred after the Loss Share agreement was in place, and if the loan was not restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, use Exhibit 2a(2). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.
     
c.
If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then foreclosure occurred, use Exhibit 2a(3). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.
 
3.
For Exhibit 2a(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 9 – 18; it is shown in line 19. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 16 – 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(3), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 – 21; it is shown in line 22.
 
4.
For Exhibit 2a(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 20 – 24; it is shown in line 25. For Exhibit 2a(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26 – 30; it is shown in line 31. For Exhibit 2a(3), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 23 – 27; it is shown in line 28.
 
5.
Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.
 
6.
Assuming Institution’s (or Third Party Servicer’s) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an affiliate (if affiliate is pre-approved by the FDIC) for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower’s escrow account. Allowable costs are limited to amounts per Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae guidelines (as in effect from time to time), where applicable, provided that this limitation shall not apply to costs or expenses relating to environmental conditions.
 
7.
Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
8.
If Exhibit 2a(3) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:
     
a.
90 days
     
b.
The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
82
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
     
c.
The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold
    To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
83
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
Exhibit 2b
 
This exhibit contains the loss share calculation for restructuring (loan mod), plus explanatory notes.
 
Exhibit 2b
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
           
1
 
Shared-Loss Month
 
May-09
 
2
 
Loan no:
 
123456
 
           
   
Loan before Restructuring
     
3
 
Original loan amount
 
500,000
 
4
 
Current unpaid principal balance
 
450,000
 
5
 
Remaining term
 
298
 
6
 
Interest rate
 
7.500%
 
7
 
Interest Paid-To-Date
 
2/29/08
 
8
 
Monthly payment - P&I
 
3,333
 
9
 
Monthly payment - T&I
 
1,000
 
10
 
Total monthly payment
 
4,333
 
11
 
Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)
 
Option ARM
 
12
 
Borrower current annual income
 
82,000
 
           
   
Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
     
13
 
Closing date on modified/restructured loan
 
4/19/09
 
14
 
New Principal balance
 
461,438
 
15
 
Remaining term
 
313
 
16
 
Interest rate
 
3.500%
 
17
 
Monthly payment - P&I
 
1,346
 
18
 
Monthly payment - T&I
 
800
 
19
 
Total monthly payment
 
2,146
 
20
 
Loan type (fixed-rate, ARM, I/O, Option ARM, etc.)
 
IO Hybrid
 
21
 
Lien type (1st, 2nd)
 
1st
 
    If adjustable:      
22
 
Initial interest rate
 
3.500%
 
23
 
Term - initial interest rate
 
60 Months
 
24
 
Initial payment amount
 
2,146
 
25
 
Term-initial payment amount
 
60 Months
 
26
 
Negative amortization?
 
No
 
27
 
Rate reset frequency after first adjustment
 
6 Months
 
28
 
Next reset date
 
5/1/14
 
29
 
Index
 
LIBOR
 
30
 
Margin
 
2.750%
 
31
 
Cap per adjustment
 
2.000%
 
32
 
Lifetime Cap
 
9.500%
 
33
 
Floor
 
2.750%
 
34
 
Front end DTI
 
31%
 
35
 
Back end DTI
 
45%
 
           
   
Restructuring Loss Calculation
     
36
 
Loan Principal balance before restructuring
 
450,000
 
37
 
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
 
8,438
 
38
 
Tax and insurance advances
 
3,000
 
39
 
3rd party fees due
 
-
 
40
 
Total loan balance due before restructuring
 
461,438
 
           
   
Assumptions for NPV Calculation, Restructured Loan:
     
41
 
Discount rate for projected cash flows
 
5.530%
 
42
 
Loan prepayment in full
 
120 Months
 
43
 
NPV of projected cash flows
 
403,000
 
           
44
 
Loss Amount
 
58,438
 
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
84
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
Notes to Exhibit 2b (restructuring)
         
 
1.
The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual restructurings.
 
2.
For purposes of loss sharing, losses on restructured loans are calculated as the difference between:
     
a.
The principal, accrued interest, advances due on the loan, and allowable 3 rd party fees prior to restructuring (lines 36-39), and
     
b.
The Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 43). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for 10 years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of 10 years (120 months).
 
3.
For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using the most recently published Freddie Mac survey rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.
 
4.
For investor owned or non-owner occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using commercially reasonable rate on 30-year fixed rate loans as of the restructure date.
 
5.
If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific charges in monthly P&I payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the projected cash flows. Assuming Institution must retain supporting schedule of projected cash flows as required by Section 2.1 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.
 
6.
Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
7.
The amount of accrued interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the minimum of:
     
a.
90 days
     
b.
The number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring
     
c.
The number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring
   
To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
85
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
Exhibit 2c
 
This exhibit contains two versions of the loss share calculation for short sales, plus explanatory notes.
 
Exhibit 2c(1)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
No Preceeding Loan Mod under Loss Share
           
1
 
Shared-Loss Month:
 
May-09
 
2
 
Loan #
 
58776
 
3
 
RO #
 
542
 
           
4
 
Interest paid-to-date
 
7/31/08
 
5
 
Short Payoff Date
 
4/17/09
 
6
 
Note Interest rate
 
7.750%
 
7
 
Owner occupied?
 
Yes
 
   
If so:
     
8
 
Borrower current gross annual income
 
38,500
 
9
 
Estimated NPV of loan mod
 
200,000
 
10
 
Most recent BPO
 
380,000
 
11
 
Most recent BPO date
 
1/31/06
 
           
   
Short-Sale Loss calculation
     
12
 
Loan Principal balance
 
375,000
 
           
13
 
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
 
7,266
 
14
 
Attorney’s fees
 
0
 
15
 
Tax and insurance advances
 
0
 
16
 
3rd party fees due
 
2,800
 
17
 
Incentive to borrower
 
2,000
 
18
 
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
 
387,066
 
           
19
 
Amount accepted in Short-Sale
 
255,000
 
20
 
Hazard Insurance
 
0
 
21
 
Mortgage Insurance
 
0
 
           
22
 
Total Cash Recovery
 
255,000
 
           
23
 
Loss Amount
 
132,066
 
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
86
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
Exhibit 2c(2)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
Short Sale after a Covered Loan Mod
           
1
 
Shared-Loss Month:
 
May-09
 
2
 
Loan #
 
20076
 
3
 
REO #
 
345
 
           
4
 
Loan mod date
 
5/12/08
 
5
 
Interest paid-to-date
 
9/30/08
 
6
 
Short Payoff Date
 
4/2/09
 
7
 
Note Interest rate
 
7.500%
 
8
 
Most recent BPO
 
230,000
 
9
 
Most recent BPO date
 
1/21/09
 
           
   
Short-Sale Loss calculation
     
11
 
NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod
 
311,000
 
12
 
Less: Principal payments between loan mod and deliquency Plus:
 
1,000
 
13
 
Attorney’s fees
 
0
 
14
 
Tax and insurance advances
 
1,500
 
15
 
3rd party fees due
 
2,600
 
16
 
Incentive to borrower
 
3,500
 
17
 
Gross balance recoverable by Purchaser
 
317,600
 
           
18
 
Amount accepted in Short-Sale
 
234,000
 
19
 
Hazard Insurance
 
0
 
20
 
Mortgage Insurance
 
0
 
           
21
 
Total Cash Recovery
 
234,000
 
           
22
 
Loss Amount
 
83,600
 
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
87
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
Notes to Exhibit 2c (short sale)
         
 
1.
The data shown are for illustrative purpose. The figures will vary for actual short sales.
 
2.
The covered loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Purchaser and the total cash recovery. There are two methods of calculation for covered losses from short sales, depending upon the circumstances. They are shown below:
     
a.
If the loan was restructured when the Loss Share agreement was in place, and then the short sale occurred, use Exhibit 2c(2). This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the covered loss.
     
b.
Otherwise, use Exhibit 2c(1). This version uses the unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment as the starting point for the covered loss.
 
3.
For Exhibit 2c(1), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as the sum of lines 12 – 17; it is shown in line 18. For Exhibit 2a(2), the gross balance recoverable by the purchaser is calculated as line 11 minus line 12 plus lines 13 – 16; it is shown in line 17.
 
4.
For Exhibit 2c(1), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 19 – 21; it is shown in line 22. For Exhibit 2c(2), the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 18 – 20; it is shown in line 21.
 
5.
Reasonable and customary third party attorney’s fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under Attorney’s fees.
 
6.
Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of Assuming Institution’s servicing costs, or any allocations of Assuming Institution’s general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
 
7.
If Exhibit 2c(2) is used, then no accrued interest may be included as a covered loss. Otherwise, the amount of accrued interest that may be included as a covered loss is limited to the minimum of:
     
d.
90 days
     
e.
The number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold
     
f.
The number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold
   
To calculate accrued interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
88
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
Exhibit 2d
                     
Shared-Loss Month:
       
[input month]
     
Loan no.:
       
[input loan no. )
     
                     
NOTE
                   
The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.
                     
EXAMPLE CALCULATION
                   
                     
Restructuring Loss Information
                   
Loan principal balance before restructuring
       
$
200,000
   
A
 
NPV, restructured loan
         
165,000
   
B
 
Loss on restructured loan
       
$
35,000
   
A – B
 
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)
         
80
%
     
Loss share payment to purchaser
       
$
28,000
   
C
 
                     
Calculation – Recovery amount due to Receiver
                   
Loan sales price
       
$
190,000
       
NPV of restructured loan at mod date
         
165,000
       
Gain - step 1
         
25,000
   
D
 
PLUS
                   
Loan UPB after restructuring
   
(1)
   
200,000
       
Loan UPB at liquidation date
         
192,000
       
Gain - step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)
         
8,000
   
E
 
Recovery amount
         
33,000
   
D + E
 
Times FDIC loss share %
         
80
%
     
Recovery due to FDIC
       
$
26,400
   
F
 
                     
Net loss share paid to purchaser (C – F)
       
$
1,600
       
                     
Proof Calculation
   
(2)
             
Loan principal balance
       
$
200,000
   
G
 
                     
Principal collections on loan
         
8,000
       
Sales price for loan
         
190,000
       
Total collections on loan
         
198,000
   
H
 
Net loss on loan
       
$
2,000
   
G – H
 
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80% or 95%)
         
80
%
     
Loss share payment to purchaser
       
$
1,600
       
 
(1)
This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.
(2)
This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Institution is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
89
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
Exhibit 3
Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule
                   
SHARED-LOSS LOANS
       
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE
       
MONTH ENDED:
[input report month]
     
                   
POOL SUMMARY
                 
   
#
   
$
       
Loans at Sale Date
   
xx
   
xx
     
                   
Loans as of this month-end
   
xx
   
xx
     
                   
                   
STATED THRESHOLD TRACKING
 
#
   
$
       
Stated Threshold amount
             
A
 
                   
Cumulative loss payments, prior month
                 
Loss payment for current month
                 
Cumulative loss payment, this month
                 
Cumulative Commercial & Other Loans Net Charge-Offs
                 
               
B
 
Remaining to Stated Threshold
             
A - B
 
                   
               
Percent of Total
 
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS
 
#
   
$
   
#
 
Current
                 
30 – 59 days past due
                 
60 – 89 days past due
                 
90 – 119 days past due
                 
120 and over days past due
                 
In foreclosure
                 
ORE
                 
Total
                 
                   
Memo Item :
                 
Loans in process of restructuring – total
                 
Loans in bankruptcy
                 
                   
Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status
                 
Current
                 
30 - 59 days past due
                 
60 - 89 days past due
                 
90 - 119 days past due
                 
120 and over days past due In foreclosure
                 
Total
                 
                   
List of Loans Paid Off During Month
                 
                   
Loan #
   
Principal
Balance
         
                 
List of Loans Sold During Month
               
                 
Loan #
   
Principal
Balance
         
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
90
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit 4
Wire Transfer Instructions
 
PURCHASER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
   
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
 
   
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
 
   
ACCOUNT NUMBER
 
   
NAME OF ACCOUNT
 
   
ATTENTION TO WHOM
 
   
PURPOSE OF WIRE
 
   
FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
   
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
 
   
SHORT NAME
 
   
ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE
 
   
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
 
   
ACCOUNT NUMBER
 
   
NAME OF ACCOUNT
 
   
ATTENTION TO WHOM
 
   
PURPOSE OF WIRE
 
 
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
91
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 5
 
FDIC MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION PROGRAM
 
Objective
 
The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program (“Program”) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower’s monthly housing debt to income ratio (“DTI Ratio”) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.
 
Qualifying Mortgage Loans
 
In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:
     
 
The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner’s primary residence; and
 
The mortgagor has a first priority lien on the collateral; and
 
Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.
 
Modification Process
 
The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value of the modified loan and, if it will exceed the net present value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio to no more than 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.
 
The borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing the borrower’s monthly income by the borrower’s monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance). For these purposes, (1) the borrower’s monthly income shall be the amount of the borrower’s (along with any co-borrowers’) documented and verified gross monthly income, and (2) the borrower’s monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner’s insurance with respect to the collateral.
 
In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “Capitalized Balance”).
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
92
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:
     
 
1.
Reduce the interest rate to the then current Freddie Mac Survey Rate for 30-year fixed rate mortgage loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.
     
 
2.
If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved.
     
 
3.
If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.
     
 
4.
If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “Adjusted Payment Amount”) that will result in the borrower’s monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions – the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.
 
Special Note:
 
The net present value calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the covered loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, Assuming Institution’s determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.
 
By contrast, the net present value for determining the covered loss is based on a 10 year period. While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the covered loss remains constant.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
93
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT 4.15B
 
COMMERCIAL AND OTHER ASSETS SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
          This agreement for reimbursement of loss sharing expenses on certain loans and other assets (the “Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement”) shall apply when the Assuming Institution purchases Shared-Loss Assets as that term is defined herein. The terms hereof shall modify and supplement, as necessary, the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement to which this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is attached as Exhibit 4.15B and incorporated therein. To the extent any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall control. References in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement to a particular Section shall be deemed to refer to a Section in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless the context indicates that a Section of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended.
 
ARTICLE I -- DEFINITIONS
 
          Capitalized terms used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that are not defined in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are defined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement In addition to the terms defined above, defined below are certain additional terms relating to loss-sharing, as used in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     AAA means the American Arbitration Association as provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Accrued Interest means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable); provided , that Accrued Interest shall not include any amount that accrues on or with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance after that Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable).
 
                     Additional ORE means Shared-Loss Loans that become Other Real Estate after Bank Closing Date.
 
                     Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided, that, for purposes of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, no Third Party Servicer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.
 
                     Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date means the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
94
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                     Calendar Quarter means a quarterly period (a) for the first such period, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the last calendar day of either March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date, and (b) for quarterly periods thereafter, beginning on the first calendar day of the calendar month immediately after the month that ended the prior period and ending on the last calendar day of each successive three-calendar-month period thereafter (i.e., each March, June, September and December, starting in the applicable order depending on the ending date of first such period) of any year.
 
                     Capitalized Expenditures means those expenditures that (i) would be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, and (ii) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE. Capitalized Expenditures shall not include expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.
 
                     Charge-Offs means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Assets for any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of loans or portions of loans classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria, including (a) charge-offs of (i) the principal amount of such assets net of unearned interest (including write-downs associated with Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE or loan modification(s)) (ii) Accrued Interest, and (iii) Capitalized Expenditures plus (b) Pre-Charge-Off Expenses incurred on the respective Shared-Loss Loans, all as effected by the Assuming Institution during such period and reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution; provided , that: (i) the aggregate amount of Accrued Interest (including any reversals thereof) for the period after Bank Closing that shall be included in determining the amount of Charge-Offs for any Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed ninety (90) days’ Accrued Interest; (ii) no Charge-Off shall be taken with respect to any anticipated expenditure by the Assuming Institution until such expenditure is actually incurred; (iii) any financial statement adjustments made in connection with the purchase of any Assets pursuant to this Purchase and Assumption Agreement or any future purchase, merger, consolidation or other acquisition of the Assuming Institution shall not constitute “Charge-Offs”; and (iv) except for Portfolio Sales or any other sales or dispositions consented to by the Receiver, losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets to any Person (other than the sale or other disposition of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution which is conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner) shall not constitute Charge-Offs.
 
                     Commencement Date means the first calendar day following Bank Closing.
 
                     Consumer Loans means Loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures (including United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan).
 
                     Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments means (i) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Assuming Institution under the Shared-Loss Agreements minus (ii) the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Receiver under the Shared-Loss Agreements.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
95
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                     Environmental Assessment means an assessment of the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged off.
 
                     Examination Criteria means the loan classification criteria employed by, or any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority at the time such action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
 
                     Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Shared-Loss Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.
 
                    “ Fair Value means the value of a Shared Loss MTM Asset as stated on the books and records of the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing, inclusive of all adjustments.
 
                     FDIC Party has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Net Charge-Offs means, with respect to any period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs for such period less the amount of Recoveries for such period.
 
                     Neutral Member has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     New Shared-Loss Loans means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement that were originated after Bid Valuation Date and before Bank Closing.
 
                     Notice of Dispute has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     ORE Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of the Assuming Institution that engages solely in holding, servicing, managing or liquidating interests of a type described in clause (A) of the definition of “Other Real Estate,” which interests have arisen from the collection or settlement of a Shared-Loss Loan.
 
                     Other Real Estate means all of the following (including any of the following fully or partially charged off the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution) that (i) are owned by the Failed Bank as of Bank Closing and are purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (ii) have arisen subsequent to Bank Closing from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Institution of a Shared-Loss Loan:
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
96
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
 
          (A)        all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and
   
 
          (B)         all other assets (whether real or personal property) acquired by foreclosure or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.
 
                     Permitted Advance means an advance of funds by the Assuming Institution with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, or the making of a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Institution to advance funds with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, that (i) in the case of such an advance, is actually made, and, in the case of such a commitment, is made and all of the proceeds thereof actually advanced, within one (1) year after the Commencement Date, (ii) does not cause the sum of (A) the book value of such Shared-Loss Loan as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution after any such advance has been made by the Assuming Institution plus (B) the unfunded amount of any such commitment made by the Assuming Institution related thereto, to exceed 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, (iii) is not made with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan with respect to which (A) there exists a related Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) the Assuming Institution has taken a Charge-Off and (iv) is made in good faith, is supported at the time it is made by documentation in the Credit Files and conforms to and is in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution; provided , that the limitations in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this definition shall not apply to any such action (other than to an advance or commitment related to the remediation, storage or final disposal of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant) that is taken by Assuming Institution in its reasonable discretion to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for such Shared-Loss Loan.
 
                     Permitted Amendment means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right, or remedy thereunder, made by the Assuming Institution in good faith and otherwise in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution; provided , that :
 
          (i) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is not a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Institution under the Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan;
 
          (ii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or a Shared-Loss Loan that is a revolving line of credit, no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension, or waiver, except as allowed under the definition of Permitted Advance, shall operate to increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of Bank Closing to be outstanding at any one time under the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of Bank Closing or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid); and
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
97
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
          (iii) no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter unless the term of such Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan as existed on Bank Closing was beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter, in which event no such amendment, modification, renewal, extension or waiver shall extend such term beyond the term as existed as of Bank Closing.
 
                     Pre-Charge-Off Expenses means those expenses incurred in the usual and prudent management of a Shared-Loss Loan that would qualify as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if incurred after a Charge-Off of the related Shared-Loss Asset had occurred.
 
                     Quarterly Certificate has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Recoveries (I)(A) In addition to any sums to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (II) below, “Recoveries” means, with respect to any period, the sum of (without duplication):
 
                  (i) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution on Charge-Offs of Shared-Loss Assets effected by the Assuming Institution prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter; plus
 
                  (ii) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution on Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs; plus
 
                  (iii) the amount of gain on any sale or other disposition during such period by the Assuming Institution of Shared Loss Loans, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE ( provided , that the amount of any such gain included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses); plus
 
                  (iv) the amount of collections during such period by the Assuming Institution of any Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses; plus
 
                  (v) the amount of any fee or other consideration received by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period in connection with any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment or other similar action taken by the Assuming Institution with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset with respect to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down or a Shared-Loss Loan as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period ( provided , that the amount of any such fee or other consideration included in Recoveries shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the related Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs taken and any related Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses).
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
98
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
          (I)(B) For the purpose of determining the amounts to be applied as Recoveries pursuant to subparagraph (I)(A) above, the Assuming Institution shall apply amounts received on the Assets that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value of principal of a Shared-Loss Loan (or, in the case of Other Real Estate, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, that are not otherwise applied to reduce the book value thereof) in the following order: first to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write Downs; then to Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses; then to interest income; and then to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution.
 
           (II) If there occurs an amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write Down or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period, and if , as a result of such occurrence, the Assuming Institution recognizes any interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then “Recoveries” shall also include the portion of the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution which is derived by multiplying :
   
 
(A) the total amount of any such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution during such period with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan as described above, by
   
 
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) immediately above was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
 
provided , however , that the amount of any interest income included as Recoveries for a particular Shared-Loss Loan shall not exceed the aggregate amount of (a) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs, (b) Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, plus (c) any Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses paid to the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of Recoveries is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan; and, provided , further , that any collections on any such Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce book value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to subparagraph (I) above.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
99
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
          (III) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (I) and (II) above, the term “Recoveries” shall not include: (a) any amounts paid to the Assuming Institution by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, (b) amounts received with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, (c) after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, income received by the Assuming Institution from the operation of, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Institution on the disposition of, Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such income and gains being hereinafter together referred to as “ORE Income”), except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (such expenses being hereinafter referred to as “ORE Expenses”). In determining the extent aggregate ORE Income exceeds aggregate ORE Expenses for any Recovery Quarter as set forth immediately above in subparagraph (c), the Assuming Institution will subtract (i) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter (provided, that, in the case of the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution will subtract ORE Expenses paid to third parties from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the final Quarterly Certificate pursuant to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) from (ii) ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter, to calculate net ORE income (“Net ORE Income”) for that Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is positive, such amount shall be reported as Recoveries on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter. If the amount of Net ORE Income so calculated for a Recovery Quarter is negative (“Net ORE Loss Carryforward”), such amount shall be added to any ORE Expenses paid to third parties in the next succeeding Recovery Quarter, which sum shall then be subtracted from ORE Income for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter, for the purpose of determining the amount of Net ORE Income (or, if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward) for that next succeeding Recovery Quarter. If, as of the end of the final Recovery Quarter, a Net ORE Loss Carryforward exists, then the amount of the Net ORE Loss Carryforward that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Net ORE Income reported as Recoveries on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.
 
                     Recovery Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Recovery Expenses means, for any Recovery Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures) paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Institution) by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to recover amounts owed with respect to (i) any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution), and (ii) Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Institution having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being prorated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Recovery Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Recovery Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
100
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
 
subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :
     
   
(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during such Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by
     
   
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
     
 
from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Recovery Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan.
 
                     Recovery Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(ii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Reimbursable Expenses means, for any Shared-Loss Quarter, the amount of actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses (other than Capitalized Expenditures), paid to third parties (other than Affiliates of the Assuming Institution) by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution, as limited by Sections 3.2(c) and (d) of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, to:
 
                  (i) recover amounts owed with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset as to which a Charge-Off has been effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter (provided that such amounts were incurred no earlier than the date the first Charge-Off on such Shared-Loss Asset could have been reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution) and recover amounts owed with respect to Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs (including, in each case, all costs and expenses related to an Environmental Assessment and any other costs or expenses related to any environmental conditions with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (it being understood that any such remediation expenses for any such pollutant or contaminant are not recoverable if in excess of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, without the Assuming Institution having obtained the prior consent of the Receiver for such expenses); provided , that , so long as income with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is being pro-rated pursuant to the arithmetical formula in subsection (II) of the definition of “Recoveries”, the term “Reimbursable Expenses” shall not include that portion of any such expenses paid during such Shared-Loss Quarter to recover any amounts owed on that Shared-Loss Loan that is derived by:
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
101
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
 
subtracting (1) the product derived by multiplying :
   
   
(A) the total amount of any such expenses paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan, by
     
   
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest) of all such Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan plus the principal amount of that Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on nonaccrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income referred to in subparagraph (II)(A) of the definition of “Recoveries” was recognized, and the denominator of which is the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all such prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs/Write-Downs and Charge-Offs as described above) due from the Obligor on that Shared-Loss Loan as of the end of such period;
     
 
from (2) the total amount of any such expenses paid during that Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan; and
 
                   (ii) manage, operate or maintain Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE less the amount of any income received by the Assuming Institution during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to such Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE (which resulting amount under this clause (ii) may be negative).
 
                     Review Board has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(f)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Shared-Loss Amount has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price means, with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset, the principal amount thereof plus any other fees or penalties due from an Obligor (including, subject to the limitations discussed below, the amount of any Accrued Interest) stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, as of the date as of which the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price is being determined (regardless, in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses and Recovery Expenses incurred up to and through the date of consummation of purchase of such Shared-Loss Asset; provided , that (i) in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan there shall be excluded from such amount the amount of any Accrued Interest accrued on or with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan prior to the ninety (90)-day period ending on the day prior to the purchase date determined pursuant to Sections 2.1(e)(i) or 2.1(e)(iii) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except to the extent such Accrued Interest was included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan, and (ii) any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan received by the Assuming Institution after the purchase date applicable to such Shared-Loss Loan shall be applied (without duplication) to reduce the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Loan on a dollar-for-dollar basis. For purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order in which such interest accrued.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
102
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                     Shared-Loss Assets means Shared-Loss Loans, Other Real Estate purchased by the Assuming Institution, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures, but does not include Shared Loss MTM Assets.
 
                     Shared-Loss Loan Commitment means:
 
          (i) any Commitment to make a further extension of credit or to make a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan; and
 
          (ii) any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.
 
                     Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not made a Permitted Advance.
 
                     Shared-Loss Loans means:
 
                  (i)(A) Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Exhibit 4.15(b) to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (B) New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, (C) Permitted Advances and (D) Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; provided , that Shared-Loss Loans shall not include Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances and Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which an Acquired Subsidiary, or a constituent Subsidiary thereof, is an Obligor; (E) Loans owned by any Subsidiary which are not Shared-Loss Loans under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement; and (F) Consumer Loans; and
 
                   (ii) any Shared-Loss Loans (described in subparagraph (i) immediately preceding) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.
 
                     Shared-Loss MTM Assets means those securities and other assets listed on Exhibit 4.15(C).
 
Shared-Loss Payment Trigger means when the sum of the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the cumulative Net Charge-Offs under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, exceeds the First Loss Tranche. If the First Loss Tranche is zero or a negative number, the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger shall be deemed to have been reached upon Bank Closing.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
103
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                     Shared-Loss Quarter has the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
                     Stated Threshold means total losses under the shared loss agreements in the amount of $106,000,000.00.
 
                     Subsidiary ORE means all assets owned by ORE Subsidiaries that would constitute Additional ORE if such assets were on the books of the Assuming Institution.
 
                     Termination Date means the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date.
 
                     Third Party Servicer means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming Institution, the identity of which shall be given to the Receiver prior to or concurrent with the appointment thereof.
 
ARTICLE II -- SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
 
           2.1      Shared-Loss Arrangement .
 
                     (a)          Quarterly Certificates . (i) Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the initial Calendar Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Applicable Anniversary of the Commencement Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Shared-Loss Quarter”), the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a certificate, signed by the Assuming Institution’s chief executive officer and its chief financial officer, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify (a “Quarterly Certificate”):
   
 
            (A)          the amount of Charge-Offs, the amount of Recoveries and the amount of Net Charge-Offs (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets (and for Recoveries, with respect to the Assets for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing); and
   
 
            (B)          the aggregate amount of Reimbursable Expenses (which amount may be negative) during such Shared-Loss Quarter; and
   
 
            (C)          net realized loss on the Shared Loss MTM Assets determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (MTM Net Realized Loss), or net realized gain on the Shared Loss MTM assets, expressed as a negative number (MTM Net Realized Gain); and
 
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
104
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   
 
 
 

 
 
   
 
             (D)          any other than temporary impairment of the Shared Loss MTM Assets, determined pursuant to FAS 115, expressed as a positive number (“OTTI Loss”) or reversals of OTTI Loss, expressed as a negative number (for the avoidance of doubt, normal and customary unrealized mark-to-market changes by reason of the application of fair value accounting do not qualify for loss sharing payments).
 
                  (ii)        Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter from and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter to and including the Calendar Quarter in which the Termination Date falls (each of such Calendar Quarters being referred to herein as a “Recovery Quarter”), the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify
   
 
           (A)          the amount of Recoveries and Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter. On the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only , the Assuming Institution may report as a separate item, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify, the aggregate amount of any Reimbursable Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Shared-Loss Quarter and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during the first Recovery Quarter; and
   
 
           (B)          net realized gain on the Shared Loss MTM Assets.
   
 
(b)        Payments With Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
 
                  (i)         For purposes of this Section 2.1(b), the Assuming Institution shall initially record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at Book Value, and initially record the Shared Loss MTM Assets on its Accounting Records at Fair Value, and adjust such amounts as such values may change after the Bank Closing. If the amount of all Net Charge-Offs during any Shared-Loss Quarter plus Reimbursable Expenses, plus MTM Net Realized Gain or MTM Net Realized Loss, plus OTTI Loss during such Shared-Loss Quarter (the “Shared-Loss Amount”) is positive, then, except as provided in Sections 2.1(c) and (e) below, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(b)(vi) below, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Shared-Loss Quarter, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter. If the Shared-Loss Amount during any Shared-Loss Quarter is negative, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for such Shared-Loss Quarter, which payment shall be delivered to the Receiver together with the Quarterly Certificate for such Shared-Loss Quarter. When the cumulative Shared-Loss Amounts for all Shared-Loss Quarters plus the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to ninety-five percent ((95%) of the Shared-Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Quarter, until such time as the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters is less than the Stated Threshold, when the percentage shall revert back to eighty percent (80%).
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
105
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                  (ii)        If the amount of gross Recoveries during any Recovery Quarter less Recovery Expenses during such Recovery Quarter plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared Loss MTM Assets (the “Recovery Amount”) is positive, then, simultaneously with its delivery of the Quarterly Certificate with respect to such Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Recovery Amount for such Recovery Quarter. If the Recovery Amount is negative, then such negative amount shall be subtracted from the amount of gross Recoveries during the next succeeding Recovery Quarter in determining the Recovery Amount in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter; provided , that this Section 2.1(b)(ii) shall operate successively in the event that the Recovery Amount (after giving effect to this Section 2.1(b)(ii)) in such next succeeding Recovery Quarter is negative. The Assuming Institution shall specify, in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter, the aggregate amount for all Recovery Quarters only, as of the end of, and including, the final Recovery Quarter of (A) Recoveries plus net realized gains or reversals of OTTI Loss on Shared Loss MTM Assets (“Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries”), (B) Recovery Expenses (“Aggregate Recovery Expenses”), and (C) only those Recovery Expenses that have been actually “offset” against Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries (including those so “offset” in that final Recovery Quarter) (“Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses”); as used in this sentence, the term “offset” means the amount that has been applied to reduce gross Recoveries in any Recovery Quarter pursuant to the methodology set forth in this Section 2.1(b)(ii). If, at the end of the final Recovery Quarter the amount of Aggregate Recovery Expenses exceeds the amount of Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries, the Receiver shall have no obligation to pay to the Assuming Institution all or any portion of such excess. Subsequent to the Assuming Institution’s calculation of the Recovery Amount (if any) for the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall also show on the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter the results of the following three mathematical calculations: (i) Aggregate Recovery Period Recoveries minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; (ii) Aggregate Recovery Expenses minus Aggregate Offset Recovery Expenses; and (iii) the lesser of the two amounts calculated in (i) and (ii) immediately above (“Additional Recovery Expenses”) multiplied by 80% (the amount so calculated in (iii) being defined as the “Additional Recovery Expense Amount”). If the Additional Recovery Expense Amount is greater than zero, then the Assuming Institution may request in the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter that the Receiver reimburse the Assuming Institution the amount of the Additional Recovery Expense Amount and the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the Additional Recovery Expense Amount within fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate. On the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution may include, in addition to any Recovery Expenses for that Recovery Quarter that were paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in that Recovery Quarter, those Recovery Expenses that: (a) were incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, and (b) had not been included in any Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they had not been actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) during any Recovery Quarter, and (c) were actually paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution (in accordance with the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) prior to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver that final Quarterly Certificate to the Receiver under the terms of Section 2.1(a)(ii).
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
106
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                  (iii)       With respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter and Recovery Quarter, collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on any charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset or Shared-Loss MTM Assets shall be reported as Recoveries under this Section 2.1 only to the extent such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset, if any. For any Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter in which collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on such Asset are applied to both Book Value and to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, the amount of expenditures incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution attributable to the collection of any such Asset, that shall be considered a Reimbursable Expense or a Recovery Expense under this Section 2.1 will be limited to a proportion of such expenditures which is equal to the proportion derived by dividing (A) the amount of collections on such Asset applied to a charge-off effected by the Failed Bank prior to Bank Closing, by (B) the total collections on such Assets.
 
                 (iv)       If the Assuming Institution has duly specified an amount of Reimbursable Expenses on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter as described above in the last sentence of Section 2.1(a)(ii), then, not later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which the Receiver receives that Quarterly Certificate, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) (or, if the Cumulative Loss Amount under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement plus the cumulative Shared-Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Quarters equals or exceeds the Stated Threshold, ninety-five percent (95%)) of the amount of such Reimbursable Expenses.
 
                 (v)        If the First Loss Tranche as determined under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is a positive number, Receiver has no obligation to make payment for any Shared Loss Quarters until the Shared-Loss Payment Trigger is satisfied.
 
                  (vi)       Payments from the Receiver with respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are administrative expenses of the Receiver. To the extent the Receiver needs funds for shared-loss payments respect to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (“MLSA”), from FDIC in its corporate capacity. The Receiver will not agree to any amendment of the MLSA that would prevent the Receiver from drawing on the MLSA to fund shared-loss payments.
 
                    (c)           Limitation on Shared-Loss Payment . The Receiver shall not be required to make any payments pursuant to this Section 2.1 with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset that the Receiver or the Corporation determines, based upon the Examination Criteria, should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution; provided, (x) the Receiver must provide notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for not making such payment, (y) the Receiver must provide the Assuming Institution with a reasonable opportunity to cure any such deficiency and (z) (1) to the extent curable, if cured, the Receiver shall make payment with respect to any properly effected Charge-Off and (2) to the extent not curable, the Receiver shall make a payment as to all Charge-Offs (or portion of Charge-Offs) that were effected which would have been payable as a Charge-Off if the Assuming Institution had properly effected such Charge-Off. In the event that the Receiver does not make any payments with respect to any Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 or determines that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
107
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                    (d)          Sale of, or Additional Advances or Amendments with Respect to, Shared-Loss Loans and Administration of Related Loans . No Shared-Loss Loan shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 (i) if the Assuming Institution sells or otherwise transfers such Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, (ii) after the Assuming Institution makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, (iii) after the Assuming Institution makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension to such Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment, or (iv) after the Assuming Institution has managed, administered or collected any “Related Loan” (as such term is defined in Section 3.4 of Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of such Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; provided , that any such Shared-Loss Loan that has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the taking of any action described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2.1(d) by the Assuming Institution shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Section 2.1 solely for the purpose of treatment of Recoveries on such Charge-Offs until such time as the amount of Recoveries with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset equals such Charge-Offs.
 
                    (e)          Option to Purchase .
 
                 (i)        In the event that the Assuming Institution determines that there is a substantial likelihood that continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution will result in an expenditure, after Bank Closing, of funds by on behalf of the Assuming Institution to a third party for a specified purpose (the expenditure of which, in its best judgment, will maximize collections), which do not constitute Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, and such expenses will exceed ten percent (10%) of the then book value thereof as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall (i) promptly so notify the Receiver and (ii) request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense for purposes of this Section 2.1. (Where the Assuming Institution determines that there is a substantial likelihood that the previously mentioned situation exists with respect to continued efforts to collect a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset for which a charge-off was effected by the Failed Bank with, in either case, a Legal Balance of less than $1,000,000 on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution may so notify the Receiver and request that such expenditure be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense.) Within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such a notice, the Receiver will advise the Assuming Institution of its consent or denial, that such expenditures shall be treated as a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the failure of the Receiver to give its consent with respect to such expenditures, the Assuming Institution shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with Section 2.2, except that the Assuming Institution shall not be required to make such expenditures. At any time after its receipt of such a notice and on or prior to the Termination Date the Receiver shall have the right to purchase such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset as provided in Section 2.1(e)(iii), notwithstanding any consent by the Receiver with respect to such expenditure.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
108
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                  (ii)       During the period prior to the Termination Date, the Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days after any of the following becomes fully or partially charged-off:
   
 
            (A)          a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $500,000 or more in circumstances in which the legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; or
   
 
            (B)          a Shared-Loss Loan to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. 215.2(l), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.
 
                  (iii)      If the Receiver determines in its discretion that the Assuming Institution is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset which has been fully or partially charged-off or written-down (including any Shared-Loss Asset which is identified or required to be identified in a notice pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(ii)) or any Asset for which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off/Write-Down, the Receiver may at its option, exercisable at any time on or prior to the Termination Date, require the Assuming Institution to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to and for the sole benefit of the Receiver for a price equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.
 
                  (iv)      Not later than ten (10) days after the date upon which the Assuming Institution receives notice of the Receiver’s intention to purchase or require the assignment of any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(i) or (iii), the Assuming Institution shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to adequately effect the transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset from the Assuming Institution to the Receiver. Not later than fifteen (15) days after the date upon which the Receiver receives such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and any Credit Files relating thereto, the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Shared-Loss Asset Repurchase Price of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset less the Related Liability Amount.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
109
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                  (v)        The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset set forth in the notice described in Section 2.1(e)(iv).
 
                     (f)           Dispute Resolution .
 
                  (i) (A) Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with Examination Criteria shall be resolved by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority. (B) With respect to any other dispute arising under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which the parties hereto cannot resolve after having negotiated such matter, in good faith, for a thirty (30) day period, other than a dispute the Corporation is not permitted to submit to arbitration under the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1996 (“ADRA”), as amended, such other dispute shall be resolved by determination of a review board (a “Review Board”) established pursuant to Section 2.1(f). Any Review Board under this Section 2.1(f) shall follow the provisions of the Federal Arbitration Act and shall follow the provisions of the ADRA. (C) Any determination by the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority or by a Review Board shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and not subject to further dispute, and judgment may be entered on said determination in accordance with applicable arbitration law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
 
                  (ii)        A Review Board shall consist of three (3) members, each of whom shall have such expertise as the Corporation and the Assuming Institution agree is relevant. As appropriate, the Receiver or the Corporation (the “FDIC Party”) will select one member, one member will be selected by the Assuming Institution and the third member (the “Neutral Member”) will be selected by the other two members. The member of the Review Board selected by a party may be removed at any time by such party upon two (2) days’ written notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution after two (2) days’ prior written notice to the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member. In addition, if a Neutral Member fails for any reason to serve or continue to serve on the Review Board, the other remaining members shall so notify the parties to the dispute and the Neutral Member in writing that such Neutral Member will be replaced, and the Neutral Member shall thereafter be replaced by the unanimous action of the other remaining members within twenty (20) business days of that notification.
 
                  (iii)       No dispute may be submitted to a Review Board by any of the parties to this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement unless such party has provided to the other party a written notice of dispute (“Notice of Dispute”). During the forty-five (45)-day period following the providing of a Notice of Dispute, the parties to the dispute will make every effort in good faith to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement. As part of these good faith efforts, the parties should consider the use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, as judged appropriate by each party in its sole discretion. Such techniques may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, and early neutral evaluation. If the parties have not agreed to a resolution of the dispute by the end of such forty-five (45)-day period, then, subject to the discretion of the Corporation and the written consent of the Assuming Institution as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(i)(B) above, on the first day following the end of such period, the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution shall notify each other of its selection of its member of the Review Board and such members shall be instructed to promptly select the Neutral Member of the Review Board. If the members appointed by the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution are unable to promptly agree upon the initial selection of the Neutral Member, or a timely replacement Neutral Member as set forth in Section 2.1(f)(ii) above, the two appointed members shall apply to the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and such Neutral Member shall be appointed in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
110
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                  (iv)        The resolution of a dispute pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall be governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Section 2.1(f). The Review Board may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior approval of the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution.
 
                  (v)         Within fifteen (15) days after the last to occur of the final written submissions of both parties, the presentation of witnesses, if any, and oral presentations, if any, the Review Board shall adopt the position of one of the parties and shall present to the parties a written award regarding the dispute. The determination of any two (2) members of a Review Board will constitute the determination of such Review Board.
 
                  (vi)        The FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution will each pay the fees and expenses of the member of the Review Board selected by it. The FDIC Party and Assuming Institution will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member. No such fees or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise.
 
                  (vii)       Each party will bear all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board. No such costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the FDIC Party under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or otherwise. The Review Board shall have no authority to award costs or expenses incurred by either party to these proceedings.
 
                  (viii)      Any dispute resolution proceeding held pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) shall not be public. In addition, each party and each member of any Review Board shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith, except as the parties agree in writing or such disclosure is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation. Pursuant to ADRA, dispute resolution communications may not be disclosed either by the parties or by any member of the Review board unless:
   
 
(1) all parties to the dispute resolution proceeding agree in writing;
 
(2) the communication has already been made public;
 
(3) the communication is required by statute, rule or regulation to be made public;
or
 
 
(4) a court determines that such testimony or disclosure is necessary to prevent a manifest injustice, help establish a violation of the law or prevent harm to the public health or safety, or of sufficient magnitude in the particular case to outweigh the integrity of dispute resolution proceedings in general by reducing the confidence of parties in future cases that their communications will remain confidential.
 
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
111
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                  (ix)        Any dispute resolution proceeding pursuant to this Section 2.1(f) (whether as a matter of good faith negotiations, by resort to a Review Board, or otherwise) is a compromise negotiation for purposes of the Federal Rules of Evidence and state rules of evidence. The parties agree that all proceedings, including any statement made or document prepared by any party, attorney or other participants are privileged and shall not be disclosed in any subsequent proceeding or document or construed for any purpose as an admission against interest. Any document submitted and any statements made during any dispute resolution proceeding are for settlement purposes only. The parties further agree not to subpoena any of the members of the Review Board or any documents submitted to the Review Board. In no event will the Neutral Member voluntarily testify on behalf of any party.
 
                  (x)         No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of any Review Board shall constitute precedent as regards any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement) nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel which may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.
 
                  (xi)        The parties may extend any period of time in this Section 2.1(f) by mutual agreement. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, no dispute shall be submitted to a Review Board until each member of the Review Board, and any substitute member, if applicable, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.1(f) as applicable to members of a Review Board. Prior to the commencement of the Review Board proceedings, or, in the case of a substitute Neutral Member, prior to the re-commencement of such proceedings subsequent to that substitution, the Neutral Member shall provide a written oath of impartiality.
 
                 (xii)       For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event any notice of dispute is provided to a party under this Section 2.1(g) prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to any such items set forth in such notice until such time as any such dispute with respect to such item is finally resolved.
 
                   (g)            [Omitted]
 
           2.2      Administration of Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Institution shall at all times prior to the Termination Date comply with the Rules Regarding the Administration of Shared-Loss Assets as set forth in Article III of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
112
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           2.3      Auditor Report; Right to Audit .
 
                  (a)         Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year from and including the fiscal year during which Bank Closing falls to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date falls, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Corporation and to the Receiver a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that they have reviewed the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution’s books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the preceding sentence, it shall promptly submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year by this Article II were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance herewith. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 CFR Section 363.
 
                  (b)        The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with the provisions of this Article II and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with copies of the internal audit reports and access to internal audit workpapers related to such internal audit.
 
                  (c)         The Receiver or the Corporation may perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution’s compliance with the provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, including this Article II, at any time by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be within the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, but shall in no event be administered in a manner that unreasonably interferes with the operation of the Assuming Institution’s business. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
113
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           2.4       Withholdings . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article II, the Receiver, upon the direction of the Director (or designee) of the Corporation’s Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, may withhold payment for any amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.1, if, in its judgment, there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement for denying the eligibility of an item for which reimbursement or payment is sought under such Section. In such event, the Receiver shall provide a written notice to the Assuming Institution detailing the grounds for withholding such payment. At such time as the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for such withholding of payment, or portion of payment, no longer exist or have been cured, then the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount withheld which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment, within fifteen (15) Business Days. In the event the Receiver or the Assuming Institution elects to submit the issue of the eligibility of the item for reimbursement or payment for determination under the dispute resolution procedures of Section 2.1(f), then (i) if the dispute is settled by the mutual agreement of the parties in accordance with Section 2.1(f)(iii), the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so agreed) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the dispute is determined by the parties to be resolved by mutual agreement, and (ii) if the dispute is resolved by the determination of a Review Board, the Receiver shall pay the amount withheld (to the extent so determined) within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date upon which the Receiver is notified of the determination by the Review Board of its obligation to make such payment. Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof from the date the payment was agreed or determined otherwise to be due, at the interest rate per annum determined by the Receiver to be equal to the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board’s Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Auction Average - 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.
 
           2.5       Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs. Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, all financial books and records shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied for the periods involved and in a manner such that information necessary to determine compliance with any requirement of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement will be readily obtainable, and in a manner such that the purposes of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be effectively accomplished. Without the prior written approval of the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall not make any change in its accounting principles adversely affecting the value of the Shared-Loss Assets except as required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles affecting the Shared-Loss Assets which it believes are required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles.
 
           2.6       Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to the performance of the provisions of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or otherwise relating to its business and affairs or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time.
 
           2.7       Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation’s prior written consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
114
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
ARTICLE III - RULES REGARDING THE ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS
ASSETS AND SHARED-LOSS MTM ASSETS
 
           3.1       Agreement with Respect to Administration . The Assuming Institution shall (and shall cause any of its Affiliates to which the Assuming Institution transfers any Shared-Loss Assets or Shared-Loss MTM Assets) to, or a Third Party Servicer to, manage, administer, and collect the Shared-Loss Assets and Shared-Loss MTM Assets while owned by the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate thereof during the term of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement in accordance with the rules set forth in this Article III (“Rules”). The Assuming Institution shall be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the reports required by Section 3.3 hereof, and shall permit the Receiver and the Corporation at all times to monitor the Assuming Institution’s performance of its duties hereunder.
 
           3.2       Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
 
         (a) In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Institution shall:
 
                              (i) manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Institution’s (or, in the case a Third Party Servicer is engaged, the Third Party Servicer’s) practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of charge-offs and write-downs with respect to loans, other real estate and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared Loss Assets;
 
                              (ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;
 
                              (iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;
 
                              (iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;
 
                              (v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and
 
                              (vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, together with a copy of that contract.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
115
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
                  (b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.
 
                  (c) The following categories of expenses shall not be deemed to be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses:
 
                               (i) Federal, State, or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;
 
                              (ii) salaries or other compensation and related benefits of Assuming Institution employees and the employees of its Affiliates including, without limitation, any bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues, or travel- or relocation-related expenses,;
 
                              (iii) the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Institution, any Affiliate thereof and their staff, the rental of and maintenance of furniture and equipment, and expenses for data processing including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;
 
                              (iv) except as otherwise provided herein, fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants (other than consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged-off); provided , that for purposes of this Section 3.2(c)(iv), fees of attorneys and appraisers engaged as necessary to assist in collections with respect to Shared-Loss Assets shall not be deemed to be fees of other independent consultants;
 
                              (v) allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense other than any fees relating to specific assets, such as appraisal fees or environmental audit fees, for services of a type the Assuming Institution does not normally perform internally;
 
                              (vi) any expense not incurred in good faith and with the same degree of care that the Assuming Institution normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest; and
 
                              (vii) any expense incurred for a product, service or activity that is of an extravagant nature or design.
 
                  (d) Subject to Section 3.7, the Assuming Institution shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Institution would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
116
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           3.3       Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets .
 
         (a) In performance of its duties under these Rules, the Assuming Institution shall:
 
                              (i) manage, administer, collect and each Shared-Loss MTM Asset in a manner consistent with (A) usual and prudent business and banking practices; (B) the Assuming Institution’s practices and procedures including, without limitation, the then-effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution, with respect to the management, administration and collection of similar assets that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets;
 
                              (ii) exercise its best business judgment in managing, administering, collecting and effecting Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets;
 
                              (iii) use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to Shared-Loss MTM Assets and, if applicable for a particular Shared-Loss MTM Asset, without regard to the effect of maximizing collections on assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss MTM Assets, provided that, any sale of a Shared-Loss MTM Asset shall only be made with the prior approval of the Receiver or the Corporation;
 
                              (iv) adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, as provided in Section 3.4 hereof;
 
                              (v) retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder; and
 
                              (vi) provide written notification in accordance with Article IV of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement immediately after the execution of any contract pursuant to which any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, together with a copy of that contract.
 
                  (b) Any transaction with or between any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss MTM Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets, or any other action involving self-dealing, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver or the Corporation.
 
                  (c) The Assuming Institution shall not contract with third parties to provide services the cost of which would be a Reimbursable Expense or Recovery Expense if the Assuming Institution would have provided such services itself if the relevant Shared-Loss Assets were not subject to the loss-sharing provisions of Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
           3.4       Records and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and the Shared-Loss MTM Assets, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may require, to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver to the Receiver or the Corporation such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request regarding the Shared-Loss Assets, the Shared-Loss MTM Assets and the Quarterly Certificates required by Section 2.1 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
117
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           3.5       Related Loans .
 
                  (a)         The Assuming Institution shall not manage, administer or collect any “Related Loan” in any manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related. A “Related Loan” means any loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is: (i) made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss Asset or with respect to a Loan from which Other Real Estate, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE derived, or (ii) attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described in clause (i) under the rules of the Assuming Institution’s Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date, as applied to the Assuming Institution.
 
                  (b)         The Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver with the Quarterly Certificates for the Calendar Quarters ending June 30 and December 31 for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters, a schedule of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans with Legal Balances of $500,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of the end of each such semi-annual period, and all other commercial loans or commercial real estate loans attributable to the same Obligor on such loans of $500,000 or more.
 
           3.6       Legal Action; Utilization of Special Receivership Powers . The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver in writing (such notice to be given in accordance with Article IV below and to include all relevant details) prior to utilizing in any legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver, and the Assuming Institution shall not utilize any such power unless the Receiver shall have consented in writing to the proposed usage. The Receiver shall have the right to direct such proposed usage by the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with such direction. Upon request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution will advise the Receiver as to the status of any such legal action. The Assuming Institution shall immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment in litigation involving any of the aforesaid special powers or rights.
 
           3.7       Third Party Servicer . The Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement through or by one or more Third Party Servicers, who may take actions and make expenditures as if any such Third Party Servicer was the Assuming Institution hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such expenses incurred by any such Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be Reimbursable Expenses or Recovery Expenses, as the case may be, to the same extent such expenses would so qualify if incurred by the Assuming Institution); provided, however, that the use thereof by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution of any obligation or liability hereunder.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
118
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
ARTICLE IV -- PORTFOLIO SALE
 
           4.1       Assuming Institution Portfolio Sales of Remaining Shared-Loss Assets . The Assuming Institution shall have the right with the concurrence of the Receiver, commencing as of the first day of the third to last Shared-Loss Quarter, to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of Shared-Loss Assets held by the Assuming Institution (“Portfolio Sales”). If the Assuming Institution exercises its option under this Section 4.1, it must give thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Receiver setting forth the details and schedule for the Portfolio Sale which shall be conducted by means of sealed bid sales to third parties, not including any of the Assuming Institution’s affiliates, contractors, or any affiliates of the Assuming Institution’s contractors.
 
           4.2       Calculation of Sale Gain or Loss . For Shared-Loss Assets gain or loss on the sales under Section 4.1 will be calculated as the sale price received by the Assuming Institution less the book value of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets.
 
ARTICLE V -- LOSS-SHARING NOTICES GIVEN TO CORPORATION AND/OR
RECEIVER
 
          As a supplement to the notice provisions contained in Section 13.7 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any notice, request, demand, consent, approval, or other communication (a “Notice”) given to the Corporation and/or the Receiver in the loss-sharing context shall be given as follows:
 
           5.1     With respect to a Notice under Section 2 and Sections 3.1-3.5 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:
   
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
 
550 17th Street, N.W.
 
Washington, D.C. 20429
 
Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing
 
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
119
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           5.2      With respect to a Notice under Section 3.6 of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement:
 
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
Legal Division
 
7777 Baymeadows Way West
 
Jacksonville, Florida 32256
 
Attention: Managing Counsel
   
 
with a copy to:
   
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
 
550 17th Street, N.W.
 
Washington, D.C. 20429
 
Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)
 
ARTICLE VI – MISCELLANEOUS
 
           6.1       Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by a party hereto in connection with this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be borne by such party whether or not the transactions contemplated herein shall be consummated.
 
           6.2       Successors and Assigns; Specific Performance . All terms and provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto only; provided , however , that, Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, except as is expressly permitted in this Section 6.2, Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement (in whole or in part) without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole discretion, and any attempted assignment or transfer in violation of this provision shall be void ab initio. For the avoidance of doubt, a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with and into another financial institution, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another financial institution constitutes the transfer of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receive; and for a period of thirty-six (36) months after Bank Closing, a merger or consolidation shall also include the sale by any individual shareholder, or shareholders acting in concert, of more than 9% of the outstanding shares of the Assuming Institution, or of its holding company, or of any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, or the sale of shares by the Assuming Institution or its holding company or any subsidiary holding Shared-Loss Assets, in a public or private offering, that increases the number of shares outstanding by more than 9%, constitutes the transfer of thisCommercial Shared-Loss Agreement which requires the consent of the Receiver. However, no Loss shall be recognized as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to any such merger, consolidation or sale consented to by the FDIC. The FDIC’s consent shall not be required if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of Shared-Loss Assets is less than twenty percent (20%) of the initial aggregate balance of Shared-Loss Assets.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
120
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
   
           6.3       Governing Law . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law, or, if there is no applicable federal law, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any rule of conflict of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.
 
           6.4       WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
           6.5       Captions . All captions and headings contained in this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement.
 
           6.6       Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, along with the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including the Exhibits and any other documents delivered pursuant hereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior representations, warranties, offers, acceptances, agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to the subject matter herein. This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement may be amended or modified or any provision thereof waived only by a written instrument signed by both parties or their respective duly authorized agents.
 
           6.7       Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be construed and enforced as if it had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of such provision and the remaining provisions of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
           6.8       No Third Party Beneficiary . This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits hereto are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries, and nothing in Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or the Exhibits shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement or any provision hereof.
 
           6.9       Consent . Except as otherwise provided herein, when the consent of a party is required herein, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
121
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   

 
 

 
 
           6.10     Rights Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party’s rights under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any of the related agreements or under law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right.
     
Module 1 – Whole Bank w/ Loss Share – P&A
 
McIntosh Commercial Bank
Version 2.01
122
Carrollton, GA
March 26, 2010
   


Exhibit 4.1
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
CHARTER
 
Section 1:           Corporate Title.   The full corporate title of the MHC subsidiary holding company is Charter Financial Corporation (the “Company”).
 
Section 2 :            Domicile.   The domicile of the Company shall be located in the City of West Point, County of Troup, in the State of Georgia.
 
Section3:           Duration.   The duration of the Company is perpetual.
 
Section 4:           Purpose and Powers.   The purpose of the Company is to pursue any or all of the lawful objectives of a federal mutual holding company chartered under section 10(o) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1467a(o), and to exercise all of the express, implied, and incidental powers conferred thereby and by all acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, subject to the Constitution and the laws of the United States as they are now in effect, or as they may hereafter be amended, and subject to all lawful and applicable rules, regulations, and orders of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”).
 
Section 5:           Capital Stock.   The total number of shares of all classes of the capital stock that the Company has the authority to issue is 60,000,000 of which 50,000,000 shares shall be common stock, par value $.01 per share, and of which 10,000,000 shares shall be serial preferred stock, no par value per share.  The shares may be issued from time to time as authorized by the Board of Directors without the approval of the shareholders, except as otherwise provided in this Section 5 or to the extent that such approval is required by governing law, rule, or regulation.  The consideration for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in full before their issuance and shall not be less than the par or stated value.  Neither promissory notes nor future services shall constitute payment or part payment for the issuance of shares of the Stock Holding Company.  The consideration for the shares shall be cash, tangible or intangible property (to the extent direct investment in such property would be permitted to the Company), labor or services actually performed for the Company, or any combination of the foregoing.  In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the value of such property, labor, or services, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, shall be conclusive.  Upon payment of such consideration, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable.  In the case of a stock dividend, that part of the retained earnings of the Company which is transferred to common stock or paid-in capital accounts upon the issuance of shares as a stock dividend shall be deemed to be the consideration for their issuance.
 
Except for shares issued in the initial organization of the Company, no shares of capital stock (including shares issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of other securities) shall be issued, directly, or indirectly, to officers, directors, or controlling persons (except for shares issued to the parent mutual holding company) of the Company other than as part of a general public offering or as qualifying shares to a director, unless their issuance or the plan under which they would be issued has been approved by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting.
 
 
-1-

 
 
Nothing contained in Section 5 (or in any supplementary sections hereto) shall entitle the holders of any class or series of capital stock to vote as a separate class or series or to more than one vote per share, and there shall be no cumulation of votes for the election of directors. Provided, that this restriction on voting separately by class or series shall not apply:
 
 
(i)
To any provision which would authorize the holders of preferred stock, voting as a class or series, to elect some members of the board of directors, less than a majority thereof, in the event of default in the payment of dividends on any class or series of preferred stock;
 
 
(ii)
To any provision which would require the holders of preferred stock, voting as a class or series, to approve the merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation or the sale, lease, or conveyance (other than by mortgage or pledge) of properties or business in exchange for securities of such other corporation; Provided, that no provision may require such approval for transactions undertaken with the assistance or pursuant to the direction of the Office or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
 
 
(iii)
To any amendment which would adversely change the specific terms of any class or series of capital stock as set forth in this Section 5 (or in any supplementary sections hereto), including any amendment which would create or enlarge any class or series of capital stock ranking prior thereto in rights and preferences. An amendment which increases the number of authorized shares of any class or series of capital stock, or substitutes the surviving savings bank in a merger or consolidation for me Company, shall not be considered to be such an adverse change.
 
A description of the different classes and series if any, of the Company’s capital stock and a statement of the designations, and the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class of and series if any of capital stock are as follows:
 
A.    Common Stock.   Except as provided in this Section 5 (or in any supplementary sections thereto) the holders of common stock shall exclusively possess all voting power. Each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder.
 
Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of the outstanding shares of any class of stock having preference over the common stock as to payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund, retirement fund or other retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the common stock, then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends.
 
 
-2-

 
 
In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of the common stock (and the holders of any class or series of stock entitled to participate with the common stock in the distribution of assets) shall be entitled to receive, in cash or in kind, the assets of the Company available for distribution remaining after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Company’s debts and liabilities; (ii) distributions or provision for distributions in settlement of its liquidation account; and (iii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having preference over the common stock in the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company.  Each share of common stock shall have the same rights and be identical in all respects with all the other snares of common stock.
 
B.    Preferred Stock. The Company may provide in supplementary sections to its charter for one or more classes of preferred stock, which shall be separately identified. The shares of any class may be divided into and issued in series, with each series separately designated so as to distinguish the shares thereof from the shares of all other series and classes. The terms of each series shall be set forth in a supplementary section to the charter. All shares of the same class shall be identical, except as to the following relative rights and preferences, as to which there may be variations between different series:
 
 
(a)
The distinctive serial designation and the number of shares constituting such series;
 
 
(b)
The dividend rate or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares of such series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from date(s), the payment date(s) for dividends, and the participating or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;
 
 
(c)
The voting powers, full or limited, if any, of shares of such series;
 
 
(d)
Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if so, the price(s) at which, and the terms and conditions of which, such shares may be redeemed;
 
 
(e)
The amount(s) payable upon the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or m involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company;
 
 
(f)
Whether the shares of such series shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking or retirement fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares, and if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the manner of its application, including the price(s) at which such shares may be redeemed or purchased through the application of such fund;
 
 
(g)
Whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock of the Company and, if so, the conversion price(s), or the rate(s) of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if any, at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any other terms and conditions of such conversions or exchange;
 
 
-3-

 
 
 
(h)
The price or other consideration for which the shares of such series shall be issued; and;
 
 
(i)
Whether the shares of such series which are redeemed or converted shall have the status of authorized but unissued shares of serial preferred stock and whether such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other series of serial preferred stock.
 
Each share of each series of serial preferred stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of the same series.
 
The board of directors shall have authority to divide, by the adoption of supplementary charter sections, any authorized class of preferred stock into series and, within the limitations set forth in this section and the remainder of this charter, fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of the shares of any series so established.
 
Prior to the issuance of any preferred shares of a series established by a supplementary charter section adopted by the board of directors, the Company shall file with the Secretary to the Office a dated copy of that supplementary section of this charter establishing and designating the series and fixing and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof.
 
Section 6:           Preemptive Rights.   Holders of the capital stock of the Company shall not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares of the Company which may be issued.
 
Section 7:           Directors.   The Company shall be under the direction of a board of directors. The authorized number of directors, shall not be fewer than five nor more than fifteen except as stated in the Company’s bylaws that the number of directors may be decreased to a. number less than five or increased to a number greater than fifteen with the prior approval of the Director of the OTS or his or her delegate.
 
Section 8:            Beneficial Ownership Limitation. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Stock Holding Company’s charter or bylaws to the contrary, for a period of five years from the date of me Bank’s reorganization into a Mutual Holding Company no person, other than the Mutual Holding Company, shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10 percent of any class of an equity security of the Stock Holding Company. This limitation shall not apply to a transaction in which the Stock Holding Company forms a holding company without change in the respective beneficial ownership interests of its shareholders other than pursuant to the exercise of any dissenter and appraisal rights, the purchase of shares by underwriters in connection with a public offering, or the purchase of shares by a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan which is exempt from the approval requirements under 574.3(c)(l)(vii) of the Office’s regulations,
 
In the event shares are acquired in violation of this Section 8, all shares beneficially owned by any person in excess of 10% shall be considered “excess shares” and shall not be counted as shares entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting snares in connection with any matters submitted to the shareholders for a vote.
 
 
-4-

 
 
              For the purposes of this Section 8, the following definitions apply:
 
(1)    This term “person” includes an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of the equity securities of the Stock Holding Company.
 
(2)    The term “offer” includes every offer to buy or otherwise acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value.
 
(3)    The term “acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise.
 
(4)    The term “acting in concert” means (a) knowing participation in a joint activity or conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, or (b) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangements, whether written or otherwise.
 
Section 9.           Cumulative Voting Limitation.   Shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for election of directors.
 
Section 10.        Call for Special Meeting.   For a period of five years from the effective date of the Bank’s reorganization into the Mutual Holding Company, special meetings of shareholders relating to changes in control of the Stock Holding Company or amendments to its charter shall be called only upon direction of the Board of Directors.
 
Section 11.        Amendment of Charter.   Except as provided in Section 5, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of this charter shall be made, unless such is proposed by the board of directors of the Company, approved by the shareholders by a majority of votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting, unless a higher vote is required, and approved or preapproved by the OTS.
 
 
-5-

 
 
      CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  
           
Attest: 
/s/ William C. Gladden
       By: 
/ s/ Robert L. Johnson
 
 
William C. Gladden
   
Robert L. Johnson
 
 
Secretary
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
           OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION  
           
Attest: 
/s/ Brenda Proctor
       By: 
/s/ Ellen Seidman
 
 
for the Corporate Secretary
   
Director
 
 
Date: October 16, 2001

 

Exhibit 4.2
 
Charter Financial corporation
 
bylaw Certification
 
I, William C. Gladden, Corporate Secretary of Charter Financial Corporation, do hereby certify that the attached is a true and exact copy of the Bylaws of Charter Financial Corporation.
 
Date:  October 16, 2001
 
/s/ William C. Gladden  
    William C. Gladden,  
    Corporate Secretary  
 
 
 

 
 
Charter Financial Corporation
 
 By-Laws
 
ARTICLE I - Home Office
 
The domicile of Charter Financial Corporation (the “Stock Holding Company”) shall be located in City of West Point, County of Troup, in the State of Georgia.
 
ARTICLE II - Shareholders
 
Section 1.            Place of Meetings.    All annual and special meetings of shareholders shall be held at the domicile of the Stock Holding Company or at such other place in the State of Georgia as the Board of Directors may determine.
 
Section 2.            Annual Meeting.   A meeting of the shareholders of the Stock Holding Company for the election of directors and for the transaction of any other business of the Stock Holding Company shall be held annually within 150 days after the end of the Stock Holding Company’s fiscal year on the third Wednesday of January, if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next day following which is not a legal holiday, or at such other date and time within the 150-day period as the Board of Directors may determine.
 
Section 3.           Special Meetings.   Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by the Federal Stock Charter of the Stock Holding Company, may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, or a majority of the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the chairman of the board, the president, or the secretary upon the written request of the holders of not less than 10% of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Stock Holding Company entitled to vote at the meeting.  Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and shall be delivered to the home office of the Stock Holding Company addressed to the chairman of the board, the president or the secretary.
 
Section 4.            Conduct of Meetings.   Annual and special meetings shall be conducted in accordance with the most current edition of Robert’s Rules of Order unless otherwise prescribed by regulations of the Office or these bylaws or the board of directors adopts another written procedure for the conduct of meetings.  The board of directors shall designate, when present, either the chairman of the board or president to preside at such meetings.  The chairman of any annual or special meeting of the members shall, unless prescribed by law or regulation, determine the order of the business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as he or she shall deem appropriate.
 
Section 5.            Notice of Meetings.   Written notice stating the place, day, and hour of the meeting and the purpose(s) for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not fewer than 20 nor more than 50 days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the chairman of the board, the president, or the secretary, directors or other persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail, addressed to the shareholder at the address as it appears on the stock transfer books or records of the Stock Holding Company as of the record date prescribed in Section 6 of this Article 11 with postage thereon prepaid.  When any shareholders’ meeting, either annual or special, is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting.  It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time and place of any meeting adjourned for less than 30 days or of the business to be transacted at the meeting, other than an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.
 
 
 

 
 
Section 6.            Fixing of Record Date.    For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors shall fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders. Such date in any case shall be not more man 60 days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not fewer than 10 days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken, When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this Section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.
 
Section 7.            Voting List.    At least 20 days before each meeting of the shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the Stock Holding Company shall make a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address and the number of shares held by each. This list of shareholders shall be kept on file at the home office of the Stock Holding Company and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder or the shareholder’s agent at any time during usual business hours for a period of 20 days prior to such meeting.  Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder during the entire time of the meeting.  The original stock transfer book shall constitute prima facie evidence of the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.
 
In lieu of making the shareholder list available for inspection by shareholders as provided in the preceding paragraph, the board of directors may elect to follow the procedures prescribed in § 552.6(d) of the Office’s regulations as now or hereafter in effect.
 
Section 8.            Quorum.   A majority of the outstanding shares of the Stock Holding Company entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders.  If less than a majority of the outstanding shares is represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.  The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to constitute less than a quorum.  If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number of shareholders voting together or voting by classes is required by law or the charter.  Directors, however, are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at an election of directors.
 
 
 

 

Section 9.            Proxies.   At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his or her duly authorized attorney in fact.  Proxies solicited on behalf of the management shall be voted as directed by the shareholder or, in the absence of such direction, as determined by a majority of the Board of Directors.  No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months from the date of its execution except for a proxy coupled with an interest.
 
Section 10.          Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More Persons.   When ownership stands in the name of two or more persons, in the absence of written directions to the Stock Holding Company to the contrary, at any meeting of the shareholders of the Stock Holding Company, any one or more of such shareholders may cast, in person or by proxy, all votes to which such ownership is entitled.  In the event an attempt is made to cast conflicting votes, in person or by proxy, by the several persons in whose names shares of stock stand, the vote or votes to which those persons are entitled shall be cast as directed by a majority of those holding such stock and present in person or by proxy at such meeting, but no votes shall be cast for such stock if a majority cannot agree.
 
Section 11.          Voting of Shares of Certain Holders.   Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by any officer, agent, or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the Board of Directors of such corporation may determine.  Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, or conservator may be voted by him or her, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into his or her name.  Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him or her, either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him or her without a transfer of such shares into his or her name. Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer thereof into his name if authority to do so is contained in an appropriate order of the court or other public authority by which such receiver was appointed.
 
A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.
 
Neither treasury shares of its own stock held by the Stock Holding Company   nor   shares held by another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors of such other corporation are held by the Stock Holding Company, shall be voted at any meeting, or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.
 
Section 12.          No Cumulative Voting.    Shareholders shall not be entitled to cumulate their votes for election of directors.

 
 

 

Section 13.          Inspectors of Election.    In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint any persons other than nominees for office as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof.  The number of inspectors shall be either one or three. Any such appointment shall not be altered at the meeting.  If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the chairman of the board or the president may, or on the request of not fewer than 10 percent of the votes represented at the meeting shall, make such appointment at the meeting.  If appointed at the meeting, the majority of the votes present shall determine whether one or three inspectors are to be appointed.  In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment by the Board of Directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the chairman of the board or the president.
 
Unless otherwise prescribed by regulations of the Office, the duties of such inspectors shall include: determining the number of shares of stock and the voting power of each share, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies; receiving votes, ballots, or consents; hearing and determining all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the rights to vote; counting and tabulating all votes or consents; determining the result; and such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.
 
Section 14.          Nominating Committee. The board of directors shall act as a nominating committee for selecting the management nominees for election as directors.  Except in the case of a nominee substituted as a result of the death or other incapacity of a management nominee, the nominating committee shall deliver written nominations to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Stock Holding Company at least 20 days prior to the date of the annual meeting.  Upon delivery, such nominations shall be posted in a conspicuous place in each office of the Stock Holding Company.  No nominations for director except those made by the nominating committee shall be voted upon at the annual meeting unless other nominations by shareholders are made in writing and delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Stock Holding Company at least five (5) days prior to the date of the annual meeting.  Such shareholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person, and (iii) such person’s written consent to serve as a director, if elected; and (b) as to the shareholder giving the notice (i) the name and address of such shareholder and (ii) the class and number of shares of the Stock Holding Company which are owned of record by such shareholder.  At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by the board of directors for election as a director shall furnish to the secretary that information required to be set forth in a shareholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee together with the required written consents.  Upon delivery, such nominations shall be posted in a conspicuous place in each office of the Stock Holding Company. Ballots bearing the names of all the persons nominated by the nominating committee and by shareholders shall be provided for use at the annual meeting.  However, if the nominating committee shall fail or refuse to act at least 20 days prior to the annual meeting, nominations for directors may be made at the annual meeting by any shareholder entitled to vote and shall be voted upon.

 
 

 

Section 15.          New Business.   At an annual meeting of shareholders, only such business shall be conducted, and only such proposals shall be acted upon, as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For any business proposed by management to be properly brought before the annual meeting, such business shall be approved by the Board of Directors, either directly or through its approval of proxy solicitation materials related thereto, and shall be stated in writing and filed with the secretary at least 5 days before the date of the annual meeting, and all business so stated, proposed and filed shall be considered at the annual meeting. Any shareholder may make any other proposal at the annual meeting and the same may be discussed and considered but unless stated in writing and filed with the secretary at least five (5) days before the meeting, such proposal shall be laid over for action at an adjourned, special or annual meeting of the shareholders taking place 30 days or more thereafter. This provision shall not prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at the annual meeting of reports of officers, directors, and committees; but in connection with such reports, no new business shall be acted upon at such annual meeting unless stated and filed as herein provided. A shareholder’s notice to the secretary shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief description of the proposal desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (b) the business, as well as the name and address of such shareholder and the class and number of shares of the Stock Holding Company which are owned of record by such shareholder.
 
Section 16.          Informal Action by Shareholders. Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be given by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.
 
ARTICLE III - Board of Directors
 
Section 1.            General Powers. The business and affairs of the Stock Holding Company shall be under the direction of its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a chairman of the board and a president from among its members and shall designate, when present, either the chairman of the board or the president to preside at its meetings.
 
Section 2.             Number and Term. The Board of Directors shall consist of seven members and shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible. The members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years and until their successors are elected and qualified. One class shall be elected by ballot annually.
 
Section 3.            Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of shareholders. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.
 
Members of the Board of Directors may participate in special meetings by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.  Such participation shall constitute presence in person for   all purposes, including the purpose of compensation pursuant to Section 12 of this Article.
 
 
 

 
 
Section 4.            Special Meetings.   Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the president, or one-third of the directors. The persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by such persons.
 
Directors may participate in special meetings by means of a conference telephone or similar communications device through which all persons participating can hear each other. Such participation shall constitute presence in person for all purposes, including the purpose of compensation pursuant to Section 12 of this Article.
 
Section 5.            Qualification. Each director shall at all times be the beneficial owner of not less than 100 shares of capital stock of the Stock Holding Company unless the Stock Holding Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company.
 
Section 6.            Notice.   Written notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at least twenty-four (24) hours prior thereto when delivered personally or by telegram or at least five days prior thereto when delivered by mail at the address at which the director is most likely to be reached. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid if mailed or when delivered to the telegraph company if sent by telegram. Any director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing filed with the secretary. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
 
Section 7.            Quorum.   A majority of the number of directors fixed by Section 2 of this Article III shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors; but if less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time. Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be given in the same manner as prescribed by Section 6 of this Article III.
 
Section 8.            Manner of Acting.   The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, unless a greater number is prescribed by regulation of the Office or by these bylaws
 
Section 9.            Action Without a Meeting.   Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors.
 
Section 10.         Resignation.   Any director may resign at any time by sending a written notice of such resignation to the home office of the Stock Holding Company addressed to the chairman of the board or the president. Unless otherwise specified, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the chairman of the board or the president. More than three consecutive absences from regular meetings of the Board of Directors, unless excused by resolution of the Board of Directors, shall automatically constitute a resignation, effective when such resignation is accepted by the Board of Directors.
 
 
 

 
 
Section 11.          Vacancies.   Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors although less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve until the next election of directors by the shareholders. Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors may be filled by election by the Board of Directors for a term of office continuing only until the next election of directors by the shareholders.
 
Section 12.          Compensation.   Directors, as such, may receive a stated salary for their services. By resolution of the Board of Directors, a reasonable fixed sum, and reasonable expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for actual attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Members of either standing or special committees may be allowed such compensation for actual attendance at committee meetings as the Board of Directors may determine.
 
Section 13.          Presumption of Assent.   A director of the Stock Holding Company who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Stock Holding Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent or abstention shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he or she shall file a written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the Stock Holding Company within five days after the date a copy of the minutes of the meeting is received. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.
 
Section 14.          Removal of Directors.   At a meeting of shareholders called expressly for that purpose, any director may be removed for cause by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Whenever the holders of the shares of any class are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the charter or supplemental sections thereto, the provisions of this Section shall apply, in respect to the removal of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.
 
For purposes of this section, removal for cause includes, as defined in 12 C.F.R. §563.39, or any successor regulation enacted by the Office, personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, or a willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order.
 
ARTICLE IV - Executive And Other Committees
 
Section 1.            Appointments.   The board of directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board, may designate the chief executive officer and two or more of the other directors to constitute an executive committee. The designation of any committee pursuant to this Article IV and the delegation of authority shall not operate to relieve the board of directors, or any director, of any responsibility imposed by law or regulation.
 
 
 

 
 
Section 2.            Authority.   The executive committee, when the board of directors is not in session, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the board of directors except to the extent, if any, that such authority shall be limited by the resolution appointing the executive committee; and except also that the executive committee shall not have the authority of the board of directors with reference to: the declaration of dividends; the amendment of the charter or bylaws of the Stock Holding Company, or recommending to the shareholders a plan of merger, consolidation, or conversion; the sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Stock Holding Company otherwise than in the usual and regular course of its business; a voluntary dissolution of the Stock Holding Company; a revocation of any of the foregoing; or the approval of a transaction in which any member of the executive committee, directly or indirectly, has any material beneficial interest.
 
Section 3.            Tenure.   Subject to the provisions of section 8 of this article IV, each member of the executive committee shall hold office until the next regular annual meeting of the board of directors following his or her designation and until a successor is designated as a member of the executive committee.
 
Section 4.            Meetings.   Regular meetings of the executive committee may be held without notice at such times and places as the executive committee may fix from time to time by resolution. Special meetings of the executive committee may be called by any member thereof upon not less than one day’s notice stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting, which notice may be written or oral. Any member of the executive committee may waive notice of any meeting and no notice of any meeting need be given to any member thereof who attends in person. The notice of a meeting of the executive committee need not state the business proposed to be transacted at the meeting.
 
Section 5.            Quorum.   A majority of the members of the executive committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting thereof, and action of the executive committee must be authorized by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present.
 
Section 6.            Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the executive committee at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the members of the executive committee.
 
Section 7.            Vacancies.   Any vacancy in the executive committee may be filled by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.
 
Section 8.            Resignations and Removal.   Any member of the executive committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors. Any member of the executive committee may resign from the executive committee at any time by giving written notice to the president or secretary of the Stock Holding Company. Unless otherwise specified, such resignation shall take effect upon its receipt; the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
 
Section 9.            Procedure.   The executive committee shall elect a presiding officer from its members and may fix its own rules of procedure which shall not be inconsistent with these bylaws. It shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board of directors for its information at the meeting held next after the proceedings shall have occurred.
 
 
 

 
 
Section 10.          Other Committees.   The board of directors may by resolution establish an audit, loan, or other committee composed of directors as they may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Stock Holding Company and may prescribe the duties, constitution, and procedures thereof.
 
ARTICLE V - Officers
 
Section 1.            Positions.   The officers of the Stock Holding Company shall be a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary, and a treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors also may designate the chairman of the board as an officer. The president shall be the chief executive officer, unless the Board of Directors designates the chairman of the board as chief executive officer. The president shall be a director of the Stock Holding Company. The offices of the secretary and treasurer may be held by the same person and a vice president may also be either the secretary or the treasurer. The Board of Directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president or senior vice president. The Board of Directors also may elect or authorize the appointment of such other officers as the business of the Stock Holding Company may require. The officers shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time authorize or determine. In the absence of action by the Board of Directors, the officers shall have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices.
 
Section 2.            Election and Term of Office.   The officers of the Stock Holding Company shall be elected annually at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of the shareholders. If the election of officers is not held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as possible. Each officer shall hold office until a successor has been duly elected and qualified or until the officer’s death, resignation, or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Election or appointment of an officer, employee, or agent shall not of itself create contractual rights. The Board of Directors may authorize the Stock Holding Company to enter into an employment contract with any officer in accordance with regulations of the Office; but no such contract shall impair the right of the Board of Directors to remove any officer at any time in accordance with Section 3 of this Article V.
 
Section 3.            Removal.   Any officer may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interests of the Stock Holding Company will be served thereby, but such removal, other than for cause, shall be without prejudice to any contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed.
 
Section 4.            Vacancies.   A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.
 
Section 5.            Remuneration.   The remuneration of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.
 
 
 

 
 
ARTICLE VI - Contracts, Loans, Checks, and Deposits
 
Section 1.            Contracts.   To the extent permitted by regulations of the Office, and except as otherwise prescribed by these bylaws with respect to certificates for shares, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Stock Holding Company to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Stock Holding Company. Such authority may be general or confmed to specific instances.
 
Section 2.            Loans.   No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Stock Holding Company and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
 
Section 3.            Checks, Drafts, Etc.   All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Stock Holding Company shall be signed by one or more officers, employees, or agents of the Stock Holding Company in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.
 
Section 4.            Deposits.   All funds of the Stock Holding Company not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of me Stock Holding Company in any duly authorized depositories as the Board of Directors may select.
 
ARTICLE VII Certificates for Shares and Their Transfer
 
Section 1.            Certificates for Shares.   Certificates representing shares of capital stock of the Stock Holding Company shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and approved by the Office. Such certificates shall be signed by the chief executive officer or by any other officer of the Stock Holding Company authorized by the Board of Directors, attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary, and sealed with the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of such officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent or a registrar, other than the Stock Holding Company itself or one of its employees. Each certificate for shares of capital stock shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the Stock Holding Company. All certificates surrendered to the Stock Holding Company for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares has been surrendered and canceled, except that in the case of a lost or destroyed certificate, a new certificate may be issued upon such terms and indemnity to the Stock Holding Company as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Section 2.            Transfer of Shares.   Transfer of shares of capital stock of the Stock Holding Company shall be made only on its stock transfer books. Authority for such transfer shall be given only by the holder of record thereof or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of such authority, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by a duly executed power of attorney and filed with the Stock Holding Company. Such transfer shall be made only on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares. The person in whose name the shares of capital stock stand on the books of the Stock Holding Company shall be deemed by the Stock Holding Company to be the owner for all purposes.
 
 
 

 
 
ARTICLE VIII - Fiscal Year; Annual Audit
 
The fiscal year of the Stock Holding Company shall end on the 30th day of September. The Stock Holding Company shall be subject to an annual audit as of the end of its fiscal year by independent public accountants appointed by and responsible to the Board of Directors. The appointment of such accountants shall be subject to annual ratification by the shareholders.
 
ARTICLE IX - Dividends
 
Subject only to the terms of the Stock Holding Company’s charter and the regulations and orders of the Office, the Board of Directors may, from time to time, declare, and the Stock Holding Company may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares of capital stock.
 
ARTICLE X - Corporate Seal
 
The Board of Directors shall provide a Stock Holding Company seal which shall be two concentric circles between which shall be the name of the Stock Holding Company. The year of incorporation or an emblem may appear in the center.
 
ARTICLE XI - Amendments
 
These bylaws may be amended in a manner consistent with regulations of the Office and shall be effective after: (i) approval of the amendment by a majority vote of the authorized board of directors, or by a majority vote of the votes cast by the shareholders of the Stock Holding Company at any legal meeting, and (ii) receipt of any applicable regulatory approval. When the Stock Holding Company fails to meet its quorum requirements, solely due to vacancies on the board, then the affirmative vote of a majority of the sitting board will be required to amend the bylaws.
 
ARTICLE XII - Indemnification
 
The Stock Holding Company shall indemnify its directors, officers and employees in accordance with the following requirements:

Section 1.            Definitions and Rules of Construction.   (a) The following definitions apply for purposes of this Article XII:
 
(i)      Action.    The term “action” means any judicial or administrative proceeding, or threatened proceeding, whether civil, criminal or otherwise, including any appeal or other proceeding for review;
 
(ii)     Court. The term “court” includes, without limitation, any court to which or in which any appeal or any proceeding for review is brought.
 
(iii)    Final judgment. The term “final judgment” means a judgment, decree   or   order that is not appealable or as to which the period for appeal has expired with no appeal taken.
 
(iv)    Settlement. The term “settlement” includes entry of a. judgment by consent or confession or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere.
 
 
 

 
 
(b)          References in this Article XII to any individual or other person, including any savings bank, shall include legal representatives, successors and assigns thereof.
 
Section 2.    Indemnification.   Subject to Sections 3 and 7 of this Article XII, the Stock Holding Company shall indemnify any person against whom an action is brought or threatened because that person is or was a director, officer or employee of the Stock Holding Company for:
 
(a)    Any amount for which that person becomes liable under a judgment in such action; and
 
(b)    Reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, actually paid or incurred by that person in defending or settling such action, or in enforcing his or her rights under this Article XII if he or she attains a favorable judgment in such enforcement action.
 
Section 3.    Requirements for Indemnification. Indemnification shall be made to such person under Section 2 of this Article XII only if:
 
(a)    Final judgment on the merits is in his or her favor; or
 
(b)    In case of:
 
(i)              settlement;
 
(ii)             final judgment against him or her; or
 
(iii)             final judgment in his or her favor, other than on the merits,
 
if a majority of the disinterested directors of the Stock Holding Company determines that he or she was acting in good faith within the scope of his or her employment or authority as he or she could have reasonably perceived it under the circumstances and for a purpose he or she could reasonably have believed under the circumstances was in the best interests of the Stock Holding Company or its shareholders.
 
However, no indemnification shall be made unless the Stock Holding Company gives the Office at least 60 days notice of its intention to make such indemnification. Such notice shall state the facts on which the action arose, the terms of any settlement and any disposition of the matter by a court. Such notice, a copy thereof and a certified copy of the resolution containing the required determination by the Board shall be sent to the Regional Director of the Office, who shall promptly acknowledge receipt thereof. The notice period shall run from the date of such receipt. No such indemnification shall be made if the Office advises the Stock Holding Company in writing, within such notice period, of his or her objection thereto.
 
Section 4.            Insurance.   The Stock Holding Company may obtain insurance to protect it and its directors, officers and employees from potential losses arising from claims against any of them for alleged wrongful acts, or wrongful acts committed in their capacity as directors, officers or employees.  However, the Stock Holding Company may not obtain insurance that provides for payment of losses of any person incurred as a consequence of his or her willful or criminal misconduct.
 
 
 

 
 
Section 5.            Payment of expenses.   If a majority of the directors of the Stock Holding Company concludes that» in connection with an action, any person ultimately may become entitled to indemnification under this Article XII, the directors may authorize payment of reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from the defense or settlement of such action. Nothing in this Section 5 shall prevent the directors of the Stock Holding Company from imposing such conditions on a payment of expenses as they deem warranted and in the interests of the Stock Holding Company. Before making advance payment of expenses under this Section 5, the Stock Holding Company shall obtain an agreement that the Stock Holding Company will be repaid if the person on whose behalf payment is made is later determined not to be entitled to such indemnification.
 
Section 6.            Exclusiveness of provisions. The Stock Holding Company shall not indemnify any person referred to in Section 2 of this Article XTI or obtain insurance referred to in Section 4 of this Article XII other than in accordance with this Article XII.
 
Section 7.            Statutory Limitations.   The indemnification provided for in Section 2 of this Article XII is subject to and qualified by 12 U.S.C. section 1821(k).
 
 

Exhibit 4.3
                    [FORM OF STOCK CERTIFICATE - FRONT SIDE]

NUMBER                                                                   SHARES
                            CHARTER FINANCIAL CORP.
                              WEST POINT, GEORGIA

COMMON STOCK                                                 CUSIP______________
                                             See reverse for certain definitions


This certifies that __________________is the record holder of ________________
 FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, $0.01 PAR VALUE PER
                      SHARE, OF CHARTER FINANCIAL CORP.,

a corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States (the
"Corporation") . The shares evidenced by this Certificate are transferable only
on the stock-transfer books of the Corporation by the holder of record hereof,
in person or by attorney or legal representative, upon surrender of this
Certificate properly endorsed. The stock evidenced hereby is not an account of
an insurable type and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation or any other government agency. This Certificate is not valid unless
countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

     IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be
executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has
caused its facsimile seal to be affixed hereto.

Dated:




---------------------------                -------------------------------------
Secretary                                  President and Chief Executive Officer

                                     (SEAL)
                                           Countersigned and Registered:
                                           REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER COMPANY
                                           By:                    Transfer Agent

                                                                   and Registrar

<PAGE>

                    (FORM OF STOCK CERTIFICATE - BACK SIDE)

     The shares represented by this certificate are issued subject to all the
provisions of the Charter and Bylaws of CHARTER FINANCIAL CORP. (the
"Corporation"), as from time to time amended (copies of which are on file at the
principal office of the Corporation), to all of which the holder by acceptance
hereof assents.  The following description constitutes a summary of certain
provisions of, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Charter.

     The Charter of the Corporation contains certain provisions, applicable for
a period of five years from the date of CharterBank's reorganization into a
mutual holding company, that restrict persons, other than First Charter, MHC,
from directly or indirectly acquiring or holding, or attempting to acquire or
hold, the beneficial ownership of in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors ("Voting Stock"). The Charter contains a provision pursuant to which
the shares beneficially held in excess of 10% the Voting Stock of the
Corporation are considered "excess shares" and shall not be counted as shares
entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting
shares in connection with any matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote.
These restrictions are not applicable to underwriters in connection with a
public offering of the common stock, certain reorganization transactions
described in the Charter or to acquisitions of Voting Stock by the Corporation,
any majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, or any tax-qualified employee
stock benefit plan which is exempt from the approval requirements under
574.3(c)(1)(vii) of the Office of Thrift Supervision's regulations.  First
Charter, MHC the federally chartered mutual holding company of the Corporation
("Mutual Holding Company") will own in excess of 50% of the Common Stock of the
Corporation so long as the Mutual Holding Company remains in mutual form.

     The Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock,
including a class of Preferred Stock which may be issued in one or more series.
The Corporation will furnish to any stockholder, upon written request and
without charge, within five days after receipt of such request, a full statement
of the designations, preferences, limitations or relative rights of the shares
of each class authorized to be issued and, as to shares of Preferred Stock, the
variations in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each
series so far as the same have been fixed and determined and the authority of
the Board of Directors to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences
of subsequent series.

     The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of
this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:




TEN COM - as tenants in common            UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -                           Custodian
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties                                                   (Cust)                          (Minor)
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and                      under Uniform Gifts to Minors
     not as tenants in common                                         Act
                                                                                                             (State)

                              Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

     For value received,__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
hereby sell, assign and transfer unto ______________________________________________________________________ shares of Common
Stock evidenced by this Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ____________________________________________
as Attorney, to transfer the said shares on the books of the herein named Corporation, with full power of substitution.
Date: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________


                                                       Signature

                                       Signature       ___________________________________________________________________________

                                                       NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with
                                                       the name as written upon the face of the Certificate, in every
                                                       Particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change
                                                       whatsoever.



Exhibit 5
 
(202) 274-2000
 
June 18, 2010
 
The Board of Directors
Charter Financial Corporation
1233 O.G. Skinner Drive
West Point, Georgia  31833
 
  Re: Charter Financial Corporation  
   
Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share
 
         
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale of shares of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) of Charter Financial Corporation (the “Company”).  We have reviewed the Company’s Federal Stock Charter, Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), the Charter Financial Corporation Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock.
 
We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when sold pursuant to the Company’s prospectus and the Plan, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
 
We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.
 
 
 
Very truly yours,
 
/s  Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick
 
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick

Exhibit 10.1
 
Employment Agreement
 
This employment agreement   (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of August 15, 2002 by and between charter financial corporation, a federally-chartered corporation having an office at 600 Third Avenue, West Point, GA 31833 (the “Company”) and Robert   L. Johnson, an individual residing at 3345 Barnes Mill Road, Hamilton, GA 31811 (the “Executive”).
 
Introductory Statement
 
charterbank,   a federally-chartered savings bank having an office at 600 Third Avenue, West Point, GA 31833 (the “Bank”) has reorganized from a federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a federally-chartered stock savings bank and has become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, a mid-tier stock holding company, which is majority owned by First Charter MHC, a mutual holding company (the “Reorganization”). In connection with the Reorganization, certain shares of the Company’s common stock were sold in an initial public stock offering. The Executive has served the Bank in an executive capacity for many years and is familiar with the Bank’s operations.
 
The Board of Directors of the Company has concluded that it is in the best interests of the Company and their prospective shareholders to secure a continuity in management following the Reorganization. They also consider it desirable to establish a working environment for the Executive which minimizes the personal distractions that might result from possible business combinations in which the Company might be involved. For these reasons, the Board of Directors of the Company has decided to offer to enter into a contract with the Executive for his future services. The Executive has accepted this offer.
 
The terms and conditions which the Company and the Executive have agreed to are as follows.
 
Agreement
 
Section 1.     Employment.
 
The Company hereby continues to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts such continued employment, during the period and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
 
Section 2.     Employment Period: Remaining Unexpired Employment Period.
 
(a)   The Company shall employ the Executive during an initial period of three (3) years beginning on the effective date of the Reorganization (the “Employment Commencement Date”) and ending on the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Employment Commencement Date, and during the period of any additional extensions described in section 2(b) (the “Employment Period”).
 
(b)   The Board of Directors of the Company shall conduct an annual review of the Executive’s performance on or about each anniversary of the Employment Commencement Date (each, an “Anniversary Date”) and may, on the basis of such review and by written notice to the Executive, offer to extend the Employment Period through the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the relevant Anniversary Date. In such event, the Employment Period shall be deemed extended in the absence of objection from the Executive by written notice to the Company given within ten (10) business days after his receipt of the Company’s offer of extension.
 
 
 

 
 
(c)   Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any reference in this Agreement to the term “Remaining Unexpired Employment Period” as of any date shall mean the period beginning on such date and ending on the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Employment Commencement Date or, if later, on the day before the third ( 3 rd ) anniversary of the last Anniversary Date as of which the Employment Period was extended pursuant to section 2(b).
 
(d)   Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit the Company from terminating the Executive’s employment before the end of the Employment Period with or without notice for any reason. This Agreement shall determine the relative rights and obligations of the Company and the Executive in the event of any such termination. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall require the termination of the Executive’s employment at the expiration of the Employment Period. Any continuation of the Executive’s employment beyond the expiration of the Employment Period shall be on an “at-will” basis unless the Company and the Executive agree otherwise.
 
Section 3.    Duties.
 
The Executive shall serve as Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, having such power, authority and responsibility and performing such duties as are prescribed by or under the Company’s By-Laws and as are customarily associated with such positions. The Executive shall devote his full business time and attention (other than during weekends, holidays, approved vacation periods, and periods of illness or approved leaves of absence) to the business and affairs of the Company and shall use his best efforts to advance their respective best interests.
 
Section 4.    Cash Compensation .
 
In consideration for the services to be rendered by the Executive hereunder, the Company shall pay to him a salary at an initial annual rate of ONE HUNDRED NINETY THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED TWENTY DOIJARS ($190,320), payable in approximately equal installments in accordance with their respective customary payroll practices for senior officers. The Company’s Board of Directors shall review the Executive’s annual rate of salary at such times during the Employment Period as it deems appropriate, but no less frequently than once every twelve (12) months, and may, at its discretion, approve a salary increase. In addition to salary, the Executive may receive other cash compensation from the Company for services hereunder at such times, in such amounts and on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors of the Company may determine; provided; however, that the amount of such other cash compensation may not exceed ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($100,000) in any year; provided, further, that this dollar limitation does not apply to any benefits payable under section 5 of this Agreement.
 
 
2

 
 
Section 5.    Employee Benefit Plans and Programs.
 
During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be treated as an employee of the Company and shall be entitled to participate in and receive benefits under any and all qualified or non-qualified retirement pension, savings, profit-sharing or stock bonus plans, any and all group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long-term disability insurance plans, and any other employee benefit and compensation plans (including, but not limited to, any incentive compensation plans or programs, stock option and appreciation rights plans and restricted stock plans) as may from time to time be maintained by, or cover employees of, the Company, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and programs and consistent with the Company’s customary practices.
 
Section 6.    Indemnification and Insurance.
 
(a)   To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, during the Employment Period and for a period of six years thereafter, the Company shall cause the Executive to be covered by and named as an insured under any policy or contract of insurance obtained by them to insure their directors and officers against personal liability for acts or omissions in connection with service as an officer or director of the Company or the Bank or service in other capacities at their request. The coverage provided to the Executive pursuant to this section 6 shall be of the same scope and on the same terms and conditions as the coverage (if any) provided to other officers or directors of the Company.
 
(b)   To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, during the Employment Period and for a period of six years thereafter, the Company shall indemnify the Executive against and hold him harmless from any costs, liabilities, losses and exposures to the fullest extent and on the most favorable terms and conditions that similar indemnification is offered to any director or officer of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.
 
Section 7.    Outside Activities.
 
The Executive may serve as a member of the boards of directors of such business, community and charitable organizations as he may disclose to and as may be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, that such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement nor shall it violate any applicable laws or regulations. The Executive may also engage in personal business and investment activities which do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder; provided, however, that such activities arc not prohibited under any code of conduct or investment or securities trading policy established by the Company and generally applicable to all similarly situated executives and that such activities are not prohibited by any applicable laws or regulations.
 
Section 8.    Working Facilities   and Expenses .
 
The Executive’s principal place of employment shall be at the Company’s executive offices at the address first above written, or at such other location as the Company and the Executive may mutually agree upon. The Company shall provide the Executive at his principal place of employment with a private office, secretarial services and other support services and facilities suitable to his positions with the Company and necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of his assigned duties under this Agreement. The Company shall provide to the Executive for his exclusive use an automobile owned or leased by the Company and appropriate to his position, to be used in the performance of his duties hereunder, including commuting to and from his personal residence. The value of the automobile provided shall not exceed forty thousand dollars ($40,000) and shall   be replaced by the Company no more frequently than once every three years. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for his ordinary and necessary business expenses, including, without limitation, all expenses associated with his business use of the aforementioned automobile, fees for memberships in such clubs and organizations that are necessary and appropriate for business purposes, and his travel and entertainment expenses incurred in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, in each case only if such expenses are presented and approved in accordance with the Company’s business reimbursement policy then in effect.
 
 
3

 
 
Section 9.    Termination Due to Death.
 
The Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate automatically and without any further action on the part of any party to this Agreement, on the date of the Executive’s death. In such event:
 
(a)   The Company shall pay to the Executive’s estate his earned but unpaid compensation (including, without limitation, salary and all other items which constitute wages under applicable law) as of the date of his termination of employment. This payment shall be made at the time and in the manner prescribed by law applicable to the payment of wages but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.
 
(b)   The Company shall provide the benefits, if any, due to the Executive’s estate, surviving dependents or his designated beneficiaries under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and programs maintained for the benefit of the officers and employees of the Company. The time and manner of payment or other delivery of these benefits and the recipients of such benefits shall be determined according to the terms and conditions of the applicable plans and programs.
 
The payments and benefits described in sections 9(a) and (b) shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “Standard Termination Entitlements.”
 
Section 10.    Termination Due to Disability.
 
The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment upon a determination, by vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in reliance on the written advice of a medical professional acceptable to them, that the Executive is suffering from a physical or mental impairment which, at the date of the determination, has prevented the Executive from performing his assigned duties on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one hundred and eighty (180) days during the period of one (1) year ending with the date of the determination or is likely to result in death or prevent the Executive from performing his assigned duties on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one hundred and eighty (180) days during the period of one (1) year beginning with the date of the determination. In such event:
 
(a)   The Company shall pay and deliver to the Executive (or in the event of his death before payment, to his estate and surviving dependents and beneficiaries, as applicable) the Standard Termination Entitlements.
 
 
4

 
 
(b)   In addition to the Standard Termination Entitlements, the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his base salary, at the annual rate in effect for him immediately prior to the termination of his employment, during a period ending on the earliest of: (i) the expiration of one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date of termination of his employment; (ii) the date on which long-term disability insurance benefits are first payable to him under any long-term disability insurance plan covering employees of the Company (the “LTD Eligibility Date”); (iii) the date of his death; and (iv) the expiration of the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period (the “Initial Continuation Period”). If the end of the Initial Continuation Period is neither the LTD Eligibility Date nor the date of his death, the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his base salary, at an annual rate equal to sixty percent (60%) of the annual rate in effect for him immediately prior to the termination of his employment, during an additional period ending on the earliest of the LTD Eligibility Date, the date of his death and the expiration of the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period.
 
A termination of employment due to disability under this section 10 shall be effected by joint notice of termination given to the Executive by the Company and shall take effect on the later of the effective date of termination specified in such notice or the date on which the notice of termination is deemed given to the Executive.
 
Section 11.    Discharge with Cause.
 
(a)   The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment during the Employment Period, and such termination shall be deemed to have occurred with “Cause”, only if:
 
(i)   The Board of Directors of the Company, by majority vote of their entire membership, determine that the Executive should be discharged because of personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease and desist order, or any material breach of this Agreement; and
 
(ii)   at least forty-five (45) days prior to the votes contemplated by section 11(a)(i), the Company has provided the Executive with notice of its intent to discharge the Executive for Cause, detailing with particularity the facts and circumstances which are alleged to constitute Cause (the “Notice of Intent to Discharge”); and
 
(iii)   after the giving of the Notice of Intent to Discharge and before the taking of the votes contemplated by section 11(a)(i), the Executive (together with his legal counsel, if he so desires) is afforded a reasonable opportunity to make both written and oral presentations before the Board of Directors of the Company for the purpose of refuting the alleged grounds for Cause for his discharge; and
 
 
5

 
 
(iv)   after the votes contemplated by section 11(a)(i), the Company have furnished to the Executive a notice of termination which shall specify the effective date of his termination of employment (which shall in no event be earlier than the date on which such notice is deemed given) and include a copy of a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, certified by its corporate secretary and signed by each member of the Board of Directors voting in favor of adoption of the resolution(s), authorizing the termination of the Executive’s employment with Cause and stating with particularity the facts and circumstances found to constitute Cause for his discharge (the “Final Discharge Notice”).
 
(b)   If the Executive is discharged during the Employment Period with Cause, the Company shall pay and provide to him (or, in the event of his death, to his estate, his surviving beneficiaries and his dependents) the Standard Termination Entitlements only. Following the giving of a Notice of Intent to Discharge, the Company shall temporarily suspend the Executive’s duties and authority and, in such event, shall also suspend the payment of salary and other cash compensation, but not the Executive’s participation in retirement, insurance and other employee benefit plans. If the Executive is not discharged, or is discharged without Cause, within forty-five (45) days after the giving of a Notice of Intent to Discharge, payments of salary and cash compensation shall resume, and all payments withheld during the period of suspension shall be promptly restored. If the Executive is discharged with Cause not later than forty-five (45) days after the giving of the Notice of Intent to Discharge, all payments withheld during the period of suspension shall be deemed forfeited and shall not be included in the Standard Termination Entitlements. If the Company does not give a Final Discharge Notice to the Executive within ninety (90) days after giving a Notice of Intent to Discharge, the Notice of Intent to Discharge shall be deemed withdrawn and any future action to discharge the Executive with Cause shall require the giving of a new Notice of Intent to Discharge.
 
Section 12.    Discharge without Cause.
 
The Company may discharge the Executive at any time during the Employment Period and, unless such discharge constitutes a discharge with Cause:
 
(a)   The Company shall pay and deliver to the Executive (or in the event of his death before payment, to his estate and surviving dependents and beneficiaries, as applicable) the Standard Termination Entitlements.
 
(b)   In addition to the Standard Termination Entitlements, the Company shall pay to the Executive a lump sum equal to three times the Executive’s average annual compensation received from the Company, the Bank, and any subsidiary or affiliate thereof. For purposes of this section 12(b), the Executive’s average annual compensation shall be the average of the Executive’s compensation for the five calendar years preceding his termination of employment as reported on IRS Form W-2. Such payment shall be made (without discounting for early payment) within thirty (30) days following the Executive’s termination of employment.
 
The payments and benefits described in section 12(b)   are referred to   in this Agreement as the “Additional Termination Entitlement”.
 
 
6

 
 
Section 13.    Resignation.
 
(a)    The Executive may resign from his employment with the Company at any time. A resignation under this section 13 shall be effected by notice of resignation given by the Executive to the Company and shall take effect on the later of the effective date of termination specified in such notice or the date on which the notice of termination is deemed given by the Executive. The Executive’s resignation of any of the positions within the Bank or the Company to which he has been assigned shall be deemed a resignation from all such positions.
 
(b)   The Executive’s resignation shall be deemed to be for “Good Reason” if the effective date of resignation occurs within ninety (90) days after any of the following:
 
(i)   the failure of the Company (whether by act or omission of its Board of Directors, or otherwise) to appoint or re-appoint or elect or re-elect the Executive to the position(s) with the Company, specified in section 3 of this Agreement or to a more senior office;
 
 
(ii)   if the Executive is or becomes a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Bank, the failure of their respective shareholders (whether in an election in which the Executive stands as a nominee or in an election where the Executive is not a nominee) to elect or re-elect the Executive to membership at the expiration of his term of membership, unless such failure is a result of the Executive’s refusal to stand for election;
 
(iii)   a material failure by the Company, whether   by amendment of its certificate of incorporation or organization, by-laws, action of its Board of Directors or otherwise, to vest in the Executive the functions, duties, or responsibilities prescribed in section 3 of this Agreement; provided that the Executive shall have given notice of such failure to the Company, and the Company has not fully cured such failure within thirty (30) days after such notice is deemed given;
 
(iv)   any reduction of the Executive’s rate of base salary in effect from time to time, whether or not material, or any failure (other than due to reasonable administrative error that is cured promptly upon notice) to pay any portion of the Executive’s compensation as and when due;
 
(v)   any change in the terms and conditions of any compensation or benefit program in which the Executive participates which, either individually or together with other changes, has a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of his total compensation package; provided that the Executive shall have given notice of such material adverse effect to the Company, and the Company has not fully cured such failure within thirty (30) days after such notice is deemed given; provided, however, that this section 13(b)(v) shall not apply if the change in the terms and conditions of the compensation or benefit program affects all participants in such program equally;
 
(vi)   any material breach by the Company of any material term, condition or covenant contained in this Agreement; provided that the Executive shall have given notice of such material adverse effect to the Company, and the Company has not fully cured such failure within thirty (30) days after such notice is deemed given; or
 
 
7

 
 
(vii)   a change in the Executive’s principal place of employment to a place that is not the principal executive office of the Company, or a relocation of the Company’s principal executive office to a location that is both more than thirty-five (35) miles away from the Executive’s principal residence and more than thirty-five (35) miles away from the location of the Company’s principal executive office on the date of this Agreement.
 
In all other   cases , a resignation by the Executive shall be deemed to be without Good Reason.
 
(c)   In the event of the Executive’s resignation before the expiration of the Employment Period, the Company shall pay and deliver the Standard Termination Entitlements. In addition,   if the Executive’s resignation is deemed to be a resignation with Good Reason, the Company shall also pay and deliver the Additional Termination Entitlements.
 
Section 14.    Terms and Conditions of the Additional Termination Entitlements.
 
The Company and the Executive hereby stipulate that the damages which may be incurred by the Executive following any termination of employment are not capable of accurate measurement as of the date first above written and that the Additional Termination Entitlements constitute reasonable damages under the circumstances and shall be payable without any requirement of proof of actual damage and without regard to the Executive’s efforts, if any, to mitigate damages. The Company and the Executive further agree that the Company may condition the payment and delivery of the Additional Termination Entitlements on the receipt of the Executive’s resignation from any and all positions which he holds as an officer, director or committee member with respect to the Company, the Bank or any subsidiary or affiliate of either of them.
 
Section 15.    Termination Upon or Following a Change of Control.
 
(a)   A “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred upon the happening of any of the following events:
 
(i)   the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company with one   or more other persons, other than a transaction following which:
 
(A)   at least 51% of the equity ownership interests of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”)) in substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of the outstanding equity ownership interests in the Company; and
 
 
8

 
 
(B)   at least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) in substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company;
 
(ii)   the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors by any person or by any persons acting in concert;
 
(iii)   a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
 
(iv)   the occurrence of any event if, immediately following such event, at least 50% of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company do not belong to any of the following groups:
 
(A)   individuals who were members of the Board of Directors of the Company on the date of this Agreement; or
 
(B)   individuals who first became members of the Board of Directors of the Company after the date of this Agreement either:
 
(1)   upon election to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of such board, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the time of such first election; or
 
(2)   upon election by the shareholders of the Board of Directors of the Company to serve as a member of such board, but only if nominated for election by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the time of such first nomination;
 
provided, however, that such individual’s election or nomination did not result from an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) other than by or on behalf of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, that this section 15(a)(iv) shall only apply if the Company is not majority owned by First Charter, MHC; or
 
 
9

 
    (v)   any event which would be described in section 15(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) if the term “Bank” were substituted for the term “Company” therein.
 
In no event, however, shall a Change of Control be deemed to have occurred as a result of (i) any acquisition of securities or assets of the Company, the Bank, or a subsidiary of either of them, by the Company, the Bank, or any subsidiary of either of them, or by any employee benefit plan maintained by any of them or (ii) the conversion of First Charter, MHC to a stock form company and the issuance of additional shares of the Company in connection therewith. For purposes of this section 15(a), the term “person” shall have the meaning assigned to it under sections l3(d)(3) or l4(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.
 
(b)   For purposes of this Agreement, a “Pending Change of Control” shall mean:
(i) the signing of a definitive agreement for a transaction which, if consummated, would result in a Change of Control; (ii) the commencement of a tender offer which, if successful, would result in a Change of Control; or (iii) the circulation of a proxy statement seeking proxies in opposition to management in an election contest which, if successful, would result in a Change of Control.
 
(c)   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of computing the Additional Termination Entitlements due upon a termination of employment that occurs, or is deemed to have occurred, after a Change of Control, the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period shall be deemed to be three (3) full years.
 
Section 16.    Covenant Not To Compete.
 
The Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, in the event of his termination of employment with the Company prior to the expiration of the Employment Period, for a period of one year following the date of his termination of employment with the Company, he shall not, without the written consent of the Company, become an officer, employee, consultant, director or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, bank or bank holding company, any other entity engaged in the business of accepting deposits or making loans or any direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate of any such entity, that entails working within the State of Georgia or any city or county in any other state in which the Company or the Bank maintains an office; provided, however, that this section 16 shall not apply if the Executive is entitled to the Additional Termination Entitlements.
 
Section 17.    Confidentiality.
 
Unless he obtains the prior written consent of the Company, the Executive shall keep confidential and shall refrain from using for the benefit of himself, or any person or entity other than the Company or any entity which is a subsidiary of the Company or of which the Company is a subsidiary, any material document or information obtained from the Company, or from its parent or subsidiaries, in the course of his employment with any of them concerning their properties, operations or business (unless such document or information is readily ascertainable from public or published information or trade sources or has otherwise been made available to the public through no fault of his own) until the same ceases to be material (or becomes so ascertainable or available); provided, however, that nothing in this section 17 shall prevent the Executive, with or without the Company’s consent, from participating in or disclosing documents or information in connection with any judicial or administrative investigation, inquiry or proceeding to the extent that such participation or disclosure   is required under applicable law.
 
 
10

 
 
Section 18.    Solicitation.
 
The Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one year following his termination of employment with the Company or the Bank, he shall not, without the written consent of the Company, either directly or indirectly:
 
(a)   solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended, or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect, to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Company, the Bank or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his or her employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any savings bank, savings and loan association, bank, bank holding company, savings and loan holding company, or other institution engaged in the business of accepting deposits, making loans or doing business within the counties specified in section 16;
 
(b)   provide any information, advice or recommendation with respect lo any such officer or employee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, bank, bank holding company, savings and loan holding company, or other institution engaged in the business of accepting deposits, making loans or doing business within the counties specified in section 16; that is intended, or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect, to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Company, the Bank, or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any savings bank, savings and loan association, bank, bank holding company, savings and loan holding company, or other institution engaged in the business of accepting deposits, making loans or doing business within the counties specified in Section 16;
 
(c)   solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended, or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect, to have the effect of causing any customer of the Company or the Bank to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Company or the Bank.
 
Section 19.    No Effect on Employee Benefit Plans or Programs.
 
The termination of the Executive’s employment during the term of this Agreement or thereafter, whether by the Company or by the Executive, shall have no effect on the rights and obligations of the parties hereto under the Company’s or the Bank’s qualified or non-qualified retirement, pension, savings, thrift, profit-sharing or stock bonus plans, group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term disability insurance plans or such other employee benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs, as may be maintained by, or cover employees of, the Company or the Bank from time to time; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to duplicate any compensation or benefits provided under any agreement, plan or program covering the Executive to which the Company is a party and any duplicative amount payable under any such agreement, plan or program shall be applied as an offset to reduce the amounts otherwise payable hereunder.
 
 
11

 
 
Section 20.    Successors and Assigns.
 
This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Executive, his legal representatives and testate or intestate distributees, and the Company and their respective successors and assigns, including any successor by merger or consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person or firm or corporation to which all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company may be sold or otherwise transferred. Failure of the Company to obtain from any successor its express written assumption of the Company’s obligations hereunder at least sixty (60) days in advance of the scheduled effective date of any such succession shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement.
 
Section 21.    Notices.
 
Any communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement, including any notice, direction, designation, consent, instruction, objection or waiver, shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is delivered personally, or five (5) days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such party at the address listed below or at such other address as one such party may by written notice specify to the other party:
 
If to the Executive:
 
Robert L. Johnson
3345 Barnes Mill Road
Hamilton, GA 31833
 
If to the Company:
 
Charter Financial Corporation
600 Third Avenue
West Point, GA 31833
 
Attention:    Chairman, Personnel & Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
 
Section 22.   Waiver.
 
Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition. A waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be made in writing, designated as a waiver, and signed by the party against whom its enforcement is sought. Any waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any one or more times shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times.
 
Section 23.    Counterparts.
 
This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
 
 
12

 
 
Section 24.    Governing Law.
 
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the federal laws of the United States and, to the extent that federal law is inapplicable, in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia applicable to contracts entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Georgia.
 
Section 25.    Headings and Construction.
 
The headings of sections in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to qualify the meaning of any section. Any reference to a section number shall refer to a section of this Agreement, unless otherwise stated.
 
Section 26.    Entire Agreement: Modifications.
 
This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in its entirety any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations relating to the subject matter hereof. No modifications of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
 
Section 27.    Non-duplication.
 
In the event that the Executive shall perform services for the Bank or any other direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or the Bank, any compensation or benefits provided to the Executive by such other employer shall be applied to offset the obligations of the Company hereunder, it being intended that this Agreement set forth the aggregate compensation and benefits payable to the Executive for all services to the Company and all of its respective direct or indirect subsidiaries and affiliates.
 
Section 28.    Survival
 
The provisions of sections 6, 16, 17, 18 and 19 shall survive the expiration of the Employment Period or termination of the Agreement.
 
Section 29.    Indemnification for Attorney’s Fees.
 
The Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Executive against reasonable costs, including legal fees, incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved, as a result of his efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that Executive shall have substantially prevailed on the merits pursuant to a judgment decree or order of a court of competent jurisdiction or of an arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding. The determination whether the Executive shall have substantially prevailed on the merits and is therefore entitled to such indemnification, shall be made by the court or arbitrator, as applicable. In the event of a settlement pursuant to a settlement agreement, any indemnification payment under this section 29 shall be made only after a determination by the members of the Board (other than the Executive and any other member of the Board to which the Executive is related by blood or marriage) that the Executive has acted in good faith and that such indemnification payment is in the best interests of the Company.
 
 
13

 
 
Section 30.    Required Regulatory Provisions.
 
The following provisions are included for the purposes of complying with various laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Company:
 
(a)   Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate amount of compensation payable to the Executive under section 12(b) hereof exceed the three times the Executive’s average annual compensation (within the meaning of OTS Regulatory Bulletin 27a or any successor thereto) for the last five consecutive calendar years to end prior to his termination of employment with the Company (or for his entire period of employment with the Company if less than five calendar years). The compensation payable to the Executive hereunder shall be further reduced (but not below zero) if such reduction would avoid the assessment of excise   taxes on excess parachute payments (within the meaning of section 280G of the Code).
 
(b)    Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments   to   the Executive by the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDI Act”), 12 U.S.C. §1828(k), and any regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(c)   Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the Company pursuant to a notice served under section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §l818(c)(3) or 1818(g)(1), the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service of such notice, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in such notice arc dismissed, the Company, in its discretion, may (i) pay to the Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while the Company’s obligations hereunder were suspended and (ii) reinstate, in whole or in part, any of the obligations which were suspended.
 
(d)   Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(l) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(4) or (g)(l), all prospective obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights and obligations of the Company and the Executive shall not be affected.
 
(c)   Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Company is in default (within the meaning of section 3(x)(l) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1813(x)(l), all prospective obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but vested rights and obligations of the Company and the Executive shall not be affected.
 
(f)   Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, all prospective obligations of the Company hereunder shall be terminated, except to the extent that a continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Company: (i) by the Director of the OTS or his designee or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Company under the authority contained in section l3(c) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1823(c); (ii) by the Director of the OTS or his designee at the time such Director or designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the operation of the Company or when the Company is determined by such Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. The vested rights and obligations of the parties shall not be affected.
 
 
14

 
 
If and to the extent that any of the foregoing provisions shall cease to be required or by applicable law, rule or regulation, the same shall become inoperative as though eliminated by formal amendment of this Agreement.
 
Section 31.    Guarantee; Nan-Duplication.
 
The Company hereby agrees to guarantee the payment by the Bank of any benefits and compensation to which the Executive is or may be entitled to under the terms and conditions of the employment agreement of even date herewith between the Bank and the Executive. In the event that the Executive shall perform services for the Bank or any other direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, any compensation or benefits provided to the Executive by such other employer shall be applied to offset the obligations of the Company hereunder, it being intended that this Agreement set forth the aggregate compensation and benefits payable to the Executive for all services to the Company and all of its direct or indirect subsidiaries.
 
Section 32.    Effective Date
 
This Agreement shall become effective (the “Effective Date”) upon the later of the following two dates: (a) the effective date of the Bank’s conversion from a federally chartered mutual savings bank to a stock form savings bank pursuant to the Reorganization or (b) the date the OTS advises the Bank in writing that it either approves or has no objection to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Company and the Executive each hereby acknowledge and agree that the terms of this Agreement shall have no force or effect prior to such Effective Date.
 
in witness whereof , the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and the Executive has hereunto set his hand, all as of the day and year first above written.
 
      /s/ Robert L. Johnson  
      robert L. johnson  
           
      Charter financial corporation  
           
Attest:        
           
By :
   /s/ Bonnie F. Bonner          By :
   /s/  R. Terry Taunton
 
Name: Bonnie F. Bonner          Name: R. Terry Taunton  
Title:  Assistant Secretary          Title:   Director  
           
[Seal]        
 
 
15
 

EXHIBIT 10.2
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT is made on this 23rd day of December, 2009, by and between Charter Financial Corporation (the “Company”) and Robert L. Johnson (the “Executive”).
 
INTRODUCTION :
 
WHEREAS, the parties entered into that certain employment agreement dated August 15, 2002 (the “Agreement”).
 
WHEREAS, the parties now desire to amend the Agreement primarily to bring the severance provisions into compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree to amend the Agreement as follows:
 
1.           By deleting the fourth sentence of Section 8 in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:
 
“The value of the automobile provided shall not exceed forty thousand dollars ($40,000) and shall be replaced when permitted by the Company.”
 
2.           By deleting Section 9(a) in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:
 
“(a)         The Company shall pay to the Executive’s estate his earned but unpaid compensation (including, without limitation, salary and all other items which constitute wages under applicable law) as of the date of his termination of employment.  This payment shall be made in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.”
 
3.           By deleting Section 10 in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:
 
Section 10.              Termination Due to Disability .
 
The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment if the Executive is suffering from a Disability.  ‘Disability’ means any condition which constitutes a ‘disability’ within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the ‘Code’).  A termination of employment due to Disability under this section 10 shall be effected by a notice of termination given to the Executive by the Company and shall take effect on the later of the effective date of termination specified in such notice or the date on which the notice of termination is deemed given to the Executive.  In the event the Executive becomes subject to a Disability:
 
 

 
 
(a)           The Company shall pay and deliver to the Executive (or in the event of his death before payment, to his estate and surviving dependents and beneficiaries, as applicable) the Standard Termination Entitlements in the event of his termination of employment.
 
(b)           Subject to section 14, in addition to the Standard Termination Entitlements, the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his base salary, at the annual rate in effect for him immediately prior to the date the Disability commenced, during a period ending on the earliest of: (i) the expiration of one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date the Disability commenced; (ii) the date on which long-term disability insurance benefits are first payable to him under any long-term disability insurance plan covering employees of the Company (the ‘LTD Eligibility Date’); (iii) the date of his death; and (iv) the expiration of the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period (the ‘Initial Continuation Period’).  If the end of the Initial Continuation Period is neither the LTD Eligibility Date nor the date of his death, the Company shall continue to pay the Executive his base salary, at an annual rate equal to sixty percent (60%) of the annual rate in effect for him immediately prior to the date the Disability commenced, during an additional period ending on the earliest of the LTD Eligibility Date, the date of his death and the expiration of the Remaining Unexpired Employment Period.  The payments under this subsection are referred to in this Agreement as the ‘Disability Benefits.’  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Disability Benefits shall commence within the time period required by section 14.”
 
4.             By deleting Section 12(b) in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:
 
“(b)           Subject to section 14, in addition to the Standard Termination Entitlements, the Company shall pay to the Executive a lump sum equal to three (3) times the Executive’s average annual compensation received from the Company, the Bank, and any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.  For purposes of this section 12(b), the Executive’s average annual compensation shall be the average of the Executive’s compensation for the five calendar years preceding his termination of employment as reported on IRS Form W-2.  Such payment shall be made (without discounting for early payment) within the time period specified in section 14.”
 
5.            By deleting the last sentence of Section 13(c) in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:
 
“In addition, if the Executive’s resignation is deemed to be a resignation for Good Reason, subject to section 14, the Company shall also pay and deliver the Additional Termination Entitlements.”
 
 
2

 
 
6.             By deleting Section 14 in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:
 
Section 14.              Terms and Conditions of the Additional Termination   Entitlements and Disability Benefits  
 
The Company and the Executive hereby stipulate that the damages which may be incurred by the Executive following any termination of employment are not capable of accurate measurement as of the date first above written and that the Additional Termination Entitlements or Disability Benefits (as applicable) constitute reasonable damages under the circumstances and shall be payable without any requirement of proof of actual damage and without regard to the Executive’s efforts, if any, to mitigate damages.  The Company and the Executive further agree that the Company may condition the payment and delivery of the Additional Termination Entitlements or Disability Benefits (as applicable) on its receipt of the Executive’s resignation from any and all positions which he holds as an officer, director or committee member with respect to the Company, the Bank or any subsidiary or affiliate of either of them.  Payment of the Additional Termination Entitlements shall be made, or commence, as the case may be, within thirty (60) days following the Executive’s termination of employment; provided, however, if the Executive is a ‘specified employee’ within the meaning of Code Section 409A, payment shall be delayed for six (6) months after termination of employment to the extent required to avoid a tax under Code Section 409A.  The term ‘termination of employment’ and similar terms when used in this Agreement shall mean a termination of employment that constitutes a ‘separation from service’ within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  Payment of Disability Benefits shall commence within thirty (60) days following the commencement of the Disability and the first payment shall include all payments accrued to the date of such payment.”
 
7.            By deleting Section 15(a)(iv)(B)(2) in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:
 
“(2)         upon election by the shareholders to serve as a member of such board, but only if nominated for election by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the time of such first nomination;”
 
8.            By deleting the last paragraph of Section 15(a) in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:
 
“In no event, however, shall a Change of Control be deemed to have occurred as a result of (i) any acquisition of securities or assets of the Company, the Bank, or a subsidiary of either of them, by the Company, the Bank, or any subsidiary of either of them, or by any employee benefit plan maintained by any of them or (ii) the second-step conversion of First Charter, MHC to a stock form company and the issuance of shares of common stock of such stock form company in connection therewith.  For purposes of this section 15(a), the term ‘person’ shall have the meaning assigned to it under sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.”
 
 
3

 
 
9.           By deleting Section 16 in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:
 
Section 16.              Covenant Not To Compete .
 
The Executive hereby covenants and agrees that during the Employment Period, and in the event of his termination of employment with the Company prior to the expiration of the Employment Period, for a period of one year following the date of his termination of employment with the Company, he shall not, without the written consent of the Company, perform services of a similar nature as he performed for the Company for any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, bank or bank holding company, any other entity engaged in the business of accepting deposits or making loans or any direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate of any such entity, within the State of Georgia; provided, however , that this section 16 shall not apply if the Executive is entitled to the Additional Termination Entitlements.”
 
10.         By deleting Section 17 in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:
 
Section 17.              Confidentiality .
 
(a)            Confidentiality .  All Confidential Information and Trade Secrets and all physical embodiments thereof received or developed by the Executive while employed by the Company are confidential to and are and will remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company.  Except to the extent necessary to perform the duties assigned by the Company hereunder, the Executive will hold such Confidential Information and Trade Secrets in trust and strictest confidence, and will not use, reproduce, distribute, disclose or otherwise disseminate the Confidential Information and Trade Secrets or any physical embodiments thereof and may in no event take any action causing or fail to take the action necessary in order to prevent, any Confidential Information and Trade Secrets disclosed to or developed by the Executive to lose its character or cease to qualify as Confidential Information or Trade Secrets.
 
(b)            Return of Company Property .  Upon request by the Company, and in any event upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, as a prior condition to receiving any final compensation hereunder (including the Standard Termination Entitlements and/or the Additional Termination Entitlements), the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all property belonging to the Company, including, without limitation, all Confidential Information and Trade Secrets (and all embodiments thereof) then in the Executive’s custody, control or possession.
 
(c)            Survival .  The covenants of confidentiality set forth herein will apply on and after the date hereof to any Confidential Information and Trade Secrets disclosed by the Company or developed by the Executive while employed or engaged by the Company prior to or after the date hereof.  The covenants restricting the use of Confidential Information will continue to apply for a period of two years following the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.  The covenants restricting the use of Trade Secrets will continue to apply following termination of this Agreement for so long as permitted by the governing law.
 
 
4

 
 
(d)            Definitions .  For purposes of this section 17, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
 
(i)            ‘Affiliate’ means any person, firm, corporation, partnership, association or entity that, directly or indirectly or through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company or the Bank, where ‘control’ shall mean control of more than fifty percent (50%) of the ordinary voting power.
 
(ii)           ‘Confidential Information’ means data and information relating to the business of the Company, the Bank, or any Affiliate (which does not rise to the status of a Trade Secret) which is or has been disclosed to the Executive or of which the Executive became aware as a consequence of or through his relationship to the Company, the Bank, or any Affiliate and which has value to the Company, the Bank, or any Affiliate and is not generally known to its competitors.  Confidential Information shall not include any data or information that has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Company, the Bank, or any Affiliate (except where such public disclosure has been made by the Executive without authorization) or that has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means without breach of any obligations of confidentiality owed to the Company, the Bank, or any Affiliate thereof by the Executive.
 
(iii)          ‘Trade Secrets’ means data and information relating to the business of the Company, the Bank, or any Affiliate thereof including, but not limited to, technical or nontechnical data, formulae, patterns, compilations, programs, devices, methods, techniques, drawings, processes, financial data, financial plans, product plans or lists of actual or potential customers or suppliers which (i) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.”
 
11.         By deleting Section 18(c) in its entirety and substituting therefor the following:
 
“(c)         solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended, or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect, to have the effect of causing any customer of the Company or the Bank with whom the Executive had material contact with the last two (2) years to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Company or the Bank.”
 
 
5

 
 
12.           By adding the following sentence immediately after the second sentence of Section 29:
 
“The indemnification payment shall be made within thirty (30) days of such determination.”
 
Except as specifically amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect prior to this First Amendment.
 
In Witness Whereof , the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and the Executive has hereunto set his hand, all as of the day and year first above written.
                 
      /s/ Robert L. Johnson  
      R obert L. J ohnson  
           
      C harter F inancial C orporation  
           
Attest:        
           
By: 
/s/ Bonnie F. Bonner  
By: 
/s/ William C. Gladden
 
Name:  Bonnie F. Bonner 
  Name:  William C. Gladden  
Title:  Assistant Secretary 
 
Title:  Senior Vice President
 
 
 
6

Exhibit 10.3
Two-Year Change of Control Agreement
 
This Amended and Restated Change of Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of December 23, 2009 (the “Effective Date”) by and among Charterbank , a federally-chartered savings bank having an office at 600 Third Avenue, West Point, GA 31833 (the “Bank”), Charter Financial Corporation , a federally-chartered corporation having an office at 600 Third Avenue, West Point, GA 31833 (the “Company”) and Curtis R. Kollar (the “Officer”).
 
Introductory Statement
 
The Bank and the Officer entered into a Change in Control Agreement, dated August 13, 2002, in connection with the mutual holding company reorganization of the Bank.  First Charter MHC (the “MHC”), the Company’s mutual holding company has adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization under which the MHC will convert to stock form in a reorganization that will create Charter Financial Corporation (“Charter Financial”), a new Maryland stock holding company, that will be the successor to the Company and the MHC, and which will own 100% of the Bank.  In connection with this second step reorganization, the parties desire to amend and restate the Change in Control Agreement to increase its term to two (2) years.
 
The Board of Directors of the Bank has concluded that it is in the best interests of the Bank, the Company, Charter Financial and their prospective shareholders to establish a working environment for the Officer which minimizes the personal distractions that might result from possible business combinations in which the Company or the Bank might be involved following the Reorganization. To this end, the Bank has decided to provide the Officer with assurance that his compensation will be continued for a minimum period of two (2) years following termination of employment (the “Assurance Period”) if his employment terminates under specified circumstances related to a business combination. The Board of Directors of the Bank has decided to formalize this assurance by entering into this Change of Control Agreement with the Officer. The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized the Company to guarantee the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement.
 
The terms and conditions which the Bank, the Company and the Officer have agreed to are as follows.
 
Agreement
 
Section 1.          Effective Date; Term; Change of Control and Pending Change of Control Defined.  
 
(a)           This Agreement shall take effect on the Effective Date and remain in effect during the period (the “Term”) beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary of the date on which the Bank notifies the Officer of its intent to discontinue the Agreement (the “Initial Expiration Date”) or, if later, the second anniversary of the effective date of any Change of Control, as defined below, that occurs during the Term hereof.  Any discharge occurring during the Term shall be governed by this Agreement.
 
 
 

 
 
(b)         For all purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred upon the happening of any of the following events:
 
(i)          the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more other persons, other than a transaction following which:
 
(A)           at least 51% of the equity ownership interests of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”)) in substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51 % of the outstanding equity ownership interests in the Company; and
 
(B)           at least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) in substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company;
 
(ii)         the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors by any person or by any persons acting in concert;
 
(iii)        a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
 
(iv)        the occurrence of any event if, immediately following such event, at least 50% of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company do not belong to any of the following groups:
 
(A)         individuals who were members of the Board of Directors of the Company on the date of this Agreement; or
 
(B)         individuals who first became members of the Board of Directors of the Company after the date of this Agreement either:
 
(1)           upon election to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of such board, or of a nominating committee thereof in office at the time of such first election; or
 
 
2

 
 
(2)           upon election by the shareholders to serve as a member of such board, but only if nominated for election by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the time of such first nomination;
 
provided, however, that such individual’s election or nomination did not result from an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) other than by or on behalf of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, that this section 1(b)(iv) shall only apply if the Company is not majority owned by First Charter, MHC; or
 
(v)          any event which would be described in section 1(b)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) if the term “Bank” were substituted for the term “Company” therein.
 
In no event, however, shall a Change of Control be deemed to have occurred as a result of (i) any acquisition of securities or assets of the Company, the Bank, or a subsidiary of either of them, by the Company, the Bank, or any subsidiary of either of them, or by any employee benefit plan maintained by any of them or (ii) the second-step conversion of First Charter, MHC to a stock form company and the issuance of shares of common stock of such stock form company in connection therewith. For purposes of this section 1(b), the term “person” shall have the meaning assigned to it under sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.
 
(c)          For purposes of this Agreement, a “Pending Change of Control” shall mean: (i) the signing of a definitive agreement for a transaction which, if consummated, would result in a Change of Control; (ii) the commencement of a tender offer which, if successful, would result in a Change of Control; or (iii) the circulation of a proxy statement seeking proxies in opposition to management in an election contest which, if successful, would result in a Change of Control; provided, however, that the Change of Control contemplated does, in fact, occur.
 
Section 2.          Discharge Prior to a Pending Change of Control.
 
The Bank may discharge the Officer at any time prior to the occurrence of a Pending Change of Control for any reason or for no reason. In such event:
 
(a)          The Bank shall pay to the Officer (or, in the event of his death, his estate) his earned but unpaid compensation (including, without limitation, salary and all other items which constitute wages under applicable law) as of the date of his termination of employment. This payment shall be made in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices.
 
(b)          The Bank shall provide the benefits, if any, due to the Officer (or, in the event of his death, his estate, surviving dependents or his designated beneficiaries) under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and programs maintained for the benefit of the officers and employees of the Bank. The time and manner of payment or other delivery of these benefits and the recipients of such benefits shall be determined according to the terms and conditions of the applicable plans and programs.
 
 
3

 
 
The payments and benefits described in sections 2(a) and (b) shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “Standard Termination Entitlements.”
 
Section 3.          Termination of Employment Due to Death.
 
The Officer’s employment with the Bank shall terminate, automatically and without any further action on the part of any party to this Agreement, on the date of the Officer’s death. In such event, the Bank shall pay and deliver to his estate and surviving dependents and beneficiaries, as applicable, the Standard Termination Entitlements.
 
Section 4.          Termination Due to Disability after Change of Control or Pending Change of Control.  
 
The Bank may terminate the Officer’s employment after the occurrence of a Change of Control or a Pending Change of Control if the Officer is suffering from a Disability.  “Disability” means any condition which constitutes a “disability” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  A termination of employment due to Disability under this section 4 shall be effected by a notice of termination given to the Officer by the Bank and shall take effect on the later of the effective date of termination specified in such notice or the date on which the notice of termination is deemed given to the Officer.  In the event the Officer becomes subject to a Disability:
 
(a)           The Bank shall pay and deliver to the Officer (or in the event of his death before payment, to his estate and surviving dependents and beneficiaries, as applicable) the Standard Termination Entitlements in the event of his termination of employment.
 
(b)           Subject to Section 8, in addition to the Standard Termination Entitlements, the Bank shall continue to pay the Officer his base salary, at the annual rate in effect for him immediately prior to the date the Disability commenced, during a period ending on the earliest of: (i) the expiration of one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date the Disability commenced; (ii) the date on which long-term disability insurance benefits are first payable to him under any long-term disability insurance plan covering employees of the Bank (the “LTD Eligibility Date”); (iii) the date of his death; and (iv) the expiration of the Assurance Period (the “Initial Continuation Period”). If the end of the Initial Continuation Period is neither the LTD Eligibility Date nor the date of his death, the Bank shall continue to pay the Officer his base salary, at an annual rate equal to sixty percent (60%) of the annual rate in effect for him immediately prior to the date the Disability commenced, during an additional period ending on the earliest of the LTD Eligibility Date, the date of his death and the expiration of the Assurance Period.  The payments under this subsection are referred to in this Agreement as the “Disability Benefits.”  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Disability Benefits shall commence within the time period required by Section 8.
 
 
4

 
 
Section 5.          Discharge with Cause after Change of Control or Pending Change of Control.  
 
(a)          The Bank may terminate the Officer’s employment with “Cause” after the occurrence of a Change of Control or Pending Change of Control, but a termination shall be deemed to have occurred with “Cause” only if:
 
(i)          the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Board of Directors of the Company, by separate majority votes of their entire membership, determine that the Officer should be discharged because of personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease and desist order, or any material breach of this Agreement; and
 
(ii)         at least forty-five (45) days prior to the vote contemplated by section 1(b)(i), the Bank has provided the Officer with notice of its intent to discharge the Officer for Cause, detailing with particularity the facts and circumstances which are alleged to constitute Cause (the “Notice of Intent to Discharge”); and
 
(iii)        after the giving of the Notice of Intent to Discharge and before the taking of the vote contemplated by section 5(a)(i), the Officer (together with his legal counsel, if he so desires) is afforded a reasonable opportunity to make both written and oral presentations before the Board of Directors of the Bank for the purpose of refuting the alleged grounds for Cause for his discharge; and
 
(iv)        after the vote contemplated by section 5(a)(i), the Bank has furnished to the Officer a notice of termination which shall specify the effective date of his termination of employment (which shall in no event be earlier than the date on which such notice is deemed given) and include a copy of a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Bank, certified by its corporate secretary and signed by each member of the Board of Directors voting in favor of adoption of the resolution(s), authorizing the termination of the Officer’s employment with Cause and stating with particularity the facts and circumstances found to constitute Cause for his discharge (the “Final Discharge Notice”).
 
(b)         If the Officer is discharged with Cause in accordance with section 5(a) hereof, the Bank shall pay and provide to him (or, in the event of his death, to his estate, his surviving beneficiaries and his dependents) the Standard Termination Entitlements only. Following the giving of a Notice of Intent to Discharge, the Bank shall temporarily suspend the Officer’s duties and authority and, in such event, shall also suspend the payment of salary and other cash compensation, but not the Officer’s participation in retirement insurance and other employee benefit plans. If the Officer is not discharged, or is discharged without Cause, within forty-five (45) days after the giving of a Notice of Intent to Discharge, payments of salary and cash compensation shall resume, and all payments withheld during the period of suspension shall be promptly restored. If the Officer is discharged with Cause not later than forty-five (45) days after the giving of the Notice of Intent to Discharge, all payments withheld during the period of suspension shall be deemed forfeited and shall not be included in the Standard Termination Entitlements. If the Bank does not give a Final Discharge Notice to the Officer within ninety (90) days after giving a Notice of Intent to Discharge, the Notice of Intent to Discharge shall be deemed withdrawn and any future action to discharge the Officer with Cause shall require the giving of a new Notice of Intent to Discharge.
 
 
5

 
 
Section 6.          Discharge without Cause and Change of Control or Pending Change of Control.  
 
The Bank may discharge the Officer without Cause at any time after the occurrence of a Change of Control or Pending Change of Control, and in such event:
 
(a)          The Bank shall pay and deliver to the Officer (or in the event of his death before payment, to his estate and surviving dependents and beneficiaries, as applicable) the Standard Termination Entitlements.
 
(b)          Subject to Section 8, in addition to the Standard Termination Entitlements:
 
(i)           During the Assurance Period, the Bank shall provide for the Officer and his dependents continued group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long-term disability insurance benefits on substantially the same terms and conditions (including any required premium-sharing arrangements, co-payments and deductibles) in effect for them immediately prior to the Officer’s resignation. The coverage provided under this section 6(b)(i) may, at the election of the Bank, be secondary to the coverage provided as part of the Standard Termination Entitlements and to any employer-paid coverage provided by a subsequent employer or through Medicare, with the result that benefits under the other coverages will offset the coverage required by this section 6(b)(i).
 
(ii)          The Bank shall make a lump sum payment to the Officer (or, in the event of his death before payment, to his estate), in an amount equal to two (2) times the value of the salary, bonus, short-term and long-term cash compensation that the Officer received in the calendar year preceding that in which the termination of employment with the Bank occurs to compensate the Officer for the payments the Officer would have received during the Assurance Period. Such lump sum shall be paid in lieu of all other payments of salary, bonus, short-term and long-term cash compensation provided for under this Agreement in respect of the period following any such termination. Such payment shall be made (without discounting for early payment) within the time period required by Section 8.
 
The payments and benefits described in section 6(b) are referred to in this Agreement as the “Additional Entitlements”.
 
 
6

 
 
Section 7.          Resignation after Change of Control or Pending Change of Control.  
 
(a)          The Officer may resign from his employment with the Bank at any time. A resignation under this section 7 shall be effected by notice of resignation given by the Officer to the Bank and shall take effect on the later of the effective date of termination specified in such notice or the date on which the notice of termination is deemed given to the Officer. The Officer’s resignation of any of the positions within the Bank or the Company to which he has been assigned shall be deemed a resignation from all such positions.
 
(b)           The Officer’s resignation shall be deemed to be for “Good Reason” if the effective date of resignation occurs during the Term, but on or after the effective date of a Change of Control, and is on account of:
 
(i)           the failure of the Bank (whether by act or omission of the Board of Directors, or otherwise) to appoint or re-appoint or elect or re-elect the Officer to the position with Bank that he held immediately prior to the Change of Control (the “Assigned Office”) or to a more senior office;
 
(ii)          a material failure by the Bank, whether by amendment of the certificate of incorporation or organization, by-laws, action of the Board of Directors of the Bank or otherwise, to vest in the Officer the functions, duties, or responsibilities customarily associated with the Assigned Office; provided that the Officer shall have given notice of such failure to the Bank, and the Bank has not fully cured such failure within thirty (30) days after such notice is deemed given;
 
(iii)         any reduction of the Officer’s rate of base salary in effect from time to time, whether or not material, or any failure (other than due to reasonable administrative error that is cured promptly upon notice) to pay any portion of the Officer’s compensation as and when due;
 
(iv)         any change in the terms and conditions of any compensation or benefit program in which the Officer participates which, either individually or together with other changes, has a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of his total compensation package; provided that the Officer shall have given notice of such material adverse effect to the Bank, and the Bank has not fully cured such material adverse effect within thirty (30) days after such notice is deemed given; provided, however, that this section 7(b)(iv) shall not apply if the change in the terms and conditions of the compensation or benefit program affects all participants in such program equally;
 
(v)          any material breach by the Bank of any material term, condition or covenant contained in this Agreement; provided that the Officer shall have given notice of such material adverse effect to the Bank, and the Bank has not fully cured such material adverse effect within thirty (30) days after such notice is deemed given; or
 
 
7

 
 
(vi)           a change in the Officer’s principal place of employment to a place that is not the principal executive office of the Bank, or a relocation of the Bank’s principal executive office to a location that is both more than thirty-five (35) miles away from the Officer’s principal residence and more than thirty-five (35) miles away from the location of the Bank’s principal executive office on the day before the occurrence of the Change of Control.
 
In all other cases, a resignation by the Officer shall be deemed to be without Good Reason. In the event of resignation, the Officer shall state in his notice of resignation whether he considers his resignation to be a resignation with Good Reason, and if he does, he shall state in such notice the grounds which constitute Good Reason. The Officer’s determination of the existence of Good Reason shall be conclusive in the absence of fraud, bad faith or manifest error.
 
(c)           In the event of the Officer’s resignation for any reason, the Bank shall pay and deliver the Standard Termination Entitlements. In the event of the Officer’s resignation with Good Reason, subject to Section 8, the Bank shall also pay and deliver the Additional Termination Entitlements.
 
Section 8.          Terms and Conditions of the Additional Termination Entitlements or Disability Benefits  
 
The Bank and the Officer hereby stipulate that the damages which may be incurred by the Officer following any termination of employment are not capable of accurate measurement as of the date first above written and that the Additional Termination Entitlements or Disability Benefits (as applicable) constitute reasonable damages under the circumstances and shall be payable without any requirement of proof of actual damage and without regard to the Officer’s efforts, if any, to mitigate damages. The Bank and the Officer further agree that the Bank may condition the payment and delivery of the Additional Termination Entitlements or Disability Benefits (as applicable) on: (a) its receipt of the Officer’s resignation from any and all positions which he holds as an officer, director or committee member with respect to the Bank or the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of either of them; and/or (b) its receipt from the Officer, within such time period as may be allowed by the Bank, and the nonrevocation within any time period permitted in such agreement, of an agreement providing for a release, covenant not to sue, and nondisparagement of the Bank, the Company and their respective officers, directors, shareholders, subsidiaries, affiliates, and related parties in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank and the Company, of any liability to the Officer, whether for compensation or damages, in connection with his employment with the Bank or the Company and the termination of such employment, except for the Standard Termination Entitlements and the Additional Termination Entitlements or Disability Benefits, as applicable (the “Release Agreement”).  The Bank shall provide the Release Agreement in sufficient time so that if the Officer timely executes and delivers the Release Agreement, the revocation period provided therein shall expire (or if no revocation period is provided, the Effective Date of the Release Agreement shall occur) within sixty (60) days following termination of employment in the case of the Additional Termination Entitlements or the commencement of the Disability in the case of Disability Benefits.  Payment of the Additional Termination Entitlements shall be made, or commence, as the case may be, within sixty (60) days following the Officer’s termination of employment, provided, however, if the Officer is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, payment shall be delayed for six (6) months after termination of employment to the extent required to avoid a tax under Code Section 409A.  The term “termination of employment” and similar terms when used in this Agreement shall mean a termination of employment that constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  Payment of Disability Benefits shall commence within sixty (60) days following the commencement of the Disability and the first payment shall include all payments accrued to the date of such payment.
 
 
8

 
 
Section 9.          No Effect on Employee Benefit Plans or Programs.
 
The termination of the Officer’s employment during the Assurance Period or thereafter, whether by the Bank or by the Officer, shall have no effect on the rights and obligations of the parties hereto under the Bank’s qualified or non-qualified retirement, pension, savings, thrift, profit-sharing or stock bonus plans, group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term disability insurance plans or such other employee benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs, as may be maintained by, or cover employees of, the Bank from time to time; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to duplicate any compensation or benefits provided under any agreement, plan or program covering the Officer to which the Bank or Company is a party and any duplicative amount payable under any such agreement, plan or program shall be applied as an offset to reduce the amounts otherwise payable hereunder.
 
Section 10.        Successors and Assigns.
 
This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Officer, his legal representatives and testate or intestate distributees, and the Company and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns, including Charter Financial or any successor by merger or consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person or firm or corporation to which all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company or the Bank may be sold or otherwise transferred. Failure of the Bank to obtain from any successor its express written assumption of the Company’s or Bank’s obligations hereunder at least sixty (60) days in advance of the scheduled effective date of any such succession shall, if such succession constitutes a Change of Control, constitute Good Reason for the Officer’s resignation on or at any time during the Term following the occurrence of such succession.
 
Section 11.        Notices.
 
Any communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement, including any notice, direction, designation, consent, instruction, objection or waiver, shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is delivered personally, or five days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such party at the address listed below or at such other address as one such party may by written notice specify to the other party:
 
 
9

 
 
If to the Officer:
 
Curtis R. Kollar
300 Neal Street
West Point, GA 31833
 
If to the Company or the Bank:
 
Charter Financial Corporation
600 Third Avenue
West Point, GA 31833
Attention:           Chairman, Personnel & Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
 
Section 12.          Indemnification for Attorneys’ Fees.
 
Subject to applicable regulations and the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”), the Bank shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Officer against reasonable costs, including legal fees, incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved, as a result of his efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Officer shall have substantially prevailed on the merits pursuant to a judgment, decree or order of a court of competent jurisdiction or of an arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding. The determination whether the Officer shall have substantially prevailed on the merits and is therefore entitled to such indemnification, shall be made by the court or arbitrator, as applicable. The indemnification payment shall be made within thirty (30) days of such determination.  In the event of a settlement pursuant to a settlement agreement, any indemnification payment under this section 12 shall be made only after a determination by the members of the Board (other than the Officer and any other member of the Board to which the Officer is related by blood or marriage) that the Officer has acted in good faith and that such indemnification payment is in the best interests of the Bank.
 
Section 13.          Severability.
 
A determination that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.
 
Section 14.          Waiver.
 
Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition. A waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be made in writing, designated as a waiver, and signed by the party against whom its enforcement is sought. Any waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any one or more times shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times.
 
 
10

 
 
 
Section 15.          Counterparts.
 
This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
 
Section 16.          Governing Law.
 
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the federal laws of the United States and, to the extent that federal law is inapplicable, in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia applicable to contracts entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Georgia.
 
Section 17.          Headings and Construction.
 
The headings of sections in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to qualify the meaning of any section. Any reference to a section number shall refer to a section of this Agreement, unless otherwise stated.
 
Section 18.          Entire Agreement; Modifications.
 
This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in its entirety any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations relating to the subject matter hereof. No modifications of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
 
Section 19.          Required Regulatory Provisions.
 
The following provisions are included for the purposes of complying with various laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Bank:
 
(a)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate amount of compensation payable to the Officer hereunder exceed three times the Officer’s average annual compensation (within the meaning of OTS Regulatory Bulletin 27a or any successor thereto) for the last five consecutive calendar years to end prior to his termination of employment with the Bank (or for his entire period of employment with the Bank if less than five calendar years). The compensation payable to the Officer hereunder shall be further reduced (but not below zero) if such reduction would avoid the assessment of excise taxes on excess parachute payments (within the meaning of section 280G of the Code).
 
(b)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to the Officer by the Bank, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDI Act”), 12 U.S.C. §1828(k), and any regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
 
11

 
 
(c)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Officer is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the Bank pursuant to a notice served under section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(3) or 1818(g)(1), the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service of such notice, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in such notice are dismissed, the Bank, in its discretion, may (i) pay to the Officer all or part of the compensation withheld while the Bank’s obligations hereunder were suspended and (ii) reinstate, in whole or in part, any of the obligations which were suspended.
 
(d)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Officer is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all prospective obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights and obligations of the Bank and the Officer shall not be affected.
 
(e)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Bank is in default (within the meaning of section 3(x)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1813(x)(1), all prospective obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but vested rights and obligations of the Bank and the Officer shall not be affected.
 
(f)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, all prospective obligations of the Bank hereunder shall be terminated, except to the extent that a continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the Director of the OTS or his designee or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1823(c); (ii) by the Director of the OTS or his designee at the time such Director or designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by such Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. The vested rights and obligations of the parties shall not be affected.
 
If and to the extent that any of the foregoing provisions shall cease to be required or by applicable law, rule or regulation, the same shall become inoperative as though eliminated by formal amendment of this Agreement.
 
Section 20.          Guaranty.
 
The Company, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the Officer the payment of all amounts, and the performance of all other obligations, due from the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement as and when due without any requirement of presentment, demand of payment, protest or notice of dishonor or nonpayment.
 
 
12

 

In Witness Whereof , the Bank and the Company have caused this Agreement to be executed and the Officer has hereunto set his hand, all as of the day and year first above written.
                 
      /s/ Curtis R. Kollar  
      Curtis R. Kollar  
           
      CharterBank  
           
Attest:        
           
By: 
/s/ Bonnie F. Bonner  
By: 
/s/ Robert L. Johnson
 
Name:  Bonnie F. Bonner 
  Name:  Robert L. Johnson  
Title:  Assistant Secretary 
 
Title:  Chief Executive Officer
 
 
[Seal]
               
      Charter Financial Corporation  
           
Attest:        
           
By: 
/s/ Bonnie F. Bonner  
By: 
/s/ Robert L. Johnson
 
Name:  Bonnie F. Bonner 
  Name:  Robert L. Johnson  
Title:  Assistant Secretary 
 
Title:  Chief Executive Officer and President
 
 
[Seal]
 
 
13

Exhibit 10.4
Two-Year Change of Control Agreement
 
This Amended and Restated Change of Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of December 23, 2009 (the “Effective Date”) by and among Charterbank , a federally-chartered savings bank having an office at 600 Third Avenue, West Point, GA 31833 (the “Bank”), Charter Financial Corporation , a federally-chartered corporation having an office at 600 Third Avenue, West Point, GA 31833 (the “Company”) and William C. Gladden (the “Officer”).
 
Introductory Statement
 
The Bank and the Officer entered into a Change in Control Agreement, dated August 13, 2002, in connection with the mutual holding company reorganization of the Bank.  First Charter MHC (the “MHC”), the Company’s mutual holding company has adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization under which the MHC will convert to stock form in a reorganization that will create Charter Financial Corporation (“Charter Financial”), a new Maryland stock holding company, that will be the successor to the Company and the MHC, and which will own 100% of the Bank.  In connection with this second step reorganization, the parties desire to amend and restate the Change in Control Agreement to increase its term to two (2) years.
 
The Board of Directors of the Bank has concluded that it is in the best interests of the Bank, the Company, Charter Financial and their prospective shareholders to establish a working environment for the Officer which minimizes the personal distractions that might result from possible business combinations in which the Company or the Bank might be involved following the Reorganization. To this end, the Bank has decided to provide the Officer with assurance that his compensation will be continued for a minimum period of two (2) years following termination of employment (the “Assurance Period”) if his employment terminates under specified circumstances related to a business combination. The Board of Directors of the Bank has decided to formalize this assurance by entering into this Change of Control Agreement with the Officer. The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized the Company to guarantee the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement.
 
The terms and conditions which the Bank, the Company and the Officer have agreed to are as follows.
 
Agreement
 
 
Section 1.
Effective Date; Term; Change of Control and Pending Change of Control Defined.
 
(a)           This Agreement shall take effect on the Effective Date and remain in effect during the period (the “Term”) beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary of the date on which the Bank notifies the Officer of its intent to discontinue the Agreement (the “Initial Expiration Date”) or, if later, the second anniversary of the effective date of any Change of Control, as defined below, that occurs during the Term hereof.  Any discharge occurring during the Term shall be governed by this Agreement.
 
 
 

 
 
(b)          For all purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred upon the happening of any of the following events:
 
(i)           the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more other persons, other than a transaction following which:
 
(A)           at least 51% of the equity ownership interests of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”)) in substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51 % of the outstanding equity ownership interests in the Company; and
 
(B)           at least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) in substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company;
 
(ii)          the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors by any person or by any persons acting in concert;
 
(iii)         a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
 
(iv)         the occurrence of any event if, immediately following such event, at least 50% of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company do not belong to any of the following groups:
 
(A)         individuals who were members of the Board of Directors of the Company on the date of this Agreement; or
 
(B)         individuals who first became members of the Board of Directors of the Company after the date of this Agreement either:
 
(1)           upon election to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of such board, or of a nominating committee thereof in office at the time of such first election; or
 
 
2

 
 
(2)           upon election by the shareholders to serve as a member of such board, but only if nominated for election by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the time of such first nomination;
 
provided, however, that such individual’s election or nomination did not result from an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) other than by or on behalf of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, that this section 1(b)(iv) shall only apply if the Company is not majority owned by First Charter, MHC; or
 
(v)           any event which would be described in section 1(b)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) if the term “Bank” were substituted for the term “Company” therein.
 
In no event, however, shall a Change of Control be deemed to have occurred as a result of (i) any acquisition of securities or assets of the Company, the Bank, or a subsidiary of either of them, by the Company, the Bank, or any subsidiary of either of them, or by any employee benefit plan maintained by any of them or (ii) the second-step conversion of First Charter, MHC to a stock form company and the issuance of shares of common stock of such stock form company in connection therewith. For purposes of this section 1(b), the term “person” shall have the meaning assigned to it under sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.
 
(c)          For purposes of this Agreement, a “Pending Change of Control” shall mean: (i) the signing of a definitive agreement for a transaction which, if consummated, would result in a Change of Control; (ii) the commencement of a tender offer which, if successful, would result in a Change of Control; or (iii) the circulation of a proxy statement seeking proxies in opposition to management in an election contest which, if successful, would result in a Change of Control; provided, however, that the Change of Control contemplated does, in fact, occur.
 
 
Section 2.
Discharge Prior to a Pending Change of Control.
 
The Bank may discharge the Officer at any time prior to the occurrence of a Pending Change of Control for any reason or for no reason. In such event:
 
(a)          The Bank shall pay to the Officer (or, in the event of his death, his estate) his earned but unpaid compensation (including, without limitation, salary and all other items which constitute wages under applicable law) as of the date of his termination of employment. This payment shall be made in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices.
 
(b)          The Bank shall provide the benefits, if any, due to the Officer (or, in the event of his death, his estate, surviving dependents or his designated beneficiaries) under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and programs maintained for the benefit of the officers and employees of the Bank. The time and manner of payment or other delivery of these benefits and the recipients of such benefits shall be determined according to the terms and conditions of the applicable plans and programs.
 
 
3

 
 
The payments and benefits described in sections 2(a) and (b) shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “Standard Termination Entitlements.”
 
 
Section 3.
Termination of Employment Due to Death.
 
The Officer’s employment with the Bank shall terminate, automatically and without any further action on the part of any party to this Agreement, on the date of the Officer’s death. In such event, the Bank shall pay and deliver to his estate and surviving dependents and beneficiaries, as applicable, the Standard Termination Entitlements.
 
 
Section 4.
Termination Due to Disability after Change of Control or Pending Change of Control.
 
The Bank may terminate the Officer’s employment after the occurrence of a Change of Control or a Pending Change of Control if the Officer is suffering from a Disability.  “Disability” means any condition which constitutes a “disability” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  A termination of employment due to Disability under this section 4 shall be effected by a notice of termination given to the Officer by the Bank and shall take effect on the later of the effective date of termination specified in such notice or the date on which the notice of termination is deemed given to the Officer.  In the event the Officer becomes subject to a Disability:
 
(a)           The Bank shall pay and deliver to the Officer (or in the event of his death before payment, to his estate and surviving dependents and beneficiaries, as applicable) the Standard Termination Entitlements in the event of his termination of employment.
 
(b)           Subject to Section 8, in addition to the Standard Termination Entitlements, the Bank shall continue to pay the Officer his base salary, at the annual rate in effect for him immediately prior to the date the Disability commenced, during a period ending on the earliest of: (i) the expiration of one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date the Disability commenced; (ii) the date on which long-term disability insurance benefits are first payable to him under any long-term disability insurance plan covering employees of the Bank (the “LTD Eligibility Date”); (iii) the date of his death; and (iv) the expiration of the Assurance Period (the “Initial Continuation Period”). If the end of the Initial Continuation Period is neither the LTD Eligibility Date nor the date of his death, the Bank shall continue to pay the Officer his base salary, at an annual rate equal to sixty percent (60%) of the annual rate in effect for him immediately prior to the date the Disability commenced, during an additional period ending on the earliest of the LTD Eligibility Date, the date of his death and the expiration of the Assurance Period.  The payments under this subsection are referred to in this Agreement as the “Disability Benefits.”  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Disability Benefits shall commence within the time period required by Section 8.
 
 
4

 
 
 
Section 5.
Discharge with Cause after Change of Control or Pending Change of Control.
 
(a)           The Bank may terminate the Officer’s employment with “Cause” after the occurrence of a Change of Control or Pending Change of Control, but a termination shall be deemed to have occurred with “Cause” only if:
 
(i)           the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Board of Directors of the Company, by separate majority votes of their entire membership, determine that the Officer should be discharged because of personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease and desist order, or any material breach of this Agreement; and
 
(ii)          at least forty-five (45) days prior to the vote contemplated by section 1(b)(i), the Bank has provided the Officer with notice of its intent to discharge the Officer for Cause, detailing with particularity the facts and circumstances which are alleged to constitute Cause (the “Notice of Intent to Discharge”); and
 
(iii)         after the giving of the Notice of Intent to Discharge and before the taking of the vote contemplated by section 5(a)(i), the Officer (together with his legal counsel, if he so desires) is afforded a reasonable opportunity to make both written and oral presentations before the Board of Directors of the Bank for the purpose of refuting the alleged grounds for Cause for his discharge; and
 
(iv)         after the vote contemplated by section 5(a)(i), the Bank has furnished to the Officer a notice of termination which shall specify the effective date of his termination of employment (which shall in no event be earlier than the date on which such notice is deemed given) and include a copy of a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Bank, certified by its corporate secretary and signed by each member of the Board of Directors voting in favor of adoption of the resolution(s), authorizing the termination of the Officer’s employment with Cause and stating with particularity the facts and circumstances found to constitute Cause for his discharge (the “Final Discharge Notice”).
 
(b)          If the Officer is discharged with Cause in accordance with section 5(a) hereof, the Bank shall pay and provide to him (or, in the event of his death, to his estate, his surviving beneficiaries and his dependents) the Standard Termination Entitlements only. Following the giving of a Notice of Intent to Discharge, the Bank shall temporarily suspend the Officer’s duties and authority and, in such event, shall also suspend the payment of salary and other cash compensation, but not the Officer’s participation in retirement insurance and other employee benefit plans. If the Officer is not discharged, or is discharged without Cause, within forty-five (45) days after the giving of a Notice of Intent to Discharge, payments of salary and cash compensation shall resume, and all payments withheld during the period of suspension shall be promptly restored. If the Officer is discharged with Cause not later than forty-five (45) days after the giving of the Notice of Intent to Discharge, all payments withheld during the period of suspension shall be deemed forfeited and shall not be included in the Standard Termination Entitlements. If the Bank does not give a Final Discharge Notice to the Officer within ninety (90) days after giving a Notice of Intent to Discharge, the Notice of Intent to Discharge shall be deemed withdrawn and any future action to discharge the Officer with Cause shall require the giving of a new Notice of Intent to Discharge.
 
 
5

 
 
 
Section 6.
Discharge without Cause and Change of Control or Pending Change of Control.
 
The Bank may discharge the Officer without Cause at any time after the occurrence of a Change of Control or Pending Change of Control, and in such event:
 
(a)           The Bank shall pay and deliver to the Officer (or in the event of his death before payment, to his estate and surviving dependents and beneficiaries, as applicable) the Standard Termination Entitlements.
 
(b)           Subject to Section 8, in addition to the Standard Termination Entitlements:
 
(i)            During the Assurance Period, the Bank shall provide for the Officer and his dependents continued group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long-term disability insurance benefits on substantially the same terms and conditions (including any required premium-sharing arrangements, co-payments and deductibles) in effect for them immediately prior to the Officer’s resignation. The coverage provided under this section 6(b)(i) may, at the election of the Bank, be secondary to the coverage provided as part of the Standard Termination Entitlements and to any employer-paid coverage provided by a subsequent employer or through Medicare, with the result that benefits under the other coverages will offset the coverage required by this section 6(b)(i).
 
(ii)           The Bank shall make a lump sum payment to the Officer (or, in the event of his death before payment, to his estate), in an amount equal to two (2) times the value of the salary, bonus, short-term and long-term cash compensation that the Officer received in the calendar year preceding that in which the termination of employment with the Bank occurs to compensate the Officer for the payments the Officer would have received during the Assurance Period. Such lump sum shall be paid in lieu of all other payments of salary, bonus, short-term and long-term cash compensation provided for under this Agreement in respect of the period following any such termination. Such payment shall be made (without discounting for early payment) within the time period required by Section 8.
 
The payments and benefits described in section 6(b) are referred to in this Agreement as the “Additional Entitlements”.
 
 
6

 
 
 
Section 7.
Resignation after Change of Control or Pending Change of Control.
 
(a)           The Officer may resign from his employment with the Bank at any time. A resignation under this section 7 shall be effected by notice of resignation given by the Officer to the Bank and shall take effect on the later of the effective date of termination specified in such notice or the date on which the notice of termination is deemed given to the Officer. The Officer’s resignation of any of the positions within the Bank or the Company to which he has been assigned shall be deemed a resignation from all such positions.
 
(b)           The Officer’s resignation shall be deemed to be for “Good Reason” if the effective date of resignation occurs during the Term, but on or after the effective date of a Change of Control, and is on account of:
 
(i)           the failure of the Bank (whether by act or omission of the Board of Directors, or otherwise) to appoint or re-appoint or elect or re-elect the Officer to the position with Bank that he held immediately prior to the Change of Control (the “Assigned Office”) or to a more senior office;
 
(ii)           a material failure by the Bank, whether by amendment of the certificate of incorporation or organization, by-laws, action of the Board of Directors of the Bank or otherwise, to vest in the Officer the functions, duties, or responsibilities customarily associated with the Assigned Office; provided that the Officer shall have given notice of such failure to the Bank, and the Bank has not fully cured such failure within thirty (30) days after such notice is deemed given;
 
(iii)          any reduction of the Officer’s rate of base salary in effect from time to time, whether or not material, or any failure (other than due to reasonable administrative error that is cured promptly upon notice) to pay any portion of the Officer’s compensation as and when due;
 
(iv)          any change in the terms and conditions of any compensation or benefit program in which the Officer participates which, either individually or together with other changes, has a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of his total compensation package; provided that the Officer shall have given notice of such material adverse effect to the Bank, and the Bank has not fully cured such material adverse effect within thirty (30) days after such notice is deemed given; provided, however, that this section 7(b)(iv) shall not apply if the change in the terms and conditions of the compensation or benefit program affects all participants in such program equally;
 
(v)           any material breach by the Bank of any material term, condition or covenant contained in this Agreement; provided that the Officer shall have given notice of such material adverse effect to the Bank, and the Bank has not fully cured such material adverse effect within thirty (30) days after such notice is deemed given; or
 
 
7

 
 
(vi)          a change in the Officer’s principal place of employment to a place that is not the principal executive office of the Bank, or a relocation of the Bank’s principal executive office to a location that is both more than thirty-five (35) miles away from the Officer’s principal residence and more than thirty-five (35) miles away from the location of the Bank’s principal executive office on the day before the occurrence of the Change of Control.
 
In all other cases, a resignation by the Officer shall be deemed to be without Good Reason. In the event of resignation, the Officer shall state in his notice of resignation whether he considers his resignation to be a resignation with Good Reason, and if he does, he shall state in such notice the grounds which constitute Good Reason. The Officer’s determination of the existence of Good Reason shall be conclusive in the absence of fraud, bad faith or manifest error.
 
(c)           In the event of the Officer’s resignation for any reason, the Bank shall pay and deliver the Standard Termination Entitlements. In the event of the Officer’s resignation with Good Reason, subject to Section 8, the Bank shall also pay and deliver the Additional Termination Entitlements.
 
 
Section 8.
Terms and Conditions of the Additional Termination Entitlements or Disability Benefits
 
The Bank and the Officer hereby stipulate that the damages which may be incurred by the Officer following any termination of employment are not capable of accurate measurement as of the date first above written and that the Additional Termination Entitlements or Disability Benefits (as applicable) constitute reasonable damages under the circumstances and shall be payable without any requirement of proof of actual damage and without regard to the Officer’s efforts, if any, to mitigate damages. The Bank and the Officer further agree that the Bank may condition the payment and delivery of the Additional Termination Entitlements or Disability Benefits (as applicable) on: (a) its receipt of the Officer’s resignation from any and all positions which he holds as an officer, director or committee member with respect to the Bank or the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of either of them; and/or (b) its receipt from the Officer, within such time period as may be allowed by the Bank, and the nonrevocation within any time period permitted in such agreement, of an agreement providing for a release, covenant not to sue, and nondisparagement of the Bank, the Company and their respective officers, directors, shareholders, subsidiaries, affiliates, and related parties in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank and the Company, of any liability to the Officer, whether for compensation or damages, in connection with his employment with the Bank or the Company and the termination of such employment, except for the Standard Termination Entitlements and the Additional Termination Entitlements or Disability Benefits, as applicable (the “Release Agreement”).  The Bank shall provide the Release Agreement in sufficient time so that if the Officer timely executes and delivers the Release Agreement, the revocation period provided therein shall expire (or if no revocation period is provided, the Effective Date of the Release Agreement shall occur) within sixty (60) days following termination of employment in the case of the Additional Termination Entitlements or the commencement of the Disability in the case of Disability Benefits.  Payment of the Additional Termination Entitlements shall be made, or commence, as the case may be, within sixty (60) days following the Officer’s termination of employment, provided, however, if the Officer is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, payment shall be delayed for six (6) months after termination of employment to the extent required to avoid a tax under Code Section 409A.  The term “termination of employment” and similar terms when used in this Agreement shall mean a termination of employment that constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  Payment of Disability Benefits shall commence within sixty (60) days following the commencement of the Disability and the first payment shall include all payments accrued to the date of such payment.
 
 
8

 
 
 
Section 9.
No Effect on Employee Benefit Plans or Programs.
 
The termination of the Officer’s employment during the Assurance Period or thereafter, whether by the Bank or by the Officer, shall have no effect on the rights and obligations of the parties hereto under the Bank’s qualified or non-qualified retirement, pension, savings, thrift, profit-sharing or stock bonus plans, group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term disability insurance plans or such other employee benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs, as may be maintained by, or cover employees of, the Bank from time to time; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to duplicate any compensation or benefits provided under any agreement, plan or program covering the Officer to which the Bank or Company is a party and any duplicative amount payable under any such agreement, plan or program shall be applied as an offset to reduce the amounts otherwise payable hereunder.
 
 
Section 10.
Successors and Assigns.
 
This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Officer, his legal representatives and testate or intestate distributees, and the Company and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns, including Charter Financial or any successor by merger or consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person or firm or corporation to which all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company or the Bank may be sold or otherwise transferred. Failure of the Bank to obtain from any successor its express written assumption of the Company’s or Bank’s obligations hereunder at least sixty (60) days in advance of the scheduled effective date of any such succession shall, if such succession constitutes a Change of Control, constitute Good Reason for the Officer’s resignation on or at any time during the Term following the occurrence of such succession.
 
 
Section 11.
Notices.
 
Any communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement, including any notice, direction, designation, consent, instruction, objection or waiver, shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is delivered personally, or five days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such party at the address listed below or at such other address as one such party may by written notice specify to the other party:
 
 
9

 
 
If to the Officer:
 
William C. Gladden
125 Hillcrest Road
West Point, GA 31833
 
If to the Company or the Bank:
 
Charter Financial Corporation
600 Third Avenue
West Point, GA 31833
 
Attention:
Chairman, Personnel & Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
 
 
Section 12.
Indemnification for Attorneys’ Fees.
 
Subject to applicable regulations and the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”), the Bank shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Officer against reasonable costs, including legal fees, incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved, as a result of his efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Officer shall have substantially prevailed on the merits pursuant to a judgment, decree or order of a court of competent jurisdiction or of an arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding. The determination whether the Officer shall have substantially prevailed on the merits and is therefore entitled to such indemnification, shall be made by the court or arbitrator, as applicable. The indemnification payment shall be made within thirty (30) days of such determination.  In the event of a settlement pursuant to a settlement agreement, any indemnification payment under this section 12 shall be made only after a determination by the members of the Board (other than the Officer and any other member of the Board to which the Officer is related by blood or marriage) that the Officer has acted in good faith and that such indemnification payment is in the best interests of the Bank.
 
 
Section 13.
Severability.
 
A determination that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.
 
 
Section 14.
Waiver.
 
Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition. A waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be made in writing, designated as a waiver, and signed by the party against whom its enforcement is sought. Any waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any one or more times shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times.
 
 
10

 
 
 
Section 15.
Counterparts.
 
This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
 
 
Section 16.
Governing Law.
 
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the federal laws of the United States and, to the extent that federal law is inapplicable, in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia applicable to contracts entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Georgia.
 
 
Section 17.
Headings and Construction.
 
The headings of sections in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to qualify the meaning of any section. Any reference to a section number shall refer to a section of this Agreement, unless otherwise stated.
 
 
Section 18.
Entire Agreement; Modifications.
 
This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in its entirety any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations relating to the subject matter hereof. No modifications of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
 
 
Section 19.
Required Regulatory Provisions.
 
The following provisions are included for the purposes of complying with various laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Bank:
 
(a)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate amount of compensation payable to the Officer hereunder exceed three times the Officer’s average annual compensation (within the meaning of OTS Regulatory Bulletin 27a or any successor thereto) for the last five consecutive calendar years to end prior to his termination of employment with the Bank (or for his entire period of employment with the Bank if less than five calendar years). The compensation payable to the Officer hereunder shall be further reduced (but not below zero) if such reduction would avoid the assessment of excise taxes on excess parachute payments (within the meaning of section 280G of the Code).
 
(b)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to the Officer by the Bank, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDI Act”), 12 U.S.C. §1828(k), and any regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
 
11

 
 
(c)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Officer is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the Bank pursuant to a notice served under section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(3) or 1818(g)(1), the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service of such notice, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in such notice are dismissed, the Bank, in its discretion, may (i) pay to the Officer all or part of the compensation withheld while the Bank’s obligations hereunder were suspended and (ii) reinstate, in whole or in part, any of the obligations which were suspended.
 
(d)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Officer is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all prospective obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights and obligations of the Bank and the Officer shall not be affected.
 
(e)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Bank is in default (within the meaning of section 3(x)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1813(x)(1), all prospective obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but vested rights and obligations of the Bank and the Officer shall not be affected.
 
(f)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, all prospective obligations of the Bank hereunder shall be terminated, except to the extent that a continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the Director of the OTS or his designee or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1823(c); (ii) by the Director of the OTS or his designee at the time such Director or designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by such Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. The vested rights and obligations of the parties shall not be affected.
 
If and to the extent that any of the foregoing provisions shall cease to be required or by applicable law, rule or regulation, the same shall become inoperative as though eliminated by formal amendment of this Agreement.
 
 
Section 20.
Guaranty.
 
The Company, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the Officer the payment of all amounts, and the performance of all other obligations, due from the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement as and when due without any requirement of presentment, demand of payment, protest or notice of dishonor or nonpayment.
 
 
12

 
 
In Witness Whereof , the Bank and the Company have caused this Agreement to be executed and the Officer has hereunto set his hand, all as of the day and year first above written.
 
      /s/ William C. Gladden  
      William C. Gladden  
         
      CharterBank  
Attest:        
           
By:
/s/ Bonnie F. Bonner
 
By:
/s/ Robert L. Johnson  
Name:  Bonnie F. Bonner   Name:  Robert L. Johnson  
Title:  Assistant Secretary     Title:  Chief Executive Officer  
           
[Seal]        
           
      Charter Financial Corporation  
Attest:        
           
By: /s/ Bonnie F. Bonner   By: /s/ Robert L. Johnson  
Name:  Bonnie F. Bonner   Name:  Robert L. Johnson  
Title:  Assistant Secretary   Title:  Chief Executive Officer and President  
           
[Seal]        
 
 
13

Exhibit 10.5
Two-Year Change of Control Agreement
 
This Amended and Restated Change of Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of December 23, 2009 (the “Effective Date”) by and among Charterbank , a federally-chartered savings bank having an office at 600 Third Avenue, West Point, GA 31833 (the “Bank”), Charter Financial Corporation , a federally-chartered corporation having an office at 600 Third Avenue, West Point, GA 31833 (the “Company”) and Lee Washam (the “Officer”).
 
Introductory Statement
 
The Bank and the Officer entered into a Change in Control Agreement, dated August 13, 2002, in connection with the mutual holding company reorganization of the Bank.  First Charter MHC (the “MHC”), the Company’s mutual holding company has adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization under which the MHC will convert to stock form in a reorganization that will create Charter Financial Corporation (“Charter Financial”), a new Maryland stock holding company, that will be the successor to the Company and the MHC, and which will own 100% of the Bank.  In connection with this second step reorganization, the parties desire to amend and restate the Change in Control Agreement to increase its term to two (2) years.
 
The Board of Directors of the Bank has concluded that it is in the best interests of the Bank, the Company, Charter Financial and their prospective shareholders to establish a working environment for the Officer which minimizes the personal distractions that might result from possible business combinations in which the Company or the Bank might be involved following the Reorganization. To this end, the Bank has decided to provide the Officer with assurance that his compensation will be continued for a minimum period of two (2) years following termination of employment (the “Assurance Period”) if his employment terminates under specified circumstances related to a business combination. The Board of Directors of the Bank has decided to formalize this assurance by entering into this Change of Control Agreement with the Officer. The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized the Company to guarantee the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement.
 
The terms and conditions which the Bank, the Company and the Officer have agreed to are as follows.
 
Agreement
 
Section 1.           Effective Date; Term; Change of Control and Pending Change of Control Defined.
 
(a)           This Agreement shall take effect on the Effective Date and remain in effect during the period (the “Term”) beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary of the date on which the Bank notifies the Officer of its intent to discontinue the Agreement (the “Initial Expiration Date”) or, if later, the second anniversary of the effective date of any Change of Control, as defined below, that occurs during the Term hereof.  Any discharge occurring during the Term shall be governed by this Agreement.
 
 
 

 
 
(b)           For all purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred upon the happening of any of the following events:
 
(i)           the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more other persons, other than a transaction following which:
 
(A)         at least 51% of the equity ownership interests of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”)) in substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51 % of the outstanding equity ownership interests in the Company; and
 
(B)           at least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) in substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company;
 
(ii)          the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors by any person or by any persons acting in concert;
 
(iii)         a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
 
(iv)         the occurrence of any event if, immediately following such event, at least 50% of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company do not belong to any of the following groups:
 
(A)         individuals who were members of the Board of Directors of the Company on the date of this Agreement; or
 
(B)         individuals who first became members of the Board of Directors of the Company after the date of this Agreement either:
 
(1)           upon election to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of such board, or of a nominating committee thereof in office at the time of such first election; or
 
 
2

 
 
(2)           upon election by the shareholders to serve as a member of such board, but only if nominated for election by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the time of such first nomination;
 
provided, however, that such individual’s election or nomination did not result from an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) other than by or on behalf of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, that this section 1(b)(iv) shall only apply if the Company is not majority owned by First Charter, MHC; or
 
(v)          any event which would be described in section 1(b)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) if the term “Bank” were substituted for the term “Company” therein.
 
In no event, however, shall a Change of Control be deemed to have occurred as a result of (i) any acquisition of securities or assets of the Company, the Bank, or a subsidiary of either of them, by the Company, the Bank, or any subsidiary of either of them, or by any employee benefit plan maintained by any of them or (ii) the second-step conversion of First Charter, MHC to a stock form company and the issuance of shares of common stock of such stock form company in connection therewith. For purposes of this section 1(b), the term “person” shall have the meaning assigned to it under sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.
 
(c)          For purposes of this Agreement, a “Pending Change of Control” shall mean: (i) the signing of a definitive agreement for a transaction which, if consummated, would result in a Change of Control; (ii) the commencement of a tender offer which, if successful, would result in a Change of Control; or (iii) the circulation of a proxy statement seeking proxies in opposition to management in an election contest which, if successful, would result in a Change of Control; provided, however, that the Change of Control contemplated does, in fact, occur.
 
Section 2.           Discharge Prior to a Pending Change of Control.
 
The Bank may discharge the Officer at any time prior to the occurrence of a Pending Change of Control for any reason or for no reason. In such event:
 
(a)          The Bank shall pay to the Officer (or, in the event of his death, his estate) his earned but unpaid compensation (including, without limitation, salary and all other items which constitute wages under applicable law) as of the date of his termination of employment. This payment shall be made in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices.
 
(b)          The Bank shall provide the benefits, if any, due to the Officer (or, in the event of his death, his estate, surviving dependents or his designated beneficiaries) under the employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and programs maintained for the benefit of the officers and employees of the Bank. The time and manner of payment or other delivery of these benefits and the recipients of such benefits shall be determined according to the terms and conditions of the applicable plans and programs.
 
 
3

 
 
The payments and benefits described in sections 2(a) and (b) shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “Standard Termination Entitlements.”
 
Section 3.           Termination of Employment Due to Death.
 
The Officer’s employment with the Bank shall terminate, automatically and without any further action on the part of any party to this Agreement, on the date of the Officer’s death. In such event, the Bank shall pay and deliver to his estate and surviving dependents and beneficiaries, as applicable, the Standard Termination Entitlements.
 
Section 4.           Termination Due to Disability after Change of Control or Pending Change of Control.
 
The Bank may terminate the Officer’s employment after the occurrence of a Change of Control or a Pending Change of Control if the Officer is suffering from a Disability.  “Disability” means any condition which constitutes a “disability” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  A termination of employment due to Disability under this section 4 shall be effected by a notice of termination given to the Officer by the Bank and shall take effect on the later of the effective date of termination specified in such notice or the date on which the notice of termination is deemed given to the Officer.  In the event the Officer becomes subject to a Disability:
 
(a)           The Bank shall pay and deliver to the Officer (or in the event of his death before payment, to his estate and surviving dependents and beneficiaries, as applicable) the Standard Termination Entitlements in the event of his termination of employment.
 
(b)           Subject to Section 8, in addition to the Standard Termination Entitlements, the Bank shall continue to pay the Officer his base salary, at the annual rate in effect for him immediately prior to the date the Disability commenced, during a period ending on the earliest of: (i) the expiration of one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date the Disability commenced; (ii) the date on which long-term disability insurance benefits are first payable to him under any long-term disability insurance plan covering employees of the Bank (the “LTD Eligibility Date”); (iii) the date of his death; and (iv) the expiration of the Assurance Period (the “Initial Continuation Period”). If the end of the Initial Continuation Period is neither the LTD Eligibility Date nor the date of his death, the Bank shall continue to pay the Officer his base salary, at an annual rate equal to sixty percent (60%) of the annual rate in effect for him immediately prior to the date the Disability commenced, during an additional period ending on the earliest of the LTD Eligibility Date, the date of his death and the expiration of the Assurance Period.  The payments under this subsection are referred to in this Agreement as the “Disability Benefits.”  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Disability Benefits shall commence within the time period required by Section 8.
 
 
4

 
 
Section 5.           Discharge with Cause after Change of Control or Pending Change of Control.
 
(a)           The Bank may terminate the Officer’s employment with “Cause” after the occurrence of a Change of Control or Pending Change of Control, but a termination shall be deemed to have occurred with “Cause” only if:
 
(i)           the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Board of Directors of the Company, by separate majority votes of their entire membership, determine that the Officer should be discharged because of personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease and desist order, or any material breach of this Agreement; and
 
(ii)           at least forty-five (45) days prior to the vote contemplated by section 1(b)(i), the Bank has provided the Officer with notice of its intent to discharge the Officer for Cause, detailing with particularity the facts and circumstances which are alleged to constitute Cause (the “Notice of Intent to Discharge”); and
 
(iii)         after the giving of the Notice of Intent to Discharge and before the taking of the vote contemplated by section 5(a)(i), the Officer (together with his legal counsel, if he so desires) is afforded a reasonable opportunity to make both written and oral presentations before the Board of Directors of the Bank for the purpose of refuting the alleged grounds for Cause for his discharge; and
 
(iv)         after the vote contemplated by section 5(a)(i), the Bank has furnished to the Officer a notice of termination which shall specify the effective date of his termination of employment (which shall in no event be earlier than the date on which such notice is deemed given) and include a copy of a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Bank, certified by its corporate secretary and signed by each member of the Board of Directors voting in favor of adoption of the resolution(s), authorizing the termination of the Officer’s employment with Cause and stating with particularity the facts and circumstances found to constitute Cause for his discharge (the “Final Discharge Notice”).
 
(b)          If the Officer is discharged with Cause in accordance with section 5(a) hereof, the Bank shall pay and provide to him (or, in the event of his death, to his estate, his surviving beneficiaries and his dependents) the Standard Termination Entitlements only. Following the giving of a Notice of Intent to Discharge, the Bank shall temporarily suspend the Officer’s duties and authority and, in such event, shall also suspend the payment of salary and other cash compensation, but not the Officer’s participation in retirement insurance and other employee benefit plans. If the Officer is not discharged, or is discharged without Cause, within forty-five (45) days after the giving of a Notice of Intent to Discharge, payments of salary and cash compensation shall resume, and all payments withheld during the period of suspension shall be promptly restored. If the Officer is discharged with Cause not later than forty-five (45) days after the giving of the Notice of Intent to Discharge, all payments withheld during the period of suspension shall be deemed forfeited and shall not be included in the Standard Termination Entitlements. If the Bank does not give a Final Discharge Notice to the Officer within ninety (90) days after giving a Notice of Intent to Discharge, the Notice of Intent to Discharge shall be deemed withdrawn and any future action to discharge the Officer with Cause shall require the giving of a new Notice of Intent to Discharge.
 
 
5

 
 
Section 6.           Discharge without Cause and Change of Control or Pending Change of Control.
 
The Bank may discharge the Officer without Cause at any time after the occurrence of a Change of Control or Pending Change of Control, and in such event:
 
(a)           The Bank shall pay and deliver to the Officer (or in the event of his death before payment, to his estate and surviving dependents and beneficiaries, as applicable) the Standard Termination Entitlements.
 
(b)           Subject to Section 8, in addition to the Standard Termination Entitlements:
 
(i)           During the Assurance Period, the Bank shall provide for the Officer and his dependents continued group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long-term disability insurance benefits on substantially the same terms and conditions (including any required premium-sharing arrangements, co-payments and deductibles) in effect for them immediately prior to the Officer’s resignation. The coverage provided under this section 6(b)(i) may, at the election of the Bank, be secondary to the coverage provided as part of the Standard Termination Entitlements and to any employer-paid coverage provided by a subsequent employer or through Medicare, with the result that benefits under the other coverages will offset the coverage required by this section 6(b)(i).
 
(ii)           The Bank shall make a lump sum payment to the Officer (or, in the event of his death before payment, to his estate), in an amount equal to two (2) times the value of the salary, bonus, short-term and long-term cash compensation that the Officer received in the calendar year preceding that in which the termination of employment with the Bank occurs to compensate the Officer for the payments the Officer would have received during the Assurance Period. Such lump sum shall be paid in lieu of all other payments of salary, bonus, short-term and long-term cash compensation provided for under this Agreement in respect of the period following any such termination. Such payment shall be made (without discounting for early payment) within the time period required by Section 8.
 
The payments and benefits described in section 6(b) are referred to in this Agreement as the “Additional Entitlements”.
 
 
 
6

 
 
Section 7.           Resignation after Change of Control or Pending Change of Control.
 
(a)          The Officer may resign from his employment with the Bank at any time. A resignation under this section 7 shall be effected by notice of resignation given by the Officer to the Bank and shall take effect on the later of the effective date of termination specified in such notice or the date on which the notice of termination is deemed given to the Officer. The Officer’s resignation of any of the positions within the Bank or the Company to which he has been assigned shall be deemed a resignation from all such positions.
 
(b)           The Officer’s resignation shall be deemed to be for “Good Reason” if the effective date of resignation occurs during the Term, but on or after the effective date of a Change of Control, and is on account of:
 
(i)           the failure of the Bank (whether by act or omission of the Board of Directors, or otherwise) to appoint or re-appoint or elect or re-elect the Officer to the position with Bank that he held immediately prior to the Change of Control (the “Assigned Office”) or to a more senior office;
 
(ii)          a material failure by the Bank, whether by amendment of the certificate of incorporation or organization, by-laws, action of the Board of Directors of the Bank or otherwise, to vest in the Officer the functions, duties, or responsibilities customarily associated with the Assigned Office; provided that the Officer shall have given notice of such failure to the Bank, and the Bank has not fully cured such failure within thirty (30) days after such notice is deemed given;
 
(iii)         any reduction of the Officer’s rate of base salary in effect from time to time, whether or not material, or any failure (other than due to reasonable administrative error that is cured promptly upon notice) to pay any portion of the Officer’s compensation as and when due;
 
(iv)         any change in the terms and conditions of any compensation or benefit program in which the Officer participates which, either individually or together with other changes, has a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of his total compensation package; provided that the Officer shall have given notice of such material adverse effect to the Bank, and the Bank has not fully cured such material adverse effect within thirty (30) days after such notice is deemed given; provided, however, that this section 7(b)(iv) shall not apply if the change in the terms and conditions of the compensation or benefit program affects all participants in such program equally;
 
(v)          any material breach by the Bank of any material term, condition or covenant contained in this Agreement; provided that the Officer shall have given notice of such material adverse effect to the Bank, and the Bank has not fully cured such material adverse effect within thirty (30) days after such notice is deemed given; or
 
 
7

 
 
(vi)          a change in the Officer’s principal place of employment to a place that is not the principal executive office of the Bank, or a relocation of the Bank’s principal executive office to a location that is both more than thirty-five (35) miles away from the Officer’s principal residence and more than thirty-five (35) miles away from the location of the Bank’s principal executive office on the day before the occurrence of the Change of Control.
 
In all other cases, a resignation by the Officer shall be deemed to be without Good Reason. In the event of resignation, the Officer shall state in his notice of resignation whether he considers his resignation to be a resignation with Good Reason, and if he does, he shall state in such notice the grounds which constitute Good Reason. The Officer’s determination of the existence of Good Reason shall be conclusive in the absence of fraud, bad faith or manifest error.
 
(c)           In the event of the Officer’s resignation for any reason, the Bank shall pay and deliver the Standard Termination Entitlements. In the event of the Officer’s resignation with Good Reason, subject to Section 8, the Bank shall also pay and deliver the Additional Termination Entitlements.
 
Section 8.           Terms and Conditions of the Additional Termination Entitlements or Disability Benefits
 
The Bank and the Officer hereby stipulate that the damages which may be incurred by the Officer following any termination of employment are not capable of accurate measurement as of the date first above written and that the Additional Termination Entitlements or Disability Benefits (as applicable) constitute reasonable damages under the circumstances and shall be payable without any requirement of proof of actual damage and without regard to the Officer’s efforts, if any, to mitigate damages. The Bank and the Officer further agree that the Bank may condition the payment and delivery of the Additional Termination Entitlements or Disability Benefits (as applicable) on: (a) its receipt of the Officer’s resignation from any and all positions which he holds as an officer, director or committee member with respect to the Bank or the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of either of them; and/or (b) its receipt from the Officer, within such time period as may be allowed by the Bank, and the nonrevocation within any time period permitted in such agreement, of an agreement providing for a release, covenant not to sue, and nondisparagement of the Bank, the Company and their respective officers, directors, shareholders, subsidiaries, affiliates, and related parties in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank and the Company, of any liability to the Officer, whether for compensation or damages, in connection with his employment with the Bank or the Company and the termination of such employment, except for the Standard Termination Entitlements and the Additional Termination Entitlements or Disability Benefits, as applicable (the “Release Agreement”).  The Bank shall provide the Release Agreement in sufficient time so that if the Officer timely executes and delivers the Release Agreement, the revocation period provided therein shall expire (or if no revocation period is provided, the Effective Date of the Release Agreement shall occur) within sixty (60) days following termination of employment in the case of the Additional Termination Entitlements or the commencement of the Disability in the case of Disability Benefits.  Payment of the Additional Termination Entitlements shall be made, or commence, as the case may be, within sixty (60) days following the Officer’s termination of employment, provided, however, if the Officer is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, payment shall be delayed for six (6) months after termination of employment to the extent required to avoid a tax under Code Section 409A.  The term “termination of employment” and similar terms when used in this Agreement shall mean a termination of employment that constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  Payment of Disability Benefits shall commence within sixty (60) days following the commencement of the Disability and the first payment shall include all payments accrued to the date of such payment.
 
 
8

 
 
Section 9.           No Effect on Employee Benefit Plans or Programs.
 
The termination of the Officer’s employment during the Assurance Period or thereafter, whether by the Bank or by the Officer, shall have no effect on the rights and obligations of the parties hereto under the Bank’s qualified or non-qualified retirement, pension, savings, thrift, profit-sharing or stock bonus plans, group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term disability insurance plans or such other employee benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs, as may be maintained by, or cover employees of, the Bank from time to time; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to duplicate any compensation or benefits provided under any agreement, plan or program covering the Officer to which the Bank or Company is a party and any duplicative amount payable under any such agreement, plan or program shall be applied as an offset to reduce the amounts otherwise payable hereunder.
 
Section 10.         Successors and Assigns.
 
This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Officer, his legal representatives and testate or intestate distributees, and the Company and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns, including Charter Financial or any successor by merger or consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person or firm or corporation to which all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company or the Bank may be sold or otherwise transferred. Failure of the Bank to obtain from any successor its express written assumption of the Company’s or Bank’s obligations hereunder at least sixty (60) days in advance of the scheduled effective date of any such succession shall, if such succession constitutes a Change of Control, constitute Good Reason for the Officer’s resignation on or at any time during the Term following the occurrence of such succession.
 
Section 11.         Notices.
 
Any communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement, including any notice, direction, designation, consent, instruction, objection or waiver, shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is delivered personally, or five days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such party at the address listed below or at such other address as one such party may by written notice specify to the other party:
 
 
9

 
 
If to the Officer:
 
Lee Washam
313 Ashford Circle
LaGrange, GA 30240
 
If to the Company or the Bank:
 
Charter Financial Corporation
600 Third Avenue
West Point, GA 31833
Attention:            Chairman, Personnel & Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
 
Section 12.           Indemnification for Attorneys’ Fees.
 
Subject to applicable regulations and the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”), the Bank shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Officer against reasonable costs, including legal fees, incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved, as a result of his efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Officer shall have substantially prevailed on the merits pursuant to a judgment, decree or order of a court of competent jurisdiction or of an arbitrator in an arbitration proceeding. The determination whether the Officer shall have substantially prevailed on the merits and is therefore entitled to such indemnification, shall be made by the court or arbitrator, as applicable. The indemnification payment shall be made within thirty (30) days of such determination.  In the event of a settlement pursuant to a settlement agreement, any indemnification payment under this section 12 shall be made only after a determination by the members of the Board (other than the Officer and any other member of the Board to which the Officer is related by blood or marriage) that the Officer has acted in good faith and that such indemnification payment is in the best interests of the Bank.
 
Section 13.           Severability.
 
A determination that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.
 
Section 14.           Waiver.
 
Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition. A waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be made in writing, designated as a waiver, and signed by the party against whom its enforcement is sought. Any waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any one or more times shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times.
 
 
10

 
 
Section 15.           Counterparts.
 
This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
 
Section 16.           Governing Law.
 
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the federal laws of the United States and, to the extent that federal law is inapplicable, in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia applicable to contracts entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Georgia.
 
Section 17.           Headings and Construction.
 
The headings of sections in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to qualify the meaning of any section. Any reference to a section number shall refer to a section of this Agreement, unless otherwise stated.
 
Section 18.           Entire Agreement; Modifications.
 
This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in its entirety any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations relating to the subject matter hereof. No modifications of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
 
Section 19.           Required Regulatory Provisions.
 
The following provisions are included for the purposes of complying with various laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Bank:
 
(a)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate amount of compensation payable to the Officer hereunder exceed three times the Officer’s average annual compensation (within the meaning of OTS Regulatory Bulletin 27a or any successor thereto) for the last five consecutive calendar years to end prior to his termination of employment with the Bank (or for his entire period of employment with the Bank if less than five calendar years). The compensation payable to the Officer hereunder shall be further reduced (but not below zero) if such reduction would avoid the assessment of excise taxes on excess parachute payments (within the meaning of section 280G of the Code).
 
(b)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to the Officer by the Bank, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDI Act”), 12 U.S.C. §1828(k), and any regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
 
11

 
 
(c)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Officer is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the Bank pursuant to a notice served under section 8(e)(3) or 8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(3) or 1818(g)(1), the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service of such notice, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in such notice are dismissed, the Bank, in its discretion, may (i) pay to the Officer all or part of the compensation withheld while the Bank’s obligations hereunder were suspended and (ii) reinstate, in whole or in part, any of the obligations which were suspended.
 
(d)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Officer is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all prospective obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights and obligations of the Bank and the Officer shall not be affected.
 
(e)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, if the Bank is in default (within the meaning of section 3(x)(1) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1813(x)(1), all prospective obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but vested rights and obligations of the Bank and the Officer shall not be affected.
 
(f)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, all prospective obligations of the Bank hereunder shall be terminated, except to the extent that a continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the Director of the OTS or his designee or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. §1823(c); (ii) by the Director of the OTS or his designee at the time such Director or designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by such Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. The vested rights and obligations of the parties shall not be affected.
 
If and to the extent that any of the foregoing provisions shall cease to be required or by applicable law, rule or regulation, the same shall become inoperative as though eliminated by formal amendment of this Agreement.
 
Section 20.           Guaranty.
 
The Company, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the Officer the payment of all amounts, and the performance of all other obligations, due from the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement as and when due without any requirement of presentment, demand of payment, protest or notice of dishonor or nonpayment
 
 
12

 

In Witness Whereof , the Bank and the Company have caused this Agreement to be executed and the Officer has hereunto set his hand, all as of the day and year first above written.
                 
      /s/ Lee Washam  
      L ee W asham  
           
      C harter B ank  
           
Attest:        
           
By: 
/s/ Bonnie F. Bonner  
By: 
/s/ Robert L. Johnson
 
Name:  Bonnie F. Bonner 
  Name:  Robert L. Johnson  
Title:  Assistant Secretary 
 
Title:  Chief Executive Officer
 
 
[Seal]
                 
      C harter F inancial C orporation  
           
Attest:        
           
By: 
/s/ Bonnie F. Bonner  
By: 
/s/ Robert L. Johnson
 
Name:  Bonnie F. Bonner 
  Name:  Robert L. Johnson  
Title:  Assistant Secretary 
 
Title:  Chief Executive Officer and President
 
 
[Seal]
 
 
13

Exhibit 10.6
 
CHARTERBANK
SALARY CONTINUATION PLAN

THIS  SALARY CONTINUATION PLAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of this first day January, 2009 by and between Charterbank, a federally chartered thrift, supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “Employer”), located in West Point, Georgia, and Robert Johnson, an individual resident of Georgia (hereinafter referred to as the “Executive” or “Participant”)   .

WHEREAS , the Executive has contributed substantially to the success of the Employer and the Employer desires that the Executive continue in its employ;
 
WHEREAS , to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Employer, the Employer is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive, payable out of the Employer’s general assets; and
 
WHEREAS , the parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall be considered an unfunded arrangement maintained primarily to provide supplemental retirement benefits for the Executive, and shall be considered a plan described in Section 301(a)(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
 
WHEREAS this Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  Accordingly, the intent of the parties hereto is that the Plan shall be operated and interpreted consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.
 
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
 
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified —
 
1.1            “Accrual Balance” means the liability that should be accrued by the Employer under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for the Employer’s obligation to the Executive under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter, but without regard to the reduction in Section 2.6.  The initial Accrual Balance shall be equal to the liability accrued by the Employer as of the Effective Date, but without regard to the reduction in Section 2.6. The projected Accrual Balance is detailed on Schedule A including annual accruals. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period.  The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the gross normal retirement benefits described in Section 2.1.1.  At the end of each Plan Year, the Accrual Balance shall be adjusted to reflect the Employer’s obligation under Sections 2.1.1 in terms of the Executive’s actual base salary for that Plan Year.  The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance.  The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody’s, rounded to the nearest ¼%, or as otherwise determined by a Regulatory Body applicable to the Employer. The initial discount rate is 6.00%.  In its sole discretion, the Plan Administrator may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP and consistent with the Interagency Advisory on Accounting for Deferred Compensation Agreements which states that the “cost of those benefits shall be accrued over that period of the employee’s service in a systematic and rational manner.”
 

 
1.2            “Affiliate” means an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Employer, with control meaning direct or indirect ownership of equity securities with the ordinary voting power of more than fifty percent (50%) of the equity securities of an entity.
 
1.3            “Beneficiary” means each designated person, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive, determined according to Article 4.
 
1.4            “Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
 
1.5            “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Employer.
 
1.6            “Change in Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the relevant corporation, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the relevant corporation, as such change is defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).  The “relevant corporation” means the Employer or any corporation that is a majority shareholder ( i.e. , owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value and the total voting power of the equities securities) of the Employer or of any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in the Employer; provided, however, that for purposes of determining whether a “change in the effective control of the relevant corporation” has occurred, the sole relevant corporation shall be the corporation for which no other corporation is a majority shareholder.  As of the Effective Date, the relevant corporations are the Employer, Charter Financial Corporation and First Charter, MHC; provided, however, that for purposes of determining whether a “change in the effective control of the relevant corporation” has occurred, the sole relevant corporation is First Charter, MHC.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the sale of shares of Charter Financial Corporation or reorganization of First Charter MHC, in either case as part of a conversion or partial conversion of the direct or indirect ownership of the Employer from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control.
 
1.7            “Disability” means the Executive suffers from a disability as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(4).  The determination of Disability will be made by the Social Security Administration, by the insurer under the Employer’s disability plan, or by a physician selected by the Executive and reasonably acceptable to the Employer; provided that in each case the definition of “Disability” employed must be consistent with the foregoing regulations.
 
2

 
1.8            “Early Retirement Date” means the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment upon or following the completion of ten (10) Years of Service with the Employer and attaining age sixty-two (62), but before Normal Retirement Age, for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, termination under Article 6 of this Agreement, or Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change in Control.
 
1.9            “Early Termination Date” means the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment upon or following completion of ten (10) Years of Service but before reaching his Early Retirement Date or his Normal Retirement Date, for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, termination under Article 6 of this Agreement, or Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change in Control.
 
1.10         “Effective Date” means January 1, 2009.
 
1.11          “Final Base Salary” means the Executive’s average annual base salary for the highest three (3) consecutive calendar year period ending at the earlier of the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age or the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change in Control.
 
1.12         “Normal Retirement Age” means the later of the date the Executive reaches age sixty-five (65) or completes ten (10) Years of Service.
 
1.13          “Normal Retirement Date” means the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment on or after the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, for reasons other than death, Termination for Cause, termination under Article 6 of this Agreement, or Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change in Control.
 
1.14        “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.
 
1.15          “Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 9.
 
1.16          “Plan Year” means a twelve-month period commencing on January 1, and ending on December 31 of each year.  The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement and end on December 31 of the year in which occurs the Effective Date.
 
1.17          “Regulatory Body” means The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), and the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS), also known as “the agencies.”
 
1.18          “Specified Employee” means an employee who at the time of Termination of Employment is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(i) with respect to the Employer or any entity aggregated with the Employer as the “service recipient” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(g).
 
3

 
1.19          “Termination for Cause” and “Cause” shall have the same definition specified in any effective severance or employment agreement existing between the Executive and the Employer or an Affiliate at the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment. If the Executive is not a party to a severance or employment agreement containing a definition of termination for cause, Termination for Cause means the Employer or an Affiliate terminates the Executive’s employment because of:
 
(a) fraud;
 
(b) embezzlement;
 
(c) commission by the Executive of a felony;
 
(d) a material breach of, or the willful failure or refusal by the Executive to perform and discharge the Executive’s duties, responsibilities and obligations to the Employer or an Affiliate;
 
(e) any act of moral turpitude or willful misconduct by the Executive intended to result in personal enrichment of the Executive at the expense of the Employer or an Affiliate, or which has a material adverse impact on the business or reputation of the Employer or an Affiliate (such determination to be made by the Board in its reasonable judgment);
 
(f) intentional material damage to the property or business of the Employer or an Affiliate;
 
(g) gross negligence; or
 
(h) the ineligibility of the Executive to perform his duties because of a ruling, directive or other action by any agency of the United States or any state of the United States having regulatory authority over the Employer or an Affiliate;
 
but in each case only if:
 
(1) the Executive has been provided with written notice of any assertion that there is a basis for termination for Cause which notice shall specify in reasonable detail specific facts regarding any such assertion,
 
(2) such written notice is provided to the Executive a reasonable time (and in any event no less than three business days) before the Board meets to consider any possible termination for Cause,
 
(3) at or prior to the meeting of the Board to consider the matters described in the written notice, an opportunity is provided to the Executive and his counsel to be heard before the Board with respect to the matters described in the written notice,
 
(4) any resolution or other Board action held with respect to any deliberation regarding or decision to terminate the Executive for Cause is duly adopted by a vote of at least two-thirds of the entire Board (excluding the Executive) at a meeting of the Board duly called and held, and
 
(5) the Executive is promptly provided with a copy of the resolution or other corporate action taken with respect to such termination.
 
No act or failure to act by the Executive shall be considered willful unless done or omitted to be done by him not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Employer.
 
4

 
1.20          “Termination of Employment” with the Employer means the Executive’s termination of employment from the Employer and all entities aggregated with the Employer as the “service recipient” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(g) that constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h).
 
1.21          “ Year of Service” means each year the Participant is employed by the Employer measured on an elapsed time basis from the first day worked through Termination of Employment.
 
ARTICLE 2
RETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
2.1            Normal Retirement Benefit.   Upon the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement.
 
 
2.1.1.
Amount of Gross Benefit.   The gross annual Normal Retirement Benefit under this Section 2.1 is an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Executive’s Final Base Salary.

 
2.1.2.
Payment of Benefit.   The Employer shall pay an annual benefit to the Executive equal to the gross annual Normal Retirement Benefit in twelve (12) equal monthly installments for fifteen (15) years beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date, subject to reduction as provided in Section 2.6.
 
2.2            Early Retirement Benefit.   Upon the Executive’s Early Retirement Date, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement.
 
 
2.2.1.
Amount of Gross Benefit.   The gross benefit under this Section 2.2 is an amount equal to the Accrual Balance earned as of the last day of the month immediately preceding the Executive’s Early Retirement Date.
 
 
2.2.2.
Payment of Benefit.   The Employer shall pay a benefit to the Executive equal to the gross benefit in Section 2.2.1 in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s Early Retirement Date, subject to reduction as provided in Section 2.6.
 
2.3            Early Termination Benefit .  Following the Executive’s Early Termination Date, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement.
 
 
2.3.1.
Amount of Gross Benefit .  The gross benefit under this Section 2.3 is an amount equal to the Accrual Balance earned as of the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding or coinciding with the Executive’s Early Termination Date.
 
5

 
 
2.3.2.
The Employer shall pay a benefit to the Executive equal to the gross benefit in Section 2.3.1 in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, subject to reduction as provided in Section 2.6.
 
2.4            Disability Benefit.   Upon the Executive’s Disability before reaching Normal Retirement Age, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.4   in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.
 
 
2.4.1.
Amount of Gross Benefit.   The gross annual benefit under this Section 2.4 is an amount equal to the Normal Retirement Benefit computed as though the Executive had continued to be employed by the Employer at his rate of annual base salary in effect at the date of his Disability until attaining his Normal Retirement Age.
 
 
2.4.2.
Payment of Benefit.   The Employer shall pay an annual benefit to the Executive equal to the gross annual benefit in Section 2.4.1 in twelve (12) equal monthly installments for fifteen (15) years beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s Disability, subject to reduction as provided in Section 2.6.
 
2.5            Change in Control Benefit . Upon a Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change of Control, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.5 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.
 
 
2.5.1.
Amount of Gross Benefit.   The gross benefit under this Section 2.5 is an amount equal to the gross annual Normal Retirement Benefit set forth in Section 2.1.1, or the Executive’s Accrual Balance as of the last day of the Plan Year preceding the effective date of the Change in Control, whichever is greater.
 
 
2.5.2.
Payment of Benefit.   The Employer shall pay a benefit to the Executive equal to the gross benefit in Section 2.5.1 in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the month after the Executive’s Termination of Employment, subject to reduction as provided in Section 2.6.
 
2.6            Offset.   If the Executive’s benefit under the Benefit Restoration Plan of Charter Financial Corporation (the “Benefit Restoration Plan”) is paid in one hundred twenty (120) monthly installments, then each of the last one hundred twenty (120) monthly installments payable under Article 2 or Article 3 of this Plan shall be reduced by each corresponding monthly installment payment paid under the Benefit Restoration Plan during such one hundred twenty (120) month period.  If the Executive’s benefit under the Benefit Restoration Plan is paid in a lump sum, then each monthly installment under Article 2 or Article 3 of this Plan shall be reduced by the amount of the monthly payment that would have been made under the Benefit Restoration Plan if one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments with a present value using the discount rate in Section 1.1 equal to such lump sum had been paid under such Benefit Restoration Plan.
 
6

 
2.7            Restriction on Timing of Distributions. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, benefit distributions that are made to a Specified Employee upon Termination of Employment may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Termination of Employment.  Therefore, in the event this Section 2.7 is applicable to the Executive , any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Termination of Employment shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Termination of Employment.  All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.
 
ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS
 
3.1            Death During Active Service.   If   the Executive dies while employed by the Employer, instead of any benefits payable under Article 2 of this Agreement the Executive’s Beneficiary shall receive the benefits described in this Section 3.1 in lieu of any other benefits under this Agreement.
 
 
3.1.1
Amount of Gross Benefit.   The gross benefit under this Section 3.1.1 is an amount equal to the Accrual Balance earned as of the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding or coinciding the date of the Executive’s death.
 
 
3.1.2
Payment of Benefit.   The Employer shall pay a death benefit to the Executive’s Beneficiary equal to the gross benefit in Section 3.1.1 in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s death, subject to reduction as provided in Section 2.6.
 
3.2            Death During Benefit Period.   If the Executive dies after benefit payments under Article 2 of this Agreement commence but before receiving all such payments, or if the Executive is entitled to benefit payments under Article 2 but dies before payments commence, the remaining payments shall be payable to the Executive’s Beneficiary in accordance with the applicable payment provisions of Article 2, until fully disbursed.  Payments shall be made in the same amounts they would have been made to the Executive had the Executive survived.
 
ARTICLE 4
CODE SECTION 409A
AND ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTION RULES

4.1            Change in Form or Timing of Distributions.   This Agreement may be amended by the Employer and the Executive (or after the Executive’s death, the Beneficiary) to change the form of timing of distributions hereunder; provided, however, that all changes in the form or timing of distributions hereunder must comply with the following requirements.  The changes:
 
 
(a)
shall not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the amendment is made; and
 
7

 
 
(b)
shall, except for payments described in Section 2.4 or Article 3, delay the payments for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the payments were originally scheduled to be made.

4.2            Separate Payments.   For purposes of Code Section 409A, the right to a series of installment payments shall be treated as the right to a series of separate payments.
 
4.3            Compliance with Code Section 409A. This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code Section 409A.
 
4.4            One Benefit Only. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Executive and the Executive’s Beneficiary are entitled to one benefit derived from Article 2 of this Agreement, which shall be determined by the first event to occur that is dealt with by Article 2 of this Agreement. Subsequent occurrence of events dealt with by Article 2 shall not entitle the Executive or the Executive’s Beneficiary to other or additional benefits derived from Article 2.
 
ARTICLE 5
BENEFICIARIES
 
5.1            Beneficiary Designations.   The Executive shall have the right to designate at any time a Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under this Agreement upon the death of the Executive.  The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Employer in which the Executive participates.
 
5.2            Beneficiary Designation: Change.   The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.  The Executive’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved.  The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing, and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time.  Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled.  The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator before the Executive’s death.
 
5.3            Acknowledgment.   No   designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
 
5.4            No Beneficiary Designation.   If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary.  If the Executive has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be distributed to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate; provided, however, that the personal representative of the Executive’s estate may assign the right to receive payment to the heirs under the Executive’s estate, or in the absence of a will, the Executive’s heirs in accordance with the applicable intestacy statute.
 
8

 
5.5            Facility of Payment.   If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Employer may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of the minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person.  The Employer may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate before distribution of the benefit.  Distribution shall completely discharge the Employer from all liability for the benefit.
 
ARTICLE 6
GENERAL LIMITATIONS
 
6.1            Termination for Cause.   If the Executive experiences a Termination of Employment which is a Termination for Cause, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement and the Employer’s obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the Termination for Cause.
 
6.2            Suicide or Misstatement No benefits shall be paid under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the Effective Date of this Agreement or if the Executive makes any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Employer.
 
6.3            Removal. Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if the Executive is removed from office or permanently prohibited from participating in the Employer’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e) or 8(g) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e) or 1818(g), all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.
 
6.4            Default Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if the Employer is in “default” or “in danger of default”, as those terms are defined in of section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.
 
6.5            FDIC Open-Employer Assistance. All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Employer, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Employer under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c).
 
6.6            No Golden Parachutes .  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no payments shall be made hereunder in contravention of the golden parachute payment and indemnification payment restrictions contained in regulations adopted pursuant to Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(k).
 
9

 
ARTICLE 7
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES
 
7.1            Claims Procedure.   A person or beneficiary (a “claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows –

 
 
7.1.1
Initiation - Written Claim.   The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Employer a written claim for the benefits. If the claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within 60 days after the notice was received by the claimant. All other claims must be made within 180 days after the date of the event that caused the claim to arise. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.
 
 
7.1.2
Timing of Employer Response.   The Employer shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim.  If the Employer determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Employer can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90)-day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Employer expects to render its decision.
 
 
7.1.3
Notice of Decision.   If the Employer denies part or all of the claim, the Employer shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial.  The Employer shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth:
 
 
7.1.4
The specific reasons for the denial,
 
 
7.1.5
A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,
 
 
7.1.6
A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,
 
 
7.1.7
An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and
 
 
7.1.8
A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.
 
7.2            Review Procedure .  If the Employer denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Employer of the denial, as follows

 
7.2.1
Initiation - Written Request.   To   initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Employer’s notice of   denial, must file with the Employer a written request for review.
 
 
7.2.2
Additional Submissions - Information Access.   The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim.  The Employer shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.
 
10

 
 
7.2.3
Considerations on Review.   In considering the review, the Employer shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
 
 
7.2.4
Timing of Employer Response.   The Employer shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review.  If the Employer determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Employer can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60)-day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Employer expects to render its decision.
 
 
7.2.5
Notice of Decision.   The Employer shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review.  The Employer shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth –
 
 
7.2.5.1
The specific reasons for the denial,
 
 
7.2.5.2
A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,
 
 
7.2.5.3
A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and
 
 
7.2.5.4
A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).
 
ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS
 
8.1            Amendments and Termination.   Subject to Section 7.13 of this Agreement, (a) this Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Employer and by the Executive, and (b) except for termination occurring under Article 5, this Agreement may be terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Employer and by the Executive.

8.2            Binding Effect.   This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Employer and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.

8.3            No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement   is not an employment policy or contract.  It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Employer, nor does it interfere with the Employer’s right to discharge the Executive.  It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.
 
11


8.4             Non-Transferability.   Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

8.5             Tax Withholding.   The Employer shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

8.6             Applicable Law.   Except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America, the validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such state.

8.7             Unfunded Arrangement.   The Executive and the Executive’s Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Employer for the payment of benefits under this Agreement.  The benefits represent the mere promise by the Employer to pay such benefits.  The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors.  Any insurance on the Executive’s life is a general asset of the Employer to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.8             Severability.   If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.  If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of the provision, and the remainder of such provision together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.9             Headings.   The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.10           Notices.   All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid.  Unless otherwise changed by notice, notice shall be properly addressed to the Executive if addressed to the address of the Executive on the books and records of the Employer at the time of the delivery of such notice, and properly addressed to the Employer if addressed to the Board of Directors, at CharterBank, 1233 O.G. Skinner Drive, West Point, Georgia 31833.

8.11           Entire Agreement.   This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Employer and the Executive concerning the subject matter hereof.  No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.12           Payment of Legal Fees.   In the event litigation ensues between the parties concerning the enforcement of the obligations of the parties under this Agreement, the Employer shall promptly pay (but not later than two (2) months after such expenses are incurred) all costs and expenses in connection with such litigation until such time as a final determination (excluding any appeals) is made with respect to the litigation.  If the Employer prevails on the substantive merits of each material claim in dispute in such litigation, the Employer shall be entitled to receive from the Executive all reasonable costs and expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, incurred by the Employer on behalf of the Executive in connection with such litigation, and the Executive shall pay such costs and expenses to the Employer promptly upon demand by the Employer.
 
12


8.13           Termination or Modification of Agreement Because of Changes in Law, Rules or Regulations.   The Employer is entering into this Agreement on the assumption that certain existing tax laws, rules, and regulations will continue in effect in their current form.  If that assumption materially changes and the change has a material detrimental effect on this Agreement, then the Employer reserves the right to terminate or modify this Agreement accordingly, subject to the written consent of the Executive, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  This Section 8.13 shall become null and void effective immediately if a Change in Control occurs.

ARTICLE 9
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT
 
9.1             Plan Administrator Duties.   This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Board of Directors of the Employer or such committee or person(s) as the Board of Directors of the Employer shall appoint.  The Plan Administrator shall have the sole and absolute discretion and authority to interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and the rights of the Participant under this Agreement, to decide or resolve any and all questions or disputes arising under this Agreement, including benefits payable under this Agreement and all other interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

9.2             Agents.   In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Employer.

9.3             Binding Effect of Decisions.   The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.  No Executive or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method described in Section 1.1.

9.4             Indemnity of Plan Administrator.   The Plan Administrator shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Agreement, unless such action or omission is attributable to the willful misconduct of the Plan Administrator or any of its members.  The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
 
13


9.5             Employer Information .  To   enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Employment of the Executive and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Executive and a duly authorized Officer of the Employer have signed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
THE EXECUTIVE:
 
CHARTERBANK
 
         
/s/ Robert Johnson  
By:
/s/ Thomas M. Lane  
Robert Johnson
       
   
Its:
Chairman, Personnel and Compensation Committee  
 
 
14

Exhibit 10.7
 
CHARTERBANK
SALARY CONTINUATION PLAN
 
THIS SALARY CONTINUATION PLAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of this first day January, 2009 by and between Charterbank, a federally chartered thrift, supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “Employer”), located in West Point, Georgia, and Curt Kollar, an individual resident of Georgia (hereinafter referred to as the “Executive” or “Participant”)   .
 
WHEREAS , the Executive has contributed substantially to the success of the Employer and the Employer desires that the Executive continue in its employ;
 
WHEREAS , to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Employer, the Employer is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive, payable out of the Employer’s general assets; and
 
WHEREAS , the parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall be considered an unfunded arrangement maintained primarily to provide supplemental retirement benefits for the Executive, and shall be considered a plan described in Section 301(a)(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
 
WHEREAS this Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  Accordingly, the intent of the parties hereto is that the Plan shall be operated and interpreted consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A.
 
NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.
 
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
 
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified —
 
1.1             “Accrual Balance” means the liability that should be accrued by the Employer under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for the Employer’s obligation to the Executive under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter .  The initial Accrual Balance shall be equal to the liability accrued by the Employer as of the Effective Date. The projected Accrual Balance is detailed on Schedule A including annual accruals.   The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period.  The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits described in Section 2.1.1.  At the end of each Plan Year, the Accrual Balance shall be adjusted to reflect the Employer’s obligation under Sections 2.1.1 in terms of the Executive’s actual base salary for that Plan Year.  The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance.  The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody’s, rounded to the nearest ¼%, or as otherwise determined by a Regulatory Body applicable to the Employer. The initial discount rate is 6.00%.  In its sole discretion, the Plan Administrator may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP and consistent with the Interagency Advisory on Accounting for Deferred Compensation Agreements which states that the “cost of those benefits shall be accrued over that period of the employee’s service in a systematic and rational manner.”  
 

 
1.2            “Affiliate” means an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Employer, with control meaning direct or indirect ownership of equity securities with the ordinary voting power of more than fifty percent (50%) of the equity securities of an entity.
 
1.3            “Beneficiary” means each designated person, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive, determined according to Article 4.
 
1.4            “Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
 
1.5            “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Employer.
 
1.6             “Change in Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the relevant corporation, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the relevant corporation, as such change is defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).  The “relevant corporation” means the Employer or any corporation that is a majority shareholder ( i.e. , owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value and the total voting power of the equities securities) of the Employer or of any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in the Employer; provided, however, that for purposes of determining whether a “change in the effective control of the relevant corporation” has occurred, the sole relevant corporation shall be the corporation for which no other corporation is a majority shareholder.  As of the Effective Date, the relevant corporations are the Employer, Charter Financial Corporation and First Charter, MHC; provided, however, that for purposes of determining whether a “change in the effective control of the relevant corporation” has occurred, the sole relevant corporation is First Charter, MHC.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the sale of shares of Charter Financial Corporation or reorganization of First Charter MHC, in either case as part of a conversion or partial conversion of the direct or indirect ownership of the Employer from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control.
 
1.7            “Disability” means the Executive suffers from a disability as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(4).  The determination of Disability will be made by the Social Security Administration, by the insurer under the Employer’s disability plan, or by a physician selected by the Executive and reasonably acceptable to the Employer; provided that in each case the definition of “Disability” employed must be consistent with the foregoing regulations.
 
2

 
1.8            “Early Retirement Date” means the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment upon or following the completion of ten (10) Years of Service with the Employer and attaining age sixty-two (62), but before Normal Retirement Age, for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, termination under Article 6   of this Agreement, or Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change in Control.
 
1.9            “Early Termination Date” means the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment upon or following completion of ten (10) Years of Service but before reaching his Early Retirement Date or his Normal Retirement Date, for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, termination under Article   6 of this Agreement, or Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change in Control.
 
1.10            “Effective Date” means January 1, 2009.
 
1.11            “Final Base Salary” means the Executive’s average annual base salary for the highest three (3) consecutive calendar year period ending at the earlier of the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age or the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change in Control.
 
1.12            “Normal Retirement Age” means the later of the date the Executive reaches age sixty-five (65) or completes ten (10) Years of Service.
 
1.13            “Normal Retirement Date” means the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment on or after the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, for reasons other than death, Termination for Cause, termination under Article 6 of this Agreement, or Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change in Control.
 
1.14            “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.
 
1.15            “Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 9.
 
1.16            “Plan Year” means a twelve-month period commencing on January 1, and ending on December 31 of each year.  The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement and end on December 31 of the year in which occurs the Effective Date.
 
1.17            “Regulatory Body” means The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), and the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS), also known as “the agencies.”
 
1.18            “Specified Employee” means an employee who at the time of Termination of Employment is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(i) with respect to the Employer or any entity aggregated with the Employer as the “service recipient” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(g).
 
3

 
1.19            “Termination for Cause” and “Cause” shall have the same definition specified in any effective severance or employment agreement existing between the Executive and the Employer or an Affiliate at the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment. If the Executive is not a party to a severance or employment agreement containing a definition of termination for cause, Termination for Cause means the Employer or an Affiliate terminates the Executive’s employment because of:
 
(a) fraud;
 
(b) embezzlement;
 
(c) commission by the Executive of a felony;
 
(d) a material breach of, or the willful failure or refusal by the Executive to perform and discharge the Executive’s duties, responsibilities and obligations to the Employer or an Affiliate;
 
(e) any act of moral turpitude or willful misconduct by the Executive intended to result in personal enrichment of the Executive at the expense of the Employer or an Affiliate, or which has a material adverse impact on the business or reputation of the Employer or an Affiliate (such determination to be made by the Board in its reasonable judgment);
 
(f) intentional material damage to the property or business of the Employer or an Affiliate;
 
(g) gross negligence; or
 
(h) the ineligibility of the Executive to perform his duties because of a ruling, directive or other action by any agency of the United States or any state of the United States having regulatory authority over the Employer or an Affiliate;
 
but in each case only if:
 
(1) the Executive has been provided with written notice of any assertion that there is a basis for termination for Cause which notice shall specify in reasonable detail specific facts regarding any such assertion,
 
(2) such written notice is provided to the Executive a reasonable time (and in any event no less than three business days) before the Board meets to consider any possible termination for Cause,
 
(3) at or prior to the meeting of the Board to consider the matters described in the written notice, an opportunity is provided to the Executive and his counsel to be heard before the Board with respect to the matters described in the written notice,
 
(4) any resolution or other Board action held with respect to any deliberation regarding or decision to terminate the Executive for Cause is duly adopted by a vote of at least two-thirds of the entire Board (excluding the Executive) at a meeting of the Board duly called and held, and
 
(5) the Executive is promptly provided with a copy of the resolution or other corporate action taken with respect to such termination.
 
No act or failure to act by the Executive shall be considered willful unless done or omitted to be done by him not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Employer.
 
4

 
1.20            “Termination of Employment” with the Employer means the Executive’s termination of employment from the Employer and all entities aggregated with the Employer as the “service recipient” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(g) that constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h).
 
1.21           “ Year of Service” means each year the Participant is employed by the Employer measured on an elapsed time basis from the first day worked through Termination of Employment.
 
ARTICLE 2
RETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
2.1            Normal Retirement Benefit.   Upon the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement.
 
 
2.1.1.
Amount of Benefit.   The annual Normal Retirement Benefit under this Section 2.1 is an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Executive’s Final Base Salary.
 
 
2.1.2.
Payment of Benefit.   The Employer shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments for fifteen (15) years beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date.
 
2.2            Early Retirement Benefit.   Upon the Executive’s Early Retirement Date, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement.
 
 
2.2.1.
Amount of Benefit.   The benefit under this Section 2.2 is an amount equal to the Accrual Balance earned as of the last day of the month immediately preceding the Executive’s Early Retirement Date.
 
 
2.2.2.
Payment of Benefit.   The Employer shall pay the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s Early Retirement Date.
 
2.3            Early Termination Benefit .  Following the Executive’s Early Termination Date, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement.
 
 
2.3.1.
Amount of Benefit .  The benefit under this Section 2.3 is an amount equal to the Accrual Balance earned as of the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding or coinciding with the Executive’s Early Termination Date.
 
 
2.3.2.
The Employer shall pay the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age.
 
5

 
2.4            Disability Benefit.   Upon the Executive’s Disability before reaching Normal Retirement Age, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.4   in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.
 
 
2.4.1.
Amount of Benefit.   The annual benefit under this Section 2.4 is an amount equal to the Normal Retirement Benefit computed as though the Executive had continued to be employed by the Employer at his rate of annual base salary in effect at the date of his Disability until attaining his Normal Retirement Age.
 
 
2.4.2.
Payment of Benefit.   The Employer shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments for fifteen (15) years beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s Disability.
 
2.5             Change in Control Benefit . Upon a Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change of Control, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.5 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.
 
 
2.5.1.
Amount of Benefit.   The benefit under this Section 2.5 is an amount equal to the Normal Retirement Benefit set forth in Section 2.1.1, or the Executive’s Accrual Balance as of the last day of the Plan Year preceding the effective date of the Change in Control, whichever is greater.
 
 
2.5.2.
Payment of Benefit.   The Employer shall pay the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the month after the Executive’s Termination of Employment.
 
2.6            Restriction on Timing of Distributions. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, benefit distributions that are made to a Specified Employee upon Termination of Employment may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Termination of Employment.  Therefore, in the event this Section 2 . 5 is applicable to the Executive , any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Termination of Employment shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Termination of Employment.  All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.
 
ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS
 
3.1            Death During Active Service.   If   the Executive dies while employed by the Employer, instead of any benefits payable under Article 2 of this Agreement the Employer shall pay to the Executive’s Beneficiary an amount equal to the Accrual Balance earned as of the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding or coinciding the date of the Executive’s death. The Employer shall pay the death benefit under this Section 3.1 in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s death.
 
3.2            Death During Benefit Period.   If the Executive dies after benefit payments under Article 2 of this Agreement commence but before receiving all such payments, or if the Executive is entitled to benefit payments under Article 2 but dies before payments commence, the remaining payments shall be payable to the Executive’s Beneficiary in accordance with the applicable payment provisions of Article 2, until fully disbursed.  Payments shall be made in the same amounts they would have been made to the Executive had the Executive survived.
 
6

 
ARTICLE 4
CODE SECTION 409A
AND ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTION RULES
 
4.1            Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Code Section 409A.   Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s or Beneficiary’s income as a result of the failure of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, a distribution shall be made in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount required to be included in income as a result of such failure or the Accrual Balance.
 
4.2            Change in Form or Timing of Distributions.   This Agreement may be amended by the Employer and the Executive (or after the Executive’s death, the Beneficiary) to change the form of timing of distributions hereunder; provided, however, that all changes in the form or timing of distributions hereunder must comply with the following requirements.  The changes:
 
 
(a)
shall not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the amendment is made, and
 
 
(b)
shall, except for payments described in Section 2.4 or Article 3, delay the distribution for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the distribution was originally scheduled to be made;
 
4.3            One Benefit Only. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Executive and the Executive’s Beneficiary are entitled to one benefit derived from Article 2 of this Agreement, which shall be determined by the first event to occur that is dealt with by Article 2 of this Agreement. Subsequent occurrence of events dealt with by Article 2 shall not entitle the Executive or the Executive’s Beneficiary to other or additional benefits derived from Article 2.
 
4.4            Compliance with Code Section 409A. This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code Section 409A.
 
ARTICLE 5
BENEFICIARIES
 
5.1            Beneficiary Designations.   The Executive shall have the right to designate at any time a Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under this Agreement upon the death of the Executive.  The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Employer in which the Executive participates.
 
7

 
5.2            Beneficiary Designation: Change.   The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.  The Executive’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved.  The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing, and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time.  Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled.  The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator before the Executive’s death.
 
5.3            Acknowledgment.   No   designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
 
5.4            No Beneficiary Designation.   If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary.  If the Executive has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be distributed to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate; provided, however, that the personal representative of the Executive’s estate may assign the right to receive payment to the heirs under the Executive’s estate, or in the absence of a will, the Executive’s heirs in accordance with the applicable intestacy statute.
 
5.5            Facility of Payment.   If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Employer may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of the minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person.  The Employer may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate before distribution of the benefit.  Distribution shall completely discharge the Employer from all liability for the benefit.
 
ARTICLE 6
GENERAL LIMITATIONS
 
6.1            Termination for Cause.   If the Executive experiences a Termination of Employment which is a Termination for Cause, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement and the Employer’s obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the Termination for Cause.
 
6.2            Suicide or Misstatement No benefits shall be paid under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the Effective Date of this Agreement or if the Executive makes any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Employer.
 
6.3            Removal. Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if the Executive is removed from office or permanently prohibited from participating in the Employer’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e) or 8(g) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e) or 1818(g), all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.
 
6.4            Default Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if the Employer is in “default” or “in danger of default”, as those terms are defined in of section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.
 
8

 
6.5            FDIC Open-Employer Assistance. All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Employer, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Employer under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c).
 
6.6            No Golden Parachutes .  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no payments shall be made hereunder in contravention of the golden parachute payment and indemnification payment restrictions contained in regulations adopted pursuant to Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(k).
 
ARTICLE 7
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES
 
7.1             Claims Procedure.   A person or beneficiary (a “claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows –
 
 
7.1.1
Initiation - Written Claim.   The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Employer a written claim for the benefits. If the claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within 60 days after the notice was received by the claimant. All other claims must be made within 180 days after the date of the event that caused the claim to arise. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.
 
 
7.1.2
Timing of Employer Response.   The Employer shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim.  If the Employer determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Employer can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90)-day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Employer expects to render its decision.
 
 
7.1.3
Notice of Decision.   If the Employer denies part or all of the claim, the Employer shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial.  The Employer shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth:
 
 
7.1.4
The specific reasons for the denial,
 
 
7.1.5
A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,
 
 
7.1.6
A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,
 
 
7.1.7
An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and
 
9

 
 
7.1.8
A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.
 
7.2             Review Procedure .  If the Employer denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Employer of the denial, as follows
 
 
7.2.1
Initiation - Written Request.   To   initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Employer’s notice of   denial, must file with the Employer a written request for review.
 
 
7.2.2
Additional Submissions - Information Access.   The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim.  The Employer shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.
 
 
7.2.3
Considerations on Review.   In considering the review, the Employer shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
 
 
7.2.4
Timing of Employer Response.   The Employer shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review.  If the Employer determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Employer can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60)-day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Employer expects to render its decision.
 
 
7.2.5
Notice of Decision.   The Employer shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review.  The Employer shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth –
 
 
7.2.5.1
The specific reasons for the denial,
 
 
7.2.5.2
A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,
 
 
7.2.5.3
A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and
 
 
7.2.5.4
A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).
 
10

 
ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS
 
8.1             Amendments and Termination.   Subject to Section 7.13 of this Agreement, (a) this Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Employer and by the Executive, and (b) except for termination occurring under Article 5, this Agreement may be terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Employer and by the Executive.
 
8.2             Binding Effect.   This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Employer and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.
 
8.3             No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement   is not an employment policy or contract.  It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Employer, nor does it interfere with the Employer’s right to discharge the Executive.  It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.
 
8.4             Non-Transferability.   Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.
 
8.5             Tax Withholding.   The Employer shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.
 
8.6             Applicable Law.   Except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America, the validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such state.
 
8.7             Unfunded Arrangement.   The Executive and the Executive’s Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Employer for the payment of benefits under this Agreement.  The benefits represent the mere promise by the Employer to pay such benefits.  The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors.  Any insurance on the Executive’s life is a general asset of the Employer to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
 
8.8             Severability.   If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.  If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of the provision, and the remainder of such provision together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.
 
8.9             Headings.   The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.
 
11

 
8.10             Notices.   All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid.  Unless otherwise changed by notice, notice shall be properly addressed to the Executive if addressed to the address of the Executive on the books and records of the Employer at the time of the delivery of such notice, and properly addressed to the Employer if addressed to the Board of Directors, at CharterBank, 1233 O.G. Skinner Drive, West Point, Georgia 31833.
 
8.11             Entire Agreement.   This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Employer and the Executive concerning the subject matter hereof.  No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.
 
8.12             Payment of Legal Fees.   In the event litigation ensues between the parties concerning the enforcement of the obligations of the parties under this Agreement, the Employer shall promptly pay (but not later than two (2) months after such expenses are incurred) all costs and expenses in connection with such litigation until such time as a final determination (excluding any appeals) is made with respect to the litigation.  If the Employer prevails on the substantive merits of each material claim in dispute in such litigation, the Employer shall be entitled to receive from the Executive all reasonable costs and expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, incurred by the Employer on behalf of the Executive in connection with such litigation, and the Executive shall pay such costs and expenses to the Employer promptly upon demand by the Employer.
 
8.13             Termination or Modification of Agreement Because of Changes in Law, Rules or Regulations.   The Employer is entering into this Agreement on the assumption that certain existing tax laws, rules, and regulations will continue in effect in their current form.  If that assumption materially changes and the change has a material detrimental effect on this Agreement, then the Employer reserves the right to terminate or modify this Agreement accordingly, subject to the written consent of the Executive, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  This Section 8.13 shall become null and void effective immediately if a Change in Control occurs.
 
ARTICLE 9
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT
 
9.1             Plan Administrator Duties.   This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Board of Directors of the Employer or such committee or person(s) as the Board of Directors of the Employer shall appoint.  The Plan Administrator shall have the sole and absolute discretion and authority to interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and the rights of the Participant under this Agreement, to decide or resolve any and all questions or disputes arising under this Agreement, including benefits payable under this Agreement and all other interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.
 
9.2             Agents.   In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Employer.
 
12

 
9.3             Binding Effect of Decisions.   The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.  No Executive or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method described in Section 1.1.
 
9.4             Indemnity of Plan Administrator.   The Plan Administrator shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Agreement, unless such action or omission is attributable to the willful misconduct of the Plan Administrator or any of its members.  The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
 
9.5             Employer Information .  To   enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Employment of the Executive and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Executive and a duly authorized Officer of the Employer have signed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
 
THE EXECUTIVE:
 
CHARTERBANK
 
         
/s/ Curt Kollar  
By:
/s/ Thomas M. Lane  
Curt Kollar
       
   
Its:
Chairman, Personnel and Compensation Committee  
 
 
13
 

Exhibit 10.8
 
CHARTERBANK
SALARY CONTINUATION PLAN

THIS SALARY CONTINUATION PLAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of this first day January, 2009 by and between Charterbank, a federally chartered thrift, supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “Employer”), located in West Point, Georgia, and Lee Washam, an individual resident of Georgia (hereinafter referred to as the “Executive” or “Participant”)   .

WHEREAS , the Executive has contributed substantially to the success of the Employer and the Employer desires that the Executive continue in its employ;
 
WHEREAS , to encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Employer, the Employer is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive, payable out of the Employer’s general assets; and
 
WHEREAS , the parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall be considered an unfunded arrangement maintained primarily to provide supplemental retirement benefits for the Executive, and shall be considered a plan described in Section 301(a)(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
 
WHEREAS this Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  Accordingly, the intent of the parties hereto is that the Plan shall be operated and interpreted consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.
 
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
 
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified —
 
1.1            “Accrual Balance” means the liability that should be accrued by the Employer under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for the Employer’s obligation to the Executive under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter.  The initial Accrual Balance shall be equal to the liability accrued by the Employer as of the Effective Date. The projected Accrual Balance is detailed on Schedule A including annual accruals. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period.  The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age equals the present value of the normal retirement benefits described in Section 2.1.1.  At the end of each Plan Year, the Accrual Balance shall be adjusted to reflect the Employer’s obligation under Sections 2.1.1 in terms of the Executive’s actual base salary for that Plan Year.  The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance.  The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody’s, rounded to the nearest ¼%, or as otherwise determined by a Regulatory Body applicable to the Employer. The initial discount rate is 6.00%.  In its sole discretion, the Plan Administrator may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP and consistent with the Interagency Advisory on Accounting for Deferred Compensation Agreements which states that the “cost of those benefits shall be accrued over that period of the employee’s service in a systematic and rational manner.”
 

 
1.2            “Affiliate” means an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Employer, with control meaning direct or indirect ownership of equity securities with the ordinary voting power of more than fifty percent (50%) of the equity securities of an entity.
 
1.3            “Beneficiary” means each designated person, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive, determined according to Article 4.
 
1.4            “Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
 
1.5            “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Employer.
 
1.6            “Change in Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the relevant corporation, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the relevant corporation, as such change is defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).  The “relevant corporation” means the Employer or any corporation that is a majority shareholder ( i.e. , owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value and the total voting power of the equities securities) of the Employer or of any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in the Employer; provided, however, that for purposes of determining whether a “change in the effective control of the relevant corporation” has occurred, the sole relevant corporation shall be the corporation for which no other corporation is a majority shareholder.  As of the Effective Date, the relevant corporations are the Employer, Charter Financial Corporation and First Charter, MHC; provided, however, that for purposes of determining whether a “change in the effective control of the relevant corporation” has occurred, the sole relevant corporation is First Charter, MHC.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the sale of shares of Charter Financial Corporation or reorganization of First Charter MHC, in either case as part of a conversion or partial conversion of the direct or indirect ownership of the Employer from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control.
 
1.7            “Disability” means the Executive suffers from a disability as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(4).  The determination of Disability will be made by the Social Security Administration, by the insurer under the Employer’s disability plan, or by a physician selected by the Executive and reasonably acceptable to the Employer; provided that in each case the definition of “Disability” employed must be consistent with the foregoing regulations.
 
2

 
1.8            “Early Retirement Date” means the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment upon or following the completion of ten (10) Years of Service with the Employer and attaining age sixty-two (62), but before Normal Retirement Age, for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, termination under Article 6   of this Agreement, or Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change in Control.
 
1.9            “Early Termination Date” means the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment upon or following completion of ten (10) Years of Service but before reaching his Early Retirement Date or his Normal Retirement Date, for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause, termination under Article   6 of this Agreement, or Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change in Control.
 
1.10          “Effective Date” means January 1, 2009.
 
1.11          “Final Base Salary” means the Executive’s average annual base salary for the highest three (3) consecutive calendar year period ending at the earlier of the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age or the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change in Control.
 
1.12          “Normal Retirement Age” means the later of the date the Executive reaches age sixty-five (65) or completes ten (10) Years of Service.
 
1.13          “Normal Retirement Date” means the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment on or after the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, for reasons other than death, Termination for Cause, termination under Article 6 of this Agreement, or Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change in Control.
 
1.14          “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.
 
1.15          “Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 9.
 
1.16          “Plan Year” means a twelve-month period commencing on January 1, and ending on December 31 of each year.  The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement and end on December 31 of the year in which occurs the Effective Date.
 
1.17          “Regulatory Body” means The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), and the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS), also known as “the agencies.”
 
1.18          “Specified Employee” means an employee who at the time of Termination of Employment is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(i) with respect to the Employer or any entity aggregated with the Employer as the “service recipient” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(g).
 
3

 
1.19          “Termination for Cause” and “Cause” shall have the same definition specified in any effective severance or employment agreement existing between the Executive and the Employer or an Affiliate at the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment. If the Executive is not a party to a severance or employment agreement containing a definition of termination for cause, Termination for Cause means the Employer or an Affiliate terminates the Executive’s employment because of:
 
(a) fraud;
 
(b) embezzlement;
 
(c) commission by the Executive of a felony;
 
(d) a material breach of, or the willful failure or refusal by the Executive to perform and discharge the Executive’s duties, responsibilities and obligations to the Employer or an Affiliate;
 
(e) any act of moral turpitude or willful misconduct by the Executive intended to result in personal enrichment of the Executive at the expense of the Employer or an Affiliate, or which has a material adverse impact on the business or reputation of the Employer or an Affiliate (such determination to be made by the Board in its reasonable judgment);
 
(f) intentional material damage to the property or business of the Employer or an Affiliate;
 
(g) gross negligence; or
 
(h) the ineligibility of the Executive to perform his duties because of a ruling, directive or other action by any agency of the United States or any state of the United States having regulatory authority over the Employer or an Affiliate;
 
but in each case only if:
 
(1) the Executive has been provided with written notice of any assertion that there is a basis for termination for Cause which notice shall specify in reasonable detail specific facts regarding any such assertion,
 
(2) such written notice is provided to the Executive a reasonable time (and in any event no less than three business days) before the Board meets to consider any possible termination for Cause,
 
(3) at or prior to the meeting of the Board to consider the matters described in the written notice, an opportunity is provided to the Executive and his counsel to be heard before the Board with respect to the matters described in the written notice,
 
(4) any resolution or other Board action held with respect to any deliberation regarding or decision to terminate the Executive for Cause is duly adopted by a vote of at least two-thirds of the entire Board (excluding the Executive) at a meeting of the Board duly called and held, and
 
(5) the Executive is promptly provided with a copy of the resolution or other corporate action taken with respect to such termination.
 
No act or failure to act by the Executive shall be considered willful unless done or omitted to be done by him not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Employer.
 
4

 
1.20          “Termination of Employment” with the Employer means the Executive’s termination of employment from the Employer and all entities aggregated with the Employer as the “service recipient” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(g) that constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h).
 
1.21         “ Year of Service” means each year the Participant is employed by the Employer measured on an elapsed time basis from the first day worked through Termination of Employment.
 
ARTICLE 2
RETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
2.1            Normal Retirement Benefit.   Upon the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement.
 
 
2.1.1.
Amount of Benefit.   The annual Normal Retirement Benefit under this Section 2.1 is an amount equal to thirty percent (30%) of the Executive’s Final Base Salary.

 
2.1.2.
Payment of Benefit.   The Employer shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments for fifteen (15) years beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date.
 
2.2            Early Retirement Benefit.   Upon the Executive’s Early Retirement Date, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement.
 
 
2.2.1.
Amount of Benefit.   The benefit under this Section 2.2 is an amount equal to the Accrual Balance earned as of the last day of the month immediately preceding the Executive’s Early Retirement Date.
 
 
2.2.2.
Payment of Benefit.   The Employer shall pay the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s Early Retirement Date.
 
2.3            Early Termination Benefit .  Following the Executive’s Early Termination Date, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement.
 
 
2.3.1.
Amount of Benefit .  The benefit under this Section 2.3 is an amount equal to the Accrual Balance earned as of the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding or coinciding with the Executive’s Early Termination Date.
 
 
2.3.2.
The Employer shall pay the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age.
 
5

 
2.4            Disability Benefit.   Upon the Executive’s Disability before reaching Normal Retirement Age, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.4   in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.
 
 
2.4.1.
Amount of Benefit.   The annual benefit under this Section 2.4 is an amount equal to the Normal Retirement Benefit computed as though the Executive had continued to be employed by the Employer at his rate of annual base salary in effect at the date of his Disability until attaining his Normal Retirement Age.
 
 
2.4.2.
Payment of Benefit.   The Employer shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments for fifteen (15) years beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s Disability.
 
2.5            Change in Control Benefit . Upon a Termination of Employment within two (2) years after a Change of Control, the Executive shall receive the benefit described in this Section 2.5 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.
 
 
2.5.1.
Amount of Benefit.   The benefit under this Section 2.5 is an amount equal to the Normal Retirement Benefit set forth in Section 2.1.1, or the Executive’s Accrual Balance as of the last day of the Plan Year preceding the effective date of the Change in Control, whichever is greater.
 
 
2.5.2.
Payment of Benefit.   The Employer shall pay the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the month after the Executive’s Termination of Employment.
 
2.6            Restriction on Timing of Distributions. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, benefit distributions that are made to a Specified Employee upon Termination of Employment may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Termination of Employment.  Therefore, in the event this Section 2.5 is applicable to the Executive , any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Termination of Employment shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Termination of Employment.  All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.
 

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS
 
3.1            Death During Active Service.   If   the Executive dies while employed by the Employer, instead of any benefits payable under Article 2 of this Agreement the Employer shall pay to the Executive’s Beneficiary an amount equal to the Accrual Balance earned as of the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding or coinciding the date of the Executive’s death. The Employer shall pay the death benefit under this Section 3.1 in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month after the Executive’s death.
 
3.2            Death During Benefit Period.   If the Executive dies after benefit payments under Article 2 of this Agreement commence but before receiving all such payments, or if the Executive is entitled to benefit payments under Article 2 but dies before payments commence, the remaining payments shall be payable to the Executive’s Beneficiary in accordance with the applicable payment provisions of Article 2, until fully disbursed.  Payments shall be made in the same amounts they would have been made to the Executive had the Executive survived.
 
6

 
ARTICLE 4
CODE SECTION 409A
AND ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTION RULES

4.1            Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Code Section 409A.   Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s or Beneficiary’s income as a result of the failure of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, a distribution shall be made in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount required to be included in income as a result of such failure or the Accrual Balance.
 
4.2            Change in Form or Timing of Distributions.   This Agreement may be amended by the Employer and the Executive (or after the Executive’s death, the Beneficiary) to change the form of timing of distributions hereunder; provided, however, that all changes in the form or timing of distributions hereunder must comply with the following requirements.  The changes:
 
 
(a)
shall not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the amendment is made, and
 
 
(b)
shall, except for payments described in Section 2.4 or Article 3, delay the distribution for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the distribution was originally scheduled to be made;

4.3            One Benefit Only. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Executive and the Executive’s Beneficiary are entitled to one benefit derived from Article 2 of this Agreement, which shall be determined by the first event to occur that is dealt with by Article 2 of this Agreement. Subsequent occurrence of events dealt with by Article 2 shall not entitle the Executive or the Executive’s Beneficiary to other or additional benefits derived from Article 2.
 
4.4            Compliance with Code Section 409A. This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered consistent with Code Section 409A.
 

ARTICLE 5
BENEFICIARIES
 
5.1            Beneficiary Designations.   The Executive shall have the right to designate at any time a Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under this Agreement upon the death of the Executive.  The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Employer in which the Executive participates.
 
7

 
5.2            Beneficiary Designation: Change.   The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.  The Executive’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved.  The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing, and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time.  Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled.  The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator before the Executive’s death.
 
5.3            Acknowledgment.   No   designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
 
5.4            No Beneficiary Designation.   If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary.  If the Executive has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be distributed to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate; provided, however, that the personal representative of the Executive’s estate may assign the right to receive payment to the heirs under the Executive’s estate, or in the absence of a will, the Executive’s heirs in accordance with the applicable intestacy statute.
 
5.5            Facility of Payment.   If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Employer may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of the minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person.  The Employer may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate before distribution of the benefit.  Distribution shall completely discharge the Employer from all liability for the benefit.
 
ARTICLE 6
GENERAL LIMITATIONS
 
6.1            Termination for Cause.   If the Executive experiences a Termination of Employment which is a Termination for Cause, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement and the Employer’s obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the Termination for Cause.
 
6.2            Suicide or Misstatement No benefits shall be paid under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the Effective Date of this Agreement or if the Executive makes any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Employer.
 
6.3            Removal. Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if the Executive is removed from office or permanently prohibited from participating in the Employer’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e) or 8(g) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e) or 1818(g), all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order.
 
6.4            Default Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if the Employer is in “default” or “in danger of default”, as those terms are defined in of section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.
 
8

 
6.5            FDIC Open-Employer Assistance. All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Employer, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Employer under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c).
 
6.6            No Golden Parachutes .  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no payments shall be made hereunder in contravention of the golden parachute payment and indemnification payment restrictions contained in regulations adopted pursuant to Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(k).
 
ARTICLE 7
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES
 
7.1            Claims Procedure.   A person or beneficiary (a “claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows –
 
 
7.1.1
Initiation - Written Claim.   The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Employer a written claim for the benefits. If the claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within 60 days after the notice was received by the claimant. All other claims must be made within 180 days after the date of the event that caused the claim to arise. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant.
 
 
7.1.2
Timing of Employer Response.   The Employer shall respond to such claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim.  If the Employer determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Employer can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90)-day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Employer expects to render its decision.
 
 
7.1.3
Notice of Decision.   If the Employer denies part or all of the claim, the Employer shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial.  The Employer shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth:
 
 
7.1.4
The specific reasons for the denial,
 
 
7.1.5
A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,
 
 
7.1.6
A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,
 
 
7.1.7
An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and
 
9

 
 
7.1.8
A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.
 
7.2            Review Procedure .  If the Employer denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Employer of the denial, as follows

 
7.2.1
Initiation - Written Request.   To   initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Employer’s notice of   denial, must file with the Employer a written request for review.
 
 
7.2.2
Additional Submissions - Information Access.   The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim.  The Employer shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.
 
 
7.2.3
Considerations on Review.   In considering the review, the Employer shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
 
 
7.2.4
Timing of Employer Response.   The Employer shall respond in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review.  If the Employer determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Employer can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60)-day period, that an additional period is required.  The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Employer expects to render its decision.
 
 
7.2.5
Notice of Decision.   The Employer shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review.  The Employer shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant.  The notification shall set forth –
 
 
7.2.5.1
The specific reasons for the denial,
 
 
7.2.5.2
A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,
 
 
7.2.5.3
A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and
 
 
7.2.5.4
A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).
 
10

 
ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS
 
8.1             Amendments and Termination.   Subject to Section 7.13 of this Agreement, (a) this Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Employer and by the Executive, and (b) except for termination occurring under Article 5, this Agreement may be terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Employer and by the Executive.

8.2             Binding Effect.   This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Employer and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.

8.3             No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement   is not an employment policy or contract.  It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Employer, nor does it interfere with the Employer’s right to discharge the Executive.  It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

8.4             Non-Transferability.   Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

8.5             Tax Withholding.   The Employer shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

8.6             Applicable Law.   Except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America, the validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such state.

8.7             Unfunded Arrangement.   The Executive and the Executive’s Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Employer for the payment of benefits under this Agreement.  The benefits represent the mere promise by the Employer to pay such benefits.  The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors.  Any insurance on the Executive’s life is a general asset of the Employer to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

8.8             Severability.   If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.  If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of the provision, and the remainder of such provision together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

8.9             Headings.   The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.
 
11


8.10           Notices.   All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid.  Unless otherwise changed by notice, notice shall be properly addressed to the Executive if addressed to the address of the Executive on the books and records of the Employer at the time of the delivery of such notice, and properly addressed to the Employer if addressed to the Board of Directors, at CharterBank, 1233 O.G. Skinner Drive, West Point, Georgia 31833.

8.11           Entire Agreement.   This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Employer and the Executive concerning the subject matter hereof.  No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.12           Payment of Legal Fees.   In the event litigation ensues between the parties concerning the enforcement of the obligations of the parties under this Agreement, the Employer shall promptly pay (but not later than two (2) months after such expenses are incurred) all costs and expenses in connection with such litigation until such time as a final determination (excluding any appeals) is made with respect to the litigation.  If the Employer prevails on the substantive merits of each material claim in dispute in such litigation, the Employer shall be entitled to receive from the Executive all reasonable costs and expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, incurred by the Employer on behalf of the Executive in connection with such litigation, and the Executive shall pay such costs and expenses to the Employer promptly upon demand by the Employer.

8.13           Termination or Modification of Agreement Because of Changes in Law, Rules or Regulations.   The Employer is entering into this Agreement on the assumption that certain existing tax laws, rules, and regulations will continue in effect in their current form.  If that assumption materially changes and the change has a material detrimental effect on this Agreement, then the Employer reserves the right to terminate or modify this Agreement accordingly, subject to the written consent of the Executive, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  This Section 8.13 shall become null and void effective immediately if a Change in Control occurs.

ARTICLE 9
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT
 
9.1             Plan Administrator Duties.   This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Board of Directors of the Employer or such committee or person(s) as the Board of Directors of the Employer shall appoint.  The Plan Administrator shall have the sole and absolute discretion and authority to interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and the rights of the Participant under this Agreement, to decide or resolve any and all questions or disputes arising under this Agreement, including benefits payable under this Agreement and all other interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.

9.2             Agents.   In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Employer.
 
12


9.3             Binding Effect of Decisions.   The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.  No Executive or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method described in Section 1.1.

9.4             Indemnity of Plan Administrator.   The Plan Administrator shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Agreement, unless such action or omission is attributable to the willful misconduct of the Plan Administrator or any of its members.  The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

9.5             Employer Information .  To   enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Employment of the Executive and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Executive and a duly authorized Officer of the Employer have signed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
THE EXECUTIVE:
 
CHARTERBANK
 
         
   
By:
   
Lee Washam
       
   
Its:
   

 
13

 

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

I, Lee Washam, designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Salary Continuation Agreement –
 
Primary: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ .

Contingent: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________.

Note:  To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Employer.  I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

Signature:
______________________________
 
Lee Washam
 
     
Date:
______________________________, 2009
     
Accepted by the Employer this _________ day of ____________________, 2009.
     
By:
______________________________
     
Print Name:
______________________________
     
Title:
______________________________
 
 
14

Exhibit 10.9
 
B enefit R estoration P lan
 
O f
 
C harter F inancial C orporation
 

 
Amended and Restated
 
Effective as of December 23, 2005

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
       
     
Page
       
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
       
Section 1.1
Affiliated Employer
 
1
Section 1.2
Applicable Limitation
 
1
Section 1.3
Bank
 
1
Section 1.4
Beneficiary
 
1
Section 1.5
Board
 
2
Section 1.6
Change of Control
 
2
Section 1.7
Code
 
2
Section 1.8
Committee
 
2
Section 1.9
Company
 
2
Section 1.10            
Eligible Employee
 
2
Section 1.11
Employee
 
2
Section 1.12
Employer
 
2
Section 1.13
Employer Contributions
 
2
Section 1.14
ERISA
 
2
Section 1.15
ESOP
 
2
Section 1.16
Exchange Act
 
2
Section 1.17
Fair Market Value of a Share
 
2
Section 1.18
Former Participant
 
3
Section 1.19
Service Recipient
 
3
Section 1.20
Savings Plan
 
3
Section 1.21
Participant
 
3
Section 1.22
Plan
 
3
Section 1.23
Share
 
3
Section 1.24
Stock Unit
 
3
Section 1.25
Termination of Service
 
3
       
ARTICLE II
PARTICIPATION
       
Section 2.1
Eligibility for Participation
 
4
Section 2.2
Commencement of Participation
 
4
Section 2.3
Termination of Participation
 
4
       
ARTICLE III
BENEFITS TO PARTICIPANTS
       
Section 3.1
Supplemental Savings Benefit
 
4
Section 3.2
Supplemental ESOP Benefits
 
6
Section 3.3
Restored ESOP Benefits
 
7

 
i

 
 
ARTICLE IV
DEATH BENEFITS
       
Section 4.1
Supplemental Savings Plan Death Benefits
 
8
Section 4.2
Supplemental ESOP Death Benefits
 
8
Section 4.3
Restored ESOP Death Benefits
 
9
Section 4.4
Beneficiaries
 
9
       
ARTICLE V
TRUST FUND
       
Section 5.1
Establishment of Trust
 
9
Section 5.2
Contributions to Trust
 
9
Section 5.3
Unfunded Character of Plan
 
10
       
ARTICLE VI
ADMINISTRATION
       
Section 6.1
The Committee
 
10
Section 6.2
Liability of Committee Members and their Delegates
 
11
Section 6.3
Plan Expenses
 
11
Section 6.4
Facility of Payment
 
11
       
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
       
Section 7.1
Amendment by the Company
 
12
Section 7.2
Termination
 
12
Section 7.3
Amendment or Termination by Other Employers
 
12
       
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
       
Section 8.1
Construction and Language
 
12
Section 8.2
Headings
 
13
Section 8.3
Non-Alienation of Benefits
 
13
Section 8.4
Indemnification
 
13
Section 8.5
Severability
 
13
Section 8.6
Waiver
 
13
Section 8.7
Governing Law
 
14
Section 8.8
Taxes
 
14
Section 8.9
No Deposit Account
 
14
Section 8.10            
No Right to Continued Employment
 
14
Section 8.11
Status of Plan Under ERISA
 
14
Section 8.12
Restrictions on Payments to Key Employees
 
14
Section 8.13
Compliance with Section 409A of the Code
 
15

 
ii

 
 
B enefit R estoration P lan
 
O f
 
C harter F inancial C orporation
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS
 
Wherever appropriate to the purposes of the Plan, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to them under the Savings Plan or ESOP, as applicable; provided, however, that the following special definitions shall apply for purposes of the Plan, unless a different meaning is clearly indicated by the context:
 
  Section 1.1     Affiliated Employer   means any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in section 4l4(b) of the Code) that includes the Company; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control (as defined in section 4l4(c) of the Code) with the Company; any organization (whether or not incorporated) that is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in section 414(m) of the Code) that includes the Company; any leasing organization (as defined in section 414(n) of the Code) to the extent that any of its employees are required pursuant to section 414(n) of the Code to be treated as employees of the Company; and any other entity that is required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under section 414(o) of the Code.
 
  Section 1.2     Applicable Limitation   means any of the following: (a) the limitation on annual compensation that may be recognized under a tax-qualified plan for benefit computation purposes pursuant to section 401(a)(17) of the Code; (b) the maximum limitation on annual additions to a tax-qualified defined contribution plan pursuant to section 415(c) of the Code; (c) the maximum limitation on aggregate annual benefits and annual additions under a combination of tax-qualified defined benefit and defined contribution plans maintained by a single employer pursuant to section 415(e) of the Code; (d) the maximum limitation on annual elective deferrals to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to section 402(g) of the Code; (e) the annual limitation on elective deferrals under a qualified cash or deferred arrangement by highly compensated employees pursuant to section 401(k) of the Code; and (f) the annual limitation on voluntary employee contributions by, and employer matching contributions for, highly compensated employees pursuant to section 401(m) of the Code.
 
  Section 1.3     Bank   means CharterBank, a federally-chartered savings bank and its successors or assigns.
 
Section 1.4     Beneficiary   means any person, other than a Participant or Former Participant, who is determined to be entitled to benefits under the terms of the Plan.

 
 

 

 
Section 1.5         Board   means the Board of Directors of Company.
 
Section 1.6        Change of Control   means with respect to a Participant: (a) a change in ownership of the Participant’s Service Recipient; (b) a change in effective control of the Participant’s Service Recipient; or (c) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Participant’s Service Recipient. The existence of a Change of Control shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
 
Section 1.7         Code   means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (including the corresponding provisions of any prior law or succeeding law).
 
Section 1.8        Committee   means the Personnel & Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, or such other person, committee or other entity as shall be designated by or on behalf of the Board to perform the duties set forth in Article VI.
 
Section 1.9         Company   means Charter Financial Corporation, a federal corporation, or any successor thereto.
 
Section 1.10              Eligible Employee   means an Employee who is eligible for participation in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article II.
 
  Section 1.11            Employee   means any person, including an officer, who is employed by the Employer.
 
  Section 1.12     Employer   means the Bank and any successor thereto and the Company and any successor thereto and any Affiliated Employer which, with the prior written approval of the Board of Directors of the Bank and subject to such terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Board, shall adopt this Plan.
 
  Section 1.13     Employer Contributions   means contributions by any Employer to the Savings Plan or the ESOP.
 
  Section 1.14     ERISA   means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (including the corresponding provisions of any succeeding law).
 
  Section 1.15     ESOP   means the Employee Stock Ownership Plan of Charter Financial Corporation, as amended from time to time (including the corresponding provisions of any successor qualified employee stock ownership plan adopted by the Company).
 
  Section 1.16     Exchange Act   means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time (including the corresponding provisions of any succeeding law).
 
Section 1.17     Fair Market Value of a Share   means, with respect to a Share on a specified date:

 
2

 

 
(a)           the final reported sales price on the date in question (or if there is no reported sale on such date, on the last preceding date on which any reported sale occurred) as reported in the principal consolidated reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal United States securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or admitted to trading; or
 
(b)           if the Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange, the closing bid quotation with respect to a Share on such date on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System, or, if no such quotation is provided, on another similar system, selected by the Committee, then in use; or
 
(c)           if sections 1.17(a) and (b) are not applicable, the fair market value of a Share as the Committee may determine.
 
  Section 1.18     Former Participant   means a person whose participation in the Plan has terminated as provided under section 2.3.
 
  Section 1.19     Service Recipient   means with respect to a Participant on any date: (a) the corporation for which the Participant is performing services on such date; (b) all corporations that are liable to the Participant for the benefits due to him under the Plan; (c) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation described in section 1.19(a) or (b); or (d) any corporation in a chain of corporations each of which is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation described in section 1.19(a) or (b).
 
  Section 1.20     Savings Plan   means the tax-qualified 401(k) plan maintained by the Company or the Bank from time to time.
 
  Section 1.21     Participant   means any person who is participating in the Plan in accordance with its terms.
 
  Section 1.22     Plan   means the Benefit Restoration Plan of Charter Financial Corporation as amended from time to time (including the corresponding provisions of any successor plan adopted by the Company).
 
  Section 1.23     Share   means a share of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Charter Financial Corporation.
 
  Section 1.24     Stock Unit   means a right to receive a payment under the Plan in an amount equal, on the date as of which such payment is made, to the Fair Market Value of a Share.
 
  Section 1.25     Termination of Service   means an Employee’s separation from service with all Employers as an Employee, whether by resignation, discharge, death, disability, retirement or otherwise.

 
3

 
 
ARTICLE II
 
PARTICIPATION
 
Section 2.1      Eligibility for Participation.
 
Only Eligible Employees may become Participants. An Employee shall become an Eligible Employee if:
 
(a)           he holds the office of Chief Executive Officer of the Bank or the Company, or he has been designated an Eligible Employee by resolution of the Board; and
 
(b)           he is a participant in the Savings Plan or the ESOP, or any combination thereof, and the benefits to which he is entitled thereunder are limited by one or more of the Applicable Limitations;
 
provided, however, that no person shall be named an Eligible Employee, nor shall any person who has been an Eligible Employee continue as an Eligible Employee, to the extent that such person’s participation, or continued participation, in the Plan would cause the Plan to fail to be considered maintained for the primary purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of ERISA.
 
Section 2.2      Commencement of Participation.
 
An Employee shall become a Participant on the date when he first becomes an Eligible Employee, unless the Committee shall, by resolution, establish an earlier or later effective date of participation for a Participant.
 
Section 2.3      Termination of Participation.
 
Participation in the Plan shall cease on the earlier of (a) the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service or (b) the date on which he ceases to be an Eligible Employee.
 
ARTICLE III
 
BENEFITS TO PARTICIPANTS
 
Section 3.1      Supplemental Savings Benefit.
 
(a)           A Participant whose benefits under the Savings Plan are limited by one or more of the Applicable Limitations shall be eligible for a supplemental savings benefit under this Plan in an amount equal to:
 
     (i)           the aggregate amount of Employer Contributions (including any reallocation of amounts forfeited upon the termination of employment of others participating in the Savings Plan) that would have been credited to the Participant’s account under the Savings Plan in the absence of the Applicable Limitations if for all relevant periods he had made the maximum amount of elective deferrals, within the meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code, or voluntary employee contributions, within the meaning of section 401(a) of the Code, required to qualify for the maximum possible allocation of Employer Contributions (and without regard to the amount of elective deferrals or voluntary employee contributions actually made); over

 
4

 

 
     (ii)           the aggregate amount of Employer Contributions (including any reallocation of amounts forfeited upon the termination of employment of others participating in the Savings Plan) actually credited to the Participant’s account under the Savings Plan for such periods;
 
adjusted for earnings and losses as provided in section 3.1(b); provided, however, that if the Participant dies before the payment of such supplemental savings benefit begins, no benefit shall be payable under this section 3.1 and the survivor benefit, if any, which may be payable shall be determined under section 4.1.
 
           (b)          The Committee shall cause to be maintained a bookkeeping account to reflect all Employer Contributions (including any reallocation of amounts forfeited upon the termination of employment of others participating in the Savings Plan) that cannot be made to a Participant’s account under the Savings Plan due to the Applicable Limitations and shall cause such bookkeeping account to be credited with all such Employer Contributions as of the date on which such Employer Contributions would have been credited to the Participant’s account in the Savings Plan in the absence of the Applicable Limitations. The balance credited to such bookkeeping account shall be adjusted for earnings or losses as follows:
 
     (i)           except as provided in section 3.1(b)(ii), the balance credited to such bookkeeping account shall be credited with interest as of the last day of each calendar month at a rate for such month equal to one-twelfth of the annual interest rate prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for such month pursuant to section 417(e) of the Code; or
 
     (ii)           if and to the extent permitted by the Committee, as though such Employer Contributions had been contributed to a trust fund and invested, for the benefit of the Participant, in such investments at such time or times as the Participant shall have designated in such form and manner as the Committee shall prescribe.
 
         (c)           The supplemental savings benefit payable to a Participant hereunder shall be paid in a single lump sum as soon as practicable following the Participant’s Termination of Service and shall be equal to the balance credited to his bookkeeping account as of the last day of the last calendar month to end prior to the date of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may specify that such supplemental savings benefit be paid in a different form or commencing at a different time by filing a written election, in such form and manner as the Committee may prescribe; provided, however, that no such election or change made thereto shall be given effect until twelve (12) months after it is received by the Committee and the first payment made under such election shall not occur until at least five (5) years later than such payment would otherwise have been made.

 
5

 

 
Section 3.2      Supplemental ESOP Benefits.
 
(a)            A Participant whose benefits under the ESOP are limited by one or more of the Applicable Limitations shall be eligible for a supplemental ESOP benefit under this Plan in an amount equal to the sum of:
 
         (i)           a number of Stock Units equal to the excess (if any) of (A) the aggregate number of Shares (including any reallocation of Shares forfeited upon the termination of employment of others participating in the ESOP) that would have been credited to the Participant’s account under the ESOP in the absence of the Applicable Limitations over (B) the number of Shares actually credited to his account under the ESOP; plus
 
         (ii)          if and to the extent that Employer Contributions to the ESOP result in allocations to the Participant’s account of assets other than Shares, an amount equal to the excess (if any) of (A) the aggregate amount of Employer Contributions (including any reallocation of amounts forfeited upon the termination of employment of others participating in the ESOP) that would have been credited to the Participant’s account under the ESOP in the absence of the Applicable Limitations over (B) the aggregate amount of Employer Contributions (including any reallocation of amounts forfeited upon the termination of employment of others participating in the ESOP) actually credited to the Participant’s account under the ESOP;
 
adjusted for earnings and losses as provided section 3.2(b); provided, however, that if the Participant dies before the payment of such supplemental ESOP benefit begins, no benefit shall be payable under this section 3.2 and the survivor benefit, if any, which may be payable shall be determined under section 4.2.
 
(b)           The Committee shall cause to be maintained a bookkeeping account to reflect all Shares and Employer Contributions (including any reallocation of amounts forfeited upon the termination of employment of others participating in the ESOP) that cannot be allocated to a Participant’s account under the ESOP due to the Applicable Limitations and shall cause such bookkeeping account to be credited with such Employer Contributions and Stock Units reflecting such Shares as of the date on which such Employer Contributions and Shares, respectively, would have been credited to the Participant’s account in the ESOP in the absence of the Applicable Limitations, The balance credited to such bookkeeping account shall be adjusted for earnings or losses as follows:
 
                (i)           all Stock Units shall be adjusted from time to time so that the value of a Stock Unit on any date is equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on such date, and the number of Stock Units shall be adjusted as and when appropriate to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, exchange, conversion, or other event generally affecting the number of Shares held by all holders of Shares; and

 
6

 
 
                (ii)           (A)           except as provided in section 3.2(b)(ii)(B), the balance credited to such bookkeeping account that does not consist of Stock Units shall be credited with interest as of the last day of each calendar month at a rate for such month equal to one-twelfth of the annual interest rate prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for such month pursuant to section 417(e) of the Code; or
 
                (B)           if and to the extent permitted by the Committee, the balance credited to such bookkeeping account that does not consist of Stock Units shall be adjusted as though such Employer Contributions had been contributed to a trust fund and invested, for the benefit of the Participant, in such investments at such time or times as the Participant shall have designated in such form and manner as the Committee shall prescribe;
 
provided, however , that to the extent that the Participant shall receive on a current basis any dividend paid with respect to Shares credited to his account under the ESOP, the bookkeeping account established for him under this Plan shall not be adjusted to reflect such dividend and, instead, the Participant shall be paid an amount per Stock Unit equal to the dividend per Share received by the Participant under the ESOP, at substantially the same time as such dividend is paid under the ESOP.
 
(c)           The supplemental ESOP benefit payable to a Participant hereunder shall be paid in a single lump sum cash payment as soon as practicable following the Participant’s Termination of Service and shall be in an amount equal to the balance credited to his bookkeeping account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may specify that such supplemental ESOP benefit be paid in a different form or commencing at a different time by filing a written election, in such form and manner as the Committee may prescribe; provided, however, that no such election or change made thereto shall be given effect until twelve (12) months after it is received by the Committee and the first payment made under such election shall not occur until at least five (5) years later than such payment would otherwise have been made.
 
Section 3.3             Restored ESOP Benefits.
 
(a)           A Participant who satisfies section 2.1 shall be entitled to, upon his Termination of Service upon or after attaining age 55, an unfunded, unsecured promise from the Bank to receive an amount determined by:
 
       (i)           projecting the total number of Shares that would have been allocated to the Participant’s account under the terms of the ESOP (without regard to the Applicable Limitations) had the Participant continued in the employ of the Bank until the ESOP loan was repaid in full and the final allocation of Shares acquired when the ESOP loan was made occurred; and then

 
7

 
 
          (ii)           multiplying the number of Shares determined in section 3.3(a)(i) above by the average of the closing prices of such Shares at the end of each fiscal quarter during the preceding four fiscal quarters immediately preceding (or such fewer quarters as the Participant has been a Participant) to the Participant’s retirement.
 
(b)           The projection of Shares required by section 3.3(a)(i) above shall be performed by a public accountant based on assumptions which the Committee has approved as reasonable at the time the calculation of the benefit payable to the Participant is performed.
 
(c)           The restored ESOP benefit payable to a Participant hereunder shall be paid in a single lump sum cash payment as soon as practicable following the Participant’s Termination of Service and shall be in an amount determined pursuant to section 3.3(a) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may specify that such restored ESOP benefit be paid in a different form or commencing at a different time by filing a written election, in such form and manner as the Committee may prescribe; provided, however, that no such election or change made thereto shall be given effect until twelve (12) months after it is received by the Committee and the first payment made under such election shall not occur until at least five (5) years later than such payment would otherwise have been made.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
DEATH BENEFITS
 
Section 4.1      Supplemental Savings Plan Death Benefits.
 
If a Participant who is eligible for a supplemental savings benefit under section 3.1 dies before the payment of such benefit begins, a supplemental survivor’s savings benefit shall be payable to the Participant’s Beneficiary under this Plan in amount equal to the balance credited to the bookkeeping account established for the Participant under section 3.1(b). Such benefit shall be paid in a single lump sum cash payment as soon as practicable following the death of the Participant and the bookkeeping account established for such Participant pursuant to section 3.1(b) shall continue to be adjusted as provided therein through the last day of the last calendar month to end prior to the date of payment.
 
Section 4.2      Supplemental ESOP Death Benefits.
 
If a Participant who is eligible for a supplemental ESOP benefit under section 3.2 dies before the payment of such benefit begins, a supplemental ESOP benefit shall be payable to the Participant’s Beneficiary under this Plan in amount equal to the balance credited to the bookkeeping account established for the Participant under section 3.2(b). Such benefit shall be paid in a single lump sum cash payment as soon as practicable following the death of the Participant, and the bookkeeping account established for such Participant pursuant to section 3.2(b) shall continue to be adjusted as provided therein through the last day of the last calendar month to end prior to the date of payment.

 
8

 

 
Section 4.3      Restored ESOP Death Benefits.
 
If a Participant who is eligible for a restored ESOP benefit under section 3.3 dies before the payment of such benefit begins, a restored ESOP benefit shall be payable to the Participant’s Beneficiary under this Plan in amount determined pursuant to section 3.3(b). Such benefit shall be paid in a single lump sum cash payment as soon as practicable following the death of the Participant.
 
Section 4.4      Beneficiaries.
 
A Participant or Former Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to receive any survivor benefits payable under the Plan upon his death. Any such designation, or change therein or revocation thereof, shall be made in writing in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee, shall be revocable until the death of the Participant, and shall thereafter be irrevocable; provided, however, that any change or revocation shall be effective only if received by the Committee prior to the Participant’s or Former Participant’s death. If a Participant or Former Participant shall die without having effectively named a Beneficiary, he shall be deemed to have named his estate as his sole Beneficiary. If a Participant or Former Participant and his designated Beneficiary shall die in circumstances which give rise to doubt as to which of them shall have been the first to die, the Participant or Former Participant shall be deemed to have survived the Beneficiary. If a Participant or Former Participant designates more than one Beneficiary, all shall be deemed to have equal shares unless the Participant or Former Participant shall expressly provide otherwise.
 
ARTICLE V
 
TRUST FUND
 
Section 5.1      Establishment of Trust.
 
The Company may establish a trust fund which may be used to accumulate funds to satisfy benefit liabilities to Participants, Former Participants and their Beneficiaries under the Plan; provided, however, that the assets of such trust shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Company in the event that it is determined that the Company is insolvent; and provided, further, that the trust agreement shall contain such terms, conditions and provisions as shall be necessary to cause the Company to be considered the owner of the trust fund for federal, state or local income tax purposes with respect to all amounts contributed to the trust fund or any income attributable to the investments of the trust fund. The Company shall pay all costs and expenses incurred in establishing and maintaining such trust. Any payments made to a Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary from a trust established under this section 5.1 shall offset payments which would otherwise be payable by the Company in the absence of the establishment of such trust. Any such trust will conform to the terms of the model trust described in Revenue Procedure 92-64, as the same may be modified from time to time.

 
9

 
 
Section 5.2      Contributions to Trust.
 
If a trust is established in accordance with section 5.1, the Company shall make contributions to such trust in such amounts and at such times as may be specified by the Committee or as may be required pursuant to the terms of the agreement governing the establishment and operation of such trust. In the event of a Change of Control, the payments that would be owed to any Participant if the Participant had a Termination of Service on the date Change of Control shall be immediately paid into a rabbi trust contemplated by section 5.1 for the benefit of the affected Participant with such amount being then distributed under the terms and conditions of this Plan.
 
Section 5.3      Unfunded Character of Plan.
 
Notwithstanding the establishment of a trust pursuant to section, the Plan shall be unfunded for purposes of the Code and ERISA. Any liability of the Bank, the Company or another Employer to any person with respect to benefits payable under the Plan shall be based solely upon such contractual obligations, if any, as shall be created by the Plan, and shall give rise only to a claim against the general assets of the Bank, the Company or such Employer. No such liability shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge or any other encumbrance on any specific property of the Bank, the Company or any other Employer.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
ADMINISTRATION
 
Section 6.1      The Committee.
 
Except for the functions reserved to the Bank or the Board, the administration of the Plan shall be the responsibility of the Committee. The Committee shall have the power and the duty to take all actions and to make all decisions necessary or proper to carry out the Plan. The determination of the Committee as to any question involving the general administration and interpretation of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding. Any discretionary actions to be taken under the Plan by the Committee shall be uniform in their nature and applicable to all persons similarly situated. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall have the following powers:
 
(a)           to furnish to all Participants, upon request, copies of the Plan and to require any person to furnish such information as it may request for the purpose of the proper administration of the Plan as a condition to receiving any benefits under the Plan;
 
(b)           to make and enforce such rules and regulations and prescribe the use of such forms as it shall deem necessary for the efficient administration of the Plan;
 
(c)           to interpret the Plan, and to resolve ambiguities, inconsistencies and omissions, and the determinations of the Committee in respect thereof shall be binding, final and conclusive upon all interested parties;
 
(d)           to decide on questions concerning the Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan;
 
(e)           to determine the amount of benefits which shall be payable to any person in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, to hear and decide claims for benefits, and to provide a full and fair review to any Participant whose claim for benefits has been denied in whole or in part;

 
10

 
 
(f)           to designate a person, who may or may not be a member of the Committee, as “plan administrator” for purposes of the ER1SA;
 
(g)           to allocate any such powers and duties to or among individual members of the Committee; and
 
(h)           the power to designate persons other than Committee members to carry out any duty or power which would otherwise be a responsibility of the Committee or Administrator, under the terms of the Plan.
 
Section 6.2      Liability of Committee Members and their Delegates
 
To the extent permitted by law, the Committee and any person to whom it may delegate any duty or power in connection with administering the Plan, the Bank, the Company, any Employer, and the officers and directors thereof, shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon, and shall be fully protected in any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in the reliance upon, any actuary, counsel, accountant, other specialist, or other person selected by the Committee, or in reliance upon any tables, valuations,, certificates, opinions or reports which shall be furnished by any of them. Further, to the extent permitted by law, no member of the Committee, nor the Bank, the Company, any Employer, nor the officers or directors thereof, shall be liable for any neglect, omission or wrongdoing of any other members of the Committee, agent, officer or employee of the Bank, the Company or any Employer. Any person claiming benefits under the Plan shall look solely to the Employer for redress.
 
Section 6.3      Plan Expenses
 
All expenses incurred prior to the termination of the Plan that shall arise in connection with the administration of the Plan (including, but not limited to administrative expenses, proper charges and disbursements, compensation and other expenses and charges of any actuary, counsel, accountant, specialist, or other person who shall be employed by the Committee in connection with the administration of the Plan), shall be paid by the Company.
 
Section 6.4      Facility of Payment.
 
If the Company is unable to make payment to any Participant, Former Participant Beneficiary, or any other person to whom a payment is due under the Plan, because it cannot ascertain the identity or whereabouts of such Participant, Former Participant Beneficiary, or other person after reasonable efforts have been made to identify or locate such person (including a notice of the payment so due mailed to the last known address of such Participant, Former Participant Beneficiary, or other person shown on the records of the Employer), such payment and all subsequent payments otherwise due to such Participant, Former Participant, Beneficiary or other person shall be forfeited 24 months after the date such payment first became due; provided, however, that such payment and any subsequent payments shall be reinstated, retroactively, no later than 60 days after the date on which the Participant, Former Participant, Beneficiary, or other person is identified or located.

 
11

 
 
ARTICLE VII
 
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
 
Section 7.1       Amendment by the Company.
 
The Company reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, at any time and from to time, by action of the Board, to amend the Plan in whole or in part. In no event, however, shall any such amendment adversely affect the right of any Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary to receive any benefits under the Plan in respect of participation for any period ending on or before the later of the date on which such amendment is adopted or the date on which it is made effective.
 
Section 7.2      Termination.
 
The Company also reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, by action of the Board, to terminate the Plan. In such event, undistributed benefits attributable to participation prior to the date of termination shall be distributed as though each Participant terminated employment with the Bank, the Company and all other Employers as of the effective date of termination of the Plan.
 
Section 7.3      Amendment or Termination by Other Employers.
 
In the event that a corporation or trade or business other than the Bank shall adopt this Plan, such corporation or trade or business shall, by adopting the Plan, empower the Bank to amend or terminate the Plan, insofar as it shall cover employees of such corporation or trade or business, upon the terms and conditions set forth in sections 7.1 and 7.2; provided, however, that any such corporation or trade or business may, by action of its board of directors or other governing body, amend or terminate the Plan, insofar as it shall cover employees of such corporation or trade or business, at different times and in a different manner. In the event of any such amendment or termination by action of the board of directors or other governing body of such a corporation or trade or business, a separate plan shall be deemed to have been established for the employees of such corporation or trade or business, and any amounts set aside to provide for the satisfaction of benefit liabilities with respect to Employees of such corporation or trade or business shall be segregated from the assets set aside for the purposes of this Plan at the earliest practicable date and shall be dealt with in accordance with the documents governing such separate plan.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
 
Section 8.1      Construction and Language.
 
Wherever appropriate in the Plan, words used in the singular may be read in the plural, words in the plural may be read in the singular, and words importing the masculine gender shall be deemed equally to refer to the feminine or the neuter. Any reference to an Article or section shall be to an Article or section of the Plan, unless otherwise indicated.

 
12

 

 
Section 8.2      Headings.
 
The headings of Articles and sections are included solely for convenience of reference. If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Agreement, the text shall control.
 
Section 8.3      Non-Alienation of Benefits.
 
Except as may otherwise be required by law, no distribution or payment under the Plan to any Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, whether voluntary or involuntary, and any attempt to so anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void; nor shall any such distribution or payment be in any way liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person entitled to such distribution or payment. If any Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge encumber or charge any such distribution or payment, voluntarily or involuntarily, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment or may hold or cause to be held or applied such distribution or payment, or any part thereof, to or for the benefit of such Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary, in such manner as the Committee shall direct; provided, however, that no such action by the Committee shall cause the acceleration or deferral of any benefit payments from the date on which such payments are scheduled to be made.
 
Section 8.4      Indemnification.
 
The Bank shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend each Participant, Former Participant and Beneficiary, against their reasonable costs, including legal fees, incurred by them or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which they may be involved, as a result of their efforts, in good faith, to defend or enforce the obligation of the Bank, the Company and any other Employer under the terms of the Plan.
 
Section 8.5      Severability.
 
A determination that any provision of the Plan is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.
 
Section 8.6      Waiver.
 
Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant or condition. A waiver of any provision of the Plan must be made in writing, designated as a waiver, and signed by the party against whom its enforcement is sought. Any waiver or relinquishment of any right or power hereunder at any one or more times shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times.

 
13

 
 
Section 8.7      Governing Law.
 
The Plan shall be construed, administered Section and enforced according to the laws of the State of Georgia without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof, except to the extent that such laws are preempted by the federal laws of the United States, Any payments made pursuant to this Plan are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
Section 8.8      Taxes.
 
The Employer shall have the right to retain a sufficient portion of any payment made under the Plan to cover the amount required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable federal, state and local tax law.
 
Section 8.9      No Deposit Account.
 
Nothing in this Plan shall be held or construed to establish any deposit account for any Participant or any deposit liability on the part of the Bank. Participants’ rights hereunder shall be equivalent to those of a general unsecured creditor of each Employer.
 
Section 8.10      No Right to Continued Employment.
 
Neither the establishment of the Plan, nor any provisions of the Plan nor any action of the Plan Administrator, the Committee or any Employer shall be held or construed to confer upon any Employee any right to a continuation of employment by the Employer. The Employer reserves the right to dismiss any Employee or otherwise deal with any Employee to the same extent as though the Plan had not been adopted.
 
Section 8.11      Status of Plan Under ERISA.
 
The Plan is intended to be (a) to the maximum extent permitted under applicable laws, an unfunded, non-qualified excess benefit plan as contemplated by section 3(36) of ERISA for the purpose of providing benefits in excess of the limitations imposed under section 415 of the Code, and (b) to the extent not so permitted, an unfunded, non-qualified plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for highly compensated employees, as contemplated by sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(l) of ERISA. The Plan is not intended to comply with the requirements of section 401 (a) of the Code or to be subject to Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA. The Plan shall be administered and construed so as to effectuate this intent.
 
Section 8.12      Restrictions on Payments to Key Employees.
 
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent required under section 409A of the Code, no payment to be made to a key employee (within the meaning of section 409A of the Code) on or after the date of his termination of service shall be made sooner than six (6) after such termination of service; provided, however, that to the extent such six (6) month delay is imposed by section 409A of the Code, the payments required under this Plan shall be paid into a rabbi trust contemplated by section 5.1 for the benefit of the affected Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary as if the six (6) month delay was not imposed with such amounts then being distributed to the affected Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary as soon as permissible under section 409A of the Code.

 
14

 
 
Section 8.13      Compliance with Section 409A of the Code.
 
The Plan is intended to be a non-qualified deferred compensation plan described in section 409A of the Code. The Plan shall be operated, administered and construed to give effect to such intent. In addition he Plan shall be subject to amendment, with or without advance notice to Participants and other interested parties, and on a prospective or retroactive basis, including but not limited amendment in a manner that adversely affects the rights of participants and other interested parties, to the extent necessary to effect such compliance.

 
15

 
 
AMENDMENT TO
BENEFIT RESTORATION PLAN OF
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
 
This Amendment (this “Amendment”) is made this 27 th day of January ,   2009 (the “Amendment Date”), by Charter Financial Corporation (the “Company”), and consented to by Robert Johnson, an individual resident of Alabama (hereinafter referred to as the “Participant”).
 
INTRODUCTION
 
The Company maintains the Benefit Restoration Plan of Charter of Financial Corporation under a plan document dated December 23, 2005 (the “Plan”). The Participant is the sole participant in the Plan. The Company and the Participant now desire to amend the Plan to freeze all benefits under the Plan and to change the time and form of payments under the Plan, subject to the provisions of this Amendment.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company does hereby amend the Plan as follows:
 
1.           Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the amount of all benefits under the Plan shall be determined as if the Participant incurred a Termination of Service as of the Amendment Date, but shall not be adjusted for earnings and losses thereafter. For the avoidance of doubt “Termination of Service” refers to a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.
 
2.           Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid in one hundred twenty (120) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month that is five years (five years and six months, in the event the Participant is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) and payment is made pursuant to Subsection (a) or (b) below) after the earliest applicable date specified below:
 
(a)           the date the Participant reaches age sixty-five (65), if the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs before the Participant reaches age sixty-two (62), for reasons other than death, Disability, or termination of employment within two (2) years after a Change in Control;
 
(b)           the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, if the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs (i) upon or after the Participant’s reaching age sixty-two (62) or (ii) within two (2) years after a Change in Control;
 
(c)           upon the Participant’s Disability before reaching age 65; or
 
(d)           upon the Participant’s death.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the changes in the form and timing of payment made by this Paragraph 2 shall not take effect until twelve (12) months after the Amendment Date, and if any payment would be paid under the provisions of the Plan without regard to this Amendment within twelve (12) months following the Amendment Date, the change in payment schedule in this Paragraph 2 shall not take effect.

 
 

 
 
3.           For purposes of this Amendment, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
 
(a)           “Change in Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the relevant corporation, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the relevant corporation, as such change is defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5). The “relevant corporation” means the Company or any corporation that is a majority shareholder ( i.e ., owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value and the total voting power of the equities securities) of the Company or of any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of determining whether a “change in the effective control of the relevant corporation” has occurred, the sole relevant corporation shall be the corporation for which no other corporation is a majority shareholder. As of the Effective Date, the relevant corporations are the Company, Charterbank and First Charter, MHC; provided, however, that for purposes of determining whether a “change in the effective control of the relevant corporation” has occurred, the sole relevant corporation is First Charter, MHC, Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the sale of shares of the Company or reorganization of First Charter MHC, in either case as part of a conversion or partial conversion of the direct or indirect ownership of Charterbank from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control.
 
(b)           “Disability” means the Participant suffers from a disability as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(4). The determination of Disability will be made by the Social Security Administration, by the insurer under the Company’s or Charterbank’s disability plan, or by a physician selected by the Participant and reasonably acceptable to the Company; provided that in each case the definition of “Disability” employed must be consistent with the foregoing regulations.
 
Except as specifically amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect as prior to this Amendment.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Amendment.
       
 
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Thomas M. Lane
 
       
 
Title:
Chairman, Personnel &  Compensation Committee
 
   
 
 
 
Consented to by the Participant:
 
     
  /s/ Robert L. Johnson  
 
Robert L. Johnson, the Participant
 

Exhibit 10.10
 
AMENDMENT TO
BENEFIT RESTORATION PLAN OF
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
 
This Amendment (this “Amendment”) is made this 27th day of January, 2009 (the “Amendment Date”), by Charter Financial Corporation (the “Company”), and consented to by Robert Johnson, an individual resident of Georgia (hereinafter referred to as the “Participant”).
 
INTRODUCTION
 
The Company maintains the Benefit Restoration Plan of Charter of Financial Corporation under a plan document dated December 23, 2005 (the “Plan”).  The Participant is the sole participant in the Plan.  The Company and the Participant now desire to amend the Plan to freeze all benefits under the Plan and to change the time and form of payments under the Plan, subject to the provisions of this Amendment.
 
NOW, THEREFORE , the Company does hereby amend the Plan as follows:
 
1.         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the amount of all benefits under the Plan shall be determined as if the Participant incurred a Termination of Service as of the Amendment Date, but shall not be adjusted for earnings and losses thereafter.  For the avoidance of doubt “Termination of Service” refers to a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.
 
2.        Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid in one hundred twenty (120) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the month that is five years (five years and six months, in the event the Participant is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) and payment is made pursuant to Subsection (a) or (b) below) after the earliest applicable date specified below:
 
(a)           the date the Participant reaches age sixty-five (65), if the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs before the Participant reaches age sixty-two (62), for reasons other than death, Disability, or termination of employment within two (2) years after a Change in Control;
 
(b)           the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, if the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs (i) upon or after the Participant’s reaching age sixty-two (62) or (ii) within two (2) years after a Change in Control;
 
(c)           upon the Participant’s Disability before reaching age 65; or
 
(d)           upon the Participant’s death.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the changes in the form and timing of payment made by this Paragraph 2 shall not take effect until twelve (12) months after the Amendment Date, and if any payment would be paid under the provisions of the Plan without regard to this Amendment within twelve (12) months following the Amendment Date, the change in payment schedule in this Paragraph 2 shall not take effect.
 
 
 

 
 
3.       For purposes of this Amendment, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
 
(a)       “Change in Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the relevant corporation, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the relevant corporation, as such change is defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).  The “relevant corporation” means the Company or any corporation that is a majority shareholder ( i.e. , owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value and the total voting power of the equities securities) of the Company or of any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of determining whether a “change in the effective control of the relevant corporation” has occurred, the sole relevant corporation shall be the corporation for which no other corporation is a majority shareholder.  As of the Effective Date, the relevant corporations are the Company, Charterbank and First Charter, MHC; provided, however, that for purposes of determining whether a “change in the effective control of the relevant corporation” has occurred, the sole relevant corporation is First Charter, MHC.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the sale of shares of the Company or reorganization of First Charter MHC, in either case as part of a conversion or partial conversion of the direct or indirect ownership of Charterbank from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control.
 
(b)     “Disability” means the Participant suffers from a disability as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(4).  The determination of Disability will be made by the Social Security Administration, by the insurer under the Company’s or Charterbank’s disability plan, or by a physician selected by the Participant and reasonably acceptable to the Company; provided that in each case the definition of “Disability” employed must be consistent with the foregoing regulations.
 
Except as specifically amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect as prior to this Amendment.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Amendment.
 
  CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
     
 
By: 
/s/ Thomas M. Lane  
  Title:   Chairman, Personnel and Compensation Committee
 
 
Consented to by the Participant:
     
  /s/ Robert L. Johnson    
  Robert L. Johnson, the Participant                                          
 
 

Exhibit 10.11
 
Charter Financial Corporation

2001 Stock Option Plan
 


Effective as of April 24, 2002
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
Page
     
 
1
     
 
1
       
 
1
       
 
1
       
 
1
       
 
3
       
 
3
       
 
3
       
 
3
       
 
3
       
 
3
       
 
3
       
 
3
       
 
4
       
 
4
       
 
4
       
 
4
       
 
4
       
 
4
       
 
4
       
 
4
       
 
4
       
 
5
       
 
5
       
 
5
       
 
5
       
 
5
       
 
5
       
5
   
 
5
 

 
 
6
     
 
6
       
 
6
       
 
7
       
 
7
     
 
7
       
 
8
       
 
8
       
 
8
       
 
9
       
 
10
       
 
11
     
 
11
       
 
12
       
 
13
     
 
13
       
 
13
       
 
13
       
 
14
     
 
14
       
 
14
       
 
14
       
 
14
       
 
15
       
 
15
       
 
15
       
 
15
       
 
16
       
 
16
       
 
16
     
 
16
       
 
16
       
 
16
 
 
ii

 
 
Charter Financial Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan
 
Article I
 
Purpose
 
Section 1.1.                       General Purpose of the Plan .
 
The purpose of the Plan is to promote the growth and profitability of Charter Financial Corporation, to provide eligible directors, certain key officers and employees of Charter Financial Corporation and its affiliates with an incentive to achieve corporate objectives, to attract and retain individuals of outstanding competence and to provide such individuals with an equity interest in Charter Financial Corporation.
 
Article II
 
Definitions
 
The following definitions shall apply for the purposes of this Plan, unless a different meaning is plainly indicated by the context:
 
Section 2.1                        Bank means CharterBank and any successor thereto.
 
Section 2.2                        Board means the board of directors of the Company.
 
Section 2.3                        Change in Contr ol means any of the following events:
 
(a)           the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more other persons, other than a transaction following which:
 
(i)           at least 51% of the equity ownership interests of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ( Exchange Act )) in substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of the outstanding equity ownership interests in the Company; and
 
(ii)           at least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) in substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company;
 
(b)           the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors by any person or by any persons acting in concert;
 

 
(c)           a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
 
(d)           the occurrence of any event if, immediately following such event, at least 50% of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company do not belong to any of the following groups:
 
(i)           individuals who were members of the Board of Directors of the Company on the Effective Date; or
 
(ii)           individuals who first became members of the Board of Directors of the Company after the Effective Date either:
 
(A)           upon election to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of such board, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the time of such first election; or
 
(B)           upon election by the shareholders of the Company to serve as a member of such board, but only if nominated for election by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the time of such first nomination;
 
provided, however , that such individual s election or nomination did not result from an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) other than by or on behalf of the Board of Directors of the Company ; provided, however, that this section 2.3(d) shall only apply if the Company is not majority owned by First Charter, MHC; or
 
(e)           approval by the stockholders of the Company of any agreement, plan or arrangement for the consummation of a transaction which, if consummated, would result in the occurrence of an event described in section 2.3(a), (b), (c) or (d); or
 
(f)           any event which would be described in section 2.3(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) if the term Bank were substituted for the terms “Company“ therein.
 
In no event, however, shall a Change of Control be deemed to have occurred as a result of (i) any acquisition of securities or assets of the Company, the Bank, or a subsidiary of either of them, by the Company, the Bank, or any subsidiary of either of them, or by any employee benefit plan maintained by any of them or (ii) the conversion of First Charter, MHC to a stock form company and the issuance of additional Shares of the Company in connection therewith.  For purposes of this section 2.3, the term “person shall have the meaning assigned to it under sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.
 
2

 
Section 2.4                        Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (including the corresponding provisions of any succeeding law).
 
Section 2.5                        Committee means the Committee described in section 4.1.
 
Section 2.6                        Company means Charter Financial Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Georgia, and any successor thereto.
 
Section 2.7                        Disability means a condition of total incapacity, mental or physical, for further performance of duty with the Company which the Committee shall have determined, on the basis of competent medical evidence, is likely to be permanent.
 
Section 2.8                        Disinterested Board Member means a member of the Board who (a) is not a current employee of the Company or a subsidiary, (b) is not a former employee of the Company who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, (c) has not been an officer of the Company, (d) does not receive remuneration from the Company or a subsidiary, either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a director except in an amount for which disclosure would not be required pursuant to Item 404(a) of the proxy solicitation rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and (e) does not possess an interest in any other transaction, and is not engaged in a business relationship, for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(a) or (b) of the proxy solicitation rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The term Disinterested Board Member shall be interpreted in such manner as shall be necessary to conform to the requirements of section 162(m) of the Code and Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
 
Section 2.9                        Effective Date means the date on which the Bank converts from a mutual bank to a stock bank (the Reorganization ) if permitted by OTS Regulations, otherwise on April 24, 2002.
 
Section 2.10                        Eligible Director means a member of the board of directors of an Employer who is not also an employee or an officer of any Employer.
 
Section 2.11                        Eligible Employee means any employee whom the Committee may determine to be a key officer or employee of an Employer and select to receive a grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan.
 
Section 2.12                        Employer means the Company, the Bank and any successor thereto and, with the prior approval of the Board, and subject to such terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Board, any other savings bank, savings and loan association, bank, corporation, financial institution or other business organization or institution.  With respect to any Eligible Employer or Eligible Director, the Employer shall mean the entity which employs such person or upon whose board of directors such person serves.
 
3

 
Section 2.13                        Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
Section 2.14                        Exercise Price means the price per Share at which Shares subject to an Option may be purchased upon exercise of the Option, determined in accordance with section 5.3.
 
Section 2.15                        Fair Market Value means, with respect to a Share on a specified date:
 
(a)           the final reported sales price on the date in question (or if there is no reported sale on such date, on the last preceding date on which any reported sale occurred) as reported in the principal consolidated reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal United States securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or admitted to trading; or
 
(b)           if the Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange, the closing bid quotation with respect to a Share on such date on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System, or, if no such quotation is provided, on another similar system, selected by the Committee, then in use; or
 
(c)           if sections 2.15(a) and (b) are not applicable, the fair market value of a Share as the Committee may determine.
 
Section 2.16                        Family Member means the spouse, parent, child or sibling of an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee.
 
Section 2.17                        FDIC Regulations means the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
 
Section 2.18                        Incentive Stock Option means a right to purchase Shares that is granted to Eligible Employees pursuant to section 5.1, that is designated by the Committee to be an Incentive Stock Option and that is intended to satisfy the requirements of section 422 of the Code.
 
Section 2.19                        Non-Profit Organization means any organization which is exempt from federal income tax under section 501(c)(3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) or (10) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Section 2.20                        Non-Qualified Stock Option means a right to purchase Shares that is either (a) granted to an Eligible Director or (b) granted to an Eligible Employee and either (i)  is not designated by the Committee to be an Incentive Stock Option, or (ii) does not satisfy the requirements of section 422 of the Code.
 
Section 2.21                        Option means either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
 
4

 
Section 2.22                        Option Period means the period during which an Option may be exercised, determined in accordance with section 5.4.
 
Section 2.23                        Person means an individual, a corporation, a bank, a savings bank, a savings and loan association, a financial institution, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a trust, an estate, an unincorporated organization and any other business organization or institution.
 
Section 2.24                        Plan means the Charter Financial Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time.
 
Section 2.25                        Retirement means with respect to an Eligible Employee, termination of all service for all Employers as an employee at or after the normal or early retirement date set forth in any tax-qualified retirement plan of the Bank, whether or not the individual in question actually participates in any such tax-qualified plan of the Bank, and in the case of an Eligible Director, termination of all service for all Employers as a voting member of the Employer’s board of directors after the attainment of the latest age at which the Eligible Director is eligible for election or appointment as a voting member of the Employer’s board of directors under the Employer’s charter.
 
Section 2.26                        Share means a share of Common Stock, par value $.01 share, of Charter Financial Corporation.
 
Section 2.27                        Termination for Cause means termination of service or removal from office with the Employer upon the occurrence of any of the following:  (a) the individual intentionally engages in dishonest conduct in connection with his performance of services for the Employer resulting in his conviction of a felony; (b) the individual is convicted of, or pleads guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (c) the individual breaches his fiduciary duties to the Employer for personal profit; or (d) the individual willfully breaches or violates any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), or final cease and desist order in connection with his performance of services for the Employer.
 
Article III
 
Available Shares
 
Section 3.1                        Available Shares .
 
(a)           The maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Options may be granted at any time shall be equal to the excess of:
 
(i)           707,943 Shares; over
 
(ii)           the sum of:
 
(A)           the number of Shares with respect to which previously granted Options may then or may in the future be exercised; plus
 
5

 
(B)           the number of Shares with respect to which previously granted Options have been exercised;
 
subject to adjustment pursuant to section 7.3.
 
(b)           Options to purchase an aggregate maximum of 212,382 Shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to section 7.3) may be granted to Eligible Directors, and Options to purchase a maximum of 35,397 Shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to section 7.3) may be granted to any one Eligible Director.
 
(c)           Options to purchase a maximum of 176,985 Shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to section 7.3) may be granted to any one Eligible Employee.
 
(d)           For purposes of this section 3.1, an Option shall not be considered as having been exercised to the extent that such Option terminates by reason other than the purchase of related Shares; provided, however, that for purposes of meeting the requirements of section 162(m) of the Code, no Eligible Employee who is a covered employee (within the meaning of section 162(m) of the Code) shall receive grants of Options for an aggregate number of Shares that is in excess of the amount specified for him under this section 3.1, computed as if any Option which is canceled or forfeited reduced the maximum number of Shares.
 
Article IV
Administration
 
Section 4.1                        Committee .
 
The Plan shall be administered by the members of the Compensation Committee of Charter Financial Corporation who are Disinterested Board Members.  If the Committee consists of fewer than two Disinterested Board Members, then the Board shall appoint to the Committee such additional Disinterested Board Members as shall be necessary to provide for a Committee consisting of at least two Disinterested Board Members.
 
Section 4.2                        Committee Action .
 
The Committee shall hold such meetings, and may make such administrative rules and regulations, as it may deem proper.  A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the action of a majority of the members of the Committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present, as well as actions taken pursuant to the unanimous written consent of all of the members of the Committee without holding a meeting, shall be deemed to be actions of the Committee.  All actions of the Committee shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Company and all other interested parties.  Any Person dealing with the Committee shall be fully protected in relying upon any written notice, instruction, direction or other communication signed by the Secretary of the Committee and one member of the Committee, by two members of the Committee or by a representative of the Committee authorized to sign the same in its behalf.

 
6

 

Section 4.3                        Committee Responsibilities .
 
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and such limitations as may be imposed by the Board, the Committee shall be responsible for the overall management and administration of the Plan and shall have such authority as shall be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out its responsibilities, including, without limitation, the authority:
 
(a)           to interpret and construe the Plan, and to determine all questions that may arise under the Plan as to eligibility for participation in the Plan, the number of Shares subject to the Options, if any, to be granted, and the terms and conditions thereof;
 
(b)           to adopt rules and regulations and to prescribe forms for the operation and administration of the Plan; and
 
(c)           to take any other action not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan that it may deem necessary or appropriate.
 
Article V
 
Stock Option Grants
 
Section 5.1                        Grant of Options .
 
(a)           Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may, in its discretion, grant to an Eligible Employee or an Eligible Director an Option to purchase Shares.  An Option for Eligible Employees must be designated as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option and, if not designated as either, shall be a Non-Qualified Stock Option.  An Option for an Eligible Director shall be a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
 
(b)           Any Option granted under this section 5.1 shall be evidenced by a written agreement which shall:
 
(i)           specify the number of Shares covered by the Option determined in accordance with section 5.2;
 
(ii)           specify the Exercise Price, determined in accordance with section 5.3, for the Shares subject to the Option;
 
(iii)           specify the Option Period determined in accordance with section 5.4;
 
(iv)           set forth specifically or incorporate by reference the applicable provisions of the Plan; and
 
(v)           contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee may, in its discretion, prescribe with respect to an Option granted to an Eligible Employee or an Eligible Director.
 
7

 
Section 5.2                        Size of Option .
 
Subject to section 3.1 and such limitations as the Board may from time to time impose, the number of Shares as to which an Eligible Employee or Eligible Director may be granted Options shall be determined by the Committee, in its discretion.
 
Section 5.3                        Exercise Price .
 
The price per Share at which an Option granted to an Eligible Employee or Eligible Director shall be determined by the Committee, in its discretion; provided, however , that the Exercise Price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date on which the Option is granted.
 
Section 5.4                        Option Period .
 
Subject to section 5.5, the Option Period during which an Option granted to an Eligible Employee may be exercised shall commence on the date specified by the Committee in the Option agreement and shall expire on the date specified in the Option agreement or, if no date is specified, on the earliest of:
 
(a)           in the case of an Option granted to an Eligible Employee:
 
(i)           the close of business on the last day of the three-month period commencing on the date of the Eligible Employee's termination of employment with the Employer, other than on account of death or Disability, Retirement or a Termination for Cause;
 
(ii)           the close of business on the last day of the one-year period commencing on the date of the Eligible Employee's termination of employment due to death, Disability or Retirement;
 
(iii)           the date and time when the Eligible Employee ceases to be an employee of the Employer due to a Termination for Cause; and
 
(iv)           the last day of the ten-year period commencing on the date on which the Option was granted; and
 
(b)           in the case of an Option granted to an Eligible Director:
 
(i)           removal for cause in accordance with the Employer’s bylaws, or Termination for Cause; or
 
(ii)           the last day of the ten-year period commencing on the date on which the Option was granted.
 
8

 
Section 5.5                        Required Regulatory Provisions .
 
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary:
 
(a)           no Option shall be granted to an Eligible Employee or Eligible Director under the Plan prior to the later of (i) six months after the date of the Reorganization or (ii) the approval of the Plan by shareholders in accordance with section 8.10;
 
(b)           each Option granted to an Eligible Employee or Eligible Director shall become exercisable no more rapidly than as follows:
 
(i)           prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, an Option shall not be exercisable;
 
(ii)           on and after the first anniversary, but prior to the second anniversary, of the Effective Date, an Option may be exercised as to a maximum of twenty percent (20%) of the Shares subject to the Option when granted;
 
(iii)           on and after the second anniversary, but prior to the third anniversary, of the Effective Date, an Option may be exercised as to a maximum of forty percent (40%) of the Shares subject to the Option when granted, including in such forty percent (40%) any optioned Shares purchased prior to such second anniversary;
 
(iv)           on and after the third anniversary, but prior to the fourth anniversary, of the Effective Date, an Option may be exercised as to a maximum of sixty percent (60%) of the Shares subject to the Option when granted, including in such sixty percent (60%) any optioned Shares purchased prior to such third anniversary;
 
(v)           on and after the fourth anniversary, but prior to the fifth anniversary, of the Effective Date, an Option may be exercised as to a maximum of eighty percent (80%) of the Shares subject to the Option when granted, including in such eighty percent (80%) any optioned Shares purchased prior to such fourth anniversary; and
 
(vi)           on and after the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date and for the remainder of the Option Period, an Option may be exercised as to the entire number of optioned Shares not theretofore purchased;
 
provided, however, that such an Option shall become fully exercisable, and all optioned Shares not previously purchased shall become available for purchase, on the date of the Option holder's death or Disability while in the service of an Employer.
 
9

 
(c)           The Option Period of any Option granted hereunder, whether or not previously vested, shall be suspended as of the time and date at which the Option holder has received notice from the Board that his or her employment is subject to a possible Termination for Cause, or in the case of an Eligible Director, removal for cause in accordance with the Employer’s by-laws.  Such suspension shall remain in effect until the Option holder receives official notice from the Board that he or she has been cleared of any possible Termination for Cause, or in the case of an Eligible Director, removal for cause, at which time, the original Exercise Period shall be reinstated without any adjustment for the intervening suspended period.  In the event that the Option Period under section 5.4 expires during such suspension, the Company shall pay to the Eligible Employee, within 30 days after his reinstatement as an employee of the Company, damages equal to the value of the expired Options (based on the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the expiration of the Option Period less the Exercise Price of such Options).
 
(d)           No Option granted to an Eligible Employee or Eligible Director hereunder, whether or not previously vested, shall be exercised after the time and date at which the Option holder's services with the Employer are terminated in a Termination for Cause, or, in the case of an Eligible Director, removal for cause in accordance with the Employer’s by-laws.
 
Section 5.6                        Additional Restrictions on Incentive Stock Options .
 
An Option granted to an Eligible Employee designated by the Committee to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be subject to the following limitations:
 
(a)           If, for any calendar year, the sum of (i) plus (ii) exceeds $100,000, where (i) equals the Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of the grant) of Shares subject to an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option which first become available for purchase during such calendar year, and (ii) equals the Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Shares subject to any other options intended to be Incentive Stock Options and previously granted to the same Eligible Employee which first become exercisable in such calendar year, then that number of Shares optioned which causes the sum of (i) and (ii) to exceed $100,000 shall be deemed to be Shares optioned pursuant to a Non-Qualified Stock Option or Non-Qualified Stock Options, with the same terms as the Option or Options intended to be an Incentive Stock Option;
 
(b)           The Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Eligible Employee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns Shares comprising more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share, and if an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted at an Exercise Price that does not satisfy this requirement, the designated Exercise Price shall be observed and the Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option;
 
(c)           The Option Period of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Eligible Employee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns Shares comprising more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, shall expire no later than the fifth anniversary of the date on which the Option was granted, and if an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted for an Option Period that does not satisfy this requirement, the designated Option Period shall be observed and the Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option;
 
10

 
(d)           An Incentive Stock Option that is exercised during its designated Option Period but more than:
 
(i)           three (3) months after the termination of employment with the Company, a parent or a subsidiary (other than on account of disability within the meaning of section 22(e)(3) of the Code or death) of the Eligible Employee to whom it was granted; and
 
(ii)           one (1) year after such individual s termination of employment with the Company, a parent or a subsidiary due to disability (within the meaning of section 22(e)(3) of the Code) or death;
 
may be exercised in accordance with the terms but shall at the time of exercise be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option; and
 
(e)           Except with the prior written approval of the Committee, no individual shall dispose of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option until after the later of (i) the second anniversary of the date on which the Incentive Stock Option was granted, or (ii) the first anniversary of the date on which the Shares were acquired.
 
Article VI
 
Options In General
 
Section 6.1                        Method of Exercise .
 
(a)           Subject to the limitations of the Plan and the Option agreement, an Option holder may, at any time during the Option Period, exercise his or her right to purchase all or any part of the Shares to which the Option relates; provided, however , that the minimum number of Shares which may be purchased at any time shall be 100, or, if less, the total number of Shares relating to the Option which remain unpurchased.  An Option holder shall exercise an Option to purchase Shares by:
 
(i)           giving written notice to the Committee, in such form and manner as the Committee may prescribe, of his intent to exercise the Option;
 
(ii)           delivering to the Committee full payment, consistent with section 6.1(b), for the Shares as to which the Option is to be exercised; and
 
(iii)           satisfying such other conditions as may be prescribed in the Option agreement.
 
11

 
(b)           The Exercise Price of Shares to be purchased upon exercise of any Option shall be paid in full in cash (by certified or bank check or such other instrument as the Company may accept) or, if and to the extent permitted by the Committee, by one or more of the following:  (i) in the form of Shares already owned by the Option holder having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date the Option is exercised equal to the aggregate Exercise Price to be paid; (ii) by requesting the Company to cancel without payment Options outstanding to such Person for that number of Shares whose aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, when reduced by their aggregate Exercise Price, equals the aggregate Exercise Price of the Options being exercised; or (iii) by a combination thereof.  Payment for any Shares to be purchased upon exercise of an Option may also be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the purchase price.  To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms.
 
(c)           When the requirements of section 6.1(a) and (b) have been satisfied, the Committee shall take such action as is necessary to cause the issuance of a stock certificate evidencing the Option holder's ownership of such Shares.  The Person exercising the Option shall have no right to vote or to receive dividends, nor have any other rights with respect to the Shares, prior to the date as of which such Shares are transferred to such Person on the stock transfer records of the Company, and no adjustments shall be made for any dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date as of which such transfer is effected, except as may be required under section 7.3.
 
Section 6.2                        Limitations on Options .
 
(a)           An Option by its terms shall not be transferable by the Option holder other than to Family Members or Non-Profit Organizations or by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable, during the lifetime of the Option holder, only by the Option holder, a Family Member or a Non-Profit Organization.  Any such transfer shall be effected by written notice to the Company given in such form and manner as the Committee may prescribe and shall be recognized only if such notice is received by the Company prior to the death of the person giving it.  Thereafter, the transferee shall have, with respect to such Option, all of the rights, privileges and obligations which would attach thereunder to the transferor if the Option were issued to such transferor.  If a privilege of the Option depends on the life, employment or other status of the transferor, such privilege of the Option for the transferee shall continue to depend on the life, employment or other status of the transferor.  The Committee shall have full and exclusive authority to interpret and apply the provisions of this Plan to transferees to the extent not specifically described herein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option is not transferable by an Eligible Employee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable, during his lifetime, solely by him.
 
12

 
(b)           The Company’s obligation to deliver Shares with respect to an Option shall, if the Committee so requests, be conditioned upon the receipt of a representation as to the investment intention of the Option holder to whom such Shares are to be delivered, in such form as the Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable to comply with the provisions of applicable federal, state or local law.  It may be provided that any such representation shall become inoperative upon a registration of the Shares or upon the occurrence of any other event eliminating the necessity of such representation.  The Company shall not be required to deliver any Shares under the Plan prior to (i) the admission of such Shares to listing on any stock exchange on which Shares may then be listed, or (ii) the completion of such registration or other qualification under any state or federal law, rule or regulation as the Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable.
 
Article VII
 
Amendment and Termination
 
Section 7.1                        Termination .
 
The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date by giving written notice of such suspension or termination to the Committee.  Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate automatically on the day preceding the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.  In the event of any suspension or termination of the Plan, all Options theretofore granted under the Plan that are outstanding on the date of such suspension or termination of the Plan shall remain outstanding and exercisable for the period and on the terms and conditions set forth in the Option agreements evidencing such Options.
 
Section 7.2                        Amendment .
 
The Board may amend or revise the Plan in whole or in part at any time; provided, however, that, to the extent required to comply with section 162(m) of the Code, no such amendment or revision shall be effective if it amends a material term of the Plan unless approved by the holders of a majority of the votes cast on a proposal to approve such amendment or revision.
 
Section 7.3                        Adjustments in the Event of a Business Reorganization .
 
(a)           In the event of any merger, consolidation, or other business reorganization in which the Company is the surviving entity, and in the event of any stock split, stock dividend or other event generally affecting the number of Shares held by each Person who is then a holder of record of Shares, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and the number of Shares available to any individual or group of individuals pursuant to section 3.1 shall be adjusted to account for such event.  Such adjustment shall be effected by multiplying such number of Shares by an amount equal to the number of Shares that would be owned after such event by a Person who, immediately prior to such event, was the holder of record of one Share, and the Exercise Price of the Options shall be adjusted by dividing the Exercise Price by such number of Shares; provided, however , that the Committee may, in its discretion, establish another appropriate method of adjustment.
 
13

 
(b)           In the event of any merger, consolidation, or other business reorganization in which the Company is not the surviving entity, any Options granted under the Plan which remain outstanding shall be converted into options to purchase voting common equity securities of the business entity which survives such merger, consolidation or other business reorganization having substantially the same terms and conditions as the outstanding Options under this Plan and reflecting the same economic benefit (as measured by the difference between the aggregate exercise price and the value exchanged for outstanding Shares in such merger, consolidation or other business reorganization), all as determined by the Committee prior to the consummation of such merger; provided, however, that the Committee may, at any time prior to the consummation of such merger, consolidation or other business reorganization, direct that all, but not less than all, outstanding Options be canceled as of the effective date of such merger, consolidation or other business reorganization in exchange for a cash payment per optioned Share equal to the excess (if any) of the value exchanged for an outstanding Share in such merger, consolidation or other business reorganization over the Exercise Price of the Option being canceled.
 
Article VIII
 
Miscellaneous
 
Section 8.1                        Status as an Employee Benefit Plan .
 
This Plan is not intended to satisfy the requirements for qualification under section 401(a) of the Code or to satisfy the definitional requirements for an employee benefit plan” under section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.  It is intended to be a non-qualified incentive compensation program that is exempt from the regulatory requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.  The Plan shall be construed and administered so as to effectuate this intent.
 
Section 8.2                        No Right to Continued Employment .
 
Neither the establishment of the Plan nor any provisions of the Plan nor any action of the Board or the Committee with respect to the Plan shall be held or construed to confer upon any Eligible Director or Eligible Employee any right to a continuation of his or her position as a director or employee of the Company.  The Employers reserve the right to remove any Eligible Director or dismiss any Eligible Employee or otherwise deal with any Eligible Director or Eligible Employee to the same extent as though the Plan had not been adopted.
 
Section 8.3                        Construction of Language .
 
Whenever appropriate in the Plan, words used in the singular may be read in the plural, words used in the plural may be read in the singular, and words importing the masculine gender may be read as referring equally to the feminine or the neuter.  Any reference to an Article or section number shall refer to an Article or section of this Plan unless otherwise indicated.
 
Section 8.4                        Governing Law .
 
The Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State of Georgia without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof, except to the extent that such laws are preempted by federal law.  The Plan shall be construed to comply with applicable OTS Regulations.
 
14

 
Section 8.5                        Headings .
 
The headings of Articles and sections are included solely for convenience of reference.  If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.
 
Section 8.6                        Non-Alienation of Benefits .
 
The right to receive a benefit under the Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation or assignment, nor shall such right be liable for or subject to debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts.
 
Section 8.7                        Taxes .
 
The Company shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid by the Company in cash with respect to an Option under the Plan any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such Option.  Where any Person is entitled to receive Shares pursuant to the exercise of an Option, the Company shall have the right to require such Person to pay the Company the amount of any tax which the Company is required to withhold with respect to such Shares, or, in lieu thereof, to retain, or to sell without notice, a sufficient number of Shares to cover the minimum amount required to be withheld under applicable law.
 
Section 8.8                        Notices .
 
Any communication required or permitted to be given under the Plan, including any notice, direction, designation, comment, instruction, objection or waiver, shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is delivered personally or five (5) days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such party at the address listed below, or at such other address as one such party may by written notice specify to the other party:
 
(a)           If to the Committee:
 
Charter Financial Corporation
600 Third Avenue
West Point, GA  31833
 
Attention:             Corporate Secretary
 
(b)           If to an Option holder, to the Option holder s address as shown in the Employer’s records.
 
15

 
Section 8.9                       Required Regulatory Provisions .
 
The grant and settlement of Options under this Plan shall be conditioned upon and subject to compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(k), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
Section 8.10                       Approval of Shareholders .
 
The Plan shall not be effective prior to its approval by a majority of the total votes cast by purchasers (other than First Charter, MHC) in the stock offering conducted in conjunction with the Reorganization who become holders of Shares.  If not effective due to the vote of purchasers in the Reorganization, the Plan shall be effective upon the date of its approval by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at any duly called annual or special meeting of the Company.  If not effective prior to the one year anniversary of the date of the Reorganization, the Plan shall be effective on such later date as is specified by the Board.  No Option shall be granted prior to the date on which the Plan becomes effective nor shall any Option be granted within six months of the date of the Reorganization.
 
Article IX
 
Additional Provisions Subject to Further Shareholder Approval
 
Section 9.1                       Accelerated Vesting Upon Retirement or Change in Control .
 
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, but subject to section 9.3(a) in the event that any Eligible Employee terminates service as an Employee of all Employers, or in the event that an Eligible Director terminates service as a voting member of all Employers' boards of directors, and such termination constitutes a Retirement, all Options outstanding to such holder on the date of his Retirement shall, to the extent not already exercisable, become exercisable upon Retirement; and (b) in the event of a Change in Control, all Options outstanding under the Plan on the date of the Change in Control shall, to the extent not already exercisable, become exercisable on the date of the Change in Control.
 
Section 9.2                       Discretion to Establish Vesting Schedules .
 
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, but subject to section 9.3, section 5.5(b) shall apply in determining the exercisability of Options granted to Eligible Employees only if no different vesting schedule is established by the Committee and specified in the agreement evidencing an outstanding Option.
 
Section 9.3                       No Effect Prior to Shareholder Approval .
 
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article IX to the contrary, the provisions of this Article IX shall not be applied, and shall be of no force or effect, unless and until the shareholders of the Company shall have approved such provisions by affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders duly called and held after October 16, 2002.
 
 
16

Exhibit 10.12
 
Charter Financial Corporation
 
2001 Recognition and Retention Plan
 

 
Effective as of April 24, 2002
 
 
 

 
 
T able of C ontents
     
   
Page
   
1
   
1
     
1
   
1
     
1
     
1
     
1
     
1
     
1
     
3
     
3
     
3
     
3
     
3
     
3
     
3
     
3
     
4
     
4
     
4
     
4
     
4
     
4
     
4
     
4
     
4
     
4
     
5
     
5

 
 

 

5
   
5
     
5
     
5
     
6
     
6
     
6
     
6
     
7
     
7
     
7
     
7
     
7
     
7
     
8
     
8
     
9
     
10
     
10
     
10
     
10
     
11
     
11
     
11
     
11
     
11

 
ii

 

12
     
12
     
12
     
12
     
13
     
13
     
13
     
13
     
14
     
14
     
14
     
14
     
14
     
14
 
 
iii

 

Charter Financial Corporation
2001 Recognition and Retention Plan
 
Article I
 
Purpose
 
Section 1.1                        General Purpose of the Plan .
 
The purpose of the Plan is to promote the growth and profitability of Charter Financial Corporation and its affiliated companies and to provide eligible directors, certain key officers and employees of Charter Financial Corporation and its affiliated companies with an incentive to achieve corporate objectives, to attract and retain directors, key officers and employees of outstanding competence and to provide such directors, officers and employees with an equity interest in Charter Financial Corporation and its affiliated companies.
 
Article II
 
Definitions
 
The following definitions shall apply for the purposes of this Plan, unless a different meaning is plainly indicated by the context:
 
Section 2.1                       Award  means a grant of Shares to an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee pursuant to section 6.1 or 6.2.
 
Section 2.2                      Award Notice  means, with respect to a particular Award, a written instrument signed by the Company and the Awards recipient evidencing the granting of the Award and establishing the terms and conditions thereof.
 
Section 2.3                      Bank  means CharterBank and any successor thereto.
 
Section 2.4                     Beneficiary means the Person designated by an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee pursuant to section 7.2 to receive distribution of any Shares available for distribution to such Eligible Director or Eligible Employee, in the event such Eligible Director or Eligible Employee dies prior to receiving distribution of such Shares.
 
Section 2.5                      Board  means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
Section 2.6                      Change of Control  means any of the following events:
 
(a)           the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more other persons, other than a transaction following which:
 
(i)           at least 51% of the equity ownership interests of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”)) in substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of the outstanding equity ownership interests in the Company; and
 
 
 

 
 
(ii)           at least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the entity resulting from such transaction are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) in substantially the same relative proportions by persons who, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) at least 51% of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company;
 
(b)           the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors by any person or by any persons acting in concert;
 
(c)          a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
 
(d)          the occurrence of any event if, immediately following such event, at least 50% of the members of the board of directors of the Company do not belong to any of the following groups:
 
(i)           individuals who were members of the board of directors of the Company on the Effective Date; or
 
(ii)          individuals who first became members of the board of directors of the Company after the Effective Date either:
 
(A)           upon election to serve as a member of the board of Directors of the Company by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of such board, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the time of such first election; or
 
(B)           upon election by the shareholders of the Company to serve as a member of such board, but only if nominated for election by affirmative vote of three-quarters of the members of the board of directors of the Company, or of a nominating committee thereof, in office at the time of such first nomination;
 
provided, however , that such individual’s election or nomination did not result from an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) other than by or on behalf of the board of directors of the Company ; provided, however, that this section 2.6(d) shall only apply if the Company is not majority owned by First Charter, MHC;
 
 
2

 
 
(e)           approval by the stockholders of the Company of any agreement, plan or arrangement for the consummation of a transaction which, if consummated, would result in the occurrence of an event described in section 2.6(a), (b), (c) or (d); or
 
(f)           any event which would be described in section 2.6(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) if the term “Bank” were substituted for the term “Company” therein.
 
In no event, however, shall a Change of Control be deemed to have occurred as a result of (i) any acquisition of securities or assets of the Company, the Bank, or a subsidiary of either of them, by the Company, the Bank, or any subsidiary of either of them, or by any employee benefit plan maintained by any of them or (ii) the conversion of First Charter, MHC to a stock form company and the issuance of additional Shares of the Company therewith.  For purposes of this section 2.6, the term “person” shall have the meaning assigned to it under sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.
 
Section 2.7                      Code  means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (including the corresponding provisions of any succeeding law).
 
Section 2.8                      Committee  means the Committee described in section 4.1.
 
Section 2.9                      Company  means Charter Financial Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Georgia, and any successor thereto.
 
Section 2.10                    Disability  means a condition of total incapacity, mental or physical, for further performance of duty with the Company which the Committee shall have determined, on the basis of competent medical evidence, is likely to be permanent.
 
Section 2.11                   Disinterested Board Member  means a member of the Board who (a) is not a current employee of the Company or a subsidiary, (b) does not receive remuneration from the Company or a subsidiary, either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a director, except in an amount for which disclosure would not be required pursuant to Item 404(a) of the proxy solicitation rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and (c) does not possess an interest in any other transaction, and is not engaged in a business relationship, for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(a) or (b) of the proxy solicitation rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The term Disinterested Board Member shall be interpreted in such manner as shall be necessary to conform to the requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
 
Section 2.12                   Effective Date  means the date on which the Bank converts from a mutual bank to a stock bank (the “Reorganization”) if permitted by OTS Regulations, otherwise on April 24, 2002.
 
Section 2.13                   Eligible Director  means a member of the board of directors of an Employer who is not also an employee or an officer of any Employer.
 
Section 2.14                   Eligible Employee  means any employee whom the Committee may determine to be a key officer or employee of an Employer and selects to receive an Award pursuant to the Plan.
 
 
3

 
 
Section 2.15                    Employer  means the Company, the Bank and any successor thereto and, with the prior approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, and subject to such terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Board, any other savings bank, savings and loan association, bank, corporation, financial institution or other business organization or institution. With respect to any Eligible Employee or Eligible Director, the Employer shall mean the entity which employs such person or upon whose board of directors such person serves.
 
Section 2.16                    Exchange Act  means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
Section 2.17                    FDIC Regulations  means the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
 
Section 2.18                   Fund  means the corpus (consisting of contributions paid over to the Funding Agent, and investments thereof), and all earnings, appreciations or additions thereof and thereto, held by the Funding Agent under the Funding Agreement in accordance with the Plan, less any depreciation thereof and any payments made therefrom pursuant to the Plan.
 
Section 2.19                   Funding Agent  means the trustee or custodian of the Fund from time to time in office.  The Funding Agent shall serve as Funding Agent until it is removed or resigns from office and is replaced by a successor Funding Agent or Funding Agents appointed by Charter Financial Corporation.
 
Section 2.20                   Funding Agreement  means the agreement between Charter Financial Corporation and the Funding Agent therein named or its successor pursuant to which the Fund shall be held in trust or custody.
 
Section 2.21                   Person  means an individual, a corporation, a bank, a savings bank, a savings and loan association, a financial institution, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a trust, an estate, an unincorporated organization and any other business organization or institution.
 
Section 2.22                    Plan  means the Charter Financial Corporation 2001 Recognition and Retention Plan, as amended from time to time.
 
Section 2.23                   Retirement  means with respect to an Eligible Employee, termination of all service for all Employers as an employee at or after the normal or early retirement date set forth in any tax-qualified retirement plan of the Bank, whether or not the individual in question actually participates in any such tax-qualified plan of the Bank, and in the case of an Eligible Director, termination of all service for all Employers as a voting member of the Employer’s board of directors after the attainment of the latest age at which the Eligible Director is eligible for election or appointment as a voting member of the Employer’s board of directors under the Employer’s charter.
 
Section 2.24                    Share  means a share of common stock of Charter Financial Corporation, par value $.01 per share.
 
 
4

 
 
Article III
 
Shares Available Under Plan
 
Section 3.1                      Shares Available Under Plan .
 
(a)           The maximum number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan shall be 283,177 Shares subject to adjustment pursuant to section 8.3.
 
(b)           An aggregate maximum of 84,953 Shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to section 8.3) may be granted as Awards to Eligible Directors, and a maximum of 14,158 Shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to section 8.3) may be granted as Awards to any one Eligible Director.
 
(c)           A maximum of 70,794 Shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to section 8.3) may be granted as Awards to any one Eligible Employee.
 
Article IV
 
Administration
 
Section 4.1                      Committee .
 
The Plan shall be administered by the members of the Compensation Committee of  Charter Financial Corporation who are Disinterested Board Members.  If the Committee consists of fewer than two Disinterested Board Members, then the Board shall appoint to the Committee such additional Disinterested Board Members as shall be necessary to provide for a Committee consisting of at least two Disinterested Board Members.
 
Section 4.2                      Committee Action .
 
The Committee shall hold such meetings, and may make such administrative rules and regulations, as it may deem proper.  A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the action of a majority of the members of the Committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present, as well as actions taken pursuant to the unanimous written consent of all of the members of the Committee without holding a meeting, shall be deemed to be actions of the Committee.  All actions of the Committee shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Company and all other interested parties.  Any Person dealing with the Committee shall be fully protected in relying upon any written notice, instruction, direction or other communication signed by the Secretary of the Committee and one member of the Committee, by two members of the Committee or by a representative of the Committee authorized to sign the same in its behalf.
 
Section 4.3                      Committee Responsibilities .
 
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and such limitations as may be imposed by the Board, the Committee shall be responsible for the overall management and administration of the Plan and shall have such authority as shall be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out its responsibilities, including, without limitation, the authority:
 
 
5

 
 
(a)           to interpret and construe the Plan, and to determine all questions that may arise under the Plan as to eligibility for Awards under the Plan, the amount of Shares, if any, to be granted pursuant to an Award, and the terms and conditions of such Award;
 
(b)           to adopt rules and regulations and to prescribe forms for the operation and administration of the Plan; and
 
(c)           to take any other action not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan that it may deem necessary or appropriate.
 
Article V
 
The Fund
 
Section 5.1                      Contributions .
 
Charter Financial Corporation shall contribute, or cause to be contributed, to the Fund, from time to time, such amounts of money or property as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.  No contributions by Eligible Directors or Eligible Employees shall be permitted.
 
Section 5.2                      The Fund .
 
The Fund shall be held and invested under the Funding Agreement with the Funding Agent.  The provisions of the Funding Agreement shall include provisions conferring powers on the Funding Agent as to investment, control and disbursement of the Trust Fund, and such other provisions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be prescribed by or under the authority of the Board.  No bond or security shall be required of any Funding Agent at any time in office.
 
Section 5.3                      Investments .
 
The Funding Agent shall invest the Trust Fund in Shares and in such other investments as may be permitted under the Funding Agreement, including savings accounts, time or other interest bearing deposits in or other interest bearing obligations of the Company, in such proportions as shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that in no event shall the Fund be used to purchase more than 283,177 Shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to section 8.3).  Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, the Funding Agent may temporarily invest the Fund in short-term obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. Government or an agency thereof, or the Funding Agent may retain the Trust Fund uninvested or may sell assets of the Fund to provide amounts required for purposes of the Plan.

 
6

 

Article VI
 
Awards
 
Section 6.1                      To Eligible Directors .
 
Subject to the limitations of the Plan and such limitations as the Board may from time to time impose, the number of Shares as to which an Eligible Director may be granted an Award shall be determined by the Committee in its discretion; provided, however, that in no event shall the number of Shares allocated to an Eligible Director in an Award exceed the number of Shares then held in the Fund and not allocated in connection with other Awards.
 
Section 6.2                      To Eligible Employees .
 
Subject to the limitations of the Plan and such limitations as the Board may from time to time impose, the number of Shares as to which an Eligible Employee may be granted an Award shall be determined by the Committee in its discretion; provided, however, that in no event shall the number of Shares allocated to an Eligible Employee in an Award exceed the number of Shares then held in the Trust and not allocated in connection with other Awards.
 
Section 6.3                      Awards in General .
 
Any Award shall be evidenced by an Award Notice issued by the Committee to the Eligible Director or Eligible Employee, which notice shall:
 
(a)           specify the number of Shares covered by the Award;
 
(b)           specify the date of grant of the Award;
 
(c)           specify the dates on which such Shares shall become vested; and
 
(d)           contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Board or Committee may, in its discretion, prescribe.
 
Section 6.4                      Share Allocations .
 
Upon the grant of an Award to an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee, the Committee shall notify the Funding Agent of the Award and of the number of Shares subject to the Award.  Thereafter, until such time as the Shares subject to such Award become vested or are forfeited, the books and records of the Funding Agent shall reflect that such number of Shares have been awarded to such Award recipient.
 
Section 6.5                      Dividend Rights .
 
(a)           Unless the Committee determines otherwise with respect to any Award and specifies such determination in the relevant Award Notice, any cash dividends or distributions declared and paid with respect to Shares subject to the Award that are, as of the record date for such dividend, allocated to an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee in connection with such Award shall be subject to the same vesting and other restrictions as the Shares to which the Award relates and shall be invested for the benefit of the Eligible Director or Eligible Employee in money market accounts or certificates of deposit.  Any cash dividends declared and paid with respect to Shares that are not, as of the record date for such dividend, allocated to any Eligible Director or Eligible Employee in connection with any Award shall, at the direction of the Committee, be held in the Trust or used to pay the administrative expenses of the Plan, including any compensation due to the Funding Agent.
 
 
7

 
 
(b)           Unless the Committee determines otherwise with respect to any Award and specifies such determination in the relevant Award Notice, any dividends or distributions declared and paid in property other than cash with respect to Shares shall be subject to the same vesting and other restrictions as the Shares to which the Award relates.  Any such dividends declared and paid with respect to Shares that are not, as of the record date for such dividend, allocated to any Eligible Director or Eligible Employee in connection with any Award shall, at the direction of the Committee, be held in the Trust or used to pay the administrative expenses of the Plan, including any compensation due to the Funding Agent or, in the case of a stock dividend, used for future Awards.
 
Section 6.6                      Voting Rights .
 
All voting rights appurtenant to unvested Shares related to an Award or to Shares that are contained in the Fund and not allocated in connection with an Award shall be exercised by the Funding Agent in such manner as to reflect the voting directions given for all other outstanding Shares except for Shares voted by First Charter, MHC.
 
Section 6.7                      Tender Offers .
 
(a)           Each Eligible Director or Eligible Employee to whom an Award has been made that is not fully vested shall have the right to respond, or  to direct the response, with respect to the Shares related to such Award, to any tender offer, exchange offer or other offer made to the holders of Shares.  Such a direction for any Shares as to which the Eligible Director or Eligible Employee is not the record owner shall be given by completing and filing, with the inspector of elections, the Funding Agent or such other person who shall be independent of the Company as the Committee shall designate in the direction, a written direction in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee.  If no such direction is given by an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee, then the Shares shall not be tendered or exchanged.
 
(b)           To the extent that the Fund contains Shares that are not allocated in connection with an Award, all responses to tender, exchange and other offers appurtenant to such Shares shall be given by the Funding Agent in such manner as the Committee shall direct to reflect the responses given by Eligible Directors or Eligible Employees with respect to Shares allocated in connection with their Awards.
 
(c)           The Committee shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to each Eligible Director or Eligible Employee, all information furnished by the offeror to the holders of Shares.

 
8

 

Section 6.8                      Limitations on Awards .
 
(a)           No Award shall be granted under the Plan prior to the later of (i) the date on which the Plan is approved by shareholders pursuant to section 9.9 or (ii) six months after the date of the Reorganization;
 
(b)           No Award granted under the Plan shall become vested more rapidly than under the following schedule:
 
(i)           prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, no part of any Award shall be vested in the absence of the death or Disability of the Award recipient;
 
(ii)           on and after the first anniversary of the Effective Date and prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, an Award will be vested as to a maximum of twenty percent (20%) of the Shares subject to the Award when granted in the absence of the death or Disability of the Award recipient;
 
(iii)           on and after the second anniversary of the Effective Date and prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date, an Award may be vested as to a maximum of forty percent (40%) of the Shares subject to the Award when granted in the absence of the death or Disability of the Award recipient;
 
(iv)           on and after the third anniversary of the Effective Date and prior to the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date, an Award may be vested as to a maximum of  sixty percent (60%) of the Shares subject to the Award when granted in the absence of the death or Disability of the Award recipient;
 
(v)           on and after the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date and prior to the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, an Award may be vested as to a maximum of eighty  percent (80%) of the Shares subject to the Award when granted in the absence of the death or Disability of the Award recipient; and
 
(vi)           on and after the fifth anniversary of the date on which the Plan is approved by shareholders pursuant to section 9.9, the Award may be vested as to one hundred percent (100%) of the Shares subject to the Award when granted; and
 
(vii)           an Award may become fully vested on the date of the Award holder’s death or Disability without regard to the time expired from and after the Effective Date.
 
(c)           An Award by its terms shall not be transferable by the Eligible Director or Eligible Employee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and the Shares granted pursuant to such Award and held in the Trust shall be distributable, during the lifetime of the Recipient, only to the Recipient.

 
9

 

Article VII
 
Vesting
 
Section 7.1                      Vesting of Awards .
 
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee and specified in the Award Notice relating to an Award, Shares subject to each Award granted to an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee under the Plan shall become vested as follows:  (i) twenty percent (20%) of such Shares shall become vested twenty (20) calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter that includes the first anniversary of the date of grant; (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) of such Shares shall become vested twenty (20) calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter that includes the second anniversary of the date of grant; (iii) an additional twenty percent (20%) of such Shares shall become vested twenty (20) calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter that includes the third anniversary of the date of grant; (iv) an additional twenty percent (20%) of such Shares shall become vested twenty (20) calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter that includes the fourth anniversary of the date of grant; (v) an additional twenty percent (20%) of such Shares shall become vested twenty (20) calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter that includes the fifth anniversary of the date of grant; and provided, further , an Award shall become 100% vested upon the Award recipient’s death or Disability.
 
Section 7.2                      Designation of Beneficiary .
 
An Eligible Director or Eligible Employee who has received an Award may designate a Beneficiary to receive any undistributed Shares that are, or become, available for distribution on, or after, the date of his death.  Such designation (and any change or revocation of such designation) shall be made in writing in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee.  In the event that the Beneficiary designated by an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee dies prior to the Eligible Director or Eligible Employee, or in the event that no Beneficiary has been designated, any undistributed Shares that are, or become, available for distribution on, or after, the Eligible Director’s or Eligible Employee’s death shall be paid to the executor or administrator of the Eligible Director’s or Eligible Employee’s estate, or if no such executor or administrator is appointed within such time as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall deem reasonable, to such one or more of the spouse and descendants and blood relatives of such deceased person as the Committee may select.
 
Section 7.3                      Manner of Distribution .
 
(a)           As  soon as practicable following the date any Shares granted pursuant to an Award become vested pursuant to sections 7.1, the Committee shall take such actions as are necessary to cause the transfer of record ownership of the Shares that have become vested from the Funding Agent to the Award holder and shall cause the Funding Agent to distribute to the Award holder all property other than Shares then being held in connection with the Shares being distributed.
 
 
10

 
 
(b)           The Company’s obligation to deliver Shares with respect to an Award shall, if the Committee so requests, be conditioned upon the receipt of a representation as to the investment intention of the Eligible Director or Eligible Employee or Beneficiary to whom such Shares are to be delivered, in such form as the Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable to comply with the provisions of applicable federal, state or local law.  It may be provided that any such representation shall become inoperative upon a registration of the Shares or upon the occurrence of any other event eliminating the necessity of such representation.  The Company shall not be required to deliver any Shares under the Plan prior to (i) the admission of such Shares to listing on any stock exchange on which Shares may then be listed, or (ii) the completion of such registration or other qualification under any state or federal law, rule or regulation as the Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable.
 
Section 7.4                      Taxes .
 
The Company, the Committee or the Funding Agent shall have the right to require any person entitled to receive Shares pursuant to an Award to pay the amount of any tax which is required to be withheld with respect to such Shares, or, in lieu thereof, to retain, or to sell without notice, a sufficient number of Shares to cover the amount required to be withheld.
 
Article VIII
 
Amendment and Termination
 
Section 8.1                      Termination .
 
The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part at any time by giving written notice of such suspension or termination to the Committee; provided, however, that the Plan may not be terminated while there are outstanding Awards that may thereafter become vested.  Upon the termination of the Plan, the Funding Agent shall make distributions from the Fund in such amounts and to such persons as the Committee may direct and shall return the remaining assets of the Fund, if any, to Charter Financial Corporation.
 
Section 8.2                      Amendment .
 
The Board may amend or revise the Plan in whole or in part at any time.
 
Section 8.3                      Adjustments in the Event of a Business Reorganization .
 
(a)           In the event of any merger, consolidation, or other business reorganization (including but not limited to a Change of Control) in which Charter Financial Corporation is the surviving entity, and in the event of any stock split, stock dividend or other event generally affecting the number of Shares held by each person who is then a holder of record of Shares, the number of Shares held or permitted to be held in the Fund, the number of Shares covered by outstanding Awards, and the number of Shares available as Awards in total or to particular individuals or groups shall be adjusted to account for such event.  Such adjustment shall be effected by multiplying such number of Shares by an amount equal to the number of Shares that would be owned after such event by a person who, immediately prior to such event, was the holder of record of one Share, unless the Committee, in its discretion, establishes another appropriate method of adjustment.
 
 
11

 
 
(b)           In the event of any merger, consolidation, or other business reorganization (including but not limited to a Change of Control) in which Charter Financial Corporation is not the surviving entity, the Funding Agent shall hold in the Fund any money, stock, securities or other property received by holders of record of Shares in connection with such merger, consolidation, or other business reorganization.  Any Award with respect to which Shares had been allocated to an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee shall be adjusted by allocating to the Eligible Director or Eligible Employee receiving such Award the amount of money, stock, securities or other property received by the Funding Agent for the Shares allocated to such Eligible Director or Eligible Employee, and such money, stock, securities or other property shall be subject to the same terms and conditions of the Award that applied to the Shares for which it has been exchanged.
 
Article IX
 
Miscellaneous
 
Section 9.1                      Status as an Employee Benefit Plan .
 
This Plan is not intended to satisfy the requirements for qualification under section 401(a) of the Code or to satisfy the definitional requirements for an “employee benefit plan” under section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.  It is intended to be a non-qualified incentive compensation program that is exempt from the regulatory requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.  The Plan shall be construed and administered so as to effectuate this intent.
 
Section 9.2                      No Right to Continued Employment .
 
Neither the establishment of the Plan nor any provisions of the Plan nor any action of the Board or the Committee with respect to the Plan shall be held or construed to confer upon any Eligible Director or Eligible Employee any right to continue in the service of any Employer.  The Employers reserve the right to dismiss any Eligible Director or Eligible Employee or otherwise deal with any Eligible Director or Eligible Employee to the same extent as though the Plan had not been adopted.
 
Section 9.3                      Construction of Language .
 
Whenever appropriate in the Plan, words used in the singular may be read in the plural, words used in the plural may be read in the singular, and words importing the masculine gender may be read as referring equally to the feminine or the neuter.  Any reference to an Article or section number shall refer to an Article or section of this Plan unless otherwise indicated.

 
12

 

Section 9.4                      Governing Law .
 
The Plan shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof, except to the extent that such laws are preempted by the federal laws of the United States of America.  The Plan shall be construed to comply with applicable OTS Regulations.
 
Section 9.5                      Headings .
 
The headings of Articles and sections are included solely for convenience of reference.  If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.
 
Section 9.6                      Non-Alienation of Benefits .
 
The right to receive a benefit under the Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation or assignment, nor shall such right be liable for or subject to debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts;   provided, however , that any recipient of an Award who makes an election pursuant to section 83(b) of the Code to include the value of the Shares subject to such Award in gross income for federal income purposes when granted rather than when vested shall have the right to margin such Shares to finance the payment of taxes.  Any Shares so margined shall nevertheless remain subject to the forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions of the Award.
 
Section 9.7                      Notices .
 
Any communication required or permitted to be given under the Plan, including any notice, direction, designation, comment, instruction, objection or waiver, shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is personally delivered or 5 days after mailing if mailed, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such party at the address listed below, or at such other address as one such party may by written notice specify to the other:
 
(a)           If to the Committee:
 
Charter Financial Corporation
600 Third Avenue
West Point, Georgia  31833
 
Attention:            Corporate Secretary
 
(b)           If to an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee, to the Eligible Director’s or Eligible Employee’s address as shown in the Employer’s records.

 
13

 

Section 9.8                      Required Regulatory Provisions .
 
The making and payment of Awards under this Plan shall be conditioned upon and subject to compliance with section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(k), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
Section 9.9                       Approval of Shareholders .
 
The Plan shall not be effective prior to its approval by a majority of the total votes cast by purchasers (other than First Charter, MHC) in the stock offering conducted in conjunction with the Reorganization who become holders of Shares.  If not effective due to the vote of purchasers in the Reorganization, the Plan shall be effective upon the date of its approval by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at any duly called annual or special meeting of the Company.  If not effective prior to the one year anniversary of the date of the Reorganization, the Plan shall be effective on such later date as is specified by the Board.  No Award shall be made prior to the date on which the Plan becomes effective nor shall any Award be granted within six months of the date of the Reorganization.
 
Article X
 
Additional Provisions Subject to Further Shareholder Approval
 
Section 10.1                    Accelerated Vesting Upon Retirement or Change in Control .
 
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, but subject to section 10.3, unless otherwise determined by the Committee and specified in the Award Notice relating to an Award: (a) in the event that any Eligible Employee terminates service as an Employee of all Employers, or in the event that an Eligible Director terminates service as a voting member of all Employers’ boards of directors, and such termination constitutes a Retirement, all Awards outstanding to such holder on the date of his Retirement shall, to the extent not already vested, become vested upon Retirement; and (b) in the event of a Change of Control, all Awards outstanding under the Plan on the date of the Change of Control shall, to the extent not already vested, become vested on the date of the Change of Control.
 
Section 10.2                    Discretion to Establish Vesting Schedules .
 
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, but subject to section 10.3, section 7.1 shall apply in determining the vesting of Awards only if no different vesting schedule is established by the Committee and specified in the Award Notice.
 
Section 10.3                    No Effect Prior to Stockholder Approval .
 
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article X to the contrary, the provisions of this Article X shall not be applied, and shall be of no force or effect, unless and until the shareholders of the Company shall have approved such provisions by affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders duly called and held on or after October 16, 2002.
 
 
14
 

Exhibit 10.13
 
Robert L. Johnson
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 
Effective April 1, 2006

 
 

 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
   
PAGE
   
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
1
   
1.
Purpose
1
2.
Effective Date
1
3.
Eligibility and Participation
1
4.
Purchase of Life Insurance Policies
1
5.
Policy Ownership
1
6.
Division of Cash Surrender Value
1
7.
Division of Death Proceeds
2
8.
Beneficiary Designation
2
9.
Premium Payments
2
10.
Termination of Participation in the Plan
2
11.
Named Fiduciary
3
12.
Funding Policy
3
13.
Claims Procedure
3
14.
Amendment and Revocation
4
15.
Insurance Company Not a Party to This Plan
4
16.
Validity
4
17.
Notices
4
18.
Successors
4
19.
Governing Law
4
20.
Entire Plan
4
21.
Not a Contract of Employment
5
     
SCHEDULE A
 
   
Participation Agreement
 
   
SCHEDULE B
 
   
Beneficiary Designation
 
 
(i)

 
 

 
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 
This Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan (the “Plan”) is established by CharterBank, West Point, Georgia (“Employer”), for the benefit of certain highly compensated or management employees of the Employer.
 
1.             Purpose
 
This Plan is established as part of an integrated executive compensation program that is intended to attract, retain and motivate certain key employees (“Employees”) who are in a position to make significant contributions to the operation and profitability of the Employer. This Plan provides a means by which the Employer assists the Employee in purchasing life insurance on the Employee’s life that provides a death benefit to the Employee’s personal beneficiary.
 
2.             Effective Date
 
This Plan shall be effective as of April 1, 2006.
 
3.             Eligibility and Participation
 
The Chief Executive Officer of the Employer may designate any Employee eligible for the Plan and the Board of Directors of the Employer (“Board”) may approve such designation, Provided the Board has approved an Employee’s eligibility for the Plan, such Employee may agree to participate in the Plan by completing a Participation Agreement and Beneficiary Designation Form as set forth in Schedules A and B; provided, however, participation and all benefits under this Plan are subject to the actual purchase of a life insurance Policy under Section 4.
 
4.             Purchase of Life Insurance Policies
 
Employer shall use its best efforts to purchase one (1) or more life insurance policies on the life of each Employee in an amount sufficient to provide for the benefits outlined in Section 7 of the Plan; provided, however, that the Employer shall retain the absolute right to decline to purchase a Policy on the life of any Employee for any reason whatsoever. Each policy purchased shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (“Policy”).
 
5.             Policy Ownership
 
Employer shall be the sole and absolute owner of any Policy and may exercise all ownership rights granted to the owner thereof by the terms of the Policy, except as may otherwise be limited by this Plan.
 
6.             Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
Employer shall at all times be entitled to all cash values under the terms of the Policy, Employee shall have no right, at any time, to the cash value of the Policy.
 
PAGE 1 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
7.             Division of Death Proceeds
 
Except as provided in Section 10 herein, upon the death of Employee, the proceeds of the Policy shall be divided as follows:
 
(a)            Employee’s Share. Each Employee’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) as of the Employee’s date of death.
 
(b)            Employer’s Share. The Employer shall be entitled to the remainder of the death proceeds.
 
(c)            Division of Interest. Employer and Beneficiary shall share in any interest due with respect to the death proceeds on a   pro-rata basis as the proceeds due each respectively bears to the total proceeds, excluding any such interest.
 
8.             Beneficiary Designation
 
Employee shall have the right and power to designate a person, persons or entity (“Beneficiary”) to receive Employee’s share of the proceeds payable upon his death and to elect and change a payment option for such Beneficiary, subject to any right or interest the Employer may have in such proceeds, as provided in this Plan. If no valid Beneficiary designation has been filed with the Employer, upon Employee’s death, the Beneficiary will be deemed to be the Employee’s estate.
 
9.             Premium Payments
 
(a)           Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, Employer shall pay an amount equal to the planned premiums and any other premium payments that might become necessary to keep the Policy in force.
 
(b)           Employer shall annually furnish to Employee a statement of the amount reportable by Employee for federal and state income tax purposes, if any, as a result of the insurance protection provided.
 
(c)           Employee shall have no right to make any premium payment to the Policy at any time.
 
10.          Termination of Participation in the Plan
 
(a)           Upon the occurrence of any one (1) of the following, an Employee’s participation in this Plan shall terminate and all death proceeds shall thereafter be paid solely to the Employer:
 
(i)           Employee terminates employment with Employer for any reason;
 
(ii)          Total cessation of Employer’s business;
 
(iii)         Bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of Employer;
 
PAGE 2 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
(iv)           Receipt by Employer of written notification of a request to terminate Participation Agreement from Employee;
 
(v)            Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy on the life of Employee by Employer; or
 
(vi)           Distribution of the death proceeds in accordance with Section 7 of this Plan.
 
11.          Named Fiduciary
 
Employer is hereby designated as the named fiduciary under this Plan. As named fiduciary, Employer shall be responsible for and have the authority to manage the operation and administration of this Plan, and it shall be responsible for establishing and carrying out a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of this Plan. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the Plan, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of any ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
 
12.          Funding Policy
 
Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, the funding policy for this Plan shall be to maintain each Policy in force by paying, when due, all premiums required.
 
13.      Claims Procedure
 
(a)           Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under this Plan, or requesting information under this Plan shall present the request in writing to Employer, which shall respond in writing within a reasonable period of time, but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request.
 
(b)            Denial of Claim. If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:
 
(i)           The reason for denial, with specific reference to the provisions in the Plan on which the denial is based;
 
(ii)           A description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary; and
 
(iii)           An explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedure.
 
(c)            Review of Claim. Any person whose claim or request is denied may request a review by notice given to Employer within sixty (60) days following receipt of notification of the adverse determination. The claim or request shall be reviewed by Employer which may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.
 
PAGE 3 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
(d)           Final Decision. The decision on review shall normally be made within sixty (60) days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified within such sixty (60) day period of an extension which shall not be for more than an additional sixty (60) days. The Employer’s decision shall be delivered in writing to Employee and shall state the reason and the relevant provisions in the Plan for the decision. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.
 
14.           Amendment and Revocation
 
This Plan may be amended or revoked at any time, in whole or in part, by the Employer.
 
15.           Insurance Company Not a Party to This Plan
 
Each insurer shall be fully discharged from its obligations under the Policy by payment of the Policy death benefit to the Beneficiary named in the Policy, subject to the terms and conditions of the Policy. In no event shall any insurer be considered a party to this Plan, or any modification or amendment hereof.
 
16.           Validity
 
If any provision of this Plan is held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nonetheless be enforceable according to their terms. Further, in the event that any provision is held to be overbroad as written, such provision shall be deemed amended to narrow its application to the extent necessary to make the provision enforceable according to law and enforced as amended.
 
17.          Notices
 
All notices shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if delivered to the Employer at its principal place of business, or to the Employee at his last known address as shown in Employer’s records, in person, by Federal Express or similar receipted delivery, or, if mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice, demand or consent.
 
18.          Successors
 
The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of Employer and its successors and assigns, and Employee and his heirs, successors and personal representatives.
 
19.          Governing Law
 
The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Georgia, except as preempted by federal law.
 
20.          Entire Plan
 
This written document is the final and exclusive statement of the terms of the Plan, and any claim of right or entitlement under the Plan shall be determined in accordance with its provisions.
 
PAGE 4 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE   INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
21.          Not a Contract of Employment
 
The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Employer and any Employee, and an Employee (or his Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Employer except as may be otherwise provided specifically herein. Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give an Employee the right to be retained in the service of Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge any Employee at any time.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officers effective as of April 1, 2006.

       
 
CHARTERBANK
     
 
By:
/s/  Curtis Kollar
     
   
         CFO
   
Title
       
    Date:  
 
6-13-06
 
PAGE 5 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 

Exhibit 10.14
 
Curtis Kollar
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 
Effective April 1, 2006

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
       
     
PAGE
         
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 
1
 
         
1.
Purpose
 
1
 
2.
Effective Date
 
1
 
3.
Eligibility and Participation
 
1
 
4.
Purchase of Life Insurance Policies
 
1
 
5.
Policy Ownership
 
1
 
6.
Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
1
 
7.
Division of Death Proceeds
 
2
 
8.
Beneficiary Designation
 
2
 
9.
Premium Payments
 
2
 
10.
Termination of Participation in the Plan
 
2
 
11.
Named Fiduciary
 
3
 
12.
Funding Policy
 
3
 
13.
Claims Procedure
 
3
 
14.
Amendment and Revocation
 
4
 
15.
Insurance Company Not a Party to This Plan
 
4
 
16.
Validity
 
4
 
17.
Notices
 
4
 
18.
Successors
 
4
 
19.
Governing Law
 
4
 
20.
Entire Plan
 
4
 
21.
Not a Contract of Employment
 
5
 
 
SCHEDULE A
 
Participation Agreement
 
SCHEDULE B
 
Beneficiary Designation

 
(i)

 
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 
This Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan (the “Plan”) is established by CharterBank, West Point, Georgia (“Employer”), for the benefit of certain highly compensated or management employees of the Employer.
 
1.             Purpose
 
This Plan is established as part of an integrated executive compensation program that is intended to attract, retain and motivate certain key employees (“Employees”) who are in a position to make significant contributions to the operation and profitability of the Employer. This Plan provides a means by which the Employer assists the Employee in purchasing life insurance on the Employee’s life that provides a death benefit to the Employee’s personal beneficiary.
 
2.             Effective Date
 
This Plan shall be effective as of April 1, 2006.
 
3.             Eligibility and Participation
 
The Chief Executive Officer of the Employer may designate any Employee eligible for the Plan and the Board of Directors of the Employer (“Board”) may approve such designation. Provided the Board has approved an Employee’s eligibility for the Plan, such Employee may agree to participate in the Plan by completing a Participation Agreement and Beneficiary Designation Form as set forth in Schedules A and B; provided, however, participation and all benefits under this Plan are subject to the actual purchase of a life insurance Policy under Section 4.
 
4.             Purchase of life Insurance Policies
 
Employer shall use its best efforts to purchase one (1) or more life insurance policies on the life of each Employee in an amount sufficient to provide for the benefits outlined in Section 7 of the Plan; provided, however, that the Employer shall retain the absolute right to decline to purchase a Policy on the life of any Employee for any reason whatsoever. Each policy purchased shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (“Policy”).
 
5.             Policy Ownership
 
Employer shall be the sole and absolute owner of any Policy and may exercise all ownership rights granted to the owner thereof by the terms of the Policy, except as may otherwise be limited by this Plan.
 
6.             Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
Employer shall at all times be entitled to all cash values under the terms of the Policy. Employee shall have no right, at any time, to the cash value of the Policy.
 
PAGE 1 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 

 
7.             Division of Death Proceeds
 
Except as provided in Section 10 herein, upon the death of Employee, the proceeds of the Policy shall be divided as follows:
 
(a)            Employee’s Share . Each Employee’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) as of the Employee’s date of death.
 
(b)            Employer’s Share . The Employer shall be entitled to the remainder of the death proceeds.
 
(c)            Division of Interest. Employer and Beneficiary shall share in any interest due with respect to the death proceeds on a pro-rata basis as the proceeds due each respectively bears to the total proceeds, excluding any such interest.
 
8.             Beneficiary Designation
 
Employee shall have the right and power to designate a person, persons or entity (“Beneficiary”) to receive Employee’s share of the proceeds payable upon his death and to elect and change a payment option for such Beneficiary, subject to any right or interest the Employer may have in such proceeds, as provided in this Plan. If no valid Beneficiary designation has been filed with the Employer, upon Employee’s death, the Beneficiary will be deemed to be the Employee’s estate.
 
9.             Premium Payments
 
(a)           Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, Employer shall pay an amount equal to the planned premiums and any other premium payments that might become necessary to keep the Policy in force.
 
(b)           Employer shall annually furnish to Employee a statement of the amount reportable by Employee for federal and state income tax purposes, if any, as a result of the insurance protection provided.
 
(c)           Employee shall have no right to make any premium payment to the Policy at any time.
 
10.          Termination of Participation in the Plan
 
(a)           Upon the occurrence of any one (1) of the following, an Employee’s participation in this Plan shall terminate and all death proceeds shall thereafter be paid solely to the Employer:
 
(i)           Employee terminates employment with Employer for any reason;
 
(ii)          Total cessation of Employer’s business;
 
(iii)         Bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of Employer;
 
PAGE 2 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 

 
(iv)           Receipt by Employer of written notification of a request to terminate Participation Agreement from Employee;
 
(v)            Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy on the life of Employee by Employer; or
 
(vi)           Distribution of the death proceeds in accordance with Section 7 of this Plan.
 
11.          Named Fiduciary
 
Employer is hereby designated as the named fiduciary under this Plan. As named fiduciary, Employer shall be responsible for and have the authority to manage the operation and administration of this Plan, and it shall be responsible for establishing and carrying out a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of this Plan. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the Plan, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of any ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
 
12.          Funding Policy
 
Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, the funding policy for this Plan shall be to maintain each Policy in force by paying, when due, all premiums required.
 
13.          Claims Procedure
 
(a)           Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under this Plan, or requesting information under this Plan shall present the request in writing to Employer, which shall respond in writing within a reasonable period of time, but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request.
 
(b)            Denial of Claim . If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:
 
(i)           The reason for denial, with specific reference to the provisions in the Plan on which the denial is based;
 
(ii)           A description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary; and
 
(iii)           An explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedure.
 
(c)            Review of Claim . Any person whose claim or request is denied may request a review by notice given to Employer within sixty (60) days following receipt of notification of the adverse determination. The claim or request shall be reviewed by Employer which may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.
 
PAGE 3 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
(d)            Final Decision . The decision on review shall normally be made within sixty (60) days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified within such sixty (60) day period of an extension which shall not be for more than an additional sixty (60) days. The Employer’s decision shall be delivered in writing to Employee and shall state the reason and the relevant provisions in the Plan for the decision. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.
 
14.          Amendment and Revocation
 
This Plan may be amended or revoked at any time, in whole or in part, by the Employer.
 
15.          Insurance Company Not a Party to This Plan
 
Each insurer shall be fully discharged from its obligations under the Policy by payment of the Policy death benefit to the Beneficiary named in the Policy, subject to the terms and conditions of the Policy. In no event shall any insurer be considered a party to this Plan, or any modification or amendment hereof.
 
16.          Validity
 
If any provision of this Plan is held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nonetheless be enforceable according to their terms. Further, in the event that any provision is held to be overbroad as written, such provision shall be deemed amended to narrow its application to the extent necessary to make the provision enforceable according to law and enforced as amended.
 
17.          Notices
 
All notices shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if delivered to the Employer at its principal place of business, or to the Employee at his last known address as shown in Employer’s records, in person, by Federal Express or similar receipted delivery, or, if mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice, demand or consent.
 
18.          Successors
 
The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of Employer and its successors and assigns, and Employee and his heirs, successors and personal representatives.
 
19.          Governing Law
 
The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Georgia, except as preempted by federal law.
 
20.          Entire Plan
 
This written document is the final and exclusive statement of the terms of the Plan, and any claim of right or entitlement under the Plan shall be determined in accordance with its provisions.
 
PAGE 4 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
21.          Not a Contract of Employment
 
The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Employer and any Employee, and an Employee (or his Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Employer except as may be otherwise provided specifically herein. Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give an Employee the right to be retained in the service of Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge any Employee at any time.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officers effective as of April 1, 2006.
 
      CHARTERBANK
     
 
BY:
/s/ Curtis Kollar
     
    CFO
   
Title
     
 
Date: 
6-13-06
 
PAGE 5 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 

Exhibit 10.15
 
Lee W. Washam
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 
Effective April 1, 2006

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
     
PAGE
       
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 
1
 
         
1.
Purpose
 
1
 
2.
Effective Date
 
1
 
3.
Eligibility and Participation
 
1
 
4.
Purchase of Life Insurance Policies
 
1
 
5.
Policy Ownership
 
1
 
6.
Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
1
 
7.
Division of Death Proceeds
 
2
 
8.
Beneficiary Designation
 
2
 
9.
Premium Payments
 
2
 
10.
Termination of Participation in the Plan
 
2
 
11.
Named Fiduciary
 
3
 
12.
Funding Policy
 
3
 
13.
Claims Procedure
 
3
 
14.
Amendment and Revocation
 
4
 
15.
Insurance Company Not a Party to This Plan
 
4
 
16.
Validity
 
4
 
17.
Notices
 
4
 
18.
Successors
 
4
 
19.
Governing Law
 
4
 
20.
Entire Plan
 
4
 
21.
Not a Contract of Employment
 
5
 
         
SCHEDULE A
     
       
Participation Agreement
     
       
SCHEDULE B
     
       
Beneficiary Designation
     
 
 
(i)

 
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 
This Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan (the “Plan”) is established by CharterBank, West Point, Georgia (“Employer”), for the benefit of certain highly compensated or management employees of the Employer.
 
1.             Purpose
 
This Plan is established as part of an integrated executive compensation program that is intended to attract, retain and motivate certain key employees (“Employees”) who are in a position to make significant contributions to the operation and profitability of the Employer, This Plan provides a means by which the Employer assists the Employee in purchasing life insurance on the Employee’s life that provides a death benefit to the Employee’s personal beneficiary.
 
2.             Effective Date
 
This Plan shall be effective as of April 1, 2006.
 
3.             Eligibility and Participation
 
The Chief Executive Officer of the Employer may designate any Employee eligible for the Plan and the Board of Directors of the Employer (“Board”) may approve such designation. Provided the Board has approved an Employee’s eligibility for the Plan, such Employee may agree to participate in the Plan by completing a Participation Agreement and Beneficiary Designation Form as set forth in Schedules A and B; provided, however, participation and all benefits under this Plan are subject to the actual purchase of a life insurance Policy under Section 4.
 
4.             Purchase of Life Insurance Policies
 
Employer shall use its best efforts to purchase one (1) or more life insurance policies on the life of each Employee in an amount sufficient to provide for the benefits outlined in Section 7 of the Plan; provided, however, that the Employer shall retain the absolute right to decline to purchase a Policy on the life of any Employee for any reason whatsoever. Each policy purchased shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (“Policy”).
 
5.             Policy Ownership
 
Employer shall be the sole and absolute owner of any Policy and may exercise all ownership rights granted to the owner thereof by the terms of the Policy, except as may otherwise be limited by this Plan.
 
6.             Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
Employer shall at all times be entitled to all cash values under the terms of the Policy. Employee shall have no right, at any time, to the cash value of the Policy.
 
PAGE 1 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
7.            Division of Death Proceeds
 
Except as provided in Section 10 herein, upon the death of Employee, the proceeds of the Policy shall be divided as follows:
 
(a)            Employee’s Share. Each Employee’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) as of the Employee’s date of death.
 
(b)            Employer’s Share. The Employer shall be entitled to the remainder of the death proceeds.
 
(c)            Division of Interest. Employer and Beneficiary shall share in any interest due with respect to the death proceeds on a pro-rata basis as the proceeds due each respectively bears to the total proceeds, excluding any such interest.
 
8.            Beneficiary Designation
 
Employee shall have the right and power to designate a person, persons or entity (“Beneficiary”) to receive Employee’s share of the proceeds payable upon his death and to elect and change a payment option for such Beneficiary, subject to any right or interest the Employer may have in such proceeds, as provided in this Plan. If no valid Beneficiary designation has been filed with the Employer, upon Employee’s death, the Beneficiary will be deemed to be the Employee’s estate.
 
9.             Premium Payments
 
(a)           Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, Employer shall pay an amount equal to the planned premiums and any other premium payments that might become necessary to keep the Policy in force.
 
(b)           Employer shall annually furnish to Employee a statement of the amount reportable by Employee for federal and state income tax purposes, if any, as a result of the insurance protection provided.
 
(c)           Employee shall have no right to make any premium payment to the Policy at any time.
 
10.           Termination of Participation in the Plan
 
(a)           Upon the occurrence of any one (1) of the following, an Employee’s participation in this Plan shall terminate and all death proceeds shall thereafter be paid solely to the Employer:
 
(i)           Employee terminates employment with Employer for any reason;
 
(ii)          Total cessation of Employer’s business;
 
(iii)         Bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of Employer;
 
PAGE 2 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
(iv)          Receipt by Employer of written notification of a request to terminate Participation Agreement from Employee;
 
(v)           Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy on the life of Employee by Employer; or
 
(vi)          Distribution of the death proceeds in accordance with Section 7 of this Plan.
 
11.          Named Fiduciary
 
Employer is hereby designated as the named fiduciary under this Plan. As named fiduciary, Employer shall be responsible for and have the authority to manage the operation and administration of this Plan, and it shall be responsible for establishing and carrying out a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of this Plan, The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the Plan, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of any ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
 
12 .           Funding Policy
 
Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, the funding policy for this Plan shall be to maintain each Policy in force by paying, when due, all premiums required.
 
13.          Claims Procedure
 
(a)           Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under this Plan, or requesting information under this Plan shall present the request in writing to Employer, which shall respond in writing within a reasonable period of time, but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request.
 
(b)            Denial of Claim. If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:
 
(i)           The reason for denial, with specific reference to the provisions in the Plan on which the denial is based;
 
(ii)          A description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary; and
 
(iii)         An explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedure.
 
(c)            Review of Claim. Any person whose claim or request is denied may request a review by notice given to Employer within sixty (60) days following receipt of notification of the adverse determination. The claim or request shall be reviewed by Employer which may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.
 
PAGE 3 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 

 
(d)            Final Decision. The decision on review shall normally be made within sixty (60) days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified within such sixty (60) day period of an extension which shall not be for more than an additional sixty (60) days. The Employer’s decision shall be delivered in writing to Employee and shall state the reason and the relevant provisions in the Plan for the decision. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.
 
14.          Amendment and Revocation
 
This Plan may be amended or revoked at any time, in whole or in part, by the Employer.
 
15.          Insurance Company Not a Party to This Plan
 
Each insurer shall be fully discharged from its obligations under the Policy by payment of the Policy death benefit to the Beneficiary named in the Policy, subject to the terms and conditions of the Policy. In no event shall any insurer be considered a party to this Plan, or any modification or amendment hereof.
 
16.          Validity
 
If any provision of this Plan is held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nonetheless be enforceable according to their terms. Further, in the event that any provision is held to be overbroad as written, such provision shall be deemed amended to narrow its application to the extent necessary to make the provision enforceable according to law and enforced as amended.
 
17.          Notices
 
All notices shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if delivered to the Employer at its principal place of business, or to the Employee at his last known address as shown in Employer’s records, in person, by Federal Express or similar receipted delivery, or, if mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice, demand or consent.
 
18.          Successors
 
The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of Employer and its successors and assigns, and Employee and his heirs, successors and personal representatives.
 
19.          Governing Law
 
The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Georgia, except as preempted by federal law.
 
20.          Entire Plan
 
This written document is the final and exclusive statement of the terms of the Plan, and any claim of right or entitlement under the Plan shall be determined in accordance with its provisions.
 
PAGE 4 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 

 
21.          Not a Contract of Employment
 
The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Employer and any Employee, and an Employee (or his Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Employer except as may be otherwise provided specifically herein. Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give an Employee the right to be retained in the service of Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge any Employee at any time.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officers effective as of April 1, 2006.
     
   
CHARTERBANK
     
 
By:
/s/
     
   
     CFO
   
Title
     
 
Date:
     6-13-06
 
PAGE 5 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 

Exhibit 10.16
 
William C. Gladden
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 
Effective April 1, 2006

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
   
PAGE
     
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
1
     
1.
Purpose
1
2.
Effective Date
1
3.
Eligibility and Participation
1
4.
Purchase of Life Insurance Policies
1
5.
Policy Ownership
1
6.
Division of Cash Surrender Value
1
7.
Division of Death Proceeds
2
8.
Beneficiary Designation
2
9.
Premium Payments
2
10.
Termination of Participation in the Plan
2
11.
Named Fiduciary
3
12.
Funding Policy
3
13.
Claims Procedure
3
14.
Amendment and Revocation
4
15.
Insurance Company Not a Party to This Plan
4
16.
Validity
4
17.
Notices
4
18.
Successors
4
19.
Governing Law
4
20.
Entire Plan
4
21.
Not a Contract of Employment
5
     
SCHEDULE A
 
   
Participation Agreement
 
     
SCHEDULE B
 
     
Beneficiary Designation
 

 
(i)

 
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 
This Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan (the “Plan”) is established by CharterBank, West Point, Georgia (“Employer”), for the benefit of certain highly compensated or management em­ployees of the Employer.
 
1.             Purpose
 
This Plan is established as part of an integrated executive compensation program that is in­tended to attract, retain and motivate certain key employees (“Employees”) who are in a position to make significant contributions to the operation and profitability of the Employer. This Plan provides a means by which the Employer assists the Employee in purchasing life insurance on the Employee’s life that provides a death benefit to the Employee’s personal beneficiary.
 
2.             Effective Date
 
This Plan shall be effective as of April 1, 2006.
 
3.             Eligibility and Participation
 
The Chief Executive Officer of the Employer may designate any Employee eligible for the Plan and the Board of Directors of the Employer (“Board”) may approve such designation. Provided the Board has approved an Employee’s eligibility for the Plan, such Employee may agree to participate in the Plan by completing a Participation Agreement and Beneficiary Designation Form as set forth in Schedules A and B; provided, however, participation and all benefits under this Plan are subject to the actual purchase of a life insurance Policy under Section 4.
 
4.             Purchase of Life Insurance Policies
 
Employer shall use its best efforts to purchase one (1) or more life insurance policies on the life of each Employee in an amount sufficient to provide for the benefits outlined in Section 7 of the Plan; provided, however, that the Employer shall retain the absolute right to decline to purchase a Policy on the life of any Employee for any reason whatsoever. Each policy purchased shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (“Policy”).
 
5.             Policy Ownership
 
Employer shall be the sole and absolute owner of any Policy and may exercise all ownership rights granted to the owner thereof by the terms of the Policy, except as may otherwise be limited by this Plan.
 
6.             Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
Employer shall at all times be entitled to all cash values under the terms of the Policy. Employee shall have no right, at any time, to the cash value of the Policy.
 
PAGE 1 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
7.             Division of Death Proceeds
 
Except as provided in Section 10 herein, upon the death of Employee, the proceeds of the Policy shall be divided as follows:
 
            (a)     Employee’s Share. Each Employee’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to one hundred thousand dollars ($ 100,000.00) as of the Employee’s date of death.
 
            (b)            Employer’s Share. The Employer shall be entitled to the remainder of the death proceeds.
 
            (c)     Division of Interest. Employer and Beneficiary shall share in any interest due with  respect to the death proceeds on a pro-rata basis as the proceeds due each respectively bears to the total proceeds, excluding any such interest.
 
8.              Beneficiary Designation
 
Employee shall have the right and power to designate a person, persons or entity (“Beneficiary”) to receive Employee’s share of the proceeds payable upon his death and to elect and change a payment option for such Beneficiary, subject to any right or interest the Employer may have in such proceeds, as provided in this Plan. If no valid Beneficiary designation has been filed with the Employer, upon Employee’s death, the Beneficiary will be deemed to be the Employee’s estate.
 
9.           Premium Payments
 
            (a)     Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, Employer shall pay an amount equal to the planned premiums and any other premium payments that might become necessary to keep the Policy in force.
 
            (b)     Employer shall annually furnish to Employee a statement of the amount reportable by Employee for federal and state income tax purposes, if any, as a result of the insurance protection provided.
 
            (c)     Employee shall have no right to make any premium payment to the Policy at any time.
 
10.           Termination of Participation in the Plan
 
            (a)     Upon the occurrence of any one (1) of the following, an Employee’s participation in this Plan shall terminate and all death proceeds shall thereafter be paid solely to the Employer:
 
                       (i)            Employee terminates employment with Employer for any reason;
 
                       (ii)           Total cessation of Employer’s business;
 
                       (iii)          Bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of Employer;
 
PAGE 2 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
                                                  (iv)           Receipt by Employer of written notification of a request to terminate Participa­tion Agreement from Employee;
 
                                                  (v)            Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy on the life of Employee by Employer; or
 
                                                  (vi)           Distribution of the death proceeds in accordance with Section 7 of this Plan.
 
11.          Named Fiduciary
 
Employer is hereby designated as the named fiduciary under this Plan. As named fiduciary, Employer shall be responsible for and have the authority to manage the operation and administration of this Plan, and it shall be responsible for establishing and carrying out a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of this Plan. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the Plan, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of any ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
 
12.          Funding Policy
 
Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, the funding policy for this Plan shall be to maintain each Policy in force by paying, when due, all premiums required.
 
13.          Claims Procedure
 
            (a)     Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under this Plan, or requesting information under this Plan shall present the request in writing to Employer, which shall respond in writing within a reasonable period of time, but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request.
 
            (b)     Denial of Claim. If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:
 
                                                 (i)           The reason for denial, with specific reference to the provisions in the Plan on which the denial is based;
 
                                                  (ii)          A description of any additional material or information required and an expla­nation of why it is necessary; and
 
                                                   (iii)         An explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedure.
 
            (c)     Review of Claim. Any person whose claim or request is denied may request a review by notice given to Employer within sixty (60) days following receipt of notification of the adverse determination. The claim or request shall be reviewed by Employer which may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.
 
PAGE 3 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
               (d)     Final Decision. The decision on review shall normally be made within sixty (60) days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified within such sixty (60) day period of an extension which shall not be for more than an additional sixty (60) days. The Employer’s decision shall be delivered in writ­ing to Employee and shall state the reason and the relevant provisions in the Plan for the deci­sion. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.
 
14.          Amendment and Revocation
 
This Plan may be amended or revoked at any time, in whole or in part, by the Employer.
 
15.          Insurance Company Not a Party to This Plan
 
Each insurer shall be fully discharged from its obligations under the Policy by payment of the Policy death benefit to the Beneficiary named in the Policy, subject to the terms and conditions of the Policy. In no event shall any insurer be considered a party to this Plan, or any modification or amend­ment hereof.
 
16.          Validity
 
If any provision of this Plan is held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nonetheless be enforceable according to their terms. Further, in the event that any provision is held to be overbroad as written, such provision shall be deemed amended to narrow its application to the extent necessary to make the provision enforceable according to law and enforced as amended.
 
17.          Notices
 
All notices shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if delivered to the Employer at its principal place of business, or to the Employee at his last known address as shown in Employer’s re­cords, in person, by Federal Express or similar receipted delivery, or, if mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice, demand or consent.
 
18.          Successors
 
The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of Employer and its successors and assigns, and Employee and his heirs, successors and personal representatives.
 
19.          Governing Law
 
The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Georgia, except as preempted by federal law.
 
20.          Entire Plan
 
This written document is the final and exclusive statement of the terms of the Plan, and any claim of right or entitlement under the Plan shall be determined in accordance with its provisions.
 
PAGE 4 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
21.          Not a Contract of Employment
 
The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employ­ment between the Employer and any Employee, and an Employee (or his Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Employer except as may be otherwise provided specifically herein. Moreover, noth­ing in the Plan shall be deemed to give an Employee the right to be retained in the service of Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge any Employee at any time.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly author­ized officers effective as of April 1, 2006.
     
   
CHARTERBANK
     
 
By:
/s/ Curtis Kollar
     
   
CFO
   
Title
     
 
Date:  
6-13-06
 
PAGE 5 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 

Exhibit 10.17
 
Ronald M. Warner
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 
Effective April 1, 2006

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
     
PAGE
         
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 
1
 
         
1.
Purpose
 
1
 
2.
Effective Date
 
1
 
3.
Eligibility and Participation
 
1
 
4.
Purchase of Life Insurance Policies
 
1
 
5.
Policy Ownership
 
1
 
6.
Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
1
 
7.
Division of Death Proceeds
 
2
 
8.
Beneficiary Designation
 
2
 
9.
Premium Payments
 
2
 
10.
Termination of Participation in the Plan
 
2
 
11.
Named Fiduciary
 
3
 
12.
Funding Policy
 
3
 
13.
Claims Procedure
 
3
 
14.
Amendment and Revocation
 
4
 
15.
Insurance Company Not a Party to This Plan
 
4
 
16.
Validity
 
4
 
17.
Notices
 
4
 
18.
Successors
 
4
 
19.
Governing Law
 
4
 
20.
Entire Plan
 
4
 
21.
Not a Contract of Employment
 
5
 
         
SCHEDULE A
     
       
Participation Agreement
     
       
SCHEDULE B
     
       
Beneficiary Designation
     
 
 
(i)

 
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 
This Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan (the “Plan”) is established by CharterBank, West Point, Georgia (“Employer”), for the benefit of certain highly compensated or management employees of the Employer.
 
1.             Purpose
 
This Plan is established as part of an integrated executive compensation program that is in­tended to attract, retain and motivate certain key employees (“Employees”) who are in a position to make significant contributions to the operation and profitability of the Employer. This Plan provides a means by which the Employer assists the Employee in purchasing life insurance on the Employee’s life that provides a death benefit to the Employee’s personal beneficiary.
 
2.             Effective Date
 
This Plan shall be effective as of April 1, 2006.
 
3.             Eligibility and Participation
 
The Chief Executive Officer of the Employer may designate any Employee eligible for the Plan and the Board of Directors of the Employer (“Board”) may approve such designation. Provided the Board has approved an Employee’s eligibility for the Plan, such Employee may agree to participate in the Plan by completing a Participation Agreement and Beneficiary Designation Form as set forth in Schedules A and B; provided, however, participation and all benefits under this Plan are subject to the actual purchase of a life insurance Policy under Section 4.
 
4.             Purchase of Life Insurance Policies
 
Employer shall use its best efforts to purchase one (1) or more life insurance policies on the life of each Employee in an amount sufficient to provide for the benefits outlined in Section 7 of the Plan; provided, however, that the Employer shall retain the absolute right to decline to purchase a Policy on the life of any Employee for any reason whatsoever. Each policy purchased shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (“Policy”).
 
5.             Policy Ownership
 
Employer shall be the sole and absolute owner of any Policy and may exercise all ownership rights granted to the owner thereof by the terms of the Policy, except as may otherwise be limited by this Plan.
 
6.             Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
Employer shall at all times be entitled to all cash values under the terms of the Policy. Employee shall have no right, at any time, to the cash value of the Policy.
 
PAGE 1 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
7.             Division of Death Proceeds
 
Except as provided in Section 10 herein, upon the death of Employee, the proceeds of the Policy shall be divided as follows:
 
(a)            Employee’s Share. Each Employee’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) as of the Employee’s date of death.
 
(b)            Employer’s Share. The Employer shall be entitled to the remainder of the death proceeds.
 
(c)            Division of Interest. Employer and Beneficiary shall share in any interest due with respect to the death proceeds on a pro-rata basis as the proceeds due each respectively bears to the total proceeds, excluding any such interest.
 
8.             Beneficiary Designation
 
Employee shall have the right and power to designate a person, persons or entity (“Beneficiary”) to receive Employee’s share of the proceeds payable upon his death and to elect and change a payment option for such Beneficiary, subject to any right or interest the Employer may have in such proceeds, as provided in this Plan. If no valid Beneficiary designation has been filed with the Employer, upon Employee’s death, the Beneficiary will be deemed to be the Employee’s estate.
 
9.             Premium Payments
 
(a)           Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, Employer shall pay an amount equal to the planned premiums and any other premium payments that might become necessary to keep the Policy in force.
 
(b)           Employer shall annually furnish to Employee a statement of the amount reportable by Employee for federal and state income tax purposes, if any, as a result of the insurance protection provided.
 
(c)           Employee shall have no right to make any premium payment to the Policy at any time.
 
10.          Termination of Participation in the Plan
 
(a)           Upon the occurrence of any one (1) of the following, an Employee’s participation in this Plan shall terminate and all death proceeds shall thereafter be paid solely to the Employer:
 
(i)           Employee terminates employment with Employer for any reason;
 
(ii)          Total cessation of Employer’s business;
 
(iii)         Bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of Employer;
 
PAGE 2 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
(iv)           Receipt by Employer of written notification of a request to terminate Participation Agreement from Employee;
 
(v)            Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy on the life of Employee by Employer; or
 
(vi)           Distribution of the death proceeds in accordance with Section 7 of this Plan.
 
11.          Named Fiduciary
 
Employer is hereby designated as the named fiduciary under this Plan. As named fiduciary, Em­ployer shall be responsible for and have the authority to manage the operation and administration of this Plan, and it shall be responsible for establishing and carrying out a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of this Plan. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the Plan, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of any ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
 
12.          Funding Policy
 
Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, the funding policy for this Plan shall be to maintain each Policy in force by paying, when due, all premiums required.
 
13.          Claims Procedure
 
(a)           Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under this Plan, or requesting information under this Plan shall present the request in writing to Employer, which shall respond in writing within a reasonable period of time, but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request.
 
(b)            Denial of Claim. If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:
 
(i)           The reason for denial, with specific reference to the provisions in the Plan on which the denial is based;
 
(ii)           A description of any additional material or information required and an expla­nation of why it is necessary; and
 
(iii)           An explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedure.
 
(c)            Review of Claim. Any person whose claim or request is denied may request a review by notice given to Employer within sixty (60) days following receipt of notification of the adverse determination. The claim or request shall be reviewed by Employer which may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.
 
PAGE 3 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
(d)            Final Decision. The decision on review shall normally be made within sixty (60) days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified within such sixty (60) day period of an extension which shall not be for more than an additional sixty (60) days. The Employer’s decision shall be delivered in writ­ing to Employee and shall state the reason and the relevant provisions in the Plan for the deci­sion. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.
 
14.          Amendment and Revocation
 
This Plan may be amended or revoked at any time, in whole or in part, by the Employer.
 
15.          Insurance Company Not a Party to This Plan
 
Each insurer shall be fully discharged from its obligations under the Policy by payment of the Policy death benefit to the Beneficiary named in the Policy, subject to the terms and conditions of the Policy. In no event shall any insurer be considered a party to this Plan, or any modification or amend­ment hereof.
 
16.          Validity
 
If any provision of this Plan is held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nonetheless be enforceable according to their terms. Further, in the event that any provision is held to be overbroad as written, such provision shall be deemed amended to narrow its application to the extent necessary to make the provision enforceable according to law and enforced as amended.
 
17.          Notices
 
All notices shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if delivered to the Employer at its principal place of business, or to the Employee at his last known address as shown in Employer’s re­cords, in person, by Federal Express or similar receipted delivery, or, if mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice, demand or consent.
 
18.          Successors
 
The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of Employer and its successors and assigns, and Employee and his heirs, successors and personal representatives.
 
19.          Governing Law
 
The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Georgia, except as preempted by federal law.
 
20.          Entire Plan
 
This written document is the final and exclusive statement of the terms of the Plan, and any claim of right or entitlement under the Plan shall be determined in accordance with its provisions.
 
PAGE 4 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN

 
 

 
 
21.          Not a Contract of Employment
 
The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not   be deemed to   constitute a contract of employ­ment between the Employer and any Employee, and an Employee (or his Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Employer except as may be otherwise provided specifically herein. Moreover, noth­ing in the Plan shall be deemed to give an Employee ( the right to be retained in the service of Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge any Employee at any time.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly author­ized officers effective as of April 1, 2006.
     
   
CHARTERBANK
     
 
By:
/s/ Curtis Kollar
     
   
CFO
   
Title
     
 
Date:  
6-13-06
 
PAGE 5 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
 

Exhibit 10.18
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR
 
AGREEMENT
 
Effective June 1, 2006

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
       
     
Page
     
AGREEMENT
 
1
     
1.
Effective Date
 
1
2.
Purchase of Policy
 
1
3.
Policy Ownership
 
1
4.
Beneficiary Designation
 
1
5.
Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
2
6.
Division of Death Proceeds
 
2
7.
Premium Payments
 
2
8.
Termination of Agreement
 
2
9.
Named Fiduciary
 
3
10.
Funding Policy
 
3
11.
Claims Procedure
 
3
12.
Amendment and Revocation
 
4
13.
Insurance Company Not a Party to This Agreement
 
4
14.
Validity
 
4
15.
Notices
 
4
16.
Successors
 
4
17.
Governing Law
 
5
       
SCHEDULE A
   
     
Beneficiary Designation
   

 
(i) 

 
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR
 
AGREEMENT
 
This Endorsement Split-Dollar Agreement (“Agreement”) made and entered into by and between CharterBank, West Point, Georgia (“Employer”) and David Z. Cauble (“Director”);
 
WHEREAS, Director is considered a key person by Employer; and
 
WHEREAS, Director has agreed to permit Employer to purchase a life insurance policy on Director’s life; and
 
WHEREAS, the parties have further agreed to divide the death benefit between the Employer and the Director’s Beneficiary;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual promises contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.             Effective Date
 
The Effective Date of this Agreement shall be June 1, 2006.
 
2.            Purchase of Policy
 
Employer has purchased the following policies (“Policy”) on the life of Director which shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement:
     
1
 
2
Insurer
 
Policy
Number
NYLIC
 
56612267
 
3.            Policy Ownership
 
Employer shall be the sole and absolute owner of the Policy, and may exercise all ownership rights granted to the owner thereof by the terms of the Policy, except as may otherwise be limited by this Agreement.
 
4.            Beneficiary Designation
 
Director shall have the right and power to designate a person, persons or entity (“Beneficiary”) to receive Director’s share of the proceeds payable upon his death, subject to any right or interest the Employer may have in such proceeds, as provided in this Agreement. If no valid Beneficiary designation has been filed with the Employer, upon Director’s death, the Beneficiary will be deemed to be the Director’s estate.
 
PAGE 1 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 
 
5.            Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
Employer shall at all times be entitled to all cash values under the terms of the Policy. Director shall have no right, at any time, to the cash value of the Policy.
 
6.            Division of Death Proceeds
 
The division of the death proceeds of the Policy is as follows:
 
(a)            Director’s Share. Upon the death of Director, the Beneficiary shall be entitled to one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).
 
(b)            Employer’s Share. The Employer shall be entitled to the remainder of such death proceeds.
 
(c)            Division of Interest. Employer and Beneficiary shall share in any interest due with respect to the death proceeds on a pro-rata basis as the proceeds due each respectively bears to the total proceeds, excluding any such interest.
 
7.            Premium Payments
 
(a)           Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, Employer shall pay an amount equal to the planned premiums and any other premium payments that might become necessary to keep the policy in force.
 
(b)          Employer shall annually furnish to Director a statement of the amount reportable by Director for federal and state income tax purposes, if any, as a result of the insurance protection provided.
 
(c)           Director shall have no right to make any premium payment to the Policy at any time.
 
8.            Termination of Agreement
 
Upon the occurrence of any one (1) of the following, the Director’s participation in this Plan shall terminate and all death proceeds shall thereafter be paid solely to the Employer:
 
(a)           Director terminates service on Employer’s Board for any reason;
 
(b)           Total cessation of Employer’s business;
 
(c)           Bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of Employer;
 
(d)           Receipt by Employer of written notification of a request to terminate this Agreement from Director;
 
(e)           Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by Employer; or
 
(f)           Distribution of the death proceeds in accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement.
 
PAGE 2 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 
 
9.             Named Fiduciary
 
Employer is hereby designated as the named fiduciary under this Agreement. As named fiduciary, Employer shall be responsible for and have the authority to manage the operation and administration of this Agreement, and it shall be responsible for establishing and carrying out a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the Agreement, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of any ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
 
10.          Funding Policy
 
Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, the funding policy for this Agreement shall be to maintain the Policy in force by paying, when due, all premiums required.
 
11.          Claims Procedure
 
(a)          Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under this Agreement, or requesting information under this Agreement shall present the request in writing to Employer, which shall respond in writing within a reasonable period of time, but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request.
 
(b)            Denial of Claim. If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:
 
(i)           The reason for denial, with specific reference to the provisions in the Agreement on which the denial is based;
 
(ii)          A description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary; and
 
(iii)         An explanation of the Agreement’s claims review procedure.
 
(c)           Review of Claim . Any person whose claim or request is denied may request a review by notice given to Employer within sixty (60) days following receipt of notification of the adverse determination. The claim or request shall be reviewed by Employer which may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.
 
(d)           Final Decision . The decision on review shall normally be made within sixty (60) days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified within such sixty (60) day period of an extension which shall not be for more than an additional sixty (60) days. The Employer’s decision shall be delivered in writing to Director and shall state the reason and the relevant provisions in the Agreement for the decision. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.
 
PAGE 3 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 
 
12.          Amendment and Revocation
 
Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto that, during Director’s lifetime, this Agreement may be amended or revoked at any time, in whole or in part, by the mutual written consent of the Director and Employer.
 
13.          Insurance Company Not a Party to This Agreement
 
Insurer shall be fully discharged from its obligations under the Policy by payment of the Policy death benefit to the Beneficiary named in the Policy, subject to the terms and conditions of the Policy. In no event shall Insurer be considered a party to this Agreement, or any modification or amendment hereof.
 
14.          Validity
 
If any provision of this Agreement is held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nonetheless be enforceable according to their terms. Further, in the event that any provision is held to be overbroad as written, such provision shall be deemed amended to narrow its application to the extent necessary to make the provision enforceable according to law and enforced as amended.
 
15.          Notices
 
All notices shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if delivered to the Employer at its principal place of business, or to the Director at his last known address as shown in Employer’s records, in person, by Federal Express or similar receipted delivery, or, if mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice, demand or consent.
 
16.          Successors
 
The provisions of this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of Employer and its successors and assigns, and Director and his heirs, successors, personal representatives and assigns.
 
PAGE 4 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 
 
17.          Governing Law
 
The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Georgia, except as preempted by federal law.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto acknowledge that each has carefully read this Agreement and executed the original thereof on the date set forth below, and that upon execution, each has received a conforming copy.
     
   
CHARTERBANK
     
 
BY:
/s/ Curtis Kollar
     
   
CFO
   
Title
     
 
Date:   
6-13-06
     
   
DAVID Z. CAUBLE
     
    /s/ David Z. Cauble
     
 
Date:
6/26/06
 
PAGE 5 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT
 

Exhibit 10.19
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR
 
AGREEMENT
 
Effective June 1, 2006

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
     
PAGE
       
AGREEMENT
 
1
 
         
1.
Effective Date
 
1
 
2.
Purchase of Policy
 
1
 
3.
Policy Ownership
 
1
 
4.
Beneficiary Designation
 
1
 
5.
Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
2
 
6.
Division of Death Proceeds
 
2
 
7.
Premium Payments
 
2
 
8.
Termination of Agreement
 
2
 
9.
Named Fiduciary
 
3
 
10.
Funding Policy
 
3
 
11.
Claims Procedure
 
3
 
12.
Amendment and Revocation
 
4
 
13.
Insurance Company Not a Party to This Agreement
 
4
 
14.
Validity
 
4
 
15.
Notices
 
4
 
16.
Successors
 
4
 
17.
Governing Law
 
5
 
         
SCHEDULE A
     
         
Beneficiary Designation
     

 
(i)

 
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR
 
AGREEMENT
 
This Endorsement Split-Dollar Agreement (“Agreement”) made and entered into by and between CharterBank, West Point, Georgia (“Employer”) and Jane W. Darden (“Director”);
 
WHEREAS, Director is considered a key person by Employer; and
 
WHEREAS, Director has agreed to permit Employer to purchase a life insurance policy on Director’s life; and
 
WHEREAS, the parties have further agreed to divide the death benefit between the Employer and the Director’s Beneficiary;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual promises contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.             Effective Date
 
The Effective Date of this Agreement shall be June 1, 2006.
 
2.             Purchase of Policy
 
Employer has purchased the following policies (“Policy”) on the life of Director which shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement:
   
1
 
Insurer
2
Policy
Number
NYLIC
56612269
 
3.             Policy Ownership
 
Employer shall be the sole and absolute owner of the Policy, and may exercise all ownership rights granted to the owner thereof by the terms of the Policy, except as may otherwise be limited by this Agreement.
 
4.             Beneficiary Designation
 
Director shall have the right and power to designate a person, persons or entity (“Beneficiary”) to receive Director’s share of the proceeds payable upon his death, subject to any right or interest the Employer may have in such proceeds, as provided in this Agreement. If no valid Beneficiary designa­tion has been filed with the Employer, upon Director’s death, the Beneficiary will be deemed to be the Director’s estate.
 
PAGE 1 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 

 
5.             Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
Employer shall at all times be entitled to all cash values under the terms of the Policy. Director shall have no right, at any time, to the cash value of the Policy.
 
6 .              Division of Death Proceeds
 
The division of the death proceeds of the Policy is as follows;
 
(a)            Director’s Share. Upon the death of Director, the Beneficiary shall be entitled to one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).
 
(b)            Employer’s Share. The Employer shall be entitled to the remainder of such death proceeds.
 
(c)            Division of Interest. Employer and Beneficiary shall share in any interest due with respect to the death proceeds on a pro-rata basis as the proceeds due each respectively bears to the total proceeds, excluding any such interest.
 
7.             Premium Payments
 
(a)           Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, Employer shall pay an amount equal to the planned premiums and any other premium payments that might become necessary to keep the policy in force.
 
(b)           Employer shall annually furnish to Director a statement of the amount reportable by Director for federal and state income tax purposes, if any, as a result of the insurance protection provided.
 
(c)           Director shall have no right to make any premium payment to the Policy at any time.
 
8.             Termination of Agreement
 
Upon the occurrence of any one (1) of the following, the Director’s participation in this Plan shall terminate and all death proceeds shall thereafter be paid solely to the Employer;
 
(a)           Director terminates service on Employer’s Board for any reason;
 
(b)           Total cessation of Employer’s business;
 
(c)           Bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of Employer;
 
(d)           Receipt by Employer of written notification of a request to terminate this Agreement from Director;
 
(e)           Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by Employer; or
 
(f)           Distribution of the death proceeds in accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement.
 
PAGE 2 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 
 
9.            Named Fiduciary
 
Employer is hereby designated as the named fiduciary under this Agreement. As named fiduciary, Employer shall be responsible for and have the authority to manage the operation and administration of this Agreement, and it shall be responsible for establishing and carrying out a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the Agreement, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of any ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
 
10.          Funding Policy
 
Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, the funding policy for this Agreement shall be to maintain the Policy in force by paying, when due, all premiums required.
 
11.          Claims Procedure
 
(a)           Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under this Agreement, or requesting information under this Agreement shall present the request in writing to Employer, which shall respond in writing within a reasonable period of time, but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request.
 
(b)            Denial of Claim. If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:
 
(i)           The reason for denial, with specific reference to the provisions in the Agreement on which the denial is based;
 
(ii)          A description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary; and
 
(iii)         An explanation of the Agreement’s claims review procedure.
 
(c)            Review of Claim. Any person whose claim or request is denied may request a review by notice given to Employer within sixty (60) days following receipt of notification of the ad­verse determination. The claim or request shall be reviewed by Employer which may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.
 
(d)            Final Decision. The decision on review shall normally be made within sixty (60) days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified within such sixty (60) day period of an extension which shall not be for more than an additional sixty (60) days. The Employer’s decision shall be delivered in writing to Director and shall state the reason and the relevant provisions in the Agreement for the decision. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.
 
PAGE 3 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 
 
12.           Amendment and Revocation
 
Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto that, during Director’s lifetime, this Agreement may be amended or revoked at any time, in whole or in part, by the mutual written consent of the Director and Employer.
 
13.           Insurance Company Not a Party to This Agreement
 
Insurer shall be fully discharged from its obligations under the Policy by payment of the Policy death benefit to the Beneficiary named in the Policy, subject to the terms and conditions of the Policy. In no event shall Insurer be considered a party to this Agreement, or any modification or amendment hereof.
 
14.           Validity
 
If any provision of this Agreement is held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nonetheless be enforceable according to their terms. Further, in the event that any provi­sion is held to be overbroad as written, such provision shall be deemed amended to narrow its appli­cation to the extent necessary to make the provision enforceable according to law and enforced as amended.
 
15.           Notices
 
All notices shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if delivered to the Employer at its principal place of business, or to the Director at his last known address as shown in Employer’s records, in person, by Federal Express or similar receipted delivery, or, if mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice, demand or consent.
 
16.           Successors
 
The provisions of this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of Employer and its successors and assigns, and Director and his heirs, successors, personal representatives and assigns.
 
PAGE 4 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 
 
17.           Governing Law
 
The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Georgia, except as preempted by federal law.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto acknowledge that each has carefully read this Agreement and executed the original thereof on the date set forth below, and that upon execution, each has received a conforming copy.
     
   
CHARTERBANK
     
 
By:
/s/ Curtis Kollar
     
   
CFO
   
Title
     
 
Date:
6-13-06
     
   
JANE W. DARDEN
     
   
/s/ Jane W. Darden
     
 
Date:  
6/27/06
 
PAGE 5 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.20
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR
 
AGREEMENT
 
Effective June 1, 2006

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
       
     
PAGE
     
AGREEMENT
 
1
       
1.
Effective Date
 
1
2.
Purchase of Policy
 
1
3.
Policy Ownership
 
1
4.
Beneficiary Designation
 
1
5.
Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
2
6.
Division of Death Proceeds
 
2
7.
Premium Payments
 
2
8.
Termination of Agreement
 
2
9.
Named Fiduciary
 
3
10.
Funding Policy
 
3
11.
Claims Procedure
 
3
12.
Amendment and Revocation
 
4
13.
Insurance Company Not a Party to This Agreement
 
4
14.
Validity
 
4
15 .
Notices
 
4
16.
Successors
 
4
17.
Governing Law
 
5
 
SCHEDULE A
 
Beneficiary Designation
 
 
(i)

 
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR
 
AGREEMENT
 
This Endorsement Split-Dollar Agreement (“Agreement”) made and entered into by and between CharterBank, West Point, Georgia (“Employer”) and Thomas M. Lane (“Director”);
 
WHEREAS, Director is considered a key person by Employer; and
 
WHEREAS, Director has agreed to permit Employer to purchase a life insurance policy on Director’s life; and
 
WHEREAS, the parties have further agreed to divide the death benefit between the Employer and the Director’s Beneficiary;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual promises contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.             Effective Date
 
The Effective Date of this Agreement shall be June 1, 2006.
 
2.            Purchase of Policy
 
Employer has purchased the following policies (“Policy”) on the life of Director which shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement:
       
1
 
Insurer
 
2
Policy
Number
 
NYLIC
 
56612277
 
       
PL
 
VP62816810
 
 
3.             Policy Ownership
 
Employer shall be the sole and absolute owner of the Policy, and may exercise all ownership rights granted to the owner thereof by the terms of the Policy, except as may otherwise be limited by this Agreement.
 
4.             Beneficiary Designation
 
Director shall have the right and power to designate a person, persons or entity (“Beneficiary”) to receive Director’s share of the proceeds payable upon his death, subject to any right or interest the Employer may have in such proceeds, as provided in this Agreement. If no valid Beneficiary designation has been filed with the Employer, upon Director’s death, the Beneficiary will be deemed to be the Director’s estate.
 
PAGE 1 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 
 
5.            Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
Employer shall at all times be entitled to all cash values under the terms of the Policy. Director shall have no   right, at any time, to the cash value of the Policy.
 
6.            Division of Death Proceeds
 
The division of the death proceeds of the Policy is as follows:
 
(a)            Director’s Share . Upon the death of Director, the Beneficiary shall be entitled to one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).
 
(b)            Employer’s Share . The Employer shall be entitled to the remainder of such death proceeds.
 
(c)            Division of Interest . Employer and Beneficiary shall share in any interest due with respect to the death proceeds on a pro-rata basis as the proceeds due each respectively bears to the total proceeds, excluding any such interest.
 
7.            Premium Payments
 
(a)           Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, Employer shall pay an amount equal to the planned premiums and any other premium payments that might become necessary to keep the policy in force.
 
(b)           Employer shall annually furnish to Director a statement of the amount reportable by Director for federal and state income tax purposes, if any, as a result of the insurance protection provided.
 
(c)           Director shall have no right to make any premium payment to the Policy at any time.
 
8.            Termination of Agreement
 
Upon the occurrence of any one (1) of the following, the Director’s participation in this Plan shall terminate and all death proceeds shall thereafter be paid solely to the Employer:
 
(a)           Director terminates service on Employer’s Board for any reason;
 
(b)           Total cessation of Employer’s business;
 
(c)           Bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of Employer;
 
(d)           Receipt by Employer of written notification of a request to terminate this Agreement from Director;
 
(e)           Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by Employer; or
 
(f)           Distribution of the death proceeds in accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement.
 
PAGE 2 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 

 
9.             Named Fiduciary
 
Employer is hereby designated as the named fiduciary under this Agreement. As named fiduciary, Employer shall be responsible for and have the authority to manage the operation and administration of this Agreement, and it shall be responsible for establishing and carrying out a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the Agreement, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of any ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
 
10.          Funding Policy
 
Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, the funding policy for this Agreement shall be to maintain the Policy in force by paying, when due, all premiums required.
 
11.         Claims Procedure
 
(a)           Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under this Agreement, or requesting information under this Agreement shall present the request in writing to Employer, which shall respond in writing within a reasonable period of time, but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request.
 
(b)            Denial of Claim . If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:
 
(i)           The reason for denial, with specific reference to the provisions in the Agreement on which the denial is based;
 
(ii)          A description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary; and
 
(iii)         An explanation of the Agreement’s claims review procedure.
 
(c)            Review of Claim . Any person whose claim or request is denied may request a review by notice given to Employer within sixty (60) days following receipt of notification of the adverse determination. The claim or request shall be reviewed by Employer which may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.
 
(d)            Final Decision . The decision on review shall normally be made within sixty (60) days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified within such sixty (60) day period of an extension which shall not be for more than an additional sixty (60) days. The Employer’s decision shall be delivered in writing to Director and shall state the reason and the relevant provisions in the Agreement for the decision. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.
 
PAGE 3 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 
 
12.          Amendment and Revocation
 
Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto that, during Director’s lifetime, this Agreement may be amended or revoked at any time, in whole or in part, by the mutual written consent of the Director and Employer.
 
13.          Insurance Company Not a Party to This Agreement
 
Insurer shall be fully discharged from its obligations under the Policy by payment of the Policy death benefit to the Beneficiary named in the Policy, subject to the terms and conditions of the Policy. In no event shall Insurer be considered a party to this Agreement, or any modification or amendment hereof.
 
14.          Validity
 
If any provision of this Agreement is held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nonetheless be enforceable according to their terms. Further, in the event that any provision is held to be overbroad as written, such provision shall be deemed amended to narrow its application to the extent necessary to make the provision enforceable according to law and enforced as amended.
 
15.          Notices
 
All notices shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if delivered to the Employer at its principal place of business, or to the Director at his last known address as shown in Employer’s records, in person, by Federal Express or similar receipted delivery, or, if mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice, demand or consent.
 
16.          Successors
 
The provisions of this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of Employer and its successors and assigns, and Director and his heirs, successors, personal representatives and assigns.
 
PAGE 4 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 
 
17.          Governing Law
 
The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Georgia, except as preempted by federal law.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto acknowledge that each has carefully read this Agreement and executed the original thereof on the date set forth below, and that upon execution, each has received a conforming copy.
 
    CHARTERBANK 
     
 
By:
/s/ Curtis Kollar
     
   
CFO
   
Title
     
 
Date:  
6-13-06
     
   
THOMAS M. LANE
     
   
/s/ Thomas M. Lane
     
 
Date:
6/27/06
 
PAGE 5 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT
 

Exhibit 10.21
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR
 
AGREEMENT
 
Effective June 1, 2006

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
   
PAGE
   
AGREEMENT
1
     
1.
Effective Date
1
2.
Purchase of Policy
1
3.
Policy Ownership
1
4.
Beneficiary Designation
1
5.
Division of Cash Surrender Value
2
6.
Division of Death Proceeds
2
7.
Premium Payments
2
8.
Termination of Agreement
2
9.
Named Fiduciary
3
10.
Funding Policy
3
11.
Claims Procedure
3
12.
Amendment and Revocation
4
13.
Insurance Company Not a Party to This Agreement
4
14.
Validity
4
15.
Notices
4
16.
Successors
4
17.
Governing Law
5
     
SCHEDULE A
 
     
Beneficiary Designation
 
 
 
(i)

 
 
ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR
 
AGREEMENT
 
This Endorsement, Split-Dollar Agreement (“Agreement”) made and entered into by and between CharterBank, West Point, Georgia (“Employer”) and David L. Strobel (“Director”);
 
WHEREAS, Director is considered a key person by Employer; and
 
WHEREAS, Director has agreed to permit Employer to purchase a life insurance policy on Director’s life; and
 
WHEREAS, the parties have further agreed to divide the death benefit between the Employer and the Director’s Beneficiary;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual promises contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.             Effective Date
 
The Effective Date of this Agreement shall be June 1, 2006.
 
2.             Purchase of Policy
 
Employer has purchased the following policies (“Policy”) on the life of Director which shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement:
       
1
 
Insurer
 
2
Policy
Number
 
NYLIC
 
56612284
 
       
PL
 
VP62816880
 
 
3.             Policy Ownership
 
Employer shall be the sole and absolute owner of the Policy, and may exercise all ownership rights granted to the owner thereof by the terms of the Policy, except as may otherwise be limited by this Agreement.
 
4.             Beneficiary Designation
 
Director shall have the right and power to designate a person, persons or entity (“Beneficiary”) to receive Director’s share of the proceeds payable upon his death, subject to any right or interest the Employer may have in such proceeds, as provided in this Agreement. If no valid Beneficiary designation has been filed with the Employer, upon Director’s death, the Beneficiary will be deemed to be the Director’s estate.
 
PAGE 1 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 

 
5.             Division of Cash Surrender Value
 
Employer shall at all times be entitled to all cash values under the terms of the Policy. Director shall have no right, at any time, to the cash value of the Policy.
 
6.             Division of Death Proceeds
 
The division of the death proceeds of the Policy is as follows:
 
(a)            Director’s Share , Upon the death of Director, the Beneficiary shall be entitled to one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).
 
(b)            Employer’s Share . The Employer shall be entitled to the remainder of such death proceeds.
 
(c)            Division of Interest . Employer and Beneficiary shall share in any interest due with respect to the death proceeds on a pro-rata basis as the proceeds due each respectively bears to the total proceeds, excluding any such interest.
 
7.             Premium Payments
 
(a)           Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or   terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, Employer shall pay an amount equal to the planned premiums and any other premium payments that might become necessary to keep the policy in force.
 
(b)           Employer shall annually furnish to Director a statement of the amount reportable by Director for federal and state income tax purposes, if any, as a result of the insurance protection provided.
 
(c)           Director shall have no right to make any premium payment to the Policy at any time.
 
8.             Termination of Agreement
 
Upon the occurrence of any one (1) of the following, the Director’s participation in this Plan shall terminate and all death proceeds shall thereafter be paid solely to the Employer:
 
(a)           Director terminates service on Employer’s Board for any reason;
 
(b)           Total cessation of Employer’s business;
 
(c)           Bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of Employer;
 
(d)           Receipt by Employer of written notification of a request to terminate this Agreement from Director;
 
(e)           Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by Employer; or
 
(f)           Distribution of the death proceeds in accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement.
 
PAGE 2 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 
 
9.             Named Fiduciary
 
Employer is hereby designated as the named fiduciary under this Agreement. As named fiduciary, Employer shall be responsible for and have the authority to manage the operation and administration of this Agreement, and it shall be responsible for establishing and carrying out a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of this Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the Agreement, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of any ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
 
10.          Funding Policy
 
Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, the funding policy for this Agreement shall be to maintain the Policy in force by paying, when due, all premiums required.
 
11.          Claims Procedure
 
(a)           Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under this Agreement, or requesting information under this Agreement shall present the request in writing to Employer, which shall respond in writing within a reasonable period of time, but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request.
 
(b)            Denial of Claim. If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state;
 
(i)           The reason for denial, with specific reference to the provisions in the Agreement on which the denial is based;
 
(ii)          A description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary; and
 
(iii)         An explanation of the Agreement’s claims review procedure.
 
(c)            Review of Claim. Any person whose claim or request is denied may request a review by notice given to Employer within sixty (60) days following receipt of notification of the adverse determination. The claim or request shall be reviewed by Employer which may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.
 
(d)            Final Decision. The decision on review shall normally be made within sixty (60) days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified within such sixty (60) day period of an extension which shall not be for more than an additional sixty (60) days. The Employer’s decision shall be delivered in writing to Director and shall state the reason and the relevant provisions in the Agreement for the decision. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.
 
PAGE 3 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 
 
12.          Amendment and Revocation
 
Subject to Employer’s absolute right to surrender or terminate the Policy at any time and for any reason, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto that, during Director’s lifetime, this Agreement may be amended or revoked at any time, in whole or in part, by the mutual written consent of the Director and Employer.
 
13.          Insurance Company Not a Party to This Agreement
 
Insurer shall be fully discharged from its obligations under the Policy by payment of the Policy death benefit to the Beneficiary named in the Policy, subject to the terms and conditions of the Policy. In no event shall Insurer be considered a party to this Agreement, or any modification or amendment hereof.
 
14.          Validity
 
If any provision of this Agreement is held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nonetheless be enforceable according to their terms. Further, in the event that any provision is held to be overbroad as written, such provision shall be deemed amended to narrow its application to the extent necessary to make the provision enforceable according to law and enforced as amended.
 
15.          Notices
 
All notices shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if delivered to the Employer at its principal place of business, or to the Director at his last known address as shown in Employer’s records, in person, by Federal Express or similar receipted delivery, or, if mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice, demand or consent.
 
16.          Successors
 
The provisions of this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of Employer and its successors and assigns, and Director and his heirs, successors, personal representatives and assigns.
 
PAGE 4 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 
 

 
 
17.          Governing Law
 
The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Georgia, except as preempted by federal law.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto acknowledge that each has carefully read this Agreement and executed the original thereof on the date set forth below, and that upon execution, each has received a conforming copy.
     
   
CHARTERBANK
     
 
By:
/s/ Curtis Kollar
     
   
CFO
   
Title
     
 
Date:  
6-13-06
     
   
DAVID L. STROBEL
     
   
/s/ David L. Strobel
     
 
Date:
6-27-06
 
PAGE 5 - ENDORSEMENT SPLIT-DOLLAR AGREEMENT
 

Exhibit 21
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
 
Name   Ownership Percentage by the Registrant   Jurisdiction of Incorporation
CharterBank    100%   Federal
 
 

Exhibit 23.2
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
 
Board of Directors
Charter Financial Corporation
West Point, Georgia
 
We consent to the use of our report dated December 23, 2009, except for Note 22 as to which the date is June 18, 2010, with respect to the consolidated statements of financial condition of Charter Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the years then ended, and we also consent to the use of our report dated June 18, 2010, with respect to the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed by CharterBank (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Charter Financial Corporation) as of March 26, 2010, included in the prospectus and elsewhere in the Form S-1 of Charter Financial Corporation and to the reference to our Firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.
 
/s/ Dixon Hughes P llc
 
Atlanta, Georgia
June 18, 2010
 
 

Exhibit 23.3
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors
Charter Financial Corporation:
 
We consent to the use of our report on Charter Financial Corporation dated December 20, 2007, with respect to the consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2007, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus.
 
GRAPHIC
 
Birmingham, Alabama
June 18, 2010
 

Exhibit 23.4
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988

 
June 18, 2010
 

Boards of Directors
First Charter MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
CharterBank
1233 O.G. Skinner Drive
West Point, Georgia  31833
 
Members of the Boards of Directors:

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Form MHC-2 Stock Issuance Plan for First Charter MHC, and in the Form S-1 Registration Statement for Charter Financial Corporation, in each case as amended and supplemented.  We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and reference to our Appraisal and our statement concerning subscription rights in such filings including the prospectus of Charter Financial Corporation.
 

    Sincerely,  
       
       
    GRAPHIC  
    RP FINANCIAL, LC.  
 
 

Washington Headquarters
   
Three Ballston Plaza
 
Telephone:  (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
 
Fax No.:  (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201
 
Toll-Free No.:  (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com
 
E-Mail:  mail@rpfinancial.com
 

Exhibit 99.1
 
RP ®   FINANCIAL, LC.  
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988  
   
                      May 4, 2010
 
Mr. Robert L. Johnson
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
First Charter, MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
CharterBank
1233 O.G. Skinner Drive
West Point, Georgia  31833
 
Dear Mr. Johnson:
 
This letter sets forth the agreement between First Charter, MHC, West Point, Georgia (the “MHC”), Charter Financial Corporation (the “Company”) and RP ® Financial, LC (“RP Financial”) for the independent appraisal services pertaining to the secondary offering of common stock by the Company.  The MHC is the majority shareholder of the Company.  And the Company is the sole shareholder of CharterBank.  Pursuant to the transaction, the Company will remain the sole shareholder of CharterBank and the MHC will continue to retain majority ownership of the Company.  The specific appraisal services to be rendered by RP Financial are described below.
 
Description of Conversion Appraisal Services
 
Prior to preparing the valuation report, RP Financial will conduct a financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of financial and other documents and records, to gain insight into the Company’s operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors which impact the pro forma value of the Company.
 
RP Financial will prepare a written detailed valuation report of the Company that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices.  In this regard, the applicable regulatory guidelines are those set forth in the Office of Thrift Supervision’s (“OTS”) “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization,” which have been endorsed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and various state banking agencies.  The valuation report will conclude with an estimate of the pro forma market value of the shares of stock to be offered and sold in the offering.  RP Financial understands that as part of the offering, the Company will operate as a subsidiary of the Company, the shares sold in the offering will be shares of the Company and the MHC will retain a majority ownership interest in the Company on a pro forma basis.
 
 
Washington Headquarters
Three Ballston Plaza
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
Arlington, VA  22201
E-Mail:  wpommerening@rpfinancial.com
 
Direct:  (703) 647-6546
Telephone:  (703) 528-1700
Fax No.:  (703) 528-1788
Toll-Free No.:  (866) 723-0594
 
 
 

 
 
Mr. Robert L. Johnson
May 4, 2010
Page 2
 
The appraisal report will include an in-depth analysis of the Company’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Company’s interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.  The appraisal report will describe the Company’s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds both in the short term and over the longer term.  A peer group analysis relative to publicly-traded savings institutions will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments relative to the group.
 
 We will review pertinent sections of the applications and offering documents to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal, including the impact of key deal elements on the appraised value, such as dividend policy, use of proceeds and reinvestment rate, tax rate, conversion expenses, characteristics of stock plans and charitable foundation contribution.  The appraisal report will conclude with a midpoint pro forma market value that will establish the range of value, and reflect the secondary offering size and offering price per share determined by the Company’s Board of Directors.  The appraisal report may be periodically updated prior to the commencement of the secondary offering and the appraisal is required to be updated just prior to the closing of the secondary offering.
 
RP Financial agrees to deliver the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Company at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory application.  Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such valuation updates.  Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates.
 
Fee Structure and Payment Schedule
 
The Company agrees to pay RP Financial a fixed fee of $25,000 for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report, plus reimbursable expenses.  Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:
 
 
$25,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and
 
 
$5,000 for the updates that may be required, provided that the transaction is not delayed for reasons described below.
 
The Company will reimburse RP Financial for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the valuation.  Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, telephone, facsimile, shipping, computer and data services.  RP Financial will agree to limit reimbursable expenses to $5,000 in connection with this appraisal engagement, subject to written authorization from the Company to exceed such level.
 
In the event the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed secondary offering prior to delivery of the completed documents set forth above and payment of the respective progress payment fees, the Company agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above.  RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $400 per hour for managing directors.
 
 
 

 
 
Mr. Robert L. Johnson
May 4, 2010
Page 3
 
If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Company and RP Financial.  Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, major changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to appraisals, major changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of conversion applications by the regulators such that completion of the transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal or financial projections.
 
Representations and Warranties
 
The Company and RP Financial agree to the following:
 
1.           The Company agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation.  Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include:  annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records.  All information provided by the Company to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Company the original and any copies of such information.
 
2.           The Company represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.
 
3.           (a)           The Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Company to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Company to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Company, or the Company’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent.  The Company will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder.  Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Company at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.
 
 
 

 
 
Mr. Robert L. Johnson
May 4, 2010
Page 4
 
(b)           RP Financial shall give written notice to the Company of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, including the name of counsel that RP Financial intends to engage in connection with any indemnification related matter.  In the event the Company elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Company shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Company hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Company or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder.  If the Company does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Company’s receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Company of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.
 
(c)           Subject to the Company’s right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Company:  (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, nonappealable adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought.
 
(d)           In the event the Company does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.
 
This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Company and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Commonwealth of Virginia.  This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.
 
The Company and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Company nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other.  RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Company.
 
 
 

 
 
Mr. Robert L. Johnson
May 4, 2010
Page 5
 
*  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *
 
Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter.
 
     
    Sincerely,  
       
 
 
/s/ William E. Pommerening  
    William E. Pommerening  
    Chief Executive Officer and  
      Managing Director  
 
Agreed To and Accepted By: Robert L. Johnson  
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer  
 
Date Executed: 5/26/10   


Exhibit 99.2
 
PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT
 
FIRST CHARTER, MHC
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
CHARTERBANK
West Point, Georgia
 
Dated As Of:
May 21, 2010
 

 
Prepared By:
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
1100 North Glebe Road
Suite 1100
Arlington, Virginia  22201
 

 
 
 

 
 
 
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.  
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
 
 
 May 21, 2010  
 
Boards of Directors
First Charter, MHC
Charter Financial Corporation
CharterBank
1233 O.G. Skinner Drive
West Point, Georgia  31833
 
Members of the Boards of Directors:
 
At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued by Charter Financial Corporation, West Point, Georgia (“Charter Financial” or the “Company”) in connection with the stock issuance plan more fully described below whereby the Company will offer shares of its common stock in an “incremental” stock offering.  The incremental offering will allow the Company to raise capital while remaining a majority owned subsidiary of its mutual holding company parent, First Charter, MHC (the “MHC”).  The MHC currently has a majority ownership interest in, and its principal asset consists of, approximately 84.9% of the common stock of Charter Financial (the “MHC Shares”), the mid-tier holding company for CharterBank, West Point, Georgia (the “Bank”).  The remaining 15.1% of Charter Financial’s common stock is owned by public stockholders.  Charter Financial, which completed its initial public stock offering in October 2001, owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.  It is our understanding that Charter Financial will offer its stock, representing the majority ownership interest held by the MHC, in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Employee Stock Benefit Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members.  To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale in a community offering to members of the local community with a preference given first to natural persons residing in Georgia and Alabama and then to Charter Financial public stockholders.
 
This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements of the Code of Federal Regulations 563b.7 and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), which have been adopted in practice by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).
   
Washington Headquarters
Rosslyn Center 
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
Arlington, VA  22201
www.rpfinancial.com
Telephone:  (703) 528-1700
Fax No.:  (703) 528-1788
Toll-Free No.:  (866) 723-0594
 E-Mail:  mail@rpfinancial.com
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
May 21, 2010
Page 2
 
Stock Issuance Plan
 
On April 20, 2010 and amended as of June 7, 2010, the respective Boards of Directors of the MHC, the Company and the Bank adopted the Stock Issuance Plan whereby the Company will offer shares of its common stock in an “incremental” stock offering. The incremental offering (the “Offering”) will allow the Company to raise capital while remaining a majority owned subsidiary of its mutual holding company parent, First Charter, MHC.  The incremental offering will not increase the number of outstanding shares of common stock because the number of shares owned by First Charter, MHC will be reduced by the number of shares sold by the Company in the offering.  As of March 31, 2010, the MHC’s ownership interest in Charter Financial approximated 84.9%, and the public stockholders’ ownership interest in Charter Financial approximated 15.1%.  Pursuant to the Stock Issuance Plan, the Company will issue sufficient shares to increase the public stockholders’ ownership interest to between 38.0% and 47.0% and, the MHC’s ownership interest will be reduced to between 62.0% and 53.0%, respectively.  Because the total number of shares issued and outstanding, including shares held by the MHC and shares held by public stockholders, will not change as a result of the Offering, the pro forma appraisal determined herein determines the per share offering price and the valuation range will be applied to the offering price per share.
 
The Company intends to use proceeds from the offering to support organic growth and acquisitions of financial institutions as opportunities arise, especially acquisitions of troubled financial institutions with FDIC assistance.  In March 2010, CharterBank purchased certain assets and assumed the deposits and certain other liabilities of McIntosh Commercial Bank, a commercial bank headquartered in Carrollton, Georgia, and in June 2009, CharterBank purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Neighborhood Community Bank, a commercial bank headquartered in Newnan, Georgia.  The acquisition of each of these failed institutions included FDIC loss-sharing agreements.  
 
In adopting the Stock Issuance Plan, the Board terminated First Charter, MHC’s plan to reorganize into the stock holding company structure and undertake a “second-step” stock offering, which was announced in December 2009.  
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 
RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form.  The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1.  We believe that, except for the fee we will receive for our appraisal, we are independent of the Company, the Bank, the MHC and the other parties engaged by the Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
May 21, 2010
Page 3
 
Valuation Methodology
 
In preparing our Appraisal, we have reviewed the regulatory applications of Charter Financial, the Bank and the MHC, including the prospectus as filed with the OTS and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  We have conducted a financial analysis of Charter Financial, the Bank and the MHC that has included a review of audited financial information for fiscal years ended September 30, 2005 through 2009 and through March 31, 2010, and due diligence related discussions with Charter Financial’s management; Dixon Hughes, PLLC, the Company’s independent auditor; Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Charter Financial’s conversion counsel; and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, the Company’s financial and marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering.  All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions.  In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable.  While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.
 
We have investigated the competitive environment within which the Company operates and have assessed the Company’s relative strengths and weaknesses.  We have kept abreast of the changing regulatory and legislative environment for financial institutions and analyzed the potential impact on the Company and the industry as a whole.  We have analyzed the potential effects of the Offering on the Company’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value.  We have reviewed the economy in the Company’s primary market area and have compared the Company’s financial performance and condition with publicly-traded thrifts in mutual holding company form, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts.  We have reviewed conditions in the securities markets in general and in the market for thrift stocks in particular, including the market for existing thrift issues and the market for initial public offerings by thrifts.  We have specifically considered the market for the stock of publicly-traded mutual holding companies, including the market for offerings completed by other mutual holding companies.  We have excluded from such analyses thrifts subject to announced or rumored acquisition, mutual holding company institutions that have announced their intent to pursue second step conversions, and/or those institutions that exhibit other unusual characteristics.  We have also considered the expected market for the Company’s public shares immediately upon completion of the Offering.
 
Our Appraisal is based on the Company’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by the Company, its independent auditors, legal counsel and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete.  We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by the Company, its independent auditors, legal counsel and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the individual assets or liabilities, on or off balance sheet, of the Company.  The valuation considers the Company only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the Company’s liquidation value.
 
Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for the Bank, the MHC and the Company and for all thrifts and their holding companies, including mutual holding companies.  Changes in the local, state and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions and mutual holding companies, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability, and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Bank’s, the MHC’s and the Company’s values alone.  It is our understanding that there are no current plans for pursuing a second step conversion or for selling control of the Bank or the Company at this time.  To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
May 21, 2010
Page 4
 
Pro forma market value is defined as the price at which the Company’s stock, immediately upon completion of the offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.
 
Valuation Conclusion
 
It is our opinion that, as of May 21, 2010, the aggregate market value of the Company’s pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the completion of the Stock Issuance Plan, including the shares issued to public shareholders as well as those retained by the MHC, equaled $160,582,305.  Based upon 18,672,361 shares issued and outstanding, the pro forma market value is $8.60 per share.  This pro forma market value forms the midpoint of the valuation range with a minimum of $136,494,959 and a maximum of $184,669,650 based on a minimum price per share of $7.31 and a maximum price per share of $9.69.  If market conditions warrant, the value can be increased by 15% to a supermaximum price per share of $11.37 equal to a pro forma market value of $212,304,745 based on 11,672,361 shares issued and outstanding.  The resulting range of value pursuant to regulatory guidelines and the corresponding pro forma valuation per share based upon 18,672,361 shares issued and outstanding is set forth below:
 
   
Pro Forma
   
Total Shares
   
Pro Forma
 
   
Valuation
   
Issued and
   
Market
 
   
Per Share
   
Outstanding (1)
   
Value
 
                   
                   
Supermaximum
  $ 11.37       18,672,361     $ 212,304,745  
Maximum
  $ 9.89       18,672,361     $ 184,669,650  
Midpoint
  $ 8.60       18,672,361     $ 160,582,305  
Minimum
  $ 7.31       18,672,361     $ 136,494,959  
                         
 
(1)
Pursuant to the Stock Issuance Plan, the number of shares w ill not change as a result of the incremental offering.
 
The Offering
 
 The Stock Issuance Plan allows the Board of Directors to determine the number of shares that will be sold in the Offering, with a minimum number of shares sold that will increase the public stockholders’ ownership to 38.0% and a maximum number of share sold that will increase the public stockholders’ ownership to 47.0%.  Based on the midpoint pro forma market value of $8.60 per share and the valuation range discussed above, the offering assuming the minimum shares and maximum shares offered are set forth below.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
May 21, 2010
Page 5
 
Limiting Factors and Considerations
 
Our valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the Common Stock.  Moreover, because such valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of Common Stock in the Offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the pro forma market value thereof.
 
                     
Percent of Company Shares
 
   
Pro Forma
Valuation
Per Share
   
Total Shares
Sold in the
Offering
   
Offering
Amount
   
Sold in the
Offering
   
Outstanding
After the
Offering
 
                               
Assuming the minimum number of shares sold
                         
Supermaximum
  $ 11.37       5,961,573     $ 67,783,085       31.9 %     47.0 %
Maximum
  $ 9.89       5,961,573     $ 58,959,957       31.9 %     47.0 %
Midpoint
  $ 8.60       5,961,573     $ 51,269,528       31.9 %     47.0 %
Minimum
  $ 7.31       5,961,573     $ 43,579,099       31.9 %     47.0 %
                                         
                                         
Assuming the maxmum number of shares sold
                                 
Supermaximum
  $ 11.37       4,281,060     $ 48,675,652       22.9 %     38.0 %
Maximum
  $ 9.89       4,281,060     $ 42,339,683       22.9 %     38.0 %
Midpoint
  $ 8.60       4,281,060     $ 36,817,116       22.9 %     38.0 %
Minimum
  $ 7.31       4,281,060     $ 31,294,549       22.9 %     38.0 %
 
RP Financial’s valuation was based on the financial condition, operations and shares outstanding of Charter Financial as of March 31, 2010, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus.
 
RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities.  RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its client institutions.
 
 
 

 
 
Boards of Directors
May 21, 2010
Page 6
 
This valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines.  These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of Charter Financial, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift shares, both existing issues and new issues.  These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates.  Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made.  The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update.  The valuation will also be updated at the completion of Charter Financial’s stock offering.
 
  Respectfully submitted,
  RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
   
  /s/ William E. Pommerening
  William E. Pommerening
 
Chief Executive Officer and
Managing Director
   
  /s/ James P. Hennessey
  James P. Hennessey
  Director
   
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
i
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
CHARTERBANK
West Point, Georgia
 
          PAGE
  DESCRIPTION       NUMBER
       
CHAPTER ONE
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
     
Introduction
     
I.1
Stock Issuance Plan
     
I.2
Purpose of the Reorganization
   
I.3
Strategic Overview
     
I.4
Business Plan
     
I.6
Balance Sheet Trends
   
I.8
Income and Expense Trends
   
I.14
Interest Rate Risk Management
   
I.18
Lending Activities and Strategy
   
I.19
Asset Quality
     
I.24
Funding and Composition Strategy
   
I.25
Subsidiary
     
I.25
Legal Proceedings
   
I.26
         
         
CHAPTER TWO
MARKET AREA
     
Introduction
   
II.1
Interest Rate Environment
   
II.3
Market Area Demographics
   
II.3
Regional/Local Economic Factors
   
II.6
Market Area Deposit Characteristics
   
II.8
Summary
   
II.10
         
         
CHAPTER THREE
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
     
Peer Group Selection
   
III.1
Basis of Comparison
   
III.2
Selected Peer Group
   
III.3
Financial Condition
   
III.6
Income and Expense Components
   
III.9
Loan Composition
   
III.12
Credit Risk
   
III.14
Interest Rate Risk
   
III.15
Summary
   
III.18
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
  ii
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
CHARTERBANK
West Point, Georgia
 
 (continued)
 
      PAGE
  DESCRIPTION
 
  NUMBER
         
CHAPTER FOUR                         VALUATION ANALYSIS
     
Introduction
   
IV.1
Appraisal Guidelines
   
IV.1
RP Financial Approach to the Valuation
   
IV.2
Valuation Analysis
   
IV.3
1.
Financial Condition
   
IV.3
2.
Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings
   
IV.4
3.
Asset Growth
   
IV.6
4.
Primary Market Area
   
IV.7
5.
Dividends
   
IV.8
6.
Liquidity of the Shares
   
IV.8
7.
Marketing of the Issue
   
IV.9
 
       A.       The Public Market
   
IV.9
 
       B.       The New Issue Market
   
IV.14
 
       C.       The Acquisition Market
   
IV.16
 
       D.       Trading in Charter Financial Stock
   
IV.16
8.
Management
   
IV.18
9.
Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform
   
IV.19
Summary of Adjustments
   
IV.19
Basis of Valuation-Fully Converted Pricing Ratios
   
IV.20
Valuation Approaches: Fully Converted Basis
   
IV.21
1.
Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”)
   
IV.25
2.
Price-to-Book (“P/B”)
   
IV.27
3.
Price-to-Assets (“P/A”)
   
IV.27
Comparison to Recent Offerings
   
IV.28
Valuation Conclusion
   
IV.29
 
 
 

 

RP ® Financial, LC.
LIST OF TABLES
 
iii
 
LIST OF TABLES
CHARTER FINANCIAL CORPORATION
CHARTERBANK
West Point, Georgia
 
TABLE
         
NUMBER
   
DESCRIPTION
 
    PAGE
             
1.1
   
Historical Balance Sheet Data
   
I.9
1.2
   
Historical Income Statements
   
I.15
             
             
2.1
   
Summary Demographic Data
   
II.5
2.2
   
Unemployment Trends
   
II.7
2.4
   
Deposit Summary
   
II.9
             
             
3.1
   
Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts
   
III.5
3.2
   
Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates
   
III.7
3.3
   
Income as a Pct. of Avg. Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads
   
III.10
3.4
   
Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information
   
III.13
3.5
   
Credit Risk Measures and Related Information
   
III.16
3.6
   
Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility
   
III.17
             
             
4.1
   
Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends
   
IV.15
4.2
   
Market Pricing Comparatives
   
IV.17
4.3
   
Comparable Institution Analysis: implied per share data
   
IV.22
4.4
   
Pricing Ratios Fully Converted Basis: MHC Institutions
   
IV.30
4.5
   
Pricing Ratios Reported Basis: MHC Institutions
   
IV.31
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.1
 
I.  OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
 
Introduction
 
CharterBank (the “Bank”), organized in 1954, is a federally chartered stock savings bank headquartered in West Point, Georgia.  The Bank serves the I-85 corridor in western Georgia and eastern Alabama through 16 full-service branches, its corporate office and three loan production offices (“LPOs”).  CharterBank’s parent is Charter Financial Corporation (“Charter Financial” or the “Company”) which is 84.9% owned by First Charter MHC (“First Charter” or the “MHC”) and 15.1% owned by public shareholders.
 
On October 16, 2001, CharterBank converted from a federally-chartered mutual savings and loan association into a three-tiered mutual holding company structure.  CharterBank was the wholly-owned subsidiary of Charter Financial (the mid-tier holding company), and Charter Financial was the majority owned subsidiary of First Charter.  Through a public offering the same year, Charter Financial sold 3,964,481 shares of its common stock to the public, representing 20% of the outstanding shares, at $10.00 per share and received net proceeds of $37.2 million.  Charter Financial contributed 50% of the net proceeds from the initial public offering to CharterBank.  An additional 15,857,924 shares, or 80% of the outstanding shares of Charter Financial, were issued to First Charter. An Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) was established and the ESOP acquired 317,158 shares of Charter Financial common stock in the offering, using the proceeds of a loan from Charter Financial.  The net proceeds, adjusted for the ESOP, totaled approximately $34 million.
 
Pursuant to a tender offer transaction completed in fiscal 2007, the Company repurchased 508,842 shares of its common stock and deregistered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  In conjunction with the deregistration, the Company moved the trading of its stock from NASDAQ to the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board (“OTCBB”), where it is now quoted under the symbol CHFN.OB.  Both the Company and the MHC earn interest income on a small balance of liquidity investments and there are no other significant activities conducted by the Company or the MHC.   The most significant asset of the Company is its equity investment in the Bank; in addition, the Company has extended a loan to the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”).
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I. 2
 
As of March 31, 2010, the Company had $1.24 billion in assets, $906.6 million in deposits and total equity of $110.7 million, or 8.9% of total assets.  The Company’s audited financial statements are included by reference as Exhibit I-1 and a summary of key operating ratios are included in Exhibit 1-2.  The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, and its deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).
 
Stock Issuance Plan
 
On April 20, 2010 and amended as of June 7, 2010, Charter Financial announced that the Board of Directors unanimously adopted a stock issuance plan (“Stock Issuance Plan”), pursuant to which Charter Financial will retain its three-tier MHC structure and will pursue an incremental offering that will increase the ownership of public stockholders.  Shares will be offered for sale to eligible depositors of CharterBank, Neighborhood Community Bank and McIntosh Commercial Bank, Charter Financial’s tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, eligible borrowers of CharterBank, and to the extent shares remain available, residents of Alabama and Georgia, stockholders other than First Charter, MHC and the general public.  Under the terms of the Stock Issuance plan, at the conclusion of the stock offering, First Charter, MHC will contribute to Charter Financial a number of shares of common stock equal to the number of shares sold in the stock offering and such shares will then be cancelled to avoid dilution to the existing public stockholders.  The total number of outstanding shares of common stock of Charter Financial will not change as a result of the stock offering.   As of March 31, 2010, the MHC’s ownership interest in Charter Financial approximated 84.9%, and the public stockholders’ ownership interest in Charter Financial approximated 15.1%.  The Company will issue sufficient shares in the offering to increase the public stockholders’ ownership interest to between 38.0% and 47.0% and, the MHC’s ownership interest will be reduced to between 62.0% and 53.0%, respectively.  Because the total number of shares issued and outstanding, including shares held by the MHC and shares held by public stockholders, will not change as a result of the Offering, the pro forma appraisal determined herein determines the per share offering price and the valuation range will be applied to the offering price per share.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.3
 
Purpose of the Reorganization
 
The incremental offering will increase Charter Financial’s capital level and is intended to facilitate continued growth and implementation of the Company’s business strategy by: (1) supporting internal growth through increased lending in the communities served serve, including the new markets resulting from the recent acquisitions of Neighborhood Community Bank (“NCB”) and Mackintosh Commercial Bank (“MCB”); (2) providing capital to support acquisitions of financial institutions as opportunities arise, especially troubled financial institutions with Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assistance, although there are no current agreements to acquire a financial institution or other entity;   (3) improving the Company’s capital position during a period of significant economic, regulatory and political uncertainty, especially for the financial services industry; (4) enabling the Company to enhance existing products and services to meet the needs of the marketplace; (5) assisting in managing interest rate risk; and (6) improving the liquidity of the Company’s shares of common stock and enhancing stockholder returns through more flexible capital management strategies.  The projected use of stock proceeds is highlighted below.
 
     ●
The MHC.   The MHC will receive no proceeds from the stock offering.
 
     ●
The Company.   The Company is expected to retain up to 50% of the net offering proceeds.  At present, Company funds, net of the loan to the ESOP, are expected to be invested initially into high quality investment securities with short- to intermediate-term maturities, generally consistent with the current investment mix.  Over time, Company funds are anticipated to be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Bank, repurchases of common stock, and the payment of regular and/or special cash dividends.
 
     ●
The Bank.   The balance of the net offering proceeds will be infused into the Bank.  Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank are anticipated to become part of general operating funds, and are expected to initially be invested in short-term investments pending longer term deployment, i.e., funding lending activities, general corporate purposes and/or expansion and diversification.
 
The Company expects to continue to pursue a controlled growth strategy, seeking to diminish the wholesale elements of the balance sheet (i.e., investment in wholesale investment and mortgage-backed securities funded by brokered and credit union CDs as well as borrowed funds).  Growth may be facilitated by branch or whole bank acquisitions including assisted transaction similar to the NCB and MCB acquisitions but none are contemplated at this time. Over the long term, the Company will seek to leverage its strong capital through such growth and may also consider various capital management strategies including pursuing a second step conversion, share repurchases, payment of dividends and other corporate transactions to assist in the long-run objective of increasing shareholder value.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.4
 
Strategic Overview
 
Charter Financial is a community-oriented financial institution, with the primary focus on meeting the borrowing needs of its local retail and commercial customers in the markets served by its branches and other nearby areas.  Over much of its existence, Charter Financial pursued a traditional thrift operating strategy, with 1-4 family loans and retail deposits making up the majority of the balance sheet.  Beginning in the late 1980s, however, Charter Financial began to pursue alternative strategies that impacted the current size and composition of the balance sheet.
 
Freddie Mac Stock .  The economy in Charter Financial’s market area in the West Point area has historically been a low growth rural market which, coupled with a relatively competitive marketplace, prompted management in the late 1980s to search for alternative investment vehicles.  The Company realized significant appreciation in the value of its Freddie Mac Stock investment, which was valued at nearly $350 million at its peak level which provided for a more than $200 million after-tax gain.  The value of the Company’s Freddie Mac stock fluctuated through 2007 both as a result in changes in the market price (the investment was classified as available for sale and marked-to-market for financial reporting purposes) but gradually diminished as a result of periodic divestitures.  In this regard, the Bank sold shares of Freddie Mac stock in fiscal 2007 to generate approximately $70.6 million of cash in connection with the repurchase of 508,842 shares of Charter Financial common stock as it sought to deregister with the SEC.  The value of the Freddie Mac stock investment fell sharply in fiscal 2008 as the financial crisis erupted and Freddie Mac required Federal financial assistance to remain solvent.  Charter Financial disposed of its remaining ownership of Freddie Mac Stock in fiscal 2008.  The financial problems of Freddie Mac and the erosion of its stock price has been the principal factor in the diminishment of the Company’s capital from a fiscal year end peak level of $267.7 million in 2006 to $101.0 million as of March 31, 2010.  Moreover, the Freddie Mac stock supported the Company’s earnings through fiscal 2008, both through dividends received, the sale of covered call option contacts on Freddie Mac stock and through gains on sale realized through periodic sales of shares Freddie Mac stock.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.5
 
Balance Sheet Leverage .  In response to the growth in equity resulting from the appreciation in the value of Freddie Mac stock, the infusion of the net proceeds of the minority stock offering completed in 2001, and owing to the limited retail growth opportunities in the Company’s traditional markets in eastern Alabama and western Georgia, Charter Financial pursued a wholesale leveraging strategy whereby the Company utilized borrowings and wholesale deposits (i.e., brokered deposits and credit union CDs) to fund the purchase of investment securities.  The purpose of this strategy was to supplement the growth provided by retail operations to generate net interest income from the yield-cost spread realized on the new assets and liabilities.  Primarily as a result of this strategy, total assets grew from $352 million in 1996 to a peak level of $1.1 billion in fiscal 2006.  As the Company’s equity has diminished since fiscal 2006, Charter Financial has intensified efforts to grow within profitable niches in targeted areas of retail banking.
 
Retail Banking Operations .  The Company has been seeking to build its retail banking operations to offset the loss of income from the Freddie Mac stock investment and the limited profitability of the wholesale leveraging strategy referenced above.  In this regard, Charter Financial has been seeking to expand its retail banking footprint within the I-85 corridor in eastern Alabama and western Georgia both through de novo branching and through acquisition (the Company has completed four acquisitions since 1999 and the most recent acquisitions of NCB and MCB with FDIC assistance were the most significant and will be more fully described in a section to follow).  Overall, the Company is seeking to reduce the wholesale component of its operations by seeking to focus on the building of a retail deposit base and funding of local loans.  To this end, Charter Financial is positioning itself as a full-service community bank that offers both retail and commercial loan and deposit products to all the markets currently served by the Company, within the I-85 corridor.   From the standpoint of its lending operations, Charter Financial’s lending operations consist of four major segments:  (1) residential mortgage lending for portfolio; (2) commercial and multi-family mortgage lending; (3) construction lending and (4) secondary market operations where Charter Financial originates loans for resale (servicing has been retained by the Bank in the past but currently loans are generally sold with the servicing rights released).  The core banking strategy also includes a focus on retail deposit funding including higher balance and/or low-cost transaction accounts that management anticipates will reduce Charter Financial’s funding and/or operating costs while stabilizing overall funding operations.  The Company’s core business operations also include an effort to improve service and increase efficiency in the core banking operations
 
Growth Through Acquisition .  In view of the small size and limited growth of the Company’s markets, management has pursued growth through acquisition by completing four acquisitions since 1999.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.6
 
     ●
Citizens BancGroup, Inc .  The Company acquired Citizens BancGroup, Inc., Valley Alabama (“Citizens”) in 1999, in an all cash acquisition which added approximately $45 million and $42 million of assets and deposits, respectively, to the Company’s balance sheet and added three offices in Valley and one office in Lannett (one office has subsequently been closed).
 
     ●
EBA Bancshares .  In 2003, the Company acquired EBA Bancshares (“EBA”) and its Eagle Bank subsidiary operating in the Auburn/Opelika market with a total of three branches.  The $8.4 million acquisition price consisted solely of cash and added approximately $77 million of assets to the Company’s balance sheet.
 
     ●
Neighborhood Community Bank .  In June 2009, the Company entered into an acquisition agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of NCB, a full-service commercial bank headquartered in Newnan, Georgia.  The Company assumed $195.3 million of NCB’s liabilities, including $181.3 million of deposits, with no deposit premium paid, and acquired $202.8 million of NCB assets, including $159.9 million of loans, net of unearned income, and $17.7 million of real estate owned, at a discount to book value of $26.9 million.  The acquisition agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation included loss-sharing agreements pursuant to which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will assume 80% of losses and share 80% of loss recoveries on the first $82 million of losses on acquired loans and real estate owned, and assume 95% of losses and share 95% of loss recoveries on losses exceeding $82 million.  Loans and other real estate owned that are covered under the loss-sharing agreements are referred to as “covered loans” and “covered other real estate,” respectively.
 
     ●
McIntosh Commercial Bank . In March 2010, the Company entered into an acquisition agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of MCB, a full-service commercial bank headquartered in Carrollton, Georgia.  The Company assumed $306.2 million of MCB’s liabilities, including $295.0 million of deposits, with no deposit premium paid, and acquired $322.6 million of MCB assets, including $207.6 million of loans, net of unearned income, and $55.3 million of real estate owned, at a discount to book value of $155.9 million.  The acquisition agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation included loss-sharing agreements pursuant to which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will assume 80% of losses and share 80% of loss recoveries on the first $106 million of losses on acquired loans and real estate owned, and assume 95% of losses and share 95% of loss recoveries on losses exceeding $106 million.   The Company recorded approximately $15.6 million in purchase gain, or negative goodwill, in connection with the MCB transaction.
 
Business Plan
 
The Company’s business plan for the future is focused on integrating the operations of NCB and MCB over the near term and building the retail banking franchise over the longer term.  Specific strategic objectives include the following:
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.7
 
Effective Integration of the NCB and MCB Acquisitions. Management is seeking to integrate the operations of its two most recent acquisitions as seamlessly and efficiently as possible, while minimizing customer and employee disruption.  Over the longer term, the Company will seek to build on the NCB and MCB franchises in the Atlanta metropolitan area through expanded products and services, including expanded branch hours, potential de novo branching in the region and possibly additional acquisitions of financial institutions or branch offices.
 
Reduce Acquired Delinquent Loans and Repossessed Assets.   As of March 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $93.6 million of non-performing loans 90 days or more delinquent as well as $35.7 million of real estate owned (“REO”) which were acquired with NCB and MCB, all with FDIC loss share coverage.  Additionally, a significant portion of the remaining balance of acquired assets have significant credit risk exposure given the deficiencies in underwriting which led to the failures of these two institutions.  Furthermore, the Company has $20.5 million of non-performing assets (“NPAs”) unrelated to the NCB and MCB acquisitions.  Charter Financial’s management has sought to take an aggressive stance with respect to the resolution of acquired delinquent loans and REO recognizing that the timely resolution of NPAs will be a key factor in realizing the potential benefits of the acquisitions.  Accordingly, the Company has established a team of four Charter Financial employees led by a senior loan officer to be solely dedicated to the resolution of problem assets.
 
Strengthen and Solidify Community Bank Profile.   The Company will continue to build its retail banking profile while diminishing the wholesale banking emphasis.   In this regard, Charter Financial is seeking to build a diversified balance sheet, positioning the Company as a full-service community bank that offers both retail and commercial loan and deposit products to all the markets currently served by Charter Financial within the I-85 corridor.
 
Growth Strategy.    The Company will be seeking to take advantage of the profitable growth opportunities presented within its current market, capitalizing on the expanded retail footprint acquired through NCB and MCB.  It is believed that the increased capitalization of the Company following completion of the incremental offering coupled with the possible retrenchment by many competing banks in Charter Financial’s markets owing to asset quality problems will facilitate the ability to undertake moderate retail-oriented growth.  Moreover, the Company will seek to supplement retail growth through de novo branching and acquisition. In this regard, Management has indicated that there remain numerous federally-insured banks and thrifts in troubled financial condition (i.e., high NPAs, operating at a loss, weak capital ratios, etc.) and the Company further believes that federally assisted resolutions will continue.  Coupled with the Company’s strong pro forma capitalization, Charter Financial believes there may be significant additional opportunities to complete whole bank acquisition transactions with FDIC financial assistance under terms which may be favorable.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.8
 
Balance Sheet Trends
 
Table 1.1 shows the Company’s historical balance sheet data for the past five fiscal years and as of March 31, 2010.  From September 30, 2005 through March 31, 2010, Charter Financial’s assets increased at 4.5% compounded annual rate to equal $1.24 billion as of March 31, 2010.  However, a detailed balance sheet analysis suggests that a significant portion of the asset trends have been driven initially by the valuation of Freddie Mac stock and, more recently, by acquisition activity.  Specifically, total assets increased $76.8 million in fiscal 2006 to a level of $1.10 billion supported by a $39.5 million increase in the value of Freddie Mac stock.  Total assets subsequently declined by $295.8 million through the end of fiscal 2008 driven substantially by a reduction in the investment in Freddie Mac Stock.  Total assets increased between the end of fiscal 2008 and March 31, 2010 reflecting the impact of assets acquired with NCB in 2009 and with MB in 2010, net of the impact of the runoff of a portion of the Company’s wholesale funds.
 
Loans have realized a faster growth rate than total assets and thus increased in proportion to total assets from 35.0% at September 30, 2005, to 54.5% at March 31, 2010.   Specifically, loans increased at an 15.3% rate over the period from the end of fiscal 2005 through March 31, 2010, while investment securities diminished over the corresponding timeframe, both in dollar terms and in proportion to total assets.   Loan growth between fiscal 2005 and 2008, equal to $71.7 million or 20.1%, reflects the Company’s efforts to expand lending on a retail basis primarily in the markets where it maintains a retail branch banking footprint.  The loan portfolio increased more substantially through March 31, 2010 primarily as a result of the NCB and MCB acquisitions.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.9
 
Table I.1
Charter Financial Corporation
Historical Balance Sheets
(Amount and Percent of Assets)(1)
 
                                                                           
Annual
 
   
As of the Year Ended September 30,
               
Growth
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
   
3/31/2010
   
Rate
 
   
Amount
   
Pct
   
Amount
   
Pct
   
Amount
   
Pct
   
Amount
   
Pct
   
Amount
   
Pct
   
Amount
   
Pct
   
Pct
 
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
   
(%)
 
                                                                                           
Total Amount of:
                                                                                         
Assets
  $ 1,020,570       100.0 %   $ 1,097,322       100.0 %   $ 1,021,856       100.0 %   $ 801,500       100.0 %   $ 936,880       100.0 %   $ 1,242,740       100.0 %     4.5 %
Cash and Cash Equivalents
    20,864       2.0 %     24,421       2.2 %     64,671       6.3 %     14,639       1.8 %     53,840       5.7 %     141,636       11.4 %     53.1 %
Freddie Mac Stock
    254,776       25.0 %     294,339       26.8 %     200,782       19.6 %     0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     -100.0 %
MBS/CMOs (AFS)
    358,461       35.1 %     308,150       28.1 %     263,351       25.8 %     242,848       30.3 %     201,626       21.5 %     201,584       16.2 %     -12.0 %
Other Investment Securities
    17,712       1.7 %     37,582       3.4 %     31,792       3.1 %     34,291       4.3 %     4,435       0.5 %     3,962       0.3 %     -28.3 %
FHLB stock
    14,869       1.5 %     15,981       1.5 %     13,668       1.3 %     13,606       1.7 %     14,036       1.5 %     15,157       1.2 %     0.4 %
Loans Held For Sale
    1,234       0.1 %     909       0.1 %     921       0.1 %     1,292       0.2 %     1,123       0.1 %     690       0.1 %     -12.1 %
Non-Covered Loans Receivable, net
    356,808       35.0 %     374,727       34.1 %     405,553       39.7 %     428,472       53.5 %     462,787       49.4 %     463,934       37.3 %     6.0 %
Covered Loans Receivable, net
    0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     89,764       9.6 %     213,755       17.2 %  
NM
 
Loans Receivable, net
    356,808       35.0 %     374,727       34.1 %     405,553       39.7 %     428,472       53.5 %     552,551       59.0 %     677,689       54.5 %     15.3 %
Non-Covered Real Estate Owned
    1,120       0.1 %     460       0.0 %     180       0.0 %     2,680       0.3 %     4,778       0.5 %     7,409       0.6 %     52.2 %
Covered Real Estate Owned
    0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     10,681       1.1 %     35,733       2.9 %  
NM
 
Total Real Estate Owned
    1,120       0.1 %     460       0.0 %     180       0.0 %     2,680       0.3 %     15,459       1.7 %     43,142       3.5 %     125.1 %
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
    5,766       0.6 %     5,599       0.5 %     5,451       0.5 %     5,314       0.7 %     5,180       0.6 %     5,372       0.4 %     -1.6 %
BOLI
    0       0.0 %     12,266       1.1 %     12,857       1.3 %     28,916       3.6 %     30,186       3.2 %     31,116       2.5 %  
NM
 
FDIC Indemnification Asset
    0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     0       0.0 %     26,481       2.8 %     94,089       7.6 %  
NM
 
Retail Deposits
    250,391       24.5 %     321,279       29.3 %     378,463       37.0 %     356,237       44.4 %     463,556       49.5 %     737,036       59.3 %     27.1 %
Brokered Deposits and Credit Union CDs
    69,738       6.8 %     50,778       4.6 %     52,220       5.1 %     63,938       8.0 %     134,078       14.3 %     169,544       13.6 %     21.8 %
Total Deposits
    320,129       31.4 %     372,057       33.9 %     430,683       42.1 %     420,175       52.4 %     597,634       63.8 %     906,580       73.0 %     26.0 %
Borrowings
    382,336       37.5 %     337,928       30.8 %     272,058       26.6 %     267,000       33.3 %     227,000       24.2 %     212,232       17.1 %     -12.3 %
Accumulated Comprehensive Income
    149,405       14.6 %     172,489       15.7 %     116,886       11.4 %     (6,849 )     -0.9 %     (8,277 )     -0.9 %     (3,031 )     -0.2 %  
NM
 
Total Stockholders' Equity
    243,230       23.8 %     267,709       24.4 %     225,072       22.0 %     102,302       12.8 %     98,257       10.5 %     110,673       8.9 %     -16.1 %
                                                                                                         
Branch Offices
    9               9               9               10               13               17                  
 

(1)
Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.
   
Source: Charter Financial Corporation's prospectus, SNL Financial, and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.10
 
The Company’s assets are funded through a combination of deposits, borrowings and retained earnings.  Deposits have always comprised the majority of funding liabilities for the Company, and recent growth has been supported by the utilization of brokered CDs and deposit funds obtained from credit unions at highly competitive rates (“Credit Union CDs”).  The Company is seeking to build the retail deposit base to reduce the reliance on these more volatile funding sources, and deposit growth of $486.4 million since 2008 was largely generated through deposits acquired with NCB and MCB.  The level of borrowed funds has diminished over the timeframe shown in Table 1.1 by a 12.3% annual compound rate.
 
The Company’s stockholders’ equity decreased at an 16.1% compounded annual rate, primarily as a result of the repurchase of 500,000 shares in connection with a going private transaction completed in fiscal 2007 and the decline in value of Charter Financial’s Freddie Mac stock investment.  The Freddie Mac stock investment, which was the most significant element of volatility in Charter Financial’s equity account, has been liquidated so that future changes in the Company’s equity position will largely be driven by the retention of earnings net of the impact of any capital management strategies (i.e., stock repurchases, dividends, etc.).
 
The Company’s loan portfolio composition reflects efforts to diversify the loan portfolio to include both loans which are higher yielding and/or have shorter durations than the long-term fixed rate mortgage loans which historically comprised the majority of loans in the loan portfolio. Moreover, the loan portfolio changed in the most recent fiscal year owing to the two acquisitions, as the acquired portfolios were oriented towards commercial mortgage and construction loans which accelerated the growth of those portfolios.   The Company has segregated its loan portfolio into “covered loans” that were acquired with NCB and MCB and non-covered loans.  In the non-covered portion of the portfolio, the concentration of 1-4 family residential loans has declined from 40.8% of total loans in 2005 to just 15.6% of loans outstanding at March 31, 2010.  Commercial real estate loans, including multi-family loans, have increased in importance but, due to the growth in covered loans, have decreased from 41.5% of total loans at year end 2005 to 37.0% of total loans at March 31, 2010.  Other loans including construction, commercial non-mortgage loans (“C&I loans”) and consumer loans comprise the balance of the loan portfolio and are at comparatively modest levels in relation to the residential and commercial mortgage portfolios.  The largest growth in the portfolio has been in covered loans, which have gone from a -0- balance at fiscal year-end 2008 to comprise 35.0% of total loans.  This component of the portfolio has been the largest driver of growth over the past 18 months.   The covered loans are subject to loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.  The loss sharing agreements cover losses on single-family residential mortgage loans for ten years and all other losses for five years. As of March 31, 2010, the balance of covered loans was $213.8 million.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.11
 
Owing to the factors cited in the strategic discussion, Charter Financial pursued a wholesale leverage strategy designed to enhance its return on equity and overall profitability.  As a result, from the mid-1990s through fiscal 2007, investment securities and Freddie Mac stock comprised the majority of the Company’s assets.  The Company has intensified efforts to expand its retail banking profile by increasing whole loans and via branching as well as through the recent FDIC acquisitions.  As a result, the loan portfolio has increased as a percent of total assets and cash and investments have reduced commensurately.  However, cash, cash equivalents and investment securities remain a significant component of the asset portfolio.
 
The Company’s portfolio of mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) including collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) equaled $201.6 million, or 16.2% of total assets as of March 31, 2010, while other investment securities totaled $4.0 million, or 0.3% of assets, and cash and interest bearing deposits and term deposits totaled $141.6 million, or 11.4% of assets.   As of March 31, 2010, the cash and investments portfolio consisted of cash, interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions, U.S. government agency obligations, and MBS and CMOs issued by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and private issuers.  Additionally, the Company maintains permissible equity investments such as FHLB stock with a fair value of $15.2 million as of March 31, 2010.  All of the Company’s investment securities are classified available for sale (“AFS”) as of March 31, 2010 (see Exhibit I-3 for the investment portfolio composition).
 
As of March 31, 2010, included in Charter Financial’s investment portfolio were CMOs issued by private entities with a gross book value of $61.9 million and an estimated fair value of $52.7 million, indicating a gross unrealized loss of $9.2 million.  The Company continually evaluates the securities for other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”) and recorded a charge of $3.5 million quarter ended March 31, 2010 for OTTI purposes.  Because they are held in AFS status, the remaining unrealized loss on the privately issued CMOs is reflected in the Company’s equity on an after-tax basis.  No major changes to the composition and practices with respect to the management of the investment portfolio are anticipated over the near term.  It is the Company’s intent to focus on building the retail banking profile including whole loans funded by retail deposits to the extent possible.  At the same time, the level of cash and investments is anticipated to increase initially following the stock offering, pending the targeted longer term redeployment into higher yielding loans.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.12
 
The Company also maintains an investment in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) policies, which cover the lives of some of the Company’s officers.  The purpose of the BOLI program is to help defray the rising costs of employee benefits.  The life insurance policies earn tax-exempt income through cash value accumulation and death proceeds.  As of March 31, 2010, the cash surrender value of the Company’s BOLI equaled $31.1 million.  Charter Financial maintained goodwill and other intangible assets of $5.4 million or 0.4% of assets at March 31, 2010.  Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually.
 
As a result of the NCB and MCB acquisitions, Charter Financial recorded an asset receivable representing the estimated future cash payments under the FDIC assistance agreement with the Company.  As of the March 31, 2010, this asset was $94.1 million equal to 7.6% of total assets as of that date.  The FDIC assistance receivable will decline in the future as Charter Financial resolves the acquired assets of NCB and MCB covered under the FDIC loss share agreement.
 
The Company’s funding structure reflects a mix of retail deposits and various wholesale funding sources including brokered and credit union CDs as well as FHLB advances. In this regard, Charter Financial pursued a wholesale leveraging strategy whereby the Company utilized borrowings and wholesale deposits (i.e., brokered deposits and credit union CDs) to fund the purchase of investment securities.  The purpose of this strategy was to supplement the growth provided by retail operations to generate net interest income from the yield-cost spread realized on the new assets and liabilities.  Importantly, the returns on the wholesale leveraging are modest and have not been consistently positive.  Moreover, the wholesale funds are a relatively costly funding source in comparison with rates typically paid to attract core retail deposits.
 
In aggregate, deposits have increased at a 26.0% compounded annual rate with the two recent acquisitions representing a significant component of the growth.  As of March 31, 2010, retail deposits totaled $737.0 million while the balance of deposit funds were wholesale in nature (i.e., primarily brokered and Credit Union CDs) and totaled $169.5 million.  While wholesale deposit sources increased in the most recent fiscal year, a portion of the growth was utilized to fund the repayment of FHLB advances whose balance diminished.  Overall, savings and transaction accounts totaled $319.8 million, equal to 35.3% of total deposits as of March 31, 2010 while the balance of deposit funds were comprised of CDs, which totaled $586.8 million, equal to 64.7% of total deposits.  Jumbo CDs, those with balances of $100,000 or more, equaled $283.1 million or 31.2% of total deposits and 48.2% of CDs.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.13
 
FHLB advances and a small amount of repurchase sweep accounts represent the remainder of the Company’s interest-bearing liabilities and equaled $212.2 million as of March 31, 2010, equal to 17.1% of total assets.  The Company has been repaying FHLB advances as they mature and if it has sufficient liquidity to fund the repayment.  The Company is seek to build the retail deposit base both through acquisition and the retirement of borrowed funds will continue to be a long term objective of management.  However, owing to the lengthy maturities of a portion of the Company’s borrowings, the targeted reduction will necessarily be gradual.  The maturing of relatively high cost advances will also provide a benefit to earnings in the future.  In this regard, the Company has $102 million of advances maturing in the first quarter of calendar 2011 at a weighted average cost of 5.64% which could be replaced with term funds at a rate of at least 3% to 4% lower in today’s lower rate environment.
 
Trends with respect to Charter Financial’s equity position have largely been a function of the valuation of the Company’s Freddie Mac stock investment.  Accordingly, the Company’s equity increased during the fiscal 2005 to 2007 timeframe, reflecting the underlying valuation trends for the Freddie Mac shares, while decreasing significantly in fiscal 2008 as the factors leading to the worldwide financial crisis gained momentum and the trading price of Freddie Mac diminished.  As of the end of fiscal 2008, the Company’s stockholders’ equity equaled $102.3 million equal to 12.8% of total assets.  The Company’s stockholders’ equity continued to diminish in fiscal 2009 as earnings were more than offset by the payment of dividends to the minority shareholders and continued decline in value of privately issued CMOs.  The Company’s stockholders’ equity increased in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 as a result of the bargain purchase entry recorded for the MCB acquisition.  As of March 31, 2010, Charter Financial’s stockholders’ equity totaled $110.7 million, equal to 8.9% of total assets.
 
The Bank maintained surpluses relative to its regulatory capital requirements at March 31, 2010 and thus qualified as a “well capitalized” institution.  The offering proceeds will serve to further strengthen the Company’s regulatory capital position and support further growth, including the ability to complete additional acquisitions in the regional market area.  The post-offering equity growth rate is expected to be impacted by a number of factors including the higher level of capitalization, the reinvestment of the offering proceeds, the expense of the stock benefit plans and the potential impact of dividends and stock repurchases.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.14
 
Income and Expense Trends
 
Table 1.2 shows Charter Financial’s historical income statements for the past five fiscal years and the twelve months ended March 31, 2010.  The Company’s profitability over this period ranged from a high of 4.81% of average assets during 2007 to a low of $2.3 million, equal to 0.27% of assets for fiscal 2009.  For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, the Company’s earnings were 0.97% of average assets.  The Company’s earnings over the period through fiscal 2008 were significantly influenced by the Company’s Freddie Mac stock investment, both through gains on sale of shares and through dividends paid by Freddie Mac.  Since all the Freddie Mac stock was sold in 2008, the Company’s 2009 earnings primarily reflect the results of Charter Financial’s core banking operations.  However, the impact of the NCB acquisition completed in 2009 has not been fully reflected since the acquisition was completed at the end of June 2009 and only three months of merged operations are included in the figures for fiscal 2009.  The earnings results for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010 reflect the acquisition of MCB and the related bargain purchase accounting entry.
 
The key components of the Company’s core earnings are net interest income non-interest income and operating expenses.  Non-recurring income items, consisting of gains and losses on sale, a FHLB prepayment penalty and most recently the acquisition of MCB and OTTI adjustments, have had a varied impact on the earnings over the review period.  The level of net interest income has largely paralleled trends with respect to the size of the underlying asset and funding bases over the period reflected in Table 1.2.  Specifically, net interest income peaked in fiscal 2006 at $26.0 million, equal to 2.38% of average assets and subsequently declined to a level of $18.0 million, or 2.09% of average assets in fiscal 2009.  For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, net interest income increased to 2.48% of average assets.  In this regard, the diminishing level of dividend income (primarily on Freddie Mac stock) was a significant component of the reduction of net interest income as dividends on equity securities totaled $9.2 million in fiscal 2006 and were negligible in the most recent fiscal year.  The modest level of net interest income generated by Charter Financial relative to many financial institutions is the result of several factors.  First, the Company’s efforts to leverage capital through wholesale investments funded both with wholesale deposit funds and borrowings have limited spreads.  Specifically, the Company’s interest rate spread amounted to only 2.08% in fiscal 2009 (see Exhibit I-4) but has increased to 2.90% on an annualized basis for the six months ended March 31, 2010.  The spreads for the most recent fiscal year and the quarter ended March 31, 2010 are improvements relative to spreads for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, or 1.00% and 1.47% respectively, the current level nonetheless is remains low in comparison to many financial institutions with a greater proportion of whole loans and/or greater proportion of retail deposits.  Additionally, a portion of the term borrowings taken down in prior periods have relatively high interest rates relative to the lower market rates available in today’s low interest rate environment.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.15
 
Table 1.2
Charter Financial Corporation
Historical Income Statements
(Amount and Percent of Average Assets)(1)
             
   
As of the Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
   
12 months ended
 
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
   
March 31, 2010
 
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
   
Amount
   
Pct(1)
 
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
 
                                                                                     
Interest income
  $ 44,689       4.15 %   $ 53,802       4.92 %   $ 54,646       5.16 %   $ 46,377       5.11 %   $ 40,559       4.73 %   $ 43,604       4.93 %
Interest expense
    (21,782 )     -2.02 %     (27,801 )     -2.54 %     (29,827 )     -2.82 %     (26,771 )     -2.95 %     (22,599 )     -2.64 %     (21,641 )     -2.45 %
Net interest income
  $ 22,908       2.13 %   $ 26,001       2.38 %   $ 24,819       2.34 %   $ 19,607       2.16 %   $ 17,961       2.09 %   $ 21,964       2.48 %
Provision for loan losses
    (75 )     -0.01 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     (3,250 )     -0.36 %     (4,550 )     -0.53 %     (5,800 )     -0.66 %
Net interest income after provisions
  $ 22,833       2.12 %   $ 26,001       2.38 %   $ 24,819       2.34 %   $ 16,357       1.80 %   $ 13,411       1.56 %   $ 16,164       1.83 %
                                                                                                 
Other operating income
    4,881       0.45 %     6,058       0.55 %     7,471       0.71 %     9,432       1.04 %     7,545       0.88 %     6,969       0.79 %
Operating expense
    (18,270 )     -1.70 %     (21,130 )     -1.93 %     (21,926 )     -2.07 %     (20,284 )     -2.23 %     (21,173 )     -2.47 %     (25,133 )     -2.84 %
Net operating income
  $ 9,444       0.88 %   $ 10,929       1.00 %   $ 10,364       0.98 %   $ 5,505       0.61 %   $ (217 )     -0.03 %   $ (2,000 )     -0.23 %
                                                                                                 
Prepayment penalty on FHLB advance
          0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %     (1,408 )     -0.16 %     (1,408 )     -0.16 %
Net gain on sale of property
          0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %     2,086       0.24 %     2,086       0.24 %
Net gain on sale of Freddie Mac stock
    6,085       0.57 %     4,769       0.44 %     69,453       6.56 %     9,557       1.05 %           0.00 %           0.00 %
Gain (loss) on sale of investments
          0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %     (38 )     0.00 %     2,161       0.25 %     2,181       0.25 %
OTTI on investments
          0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %     (3,527 )     -0.40 %
Bargain purchase income
          0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %     15,604       1.76 %
Total non-operating income
  $ 6,085       0.57 %   $ 4,769       0.44 %   $ 69,453       6.56 %   $ 9,519       1.05 %   $ 2,839       0.33 %   $ 14,936       1.69 %
                                                                                                 
Income before income taxes
  $ 15,529       1.44 %   $ 15,698       1.44 %   $ 79,817       7.54 %   $ 15,023       1.65 %   $ 2,622       0.31 %   $ 12,936       1.46 %
Income tax expense
    (4,116 )     -0.38 %     (2,353 )     -0.22 %     (28,877 )     -2.73 %     (4,491 )     -0.49 %     (306 )     -0.04 %     (4,315 )     -0.49 %
Net income
  $ 11,413       1.06 %   $ 13,344       1.22 %   $ 50,940       4.81 %   $ 10,532       1.16 %   $ 2,316       0.27 %   $ 8,621       0.97 %
                                                                                                 
Estimated Core Net Income
                                                                                               
Net income
  $ 11,413       1.06 %   $ 13,344       1.22 %   $ 50,940       4.81 %   $ 10,532       1.16 %   $ 2,316       0.27 %   $ 8,621       0.97 %
Deduct non-recurring items
    (6,085 )     -0.57 %     (4,769 )     -0.44 %     (69,453 )     -6.56 %     (9,519 )     -1.05 %     (2,839 )     -0.33 %     (14,936 )     -1.69 %
Tax effect (2)
    2,349       0.22 %     1,841       0.17 %     26,809       2.53 %     3,674       0.40 %     1,096       0.13 %     5,765       0.65 %
Estimate core net income
  $ 7,677       0.71 %   $ 10,416       0.95 %   $ 8,295       0.78 %   $ 4,688       0.52 %   $ 573       0.07 %   $ (549 )     -0.06 %
                                                                                                 
Memo:
                                                                                               
Expense Coverage Ratio (3)
    125.39 %             123.05 %             113.19 %             96.66 %             84.83 %             87.39 %        
Efficiency Ratio (4)
    65.74 %             65.91 %             67.90 %             69.85 %             83.01 %             86.87 %        
Effective Tax Rate
    26.51 %             14.99 %             36.18 %             29.89 %             11.66 %             33.35 %        
 
(1)
Reflects income and expense as a percent of average assets.
(2)
Assumes a 38.6% effective tax rate for federal & state income taxes.
(3)
Net interest income divided by operating expenses.
(4)
Operating expenses as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income (excluding gains on sale).
   
Source: Charter Financial Corporation's prospectus, SNL Financial, and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.16
 
Loan loss provisions had a limited impact on earnings over the fiscal 2005 to fiscal 2007 period, totaling only $75 thousand in fiscal 2005 while the Company did not establish any loan loss provisions in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2007.  Loan loss provisions were comparatively modest over this timeframe as Charter Financial’s NPAs and classified assets were at comparatively low levels consistent with the historical trend.  Loan loss provisions have increased materially since the end of fiscal 2007, to equal $3.3 million or 0.36% of average assets in fiscal 2008, $4.6 million or 0.53% of average assets in fiscal 2009 and $5.8 million or 0.66% of average assets for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010.  The increase in the level of provisions over the last several fiscal years is both the result of an increasing level of NPAs for the Company and a higher level of loan chargeoffs, both of which are the result of the recessionary economic environment including deterioration of the local real estate markets.  At March 31, 2010, the Company maintained valuation allowances of $11.4 million, equal to 2.39% of total non-covered loans and 87.1% of non-covered non-performing loans.  Exhibit I-5 sets forth the Company’s loan loss allowance activity during the review period.
 
Other operating income has shown an upward trend in dollar terms and as a percent of average assets since fiscal 2005, from $4.9 million (0.45% of average assets) to $7.0 million (0.79% of average assets) for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, reflecting Charter Financial’s balance sheet growth, expansion of overall business volumes and continued growth of fee generating products.  Additionally, the Company earned material levels of income through the sale of covered call options on Freddie Mac stock through the end of fiscal 2008; income on the sale of covered call options equaled $1.7 million, equal to 18% of total non-interest income in fiscal 2008.  The reduction of non-interest income subsequent to 2008 largely reflects the elimination of this income item.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.17
 
After remaining relatively stable between fiscal 2005 and 2009, the Company’s operating expenses have trended higher in dollar terms and as a percent of average assets through March 31, 2010.  Specifically, operating expenses fluctuated in a range between $18.3 million in fiscal 2005 and $21.9 million in fiscal 2007 but increased to $25.1 million or 2.84% of average assets for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010.  Although trailing twelve month earnings substantially reflect the costs of the NCB acquisition (completed in June 2009) they do not reflect the costs related to the recent MCB transaction.  Such future expenses will not only include the costs of operating the acquired branches but also the increased staffing and management costs related to the resolution of acquired credit impaired loans and REO.  Operating expenses are also expected to increase on a post-offering basis as a result of the expense of the additional stock-related benefit plans, as well as the planned branching and growth initiatives which are currently underway.  At the same time, continued balance sheet growth and reinvestment of the offering proceeds should offset at least a portion of the anticipated expense increase.
 
Non-operating income and expense have been significant contributors to the Company’s income, primarily consisting of gains on the sale of Freddie Mac stock for the fiscal 2005 to fiscal 2008 period and transaction entries related to the MCB acquisition and OTTI charges for 2009 and 2010.  Pre-tax gains on sale of Freddie Mac stock shares ranged from a low of $4.8 million (0.44% of average assets) in fiscal 2006, to a high of $69.5 million (6.56% of average assets) in fiscal 2007.  The high level of gains reported in fiscal 2007 reflects the sale of a large number of shares used to generate cash which the Company utilized to delist its common stock from the Nasdaq Global Market and deregister its common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Company sold its remaining investment in Freddie Mac stock in fiscal 2008 thus eliminating the potential for gains on sale from this source in the future.  In the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, net non-operating income totaled $14.9 million and consisted of five components as follows: (1) prepayment penalty expense of $1.4 million on FHLB advances; (2) a gain on the sale of property of $2.2 million; (3) gains on the sale of investment securities totaling $2.1 million; (4) OTTI charges on private issuer CMOs of $3.5 million; and (5) a bargain purchase gain of $15.6 million related to the acquisition of MCB.
 
The Company’s average tax rate has ranged between 11.66% and 36.18% over the last five fiscal years and equaled 33.35% in twelve months ended March 31, 2010.  The Company’s tax rate has been below the statutory rate of 38.6% (combined effective federal and state tax rate) owing to the tax advantaged treatment of cash dividends on the Freddie Mac stock investment through fiscal 2008 and as a result of income on BOLI, which is tax exempt.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.18
 
Between 2005 and 2008, the Company’s efficiency ratio fluctuated in a narrow range from 65.7% to 69.9%.  The efficiency ratio has increased to a level of 86.9% in the twelve months ended March 31, 2010 as a result of the deterioration in the Company’s core earnings components.  Specifically, net interest income after loan loss provisions has declined, other operating income has declined and operating expenses have increased.  In the future, the efficiency ratio may improve and the underlying core earnings rate may be subject to increase as Charter Financial’s management believes that the NCB and MCB acquisitions will be accretive to the Company’s earnings over the long-term.  Moreover, on a post-offering basis, the efficiency ratio may show some improvement from the benefit of reinvesting the proceeds.  However, a portion of the benefit is expected to be offset by the increased expense of the stock benefit plans.
 
Interest Rate Risk Management
 
In recent years, the Company has pursued several strategies to manage interest rate risk.  These strategies include:
 
     ●
Investing in 1-4 family adjustable rate loans (subject to constrained customer demand) which more closely match the repricing of the Company’s funding base compared to fixed rate loans;
 
     ●
Selling longer term fixed rate mortgage loans to generate fee income without incurring the interest risk of holding longer term fixed rate mortgage loans;
 
     ●
Diversifying into other types of short-term or adjustable rate lending, including primarily commercial, construction, and consumer lending, including home equity lending;
 
     ●
Building a community bank orientation so as to facilitate an increase in core deposit funds with a longer duration and  non-interest fee income;
 
     ●
Maintaining an investment portfolio, comprised of high quality, liquid securities and maintaining an ample balance of securities classified as available for sale;
 
     ●
Maintaining a strong capital position, which provides for a favorable level of interest-earning assets relative to interest-bearing liabilities; and
 
     ●
Emphasizing strong underwriting to maintain asset quality.
 
The rate shock analysis as of March 31, 2010 (see Exhibit I-6) as prepared by OTS for the Bank, reflects a liability sensitive position with the net portfolio value (“NPV”) declining by 4.7% pursuant to a positive 200 basis point instantaneous and permanent rate shock, resulting in a post-shock NPV ratio equal to 9.42%.  One factor impacting the Company’s interest rate risk which is particularly difficult to quantify is the degree to which deposits will reprice in a response to a change in interest rates.  Several factors potentially make the Company’s deposit costs somewhat more volatile than many similar institutions.  Specifically, the Company prices its deposits in the upper end of the competitive range which may result in a more rate sensitive depositor base.  Additionally, the Company has a high level of brokered and credit union CDs which are particularly sensitive with regard to the offered deposit rate.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.19
 
Lending Activities and Strategy
 
The Company’s lending activities have been focused on three principal elements as follows: (1) commercial and multi-family mortgage lending; (2) 1-4 family residential mortgage lending for portfolio; and (3) secondary market operations where Charter Financial originates loans for resale (servicing has been retained by the Company in the past but recent activity has consisted of selling loans with the servicing rights released).  The Company also maintains smaller balances of construction and development loans as well as consumer loans (including home equity loans as well as other forms of consumer installment credit), and commercial business loans.  The Company has pursued loan diversification with the objective of enhancing yields and overall earnings levels while also improving the interest sensitivity of assets.  Charter Financial is also initiating retail and commercial lending in the markets served by NCB and MCB branches.  In this regard, the Company intends to employ one commercial and one consumer loan officer in these markets to facilitate management’s lending objectives.
 
The foregoing strategy is consistent with Charter Financial’s community bank orientation and is evidenced in the Company’s loan portfolio composition.  Details regarding the Company’s loan portfolio composition and characteristics are included in Exhibits I-7 and I-8.  As of March 31, 2010, non-covered commercial and multi-family mortgage loans comprised the largest segment of the loan portfolio and totaled $270.8 million, equal to 37.0% of total loans.  The second largest component of the loan portfolio is covered loans acquired with NCB and MCB that totaled $256.0 million, or 35.0% of total loans.  Permanent non-covered mortgage loans secured by 1-4 family properties totaled $114.4 million, or 15.6% of total loans.  The balance of the loan portfolio is comprised of smaller balances of non-covered commercial non-mortgage, construction and consumer loans.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.20
 
Commercial real estate lending .  As of March 31, 2010, commercial real estate and multi-family loans totaled $270.8 million or 37.0% of total loans.  Commercial and multi-family mortgage lending has become an integral part of the Company’s operating strategy and one area of lending that the Company will continue to grow and emphasize, especially with the plan to hire additional commercial lenders for the new markets accessed by the NCB and MCB acquisitions.  Charter Financial began pursuing income property lending due to the market opportunity, management expertise, and as substantial residential mortgage lending competition had reduced the profitability of 1-4 family lending.  Additionally, such loans typically carry superior yields, better interest rate risk characteristics and larger loan balances relative to residential mortgage loans.  Commercial and multi-family mortgage lending has also been an attractive way for Charter Financial to broaden its range of customer relationships.  Commercial and multi-family mortgage loans are generally made to Georgia or Alabama entities and are secured by properties in the same states.  Commercial real estate/multi-family loans are generally extended up to an 80% LTV ratio and require a debt-coverage ratio of at least 1.15 times.  Multi-family mortgage loans are originated for both new and existing properties and cover apartments for a wide range of tenant income levels.  Commercial mortgage loans originated by Charter Financial are typically secured by offices, hotels, strip shopping centers, land, convenience stores, etc, principally within Georgia and Alabama.
 
Commercial real estate lending involves additional risks as compared with one-to-four family residential lending.  Therefore, the commercial real estate loans generally have higher rates and shorter maturities than the Company’s residential mortgages.  The Company offers commercial real estate mortgages at fixed rates and adjustable rates tied to the prime rate.  However, a portion of the commercial real estate portfolio is tied to yields on US Treasury securities or LIBOR.  The Company currently offers fixed rate terms of 3 to 7 years; however, in prior years the Company had fixed rate loans with maturities of up to 25 years.  Charter Financial’s commercial/nonresidential lending is virtually all real estate based. Underwriting criteria include loan-to-value, debt coverage, secondary source of repayment, guarantors, net worth of borrower and quality of cash flow stream.  In the future, predicated on an improving credit and market environment, management is targeting to increase the portfolio.  In this regard, the retrenchment of many competing lenders from this segment of the market is believed to provide Charter Financial with an opportunity to expand the portfolio while realizing strong risk-adjusted returns.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.21
 
1-4 family residential loans .  As of March 31, 2010, 1-4 family residential real estate loans totaled $114.4 million or 15.6% of total loans.  The Company currently originates mortgages at all offices of the Company, but utilizes the Company’s LPOs as centralized origination and processing centers.  Charter Financial originates both fixed rate and adjustable rate one-to-four family loans with conforming loans with maturities in excess of 15 years originated for resale into the secondary market, generally on a servicing released basis.  The Company originates one- to four-family loans with LTV ratios up to 95% and are generally subject to a maximum LTV ratio of 80%, with private mortgage insurance (“PMI”) being required for loans in excess of this LTV ratio.  The substantial portion of 1-4 family mortgage loans originated is secured by residences in Georgia and Alabama.  As of September 30, 2009, of the loans with maturities in excess of one year, approximately 35% of the portfolio was comprised of fixed rate mortgage loans and 65% was comprised of either adjustable rate mortgage loans (“ARMS”) or hybrid loans with fixed rates for the first one, three, five or seven years of the loans and adjustable thereafter.  After the initial term, the interest rate generally adjusts on an annual basis at a fixed spread over the monthly average yield on United States Treasury securities, the Wall Street Journal Prime, or LIBOR.  The interest rate adjustments are generally subject to a maximum increase of 2% per adjustment period and the aggregate adjustment is generally subject to a maximum increase of 6% over the life of the loan.  Charter Financial generally retains for their portfolio conforming loans with maturities shorter than 15 years or that have interest rate resets or balloon terms, as well as nonconforming loans.  Nonconforming loans generally have interest rate resets or maturities of less than 30 years.  Management’s current strategy is to sell loans with servicing released instead of retaining the servicing owing to profitability considerations.
 
Traditionally, the Company has sought to differentiate itself in the area of non-conforming lending programs and while the risks of non-conforming lending may be somewhat higher, Charter Financial believes it is more than compensated for the risk in terms of the yield earned and the shorter repricing structure of the loans it originates and places into portfolio.  Additionally, while Charter Financial makes non-conforming loans, the credit quality of the loan portfolio is largely unaffected (vis-à-vis a typical conforming portfolio) as the majority of the non-conforming loans originated are non-conforming due to factors unrelated to credit quality (i.e., high acreage, leased land or multiple structures, newly self employed, etc.).  The loans may also be non-conforming as a result of a credit record which reflects some blemish, but which Charter Financial’s management does not believe impairs the borrower’s ability to repay the loan.  Thus, the non-conforming loans Charter Financial is originating are generally not subprime loans .
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.22
 
Construction loans .  Consistent with the Company’s community bank strategy, lending on construction and development loans has been an integral part of Charter Financial’s lending strategy and such loans totaled $50.2 million, equal to 6.9% of total loans.  While current market conditions have suppressed demand for construction and development loans, the Company sees opportunities in the market to lend to strong borrowers as many previously active construction lenders are focused on addressing asset quality issues on poorly underwritten loans (a widespread issue in the Company’s markets).  The reduction of construction lenders has dramatically reduced the supply of construction loans and there is the opportunity to lend to borrowers with superior liquidity, capital and management skills. Charter Financial intends to remain an active participant in this segment of the lending market, primarily through its LPO in Norcross, Georgia.  Construction lending activity is largely for the construction of 1-4 family residences, with lesser activity for multi-family and nonresidential real estate projects on a select basis.  The Company offers two principal types of construction loans:  builder loans, including both speculative (unsold) and pre-sold loans to pre-approved local builders and construction/permanent loans to property owners which are converted to permanent loans at the end of the construction phase.  The number of speculative loans extended to a builder at one time is dependent upon the financial strength and credit history of the builder.  The Company generally limits speculative loans to builders with superior liquidity, capital and management skills and limits the number of outstanding loans on unsold homes under construction within a specific area.  Development loans are primarily originated for the development of residential properties.
 
Commercial business and consumer loans .  To a much lesser extent, Charter Financial originates non-mortgage loans, including commercial and consumer loans, which in the aggregate totaled $40.8 million, or 5.6% of total loans as of March 31, 2010.  The majority of Charter Financial’s non-mortgage loans consist of consumer loans including loans on deposit, second mortgages, home equity lines of credit, auto loans and various other installment loans.  The Company primarily offers consumer loans (excluding second mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit) as an accommodation to customers.  Charter Financial’s consumer lending generally follows accepted industry standards for non sub-prime lending, including credit scores and debt to income ratios.  Additionally, the underwriting standards applicable to home equity credit lines are similar to those applicable to one-to-four family first mortgage loans, and slightly more stringent credit-to-income and credit score requirements.  The Company plans to employ a consumer lender to initiate retail lending in the expanded market while helping former NCB and MCB customers became familiar with the expanded product offerings available to them through Charter Financial.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.23
 
The Company’s commercial lending is generally limited to terms of five years or less.  The Company typically collateralizes these loans with a lien on commercial real estate, or very rarely, with a lien on business assets and equipment.  The Company also generally requires the personal guarantee of the business owner.  Interest rates on commercial loans generally have higher yields than residential or commercial real estate loans due to the risk inherent in this type of loan. The majority of the Company’s commercial loans are secured by a security interest with some real estate in addition to inventory, accounts receivable, machinery, vehicles or other assets of the borrower.  The Company carefully analyzes the capacity of the borrower to repay before granting a commercial loan.  In addition, the liquidity and adequacy of collateral, if any, is considered.
 
Covered loans .  As of March 31, 2010, the Company maintained covered loans acquired with NCB and MCB totaling $256.0 million equal to 35.0% of total loans.  As of that date, the portfolio of covered loans were concentrated in commercial real estate loans (38% of total covered loans), construction loans (30% of total covered loans) and lesser amounts of commercial business, 1-4 family residential and consumer loans.  The acquired NCB and MCB loan portfolios are in runoff mode, particularly with regard to the non-performing segment of the portfolio which the Company is seeking to resolve as quickly as possible.  Losses incurred on the portfolio are covered by the FDIC indemnification agreement ($94.1 million at March 31, 2010) which will reduce as loss sharing payments are received from the FDIC.  At March 31, 2010, the net balance of covered loans included an accretable discount of $23.6 million, a non-accretable discount of $18 million and allowances for loan losses (non-impaired portion of the covered loans) of $11.4 million.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.24
 
Asset Quality
 
The Company’s asset quality has historically been strong but the level of NPAs has been trending upward in recent periods reflecting weakness in the local real estate market.  Additionally, the Company acquired credit impaired assets as a result of the NCB and MCB acquisitions which increased the reported balance of NPAs and delinquent loans.  Importantly, the acquired credit-impaired assets are covered under the FDIC loss sharing agreement and have also been marked-to-market creating significant purchase discounts including a portion which is accretable.  Management believes that the accretion of the purchase discounts coupled with the presence of fair value non-accretable discounts to account for the current market value of the assets minimize the risk of the acquired assets to the Company’s equity and earnings.  In order to maximize the potential recoveries in acquired distressed assets and to increase the benefit of the NCB and MCB acquisitions to the Company, Charter Financial has taken an aggressive stance with respect to the resolution of nonperforming assets and classified assets related to these acquisitions, including the following actions:
 
     ●
Establishment of a loan resolution group to manage the distressed loan portfolio.  The four employee resolution group is headed by an experienced banker who has served as the Company’s senior loan administrator and most recently as president of the LaGrange region.
 
     ●
Retaining lending personnel, where appropriate, from NCB and MCB to assist the resolution group in working out of the problem assets as quickly as possible, while minimizing the resolution costs to both Charter Financial and the FDIC.
 
     ●
Review of all nonperforming loans by CharterBank’s counsel to assist in establishing a foreclosure strategy.  As of March 31, 2010, foreclosure proceedings have been aggressively pursued for delinquent loans.
 
A thorough review of the performing loan portfolio is also being prepared with the objective of and comprehensive and aggressively classifying all loans appropriately such that resolution plans can be established to return the delinquent assets to an earning form.  The balance of the foregoing analysis of the will focus on the Company’s non-covered assets, the majority of which were originated or purchased by Charter Financial.  As reflected in Exhibit I-9, the non-covered NPA balance was $20.5 million, equal to 2.53% of non-covered assets.  The balance of valuation allowance totaled $11.4 million and the ratio of allowances to total non-covered loans equaled 2.39% while reserve coverage in relation to non-covered non-performing loans was 87.1%.  The Company has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures which are consistent with regulatory guidelines.  Detailed asset classifications are reviewed monthly by senior management and the Board.  Additionally, the Company performs a review of major loans at least annually while also performing reviews of randomly selected homogenous loans.  Pursuant to these procedures, when needed, the Company establishes additional valuation allowances to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets.  Such reserve adequacy reviews are conducted by management on at least a quarterly basis.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.25
 
Funding Composition and Strategy
 
Charter Financial funded operations with a combination of retail and wholesale deposits, as well as borrowings.  As noted earlier, transitioning the funding liabilities to a retail-oriented deposit base is an important strategic objective of the Company.   As of March 31, 2010, deposits totaled $906.6 million which reflects the addition of $181 million of deposits with the NCB acquisition and $295 million of deposits with the MCB acquisition.  Retail deposits totaled $737.0 million equal to 81.3% of total deposits while the balance of deposits was wholesale in nature (i.e., primarily brokered and credit union CDs and totaled $168.9 million, equal to 18.6% of deposits).  Lower costing savings and transaction accounts totaling $319.8 million and comprised approximately 35.3% of the Company’s deposits at March 31, 2010 (see Exhibit I-10).  The proportion of savings and transaction accounts reflects a modest increase over the last several fiscal years as the Company has intensified its marketing efforts in this regard and owing to the recent acquisitions which included some savings and transaction accounts.  The balance of the deposit base is comprised of CDs, 77.7% of which have remaining maturities of  nine months or less.  As of March 31, 2010, CDs with balances equal to or in excess of $100,000 equaled $283.1 million, equal to 48.2% of total CDs and 31.2% of total deposits.
 
Borrowings have been utilized primarily as a supplemental funding source and as a source of utilized to fund the Company’s wholesale leveraging strategies (see Exhibit I-12).  As of March 31, 2010, the Company’s borrowings consisted of FHLB advances of $212.0 million and a modest amount of repurchase sweep accounts of $0.2 million.  Total borrowings comprised 17.1% of total assets.  Most FHLB advances have maturities of five years or less.  Importantly, the weighted average rate of Charter Financial’s was 4.91% as of March 31, 2010 which is substantially above the prevailing market rate, and the maturing of high cost advances including $102 million of advances maturing in the first quarter of calendar 2011 at a weighted average cost of 5.64% may potentially benefit the Company’s spreads and earnings in the future.
 
Subsidiary
 
Charter Financial Corporation has no direct or indirect subsidiaries other than CharterBank.  The Bank currently does not operate any wholly-owned subsidiaries.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.26
 
Legal Proceedings
 
On September 11, 2009, Mike Horton, a shareholder of Charter Financial Corporation, filed a shareholder derivative action (Civil Action File No. 09-CV-1277) in the Superior Court of Troup County, State of Georgia, on behalf of Charter Financial Corporation and Charter Bank.  The complaint names the current directors and one former director of Charter Financial Corporation and Charter Bank as defendants (the “Individual Defendants”) and also names Charter Financial Corporation and Charter Bank as derivative defendants.  The complaint generally alleges that the Individual Defendants acted negligently, breached their fiduciary duties, and acted with bad faith in connection with Charter Financial Corporation’s and Charter Bank’s investments in stock of Freddie Mac, including their decisions as to whether and when to sell such stock.  The complaint seeks monetary damages from the Individual Defendants in an amount to be determined and other unspecified relief for the benefit of Charter Financial Corporation and Charter Bank.  The Individual Defendants have answered, denying liability, and have filed motions to dismiss.  The Individual Defendants believe that the allegations of wrongdoing are without merit and intend to defend the lawsuit vigorously.

 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
 
II.1
 
II. MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
 
Introduction
 
Charter Financial’s business plan objectives over the last decade have been focused on expanding the retail banking franchise along the I-85 corridor from the Atlanta metropolitan area southwest through eastern Alabama.  In this regard, the Company’s recent acquisition activity has substantially bolstered the Company’s presence in western Georgia up through the Atlanta metropolitan area.  The Company operates a total of 17 offices in Alabama and Georgia with the markets represented set forth in the schedule below.
 
   
No. of
   
Branches
Georgia Markets
   
Gwinnett County
 
1
Troup County
 
4
Coweta County
 
2
Carroll County
 
1
Newton County
 
1
Fayette County
 
1
Haralson County
 
1
     
Alabama Markets
   
Lee County
 
4
Chambers County
 
2
Total Branches
 
17
 
The Company recently acquired six branches in Georgia, along the I-85 corridor, through the NCB and MCB acquisitions, including two branches in Coweta County, two branches in Fayette County and one branch each in Carroll and Newton Counties.  Subsequent to the acquisitions, management closed one of the Fayette County offices (Peachtree City) consolidating it with a nearby office.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
 
II.2
 
The main office in West Point and the two Valley, Alabama offices serve the Valley area consisting of West Point, Georgia, Lanett, Alabama and Valley, Alabama.  The LaGrange branches serve an adjacent community on the I-85 corridor and four branches serve the western portions of the market area in Auburn-Opelika/Lee County, Alabama area.  The Company also operates loan production offices (“LPOs”) in Columbus and Norcross, Georgia.  Geographic expansion through LPOs has benefited the Company by extending the reach of its lending market without incurring the significant costs associated with retail branch banking.   The LPOs have provided the Company with a market entrée at a limited upfront cost as the Company sought to expand the market area to nearby counties along the I-85 corridor, which is anchored by Auburn, Alabama and Atlanta and Columbus, Georgia.  The NCB and MCB acquisitions also gave the Company the ability to expand into non-overlapping, yet complementary markets, as these locations are close enough to be operationally efficient, but don’t significantly overlap the Company’s existing retail banking footprint.  A map showing the Company’s office coverage, including the recent enhancement of market coverage through the recent acquisitions, is set forth below and details regarding the Company’s offices and recent trends with respect to market interest rate levels are set forth in Exhibit II-1 and II-2, respectively.
 
Charter Financial Corporation
Map of Branches
 
GRAPHIC
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
 
II.3
 
Interest Rate Environment
 
As of December 2008, the Discount Rate had been lowered to 0.50%, and the Federal Funds rate target was 0.00% to 0.25% reflecting the Federal Reserve’s response to the deteriorating economy.  These historically low rates were intended to enable a faster recovery of the housing industry, while at the same time lowering business borrowing costs.  The Federal Funds rate has remained in effect through May 21, 2010.  The effect of the interest rate decreases since mid-2008 has been most evident in short term rates, which decreased more than longer term rates, increasing the slope of the yield curve.  At the Federal Reserve’s late-April meeting, the Federal Reserve held its target rate steady and signaled that it would be at least several months before they raise short-term interest rates.  As of May 21, 2010, one- and ten-year U.S. government bonds were yielding 0.35% and 3.20%, respectively, compared to 0.56% and 3.53%, respectively, from the end of the second calendar quarter of 2009.  This has had a positive impact on the net interest margins of many financial institutions, as they rely on a spread between the yields on longer term assets and the costs of shorter term funding sources.  However, institutions who originate substantial volumes of prime-based loans have given up some of this pickup in yield as the prime rate declined to 3.25% on December 16, 2008 and has not changed as of May 21, 2010.
 
Looking forward, there are general expectations that interest rates will begin to increase in 2010 as the economy continues its recovery and as the Fed seeks to curtail inflationary pressures.  Based on the consensus outlook of 55 economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in February 2010, the economy is expected to expand around 3% for 2010.  GDP growth is not expected to make a significant dent in the unemployment rate, as the surveyed economists on average expected the unemployment rate to only fall to 9.4% by the end of 2010.  Most of the respondents said the Federal Reserve would not raise rates until the third quarter of 2010 at the earliest.
 
Market Area Demographics
 
The following section presents demographic details regarding Charter Financial’s market area.  Demographic and economic growth trends, measured by changes in population, number of households, per capita income and median household income, provide key insight into the health of the Company’s market area (see Table 2.1).  Demographic statistics reflect that the markets in the Valley area where the Company has historically been based (i.e., Troup County, Georgia and Chambers County, Alabama) indicate that these markets possess small population bases (a population of 65,000 for Troup County and 35,000 for Chambers County).  Moreover, population growth in these markets where the Company generates a significant portion of its retail deposits has been limited, at levels below the recent historical average for the State of Georgia.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
 
II.4
 
In view of the foregoing, the Company has  expanded outside of the Troup and Chambers County market areas, both through acquisition and de novo branching, focusing on areas within the targeted I-85 corridor which are either larger in terms of the total population and/or which possess more favorable growth trends.  The characteristics for markets such as Gwinnett, Coweta, Carroll, Fayette, Haralson and Newton Counties are evidenced in the demographic data in Table 2.1 and reflect that all three have either greater population bases or more favorable growth trends than the Company’s markets in the Valley area.  However, it is important to factor in the extent to which the growth trends for these markets may have been impacted by the severe recession experienced in the Company’s Georgia and Alabama markets.
 
Income statistics further reflect the limited opportunity available for a financial institution in the Company’s historical markets.  Specifically, income levels and income growth rates as measured by median household income and per capita income statistics are comparatively low in relation to the state and national aggregates.  However, income levels are generally higher relative to markets where the Company has recently expanded (Gwinnett, Fayette, Newton and Coweta Counties) which are proximate to Atlanta with its higher paying jobs.
 
Household income distribution measures further imply that the Company’s market area closer to Atlanta contains higher overall income levels, while the more rural areas contain lower income levels, as the income distribution measures indicated significantly higher percentages of households with incomes above $50,000 for Gwinnett, Fayette, Newton, and Coweta Counties, compared to the state and the nation.  Conversely, the proportion of households with income levels with below $50,000 was 57.5% in Troup County and 66.7% in Chambers County.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
 
II.5
 
Table 2.1
Charter Financial Corporation
Summary Demographic Data
                               
   
Year
   
Growth
Rate
   
Growth
Rate
 
   
2000
   
2009
   
2014
      2000-2009       2009-2014  
      (000)       (000)       (000)    
(%)
   
(%)
 
Population(000)
                                       
United States
    281,422       309,732       324,063       1.1 %     0.9 %
Georgia
    8,186       9,933       10,861       2.2 %     1.8 %
Gwinnett County
    588       829       954       3.9 %     2.9 %
Troup County
    59       65       68       1.2 %     0.7 %
Coweta County
    89       127       148       4.0 %     3.1 %
Carroll County
    87       117       131       3.3 %     2.3 %
Newton County
    62       104       127       5.9 %     4.2 %
Fayette County
    91       111       120       2.2 %     1.5 %
Haralson County
    26       29       31       1.4 %     1.0 %
Lee County, Alabama
    115       135       146       1.8 %     1.6 %
Chambers County, Alabama
    37       35       34       -0.5 %     -0.6 %
                                         
Households(000)
                                       
United States
    105,480       116,523       122,109       1.1 %     0.9 %
Georgia
    3,006       3,648       3,994       2.2 %     1.8 %
Gwinnett County
    202       280       320       3.7 %     2.8 %
Troup County
    22       24       25       1.2 %     0.8 %
Coweta County
    31       45       52       4.0 %     3.1 %
Carroll County
    32       43       48       3.4 %     2.4 %
Newton County
    22       37       45       5.9 %     4.3 %
Fayette County
    32       39       42       2.3 %     1.6 %
Haralson County
    10       11       12       1.5 %     1.1 %
Lee County, Alabama
    46       56       61       2.2 %     1.8 %
Chambers County, Alabama
    15       14       14       -0.2 %     -0.4 %
                                         
Median Household Income($)
                                       
United States
  $ 42,164     $ 54,719     $ 56,938       2.9 %     0.8 %
Georgia
    42,686       56,761       58,593       3.2 %     0.6 %
Gwinnett County
    60,523       82,550       87,684       3.5 %     1.2 %
Troup County
    35,428       42,902       43,813       2.1 %     0.4 %
Coweta County
    52,874       67,450       71,905       2.7 %     1.3 %
Carroll County
    38,816       48,438       52,162       2.5 %     1.5 %
Newton County
    44,883       58,718       62,461       3.0 %     1.2 %
Fayette County
    70,845       92,287       97,001       3.0 %     1.0 %
Haralson County
    31,999       38,713       41,076       2.1 %     1.2 %
Lee County, Alabama
    31,022       36,635       38,387       1.9 %     0.9 %
Chambers County, Alabama
    29,633       34,801       36,539       1.8 %     1.0 %
                                         
Per Capita Income($)
                                       
United States
  $ 21,587     $ 27,277     $ 28,494       2.6 %     0.9 %
Georgia
    21,154       26,980       28,427       2.7 %     1.1 %
Gwinnett County
    25,006       33,983       35,044       3.5 %     0.6 %
Troup County
    17,626       20,316       20,835       1.6 %     0.5 %
Coweta County
    21,949       27,762       28,684       2.6 %     0.7 %
Carroll County
    17,656       21,145       22,036       2.0 %     0.8 %
Newton County
    19,317       24,105       25,185       2.5 %     0.9 %
Fayette County
    29,464       41,048       42,689       3.8 %     0.8 %
Haralson County
    15,823       18,175       18,829       1.6 %     0.7 %
Lee County, Alabama
    17,158       19,861       20,587       1.6 %     0.7 %
Chambers County, Alabama
    15,147       17,645       18,247       1.7 %     0.7 %
                                         
2009 HH Income Dist.(%)
  $ 25,000     $ 50,000     $ 100,000     $ 100,000 +        
United States
    20.9 %     24.5 %     35.3 %     19.3 %        
Georgia
    20.7 %     23.1 %     36.8 %     19.4 %        
Gwinnett County
    7.3 %     14.1 %     41.3 %     37.3 %        
Troup County
    29.9 %     27.6 %     33.2 %     9.4 %        
Coweta County
    13.9 %     20.1 %     41.4 %     24.7 %        
Carroll County
    26.2 %     25.0 %     38.4 %     10.3 %        
Newton County
    15.9 %     23.5 %     46.3 %     14.3 %        
Fayette County
    6.5 %     12.0 %     36.4 %     45.1 %        
Haralson County
    31.7 %     30.8 %     31.8 %     5.8 %        
Lee County, Alabama
    38.8 %     22.9 %     29.3 %     8.9 %        
Chambers County, Alabama
    37.3 %     29.4 %     28.7 %     4.6 %        
                                         
Source: SNL Financial, LC.
                                       
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
 
II.6
   
Regional/Local Economic Factors
 
Real Estate Market/Bank Failures.   Like many markets nationwide, Charter Financial’s market area along the I-85 corridor has been impacted by the recessionary environment.  The real estate market has been particularly impacted as the high growth Georgia market became overbuilt resulting in the boom turning to bust.  As of April 2010, Georgia maintained the ninth highest foreclosure rate in the United States -- one foreclosure for every 288 households. The foreclosure rate is up 21.2% from April 2009.  The mounting foreclosures on top of an already overbuilt market have brought Georgia to the top of the list in bank failures.   A total of 214 banks and thrifts have failed nationwide since 2008, with 124 occurring in 2009 alone and 72 failures year to date through May 2010.  The State of Georgia, while home to just 4% of all U.S. banks, reported 11% of the nation's bank failures since the beginning of 2010.  More banks have collapsed in Georgia than in any other U.S. state, even compared to California and Florida, who have higher foreclosure rates and posted more foreclosure filings, as of September 2009.  Thirty-three Georgia banks have been seized by regulators since 2009, with defaulting construction and development loans playing a significant role in many of the failures.
 
Given the high level of delinquent loans haunting the remaining Georgia-based banks, more financial institution failures are expected.  Poorly underwritten loans to builders and developers in the Atlanta area seem to be at the root of many of the failures. Most of the failed Georgia institutions made outsized bets during the real estate boom on residential and commercial construction projects in the Atlanta area.  Additionally, a weakened commercial real estate market which has increased delinquencies rates in those portfolios has also contributed to the growing number of problem institutions.  The Company recognizes that the overbuilt nature of the real estate market in some areas will also impact the Company, both from an ability to lend over the near term and workout the Company’s non-performing assets, specifically the acquired NCB and MCB non-performing assets.
 
Importantly, Charter Financial’s business plan reflects a belief that the current market dislocation is an opportunity for the Company.  First, the level of competition presented by many banks may diminish both from a lending and deposit perspective as competing institutions are forced to retrench in many cases.  Second, more bank failures will present the Company with additional acquisition opportunities and the potential to continue to expand its retail depository franchise at relatively low cost.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
 
II. 7
 
Unemployment Trends .  Rising unemployment rates in the Georgia market are indicative of the weakened economic fundamentals of the Georgia economy.  In this regard, the unemployment rate in March 2010 was equal to 10.4% which represents an increase from 9.1% a year prior. Job losses have occurred across the full business spectrum and not just in the construction arena, as trade, manufacturing, and the professional and business services sectors have experienced rising unemployment, as well.  Comparative unemployment rates for Georgia, the Company’s market area counties, as well as for the U.S., are shown in Table 2.2.  All of the Company’s market area counties reported unemployment rates above the national and state aggregates, with the exception of Gwinnett County (9.5%), Fayette County (9.0%) markets in Georgia and Lee County, Alabama (9.3%).  The market area unemployment rates ranged from a low of 9.3% in Lee County, Alabama to 16.9% in the more rural Chambers County, as compared to the State of Georgia at 10.4% and the national unemployment rate reported at 9.7%.  Unemployment rates in the Company’s market as well as on a state and national basis have been trending upward for the most recent 12 month period for which data is available, as the regional and national economies have been responding to the troubled housing, credit, and financial sectors that have caused many employers to cut down on employees or limit hiring.
 
Table 2.2
Charter Financial Corporation
Market Area Unemployment Trends
 
Region
 
 
March 2009
Unemployment
   
March 2010
Unemployment
 
                 
United States
    8.5 %     9.7 %
Georgia
    9.1       10.4  
Gwinnett County
    8.4       9.5  
Troup County
    12.6       12.2  
Coweta County
    8.8       10.8  
Carroll County
    10.3       11.6  
Newton County
    11.8       12.2  
Fayette County
    7.4       9.0  
Haralson County
    11.8       11.5  
                 
Lee County, Alabama
    7.4       9.3  
Chambers County, Alabama
    18.0       16.9  
                 
Source:  U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
         
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
 
II.8
 
Market Area Deposit Characteristics
 
Competition among financial institutions in the Company’s market area is also significant, as larger institutions compete for market share to achieve economies of scale while smaller community banks seek to carve out their respective market niches.  Among the Company’s competitors are larger and more diversified institutions such as Bank of America and Wells Fargo Bank.  Other regional financial institution competitors include a number of smaller locally based commercial banks and savings institutions.
 
Table 2.3 displays deposit market trends for the Company’s market area counties and the State of Georgia as of June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2009.  Deposits have increased at an annual rate of 5.4% in Georgia over the time period, with commercial banks deposits increasing at a faster rate than the statewide average, and savings institutions losing deposits over that time period.  The loss of deposits by savings institutions is primarily due to the failure of Netbank.  As of June 30, 2009, commercial banks held 97.2% of total financial institution deposits in Georgia, an increase four years earlier.  The total number of banking institution branch offices in Georgia also increased over the four year period. Annual deposit growth from 2005 to 2009 in the Company’s market area counties ranged from a high of 10.0% in Coweta County to a low of 2.4% in Newton County, Georgia.   The market is dominated by commercial banks in all of the market area counties.
 
As of June 30, 2009, the Company was the only savings institution in Troup, Carroll, and Haralson Counties, Georgia and Lee and Chambers Counties in Alabama. The Company’s reported deposit market shares ranged from a low of 0.2% in Gwinnett County to 24.3% in Chambers County, Alabama.  The low deposit market share in Gwinnett County is indicative of the competitive markets in close proximity to the Atlanta MSA, while the higher deposit market shares reveal the smaller more rural areas of the Company’s market, more distant from Atlanta.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
 
II.9
 
Table 2.3
Charter Financial Corporation
Deposit Summary
 
   
As of June 30,
       
   
2005
   
2009
    Deposit
Growth Rate
2005-2009
 
   
Deposits
   
Market
Share
   
Number of
Branches
   
Deposits
   
Market
Share
   
No. of
Branches
     
   
(Dollars In Thousands)
   
(%)
 
Deposit Summary
                                         
State of Georgia
  $ 149,442,000       100.0 %     2,643     $ 184,318,000       100.0 %     2,839       5.4 %
Commercial Banks
    143,154,000       95.8 %     2,481       179,195,000       97.2 %     2,694       5.8 %
Savings Institutions
    6,288,000       4.2 %     162       5,123,000       2.8 %     145       -5.0 %
                                                         
Gwinnett County
  $ 9,344,042       100.0 %     192     $ 11,099,232       100.0 %     215       4.4 %
Commercial Banks
    9,022,283       96.6 %     171       10,765,639       97.0 %     193       4.5 %
Savings Institutions
    321,759       3.4 %     21       333,593       3.0 %     22       0.9 %
CharterBank
    0       0.0 %     0       23,724       0.2 %     1       -  
                                                         
Troup County
  $ 874,420       100.0 %     21     $ 1,121,782       100.0 %     25       6.4 %
Commercial Banks
    703,074       80.4 %     18       859,801       76.6 %     21       5.2 %
Savings Institutions
    171,346       19.6 %     3       261,981       23.4 %     4       11.2 %
CharterBank
    171,346       19.6 %     3       261,981       23.4 %     4       11.2 %
                                                         
Coweta County
  $ 1,054,068       100.0 %     46     $ 1,545,340       100.0 %     35       10.0 %
Commercial Banks
    1,048,653       99.5 %     44       1,363,180       88.2 %     32       6.8 %
Savings Institutions
    5,415       0.5 %     2       182,160       11.8 %     3       140.8 %
CharterBank
    0       0.0 %     0       181,502       11.7 %     2       -  
                                                         
Carroll County
  $ 1,566,900       100.0 %     34     $ 2,029,633       100.0 %     36       6.7 %
Commercial Banks
    1,399,984       89.3 %     34       1,755,952       86.5 %     35       5.8 %
Savings Institutions
    166,916       10.7 %     0       273,681       13.5 %     1       -  
CharterBank
    166,916       10.7 %     1       273,681       13.5 %     1       -  
                                                         
Newton County
  $ 824,117       100.0 %     15     $ 905,781       100.0 %     22       2.4 %
Commercial Banks
    641,773       77.9 %     12       699,920       77.3 %     16       2.2 %
Savings Institutions
    182,344       22.1 %     3       205,861       22.7 %     6       3.1 %
CharterBank
    0       0.0 %     0       40,612       4.5 %     1       -  
                                                         
Fayette County
  $ 1,590,716       100.0 %     45     $ 1,926,628       100.0 %     39       4.9 %
Commercial Banks
    1,584,984       99.6 %     42       1,926,628       100.0 %     39       5.0 %
Savings Institutions
    5,732       0.4 %     3       0       0.0 %     0       -100.0 %
CharterBank
    0       0.0 %     0       0       0.0 %     -          
                                                         
Haralson County
  $ 352,930       100.0 %     13     $ 434,543       100.0 %     13       5.3 %
Commercial Banks
    352,930       100.0 %     13       408,197       93.9 %     12       3.7 %
Savings Institutions
    0       0.0 %     0       26,346       6.1 %     1       -  
CharterBank
    0       0.0 %     0       26,346       6.1 %     1       -  
                                                         
Lee County, AL
  $ 1,407,180       100.0 %     36     $ 1,904,122       100.0 %     40       7.9 %
Commercial Banks
    1,342,940       95.4 %     32       1,808,185       95.0 %     36       7.7 %
Savings Institutions
    64,240       4.6 %     4       95,937       5.0 %     4       10.5 %
CharterBank
    64,240       4.6 %     4       95,937       5.0 %     4       10.5 %
                                                         
Chambers County, AL
  $ 272,296       100.0 %     10     $ 304,287       100.0 %     10       2.8 %
Commercial Banks
    201,543       74.0 %     8       230,477       75.7 %     8       3.4 %
Savings Institutions
    70,753       26.0 %     2       73,810       24.3 %     2       1.1 %
CharterBank
    70,753       26.0 %     2       73,810       24.3 %     2       1.1 %
                                                         
Source: FDIC.
                                                       
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.
MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
 
II.10
 
Summary
 
The Company’s primary market area includes a mix of metropolitan markets adjacent to Atlanta and smaller markets in southern Georgia and Alabama.  Demographic trends reflect the variance in market area characteristics but, similar to nationwide trends, real estate values have declined throughout the Company’s expanded market area and the Company faces intense competition from larger and more diversified financial institutions.  The Company has recently completed the NCB and MCB acquisitions and, based on the current number of troubled banks in the Georgia market, may have the opportunity to bid on additional targets.  The Company has stated its intention to continue to evaluate opportunities to increase deposit market share through other acquisitions of financial institutions or establishing additional branch sites, both in existing and contiguous markets.  These plans appear to be supported by the market area.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.1
 
III.  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
 
This section presents an analysis of the Company’s operations versus a group of comparable companies (the “Peer Group”) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions.  The primary basis of the pro forma market valuation of the Company is provided by these public companies.  Factors affecting the Company’s pro forma market value such as financial condition, credit risk, interest rate risk, and recent operating results can be readily assessed in relation to the Peer Group.  Current market pricing of the Peer Group, subject to appropriate adjustments to account for differences between the Company and the Peer Group, will then be used as a basis for the valuation of the Company’s to-be-issued common stock.
 
Peer Group Selection
 
The mutual holding company form of ownership has been in existence in its present form since 1991.  As of the date of this appraisal, there were approximately 27 publicly-traded institutions operating as subsidiaries of MHCs excluding those that were in the process of undertaking second step conversion transactions.  We believe there are a number of characteristics of MHCs that make their shares distinctly different than the shares of fully-converted companies.  These factors include:  (1) lower aftermarket liquidity in the MHC shares since less than 50% of the shares are available for trading; (2) guaranteed minority ownership interest, with no opportunity of exercising voting control of the institution in the MHC form of organization, thus limiting acquisition speculation in the stock price; (3) market expectations of the potential impact of “second-step” conversions on the pricing of public MHC institutions; (4) the regulatory policies regarding the dividend waiver by MHC institutions; and (5) mid-tier holding companies (formed by most MHCs) facilitate the ability for stock repurchases, thereby potentially improving the market for the public shares and the MHC’s financial characteristics.  We believe that each of these factors has a distinct impact on the pricing of the shares of MHC institutions, relative to the market pricing of shares of fully-converted public companies.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.2
 
Given the unique characteristics of the MHC form of ownership, and since the Company will remain in the MHC form following the offering, RP Financial concluded that the appropriate Peer Group for the Company’s valuation should be comprised of thrifts in MHC form, and no full stock companies.  In this regard, a Peer Group comprised of public MHC thrifts is consistent with the regulatory guidelines, and other recently completed by MHC offerings.  Further, the Peer Group should be comprised of only those MHC institutions whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange or is NASDAQ listed, since the market for companies trading in this fashion is regular and reported.  We believe non-listed MHC institutions are inappropriate for the Peer Group, since the trading activity for thinly-traded stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value.  We have excluded from the Peer Group those public MHC institutions that are currently pursuing a “second-step” conversion, companies subject to speculative factors or unusual operating conditions, and companies who have announced a “remutualization” transaction or a merger with another MHC – as the pricing characteristics of these MHC institutions are typically distorted.  MHCs that recently completed their minority stock offerings are typically excluded as well, due to the lack of a seasoned trading history and/or insufficient time to effectively redeploy the offering proceeds.  Selected characteristics of the universe of all publicly-traded institutions are included as Exhibit III-1.
 
Basis of Comparison
 
This appraisal includes two sets of financial data and ratios for each public MHC institution.  The first set of financial data reflects the actual book value, earnings, assets and operating results reported by the public MHC institutions in its public filings inclusive of the minority ownership interest outstanding to the public.  The second set of financial data, discussed at length in the following chapter, places the Peer Group institutions on equal footing by restating their financial data and pricing ratios on a “fully-converted” basis assuming the sale of the majority shares held by the MHCs in public offerings based on their respective current prices and standard assumptions for the Second Step Conversion.  This adjustment is appropriate for several reasons, including:  (1) the investment community also prices the stock of MHCs assuming the completion of a Second Step Conversion; and (2) MHC institutions have different proportions of their stock publicly held, so this technique neutralizes such differences.  Throughout the appraisal, the adjusted figures will be specifically identified as being on a “fully-converted” basis.  Unless so noted, the figures referred to in the appraisal will be actual financial data reported by the public MHC institutions.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.3
 
Both sets of financial data have their specific use and applicability to the appraisal.  The actual financial data, as reported by the Peer Group companies and reflective of the minority interest outstanding, will be used primarily in this Chapter III to make financial comparisons between the Peer Group and the Company.  In this analysis, we consider the pro forma impact of the offering on the Company.  The fully-converted analysis will be more fully described and quantified in the pricing analysis discussed in Chapter IV.  The fully-converted pricing ratios are considered critical to the valuation analysis in Chapter IV, because they place each public MHC institution on a fully-converted basis (making their pricing ratios comparable to the pro forma valuation conclusion reached herein), eliminate distortion in pricing ratios between public MHC institutions that have sold different percentage ownership interests to the public, and reflect the actual pricing ratios (fully-converted basis) being placed on public MHC institutions in the market today to reflect the unique trading characteristics of publicly-traded MHC institutions.
 
Selected Peer Group
 
Among the universe of 144 publicly-traded thrifts, the number of public MHC institutions is relatively small, thereby limiting the selection process.  Under ideal circumstances, the Peer Group would be comprised of at least ten publicly-traded regionally-based MHC institutions with financial and operating characteristics comparable to the Company.  However, the number of publicly traded MHCs based in Georgia and the Southeast region of the US is limited to Heritage Financial Group and Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, both of which are based in Georgia.  Neither was included in the Peer Group as Heritage Financial has announced its intent to complete a second step conversion to a full stock company while Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation has experienced increased asset quality problems which has led to operating losses.
 
Given the lack of publicly-traded MHCs in the Southeast region, similarly-sized comparable companies outside the Southeast were considered for the Peer Group.  Specifically, in the peer group selection process focused on the publicly-traded MHCs with the following characteristics:
 
 
  1.
Total assets between $450 million and $3 billion;
 
  2.
Profitable on a both a reported and core basis; and
 
  3.
NPA/Assets ratios less than 3%
 
Accordingly, the Peer Group selection focused on those companies which were similarly sized and relatively good asset quality and profitable.
 
From the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected ten companies.  Several companies meeting the size criteria were not included in the Peer Group owing to operating losses or a high level of NPAs including:
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.4
 
  Ø
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation of GA – Operating losses and NPAs
  Ø
Brooklyn Federal Bancorp of NY – Operating losses and NPAs
  Ø
Magyar Bancorp of NJ – Operating losses and NPAs
  Ø
Malvern Federal Bancorp – Operating losses and NPAs
  Ø
Northeast Community Bancorp – Operating losses and NPAs
  Ø
PSB Holdings of CT – Operating losses and NPAs
  Ø
Waterstone Financial of WI – Operating losses and NPAs
  Ø
United Community Bancorp of IN - NPAs
 
On average, the Peer Group companies maintain a higher level of capitalization relative to the universe of all public thrifts, and have more favorable operating returns.  On a fully-converted basis, the Peer Group would have nearly twice the capital level and higher profitability.  At the same time, we note that the ROE for the Peer Group diminishes on a fully converted basis reflecting the limited return on the incremental capital over the near term.
 
         
MHC Peer Group
 
               
Fully-
 
   
All
   
Reported
   
Converted
 
   
Publicly-Traded(1)
   
Basis
   
Basis(2)
 
                   
Financial Characteristics (Averages)
                 
Assets ($Mil)
  $ 3,006     $ 1,073     $ 1,188  
Tang. Equity/Assets (%)
    10.04 %     12.38 %     19.31 %
Core Return on Assets (%)
    (0.23 )     0.49       0.62  
Core Return on Equity (%)
    (0.78 )     4.09       1.04  
                         
Pricing Ratios (Averages)(3)
                       
Price/Core Earnings (x)
    16.98 x     24.37 x     24.55 x
Price/Tang. Book (%)
    84.53 %     132.40 %     77.17 %
Price/Assets (%)
    8.48       16.84       15.06  
 
 
 (1)   Includes all full stock companies excluding MHCs.
 
 (2)   Pro forma basis.
 
 (3)   Based on market prices as of May 21, 2010.
 
Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the 10 Peer Group companies.  While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and the Bank, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments.  The following sections present a comparison of Charter Financials financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the Peer Group as of the most recent publicly available date.  The conclusions drawn from the comparative analysis are then factored into the valuation analysis discussed in the final chapter.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.5
 
Table 3.1
Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts
May 21, 2010
                                                     
                Operating   Total           Fiscal     Conv.     Stock     Market  
Ticker   Financial Institution   Exchange   Primary Market   Strategy(1)   Assets(2)     Offices     Year     Date       Price     Value  
                                            ($)     ($Mil)  
                                                                 
KRNY
 
Kearny Financial Corp. MHC of NJ (26.5)
 
NASDAQ
 
Fairfield, NJ
 
Thrift
  $ 2,252       27       06-30       02/05     $ 9.60     $ 661  
EBSB
 
Meridian Financial Services MHC MA (43.4)
 
NASDAQ
 
East Boston, MA
 
Thrift
  $ 1,719       25       12-31       01/08     $ 11.42     $ 258  
RCKB
 
Rockville Financial MHC of CT (42.9)
 
NASDAQ
 
Vrn Rockville CT
 
Thrift
  $ 1,560       21       12-31       05/05     $ 12.04     $ 227  
ROMA
 
Roma Financial Corp. MHC of NJ (27.0)
 
NASDAQ
 
Robbinsville, NJ
 
Thrift
  $ 1,370       15       12-31       07/06     $ 11.54     $ 357  
CSBK
 
Clifton Savings Bancorp MHC of NJ (37.1)
 
NASDAQ
 
Clifton, NJ
 
Thrift
  $ 1,060  D     11       03-31       03/04     $ 9.01     $ 238  
SIFI
 
SI Financial Group Inc. MHC of CT (38.2)
 
NASDAQ
 
Willimantic, CT
 
Thrift
  $ 882       21       12-31       10/04     $ 6.07     $ 72  
PBIP
 
Prudential Bancorp MHC PA (29.3)
 
NASDAQ
 
Philadelphia, PA
 
Thrift
  $ 508       7       09-30       03/05     $ 6.58     $ 66  
GCBC
 
Green County Bancorp MHC of NY (43.9)
 
NASDAQ
 
Catskill, NY
 
Thrift
  $ 479       13       06-30       12/98     $ 16.70     $ 69  
ALLB
 
Alliance Bank MHC of PA 42.0)
 
NASDAQ
 
Broomall, PA
 
Thrift
  $ 472       9       12-31       01/07     $ 8.30     $ 56  
LSBK
 
Lake Shore Bancorp MHC of NY (41.3)
 
NASDAQ
 
Dunkirk, NY
 
Thrift
  $ 432       9       12-31       04/06     $ 8.36     $ 51  
 
NOTES:   
(1)
Operating strategies are: Thrift=Traditional Thrift, M.B.=Mortgage Banker, R.E.=Real Estate Developer, Div.=Diversified and Ret.=Retail Banking.
 
(2)
Most recent quarter end available (E=Estimated and P=Pro Forma).
     
Source: SNL Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.6
 
Financial Condition
 
Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for Charter Financial and the Peer Group, reflecting balances as of March 31, 2010, for the Company and either December 31, 2009 or March 31, 2010 for the Peer Group.  On a reported basis, Charter Financial’s equity-to-assets ratio of 8.9% was below the Peer Group’s average equity/assets ratio of 12.8%.  Tangible equity-to-assets ratios for the Company and the Peer Group equaled 8.5% and 12.3%, respectively.  On average, Charter Financial and the Peer Group have approximately the same level of intangibles equal to 0.4% and 0.5% of assets, respectively.  On a pro forma basis, Charter Financial’s equity ratio will increase to levels more closely approximating the Peer Group average and likewise, both the Company’s and the Peer Group’s pricing ratios would be enhanced by a second step conversion to levels well in excess of the current reported levels. Both the Company and the Peer Group currently maintain surpluses with respect to their respective regulatory capital requirements.
 
The increase in Charter Financial’s pro forma equity position will be favorable from an interest rate risk perspective and in terms of posturing for future earnings growth as the net proceeds are reinvested and leveraged.  The Company’s business plan is focused on increasing earnings through internal growth and external expansion, possibly through acquisition of regionally based insolvent institutions with FDIC financial assistance and asset guarantees.  To date, none of the Peer Group companies have completed FDIC assisted transactions although Meridian Bancorp completed a merger of another mutual institution with asset quality problems on an unassisted basis within the last twelve months.
 
The interest-earning asset (“IEA”) composition for the Company and the Peer Group reflects material differences in terms of the proportion of loans, as Charter Financial’s ratio of loans/assets of 54.5% falls below the Peer Group average ratio of 58.5%.  At the same time, Charter Financial’s level of cash and investments, equal to 29.2% of assets, also falls slightly below the comparable Peer Group average of 36.3%.  Overall, Charter Financial’s interest-earning assets amounted to 83.7% of assets, which was below the Peer Group’s average ratio of 94.8%.  Both the Company’s and the Peer Group’s IEA ratios exclude BOLI as an interest-earning asset.  Additionally, the Company’s FDIC Indemnification Asset, equal to 7.6% of assets, is also non-interest earning until the covered losses are realized and the Company receives cash reimbursement from the FDIC.  On a pro forma basis immediately following the Minority Stock Issuance, a portion of the proceeds will initially be invested into shorter term investment securities and/or MBS increasing the relative proportion of cash and investments for the Company in comparison to the Peer Group over the short term.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.7
 
Table 3.2
Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of March 31, 2010
 
[Table Omitted]
 
(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending December 31, 2009.
 
Source:  SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.8
 
The Company’s deposits equaled 73.0% of assets, which was below the Peer Group average of 77.1%.  A unique aspect of the Company’s deposit base in comparison to the Peer Group is the large balance of jumbo deposits, including brokered and credit union CDs.  The Company has utilized borrowings to a greater extent than the Peer Group, on average, at 17.1% and 8.8% of assets (includes subordinated debt), respectively.  The Company did not have any subordinated debt while funds derived from this source averaged 0.1% of assets for the Peer Group.  Total interest-bearing liabilities (“IBL”) maintained by Charter Financial and the Peer Group, equaled 90.1% and 86.0% of assets, respectively.  The ratio of IBL will be reduced on a post-offering basis as the Company funds a greater portion of its operations with equity.
 
A key measure of balance sheet strength for a financial institution is the IEA/IBL ratio, with higher ratios often facilitating stronger profitability levels, depending on the overall asset/liability mix.  Presently, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio of 92.9% is below the Peer Group’s average ratio of 110.2%.  Importantly, the shortfall is partially attributable to the Company’s significant investment in BOLI, which generates fee income as the cash surrender value increases, and the presence of the FDIC Indemnification Asset which will diminish over time as cash is received from the FDIC pursuant to the loss share coverage agreement.  Moreover, the additional capital realized from stock proceeds will increase the IEA/IBL ratio, as the net proceeds realized from Charter Financial’s stock offering are expected to be reinvested into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Company’s equity position will result in a lower level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets.
 
The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows growth rates for key balance sheet items for the most recent periods for which data is available.  In this regard, the data for Charter Financial reflects annualized growth rates for the 18 months ended March 31, 2010 and generally well exceeds the Peer Group benchmarks reflecting the impact of the recent FDIC assisted acquisition activity.  Charter Financial’s assets increased by 33.1% versus asset growth of 10.9% for the Peer Group on average and 5.6% based on the median.  Select other growth measures for the Company also exceeded the Peer Group averages owing to the completion of the NCB and MCB acquisitions including the loan growth rate (34.6% for the Company versus an average of 7.8% for the Peer Group) and the deposit growth rate (63.7% for the Company versus an average of 15.4% for the Peer Group).  As a result of the terms of the FDIC assistance transactions which involved a significant upfront cash component, the Company’s cash, MBS and investments portfolio increased by 12.0% which was nearly equal to the 13.4% growth rate for the Peer Group.  Charter Financial’s borrowed funds shrank by 14.4%, partially utilizing liquidity generated through the NCB and MCB acquisitions, while the Peer Group’s borrowings shrank by 13.2% on average.  Equity increased for the Company by 5.4% supported by bargain purchase income and other gains net of non-recurring OTTI charges and dividends paid to shareholders.  Equity growth for the Peer Group was relatively comparable overall equal to 3.0% based on the average and 2.2% based on the median.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.9
 
Income and Expense Components
 
Table 3.3 shows comparative income statement measures for Charter Financial and the Peer Group, reflecting earnings for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, for Charter Financial and the Peer Group (Clifton Savings Bancorp is an exception with earnings data for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010).  Charter Financial reported a net income to average assets ratio of 0.97% versus the Peer Group’s ratio of 0.46% based on the average and 0.43% based on the median.  Importantly, the impact of the NCB and MCB acquisitions have not been fully reflected into the Company’s earnings since the NCB acquisition was completed at the end of June 2009 and the MCB acquisition was completed in March 2010.  On a historical basis, incorporating approximately nine months of combined operations with NCB and less than one week of operations with MCB, the Company’s higher ROA was principally the result of non-operating gains, including bargain purchase gains on the NCB and MCB transactions as well as gains on the sale of securities net of non-operating losses.
 
The impact of the wholesale elements of the Company’s balance sheet (i.e., a high level of securities funded to a greater extent by borrowings and brokered and credit union CDs) as well as the significant level of non-interest earning assets (primarily the FDIC assistance asset but also BOLI) is reflected in the Company’s lower net interest income as a percent of average assets.  Specifically, the Company’s ratio of net interest income to average assets equaled 2.48% which was 42 basis points lower than the 2.90% average ratio reported by the Peer Group.  In particular, the Company’s higher funding costs (2.82% cost of funds for Charter Financial versus 2.14% on average for the Peer Group) were the primary factor in the weaker net interest margin as interest income exceeded the Peer Group average (4.93% for the Company versus an average of 4.72% for the Peer Group) reflecting Charter Financial’s relatively higher asset yields (5.51% for the Company versus an average of 4.96% for the Peer Group) and occurs notwithstanding Charter Financial’s high level of non-interest earning assets.  Charter Financial’s higher funding costs is reflective of both the higher ratio of borrowed funds and the high ratio of brokered deposits and credit union CDs which typically entail an interest cost above retail CDs and other retail-oriented deposit accounts.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.10
 
Table 3.3
Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads
Comparable Institution Analysis
For the 12 Months Ended March 31, 2010
 
[Table Omitted]
 
(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending December 31, 2009.
 
Source:  SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.11
 
For the period covered in Table 3.3, the Company and the Peer Group reported operating expense to average assets ratios of 2.84% and 2.43%, respectively.  The Company’s operating expense ratio has been subject to increase reflecting the increased overhead and operating cost of the acquired retail banking operations of NCB in such areas as compensation (branch staff and lenders), legal and professional fees reflecting the cost for both the NCB and MCB acquisitions as well as foreclosure and asset management fees attributable to the resolution of acquired non-performing assets.  Additionally, marketing costs also increased as the Bank sought to rebrand the acquired offices of NCB and MCB.  Expenses will be subject to further increase in the future as the acquired operations of NCB and MCB are fully reflected in trailing twelve month earnings although asset resolution costs may diminish over the intermediate to long term as the Company successfully resolves acquired problem assets.
 
Charter Financial reported a comparatively high level of non-interest income offsetting the weak net interest margin and high operating expense ratio from the perspective of core earnings,   Non-interest income equaled 0.79% of average assets, which is above both the Peer Group average (0.50% of average assets) but compares closely to the average for all publicly-traded thrifts (0.77% of average assets).  The high ratio of non-interest income in relation to the Peer Group is the result of both deposit account service charges and insufficient funds fees imposed on the Company’s deposit accounts as well as to other miscellaneous income items such as brokerage commission and BOLI income.
 
Charter Financial’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 86.9% is less favorable than the Peer Group’s ratio of 71.7%.  On a post-offering basis, the efficiency ratio and the underlying core earnings rate of the Company may be subject to increase as Charter Financial’s management believes that the NCB and MCB acquisitions will be accretive to the Company’s earnings.  Moreover, the Company’s earnings will also benefit from the reinvestment of the offering proceeds net of the incremental expenses incurred as a result of the increased expense attributable to the stock benefit plans.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.12
 
Loan loss provisions reflect an increasing trend for the Company and equaled 0.66% of average assets for Charter Financial for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, versus an average of 0.21% for the Peer Group.  While the Company is anticipating that its loan loss provisions may be lower in the future, estimating the level of future loan loss provisions is difficult in the current operating environment and may be predicated on the stabilization of Charter Financial’s credit quality ratios, both with respect to assets originated by Charter Financial and assets acquired in the NCB and MCB transactions.
 
Non-operating income totaled 1.69% for Charter Financial versus an average expense of 0.04% for the Peer Group.  The large gains reported by Charter Financial include the impact of bargain purchase gains on the NCB and MCB acquisitions (1.76% of assets), gains on the sale of fixed assets and investments (0.49% of average assets in aggregate) net of one-time FHLB prepayment penalties and OTTI charges on investments (0.56% of average assets combined).  Excluding such non-recurring earnings elements on a tax effected basis, Charter Financial’s core earnings for the most recent twelve month period is at near breakeven level.  Typically, such gains and losses are discounted in valuation analyses as they tend to have a relatively high degree of volatility, and thus are not considered part of core operations.  In this appraisal, for both Charter Financial’s and the Peer Group, we have considered earnings and profitability before and after such net gains and losses.
 
The Company’s effective tax rate for the last twelve months of 33.53% modestly exceeds the Peer Group average tax rate of 30.32% reflecting that the Company is in a fully taxable position with respect to both state and federal income taxes.
 
Loan Composition
 
Table 3.4 presents the most recent data related to the Company’s and the Peer Group’s loan portfolio compositions, as well as data pertaining to investment in mortgage-backed securities, loans serviced for others, and risk-weighted assets.  Importantly, the loan portfolio composition for the Company includes all loans acquired with NCB and MCB segregated into the appropriate loan categories based on CharterBank’s regulatory financial reports as of March 31, 2010, which we believe is appropriate for purposes of this specific analysis.  The prospectus disclosure for loans aggregates all loans covered by FDIC loss sharing together without regard to the loan’s purpose or underlying collateral of the loan.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.13
 
Table 3.4
Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of March 31, 2010
 
        Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets                    
              1-4    
Constr.
   
5+Unit
   
Commerc.
         
RWA/
   
Serviced
   
Servicing
 
  Institution  
MBS
   
Family
   
& Land
   
Comm RE
   
Business
   
Consumer
   
Assets
   
For Others
   
Assets
 
     
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
      ($000)       ($000)  
                                                               
Charter Financial Corporation (1)
    16.22 %     12.11 %     9.78 %     27.66 %     5.02 %     0.69 %     50.12 %   $ 19,407     $ 0  
                                                                           
All Public Companies
                                                                       
Averages
    12.18 %     35.02 %     5.06 %     22.18 %     4.56 %     2.28 %     65.30 %   $ 606,479     $ 5,873  
Medians
    10.58 %     35.32 %     3.90 %     21.65 %     3.39 %     0.61 %     65.21 %   $ 45,390     $ 140  
                                                                           
State of GA
                                                                       
Averages
    18.98 %     43.08 %     4.52 %     8.76 %     2.12 %     8.76 %     57.84 %   $ 2,520     $ 0  
Medians
    18.98 %     43.08 %     4.52 %     8.76 %     2.12 %     8.76 %     57.84 %   $ 2,520     $ 0  
                                                                           
Comparable Group
                                                                       
Averages
    17.32 %     39.85 %     2.67 %     14.41 %     2.43 %     0.52 %     51.24 %   $ 21,477     $ 130  
Medians
    17.61 %     40.85 %     1.83 %     10.44 %     2.20 %     0.42 %     49.09 %   $ 0     $ 0  
                                                                           
Comparable Group
                                                                       
ALLB
Alliance Bank MHC of PA (42.0)
    4.57 %     23.18 %     5.15 %     29.92 %     1.75 %     1.60 %     62.14 %   $ 0     $ 0  
CSBK
Clifton Savings Bancorp MHC of NJ (37.1)(2)
    31.03 %     42.77 %     0.03 %     2.31 %     0.00 %     0.09 %     35.73 %   $ 0     $ 0  
GCBC
Green County Bancorp MHC of NY (43.9)
    17.24 %     42.97 %     1.72 %     11.80 %     3.55 %     0.86 %     35.05 %   $ 0     $ 0  
KRNY
Kearny Financial Corp. MHC of NJ (26.5)
    30.40 %     34.07 %     0.72 %     9.07 %     0.67 %     0.13 %     42.63 %   $ 0     $ 0  
LSBK
Lake Shore Bancorp MHC of NY (41.3)
    18.70 %     50.10 %     0.27 %     6.27 %     2.64 %     0.49 %     52.82 %   $ 16,490     $ 0  
EBSB
Meridian Financial Services MHC MA (43.4)
 
NA
   
NA
   
NA
   
NA
   
NA
   
NA
      61.35 %   $ 0     $ 0  
PBIP
Prudential Bancorp MHC PA (29.3)
    17.97 %     38.92 %     6.16 %     4.76 %     0.47 %     0.10 %     45.36 %   $ 0     $ 0  
RCKB
Rockville Financial MHC of CT (42.9)
    5.72 %     48.49 %     5.37 %     26.92 %     6.39 %     0.46 %     78.08 %   $ 65,580     $ 527  
ROMA 
Roma Financial Corp. MHC of NJ (27.0)
 
NA
   
NA
   
NA
   
NA
   
NA
   
NA
      41.64 %   $ 7,160     $ 0  
SIFI
SI Financial Group Inc. MHC of CT (38.2)
    12.93 %     38.33 %     1.93 %     24.23 %     3.96 %     0.38 %     57.62 %   $ 125,540     $ 763  
 
(1)  Based on regulatory financial reports as of March 31, 2010, and includes both covered and non-covered loans.
(2)  Financial information is for the quarter ending December 31, 2009.
 
Source:
SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.14
 
The Company’s loan portfolio composition reflected a lower concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities than maintained by the Peer Group (28.3% of assets versus 57.2% for the Peer Group).  The Company’s investment in residential loans was supported by a similar concentration of mortgage-backed securities (16.2% for the Company versus an average of 17.3% for the Peer Group), as the Company’ ratio of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans was substantially lower than the Peer Group average (12.1% for Charter Financial versus an average of 39.9% of assets for the Peer Group).  Loans serviced for others and mortgage servicing assets are limited for Charter Financial
 
The Company’s lending activities show greater diversification in multi-family and commercial mortgage lending.  Specifically, multi-family and commercial mortgage loans represented 27.7% of assets, which was greater than the 14.4% average ratio for the Peer Group.  Similarly, construction loans were modestly greater for the Company based on a ratio of 9.8% of assets for Charter Financial versus an average of 2.7% of assets for the Peer Group.  The balance of the loan portfolio consisted of modest levels of non-mortgage commercial and consumer loans for both the Company and the Peer Group.  Overall, the Company’s and Peer Group’s risk-weighted assets-to-assets ratio were relatively similar, equal to 50.1% and 51.2%, respectively.
 
Credit Risk
 
The Company acquired a large balance of poorly underwritten credit impaired assets as a result of the NCB and MCB acquisitions which increased the balance of NPAs and delinquent loans.  Importantly, the acquired credit-impaired assets are covered under the FDIC loss sharing agreement and have also been marked-to-market creating significant purchase discounts (i.e., both fair value discounts to cover future losses upon disposition and accretable discounts to provide a periodic return on acquired NCB and MCB assets until their ultimate resolution or disposition).  Charter Financial’s management believes that the accretion of purchase discounts coupled with the presence of fair value non-accretable discounts to account for the current market value of the assets minimize the future credit risk of the acquired assets to the Company’s equity and earnings.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.15
 
Accordingly, the analysis herein assesses the Company’s credit risk exposure relative to the Peer Group focuses on the Company’s non-covered assets, the majority of which were originated or purchased by Charter Financial. On this basis, the ratio of NPAs/assets equaled 2.53% for the Company versus an average of 1.59% for the Peer Group as shown in Table 3.5.  The higher ratio of NPAs reported by the Company, notwithstanding the exclusion of all assets covered by the loss sharing agreement with the FDIC, was the result of both a higher ratio of non-performing loans/loans and REO/assets.  The Company maintained a higher level of loss reserves as a percent of non-covered non-performing loans (87.02% versus 56.83% for the Peer Group) and reserves in comparison to NPAs was comparable (55.58% versus an average of 49.99% for the Peer Group) and reserves to total loans were higher (2.39% versus an average of 0.93% for the Peer Group).  Chargeoffs equaled 0.62% of loans for the Company and 0.15% of loans for the Peer Group.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Table 3.6 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Company versus the Peer Group.  In terms of balance sheet composition, Charter Financial’s pro forma interest rate risk characteristics were considered to be slightly more favorable than those of the Peer Group.  While the Company’s operates with lower tangible equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios, the infusion of stock proceeds should serve to improve these ratios relative to the Peer Group.  Moreover, the shortfall in these ratios is partially attributable to the Company’s significant investment in BOLI, which generates fee income as the cash surrender value increases, and the presence of the FDIC indemnification asset.  The non- interest earning FDIC indemnification asset will be diminishing over time as cash is received from the FDIC pursuant to the loss share coverage agreement thereby reducing the level of non-interest earning assets to an extent.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.16
 
Table 3.5
Credit Risk Measures and Related Information
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of March 31, 2010 or Most Recent Date Available
 
           
NPAs &
                     
Rsrves/
             
     
REO/
   
90+Del/
   
NPLs/
   
Rsrves/
   
Rsrves/
   
NPAs &
   
Net Loan
   
NLCs/
 
Institution
 
Assets
   
Assets
   
Loans
   
Loans
   
NPLs
   
90+Del
   
Chargoffs
   
Loans
 
     
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
    ($000)    
(%)
 
                                                     
Charter Financial Corporation
    0.91 %     2.53 %     2.75 %     2.39 %     87.02 %     55.58 %   $ 910  (1)     0.62 % (1)
                                                                   
All Public Companies
                                                               
Averages
    0.50 %     3.76 %     4.66 %     1.66 %     64.71 %     48.71 %   $ 1,470       0.65 %
Medians
    0.23 %     2.61 %     3.68 %     1.35 %     45.03 %     40.21 %   $ 448       0.26 %
                                                                   
State of GA
                                                               
Averages
    0.55 %     6.51 %     8.81 %     2.15 %     24.43 %     22.36 %   $ 4,224       2.63 %
Medians
    0.55 %     6.51 %     8.81 %     2.15 %     24.43 %     22.36 %   $ 4,224       2.63 %
                                                                   
Comparable Group
                                                               
Averages
    0.29 %     1.59 %     2.02 %     0.93 %     56.83 %     49.99 %   $ 301       0.15 %
Medians
    0.19 %     1.15 %     1.09 %     0.94 %     49.54 %     41.25 %   $ 57       0.01 %
                                                                   
Comparable Group
                                                               
ALLB
Alliance Bank MHC of PA (42.0)
    0.58 %     5.71 %     7.87 %     1.37 %     17.47 %     14.80 %   $ 67       0.09 %
CSBK
Clifton Savings Bancorp MHC of NJ (37.1)(2)
    0.00 %     0.23 %     0.86 %     0.43 %     49.54 %     83.27 %   $ 0       0.00 %
GCBC
Green County Bancorp MHC of NY (43.9)
    0.01 %     0.69 %     1.11 %     1.32 %     119.51 %     117.16 %   $ 120       0.17 %
KRNY
Kearny Financial Corp. MHC of NJ (26.5)
    0.01 %     0.73 %     0.63 %     0.82 %     69.30 %     26.85 %   $ 41       -0.01 %
LSBK
Lake Shore Bancorp MHC of NY (41.3)
    0.08 %     0.59 %     1.40 %     0.62 %     25.40 %     36.70 %   $ 47       0.00 %
EBSB
Meridian Financial Services MHC MA (43.4)
    0.30 %     2.85 %     3.79 %     0.92 %     24.22 %     21.70 %   $ 1,743       0.00 %
PBIP
Prudential Bancorp MHC PA (29.3)
    1.04 %     1.54 %     0.00 %     0.95 %  
NA
      45.80 %   $ 691       1.07 %
RCKB
Rockville Financial MHC of CT (42.9)
    0.20 %     1.13 %     1.07 %     0.98 %     92.05 %     75.77 %   $ 24       0.01 %
ROMA  
Roma Financial Corp. MHC of NJ (27.0)
    0.18 %     1.27 %     2.50 %     1.09 %     35.45 %     31.36 %   $ 9       0.01 %
SIFI
SI Financial Group Inc. MHC of CT (38.2)
    0.48 %     1.17 %     1.00 %     0.79 %     78.57 %     46.51 %   $ 268       0.18 %
 
(1)  Annualized six month result. 
(2)  Financial information is for the quarter ending December 31, 2009. 
 
Source:
SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.17
 
Table 3.6
Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of March 31, 2010 or Most Recent Date Available
 
     
Balance Sheet Measures
                                     
     
Tangible
         
Non-Earn.
   
Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income
 
     
Equity/
   
IEA/
   
Assets/
                                     
Institution
 
Assets
   
IBL
   
Assets
   
3/31/2010
   
12/31/2009
   
9/30/2009
   
6/30/2009
   
3/31/2009
   
12/31/2008
 
     
(%)
   
(%)
   
(%)
   
(change in net interest income is annualized in basis points)
 
                                                         
Charter Financial Corporation
    8.5 %     92.9 %     16.3 %     -42       17       21       -21       -6       3  
                                                                           
All Public Companies
    10.5 %     107.9 %     6.0 %     5       7       8       1       -4       -1  
State of GA
    10.0 %     104.4 %     7.6 %     14       2       21       -14       8       -21  
                                                                           
Comparable Group
                                                                       
Averages
    12.3 %     110.4 %     5.2 %     19       10       11       -1       -13       13  
Medians
    11.0 %     108.6 %     5.5 %     15       18       9       -1       -11       10  
                                                                           
Comparable Group
                                                                       
ALLB
Alliance Bank MHC of PA (42.0)
    10.3 %     106.7 %     5.5 %     2       -7       10       -7       9       -8  
CSBK
Clifton Savings Bancorp MHC of NJ (37.1)(1)
    16.5 %     116.3 %     3.9 %  
NA
      19       20       -12       -11       7  
GCBC
Green County Bancorp MHC of NY (43.9)
    9.1 %     106.0 %     4.2 %     20       4       8       5       -11       23  
KRNY
Kearny Financial Corp. MHC of NJ (26.5)
    17.8 %     119.9 %     6.6 %     2       16       -4       -7       -7       8  
LSBK
Lake Shore Bancorp MHC of NY (41.3)
    12.9 %     111.0 %     5.5 %     15       22       7       1       -47       23  
EBSB
Meridian Financial Services MHC MA (43.4)
    11.2 %     108.0 %     6.4 %     51       34       26       14       5       22  
PBIP
Prudential Bancorp MHC PA (29.3)
    10.7 %     108.1 %     4.3 %     6       19       26       -10       -30       43  
RCKB
Rockville Financial MHC of CT (42.9)
    10.2 %     109.1 %     3.3 %     25       26       0       0       -10       3  
ROMA  
Roma Financial Corp. MHC of NJ (27.0)
    15.8 %     114.1 %     6.5 %     9       12       22       -1       -31       12  
SIFI
SI Financial Group Inc. MHC of CT (38.2)
    8.6 %     105.1 %     5.6 %     46       -48       -7       8       3       -4  
 
(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending December 31, 2009.
NA=Change is greater than 100 basis points during the quarter.
 
Source:
SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.18
 
To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for Charter Financial and the Peer Group.  In general, the relative fluctuations in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income to average assets ratios were considered to be slightly greater than the Peer Group average but well within the range of the Peer Group companies individually and, thus, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period analyzed in Table 3.5, Charter Financial’s and the Peer Group were viewed as maintaining a similar degree of interest rate risk exposure in their respective net interest margins.  The stability of the Company’s net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as the increase in capital will reduce the level interest rate sensitive liabilities funding Charter Financial’s assets.
 
Summary
 
Based on the above analysis and the criteria employed in the selection of the companies for the Peer Group, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of Charter Financial.  Such general characteristics as asset size, equity position, IEA composition, funding composition, core earnings measures, loan composition, credit quality and exposure to interest rate risk all tend to support the reasonability of the Peer Group from a financial standpoint.  Those areas where differences exist will be addressed in the form of valuation adjustments to the extent necessary.

 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.1
 
IV.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
Introduction
 
This section presents the valuation analysis and methodology used to determine Charter Financial’s estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the offering of additional common stock within the mutual holding company structure.  The valuation incorporates the appraisal methodology promulgated by the OTS and adopted in practice by the FDIC and state banking agencies for standard conversions and mutual holding company offerings, including secondary offerings by mutual holding companies, particularly regarding selection of the Peer Group, fundamental analysis on both the Company and the Peer Group, and determination of the Company’s pro forma market value utilizing the market value approach.
 
Appraisal Guidelines
 
The OTS written appraisal guidelines, originally released in October 1983 and updated in late-1994, specify the market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of an institution.  The FDIC, state banking agencies and other Federal agencies have endorsed the OTS appraisal guidelines as the appropriate guidelines involving mutual-to-stock conversions.  As previously noted, the appraisal guidelines for MHC offerings, including secondary offerings, are somewhat different, particularly in the Peer Group selection process.  Specifically, the regulatory agencies have indicated that the Peer Group should be based on the pro forma fully-converted pricing characteristics of publicly-traded MHCs, rather than on already fully-converted publicly-traded stock thrifts, given the unique differences in stock pricing of MHCs and fully-converted stock thrifts.  Pursuant to this methodology:  (1) a Peer Group of comparable publicly-traded MHC institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the Peer Group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the Peer Group, subject to certain valuation adjustments based on key differences.  In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions and MHC offerings, including secondary offerings by MHCs, if any, must be considered.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.2
 
RP Financial Approach to the Valuation
 
The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines.  Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Section III, which constitutes “fundamental analysis” techniques.  Additionally, the valuation incorporates a “technical analysis” of recently completed stock conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings.  It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.
 
The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Company’s to-be-issued stock.  Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will:  (1) review changes in Charter Financial’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor Charter Financial’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift and bank stocks; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings, particularly minority stock issuances by mutual holding companies including secondary offerings within the mutual holding company, if any, as well as standard conversion offerings, both regionally and nationally, if any.  If material changes should occur during the offering process, RP Financial will evaluate if updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any.  RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.
 
The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts.  Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including Charter Financial’s value, or Charter Financial’s value alone.  To the extent a change in factors impacting the Company’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.3
 
Valuation Analysis
 
A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III.  The following sections summarize the key differences between the Company and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation.  Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Company relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform.  We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Company coming to market at this time.
 
1.              Financial Condition
 
The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness.  The similarities and differences in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s financial strengths are noted as follows:
 
 
Overall Asset/Liability Composition .  Loans and investments funded by retail deposits were the primary components of the Company’s and Peer Group’s balance sheets.  The Company’s interest-earning asset composition exhibited a modestly lower concentration of loans with a greater concentration of multi-family and commercial mortgage loans while the Peer Group’s loan portfolio was more heavily oriented toward residential mortgage lending inclusive of their investment in MBS.  The Company’s funding base is somewhat different than the Peer Group’s as it relies more heavily on higher cost borrowings and jumbo brokered CDs and credit union CDs.  The Company maintained a lower IEA/IBL than the Peer Group on average.  The Company’s IEA/IBL ratio improves on a pro forma basis, but the Peer Group’s ratio also improves under the second step conversion scenario
     
 
Credit Risk Profile.   In comparison to the Peer Group, the Company maintained higher levels of NPAs and non-performing loans, even considering only non-covered loans.  Loss reserves maintained as a percent of total loans were higher for the Company.  Loss reserves maintained as a percent of NPAs were comparable.  Importantly, the foregoing credit quality ratios in comparison to the Peer Group do not include the impact of non-performing covered assets where the risk of loss to the Company has been substantially diminished as a result of FDIC loss sharing and the establishment of fair value discounts on estimated losses not covered under loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.4
 
 
Balance Sheet Liquidity .  For the most recent period, the Company maintained a higher level of cash and investment securities relative to the Peer Group.  Furthermore, the infusion of the net proceeds from the incremental minority stock issuance will initially increase the Company’s level of liquid assets pending investment of the proceeds into loans and other longer-term investments.  The Company’s future borrowing capacity was considered to be more limited than the Peer Group’s capacity based on its current higher utilization of borrowings in comparison to the Peer Group.
     
 
Funding Liabilities .  The Company’s interest-bearing funding composition reflected a lower concentration of deposits and a higher concentration of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group ratios.  In total, the Company maintained a higher level of interest-bearing liabilities than the Peer Group which, coupled with the higher cost of funds owing to the large balances of borrowed funds and jumbo CDs, contributed to Charter Financial’s high ratio of net interest expense to average assets.  The reliance on wholesale deposits including brokered CDs and credit union deposits tends to increase the funding volatility, both from a funds flow perspective and the interest sensitivity of the deposit base in response to changing market interest rates.  Following the stock offering, the increase in the Company’s equity position should serve to reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets to a ratio more closely approximating the Peer Group’s ratio.
     
 
Equity .  The Company maintains a tangible equity-to-assets ratio which fell below the Peer Group’s average and median on a pre-conversion basis.  On a pro forma basis for the Company and the Peer Group after the incremental minority stock issuance, both on a nominal MHC basis and on a fully converted basis (i.e., assuming the completion of a second step conversion), the Company’s equity ratio is within the range of the Peer Group average and median.
 
On balance, no adjustment was determined to be appropriate for financial condition reflecting the Company’s credit risk exposure is mitigated by the benefits of the incremental minority stock issuance as well as the high reserve coverage in relation to total loans.  Moreover, the transitioning of the balance sheet to one that has a heavier retail orientation will improve the Company’s exposure to liquidity risk and improve the cost of funds over the long term.
 
 2.            Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings
 
Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institution’s earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings.  The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.5
 
 
Reported Profitability .  On a historical basis, the Company reported higher earnings than the Peer Group based on a return on average assets (“ROAA”) measures equal to 0.97% percent for the Company and 0.46% for the Peer Group.  Reported earnings were supported by non-operating gains, as the Company’s higher ROA was principally the result of non-operating gains, including bargain purchase gains on the NCB and MCB transactions as well as gains on the sale of securities net of non-operating losses.   As noted below, core earnings fell short of the Peer Group average owing to a weaker net interest margin and a higher operating expense ratio and loan loss provisions.  On a pro forma fully converted basis, both the Company and the Peer Group will benefit from the assumed offering proceeds of a second step conversion from a reinvestment perspective.
     
 
Core Profitability .  As referenced above, the Company’s earnings were supported by non-operating gains to a greater extent than the Peer Group’s earnings.  The Company’s higher efficiency ratio (86.9% for Charter Financial versus 71.7% for the Peer Group) is indicative of the lower core earnings rate based on historical earnings.   Core earnings do not reflect the full impact of the NCB and MCB acquisitions which were completed during the year from either a revenue or expense perspective.  Over the near term, beyond the impact of the bargain purchase gains, the earnings benefit of the acquisitions has been limited as the resulting incremental revenues have been offset by higher operating costs of the acquired institutions.  However, the earnings benefit of these transactions may be more significant over the long term as the Company takes advantage of the expanded retail banking operations.
     
 
Interest Rate Risk .  Quarterly changes in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income to average assets ratios indicated the degree of volatility associated with the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest margins fell within the range exhibited by the Peer Group.  Other measures of interest rate risk such as the capital and the IEA/IBL ratio were less favorable for the Company, thereby indicating that the Company maintained a higher dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain net interest income.  However, on a pro forma basis, the Company’s capital position and IEA/IBL ratio will be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, thereby lessening its exposure, although the position of the Peer Group on a second step basis would also improve.
     
 
Credit Risk .  Loan loss provisions were a more significant factor in the Company’s earnings in comparison to the Peer Group.  In terms of the future exposure to credit-related losses, the Company’s credit risk exposure was similar based on the level of NPAs and reserve coverage ratios (i.e., reserve coverage in relation to total loans was higher than the Peer Group while reserves as a percent of NPAs was similar).  The credit risk of the acquired assets of NCB and MCB in relation to the Peer Group has been diminished by the presence of the FDIC loss sharing agreement and the mark-to-market purchase accounting adjustment applied by the Company.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.6
 
 
Earnings Growth Potential .  Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential.  First, the infusion of stock proceeds will increase the Company’s earnings growth potential with respect to increasing earnings through leverage.  Secondly, the trailing twelve month earnings through March 31, 2010 do not fully reflect the impact of the NCB and MCB acquisitions which should benefit the Company over the long term in a number of ways including the market expansion, earnings on acquired assets and the ability to fund operations with retail deposits to a greater extent.  Third, the Company’s market area provides opportunities for growth through acquisition because many competing financial institutions have been forced to retrench their operations in the face of asset quality problems and operating losses.  As a result, growth opportunities (both organic growth and through acquisition) have been enhanced as a result.  And fourth, the Company has stated its intention to pursue such growth opportunities, including seeking additional FDIC assisted transactions, based on their availability.
     
 
Return on Equity .  The Company’s pro forma return on equity based on reported core earnings (excluding net non-operating expenses but including trailing twelve month loan loss provisions) will be lower than the Peer Group average and median.  The ROE may be subject to increase over the near term as the earnings benefits of the NCB and MCB acquisitions are realized into earnings and over the longer term if the Company can successfully execute its earnings growth strategies.
 
Overall, we concluded that a slight upward adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings was appropriate, primarily in view of the potential for earnings growth as the benefits of the NCB and MCB acquisition are realized and based on the potential for the Company to execute other earnings growth strategies predicated, in part, on market opportunity.
 
3.             Asset Growth
 
The Company recorded stronger asset growth than the Peer Group, primarily owing to the completion of the two FDIC-assisted acquisitions.  On a pro forma basis, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio will be consistent with the Peer Group’s ratio, indicating similar leverage capacity for the Company.  The Company’s post-offering business plan is to leverage pro forma capital through a combination of organic growth and complementary acquisitions, focusing on expanding the retail banking operations.  Given the uncertainty associated with de novo branching and acquisition related growth, the Company’s ability to leverage capital in a timely and effective manner involves a certain degree of execution risk.  At the same time, the current market environment in Georgia is favorable for a well capitalized institution to grow but this is also true for the well-capitalized Peer Group companies which are based in the mid-Atlantic and New England regions of the US.  On balance, we have applied a slight upward valuation adjustment was warranted for this factor.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.7
 
4.              Primary Market Area
 
The general condition of a financial institution’s market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market area.  Operating in the I-85 corridor from suburban Atlanta to eastern Alabama, the Company faces significant competition for loans and deposits from larger financial institutions, which provide a broader array of services and have significantly larger branch networks.  Demographic and economic trends and characteristics in the Company’s primary market area are mixed, but the Troup and Chambers County markets where Charter Financial has historically been based and where the largest portion of its deposit base is gathered are small markets with limited growth potential (see Exhibit III-3).  Moreover, favorable growth trends for other markets where Charter Financial maintains a more limited presence, such as Coweta and Gwinnett Counties in the Atlanta metropolitan area, may be impacted by the severe recession being experienced in the Georgia market.  Income levels in the Company’s markets cover a broad range but are generally modest in the Troup and Chambers County markets. The deposit market share exhibited by the Company fell within the Peer Group range.  As shown in Exhibit III-3, the Company maintains a relatively strong market share in the Troup and Chambers County markets in comparison to the Peer Group averages and medians but its market share is comparatively lower in most other markets.  Troup and Chambers Counties also have relatively high unemployment rates in relation to the Peer Group average and median.  From a competitive standpoint, the recessionary economy which may be impacting the Company’s markets to a greater extent than the Peer Group’s markets has provided Charter Financial with the opportunity to acquire two failed institutions with regulatory assistance and has impacted the asset quality and capital of many competitors, potentially reducing the level of competition for the Company relative to historical levels.
 
On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was needed for the Company’s market area.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.8
 
5.              Dividends
 
Charter Financial Corporation has paid a quarterly cash dividend since September 2002.  Beginning with the dividend paid in May 2010, the Company reduced its quarterly dividend from $0.25 per share to $0.05 per share.  The reduction of the dividend reflects in part, the decision to pursue opportunities for deployment of capital in FDIC-assisted transactions such as the NCB and MCB transactions with the objective of enhancing long-term earnings and franchise value.  The Company has indicated its intent to continue to pay a dividend in the future based on a number of factors, including the Company’s capital requirements, acquisition opportunities, financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions.  The Board has further indicated that it expects that the dividend will be significantly reduced or eliminated in the future
 
Nine of the ten Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 1.45% to 4.19%.  The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions was 2.30% as of May 21, 2010, representing an average payout ratio of 46.53% of earnings.  As of May 21, 2010, a total of 19 of the 27 MHCs had adopted cash dividend policies, with the dividend paying MHCs exhibiting an average yield of 2.91%.  The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.
 
The Company’s indicated dividend policy following the incremental minority stock issues provides for a comparable yield as maintained by the Peer Group, as the Company is planning to maintain the current dividend policy and at the current midpoint valuation per share, the annual dividend payment of $0.20 per share would provide a yield of 2.33%.  While the payout ratio is very high based on the current core earnings rate, the Company’s ability to maintain the anticipated payout ratio is supported by its strengthened pro forma equity to-assets ratio, which compares closely to the Peer Group average and median.  Accordingly, on balance, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for purposes of the Company’s dividend policy.
 
6.             Liquidity of the Shares
 
The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets.  All ten Peer Group members trade on the NASDAQ.  Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock.  The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies, based on the shares issued and outstanding to public shareholders (i.e., excluding the majority ownership interest owned by the respective MHCs) ranged from $19.9 million to $175.9 million as of May 21, 2010, with average and median market values of $69.2 million and $59.7 million, respectively.  The shares issued and outstanding to the public shareholders of the Peer Group members ranged from 1.8 million to 18.3 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 6.9 million and 6.3 million, respectively.  On a pro forma basis, after the minority stock issuance, the Company’s shares outstanding and market capitalization based on shares outstanding held by the public will approximate to modestly exceed the Peer Group average and median, but be within the range exhibited by the Peer Group companies on an individual basis.  Accordingly, we anticipate that the liquidity in the Company’s stock will be relatively similar to the Peer Group companies’ stocks.  It is anticipated that the Company’s stock will be listed on NASDAQ following the incremental minority stock issuance.  Overall, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for this factor.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.9
 
7.             Marketing of the Issue
 
Four separate markets exist for thrift stocks:  (a) the after-market for public companies, both fully-converted stock companies and MHCs, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (b) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a publicly-held company and stock trading history; and (3) the thrift acquisition market; and (4) the market for the public stock of Charter Financial.  All of these markets were considered in the valuation of the shares issued by the Company pursuant to the incremental minority stock issuance.
 
a.             The Public Market
 
The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations.  Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts.  In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues and stock market conditions in general.  Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks.  Exhibit IV-3 displays historical stock price indices for thrifts only.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.10
 
In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed in recent quarters.  Stocks started the fourth quarter of 2009 with a sell-off, as investors reacted negatively to economic data showing a slowdown in manufacturing activity from August to September and more job losses than expected for September.  Energy and material stocks led a stock market rally heading into mid-October, as stock markets rallied around the world.  Good earnings reports from J.P. Morgan Chase and Intel pushed the Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) above a 10000 close in mid-October.  Mixed economic data and concerns of the sustainability of the recovery following the removal of the federal stimulus programs provided for volatile trading at the close of October.  Stocks moved higher in early-November, with the DJIA topping 10000 again on renewed optimism about the economy aided by a report that manufacturing activity rose around the world in October.  Expectations that interest rates and inflation would remain low, following a weaker than expected employment report for October, sustained the rally heading into mid-November.  The DJIA hit new highs for the year in mid-November, as investors focused on upbeat earnings from major retailers, signs of economic growth in Asia and the Federal Reserve’s commitment to low interest rates.  Stocks traded unevenly through the second half of November, reflecting investor uncertainty over the strength of the economic recovery and Dubai debt worries.  Easing fears about the Dubai debt crisis, along with a favorable employment report for November, served to bolster stocks at the end of November and into early-December.  Mixed economic data, including a better-than-expected increase in November retail sales and November wholesale inflation rising more than expected, sustained a narrow trading range for the broader stock market heading into mid-December.  Worries about the state of European economies and the dollar’s surge upended stocks in mid-December.  Helped by some positive economic data and acquisition deals in mining and health care, the DJIA posted gains for six consecutive sessions in late-December.  Overall, the DJIA closed up 18.8% for 2009.
 
Stocks started 2010 in positive territory on mounting evidence of a global manufacturing rebound, while mixed earnings reports provided for an up and down market in mid-January.  The DJIA moved into negative territory for the year heading in into late-January, with financial stocks leading the market lower as the White House proposed new limits on the size and activities of big banks.  Technology stocks led the broader market lower at the close of January, as disappointing economic reports dampened growth prospects for 2010.  Concerns about the global economy and European default worries pressured stocks lower in early-February, as the DJIA closed below 10000 for the first time in three months.  Upbeat corporate earnings and some favorable economic news out of Europe and China help stocks to rebound in mid-February.  The positive trend in the broader stock market continued into the second half of February, as investors seized on mild inflation data and more signs that the U.S. economy was recovering.  Weak economic data pulled stocks lower at the end of February, although the 2.6% increase in the DJIA for the month of February was its strongest showing since November.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.11
 
The DJIA moved back into positive territory for 2010 in early-March, as the broader market rallied on a better-than-expected employment report for February.  Stocks trended higher through mid-March, with the DJIA closing up for eight consecutive trading sessions.  Factors contributing to the eight day winning streak in the DJIA included bullish comments by Citigroup, expectations of continued low borrowing costs following the Federal Reserve’s mid-March meeting that concluded with keeping its target rate near zero and a brightening manufacturing outlook.  Following a one day pull back, the positive trend in the broader market continued heading into late-March.  Gains in the health-care sector following the passage of health-care legislation, better-than-expected existing home sales in February, first time jobless claims falling more than expected and solid earnings posted by Best Buy all contributed to the positive trend in stocks.  The DJIA moved to a 19-month high approaching the end of the first quarter, as oil stocks led the market higher in response to new evidence of global economic strength.  Overall, the DJIA completed its best first quarter since 1999, with a 4.1% increase for the quarter.
 
More signs of the economy gaining strength sustained the positive trend in the broader stock market at the start of the second quarter of 2010.  The DJIA closed above 11000 heading into mid-April, based on growing optimism about corporate earnings and a recovering economy.  Fraud charges against Goldman Sachs halted a six day rally in the market in mid-April, as financial stocks led a one day sell-off in the broader market.  The broader stock market generally sustained a positive trend during the second half of April, with encouraging first quarter earnings reports and favorable economic data supporting the gains.  Financial stocks lead the broader stock market lower at the end of April on news of a criminal investigation of Goldman Sachs.  The sell-off in the stock market sharpened during the first week of May, largely on the basis of heightened concerns about possible ripple effects from Greece’s credit crisis.  Stocks surged after European Union leaders agreed to a massive bailout to prevent Greece’s financial troubles from spreading throughout the region, but then reversed course heading into the second half of May on continued worries about the fallout from Europe’s credit crisis and an unexpected increase in U.S. jobless claims.  On May 21, 2010, the DJIA closed at 10193.39, an increase of 23.1% from one year ago and a decrease of 2.3% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 2229.04, an increase of 31.7% from one year ago and a decrease of 1.8% year-to-date.  The Standard & Poor’s 500 Index closed at 1087.69 on May 21, 2010, an increase of 27.5% from one year ago and a decrease of 2.5% year-to-date.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.12
 
The market for thrift stocks has been somewhat uneven in recent quarters, but in general has underperformed the broader stock market.  Some disappointing economic data pushed thrift stocks along with the broader market lower at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2009.  Thrift stocks rebounded modestly through mid-October, aided by a rally in the broader stock market and a strong earnings report from J.P. Morgan Chase.  Concerns of more loan losses and a disappointing report on September new home sales provided for a modest retreat in thrift prices in late-October.  After bouncing higher on a better-than-expected report for third quarter GDP growth, financial stocks led the broader market lower at the end of October in the face of a negative report on consumer spending.  In contrast to the broader market, thrift stocks edged lower following the Federal Reserve’s early-November statement that it would leave the federal funds rate unchanged.  Thrift stocks rebounded along with the broader market going into mid-November, following some positive reports on the economy and comments from the Federal Reserve that interest rates would remain low amid concerns that unemployment and troubles in commercial real estate would weigh on the economic recovery.  Fresh economic data that underscored expectations for a slow economic recovery and Dubai debt worries pushed thrift stocks lower during the second half of November.  Financial stocks led a broader market rebound at the close of November and into early-December, which was supported by a favorable report for home sales in October and expectations that the Dubai debt crisis would have a limited impact on U.S. banks.  The favorable employment report for November added to gains in the thrift sector in early-December.  Financial stocks edged higher in mid-December on news that Citigroup was repaying TARP funds, which was followed by a pullback following a report that wholesale inflation rose more than expected in November and mid-December unemployment claims were higher than expected.  More attractive valuations supported a snap-back rally in thrift stocks heading into late-December, which was followed by a narrow trading range for the thrift sector through year end.  Overall, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts was down 10.2% in 2009, which reflects significant declines in the trading prices of several large publicly-traded thrifts during 2009 pursuant to reporting significant losses due to credit quality related deterioration.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.13
 
Thrift stocks traded in a narrow range during the first few weeks of 2010, as investors awaited fourth quarter earnings reports that would provide further insight on credit quality trends.  An unexpected jump in jobless claims and proposed restrictions by the White House on large banks depressed financial stocks in general heading into late-January.  Amid mixed earnings reports, thrift stocks traded in a narrow range for the balance of January.  Financial stocks led the broader market lower in early-February and then rebounded along with the broader market in mid-February on some positive economic data including signs that home prices were rising in some large metropolitan areas.  Mild inflation readings for wholesale and consumer prices in January sustained the upward trend in thrift stocks heading into the second half of February.  Comments by the Federal Reserve Chairman that short-term interest rates were likely to remain low for at least several months helped thrift stocks to ease higher in late-February.
 
The thrift sector moved higher along with the broader stock market in-early March 2010, aided by the better-than-expected employment report for February.  Financial stocks lead the market higher heading into mid-March on optimism that Citigroup would be able to repay the U.S. Government after a successful offering of trust preferred securities.  The Federal Reserve’s recommitment to leaving its target rate unchanged “for an extended period” sustained the positive trend in thrift stocks through mid-March.  Thrift stocks bounced higher along with the broader stock market heading into late-March, which was followed by a slight pullback as debt worries sent the yields on Treasury notes higher.
 
An improving outlook for financial stocks in general, along with positive reports for housing, employment and retail sales, boosted thrift stocks at the start of the second quarter of 2010.  A nominal increase in March consumer prices and a strong first quarter earnings report from JP Morgan Chase & Co. supported a broad rally in bank and thrift stocks heading into mid-April, which was followed by a pullback on news that the SEC charged Goldman Sachs with fraud.  Thrift stocks generally underperformed the broader stock market during the second half of April, as financial stocks in general were hurt by uncertainty about the progress of financial reform legislation, Greece’s debt crisis and news of a criminal investigation of Goldman Sachs.  Thrift stocks retreated along the broader stock market in the first week of May, based on fears that the growing debt crisis in Europe could hurt the economic recovery.  Likewise, thrift stocks surged higher along with the broader stock market after European Union officials announced a massive bailout plan to avert a public-debt crisis and then fell heading into the second half of May on lingering concerns about the euro.  News of rising mortgage delinquencies in the first quarter of 2010, an expected slowdown in new home construction and uncertainty over financial reform legislation further contributed to lower trading prices for thrift stocks.  On May 21, 2010, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 592.0, an increase of 12.6% from one year ago and an increase of 0.9% year-to-date.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.14
 
b.            The New Issue Market
 
In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Bank’s pro forma market value.  The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically:  (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials.  The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (“P/B”) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio may reflect a premium to book value.  Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.
 
The marketing for converting thrift issues turned more positive in the fourth quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2010, as indicated by an increase in conversion activity and the relative success of those offerings.  For the most part, the recent conversion offerings experienced healthy subscription takedowns and have traded at or slightly above their IPO prices in initial trading activity.  Consistent with the broader thrift market, conversion pricing reflects continued investor uncertainty over stock market trends, credit quality trends, economic trends and financial reform legislation.  As shown in Table 4.1, one standard conversion and one second-step conversions were completed during the past three months.   The standard conversion offering, Harvard Illinois Bancorp, Inc (“Harvard”), is considered to be more relevant for our analysis.  Harvard’s offering was completed in April 2010 and closed between the minimum and midpoint of the offering range.  Harvard’s closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio equaled 43.1%.  Harvard’s stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and, as of May 21, 2010, Harvard’s stock price closed at $8.35 or 16.5% below its IPO price.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.15
 
Table 4.1
Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends
Recent Conversions Completed (Last Three Months)
 
[Table Omitted]
 
Note: * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD =RP Financial did the Conversion Business Plan. “NT” - Not Traded; “NA” - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.
 
(1)
Non-OTS regulated thrift.
(2)
As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.
(3)
Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.
(4)
Latest price if offering is less than one week old.
(5)
Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.
(6)
Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.
(7)
Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.
(8)
Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.
(9)
Former credit union.
 
May 21, 2010
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.16
 
Shown in Table 4.2 are the current pricing ratios for Eagle Bancorp Montana, which is the only company that has completed a fully-converted offering during the past three months and is traded on NASDAQ or an Exchange.  Eagle Bancorp’s offering was a second-step conversion, which tends to be priced higher on a P/TB basis relative to full standard conversion offerings.  Eagle Bancorp’s current  P/TB ratio equaled 81.61%.
 
The most recent minority stock issuance by a mutual holding company was completed by Cullman Bancorp, Inc. of Alabama in October 2009, raising gross proceeds of $10.8 million and closing at a fully converted P/TB equal to 53.5%.
 
c.             The Acquisition Market
 
Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on Charter Financial stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other savings institutions and banks operating in Georgia and Alabama.  As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were 11 Georgia and Alabama thrift and bank acquisitions completed from the beginning of 2007 through year-to-date 2010.  The recent acquisition activity involving Georgia and Alabama savings institutions and banks may imply a certain degree of acquisition speculation for the Company’s stock.  To the extent that speculation of a re-mutualization may impact the Company’s valuation, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies which operate in the MHC form of ownership.  Accordingly, the Peer Group companies are considered to be subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence the Company’s trading price.
 
d.            Trading in Charter Financial Stock
 
Since Charter Financial’s minority stock currently trades under the symbol “CHFN” on the OTC Bulletin Board, RP Financial also considered the recent trading activity in the valuation analysis.  Charter Financial had a total of 18,672,361 shares issued and outstanding at May 21, 2010, of which 2,814,437 shares were held by shareholders other than the MHC and traded as public securities.  As of May 21, 2010, the Company’s closing stock price was $9.85 per share, implying an aggregate value of $27.2 million for the minority shares and $183.9 million for all the shares.  There are some differences between the Company’s minority stock (currently being traded) and the stock which will be offered to the public for sale pursuant to the Stock Issuance Plan.  In this regard, the incremental offering of minority stock is expected to enhance the liquidity of the stock owing to larger number of public shares available to trade.  Additionally, the Company will increase its capital and ability to grow and leverage but the ROE may initially be depressed.  Since the pro forma impact of these considerations has not been fully disseminated publicly to date, it is appropriate to discount the current trading price level.  As the pro forma impact of the offering is made known publicly through the related securities filings, the trading price level will become more informative.
 
*  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.17
 
Table 4.2
Market Pricing Comparatives
Prices As of May 21, 2010
 
[Table Omitted]
 
(1)
Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2)
EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis.
(3)
P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(5)
Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings.
(6)
ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
(7) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
 
Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.18
 
In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for thrift conversions and the local acquisition market for thrift stocks.  Importantly, we noted that recent full conversions have been priced at a significant discount to the market, perhaps requiring more of a downward valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue than offerings where per share trading price information is available.  In the case of Charter Financial and the second-step conversions currently in the market, pricing information in the form of a trading price is already available as a market indicator of value.  For these institutions, a significant downward adjustment for marketing of the issue does not appear to be necessary.  Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that a slight downward adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.
 
8.              Management
 
Charter Financial management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Company’s operations.  Exhibit IV-5 provides a listing of Charter Financial Board of Directors and senior management.  The Company’s management and Board of Directors have been effective in implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Company’s present organizational structure as indicated by the financial characteristics of the Company.  Currently, the Company has no vacancies in executive management positions.  Similarly, the returns, capital positions, and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies.  Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.19
 
9.             Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform
 
As an OTS regulated mutual holding company institution, Charter Financial will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members -- all of whom are adequately capitalized mutual holding company institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions.  Exhibit IV-6 reflects the Company’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios.  Legislative proposals have been made under which the Office of Thrift Supervision would be replaced as the regulator of First Charter, MHC, Charter Financial and CharterBank.  In addition, depending on which proposal is enacted, if any, CharterBank could be required to become a national bank and First Charter, MHC and Charter Financial would then likely become subject to regulatory capital requirements and other regulations and policies that do not currently apply to the MHC and its subsidiaries.
 
In particular, as an OTS regulated mutual holding company, the Company and the institutions comprising the Peer Group have been permitted to waive the receipt of dividends, subject to filing a waiver request with the OTS and receiving its consent.  Moreover, OTS regulations do not require that waived dividends will be considered in determining an appropriate exchange ratio for minority shares in the event of the conversion of a mutual holding company to stock form.  A different regulator of mutual holding companies may have or could adopt different regulations and policies regarding the treatment of waived dividends on both a historical and prospective basis.  Dividends waived by the Company on a historical basis have been relatively large in comparison to many of the Peer Group institutions owing in part, to the relatively small minority ownership ratio and resulting large MHC ownership.  Thus, a change in the treatment of waived dividends could adversely impact the Company to a greater extent than the Peer Group companies dependent upon future regulatory policy.
 
On balance, we believe a slight downward adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform, primarily as a result of the uncertainty with respect to the future policy with respect to dividends waived by mutual holding companies in a second step conversion couple with the large amount of dividends waived by the MHC historically.
 
Summary of Adjustments
 
Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Company’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.20
 
Key Valuation Parameters :
 
Valuation Adjustment
     
Financial Condition
 
No Adjustment
Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings
 
Slight Upward
Asset Growth
 
Slight Upward
Primary Market Area
 
No Adjustment
Dividends
 
No Adjustment
Liquidity of the Shares
 
No Adjustment
Marketing of the Issue
 
Slight Downward
Management
 
No Adjustment
Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform
 
Slight Downward
 
Basis of Valuation - Fully-Converted Pricing Ratios
 
As indicated in Section III, the valuation analysis included in this section places the Peer Group institutions on equal footing by restating their financial data and pricing ratios on a “fully-converted” basis.  We believe there are a number of characteristics of MHC shares that make them different from the shares of fully-converted companies.  These factors include:  (1) lower aftermarket liquidity in the MHC shares since less than 50% of the shares are available for trading; (2) no opportunity for public shareholders to exercise voting control, thus limiting the potential for acquisition speculation in the stock price; (3) the potential pro forma impact of second-step conversions on the pricing of MHC institutions; and (4) the regulatory policies regarding the dividend waiver policy by MHC institutions.  The above characteristics of MHC shares have provided MHC shares with different trading characteristics than fully-converted companies.  To account for the unique trading characteristics of MHC shares, RP Financial has placed the financial data and pricing ratios of the Peer Group on a fully-converted basis to make them comparable for valuation purposes.  Using the per share and pricing information of the Peer Group on a fully-converted basis accomplishes a number of objectives.  First, such figures eliminate distortions that result when trying to compare institutions that have different public ownership interests outstanding.  Secondly, such an analysis provides ratios that are comparable to the pricing information of fully-converted public companies, and more importantly, are directly applicable to determining the pro forma market value range of the 100% ownership interest in the Company as an MHC.  Lastly, such an analysis allows for consideration of the potential dilutive impact of dividend waiver policies adopted by the Federal agencies.  This technique is validated by the investment community’s evaluation of MHC pricing, which also incorporates the pro forma impact of a second-step conversion based on the current market price.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.21
 
To calculate the fully-converted pricing information for MHCs, the reported financial information for the public MHCs must incorporate the following assumptions, based on completed second step conversions to date:  (1) all shares owned by the MHC are assumed to be sold at the current trading price in a second step-conversion; (2) the gross proceeds from such a sale were adjusted to reflect reasonable offering expenses and standard stock based benefit plan parameters that would be factored into a second-step conversion of MHC institutions; (3) net proceeds are assumed to be reinvested at market rates on an after-tax basis; and (4) for FDIC-regulated institutions, the public ownership interest is adjusted to reflect the pro forma impact of the waived dividends pursuant to applicable regulatory policy.  Book value per share and earnings per share figures for the public MHCs were adjusted by the impact of the assumed second step conversion, resulting in an estimation of book value per share and earnings per share figures on a fully-converted basis.  Importantly, no explicit adjustment has been made to the Peer Group to account for the potential impact to a change in the regulatory structure, particularly as it may apply to the treatment of waived dividends in calculating the Peer Group’s fully converted pricing ratios as the potential treatment is uncertain at this time and thus, cannot be quantified.  Table 4.3 on the following page shows the calculation of per share financial data (fully-converted basis) for each of the 10 public MHC institutions that form the Peer Group.
 
Valuation Approaches: Fully-Converted Basis
 
In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the OTS and adopted by the FDIC, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, including the fully-converted analysis described above, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Company’s to-be-issued stock -- price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches -- all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds.  In computing the pro forma impact of the Additional Stock Issuance and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Company’s prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate and stock benefit plan assumptions (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8).  Pursuant to the incremental offering, we have also incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Company’s prospectus for offering expenses.  The assumptions utilized in the pro forma analysis in calculating the Company’s full conversion value are described more fully below.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.22
 
Table 4.3
Calculation of Implied Per Share Data -- Incorporating MHC Second Step Conversion
Comparable Institution Analysis
For the 12 Months Ended March 31, 2010
 
[Table Omitted]
 
(1)
Gross proceeds calculated as stock price multiplied by the number of shares owned by the mutual holding company (i.e., non-public shares).
(2)
Net increase in capital reflects gross proceeds less offering expenses, contra-equity account for leveraged ESOP and deferred compensation account for restricted stock plan. For institutions with assets at the MHC level, the net increase in capital also includes consolidation of MHC assets with the capital of the institution concurrent with hypothetical second step.
Offering expense percent
4.00
%
ESOP percent purchase
8.00
%
Recognition plan percent
4.00
%
(3)
Net increase in earnings reflects after-tax reinvestment income (assumes ESOP and recognition plan do not generate reinvestment income), less after-tax ESOP amortization and recognition plan vesting:
After-tax reinvestm ent
3.18
%
ESOP loan term (years)
10
 
Recognition plan vesting (years)
5
 
Effective tax rate
34.00
%
(4)
Figures reflect adjustments to “non-grandfathered” companies to reflect dilutive impact of cumulative dividends waived by the MHC (reflect FDIC policy regarding waived dividends).
(5)
Reflects pro forma ownership position of minority stockholders after taking into account the OTS and FDIC policies regarding waived dividends assum ing a hypothetical second step.
  For OTS “grandfathered” companies, dilution reflects excess waived dividends and MHC assets. For all other companies, dilution reflects all waived dividends and MHC assets.
 
Source:
Corporate reports, offering circulars, and RP® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.23
 
   ●
Conversion Expenses .  Offering expenses reflect fixed expenses of $1.95 million and variable expenses assuming 25% of the stock is sold in subscription at a commission of 1.0% (subject to a minimum commission of $125 thousand for the subscription offering) and the remaining stock is sold in a syndicated community offering at a commission of 6.0%.  These assumptions are substantially consistent with the fixed expenses assumed by the Company in its Offering and the selling expenses typical in larger deals in the market currently.
     
   
Effective Tax Rate .  The Company has determined the marginal effective tax rate on the net reinvestment benefit of the offering proceeds to be 38.6%.
     
   
Reinvestment Rate .  The pro forma section in the prospectus incorporates a 2.55% reinvestment rate, equivalent 5 Year U.S. Treasury rate as of March 31, 2010.
     
   
ESOP .  The ESOP is assumed to purchase 300,000 shares at each point in the offering range funded internally with an ESOP loan amortized on a straight-line basis over 30 years.
     
   
Recognition and Retention Plan (“RRP”).   The RRP is assumed to purchase 82,000 shares at each point in the offering range at a price equivalent to the initial public offering price and will be amortized on a straight-line basis over 5 years.
     
   
Stock Options :  Options to purchase 207,000 shares are granted at a fair value calculated to equal $1.90 per option, assuming an $8.60 per share offering price (at the midpoint) with options vested over five years.
     
   
Mutual Holding Company Equity.   Pursuant to a second step conversion, the MHC would be consolidated with the Company and a net liability of $743 thousand at the MHC level would be added to the Company’s March 31, 2010 reported financial information.  This adjustment was made in calculating the Company’s fully converted value (but is not included in the pro forma calculations for the incremental offerings because no MHC consolidation will take place in the incremental offerings).
 
Importantly, after making the foregoing adjustments, the equity valuation base is slightly different (i.e., as reported in the prospectus) in preparing the pro forma pricing ratios on a minority issuance basis versus the equity base employed for appraisal purposes in developing the value pursuant to a hypothetical second step conversion.  In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group, recent conversions and MHC offerings.
 
RP Financial’s valuation placed an emphasis on the following:
 
   
P/E Approach .  The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock.  While there are similarities between the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings composition and overall financial condition, the high level of non-operating income for the Company and the potential benefit of the Company’s recent acquisitions introduce some key differences between the Company and the Peer Group.  Coupled with the fact that (1) the earnings multiples will be evaluated on a pro forma fully-converted basis for the Company as well as for the Peer Group and (2) the Peer Group on average has had the opportunity to realize the benefit of reinvesting proceeds from their minority stock issuances to a greater extent than the Company, given their higher minority ownership ratios, we also considered the other valuation approaches.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.24
 
   
P/B Approach .  P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of an initial public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds.  RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches.  We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.  In our valuation, we placed considerable weight on the P/TB approach because it was our conclusion that investors will evaluate this factor in determining value over the short- and mid-term.
     
   
P/A Approach .  P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings.  Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio.  At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment community’s willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low.
 
Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above, RP Financial concluded that, as of May 21, 2010, the Company’s aggregate pro forma market value on a fully converted basis, was $8.60 per share  at the midpoint, equal to $160,582,305 based on the 18,672,361 shares issued and outstanding before and after the offerings.  This pro forma market value forms the midpoint of the valuation range with a minimum of $136,494,959 and a maximum of $184,669,650 based on a minimum price per share of $7.31 and a maximum price per share of $9.89.  If market conditions warrant, the value can be increased by 15% to a supermaximum price per share of $11.37 equal to a pro forma market value of $212,304,745 based on 11,672,361 shares issued and outstanding.  The resulting range of value pursuant to regulatory guidelines and the corresponding pro forma valuation per share based upon 18,672,361 shares issued and outstanding is set forth below:
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.25
 
   
Pro Forma
Valuation
Per Share
   
Total Shares
Issued and Outstanding (1)
   
Pro Forma
Market
Value
 
Supermaximum
 
$
11.37
     
18,672,361
   
$
212,304,745
 
Maximum
 
$
9.89
     
18,672,361
   
$
184,669,650
 
Midpoint
 
$
8.60
     
18,672,361
   
$
160,582,305
 
Minimum
 
$
7.31
     
18,672,361
   
$
136,494,959
 
                         
(1)   Pursuant to the Stock Issuance Plan, the number of shares will not change as a result of the incremental offering.
 
 
1.           Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”) .  The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple (fully-converted basis) to the pro forma earnings base.  In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and core earnings, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds.  The reinvestment rate of 2.55% was based on the Company’s business plan for reinvestment of the net proceeds, which assumes that the net proceeds will be invested at a blended rate equivalent to the five year U.S. Treasury yield at March 31, 2010.  In deriving Charter Financial’s estimated core earnings for purposes of the valuation, adjustments made to reported net income included elimination of FHLB prepayment penalties, securities gains and gains on the sale of property, OTTI related charges, and income recognition from the bargain purchase of MCB.  As shown below, on a tax-effected basis, assuming an effective marginal tax rate of 38.6%, the Company’s core earnings were calculated at negative $0.5 million for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010 (Note: see Exhibit IV-13 for the adjustments applied to the Peer Group’s earnings in the calculation of core earnings).
 
   
Twelve
Months
Ended
March 31, 2010
Amount
 
   
(in millions)
 
Reported Net Income
 
$
8.6
 
Addback: Prepayment Penalties on Advances
   
1.4
 
Addback: OTTI Impairment Charges
   
3.5
 
Deduct: Net Gain on Sale of Property
   
(2.1
)
Deduct: Net Gain on Sale of Investment Securities
   
(2.2
)
Deduct: Bargain Purchase Income
   
(15.6
)
Tax effect on adjustments @ 38.6% effective rate
   
5.8
 
Core earnings estimate
 
($
0.5
)
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.26
 
Based on the Company’s pre-conversion reported and core earnings, and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples (fully-converted basis) at the $160.6 million midpoint value equaled  15.50x and 134.59x, respectively, indicating a discount of 34.2% and premium of 448.2% respectively, to the Peer Group’s average reported and core P/E multiples (fully-converted basis) of 23.54x and 24.55x, respectively (see Table 4.4).  At the supermaximum of the valuation range, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples (fully-converted basis) equaled 19.42x and 120.35x, respectively, indicating a discount of 17.5% based on reported earnings and premium of 390.2% based on core earnings relative to the comparative Peer Group average multiples.  The implied discounts or premiums reflected in the Company’s pro forma P/E multiples take into consideration the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/A ratios.
 
On a “reported” basis, reflecting the actual amount of the incremental offering (as opposed to the fully converted ratios), the Company’s pro forma P/E multiple based on reported earnings ranged from 15.14x assuming the minimum valuation of $7.31 per share and an offering of 5,961,573 shares (public shareholder ownership percent increased to 47%) to 23.67x assuming the supermaximum valuation of $11.37 per share and an offering of 4,281,060 shares (public ownership increased to 38%).  These pricing ratios reflected discounts of 41.1% and 7.9%, respectively, from the Peer Group average reported basis P/E multiples of 25.69x.  P/E multiples based on core earnings were not meaningful (see Table 4.5).  The pro forma analysis sheet and pro forma effects exhibits for the 38% offering are included as Exhibit IV-9 and IV-10 and the exhibits for the 47% offering are included as Exhibit IV-11 and IV-12.
 
We concluded the significant premiums in the Company’s fully converted pro forma core earnings multiples in comparison to the Peer Group are warranted based on the discount indicated for P/B and P/TB multiples discussed below and owing to the Company’s earnings growth potential.  With regard to this latter factor, we concluded that the Company’s core earnings may be subject to increase over the near term as the earnings benefits of the NCB and MCB acquisitions are fully realized and owing to other factors which may facilitate future earnings growth including the repricing of high cost borrowings and CDs to lower market rates and the targeted transition of deposits to a greater retail orientation.  Additionally, the Company believes there may likely be additional acquisition opportunities locally given the large number of distressed financial institutions and management has indicated the intent to pursue growth through acquisition to leverage its strong pro forma capital position if such acquisitions are estimated to be accretive to earnings.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.27
 
2.   Price-to-Book (“P/B”) . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, as derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio (fully-converted basis), to the Company’s pro forma book value (fully-converted basis).  Based on the $160.6 million midpoint valuation, the Company’s pro forma fully converted P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 68.42% and 70.03%, respectively.  In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 75.84% and 77.17% the Company’s ratios reflected a discount of 9.8% on a P/B basis and a discount of 9.2% on a P/TB basis.  At the supermaximum of the valuation range, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios (fully-converted basis) equaled 77.08% and 78.63%, respectively, indicating premiums of 1.6% and 1.9%, respectively, relative to the Peer Group average P/B and P/TB multiples.
 
On a reported basis, reflecting the actual amount of the incremental offering (as opposed to the fully converted ratios), the Company’s pro forma P/B ratio based on reported book value ranged from 92.53% assuming the minimum valuation of $7.31 per share and an offering of 5,961,573 shares (public shareholder ownership percent increased to 47%) to 140.89% assuming the supermaximum valuation of $11.37 per share and an offering of 4,281,060 shares (public ownership increased to 38%).  The P/B ratios reflect a discount of 27.8% and a premium of 9.9%, respectively, in comparison to the average reported P/B ratio of 128.16% for the Peer Group (see again Table 4.5).  The Company’s pro forma P/TB ratio based on tangible book value ranged from 96.06% assuming the minimum valuation of $7.31 per share and an offering of 5,961,573 shares (public shareholder ownership percent increased to 47%) to 146.14% assuming the supermaximum valuation of $11.37 per share and an offering of 4,281,060 shares (public ownership increased to 38%).  The P/TB ratios reflect a discount of 27.5% and a premium of 10.4%, respectively, in comparison to the average reported P/TB ratio of 132.40% for the Peer Group.
 
3.   Price-to-Assets (“P/A”) .  The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio (fully-converted basis) to the Company’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases.  In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio which is computed herein.  At the midpoint of the valuation range, the Company’s full conversion value equaled 11.75% of pro forma assets.  Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio (fully-converted basis) of 15.06%, and thus, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio (fully-converted basis) reflects a 22.0% discount relative to the Peer Group average.  On a reported basis, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio ranged from 10.67% to 16.55%, which implies discounts of 35.9% to 0.5% relative to the Peer Group’s average P/A ratio of 16.64%.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.28
 
Comparison to Recent Offerings
 
As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings can not be a primary determinate of value.  Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals).  As discussed previously, there have been no minority stock issuances by MHCs over the last three months and the most recent minority stock issuance by a mutual holding company was completed by Cullman Bancorp, Inc. of Alabama in October 2009, raising gross proceeds of $10.8 million and closing at a fully converted P/TB equal to 53.5% (versus the Charter Financial midpoint P/TB valuation of 70.03%).  Recent limited trading activity in Cullman Bancorp’s stock indicates that appreciation of less than 1% in aftermarket trading based on a recent closing price of $10.08 per share.
 
Harvard Illinois was the only standard conversion offering completed during the past three months.  In comparison to Harvard Illinois’ 43.1% closing forma P/TB ratio, the Company’s P/TB ratio of 70.03% at the midpoint value reflects an implied premium of 62.5%.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.29
 
Valuation Conclusion
 
Based on the foregoing, RP Financial concluded that, as of May 21, 2010, the Company’s aggregate pro forma market value on a fully converted basis, was $8.60 per share  at the midpoint, equal to $160,582,305 based on the 18,672,361 shares issued and outstanding before and after the offerings.  This pro forma market value forms the midpoint of the valuation range with a minimum of $136,494,959 and a maximum of $184,669,650 based on a minimum price per share of $7.31 and a maximum price per share of $9.89.  If market conditions warrant, the value can be increased by 15% to a supermaximum price per share of $11.37 equal to a pro forma market value of $212,304,745 based on 11,672,361 shares issued and outstanding. The Stock Issuance Plan allows the Board of Directors to determine the number of shares that will be sold in the Offering, with a minimum number of shares sold that will increase the public stockholders’ ownership to 38.0% and a maximum number of share sold that will increase the public stockholders’ ownership to 47.0%.  Based on the midpoint pro forma market value of $8.60 per share and the valuation range discussed above, the offering assuming the minimum shares and maximum shares offered are set forth below.
                               
                     
Percent of Company Shares
 
   
Pro Forma
   
Total Shares
               
Outstanding
 
   
Valuation
   
Sold in the
   
Offering
   
Sold in the
   
After the
 
   
Per Share
   
Offering
   
Amount
   
Offering
   
Offering
 
                               
Assuming the minimum number of shares sold
                         
Supermaximum
  $ 11.37       5,961,573     $ 67,783,085       31.9 %     47.0 %
Maximum
  $ 9.89       5,961,573     $ 58,959,957       31.9 %     47.0 %
Midpoint
  $ 8.60       5,961,573     $ 51,269,528       31.9 %     47.0 %
Minimum
  $ 7.31       5,961,573     $ 43,579,099       31.9 %     47.0 %
                                         
Assuming the maxmum number of shares sold
                                 
Supermaximum
  $ 11.37       4,281,060     $ 48,675,652       22.9 %     38.0 %
Maximum
  $ 9.89       4,281,060     $ 42,339,683       22.9 %     38.0 %
Midpoint
  $ 8.60       4,281,060     $ 36,817,116       22.9 %     38.0 %
Minimum
  $ 7.31       4,281,060     $ 31,294,549       22.9 %     38.0 %
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC.  VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.30
 
Table 4.4
MHC Institutions -- Pricing Ratios Fully Converted Basis
As of May 21, 2010
 
[Table Omitted]
 
(1)
Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2)
EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis, and is shown on a pro forma basis where appropriate.
(3)
P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.
(4)
Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(5)
Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings.
(6)
ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
(7) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
 
Source: Corporate reports, offering circulars, and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.
 
 
 

 
 
RP ® Financial, LC. VALUATION ANALYSIS
 
IV.31
 
Table 4.5
MHC Institutions -- Pricing Ratios Reported Basis
As of May 21, 2010
 
[Table Omitted]
 
(1)
Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2)
EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis, and is shown on a pro forma basis where appropriate.
(3)
P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.
(4)
Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(5)
Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings.
(6)
ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
(7)
Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
   
Source: Corporate reports, offering circulars, and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
 
 

Exhibit 99.5
 
KELLER & COMPANY, INC.
 
FINANCIAL INSTITUTION CONSULTANTS
 
555 METRO PLACE NORTH
SUITE 524
DUBLIN, OHIO 43017
 
 
(614)766-1426          (614) 766-1459 FAX
 
November 5, 2009
 
Mr. Curtis R. Kollar
Chief Financial Officer
Charter Bank
1233 OG Skinner Dr
West Point, Georgia 31833
 
Re: Business Plan Proposal
 
Dear Mr. Kollar:
 
This letter represents our proposal to prepare a complete three-year Business Plan (“Plan”) for Charter Bank and Charter Financial Corp., MHC (collectively “Charter” or the “Bank”), to fulfill the requirements of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) relating to Charter’s second stage conversion and stock offering (the “stock offering”). The Plan will focus on Charter’s new three-year pro formas, the impact of the stock offering on Charter and the planned use of proceeds.
 
Keller & Company is experienced in preparing business plans for filing with and approval by all regulatory agencies. We prepared thirty-four in 2006, thirty-three in 2007 and thirty-five in 2008, and all were approved. Charter’s Plan will be based on the format provided in the attached Exhibit A. We will prepare the three-year pro formas and each discussion section in accordance with regulatory requirements and based on your input. Our objective is to ensure that the Bank’s Plan is in compliance with all applicable requirements, and that management and directorate are knowledgeable of and comfortable with the assumptions, commitments and projections contained in the Plan, making the Plan useful for the future. We have filed numerous Plans with the OTS in connection with conversions and second stage stock offerings and are familiar with their pre-filing requirements for business plans.
 

Mr. Curtis R. Kollar
November 5, 2009
Page 2
 
Exhibit B provides a sample set of pro formas. Charter’s pro formas will incorporate the most current interest rate projections available. Our procedure in preparing the Plan and three-year projections is to request key financial information, including the most recent TFR and CMR Reports, investment portfolio mix, recent lending activity, interest rate risk report, level and maturity of borrowed funds, deposit activity, costs and yields and other data from Charter. Based on a review of this information, I will then schedule a time to meet with management to discuss the Bank’s plans and expectations for the remainder of 2009, 2010, 2011 and the first three quarters of 2012, focusing on such items as use of proceeds, deposit growth expectations, loan origination projections, paydown of borrowed funds, reduction in brokered deposits, new products and services, increases in general valuation allowance, changes in real estate owned, capital expenditures, increases in fixed assets, investment strategy, expansion via merger/acquisition transactions, branch plans, overhead expenses, fees and charges, total compensation, etc. We will then prepare financial projections tying the beginning figures to Charter’s September 30, 2009, TFR Report balances, incorporating the Bank’s current yields on interest-earning assets and your current costs of interest-bearing liabilities. Assets and liabilities will be repriced based on their maturity period, with such items tied to rate indices and their yields and costs adjusting based on interest rate trends. The projections will be based on Charter’s actual performance in 2008 and year-to-date 2009, in conjunction with the input from discussions with management. We can introduce numerous scenarios for internal use as part of the preparation of the Plan to show the impact of alternative strategies and the impact of proceeds at any other levels rather than the midpoint as required by OTS.
 
With each set of pro formas, we will send Charter a discussion summary of the assumptions for easy review and comments (Exhibit C). After your review of the pro formas, we will make any adjustments that are required. When the pro formas are complete, we will provide the final pro forma financial statements, as well as pro formas for the new holding company (Exhibit D). The holding company financials will recognize the current and projected income and expense activity of Charter Financial Corp.
 
With regard to the text of the Plan, we will complete each section in draft form for your review, and revise each section based on management’s comments and requests. We will also send a copy to the conversion counsel for their input and comments. The Plan will be in full compliance with all regulatory requirements. We will also prepare a quarterly comparison chart each quarter after the stock offering for presentation to the board, showing the quarterly variance in actual performance relative to projections and provide comments on the variance, at no charge.
 
Keller will also prepare a pre-filing summary business plan for submission to the OTS Regional Office in Atlanta, reviewing Charter’s planned conversion, discussing the Bank’s planned use of proceeds, reviewing the Bank’s current financials and financial impact of the conversion, highlighting the Bank’s plans for the next three years and providing a table showing the planned use of proceeds. Such discussion of the use of proceeds will correlate to the final use of proceeds to be detailed in the forthcoming three-year Business Plan. This service will be provided immediately, recognizing that the final decision to pursue the second stage conversion has not been finalized. There will be no separate charge for the preparation of this pre-filing letter.
 

Mr. Curtis R. Kollar
November 5, 2009
Page 3
 
Our fee for the preparation of the Plan text and pro formas is $40,000, plus out-of-pocket expenses not to exceed $3,500. The fee includes a retainer of $5,000 to be paid at the time of finalizing the decision to move forward with the second stage conversion. The retainer will be deducted from the total fee at the time of completion of the Plan.
 
We look forward to possibly working with Charter and its management and would be pleased to discuss our proposal or answer any questions.
 
Sincerely,
   
KELLER and COMPANY, INC.
 
   
/s/ Michael R. Keller
 
Michael R. Keller
 
President
 
   
MRK:jmm
 
enclosure
 

Accepted this 6 day of NOVEMBER , 2009.

/s/ Curtis R. Kollar
 
Curtis R. Kollar
 
Chief Financial Officer